; 3 ? +4 » me xe oP ar aa Besa Asana od rae oe) Se Ta fod: .%) fe PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE, LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER ROW, Labs ft OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1881. COUNCIL. Proressor W. H. Frowrr, LL.D., F.R.S., President. Masor-Gen. Tur Lorp ABInGER, C.B. Masor-Gen. Henry Crier, R.A., F.R.S. Cuartes Drumuonn, Esq., Trea- surer. Sr JosepH Farrer, K.C.S.L., F.R.S. Joun P. Gasstot, Esq. F. DuCanr Gopman, Esq. Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwry-AtstEn, F.R.S. Cot. J. A. Grant, C.B., F.R.S. Arraur Grote, Esq., Vice-Pre- sident. Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S. PRINCIPAL P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Dr. Epwarp Hamitton, Vice- President. E. W. H. Hotpsworts, Esq. Rosert Hunson, Esq., F.BS., Vice-President. Proressor Newron, F.R.S. Lievt.-Cor. Srr Caries Rots- sELL, Bart., M.P. Ossert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S. Paine Luriey Scrarer, Esq., M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Rr. Hon: George Scrarer-Boorn, M.P. JosppH TRAVERS Satu, Esq. Tue Lorp WALSINGHAM. OFFICERS. Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. W. A. Forsus, Esq., B.A., Prosector. Mz. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Me. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian. Mr. W. J. WitraMs, Chief Clerk. LIST CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page Batrour, F. M., M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. On the Evolution of the Placenta, and on the possibility of employing the characters of the Placenta in the Classifi-— cation of the Mammalia....... emp ne peed AS asain artie dats 210 On the Development of the Skeleton of the Paired Fins of Elasmobranchii, considered in relation to its Bearings on the Nature of the Limbs of the Vertebrata. (Plates LVII. & PUTS evs ep es Sense RoS: +> Sas BP ee citys satiate mots 656 Barttett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. Remarks upon the Habits of the Darter (Plotus anhinga). 247 Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. Account of the Echinodermata collected during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia. (Plates VIII. & IX.)............. ih Oe Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea,—IV. The Echinometride ; their Affinities and Systematic Position 410 Description of a new Species of the Genus Mespilia .... 433 Le) we oe /2- 2G. ; /, é iv Contributions to the Systematic Arrangement of the Aste- roidea.—I. The Species of the Genus Asferias. (Plates GV IE, 6 RU VILE). . ocnce oss cnnle e/a nee ena Bennett, Greorce J., C.M.Z.S. Observations on the Habits of the Echidna hystrix of Aorstralias os Ses on es 3s SA ee a ree eee eee Buanrorp, W. T., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. On a Collection of Reptiles and Frogs chiefly from Sin- gapore. (Plates XX., XXI.) Notes on the Lizards collected in Socotra by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour. (Plate XLII.) » 8S Sas ss 6 © vim c= C18. = Baie! sl eiie me Ble ole; wee) oye. .6, ee) she we ie ene ete On a Collection of Persian Reptiles recently added to the British Museum. (Plate LIX.) ... Bock, Cart. List of Land and Freshwater Shells collected in Sumatra and Borneo, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plate LV.) Boutencer, G. A., Aide-Naturaliste at the Royal Museum of Belgium. Description of a new Species of Hnyalius in the Brussels Museum. (Plate XXVI.) On the Lizards of the Genera Lacerta and Acanthodactylus. (Plates LXIII., LXIV.) Description of a new Species of Anolis from Yucatan. Ce Butter, ArtHur Garpiner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum. Account of the Lepidoptera, Orthoptera, and Hemiptera collected during the Survey of H.MLS. ‘ Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia On the Lepidoptera collected in Socotra by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour.® “(Plate XVEIL-):4 6. 20a tie stere Gite ie Ciera rei Page 492 737 215 464 628 246 739 921 82 175 v Page On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Western India, Beloochistan, and Afghanistan ............eeeeeeeceess 602 Burter, Artuur G., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., and Fenton, MonTAGueE. On Butterflies from Japan, with which are incorporated Notes and Descriptions of new Species by MontaGur Fenton 846 CampripcGeE, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem. New-Zealand Institute. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Hymenopterous para- Bitic. Puseet. «she ks cs cen beret sero tee. Seetemie atk 259 Ona new Spider of the Family Theraphoside. (Plate PE) akece sie SS) Re meeting Carer esas 682 On some new Genera and Species of Araneidea. (Plate Cocks, ALFRED Heneace, F.Z.S. Note‘on the Breeding affilte Otters. ..0....0.0.005 0005 249 Co..LettT, Rosert, C.M.Z.S. On Halicherus grypus, and its Breeding on the Fro Islands off Throndhjems-fjord in Norway.............-+. Ey ee 380° Crane, AGNES. Notes on the Habits of the Manatees (Manatus australis) in Captivity in the Brighton Aquarium ..........-++--- 456 Day, Francis, F.Z.8. On the Range of Apogon ellioti .....-6- eee eens eee ee 650 Disrant, W. L. Additions to the Rhynchotal Fauna of the Ethiopian Region. (Plate XXXI.) ..... Sees b Woke tick min iaens ehieleietA ® 8 270 vi Dorson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &e. Notes on the Anatomy of the Hrinaceide ............ 389 On the Structure of the Pharynx, Larynx, and Hyoid Bones in the Epomophori; with Remarks on its Relation to the Hebits of these Avminials... 2). )s")50s ss cere etter ere 685 Notes on the Muscular Anatomy of Cercopithecus calli- DPTEMES eet atc sa Ct ve nieve ay ele alec os ee bs Rete Cheer eee 812 Dresser, H. E., F.Z.S. Exhibition of examples of Sawicola deserti and FPicus pubescens—the former shot in Clackmannanshire, the latter Or PIRNER. So oe as's weeks Scie (eho ee ease te Ra eee 453 Ewes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. On the Butterflies of Amurland, North China, and Japan 856 Fenton, Montague, and Burier, Artuur G., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. On Butterflies from Japan, with which are incorporated Notes and Descriptions of New Species by Monracur PEN ROW: ¢.Jecisy bodies tees ote det eee eee 846 Fuiercuer, J. J., M.A. (Syd.), B. Sc. (Lond.), and Lisrer, J. J., B.A., F.Z.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge, Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cambridge. On the Condition of the Median Portion of the Vaginal Apparatus in the Macropodide ..........5..%.....2.. 976 Friower, Wiiuiam Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President of the Society, Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor. On the Elephant Seal, Mucrorhinus leoninus (Linn.).... 145 Notes on the Habits of the Manatees... =e. 453 Forses, Witiiam ALexANnper, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Prosector to the Society. vii Page On some Points in the Anatomy of the Koala (Phascol- GHELOS CLAPEPMS 2G. Sits t thst RET REE of ES Lele Sard aitasg 180 Note on Mr. Bartlett’s Communication on the Habits of the PI APGCHAMR PE ata ek. Pena. . chinks 28, FU, Soe heb oe Bao Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds. —Part 1V. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Conopophaga, Bud its-systematic POstON’ . 2350665 ose ce coe wee es op 435 Notice of a Memoir on the external form and on the anatomy of the Californian Sea-lion (Otaria gillespit)...... 453 Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Jaganas (Parrida) ...... SEN rae ieee ata k ae Oo On the Petrel called Thalassidroma nereis by Gould, and HES PAMTITIEGL Sips 2) Seas ah semester 'ay seat ered tote ee teonerras geese sae tees 735 On the Conformation of the Thoracic End of the Trachea nbHes< a RAtiCE DILUS, that AEE oils ke Ss oe clacbieon ae aS Note on the Structure of the Palate in the Trogons (T7o- BOM coe e's airs 5: 6s SEMEN SO se Seg les suis agiyeares. OOO Note on the Systematic Position of Hupetes macrocercus . 837 Observations on the Incubation of the Indian Python (Python molurus), with special regard to the alleged Increase of Temperature during that process.. ...........e00 ees 960 Frenze1, Dr. A. of Freiberg, Saxony. Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning the breeding of some Parrots of the Genus Eelectus in captivity. 916 Gopwin-Avusten, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. On the Land Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour.—Part I. Cyclostomacee. (Plates RN Ee EPIL) ate. eee we sso spew eae ecaise co aieatareie es ome 251 On the Land Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by Professor I. Bayley Balfour.—Part II. Helicacew. (Plates aM M MBSE XE 2 Sie. Sane, < john. stain nai sige pv Mb ns seen 801 vill Page Ginruer, Atsert, M.D., Ph.D., F.RS., F.Z.8., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. Account of the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes collected during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia. (Plates I., II.).. 18 Notes on the Species of Rhynchocyon and Petrodromus (Gili 5 Seo 6) AE) aR anes yx fok hoe Descriptions of the Amphisbzenians and Ophidians col- lected by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour in the Island of Socotra. (Babes X Tes KLE) i Posse oe cure oar anlaue meee ee ee 461 Exhibition of a specimen of a Mediterranean fish (Schedo- philus medusophagus) captured at Portrush, in Ireland .... 734 Harruavs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S8. On the Birds collected in Socotra and Southern Arabia by Dr -tmi-Riebeck, “(Plate UXO.) (cn... me eee 953 Hartiavus, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S., and Scuater, P. L., M.A,, Ph.D., F.R.S., &e. On the Birds collected in Socotra by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour: (Plates KV.=X VIL) (2 sae ss owe eee DES Hotpsworrn, E. W. H., F.Z.S., &e. Exhibition of an example of White’s Thrush, killed near Ashburton; Devon’. :':.2'.0<. cs s4 oe «vce ee Cane Jacospy, Martin. Desciiptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleoptertt:.:......2) geben Sasori ee eines eee 439 JEFFREYS, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. \ On the Mollusca procured during the ‘Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine ’ Expeditions, 1868-70.—Part III. (Plate LXI.) 693 ix Page On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70.—Part IV. (Plates Lp eel Bp. EN Si Rae OR SSS oe ee Pe a . 922 Kirsy, W. F., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. On the Hymenoptera collected by Prof. J. Bayley Balfour in Socotra Ce . 649 Layarp, E. L., C.M.G., F.Z.8., &c., H.B.M. Consul in New Caledonia. Note on Ceeliavis layardi, Angas.......+.... rakes oh 839 Lister, J. J., B.A., F.Z.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge, Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cambridge, and Fietcuer, J. J., M.A. (Syd.), B.Sc. (Lond.) On the Condition of the Median Portion of the Vaginal Apparatus in the Macropodidee \ RE EEE te iN 976 Markuam, Ciements R., C.B., F.R.S., Sec. R.G.S., F.LS., &e. On the Whale-Fishery of the Basque Provinces of Spain . 969 Meyer, Dr. A. B., Director of the Royal Zoological Museum, Dresden, C.M.Z.S. On a new Species of Helectus from the Timorlaut Islands. 917 Miers, Epwarp J., F.LS., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. . Account of the Crustacea collected during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia. (Plate VII.) Mors, A. G. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the eggs of the Red- necked Phalarope and other specimens.... ......+2ee++++ 409 Page Moore, FREDERIC, F.Z.S. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Nocturnal Lepidoptera. (Plates XXXVII., XXXVIII.)............ 326 Nation, Prof. W., of Lima, C.M.Z.S., and Scuater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L. Scrater. With Notes on their Habits, by Prof. W. Narron.—Patt V. (Plate XLVI.) sooo. cet ome sete Newron, Aurrep, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cambridge. Exhibition of (on behalf of Prof.. Alphonse Milne- Edwards), and remarks upon, an egg of Cariama cristata .. ] Note on the Generic Name Hypherpes................ 438 Exhibition of a specimen of Hmberiza rustica, shot in Workshire ‘y.)022.0.2965 40 Gta! 5 38 UH Yee, Sec O’Suaucunessy, A. W. E., Assistant in the Natural-History Departments of the British Museum. An Account of the Collection of Lizards made by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador, and now in the British Museum, with Descriptions of the new Species. (Plates XXII.-XXYV.) .. Parker, W.N., Assistant in the Biological Laboratory of the Royal School of Mines. Note on some Points in the Anatomy of the Czecum in the Rabbit ars ee and Hare (Lepus timidus). (Plate LIII.).. ee a ie Ramsay, Epwarp P., C.M.ZS. Note on Pycnoptilus floccosus, Gould ..........-+-+-+ 839 Ripey, Stuart O., B.A., F.L.S. Account of the Polyzoa collected during the Survey of H.MSS. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia,, “(Plate Vib):.../...0¢ ascaeun okapedin die oeaede ee ai Page Account of the Ccelenterata collected during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘ Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast Biba arOnne., NOP IAGO WL), cacti a wanna mas ain, xjsy0 ae LOL Account of the Spongida collected during the Survey of H.MLS. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast Oicutseniias CEintey Ok, Ne)i fis ajc na ws eee eyes tn gt OF Saunpers, Howarp, F.Z.S., F.L.S. Exhibition of some eggs of Dromas ardeola..........-- 259 Scuarer, Puinie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Merganser (Mergus australisy.. osc. c ed Cele eet ladles hasiaieiisiion 1 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December FSO crore v's tehete's Hares a ce we oie www Aen eURR TNE 165 On some Birds collected by Mr. E. F. im Thurn in British Guiana 5 os citer ts SRR SN a aio anes Gass ofa oT Qs, ato mete vein fate 212 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1881. (Plate MRP). eS Ie so eeWieles! a 5) 258 Exhibition of, and and remarks upon, the eggs of Opis- thocomus cristatus and Coturnix delegorgit ........00.008 259 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a large Spider of the Me cara RGM rakes pate wiali. on eeu ape NON Acie ae CaaS a we 5) ee Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 188] ..-..... ccc ere reeset ese e cece nese 409 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Matennlor le eek ei 4.8. sips dee ,» 00 08 Exhibition of an example of Sabine’s Snipe Exhibition of a specimen of Podilyméus podiceps, said to have been killed near Weymouth On some Flycatchers lately added to the Collection of the ~ British Museum. (Plate LXVII.) On the Birds of Sandakan, North-east Borneo A Note on the Genera Schenicola and Catriscus ee ee were SHELLEY, Caprain G. E., F.Z.S. List of Birds recently collected by Dr. Kirk in Eastern puliiedias (Ch iaveri EES ye remain. Ses sek as oo << . Situ, Enear A., F.Z.S. Account of the Mollusca and Molluscoida collected during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia. (Plates III.-V.)........ On a Collection of Shells from Lakes Tanganyika and Nyassa and other Localities in East Africa. (Plates XXXII. 23,9 1559) Re er SR ONT chic? fac. Reyne On the Genus Gouldia of C. B. Adams, and on a new Species of Orassatella 725 748 561 22 276 xiv Page Noteion Cypred decipiens s,s 3: .s Vanya c sale orien va 558 Descriptions of two new Species of Shells from Lake Tan- ROAAEY RED Sys cree tcSeecs at sa 6 4, OP x a nip oat a oath rel eee ean 558 Notes on the Genus Chilina, with a List of the known SHEEIEH fot ais. 1. xd nev se > tied pin he ema eet 2 eee en Sowersy, G. B., Jun. Description of eight new Species of Shells. (Plate LVI.). 635 SrotzmAN, J., and TaczAnowsk1, L., C.M.Z.S. Notice sur la Loddigesia mirabilis (Bourc.) ............ 827 TaczanowskI, L., C.M.Z.S. Description d’une nouvelle Belette du Pérou septentrional. 647 Description d’une nouvelle espéce du genre Mustela du Péroumordeorientalie sores. Fo SS Fa, SR Se 835 TaezanowskI, L., C.M.Z.S., and StrouzMANN, J. Notice sur la Loddigesia mirabilis (Bourc.)............ 827 Tuomas, OLpriexD, F.Z.S. Account of the Mammalia collected during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast Of Patacaria 5k d's tein ise pusls apeci: shoes eee aaa 3 On the Indian Species of the Genus Mus. (Plates L., LI.) 521 Tristram, Rey. H. B., M.A. F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skin and eggs of a Darter, and ayskin,of-a Cormorant, J..% .f..161. bi. dels, tere eeter ets 120 Description of a new Fruit-pigeon of the Genus Carpo- phaga from the Louisiade Archipelago... .........+...... 996 Watsincuam, Tuomas, Lord, F.Z.S. On some North-American Tineide. (Plates XXXV., PR SV yi eee sd eyabvetctate. Sas) lea eee Sanaa © ae sees 301 XV Page WaTERHOUSE, Cares Owen, Zoological Department, British Museum. Account of the Coleoptera collected during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘ Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast aE eM eee gee csi saline Jee cies sins heaee eeiea OO On the Coleopterous Insects belonging to the family His- pide collected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador. (Plate XXX.) . 260 On the Coleopterous Insects collected by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour in the Island of Socotra. (Plate XLIIL)........ 469 Warxins, WiLuiAM. Report on the Insect-House in the Society’s Gardens.... 819 Watson, Morrison, M.D., F.Z.S., Professor of Anatomy, The Owens College, Manchester. Additional Observations on the Anatomy of the Spotted Hyena. (Plate XLIX.) .......... ela Sipe pl 656 LUX. -Aguma mensic dep rrielecuais) sere siete /otpe\ie ieee iain 671 LX... commana: Str aalingtmiiisls ail aeleweiels +2 skies oe 682 LXI. Mollusea of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expedi- 693 UO CEES sso ooo duidbid sob CURD qua or 4 uooeaomts LXII. Horns of Rhinoceros bicornis ..............00000> 725 LXIIT. Fig. 1. Acanthodactylus bedriage. Fig. 2. A. seutel-> WOEUS 5 ox Schott mets totes poay Sepak, congas js EE UETAMA ce tS | Fig. 3. A. micropholis. Fig. 4. A. syriacus ........ >739 LXIV. Fig. 1. Acanthodactylus tristrami. Fig.2. A. boskianus | Fig. 3. A, cantori, | Fig. 4. A. vulgaris............ J Plate LXV. LXVI. LXVII. LXVIII. l LXIX. | LXX. LXXI. LXXII. CUTTER AC OSBORN GaCarO SoM eee INGVOVATANGINGAI ciccc see ests vis vias 47018 Samed 4 alserony © Rhipidura macgillivrayt. ... 0.0. cece eee eee eens SOCOnTAMUANG SS HELISiacc so ate Gass alow eis ee ee ease Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning ’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expedi- NGI > REA olG. Hone 6 paDeD Oe DT atd DOO OU OnN OC rte aha P 42 rai i a ae oP »~* ‘ J 4 ‘ «< = wi? eho? ue ry - ~'e 3 > tne rare! ¥ © = ; Bie . ) x . <9 ate ae +< < % cy baa] Fa) kas Thi tio Relea LIST OF WOODCUTS. 1881. Page Left ear of Hesperomys coppingert ..cccssvecccccccsvceuscesues 4 Right foot of Hesperomys coppingert ..... ccc cecsevencevacceaes AL AVN ea OL Caste ery ClNG, . Aacaievalsvexerti sei ys) adler SeleeRee Me eae 142 Side view of upper teeth of adult male Elephant Seal ............ 150 Side view of lower teeth of adult male Elephant Seal ......... ale LOL AC HAN Of Lee LUIS UN CULALUS cass axeusie. HelayAds aoa ales wore Melee ee 168 Head, wing, and right foot of Rhynchostruthus socotranus ........ 170 iiveror Koala, vtrom a bOVe;-.. caskets Scieteonln tl dalle ances 186 Wtimeron Koala, from: blows. .<.s,sjej- ahesstels)atertfel os eteleve Kis avy Sete eae 187 Head of Harpiocephalus tubimaris si ccccccicsvcceccecedeccdcues 200 Pecth.ok Arincola blanfords) 2 Aawiais vais Dawa des 4d eeue | . 206 Hind foot:af Asvrcola Glan fords... sce sjxc0 on ueisenansd anit eve 206 Bilin ohied Geleusw tient mvc oii, $A Ss Se a ee 214 Neuration of wines Of Aitole Belle. 6 oc. oetsicd sets sue ulc ot pe 'e'e . 824 Nueration of wings of Heliodines reesella .... csc cece cecesececeees 524 Crown of first upper molar of Gymnura rafflesit.........000 cee 391 Stomach of Gymnura rafflesi ...... ppatalieiedelsveyons, aoleiba weet ete sarot 398 Stomach of Hrinaceus CwrOp@us .ivecseccccccccccusccccvvccces 398 Toiyen Of Gani GAPleEsey. i jeteimare a ialcjelelsl ole clelele pets aa eto eele ents 599 iver of Lrenaceus, Cuopaeusi. spleen wanes os bo nldenieea sete rene 399 Nitin eS TOfAG YUU A TAHICRetanee ccc tiotcs sees ce eee seh detec 400 Lungs of Erinaceus ewropeus ...sessseveees ADoDOGHE ele jeisie sleleteys 400 Uterus and vagina of Gymnura rafflestt 6.6.6 eee e cence 401 Uterus and vagina of Erinaceus europ@us ..civcccccecccecncuens 401 SkullNom Princes. eurOpeus scan pcss es tole seats Oecnembeces coed 403 Slaull of Hrinaceus blanfordt 2.26. eecevecesacrcrevees Topo 403 Radius of Spherechinus granularts .....csccresescccvcrescccees 430 Sternum of Conopophaga lineata .........cevevevsccsescvecces 436 Sketch of the Manatee in the Brighton Aquarium..............., 457 Head-shields of Pachycalamus brevis .iccecccececesccevnccceues 461 Foot of Hemidactylus homerolepis ......0.ccccccreccesevcccssens 465 Head of Eremias balfourt .....6eee scene GresePaiGRrTe ar etetaiel aYeies asthe .. 468 Cc Page SRT AG HOH NGIOG. Gn Cok tin BECO H DONO OGLE. Bon ont HOLL tution eo 559 Paramelania crassigranwlatd vic. c eect eee e ees eigeee Mouse aetracrard 560 Shallots Parner gaan va ina.c sowie sd a dhwis.2p5s eltienol late see ote pt eee 643 Sternum and shoulder-girdle of Metopidius albinucha ............ 645 Wing-bones of Metopidius albinucha.........cccec cere c ev aeneeee 646 Pectoral fins and girdle of an adult of Scylliwm canicula .......... 663 Right pelvic fin and part of pelvic girdle of an adult female of SCY UMM CANUCUI Oars resivn tok clete aa eters oye! oVeloha eta) elels)« anes mt eheye eiseal ote 663 lead! of Scimcus COMMOSUTIS. sce css caw ev sas eioere/seiyeere ys) diaxnsetontele 677 Hleadiot Catachlcena Qiacenia a ec uant ethene 0 eis:e:3-sys ria s/olsttla visas eres 679 lead of. 71d Opis Lem OTAleSe «tele a ohs}o-xinious !vile nlo[o1ove oleic feleashsieneheaeeee 681 Scales of Hydrophisitemporaues cis siaisics cies s.0.s 000 ols ssn sais 681 Hyoid bones and muscles of Epomophorus frangueti ........e eens 686 Hyoid bones and larynx of Epomophorus franqueti .... 0... eens 687 Head and neck of Epomophorus franquett 6... ccc cece eee e eee nes 689 Vertical and longitudinal section through the centre of the larynx Of EDOM OPhOrUs FRANG UEC vaiarsss\orarcyn sie rnfe syajets ciateata eieees Meera 690 Hyoid bones and muscles of Epomophorus macrocephalus .......4.. 691 lions :Of (COD Us VORAOMI tey .1ap leiniels chal «ism. «levels nies ore shi tine ete shel eee 837 Diagram showing the temperature-curves of the male and female Gncubating) Pythons . ave ati neat larels oh Matera Teenie este totem 963 Vaginal apparatus of Macropus rufus ......cce cece cece e eens nnes 985 Generative organs of a young Halmaturus ualabatus ...........+4. 988 Vaginal apparatus of Dendrolagus inustus .......+5 eter in Sabir 989 Urogenital organs of young Macropus rufts ..... 0c eee eee e eens 995 PROCEEDINGS OF TIE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. January 4, 1881. Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Sclater exhibited a skin of the Southern Merganser (Mergus australis, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au Péle Sud, Zool. iii. p. 152, Atlas, t. 31. fig. 2), from the Auckland Islands, belonging to the collec- tion of Baron Anatole von Hiigel. Baron A. von Hiigel had obtained two examples of this very scarce bird from the Auckland Islands when in New Zealand in 1875, and had presented one of them to the British Museum. The other was now exhibited. The acquisition of these birds had been already recorded by Baron A. von Hiigel inthe Ibis for 1875 (p. 392), but had been overlooked by Mr. Sclater in his recent paper on the Anatidee (P. Z. S. 1880, p. 513). Mr. Sclater observed that, though the colouring of the plate in the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ seemed rather too bright, there could be no question, he thought, of Baron A. Von Hiigel’s bird being referable to the same species. Mergus australis appeared to come nearest to Mergus brasiliensis, as already indicated by Hombron and Pucheran, but differed in its brown head, the longitudinal (not transverse) mark- ings below, and longer bill. As regards the form of the tail, com- mented on by Hombron and Pucheran, there seemed to be little difference between the two species. Prof. Newton, M.A., F.R.S., exhibiting, on behalf of Prof. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, For. Mem. Z. S., an egg of Cariama cristata, remarked :— “This rare egg was lately sent to me by M. Alphonse Milne- Edwards, that I might exhibit it to the Society. He writes to me :— ‘L’ceuf de Cariama dont je vous ai parlé a été pondu A la Menagerie au Muséum cet été. La ponte est de 2 ceufs. Le male et la femelle couvent successivement. Une éclosion aeu lieu au bout de 29 jours. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. I. 1 2 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, Le jeune était couvert de duvet gris, relevé de taches d’un brun foncé. Malheureusement il a été mangé par le pére, et les observations n’ ont pu étre continuées.’ “The egg unfortunately arrived broken. It is white, very sparsely blotched with reddish-brown, a few of the markings taking the form of irregular hair-like lines, and measures 2°24 by 1°62 in. Thienemann, in his ‘ Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der gesammten Vogel,’ has figured what he professes to call a specimen of this egg (tab. Ixxii. fig. 14); but, as is well known, the letterpress of that work is incomplete, and no one can say whether the specimen was genuine. In like manner M. des Murs, in his ‘Oologie Ornitho- logique,’ has described the egg of this species (p. 368); but, again, evidence as to the authenticity of the specimen is not forthcoming. On the receipt of this egg from M. Milne-Edwards, I at once be- thought me of an egg which had long been known to me as existing in the collection of Mr. H. F. Walter F.Z.S.; and that gentleman has been so kind as to send it to me for exhibition to-night. This specimen is considerably larger than that laid in captivity, and also is more highly coloured. In appearance it at once calls to mind eggs of the Rallide, while the egg from Paris can hardly be said to show such an affinity. It is to be hoped that before long greater success may attend the attempts at inducing this interesting form to breed, either in the Jardin des Plantes or the Gardens of our Society, so that some more distinct conclusion may be drawn, from the evidence thus to be obtained, as to the affinities of Cariama.” The following papers were read :— 1. Account of the Zoological Collections made during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia. Communicated by Dr. Aubert Gintuer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. [Received November 4, 1880.] (Plates I.—X1.) I. Mammalia, by Otprietp Tuo- VII. Coleoptera, by O. O. WATER- MAS, p. 3. HouSsE, p. 80. II. Birds, by R. B. Suarrs, p. 6. VIII. Lepidoptera, Orthoptera, and Ill. Reptiles, Batrachians, and Hemiptera, by A. G. Burt- Fishes, by Dr. A. Giinrusr, LER, p. 82. p- 18. IX. Echinodermata, by F. J. Brut, TY. Mcllusca and Moluscoida, by p. 87. EK. A. Smiru, p. 22. X. Celenterata and Spongiide, V. Polyzoa, by 8. O. Riprzy, p. 44. by 8. O. Rinuey, p. 101. VI. Crustacea, by E. J. Mirrs, p.61. The collections described in the following series of papers were made by Dr. R. W. Copprncer, Staff-Surgeon of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ during the cruise of that ship on the coasts of the southern ex- 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 3 tremity of the American continent, and transmitted to the British Museum by command of the Lords Commissioners of the Ad- miralty. The collections arrived in two consignments—the first in September 1879, and the second in July 1880. With regard to the former, Dr. Coppinger writes :—‘‘The specimens were obtained, with few exceptions, in the western portion of the Magellan region, and in the immediate neighbourhood of the Madre-de-Dios archipelago, off the west coast of Patagonia. They will be found duly labelled as to the localities in which they were obtained ; and“I may add that all of the specimens which are not otherwise noted were found in the living state.” The second consignment consisted of specimens partly collected in the same district, partly more northwards, as far as Coquimbo. It contained also some dredgings and pelagic animals from the Atlantic, which do not come within the scope of this Report ; and a series of fossils from Sandy Point and Quiriquina Island, which were delivered to the Department of Geology. Dr. Coppinger was fully aware of the special interest attached to the marine fauna of these coasts. Essentially antarctic im its char- acter, it comprises a number of forms closely allied to, nay, even identical with, arctic animals, such as he himself had observed and assisted to collect during the voyage to the Polar Seas, under the command of Capt. Sir G. Nares. He directed his attention especially to the marine Invertebrata ; and consequently the majority of novelties will be found in those classes; yet also the series of marine Vertebrates, small as it is, contains forms of no small interest which had escaped the notice of his immediate predecessors the naturalists of H.M.SS. ‘ Nassau’ and ‘Challenger.’ The best thanks of zoologists are due to the Lords of the Admiralty, from whom Dr. Coppinger has received every encouragement in making this valu- able contribution to our knowledge of the Antarctic fauna. The various parts of the collection have been examined and de- scribed by the staff of the Zoological Department ; and for the con- venience of the student-of this fauna it seems desirable to give the results of these examinations in a connected form and systematic order. I. MAMMALIA. By OuprieLp Tuomas. The Mammalia collected by Dr. Coppinger are few in number; but they include specimens of a new and handsome species of Hesperomys, which I propose to name after the collector, and a series of skulls of some of the Magellan Seals. The species are as follows :— 1. Lurra retina, Mol. Two skulls, a skeleton, and two skins from Magellan Straits and the west coast of Patagonia. 1* 4 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, 2. OcMoRHINUS LEPTONYX (Blainv.). ~ Stenorhynchus leptonyx, auct. One skull from the Falkland Isles. 38. OrariA suBATA, Desm. Four skulls from the Magellan Straits. One of these skulls, apparently rather aged, has only five teeth on each side above and below, as in the genus Zalophus ; it has, however, the concave palate and other characters of this genus. There is no appearance of there ever having been a sixth pair of teeth; but its absence is no doubt only an individual variation. 4. ARCTOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIS, Zimm.' The skin of a young specimen “ six weeks old,”’ and five skulls from the Magellan Straits. 5. Hesprromys (CALomys) COPPINGERI, Sp. n. A skin from Tom Bay, and two specimens in spirit ‘‘ caught with trap on a wooded islet about one acre in extent ” in Cockle Cove, (Feb. 9, 1879). Fur very long and soft, fully half an inch in length on the back. Ears rather short, nearly hidden in the fur. Whiskers of medium length, the shorter lower ones forming a thick shining white fringe along the upper lip. On the head and back the wool-hair is of a deep slaty blue for nine tenths of its length; then follows a subter- minal band of yellow; and the extreme tip is black. Mixed with Pig. 7. Fig. 2. Left ear of Hesperomys coppingert. Right foot of Hesperomys coppingeri. this wool-hair there are a considerable number of longer black hairs, the resulting general colour beig very similar to that of the common Water-vcle (Arvicola amphibius, L.). The dark colour of the - upperside extends on the limbs to the wrists and ankles, the feet being covered with short shining white hairs. The ears are thickly clothed with short woolly hairs similar in colour to the fur of the back. On the sides the yellow tips of the hairs gradually become lighter, and on the belly they are nearly pure white, the basal portion of the fur, however, from the chin to the anus, still being slate-coloured. 1 Of. J. A. Allen, N. Amer. Pinnipeds, p. 210, 1880, aS eee eS ee? eee ee 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 5 The tail is very long and but scantily haired; on the upperside the scales are grey and the hairs dark reddish brown, on the lower the scales are pale yellow and the hairs white ; along the centre of the underside, however, ‘there is a distinct narrow line of dark- brown hairs, contrasting with the white ones on either side. The ears possess, at about one third the height of the inner margin, a small projecting lobule, which seems to be present in many species of this genus, and to be well worthy of notice, as being very constant in the species in which it is found. The foot-pads are small but distinct, and the surface of the palms and the distal half of the soles are coarsely granulated, as shown in the woodcut. The skull is that of a typical Hesperomys, but shows only a very faint trace of the supraorbital ridges supposed to be characteristic of the subgenus Calomys, to which, however, the species undoubtedly belongs, as proved by its long tail and murine form. The following are the dimensions of the two spirit specimens, both of which are adult males :— a. b. inches. inches. Length of head and body .......... ACS eda? e CVU PES Ske See ae eee Os 64 61 3 CH BENS eet en tS ages axe 1-4 53 CARER Nt.. sca bas oie Miss’ «, Seaewe O:n5.. 0753 = hind foot without claws.... 1°3 1°22 Distance from muzzle to ear-orifice..... 1:08 Measurements of skull of 6 :— inch 1 Si) 2 es ah er ARE ae a 12 STORED Pete Papen IO hoes Peis SOS | AT PBA SS 0°65 Breadth between orbits’ 22.0.0). 028. PE 0-16 oe iC MERIES Sie. LOL tere Ls iad. OF AR, 0-4 5 lower jaw, from condyle to.tip of incisors .. 0°76 The species to which H. coppingeri appears most nearly allied are H. lutescens, Gay’, and H. philippii, Landb.’, both from Chili. The first, however, is much larger, being 5°7 inches in length, while its tail is only as long as the trunk. Moreover the skull, as figured by Gay, possesses strong supraorbital ridges, while our three specimens of JH. coppingeri, as stated above, show but little trace of them. 4H. philippii, though somewhat similar in size and colour, may be readily distinguished by the extreme shortness of its tarsus (0°8in.); and by the character of its fur, which is described as being short and fine, while that of H. coppingeri, as mentioned above, is particularly long and soft. 6. Heserromys (HAaBROTHRIX) XANTHORHINUS, Waterh. A skin from Monteith Bay, and a specimen in spirit from Sandy Point. 1 Hist. Chile, i. p. 118; Atlas, pl. vii. fig. 2. 2 Wiegm. Archiv, 1858, i. p. 80. _ 6 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, 7. CrENOMYS MAGELLANICUS, Benn. A spirit specimen from Pechett Harbour. 8. Ocropon preGus, Mol. Two skins from Coquimbo (June 1879). 9. Myororamus coypu, Mol. Askin from Swallow Bay (March 21, 1880), and askin and skeleton from Talcahuano, Concepcion (September 1879). 10. Puysatus, sp. A cervical vertebra and two tympanic bones of a species of this genus, obtained at Point Rosario, are in the collection, but are not sufficient to enable me to identify the species. Besides these specimens, Dr. Coppinger discovered, in caves on the cliffs, various human and mammalian remains, of which, we may hope, he himself will give an account, with full details of the circumstances under which they were found. II. BIRDS. By R. Bowp.er SHarprr. Although the region in which Dr. Coppinger has been working has already received considerable attention from ornithologists, so that no novelties are to be expected, yet the careful way in which Dr. Coppinger has prepared and labelled his specimens, and the localities and dates he gives, render his collections very interesting. The following extracts are taken from one of his letters, in which he alludes to the localities where his first collection was - obtained. Writing from Coquimbo in June 1879, Dr. Coppinger observes :—“ The collection of birds will appear, at first sight, very incomplete, at least when compared with those which have been been made by ships previously employed in surveying in the Ma- gellan region. I wish, therefore, to call attention to the circum- stance that the surveying operations of the ‘ Alert’ have hitherto been confined to the archipelago fringing the west coast of Pata- gonia, and chiefly to the neighbourhood of the Trinidad Channel in 50° S. latitude, where the rainfall is excessive, and the Bird-fauna scanty as compared with that part of the Magellan region situated to the eastward of Port Famine and Sandy Point.” A few eggs were also sent by Dr. Coppinger; but they call for very few remarks, having already in most cases been described by Professor Newton (Ibis, 1870, p. 501). In the present paper I have referred to the three essays published in the ‘ Ibis’ by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin, as follows :— 1. “List of Birds collected in the Straits of Magellan by Dr. Cunningham, with remarks on the Patagonian Avifauna,” Ibis, 1868, pp. 183-189. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ fi 2. “Second list of Birds collected by Dr. Cunningham,’’ Ibis, 1869, pp. 283-286. 3. “Third list of Birds collected by Dr. Cunningham,” Ibis, 1870, pp. 499-504. I have also referred to the paper by the same gentlemen on the birds collected in Antarctic America during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ P. Z. S. 1878, pp. 431-438. Where the species do not occur in any of the above lists, I have referred to the ‘Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium’ of the same authors; and the classification followed is that of the latter work. 1. Turpus MAGELLANICUS, King; Seebohm, Cat. B. v. p. 224. Turdus falklandicus, Q. & G. apud Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 186; iid. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 431. No. 31. g ad.: Cockle Cove, Straits of Magellan. Bill yellow: iris yellow. No. 21. g juv.: Tom Bay, Straits of Magellan, February 24, 1879. Legs yellow; bill yellow; claws black. No. 117. 2 ad.: Cockle Cove, October 17, 1879. Bill yellow; eyes dark ; legs and feet yellow. 2. Mimus toenca (Mol.); Scl. & Saly. Ibis, 1870, p. 499. No. 95. 9 : Coquimbo, July 1879. Gizzard containing seeds, leaves, grass, and bones. 3. Puryerius GAyi (Eyd. & Gerv.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p- 186, 1869, p. 285; iid. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 432. No. 53. 6: Tom Bay, January 18, 1879. 4. Puryeitus Fruticeti (Kittl.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 185. No. 108. ¢: Coquimbo, August 25, 1879. Eyes dark brown; bill yellow ; legs yellow. No. 111. Coquimbo, June 1879. Stomach very muscular, apparently containing seeds. _ 5. ZonorricuiaA CANICAPILLA, Gould; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p- 185; iid. Ibis, 1869, p. 284; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 432. No. 110. Puerto Bueno, November 1879. Iris brown; bill black ; legs light grey. 6. Drvca ertsea, Less. ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 499. No. 109. 2: Coquimbo, June 1879. 7. STURNELLA MILITARIS (L.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1863, p- 186. No. 29. g: Peckett Harbour, Straits of Magellan, January 4, 1879. 8. Curazus aTeRRIMUs (Kittl.); Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 283 ; iid. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 432. 8 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [ Jan. 4, No. 18. ¢: Tom Bay, March 6, 1879. Eyes dark, eyelids black ; feet and legs black ; bill black. No. 85. g: Isthmus Bay, Straits of Magellan, January 11, 1879. An egg, much broken, is also forwarded. It is pure white, and measures, axis 1*1 inch, diam. 0°8. 9. CENTRITES NIGER (Bodd.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 187 ; lid. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 432. No. 33. Cape Gregory, January 1, 1879. 10. AN&ZRETES PARVULUs (Kittl.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 283; iid. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 432. No. 36. ¢: Malaspina Islands, Trinidad Channel, February 16, 1879. Bill and legs black. 11. Preroprocuus ALBICOLLIs, Kittl.; Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 76. No. 96. g: Coquimbo, August 5, 1879. Eyes dark brown; legs and bill black. 12. Geosirra cunicuLaRiA (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p- 499. No. 106. $: Coquimbo, Juue 1879. 13. TazniopreRA pyropsr, Kittl.; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p- 187. No. 97. 2: Skyring Water, March 1880. Iris light yellow; bill black ; legs and feet black. 14. AGRIORNIS MARITIMA, Lafr. et d’Orb.; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 185. No. 94. 9: Coquimbo, June 1879. Stomach containing re- mains of insects (locusts). 15. Muscisax1coLa MENTALIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 187. No. 112. Coquimbo, June 1879. 16. CrncLopgs Fuscus (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 186. No. 47. g: Peckett Harbour, January 4, 1879. No. 104. g: Coquimbo, June 1879. From sea-shore rocks. 17. CincLopEs paTacHuonicus (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 186, 1869, p. 283; iid. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 433. No. 49. g: Tom Bay, January 23, 1879. No. 50. Elizabeth Island, January 6, 1879. No. 20. Twenthu Island, Trinidad Channel, February 25, 1879. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 9 18. UpucertTHiA puMETORIA, Geoffr. et d’Orb.; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 187. No. 105. 2: Coquimbo, June 1879. Legs greyish pink. 19. Oxyurus sprnicaupAa (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p- 185; iid. P.Z.S. 1868, p. 433. No. 115. ¢: Port Riofrio, west coast of Patagonia. No. 38. Trinidad Channel, February 1879. 20. PyGaRRHICUS ALBIGULARIS (King); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 433. No. 114. Skyring Water, Magellan’s Straits, March 1880. Iris black ; bill and legs horn-colour. 21. EusrerHanus GALERITUS (Mol.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p- 283; iid. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 433. No. 35. 2: Cockle Cove, February 9, 1879. 22. Paracona e1eas (Mol.); Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 499. No. 113. Coquimbo, August 25, 1879. Eyes black; bill and legs black. 23. CeryLe sTELLATA (Meyen) ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 187, 1869, p. 283; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 434. No. 25. ¢: Cockle Cove, February 7, 1879. A, Sternum. (Tom Bay.) 24. Srenopsis BrFasciaTA (Gould); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 96. No. 107. 9: Coquimbo, June 1879. Eyes yellow. 25. ZENAIDA MACULATA (V.): Scl..& Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 132. No. 118. ¢: Coquimbo, June 1879. Bill dark ; legs red. 26. RurnoGrypuus aura (L.); Sharpe, Linn. Soc. Journ. xiii. p- 21. Cathartes aura (L.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284; iid. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 435. a. 3: Tom Bay, April 11, 1879. Iris dark; eyelids and cere flesh-colour ; bill horn-colour ; legs dirty yellow. 6. 2: Tom Bay, April 11, 1879. Eyes dark; skin of head and neck light red: legs and feet dirty grey. A, Trachea. - The two specimens sent by Dr. Coppinger would appear, from a comparison of the skins, to be of the same species as the ordinary Rhinogryphus aura of North America. I have already determined Chilian specimens in the British Museum as belonging to the last- named species ; and, as far as I can now judge from the increased series in that collection, the grey-winged Vultures are confined to 10 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4 the Falkland Islands. I presume that Dr. Coppinger’s specimens are a pair, male and female being shot on the same day—the difference in the colour of the soft parts being a very noticeable feature ; while I must at the same time admit that the female with her “ light red” head has more grey edgings to the wing-feathers than the male, and thus shows an approach to R. falklandicus. 27. InycTeR CHIMANGO (V.); Sharpe, Cat. B.i. p. 41. Milvago chimango (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 187 ; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 435. No. 6. ¢: Cockle Cove, February 9, 1879. Legs olive-green, claws black ; irides dark grey ; cere grey. No. 82. ¢: Talcahuano, September 1879. Eyes light brown ; legs grey ; bill grey and white. 28. Potysorvus THARUS (Mol.); Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 31; Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188, 1870, p. 499; iid. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 435. No. 57. ¢ juv.: Port Henry, Straits of Magellan, January 25, 1879. Cere fleshy grey ; eyes black. No. 14. Q juv.: Port Henry, January 25, 1879. Cere orange ; tarsi grey and yellow. No. 12. 2 ad.: Tom Bay, March 1879. Bill grey; cere orange- yellow ; tarsi grey ; feet yellow; claws black. 29. Circus crinrrEvs, V.; Sharpe, Cat. B.i. p. 56. No. 83. 9: Coquimbo, June 1879. Legs and feet yellow; claws black. Stomach containing remains of birds. 30. CERCHNEIS CINNAMOMINA (Sw.); Sharpe, Cat. B. 1. p. 439. Tinnunculus sparverius (L.); Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188, 1870, p. 499; iid. P.Z.8. 1878, p. 434. No. 119. Q: Coquimbo, June 1879. Legs grey; feet yellow; bill blue. Stomach containing remains of birds. 31. Buso MAaGELLANICus (Gm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 29; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188. No. 45. ¢: Cape Gregory, Straits of Magellan, January 1879. Trides golden yellow; horns prominent ; claws black. No. 44. 2: Port Henry, Straits of Magellan, January 28, 1879. No. 138. g: Mayne Harbour, Straits of Magellan, January 1879. The female.is a much darker bird than the male, suggesting almost the possibility of its being in melanistic plumage ; the general aspect of the upper surface is almost uniform; and the centre tail- feathers have nocross bars at all. Inthe male the light cross bands are seven in number, without counting the whitish apical band. 32. Speoryro cunicuLarRiA (Mol.); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 142. Pholeoptyne cunicularia (Mol.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188. No. 120. 9: Coquimbo, June 1879. Eyes yellow; feet grey in front, yellow behind ; bill horn-colour. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ ALERT.’ 11 33. GuaucipIuM NANUM (King); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 190; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188. No. 30. Sandy Point, January 1879. 34. PHALACROCORAX MAGELLANICUs (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p- 499. No. 7. 2: Trinidad Channel, February 27, 1879. Iris reddish brown ; lids and wattled skin of a blood-red colour; legs grey in front, dusky black behind. 35. PHALACROCORAX IMPERIALIs (King) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 652. P. carunculatus (Gm.), iid. Ibis, 1869, p. 284, 1870, p. 499. No. 40. 9: Tom Bay, April 4, 1879. Iris brown; cere dark grey; eyelids dark grey; legs and feet light grey anteriorly, and dark grey posteriorly. 36. CEsTRELATA DEFILIPPIANA, Salvad. & Gigl.; Salv. in Rowley’s Orn. Mise. i. p. 255, pl. x xxiii. No. 64. g¢: St. Ambrose, July 21, 1879. Bill black; tarsi lavender-coloured. 37. THALASS@CA TENUIROSTRIS, Audub.; Sharpe, Rep. Trans. Venus Exp., B. Kerguel. p. 23. Fulmarus glacialoides (Smith) ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189. Thalasseeca glucialoides (Smith) ; Salv. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 736. No. 63. ¢: Valparaiso, August 4, 1879. Legs grey, with blue stains; bill grey, with blue patches. A. Sternum. 38. OCEANITES GRALLARIA (V.). Fregata grallaria (V.); Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1868, p. 735. Thalassidroma gracilis, Elliot, Ibis, 1859, p. 391. 7. segethi, Ph. & Landb. Arch. f. Naturg. 1850, p. 282. No. 65. @Q: off St. Ambrose, July 20,1879. Bill and feet black. Mr. Salvin has already suggested the identity of the Chilian birds described by Mr. Elliot and Drs. Philippi and Landbeck with O. leucogastra of Gould( T. grallaria, V.); and from the specimen now sent by Dr. Coppinger, I must say that I can see no difference at all. 39. OceanirEs oceanica (Kuhl); Sharpe, Report Trans. of Venus Exped. Birds, p. 32 ; Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 735. No. 37. ¢: lat. 9° 47'S., long. 33° 5' W., November 8, 1878. Caught at sea. 40. OssIFRAGA GIGANTEA (Gm.); Sharpe, Report Trans. of Venus Exped., Birds, p. 142; Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 737. No. 4. o: Tom Bay, April 13, 1879. Bill light grey ; iris dark brown; eyelids black ; legs and feet dark grey. 12 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, No. 61. g: Valparaiso, August 4, 1879. Legs black. No. 126 $?: Valparaiso, August 18, 1879. A, Sternum. uf 41. DiomMEDEA MELANOPHRYS, Temm.; Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1878, p- 740. No. 86. ¢: Valparaiso, August 13, 1879. Bill grey, with dark tips ; feet light grey ; iris dark brown. A. Trachea. 42. PELECANOIDES URINATRIX (Gm.); Sharpe, Report Trans. of Venus Exped., Birds, p. 14. P. garnoti (Less.) ; Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 739. No. 34. 9: Antonio Islands, Trinidad Channel, February 17, 1879. Eyes black; bill black; legs slate-colour. Stomach con- taining small Crustacea. No. 96. 9: Cockle Cove, October 16, 1879. Bill black; iris dark brown ; legs and feet slate-coloured. The following are the dimensions of the adult specimen :—total length 8°5 inches, culmen 0°75, wing 4°9, tail 1-7, tarsus 1. These measurements exceed those of the specimens already in the Museum from the Straits of Magellan, and appear to be intermediate between the ordinary P. urinatrix and the larger P. garnoti, which, after all, does not seem to be a very distinct species. 43. Daprion CApPENsIs (L.) ; Sharpe, Report Trans. of Venus Exped., Birds, p. 19; Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 737. No. 2. gd: off Tres Montes, May 10, 1879. Iris dark brown; bill and legs black ; eyelids black. 3: off St. Ambrose, July 20, 1879. Iris dark grey. No. 135. ¢: lat. 31° 52’S., long. 18° 37' W. Iris dark grey. A. Sternum. 44, MasaquEus QUINOCTIALIS (L.); Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p- 737. No. 132. g: Valparaiso, August 1879. Eyes dark brown; bill grey and black; legs black. No. 62. 9: Valparaiso, August 13,1879. Same soft parts as ¢. No. 139. ¢: Valparaiso, August 18, 1879. 45. ATTAGIS FALKLANDICA (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p- 188. No. 24. g: Cockle Cove, February 14, 1879. Shot on summit of mountain. 46. Nycricorax ogscurus (Licht.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis 1868, p- 189, 1869, p. 285; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 436. No. 54. 2 ad.: Cockle Cove, February 11, 1879. Iris orange ; legs dark grey ; bill horn-colour. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT,’ 13 . No. 5. Young: Neesham Cove, Trinidad Channel, February 28, 1879. Iris orange; bill black above, greenish yellow beneath ; eyelids greenish yellow ; legs dark grey in front, yellow behind. No. 55. ¢ juv.: Cockle Cove, February 12, 1879. Bill black ; cere green; iris and legs as in No. 5. 47. BerRNIcLA ANTARCTICA (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1878, p- 437. Chloephaga antarctica, iid. Ibis, 1869, p. 284, 1870, p. 499. No. 59. ¢ : Port Henry. No. 43. 9: Port Henry, February 1879. No. 79. Pull.: Straits of Magellan, November 1879. Eyes dark grey; bill black ; legs and feet dark brown. 48. CHLOEPHAGA POLIOCEPHALA, Sclater; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189, 1870, p. 489; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 436. No. 11. 9: Neesham Cove, Trinidad Channel, February 28, 1879. Iris dark brown; bill horn-colour; legs black in front, orange at back. No. 123. ¢: Alert Bay, December 3, 1879. Bill black; eyes dark brown; legs orange, black down the front. No. 90. 2 pull.: Port Henry, December 3, 1879. Eyes brown; legs dark grey ; bill horn-colour. 49. TACHYERES CINEREUS (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1878, p- 437. Micropterus cinereus (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189, _ 1870, p. 499. No. 52. 9: Puerto Bueno. Legs and feet yellow; bill greenish olive; eyes black. Shot on freshwater lake near the sea. No. 60. Walney Sound, February 4, 1879. Weight 102 lb. Crop full of entire mussels and prawns. Stink intense. No. 58. Elizabeth Island, January 3, 1879. No. 89. ¢ pull.: Tom Bay, November 30, 1879. A, Skull. Cockle Cove. _B. Skeleton. Tom Bay, February 24, 1879. 50. ANAS cristata, Gm.; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 499. No. 15. 9: Port Rosario, March 15, 1879. No. 3. 9: Cockle Cove, February 7, 1879. Iris blood-red ; legs dark grey ; upper mandible horn-colour, lower one flesh-colour. No. 130. ¢: Tom Bay, November 29, 1879. Eyes yellowish red; bill black. The egg is creamy buff, and measures—axis 2°4 inches, diam. 1°65. 51. MARECA SIBILATRIX (Poeppig); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p- 395. Mareca chiloensis, Eyton ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284. No. 76. 2: Coquimbo, June 1879. 14 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, © 52. Cyenus niGRICOLLIs (Gm.) ; Scl. & Saly. Ibis, 1869, p. 284. No. 129. ¢: Hugh Bay, west coast of Patagonia, December 20, 1879. Bill blue with red crest ; iris brown; legs and feet light grey. A, Sternum. Oct. 1879. 53. Darina spintcaupA(V.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. p. 130. a. No. 78. g: Talcahuano, September 1879. Bill yellow, with black culmen ; eyes brown; legs and feet grey and black. 54, QUERQUEDULA CYANOPTERA (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p- 189. a. No. 138. $: Talcahuano, September 10, 1879. Iris yellow ; bill black ; legs and feet yellow; nails dark. b. No. 71. d: Talcahuano, September 1879. Eyes yellow; bill black ; legs yellow. ec. No. 72. 9: Talcahuano, September 22, 1879. Eyes brown; bill dark, with grey patches; legs light brown. 55. QUERQUEDULA OXYPTERA (Meyen) ; Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 129. a. No. 75. d+: Port Gallant, west coast of Patagonia, February 1880. Iris dark brown; bill yellow on sides, black culmen; legs and feet light grey. 6. No. 74. 9: Cockle Cove, October 1879. Bill yellow, with black culmen; eyes yellow; legs and feet grey. 56. RatLus antTarcticus, King; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1878, p- 437. No. 8. 9: Tom Bay, April 13,1879. Eyes dark red; legs red; bill with greenish lustre. No. 123. g: Mayne Harbour, March 1880. Iris red; bill dark green; legs and feet red. 57. Fuxtica LeucopyerA, Hartl.; Scle & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 140. No. 80. g: Talcahuano, September 18, 1879. Bill yellow, with dark red patch on culmen; eyes yellow; legs olive-green; claws horn-colour. 58. VANELLUS OCCIDENTALIS, Harting; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 437. Vanellus cayenennsis, Scl. & Saly. Ibis, 1869, p. 284 (nec Gm.). No. 56. Peckett Harbour, January 4, 1879. No. 79. gd: Talcahuano, Chili, September 22, 1879. Iris, pupil dark red; bill lilac, with black tips; eyelids lilac; legs rose-colour, with grey feet. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 15 59. EvpromrAs mopgEstTA (Licht.); Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p- 188, 1870, p. 500; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 488. No. 19. Ad.: Tom Bay, February 1879. No. 28. ¢ juv.: Puerto del Morro, February 5, 1879. No. 102. ¢ juv.: Port Henry, January 28, 1879. Eyes black; legs grey; bill horn-colour. No. 98. 3: Cockle Cove, October 16, 1879. Iris dark brown; bill dark; legs light grey. 60. Aictauitis nrvosa (Cass.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 143. No. 103. ¢: Coquimbo, June 1879. 61. SrrepsILAs INTERPRES (L.); Scl. & Saly. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 143. No. 116. ¢: Talcahuano, September 9, 1879. Iris brown; bill horn-colour ; legs and feet red. 62. Apuriza virGata (Lath.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p- 143. No. 25. o: Van Islands, Trinidad Channel, February 15, 1879. Iris black ; eyelids black; legs olive-green; claws black. In flocks, as if about to migrate. 63. Hamatorus LEucopus (Garnot); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, p- 437. No. 23. 9: Cape Sambo, Trinidad Channel, March 3, 1879. Iris bright yellow; eyelids yellow; feet and legs flesh-coloured ; claws black. No. 133. g¢: Tom Bay, January 16, 1879. Iris and eyelid brilliant yellow; tarsi grey; bill orange. No. . ¢: Tom Bay, January 16, 1879. Bill orange-red. No. 92. g juv.: Hugh Bay, December 27, 1879. Iris orange; legs and feet grey; bill orange, the base black. A. Skeleton. West coast of Patagonia. 64. Hamarorus ater (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 499; iid, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 438. No. 22. 9: Port Henry, January 29, 1879. Eyes black; eye- lids orange-red; bill orange-red ; feet grey. 65. GALLINAGO PARAGUALE (V.); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 13868, p. 189; iid. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 438. No. 27. 2: Cockle Cove, February 7, 1879. 66. GALLINAGO STRICKLANDI, Gray ; Scl. & Salvy. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 145. No. 121. 9: Swallow Bay, March 14, 1880. Eyes dark; legs and feet greyish yellow. Weight 9 oz. 16 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, 67. RHYNCHZA SEMICOLLARIS (V.); Scl. & Saly. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 145. No. 101. 2: Coquimbo, June 1879. Tarsi green; tips of bill yellow. 68. Trinca Fuscicotuis (V.); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 438. No. 46. 2 in winter plumage: Peckett Harbour, January 4, 1879. 69. Cauipris ARENARIA (L.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p- 143. No. 99. 2: Talcahuano, September 1879. Bill, legs, and feet black ; eyes brown. 70. GAMBETTA MELANOLEUCA (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p- 145. Nos. 125,77. gd: Talcahuano, April 1880. Iris dark; bill horn- colour ; legs and feet yellow. 71. Numenius Huupsonicus (L.); Sel. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 146. No. 78. 2: Talcahuano, September 1879. Legs and feet grey ; bill horn-colour ; eyes dark brown. 72. STERNA HIRUNDINACEA, Less.; Saunders,. P. Z.S. 1876, p- 647. Sterna cassini, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 500. a. No. 81. ¢: Tom Bay, November 30, 1879. Bill, legs, and feet red. 6. No. 93. Spull.: Tom Bay, November 29, 1879. ce. $: Cockle Cove, October 16, 1879. Bill and legs red; claws black ; iris dark. 73. ANOUS CINEREUS, Gould; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 272. No. 66. 2: off St. Ambrose, July 21, 1879. Bill black; legs nearly black; eyes dark. 74. Larus Guaucopes, Meyen; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1871, p- 578; Saunders, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 203. No. 51. ¢: Cape Gregory, January 1, 1879. 7h. LARUS CIRRHOCEPHALUS, Vieill.; Scl. & Saly. P. Z. S. 1871, p-. 578; Saunders, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 204. No. 69. $ hiem.: Taleahuano, September 10, 1879. Bill dark red; legs and feet orange-red ; iris brown. No. 68. ¢ estiv.: Talcahuano, September 1879. Soft parts as in No. 69; legs and feet red. No. 87. ¢: Talcahuano, September 8, 1879. Iris hazel; eyelids orange-red; bill dark red; legs and feet red. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 17 Q. Skeleton. Talcahuano, September 1879. The last bird still retains traces of white plumage amongst the feathers of the head, while No. 69 is a winter-plumaged bird with white head, on which a few dark feathers are just showing them- selves. 76. Larus pominicaNnus (Licht.), Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189, 1869, p. 284; Saunders, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 799. No. 39. ¢ ad.: Tom Bay, April 5, 1879. Iris clear grey; eye- lids red ; legs olive. No. 17. & juv.: Cockle Cove, February 14,1879. Eyes black ; bill black ; legs dark grey. No. 16. ¢ juv.: Tom Bay, March 8, 1879. Iris dark brown ; eyelids black ; bill black ; legs grey. No. 70. 2 in changing plumage: Valparaiso, August 13, 1879. Bill grey with black tip; eyes dark ; legs light grey ; claws black. No. . 2 ad.: Peckett Harbour, Straits of Magellan, January 4, 1879. Bill yellow, the end of lower mandible red; eyelids red ; eyes clear grey; legs greenish. No. . ¢ juv.: Puerto Bueno, February 21, 1879. Iris dark brown, the lids black ; feet grey. No. 131. Puerto Bueno, February 20, 1879. Bill black; legs dark grey. No. . 6: Port Henry, January 28, 1879. Eyelids red ; irides grey; bill yellow, tip of lower mandible red ; legs and feet olive- green ; claws black. 77. STERCORARIUS CHILENSIS, Bp.; Saunders, P. Z.S. 1877, p- 800. Lestris antarctica (Less.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284. No. 67. ¢: Straits of Magelheen, December 1879. Bill, legs, and feet black ; eyes brown. No. 134. 2 : Taleahuano, September 1879. Eyes dark brown ; legs and feet black. 78. SPHENISCUS MAGELLANICUs (Forst.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284; iid. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 653. No. 42. Tom Bay, April 7, 1879. Iris brown; eyelids’ edges black, not flesh-colour ; bill horn-colour ; feet in front black mottled with white, behind black all over. No. 1. g juv.: Tom Bay, February 17, 1879. Iris brown; eyelids black ; bill black; legs grey spotted with black ; claws black. No. 128. 2 : Tom Bay, April 5, 1879. Bill horn-colour ; iris brown ; legs in front grey spotted with black ; behind black. A. Trachea. B. Sternum. 79. PopicErs ROLLANDI (Q. et G.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189, 1869, p. 84 No. 13. Summer plumage. Portland Bay, March 20, 1879. Iris red ; bill black ; feet and legs black. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. II. 2 18 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, No. 48. Young ¢: Peckett Harbour, January 4, 1879. No. 137. Picton Channel, March 31, 1879. Iris red; eyelids black ; legs dark grey. No. 84. Swallow Bay, March 14, 1880. Bill horn-colour ; legs and feet olive-green. No. 124. Port Riofrio, west coast of Patagonia, March 1880. Iris red: bill horn-colour; legs and feet grey. 3d. Taleahuano, September 1879. Bill black; eyes red; legs and feet grey. 81. Norwoprocta PERDIcARIA (Kittl.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 153. No. 122. ¢ : Coquimbo, June 1879. Crop full of seeds. III. REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, and FISHES. By A. Gtnruer. (Plates I., IT.) A few Reprites only were collected, viz. Liodira gravenhorstii at Talcahuano, and Liolemus nigromaculatus at Coquimbo, also a specimen of Tachymenis chilenis from the latter locality. The Barracuians proved to include more novelties :— 1. NANNOPHRYNE vaRrieGaTA (Gthr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p- 401, pl. 30) was collected in several examples on the coast of Trinidad Channel and at Puerto Bueno. 2. CysTIGNATHUS MACRODACTYLUS, Sp. 0. Allied to C. dibronit from the Chonos archipelago, but with the vomerine teeth in two short straight transverse lines immediately behind the choanze. Head broad and depressed, with shelving sides and obtusely rounded snout. Eyes of moderate size, equal to their distance from the nostril. Tympanum small, scarcely half the size of the eye. Skin of the upper parts smooth, or but little tubercular. The three outer fingers are long, and, like the toes, truncated at the tip; the third is the longest, the fourth longer than the second, which, again, is considerably longer than the first. Two small meta- tarsal tubercles ; the fifth toe scarcely longer than the third. Upper and lateral parts mottled with brown; lower parts whitish, in the male with a few brown spots on the sides of the abdomen. Male with a large vocal sac, which extends to the sternal region. : lines Length of the body . 22 oss... es eee 2 os 15 Width of the cleft of the mouth..,.......... 5 Length of the fore limb ............ Poa ath pe 5 os EMD Saker OL Soie less cs cre a thes 33 55 ast) HELONG DREN ype om sun epysieps yee % 53. clbnintdelimalpicescies iess.c aise aeetolaye ore 25 om » entire foot, including tarsus.... 12 is as) FOUTEIIEOE Seta ere oloter wece Ween iz 5 3 thirditcoe ooo. 4 Fees he te catere wre 5 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 19 Three specimens, found in pools on the hills, 500 feet above the sea, at Puerto Bueno. 3. CACOTUS COPPINGERI, Sp. n. Snout broad, short (as long as the eye) and obtuse, with short canthus rostralis; loreal region sloping. Vomeriue teeth in two trans- verse series, very slightly oblique, and commencing from the front margin of the choane, which are small. Tongue without any notch behind. Skin smooth. ‘The length of the body equals the distance between the vent and metatarsal tubercles. Subarticular tubercles on the fingers and toes small; metatarsus with two small tubercles. The length of the fourth toe is contained twice and one third in that of the body ; the third and fifth toes equal in iength. Greenish olive ; back, to the interorbital space, darker; a narrow dark band along the canthus rostralis and across the tympanic region ; lower parts whitish. A single specimen was obtained at Port Riofrio (west coast of Patagonia). Body 1% inch long. 4. CAcOTUS CALCARATUS, sp. 0. Snout. rather short, somewhat longer than the eye, rather pointed, with distinct canthus rostralis and subvertical loreal region. Vome- rine teeth indistinct, in two very small groups between the choane, which are very narrow. Tongue without any notch behind. Skin smooth ; dorsal region with two linear ridges convergent behind ; a short cutaneous spur at the heel is connected with the outer metatarsal tubercle by a low uneven fold of the skin. The length of the body is less than the distance between vent and metatarsal tubercles. Subarticular tubercles well developed ; metatarsus with two small tubercles. The length of the fourth toe is two fifths of that of the body. Light brownish olive; a brown band from the eye towards the side of the body ; a few small brown spots on the loin. A single specimen, 11 lines long, was obtained in Chiloe by Dr. Cunningham. In the hope of obtaining another specimen before describing it, I have allowed this specimen to remain undescribed up to the present ; but as there is but small prospect of the species being rediscovered for some time to come, I will not allow the present opportunity to pass of describing it with its congener from the mainland. FisHEs. 1. ScyLL1uM CHILENSE, Guich. Puerto del Morio and Port- land Bay. 2. PsAmMMoBaATIs RUDIS, Gthr. Trinidad Channel, in 30 fa- thoms. 3. CALLORHYNCHUS aNTaARcTICUS, Lac. Francisco Bay. 4. Sepasres ocuxatus, C. V. Latitude Cove in 13 fathoms, and Tom Bay in 15 fathoms. v 2 20 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, 5. AGRIopUS PERUVIANUS, C. V. West coast of Patagonia. 6. Exeernus Mactovinus, C. V. Tom Bay, from a brackish lagoon, and Cockle Cove. 7. Apuritis costo, Gthr. Portland Bay, Magellan’s Straits, and Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands. 8. CH@NICHTHYS EsOX, Gthr. Puerto Bueno. 9. NoroTHENIA MACROCEPHALA, Gthr. Puerto Bueno and Trinidad Channel. 10. NororHENIA TESSELLATA, Rich. Puerto del Morio, Latitude Cove, Puerto Bueno. 11. NoroTHENIA LONGIPES, Steind. Isthmus Bay, in 14 fa- thoms. 12. NoTrorHENIA CORNUCOLA, Rich. Cockle Cove. 13. TrRacHuURUS TRACHURUS, L. Francisco Bay. 14. NeopurynicutHys Latus, Hutton. (Plate I.) Of this very interesting fish, which was discovered only a few years ago by Mr. Hutton in New-Zealand, a specimen 16 inches long is in the collection. Fortunately, by the kindness of Mr. Hutton, I am in a position to compare the American specimen with one obtained on the New-Zealand coast. Structurally they are iden- tical; only some small tentacles are developed in the American specimen above the eye and on some parts of the body. The colo- ration is a blackish brown, marbled with lighter brown and grey. These differences are not sufficient to indicate specific distinctness. The specimen was obtained in Swallow Bay (Magellan’s Straits). 15. Lycopes tatirans, Jen. Portland Bay. 16. Maynea pataconica, Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxvii. 1871, p. 472. (Plate II. figs. C and D.) Of this fish a second, much younger specimen was discovered by Dr. Coppinger at Port Rosario. It is 34 inches long, and marked by fourteen broad blackish-brown cross bands, of which there is no trace in the adult specimen. The fact that the same style of colo- ration obtains in the young stage of Gymnelis pictus (which also otherwise is so closely allied to Maynea) renders it all but certain that G. pictus is likewise an Antarctic species. We figure it here side by side with its nearest allies (Plate II. fig. B.). Me tanostiema, g. n. Lycodid. This genus agrees with Gymnelis and Maynea in the absence of ventral fins, and technically may be distinguished from both by the much more elongate teeth, which in the jaws, as well as on the vomer and palatines, stand in a single series. However, there are other “SOLV'I SAHLHOINAMHAOUN (ABAING ,J4a]y aU} fo SEUSTY) “UN, pi] PP ‘Ustequtyy, 3 YW -durt ‘soig ureqUTpy "VOINODVIVd VANAVN AO 'SMLOId STISNWAD A ‘WASONILWIED VASISONVTAN'V (Aaaing Way, 24} JO Se4stA) “UR % PP Use Y 1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 21 striking differences, which will be mentioned in the subsequent de- scription. The fish is evidently habitually living at a greater depth than that at which Dr. Coppinger happened to obtain the single specimen in his collection. 17. MrELANosTIGMA GELATINOSUM. (Plate II. fig. A.) The whole body is enveloped in a loose delicate skin, like Liparis. Head large, deep, compressed, with obtuse snout. Hye large, two sevenths of the length of the head, and longer than the snout. Cleft of the mouth rather oblique, but the lower jaw does not project be- yond the upper. Lips not fleshy. Inside of the mouth, gill-openings, and vent black. ‘The gill-opening is reduced to a very narrow fora- men above the base of the pectoral fin. The origin of the dorsal fin and the root of the pectoral are enveloped in the loose skin of the body. The dorsal fin seems to commence above the middle of the pectoral, is low at first, but becomes considerably higher pos- teriorly. Pectoral very narrow, consisting of a few rays only. Upper parts tinged with a purplish grey; sides marbled with the same colour, which towards the end of the tail becomes more in- tense, almost black. Total length of the specimen 53 inches; distance of the snout from the gill-opening 4, from the vent 14. The specimen was obtained on January 15, 1880, at Tilly Bay, in the Straits of Magellan, in 24 fathoms. 18. HrppoGLossinaA MACROPS, Steindachn. ‘Trinidad Channel. 19. H1pPpoGLOSSINA MICROPS, sp. n. D. 72. A. 56. V. 1/5. The height of the body is contained twice and one third in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head thrice and one half. The eyes are, compared with those of Hippoglossina macrops, small, equal to the length of the snout, and two ninths of that of the head; the upper is slightly in advance of the lower; the space between them is flat, half as wide as the vertical diameter of the eye, and covered with minute scales. Mouth wide, the maxillary extending beyond the middle of the orbit. An- terior curve of the lateral line semicircular. Dorsal fin commencing above the eye, of moderate height; pectoral fin half the length of the head ; ventrals well developed, symmetrically placed, greyish, finely mottled with brown. A single specimen, 4 inches long, was obtained on the west coast of Patagonia. 20. GALAXIAS ATTENUATUS, Jen. Puerto Bueno. 21. GALAXIAS COPPINGERI, sp. 0. D.12. A.17. Body elongate, its depth in front of the dorsal being one tenth of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head two ninths. Snout rather broad, with the jaws equal in length ; cleft of the mouth rather narrow, the maxillary extending to below the front margin of the orbit. Eye rather large, a little 22 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, shorter than the snout, and two sevenths of the length of the head. The length of the pectoral fin is one half of the distance of its root from the ventral, and that of the ventral one half of the distance of its root from the anal. Caudal fin truncate. Yellowish olive, trunk marbled with blackish. One specimen, 3 inches long, from Alert Bay. 22. HAPLOCHITON ZEBRA, Jen. East Bay; freshwaters at Tom Bay. 23. OPpHICHTHYS DICELLURUS, Rich. Coquimbo. 24. MyxiNneE AUSTRALIS, Jen. IV. MOLLUSCA ann MOLLUSCOIDA. By Evear A. Suiru. (Plates ILI.-V.) The collection of Mollusca contains several very interesting species, notably a new Cephalopod (Rossia patagonica), an unde- scribed Lamellaria, a very beautiful Trochus, and a new genus of Conchifera, besides several other species either new to science or to the fauna of Patagonia. To avoid repetition of the localities in extenso a numbered list of the various Stations is here appended. List of Stations. . Trinidad Channel, 30 fathoms ; bottom sandy. . Port Rosario, 2-30 fathoms ; bottom, sand and rock. . Tom Bay, 1-30 fathoms ; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud. . Van Island, Trinidad Channel ; on rocks in shallow water. . Portland Bay, St. Andrews Sound, 10 fathoms ; bottom, hard sand. 6. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms ; bottom, sand. 7. Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms; bottom, sand. 8. Peckett’s Harbour. Nos. 1 to 5 are situated on the west of Southern Patagonia, in the neighbourhood of the island Madre de Dios, and nos. 6, 7 and 8 in the eastern part of the Straits of Magellan. Other localities men- tioned are situated in South Patagonia. ; OPN I. CepPHALOPODA. 4.9. (gf Rossta paraconica, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 3, 3a.) ?r>/¥ Animal, viewed dorsally, of a purplish slate-colour. This is com- posed of avast aggregation of minute irregularly shaped dots set upon a pale buff ground, which is more apparent upon the fins, as there the dotting is less dense. Lower or ventral surface of a reddish-purple color and the dotting more defined than above. The underside of the head light buff, with only a few large subcir- PY. - 1881 .PL Te Mintern Bros. imp. AH Searle del. et ith. MOLLUSCA OF ALERT” SURVEY. P'Z.S 188! PLiv, ———— A.H. Searle delethth Mintern Bros.imp. MOLLUSCA OF “ALERT SURVEY. PZ.S.1881.A1V. i “AH Searle deletlith. Mantern Bros imp MOLLUSCA OF ALERT” SURVEY 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ALERT.’ 23 cular spots, of the same hue as those on the body. The lower surface of the fins and the funnel are of a plain buff. The abdomen or body is in form like a short sack, narrowing and rounded at the the end, about half as long again as broad. Its margin is produced to an obtuse point over the back of the neck, which marks the termination of the horny shell; and on the underside there is a wide sinuation beneath the siphon. The fins are moderately large, being to the length of the body as 5 to 7 ; but the line of junction is somewhat less, for they extend forward about a line and a half beyond the point of contact. In form they are irregularly semicircular, and are placed rather far apart, but yet not absolutely along the side. Their surface, both above and beneath, exhibits fine striea which radiate from the body. The head is large, as broad as the body. The eyes are situated at the sides of the head, and are protected by a thin transparent panbrane, and the lower margin is probably partly contractile over the eye. The arms do not vary much in length ; but the dorsal and ventral pairs are a trifle shorter than the two lateral pairs. They are rather slender, and taper to a fine point, scarcely have any interbra- chial connecting membrane at their base; and between the ventral pair there is a total absence of it. The suckers are large, subspherical, raised upon prominences, connected by exéessively short peduncles, and armed with very small simple-edged horny rings. They are arranged in two alternating rows, except upon that which is the right arm of the dorsal pair when the lower or ventral surface is towards the eye, or the left one when viewed from above; upon this there are four series at the central part, but fewer at the base and the extremity; the suckers too are much smaller than those upon the rest of the brachia, with the exception of the other dorsal one, upon which they are also equally small. The tentacular arms are slender,.twice as long as the others, and emerge between the ventral and next pair of arms, between which there is a greater development of connecting membrane than is found between the other brachia. They are provided at the ends with numerous crowded cup-like acetabula, raised upon longer foot- stalks than those connecting the suckers of the other arms. They are flat-topped, with a raised outer rim and a sunken lid, and the horny margin of the orifice is minutely dentate. Shell or gladius very minute. The measurements are :—Length of body 21 millims., diam. 14 ; length of fins 14 millims., diam. 8; length of longest arm 17 millims. ; length of tentacular arm 36 millims. ; length from the end of the body to the base of the ventral pair of arms 27 millims. ; the same to the base of the dorsal pair 29 millims.; diam. of one of the largest spherical suckers 14 millim.; diam. of one of the small ones on the right dorsal arm $ millim. Hab. Stations 1 and 5. This is a very remarkable little creature, and at once recognized 24 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, by the peculiarity of one of the arms possessing a double set of suckers. Lotico PaTaGonica, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 2-2 d.) Body cylindrical, tapering gradually behind, about four times as long as broad. Upper margin produced to an acute point on the dorsal side, broadly sinuated beneath. Fins occupying a little less than half the length of the body, rhomboidal, with the lateral angles only slightly rounded, joining the body without any superior slit. Head a little narrower than the body. Of the arms the upper or dorsal pair are the smallest and shortest, with an acute membranous inner edge. Second pair rather longer and thicker, having the inner or upper edge more rounded than the outer, which is acutely carinate. Third or lower lateral pair largest and longest of all, rounded on the upperside, and bearing a broad membranous expansion on the lower edge extending from the tip to the base, where it joins a similar membrane running up the side of the basal arms. These are nearly as thick as the preceding but rather shorter, and have a very acute carinated inner edge. Cupules on the upper and lower pairs rather smaller than those on the lateral pairs. Horny rings very oblique, furnished on one side with five or six rather squarely cut teeth. Buccal membrane produced into seven prominent lobes, whereof the two subbasal pair are the most conspicuous, within bearing a few minute suckers upon very long pedicles. Tentacular arms slender, tapering at the ends. Club but little expanded, furnished with four rows of cups, whereof the two inner are vastly larger than the outer; they alternate with each other and also with the small outer cups, so that the latter on one side are on the same transverse line as the more remote series of large ones. The length of the club is about five twelfths of the entire length of the tentacle. The horny ring has about from twenty to twenty-four blunt teeth. The colour of the two specimens is purplish buff, varied with numerous close-set, generally ovate, largish spots of a purple tint, and of different sizes, upon the back, the sides, and crown of the head. Ventral surface and beneath the fins destitute of spotting. Shell pennate ; shaft thin, roundly keeled exteriorly and grooved on the opposite side; expanded portion or vane rather broad, equalling in this respect rather less than one sixth of the length. Dimensions. Length of body 62 millims., width 14; fins 27 long and 30 in diameter across the back from one lateral angle to the other ; tentacles 38 long; longest arm 27. Hab. Alert Harbour, Trinidad Channel, west coast of Patagonia. Only one species of this genus has been hitherto recorded trom the west coast of the South-American continent, namely Loligo gahi, found on the Chilian coast. In that species the fins are considerably shorter in proportion to the length of the body, join the back nearer the centre, and have rounded upper and lateral angles. The arms, too, offer certain differences; and the number of teeth on the horny rings of the larger cups on the tentacular club is 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 25 greater in L. gahi, and their form, judging from the figure of them, more acute. The form and attachment of the fins to the back are very similar in L. brasiliensis and L. patagonica. The former, however, is a broader species, has a differently shaped shell, and several other differences. ONYCHOTEUTHIS INGENS, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 1-1 d.) Hab. Port Riofrio, west coast of Patagonia. The head only of a species of this genus was sent by Dr. Cop- pinger. It differs in certain particulars from the known species, and is especially interesting on account of its great size. Description. Of the arms, the upper or dorsal pair are most slender and the shortest, the two lateral pairs about equal in thick- ness, the upper pair having a slight advantage in length, in this respect agreeing with the lower or ventral pair, which, however, are a trifle broader at the base than any. The latter arms have a re- markably broad and almost flat outer surface, and are roundly angled at the margins; the sides are flattened and converge, so that the innerside, likewise flat, becomes but little broader than half the out- side; the outer margin is provided with a broad membranous ex- pansion, which apparently extends to the extremity of the arm: it is widest at the base, where it connects the adjoining arm, gradually narrowing towards the tip. Lower lateral pair also furnished with a membrane on the upperside, which, however, is very much the broad- est near the middle of the arm. The upper lateral pair are provided with a membrane on the lower side ; but it is very narrow; and the dorsal pair are destitute of any. ‘The suckers are arranged in two alternating series, commencing a short distance (about an inch) from the base of the arms. They are subspherical, shortly pedunculated, provided with simple-edged horny rings, largest towards the middle of the arms and gradually diminishing towards the tip, those upon the ventral pair being a trifle smaller than those upon the other arms, and the largest upon the lower lateral pair. Tentacular arms are in length with respect to the sessile arms as 5 to 3. They are compressedly rounded, thickish, equalling in the greatest diameter the basal arms ; they narrow very gradually towards the extremity, with the terminal club scarcely at all widened and occupying just one fifth of the entire length of the arm. Along one side from the base to the end runs a very small membrane. The extremity of the club is much compressed. The hooks are in two alternating series of fourteen each, those of one row being decidedly larger than those of the other, especially the fifth to the tenth hooks, which are very formidable. The cups of the carpal group are ten in number, with about eleven interjacent tubercles, the whole occupying a surface of an elongate-oval form. The cups of the terminal group are thirteen or fourteen in number, and contiguous to one another, and all open, with horny rings. The horny mandibles are black, the upper one considerably the longer, narrower, and more hooked. 26 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, The odontophore consists of sixty-two rows of teeth, each row composed of a transverse series of seven. The central tooth is the largest, having a large acutish central prong and a small subbasal one on each side. The next tooth on either side is considerably smaller, with an acute central fang, and a smaller somewhat hooked one on the outside, and none on the inner. The two outer teeth are long, simple, curved and acute, the outermost having a slight sinu- ation in the outer curved edge. The colour of the specimen as preserved in spirit is brownish purple, slightly paler on the inner surface of the arms. The minute dotting so general in this order of Mollusca is scarcely observable in the head before me. Dimensions. Length of tentacles 450 millims., of ventral arms 270. Affinities and Differences. At present only a single species has been described from the Patagonian region. This is the Onychoteuthis fusiformis of Gabb', “said to have been caught off Cape Horn.” This is a very small animal in comparison with that here described, and, judging from the description, is a distinct species, and not the young form of that now described. The formula of the relative length of the arms is different ; and in O. fusiformis the lowermost or ventral pair of arms are destitute of a marginal membrane, whilst in O. ingens this feature is strongly developed. The cupules are described by Gabb as being ‘‘arranged in a double series, without being either in pairs, nor yet alternating;” on the contrary, in the present species they are most regularly alternating. The tentacles have a different proportional length in relation to the club at the end, in the one form (O. fusiformis) being as 3 to 1, in the other as 5 to 1. Besides these distinctions, there are pro- bably others, in the number of hooks on the club, the number of the cups at the extremity of it, the presence of tubercula between the cupules of the carpal group, and in the odontophore, all of which are passed over in the description of the Cape-Horn species. The well known O. banksii is also a smaller animal, with compressed lower lateral arms. The formula of relative length is different, the number of hooks on the club smaller, and the cupules of the carpal group fewer ; those on the arms, too, differ in form; and the odon- tophore offers certain distinctions. II. GASTROPODA. a. Marine. PLEUROTOMA, Sp. inc. Hab. Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms, brought up on the anchor. A single dead specimen of a very interesting form. It apparently belongs to the typical group of the genus, with the slit in the middle of the lip. The apex, consisting of one whorl and a half, is large for the size of the shell, and globose. The rest of the whorls have a strong beaded keel round the middle, and a smaller and less distinctly 1 Proc. Californian Acad. Nat. Sci. 1862, p. 171. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.-S. ‘ALERT.’ 27 beaded one just beneath the suture. ‘The last whorl has two pro- minent simple keels round the middle, and indications of one or two below. The canal is short, and the columella tortuous. The colour is probably faded. In its present condition the shell is white, with the exception of the keel at the suture, which has traces of a pale lurid hue. It is 10 millims.tin length ; but it is questionable if that is the ultimate dimension to which it would attain. Pievrotoma (BELA) CUNNINGHAMI, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 1.) Shell ovately fusiform, turreted, purple brown with pale coste. Whorls 6-7 ; the two apical rather large, smooth, rounded ; the rest concavely sloping above, curved slightly at the sides, and con- tracted at the base, strongly plicate and minutely spirally striated. Plicze or costz about twelve in number, nearly obsolete at the upper part and not reaching the suture; those on the last whorl attenuate inferiorly and disappear at a shallow furrow around the base; beneath the sulcus is an oblique raised ridge. Aperture oblong, dark purplish brown, occupying about two fifths of the entire length. Columella suberect, rounded, whitish, callous. Sinus distinct, but not deep, situate on the concavity at the top of the labrum. The latter is minutely crenate by the exterior fine striz. The basal canal is short, wide, and pale at the extreme margin. Length 10 millims., diam. 4, aperture 4 long, 13 wide. Operculum elongate pyriform; nucleus terminal. Hab. Puerto Bueno, 2 to 7 fathoms, rocky bottom, and Station 2. Some worn specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Cunning- ham during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Nassau ;’ and it is with his name that I feel much pleasure in associating this interesting form. Those collected by Dr. Coppinger are in good condition, and exhibit a well defined superior sinus, which is decidedly deeper than in the boreal types of the Bela group of Pleurotoma. Pireuvroroma (MANGELIA?) COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 2.) Shell small, elongate, subfusiform, dark purplish brown, paler at the apex. Whorls 63, divided by a deep suture; the first one and a half forming the nucleus, large, semiglobose, smooth; the rest slightly convex and longitudinally ribbed. Costze stout, broader than the interstices, suberect, a little arcuated; those on the body whorl become obsolete a trifle below the middle, whence downward the whorl is transversely finely striated, the strie at the extremity being closer together than those above. Aperture small, ovate, occupying about one third of the entire length. Columella arcuate, covered with a thin callosity. Labrum thickened, with a very faint sinus a little below the suture. Basal channel short, distinct, ob- lique. Length 63 millims., diam. 23. Hab, Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms, mud and gravel bottom. Only a single specimen was obtained, which hardly presents the character of the sinus in the labrum satisfactorily. 28 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, LACHESIS MERIDIONALIS, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 3.) Shell small, whitish, cancellated, turreted. Whorls 6; two apical very large, smooth, convex; the rest also convex, longitudinally ribbed and transversely lirate. Costee subequal to the interstices, about thirteen on a whorl, finer at the upper end than beneath, where they become almost obsolete. Spiral lire four in number— one around the lower part of the whorls, bordering the narrow deep suture, and scarcely at all affected by the longitudinal costz ; the three others, of which the two lower are much the more conspicuous and coarsely tuberculous upon the ribs, are situated upon the convex portion of the volutions. Last whorl considerably contracted below the middle, encircled by nine transverse ridges, whereof the four upper correspond to those upon the other whorls, the five lower being simple, non-tuberculous, and finer. Aperture small. Colu- mella obliquely arcuate, roundly subtruncate at the base. Canal short, oblique, feebly recurved. Length 4} millims., diam. 13, aperture 17 long. Hab. Boija Bay, Straits of Magellan, 20 fathoms, on a bottom composed of dead shells and stones. This species is remarkable for the large smooth nuclear whorls, the convexity and coarse cancellation of those which follow, its narrow form, and the small size of the aperture; the increase in the width of the volutions is very gradual. TROPHON GEVERSIANUS, Pallas. Hab. Stations 6 and 7. One specimen from Elizabeth Island is very interesting, as showing the great variation to which this species is subject. It is nearly smooth, displaying no indication of cancellation, and exhibiting only faint transverse grooving. TROPHON LACINIATUS, Martyn. Hab. Stations 1, 2, 7; also Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms. TROPHON Crispus, Couthouy. Hab, Station 7 and Puerto Bueno, 2—7 fathoms, rocky bottom. TROPHON MURICIFORMIS, King. Hab. Stations 2, 3, and 7; also Puerto Bueno, 2-7 fathoms, bottom rocky. This species has been described under the names Fusus liratus, Couthouy, F. corrugatus, Reeve, and F. albidus, Philippi; all of these, however, are subsequent to King’s description in the ‘ Zoolo- gical Journal’ for 1830. TROPHON FIMBRIATUS, Hupé. (Plate IV. fig. 4.) Fusus fimbriatus, Hupé, Gay’s Hist. de Chile, vol. viii. p. 165, Atlas, pl. 4. figs. 7-7 6. Shell fusiform, white. _Whorls probably about 8, obliquely sloping above, and rounded somewhat at the lower part, longitu- 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 29 dinally plicated, spirally ridged, and everywhere ornamented very beautifully with very numerous close raised lamellze or lines of growth. The longitudinal folds or coste are oblique, attenuated above, and rapidly widening inferiorly ; they number 9-10 on the penultimate, and about one more on the last whorl, on which, a little below the middle, they become obsolete. The spiral lire are for the most part of about equal thickness, and vary in number from about 7 to 9 on the upper volutions, and from 16 to 20 on the last; the one at the extremity, which, as it were, forms the cauda, is twice or thrice as thick as the rest. Aperture ovate, white, together with the canal occupying rather more than half the entire Jength. Columella arcuate above, and of a pale greenish tint. Labrum frilled at the margin. Canal oblique, recurved, rather shorter than the aperture. Length 30 millims., diam. 12 ; aperture and canal 16 long and 6 wide. Another specimen is 26 millims. long, 11 broad; and its aperture with the canal has a length of 16 millims., and a width of 6. Operculum brownish yellow, somewhat ovate, not acute at the nuclear end. Hab. Station 6. This is a very beautiful species on account of the charming nature of the sculpture, in which respect it resembles 7’. crispus of Couthouy, which, however, is easily distinguished by the very different form of the whorls. The figure in Gay’s work represents the cost narrower and more sharply defined than in the specimens which I identify with this species. EvurTseia ATRATA, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 5.) Shell ovately fusiform, purplish black. Whorls 7-8; nuclear ones rather large, smooth ; the rest convex, with a slight depression at the upper part, longitudinally strongly ribbed and finely spirally striated. Costee narrow beneath the suture, and vanishing on the last whorl a little below the middle. Aperture less than half the shell in length, ovate, continued beneath into a short, narrowish, oblique deep canal, of the same colour as the exterior. Labrum arcuate, thickened by the last rib, with a small tubercle at the com- mencement of the canal. Columella covered with a thin enamel, which is whitish inferiorly, arched in the middle. Length 16 mil- lims., diam. 7 ; aperture 7 long, 3 wide. Haé. Station 5 and Puerto Bueno, 2-7 fathoms, bottom rocky ; also Boija Bay, 20 fathoms, on a stony and shelly bottom. The principal characteristic of this species is the intensity of the purplish-black colouring. Four of the specimens have furnished resting places for a small Hermit-crab. EUTHRIA MERIDIONALIS, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 6.) Shell fusiformly ovate, small, brown, pale at the apex. Whorls 6; apical one smooth, whitish, convex; the rest only slightly convex, longitudinally costate, and transversely sulcate. Suture searcely oblique, rather deep. Costz a little slanting, somewhat arcuate, about 14 on the last whorl, which do not attain quite to the 30 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING {Jan. 4, lower extremity. Sulci narrow, rather deep, cutting through the costze, not nearly as broad as the interstices, 4 to 5 in number on the upper whorls, and about 18 on the last, whereof those around the extremity are finest and closest together. Aperture elongate- ovate, produced beneath into a short, oblique, recurved canal, and equalling about two fifths of the whole length of the shell. Labrum simple, thickened exteriorly by the last rib. Columella covered with a thin, smooth, whitish callosity, arcuate at the middle. Length 9 millims., diam. 31, aperture nearly 4 long and 13 broad. Hab. Stations 5 and 7. There are but two examples of this little species, one not quite mature, and the other at some time inhabited by a Paguroid crusta- cean. ‘The latter circumstance may to some extent have caused the absorption of any liree or denticules within the labrum, if such ever existed. The first sulcus beneath the suture cuts off the tops of the cost, which consequently present the appearance of squarish nodules. Nassa (TriTIA) COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 7.) Shell ovate, whitish, with a broad purplish-brown band at the top of the whorls, and two others on the last, the upper one around the middle, and the other somewhat below. Whaorls 6, a little convex, narrowly tabulated above, with a granulous clathrated sculpture ; this consists of longitudinal and transverse ridges: the former are not quite so distinct as the latter, are nodulous at the points of contact, about 18 in number on the penultimate whorl, and about 24 on the last, those near the labrum being closer to- gether than the rest. The spiral ridges are flattened at the top, with the edges sharply defined by the intervening grooves ; they are four in number on the upper whorls, and seven on the last ; below the seventh the whorl has a rather broad deep sulcation, beneath which comes the raised ridge common to the genus. Aperture nearly half the length of the shell, bluish white, exhibiting the ex- ternal banding. Columella very arcuate in the middle, covered with a thin white callosity, which projects rather prominently into the aperture towards the base. Labrum not thickened exteriorly, armed within with five lire. Length 133 millims., diam. 7, aperture 64 long and 31 broad. Operculum triangularly subcircular, with a few minute serrations on the inner margin towards the nucleus. Hab. Station 3. Only one specimen of this species was collected. It is remark- able for its coarsely granular surface and the stoutness of the spire. ? Nassa ( ?) THNIOLATA, Philippi. (Plate IV. fig. 8.) Buccinum teniolatum, Phil. Archiv f. Naturgeschichte, 1845, p- 69 ; Gay’s Chile, vol. viii. p. 207, Atlas, pl. 4. figs. 9-9 6. Hab. Stations 2 and 3; ‘‘Chonos Is.” (Philippi). There are seven specimens, all immature, which may possibly be the young of this species. They do not, however, present six trans- 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 3] verse ridges, but only five, on the upper whorls; they are only slightly rounded, become nodulous on crossing the longitudinal coste, and are very finely striated in a spiral or transverse direction. The largest example is only 11 millims. long, whilst that described by Philippi had a length of 163. Monoceros caucar, Martyn. Hab. Station 1; and Francisco Bay, shallow water. CoNCHOLEPAS PERUVIANA, Lamarck. Hab. Station 4. RANELLA VEXILLUM, Sowerby. Synon. Triton ranelliformis, King, = Ranella kingii, D’Orbigny, perhaps = R. tumida, Dunker, and Bursa (Apollon) proditor, Frauenfeld. Hab. Tom Bay and Trinidad Channel. Dunker’s R. tumida was described from specimens from New Zealand. I have compared series from that country, received from different sources, with several specimens from Patagonia and Chili. The result at present is, that I cannot detect any substantial diffe- rence between the two local forms. This is very remarkable, as I am not aware of any other mollusk having been shown to be com- mon to these two localities. The variety (proditor) from St. Paul’s Island, in the Indian Ocean, is also very closely related to, if not conspecific with, the South-American shell; but the form is a little narrower, and the penultimate whorl is conspicuously broad. PRIENE MAGELLANICA, Chemnitz. Triton cancellatum, Lamarck. Hab. Puerto Bueno, Trinidad Channel, Tom Bay, and Portland Bay. This species is included in the list of Japanese Fuside given by A. Adams in the ‘Journal’ of the Linn. Soc. 1864, vol. vii. p. 106. Reeve also states that it is found at Kamtschatka; and Carpenter observes (Suppl. Report Moll. West Coast N. A., from the Report Brit. Assoc. 1863, p. 534) that ‘‘ P. cancellata is the Cape-Horn species. Some specimens in alcohol in Sir EK. Belcher’s collection, however, said to be from Icy Cape, greatly resemble the southern shell.”’ If, indeed, this species inhabits such remote parts of the globe as Japan and the Straits of Magellan, it is most unaccountable. The operculum is ovate, with an almost terminal nucleus; and the internal scar has a subcentral nucleus, with concentric lines of growth placed obliquely across the surface. The outer marginal thickening is moderately broad. I think that the Chemnitzian name magellanica must be retained for this species. It has priority over the Murex magellanicus of Gmelin, which is the Trophon geversianus of Pallas ; and it appears to me that Lamarck very unnecessarily substituted a fresh name (Triton cancellatum) for this species. Besides, Gmelin had already 32 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4 employed that name for what appears to be a species of Triton, judging from the figure cited in Knorr’s ‘Vergniigen,’ vol. ii. a7 IES: Ceriturum (Birrium) caLatum, Couthouy. Hab. Boija Bay, 20 fathoms (Coppinger); ‘‘ Orange Harbour, Terra del Fuego” (Couthouy). Of the three series of granules encircling the whorls, the upper- most is the finest, and the lowermost the coarsest. This species is figured in the Atlas to Wilkes’s Exploring Expedi- tion (figs. 174-174 d). Trocuita (CLYPEOLA) CORRUGATA, Reeve. Hab. Stations 6 and 7. To this species probably belong Trochus pileus, Lamarck, Tro- chatella pileolus, d’Orbigny, and Calyptrea costellata, Philippi. CREPIPATELLA DILATATA, Lamarck. Hab. Station 5. These specimens differ from those found more north in being entirely destitute of colour, like C. pallida, Broderip ; but in other respects there appears to be no difference. : LAMELLARIA PATAGONICA, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 9, 9a, 9 0.) Peronia, sp., Cunningham, Nat. Hist. Straits of Magellan, 1871, plate before p. 75, fig. 1, and p. 449 ; id. Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p- 484, pl. 58, figs. 4 a—d. ‘*Mantle of a dirty yellow colour, marked with lines and blotches of light vandyke-brown, and its undersurface around the foot was marked with light-coloured strie’’’. Animal high, convex, ex- hibiting to some extent the form of the shell, owing to the thinness of the mantle which envelops it. Foot somewhat truncate in front, gradually tapering towards the other end, which is rounded. Ten- tacles shortish. Eyes apparently sessile, situated at the outer bases . of the tentacles. The teeth on the lingual ribbon in three series : the central with two equal diverging shanks, joined at the apex, which is recurved, with a small tooth on the middle of the cutting- edge and still smaller ones on each side; the lateral teeth are acute at the tip, recurved, very finely serrate on the outer side, the serration being restricted to the central portion, also with an inner lateral prominence separated in part from the tooth by a sutural line, more strongly serrated than the outer edge, the den- ticles being apparently seven in number. From his description it will be seen that the character of the odon- tophore is very similar to that of L. producta (Troschel, ‘ Gebiss der Schnecken,’ i. pl. xvi. fig. 4); but the shanks of the median tooth are not unequal, and the lateral teeth are more hooked at the tips. The horny oral process is composed of two pieces, very similar to those of L. perspicua (Troschel, /. c. fig. 1) ; it is nearly black at 1 Dr. Cunningham’s description from the live animal. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 33 the narrow end, and is 23 millims. in length and 2 broad; the portion inserted in the tissue is larger than the exposed part, the line of demarcation being well defined ; the exposed tip exhibits parallel lines of growth. Shell large, very fragile, globose, transparent hyaline, with a slight milky cloudiness, exhibiting very fine strize of growth. Whorls 33, very convex, and rapidly enlarging, separated by a deep suture. Spire moderately raised. Aperture exceedingly large, wider than long, oblique. Columella very arcuate, visibly perspectively spiral to the apex, coated with an excessively thin callosity. Greatest diam. 25 millims., height (when resting upon the front of the body- whorl and the basal margin of the aperture) 13 ; aperture 173 wide, 153 long. Hab. Station 1; Shell Bay (Cunningham). There are two species of Lamellaria mentioned by H. & A. Adams (Gen. Rec. Moll. i. p. 201) of which I can find no published de- scriptions. They are Z. antarctica, Couthouy, and L. pretenuis of the same author, either of which names would be very applicable to the species now described. ’ Dr. Cunningham says:—The animal possessed the power of shortening and elongating the tentacles. At times it crawled along the sides of the glass, filled with sea-water, in which it was kept, on its large muscular foot, the shape of which underwent constant changes ; and at others it floated on the surface of the water, with the foot uppermost.” CoLLONIA CUNNINGHAM], sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 10, 10 a.) Shell small, subglobose, perforate in the young state, when adult imperforate, of a rose-madder colour. Whorls 43; apical one whitish, the rest convex and finely spirally striated, also marked with faint oblique lines of growth. Suture rather deep. Last whorl ob- liquely descending near the lip, somewhat flattened beneath near the centre. Aperture obliquely subcircular, iridescent within. Colu- mella pearly, spread over the umbilicus. Labrum with a narrow pinkish margin within. Height 43 millims., greatest diam. 5, smallest diam. 44. Opereulum circular, consisting of six whorls, which are most easily seen on the inner suface. The outside is somewhat thickened by a shelly deposit. Hab. Stations 5 and 2, and Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms, mud and gravel bottom. Named after Dr. R. O. Cunningham, whose labours on the Patagonian fauna are well known and highly appreciated. Trocuvus (PHOTINULA) CHRULESCENS, King. Hab. Stations 6 and 7. Trocuvus (PHoTINULA) vioLAcEvs, King, Hab. Stations 2, 5, 6, 7, and Puerto Bueno, 2=7 fms. Proc. Zoo~. Soc.—1881, No. III. 3 34 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, Trocuus (CHLOROSTOMA) ATER, Lesson. Hab. Station 4. Trocuus (CHLOROSTOMA), Sp., jun. Hab. Station 2. ; Three specimens, apparently immature, are closely allied to 7. luctuosus, @’Orb., = T'. bicarinatus, Pot. & Mich. Trocuvus (Z1zirpHINUS) CONSIMILIS, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 11.) Shell pyramidal, of a very pretty purplish lilac colour, encircled with pale transverse ridges. Whorls 7; the nuclear one rounded, white; the rest flat, with three to four strong spiral lire, whereof the uppermost, or the two uppermost, are more or less granulous. The interstices are smooth, with the exception of oblique lines of growth. Suture marked by a thread-like keel. Last whorl acutely angled below the middle, with a flattish base, which has two or three sulci near the angle, and two white or pale lilac liree encircling the umbilical region. Aperture somewhat obliquely quadrangular ; columella pearly, margined with a white callosity. Height 11 millims., greatest diam. of base 9, smallest 8. Hab. Station 5; and Cockle Cove, between tide-marks. A very pretty species, easily recognized by its colour and sculp- ture, and recalling to some extent the northern 7’, alabastrum, Beck. SIPHONARIA LESKONI, jun. Hab. Station 3. FissuRELLA PictTa, Gmelin. Hab. Stations 3 and 5. FisSURELLA, ALBA, Philippi. Hab. Station 7. DENTALIUM, sp. Hab. Station 5. I am not aware of any species of Dentalium having been recorded from this region. The single shell obtained is a dead specimen, quite straight, very slowly enlarging, and exhibiting only lines of imere- ment and no longitudinal stiiz. It has a length of 29 millims., and is 2 in diameter at the oral orifice. ParEeLia (NACELLA) MYTILINA, Gmelin. Hab. Tom Bay, on rocks at low water. This variable species was also collected at Kerguelen Island ; and in a paper in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ upon the Mollusca collected during the Transit-of-Venus Expedition to that region, I have given comparative remarks upon the different varieties which have been described as distinct species. PATELLA (PATINELLA) NEA, Martyn. Haé. Trinidad Channel, on rocks. i ate eel —— antl 1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ALERT.’ 35 Tecrura (Pitipium) coppinGERt, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 12, 12a.) Shell cap-shaped, thin, sculptured with numerous fine, thread-like, granulous lire radiating from the apex to the margin, and with fine concentric lines of growth. The colour is dirty white, varied with two or three bands of a pale slate-colour which encircle the shell at irregular intervals, and are interrupted by the radiating lire, which are white. This feature is more apparent within the shell, where the surface is very smooth and shining. Margin nearly simple, very faintly crenulated by the extremities of the ridges, roundly ovate in form. Apex rather acute, not greatly curved down, and very near the anterior end. Length 54 millims., diam. 41, height 23. Hab. Station 7. This is the southern representative of the northern Tectura (Pilidium) fulva of Miiller. It is rather more circular than the latter ; and the colour of the single specimen at hand is different. CuiTon Bowenu, King. Hab. Cockle Cove, 2~32 fathoms., mud bottom: Cuiton (CALLocHiTon) ILLUMINATUS, Gray. Hab. Station 6. Cuiton (PLAxrPHoRA) CARMICHAELIS, Gray. Hab. Stations 3 and 6. Cuiron (Tonicra) rasticiatus, Gray. Hab. Tom Bay, on the shore. Curron (IscoNocuiron) imiTaToR, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 13=13e.) Shell elongate ovate, moderately elevated, subangularly arched at the middle, dirty white. Valves narrow, with a single notch on each side, exhibiting small slightly raised lateral areas, which towards the margin have a few transverse strong grooves or marks of growth. Front margin sloping very slightly on each side from the middle in a posterior direction; hind margin straight. Sculpture consisting of close flat granulation, exhibiting a somewhat serial arrangement. Laminz of insertion very thin, with a wide sinus between them. Anterior valve sculptured like the others, with fourteen fissures within, the thirteen teeth between them being sharp and straight- edged. Posterior valve with a central mucro, from which there is a faint ridge on each side to the lateral extremity, also marked with concentric lines of growth at intervals, and with the inner marginal fissures twelve in number. Scales of the mantle minute, imbricating, ovate, arranged lengthways; under the microscope they appear avery coarsely transversely grooved. Length 11 millims., diam. of fourth valve 5. Hab. Tom Bay, on the shore. = This species is very like the northern C, aldus; and C. viridulus of 36 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, Couthouy appears to be another closely allied species; but in each instance there are differences in detail of sculpture which may separate the three forms. Doris, sp. Hab. Port Bermejo, at the southern end of Madré Island, W. coast of Patagonia. A single specimen was obtained by Dr. Coppinger. It closely resembles the British D. tuberculata, a species already recorded from Kerguelen’s Land. b. Terrestrial. Heuix (Parva) coppincent, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 14, 14a.) Shell minute, discoid, umbilicated, pale luteous. Spire scarcely raised above the last whorl. Suture deep. Whorls 33, slowly enlarging, ornamented with most delicate slender and close-set cos- telize or raised lines of growth, and with very numerous fine spiral elevated lines between the costelle, visible only under the micro- scope. Umbilicus moderately small, equalling about 4 of the basal diameter. Aperture lunate; lip simple. Greatest diam. 13 millim., height 1. Hab. Tom Bay, found on a rotten tree. This minute species is remarkable for the fine riblets and the beautiful spiral sculpture, the latter being vastly finer than the former. Hewrx (PATuLa) MAGELLANICA, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 15-156.) This species resembles the preceding in general aspect. The colour is the same; but the whorls increase more rapidly, and are only 23 in number. The longitudinal riblets are excessively slender, and both finer and more numerous than in H. coppingeri. This species also is without spiral sculpture. Umbilicus rather more open, and the body-whorl beneath narrower than in that species ; but above it is broader. Suture the same. Aperture a trifle larger. Diam. 12 millim., height 1. Hab. With the preceding. H. lyrata, Couthouy, from Tierra del Fuego, apparently belongs to the same group, and is closely related. Hexix (Zonites ?) ORDINARIA, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 16, 16a.) Shell small, umbilicated, thin, glossy, discoid, transparent. Whorls 33, convex, margined at the suture, rather slowly enlarging, faintly striated by the lines of growth. The margination of the whorls forms a distinct channel at the suture. Spire depressed, scarcely _ raised above the last whorl, which is rounded at the periphery. Um- bilicus rather open, exhibiting two of the upper volutions. Aperture large, lunate. Peristome thin, simple, a little reflexed at the umbilicus. Greatest diam. 3 millims., height 14. Hab. Tom Bay, attached to the frond of a fern. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT. 37 Apparently distinct, although a near relation to H. savatilis of Couthouy, from Tierra del Fuego. SuccINEA PATAGONICA, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 17, 17a.) Shell ovate, somewhat ventricose, greenish yellow, with the apex light scarlet. Whorls 3, very convex ; the last somewhat elongated, striated by the lines of growth, and separated by a deepish suture. Mouth ovate, equalling rather more than two thirds of the entire length. Columellar margin obliquely arcuate, with a thinly reflexed enamel extending to the termination of the outer margin. Length 122 millims., diam. from lip to opposite side of the whorl 8, aper- ture 9 long and 6 broad. Another specimen is 9 millims. long, 63 broad, and its aperture has a length of 63 and a width of 5. Hab. Cockle Cove, found on dead leaves; also shores of ‘I'rinidad Channel and Puerto Bueno. This species is mainly distinguished from 8, magellanica of Gould by its scarlet apical whorl, the second or penultimate being rather less shouldered; and the suture, too, is scarcely as deep. ce. Fluviatile. CHILINA AM@NA, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 18, 18a.) Shell very fragile, ovate, acute above, greenish yellow, with trans- verse bands of dark reddish brown, more or less arrow-head-shaped spots or marks, which sometimes flow into one another from band to band, thus forming longitudinal zigzag streaks. Of these series of spots the body-whorl has five—one immediately beneath the suture, and the others at subequal distances ; that which is a little above the middle of the whorl and runs into the suture of the penultimate whorl is, inthe eight specimens before me, narrower than the bands imme- diately above and beneath it. The whorls are well rounded, about six in number, and striated with the lines of growth. Aperture inversely subauriform, coated with a thin bluish-white enamel, but exhibiting the exterior banding, and, as a rule, occupying about 3 of the entire length of the shell. Columella a little oblique and arcuate, with a single fold at the upper part, white, somewhat reflexed beneath the fold, and with a thin callosity above it. Length 26 millims., diam. 11, aperture 144 long and 6 broad. Hab. From a lake near Tom Bay. The spire in this species is quite as long as in C. parchappi, d’Orbigny, from which species it differs in the brightness and distinct- ness of coloration, the greater convexity and shouldering of the whorls, and the different character of the columella. C. pulchra, @’Orb., is more like in colour; but its form is much more stumpy, and the columella and the fold upon it are considerably thicker and heavier than in the present species. Ill. CoNCHIFERA. VENUS, sp., jun. Hab. Station 2. f Of this species there are two specimens, which apparently are im- 38 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, mature. They are of a rounded, somewhat triangular form, radiately finely striated, and with a few concentric raised lamelle. VENUS, Sp., jun. Hab, Station 2. Another apparently young form, a little broader than the prece- ding, without the radiating striee, and more inequilateral. Both are white. CHIONE Gayl, Hupé. Venus gayi, Hupé, Gay’s Historia de Chile, vol. viii. p. 337, Atlas, pl. 6. f. 5 a-e. Shell trigonally ovate, thickish, a little inequilateral, light brown, rather coarsely concentrically sulcate, and under the lens most minutely radiately striate. Valves moderately convex, white within, very finely crenulated all round the margin, except on the ligamentai slope. Teeth in right valve three, central and posterior one bifid and subequal; in left valve three, central one bifid and the largest. Anterior muscular scar elongate, truncated at the upper end; posterior shorter, pyriform. Pallial sinus moderate. Lunule elongate-cordate, defined by deeply incised lines. Diam. 20 millims., length 163, thickness 10. Hab. Station 5; and Boija Bay, 20 fms., on a shelly and stony bottom. There are four specimens of this simple species, which is consider- ably like C. mesodesma of Quoy and Gaimard. In d’Orbigny’s collection there are two specimens of this species marked, in his own handwriting, “‘ V. modesta, Callao, Pérou.” These, no doubt, are those which he mentions in the ‘ Voyage dans YAmérique méridionale,’ vol. v. p. 563, under the name of VY. cumingii. Having compared them with the type of modesta, Sowerby, for which he substitutes the preceding name, they prove to be totally distinct in form, colour, and sculpture. They exhibit one slight difference from those obtained by Dr. Coppinger. The lunule is brownish red, and on the ligamental slope there are a few irregular angular lines. CHIONE, sp., jun. Hab. Station 2. Only a single specimen is in the collection. Itis of a transversely oval form, rather strongly concentrically suleated, whitish, with a purplish stain posterior to the umbo, which is rather excentric. DipLoponTA LAMELLATA, sp.n. (Plate V. figs. I-Ie.) Shell thin, white, transverse, rounded anteriorly, and curvedly truncate behind, exhibiting an obtuse dorsal angle. Valves sculptured with concentric fine raised lamella, which are by degrees further apart as they approach the margin; between these very feeble lines of growth are to be seen; near the posterior end there is a slightly depressed portion of the valves. Umbones prominent, 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 39 acute. Lunule narrow. Ligamental area lanceolate, twice as long as the ligament. Hinge with two teeth in each valve, whereof the anterior in the right valve and the posterior in the left are bifid, Anterior scar narrow, elongate, running some way from the upper front margin downwards; posterior scar broader, roundly ovate. Pallial line simple, joining the front scar at its upper end. Interior of valves exhibiting an irregular corrugation or punctation. Width 93 millims., length 8, thickness 33. Hab. Station 5. This pretty species is very different from most others of the genus in being sculptured with raised lamellee, Macrra (Murrnta) tevicarno, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 2-2 b.) Shell ovate, subtrigonal, inequilateral, livid from the centre of the valves to the umbones, elsewhere white, covered with a greyish-olive epidermis. Valves moderately convex, with a faint ridge or angula- tion from the umbo to the hinder extremity, which is very slightly angulated, and with a shallow depression nearer the dorsal line, marked by a wrinkling of the epidermis. Interior white. The sculpture consists of concentric strie, very fine near the apex, and rather coarse towards the outer margin. Umbones small, acute, not far apart, situated a little anteriorly. Hinge remarkable on account of the small size of the cartilage-pit; and the whole con- struction of the hinge is slight. Pallial sinus rather deep, but not acute. Diam. 56 millims., length 44, thickness 22. Hub. Cockle Cove, 7 fathoms., mud. M. edulis of King appears to be the nearest ally of this species, which differs especially in having a much smaller cartilage-pit, a less deep pallial sinus. The form also is more transverse and the dorsal slopes less arcuate, thus giving a more triangular appearance to the outline. NvucvuLa PIsuM, var. Hab. Station 2. A single specimen of this species is of a rather narrower and more triangular form than normal examples. Lrpa tuGcupris, A. Adams. Hab. Station 2; and Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms, mud and gravel. MALLETIA MAGELLANICA, Smith, (Plate V. figs. 3, 3 a.) Hab. Station 3, Mayne Harbour, 9 fathoms, greenish mud; and Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms, mud. The typical specimens of this species were collected somewhat south of the above localities at Otter Island. One of those just received is a very fine example, being 38 millims. broad, with a length of 20; and the beaked end is remarkably acute. 40 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, SAXICAVA, sp. Hab. Station 7. There are two apparently young specimens of a species of this genus. They may possibly belong to S. antarctica, Philippi, who says (‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ 1845, p. 52) that it is almost impossible to separate the young of the common Greenland species (S. arctica) from the young of the Patagonian form. As far as the character of the shell can determine the species, I confess that the two little specimens from the Straits of Magellan appear to be merely the immature state of the northern shell. Panpora (KENNERLIA) BRAZILIENSIS, Gould. (Plate V. figs. 4-4 ¢.) Pandora braziliensis, Gould, Sowerby, Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 15. Shell somewhat ovate, truncate on the hinge side. Lower or left valve deep, convex, thickish, whitish, with a shallow depression from the umbo to the anterior part of the ventral margin, parting off about one sixth of the valve into a sort of wing, which has a less length than rest of the valve; and consequently the ventral margin is in- terrupted and does not form a regular curve. Down the posterior dorsal slope are three slight keels, situated close together and not far from the edge. Sculpture consisting of coarsish concentric lines of growth ; and radiating from the umbo towards the ventral margin a few rather indistinct very slightly elevated ridges may be observed. Interior whitish, pearly, iridescent. Scars small, subcircular, marked with a few transverse concentric layers of growth. Anterior thickening of the hinge-line stout, dentiform, adjoining the front scar, posterior also rather strong and projecting, forming an oblique boundary to the cartilage. The latter is supported or strengthened by a narrow delicate ossicle. Upper, right, or flat valve sculptured with fine concentric lines of growth and also with arcuate brown radia- ting strise. The anterior part is also parted off, as in the lower valve, by an indistinct depression from the apex to the front part of the ventral margin. Posterior dorsal slope nearly at right angles to the rest of the surface of the valve, forming an acute angle. Interior exhibiting about the central portion a few radiating shallow punc- tured striz. Scars similar to those of the other valve. Teeth two, one very strong, the other thin, narrow, diverging, forming a base for the cartilage. Pearl beautifully iridescent. Width 215 millims., length 16, thickness 6. Hab. Station 2. This species is considerably like P. wardiana, A. Adams, from Mantchuria; but when closely compared together there appear several differences by which they can be distinguished. The form is not precisely similar ; the position of the scars is different ; and the dentition is much stronger in the present species, although a smaller shell. As far as I can ascertain, Gould has not published this name ; but the valve figured in Sowerby’s characteristically slovenly mono- graph is labelled in the Cumingian collection P, Jdraziliensis, 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ALERT.’ 41 Gould, and agrees exactly with the single shell above described. In assigning P. wardiana to Carpenter, and California as its locality, Sowerby has exhibited a great want of care. LoRIPES PERTENUIS, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 5.) Shell very thin, compressed, obliquely subcircular, white, inequi- lateral. Valves conceutrically finely striated, with a shallow groove running from the umbo down to the posterior end, but at a very little distance from the dorsal margin, and with a second depression bordering the dorsal edge. Umbones acute, rather prominent, situated very much forward. Hinge absolutely toothless. Interior of valves exhibiting traces of iridescence. Width 10 millims., length 9, thickness 43. Hab. Straits of Magellan. This species is remarkable for its extreme fragility and the shallow depressions down the posterior dorsal slope. KELLIA MAGELLANICA, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 6-6 0.) Shell equivalve, subequilateral, white, covered with a yellowish- olive epidermis, for the most part worn off, of an ovate form, a trifle natrowing anteriorly, the outline being interrupted by the pro- minence of the umbones, rather ventricose. Sculpture consisting of rather coarse concentric lines of growth. Umbones rather acute and prominent, somewhat curved anteriorly. Interior of valves of a bluish white, except at the margin, where the epidermis is narrowly reflexed within. Hinge composed of two stout teeth in the right valve—one immediately beneath the umbo, and the second rather widely separated from it by the intervening cartilage. Also two teeth beneath the apex in the left valve, and a third corresponding to the second tooth in the other valve, also parted off from the others by the internal ligament. Scars and pallial line indistinct ; the latter appears quite simple. Width 84 millims., length 73, thick- ness 5. Hab. Station 6. This species is very much like the British K. suborbicularis, yet on close investigation appears distinct. It is more solid, has a stouter epidermis, stronger teeth, and the form is not quite the same, K. bullata, Philippi, also a Magellan species, must be very nearly allied to the present ; yet the form, as described in the ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ appears to differ. K. magellanica is almost equi- lateral, whilst A. dud/ata is said to be “ vorn weit linger als hinten.” ASTARTE MAGELLANICA, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 7.) Shell small, subequilateral, elevated, subpyriform, and not very tumid, concentrically sulcated; beaks prominent, acute, curving considerably anteriorly. Lunule indistinct. The dorsal slope on that side rather incurved, posterior one regularly curved, basal margin broadly arcuate. Concentric waves numerous, close-set, very fine upon the umbones, gradually increasing in stoutness, attenuating at the sides, Epidermis thin, greenish yellow. Interior 42 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, dirty whitish, marked with irregular, concentric, subtranslucid zones ; impressions shallow, the anterior rather narrower than the posterior ; above the former is a second separate minute subcireular pit and a similar one joining the upper margin of the latter. Basal margin of valves minutely dentate within. Teeth of right valve two : the anterior, or that nearest the side towards which the beak curves, very small, conical ; the other elongate, bifid. In the other valve two teeth also, the anterior bifid, stouter and shorter than the posterior, which is simple. Anterior dorsal margin of right valve and posterior of the left grooved to receive a thin corresponding elongate lamella on the opposite margins of the respective valves. Length 5 millims., width 45, diameter 2. Hab. Boija Bay, Straits of Magellan, 20 fathoms, on a bottom composed of stones and dead shells. The discovery of this species in antarctic latitudes is especially interesting, being another instance of the occurrence of a genus in antarctic regions which is peculiarly boreal in its distribution. A, longirostra, dOrbigny, from the Falkland Islands, is allied to this species. It is, however, more beaked, much more finely sculptured, and has a smooth margin to the valves. Carpira (ACTINOBOLUS) VELUTINUS, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 8.) Shell equivalve, rather inequilateral, globose, as long as broad, whitish, clothed with a thickish velvety pilose dirty brownish epidermis, sculptured with about twenty elevated rounded and some- what granulous coste, which are furthest apart anteriorly, and more approximated on the hinder slope of the valves; the inter- stices are about as broad as the ribs. Umbones prominent, much incurved. Lunule very deep, shortly cordiform. Central tooth in right valve very strong, triangular, striated at the sides. Left valve with a deep central triangular pit, which receives the tooth of the other valve, and a tooth on each side, whereof the anterior is small, rather acute and prominent, and the other elongate, thin, striated on the outer side. Anterior scar elongate, twice as long as broad, posterior much shorter. Margin of the valves dentate within. Interior bluish white near the margin, and feebly tinted with yellow or rose in the concavity. Width 19 millims., length 19, thick- ness 143. Hab. Station 2; and Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms. C. spurca, Sowerby, is the nearest ally of this species. It is, however, of a longer and squarer form ; and the epidermis is different. Carpita (AcCTINOBOLUS) ComPREsSUS, Reeve. Hab. Station 5, and Boija Bay, 20 fms., on a stony and shelly bottom. Valparaiso (Reeve). CaRDITELLA, 0. g. Shell exteriorly like Cardita. Hinge composed of two cardinal teeth in the left valve and one in the other. Each valve also has two lateral teeth, one nearly marginal on the one side, the other on the 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.” 43 opposite side being well within the outer edge, with a groove be- tween it and the margin for the reception of the submarginal tooth of the other valve. External ligament small, yet distinct. Internal eartilage minute, placed immediately beneath the apex of the valves. Pallial line simple. To this genus belong Cardita tegulata, Reeve, and C. semen, Reeve, the former from Valparaiso, the latter from Bolivia. CARDITELLA PALLIDA, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 9-9 0.) Shell triangularly ovate, equilateral, small, compressed, white, clothed with a very thin pale-olive epidermis, with 14 or 15 flattish radiating ribs about twice as broad as the sulci between them; also concentrically sulcated aud striated. The fine sulci cut through the costee, and, being rather close together, produce upon them, toward the ventral margin, transversely oblong granules. Higher up the ribs become narrower, and consequently the granules are not so large or so wide. Interior of valves dentate at the margin. ‘Two lateral teeth in each valve, one marginal, the other within the margin. One cardinal tooth in right valve, and two in the lett. Ligament small, external. Also a very minute internal cartilage, immediately below the apex of the umbo. Muscular scars subcireular. Pallial line indistinct, but apparently simple. Length 44 millims., diam. 5, thickness 2}. Hab. Station 2. Cardita flabellum, Reeve, is almost precisely like this species exteriorly; but the lateral teeth in the former are much more delicate, the internal ligament considerably larger, and the cardinal teeth are not quite the same as in the specimens above described, consisting of a single tooth bordering one side of the cartilage-pit and two diverging ones united above on the other. In addition to these differences, C. flabellum has no external ligament. For it I propose the generic name of Carditopsis. C. tegulata, Reeve, is more in- equilateral, less triangular, and has only twelve radiating ribs. Myri.us FiscHERIANUs, Tapparone-Canefri, Viaggio della Ma- genta, p. 138, pl. iv. f. 1-10. Hab. Tom Bay, ona stranded mass of kelp. Care must be taken not to confound this species with the large Chilian species W/. chorus, Molina. It differs from it in form very considerably. The greatest width in M. chorus is from the dorsal angle to the opposite margin, which is remarkably straight. In the present species, on the other hand, the greatest breadth occurs considerably lower down, and the ventral border exhibits a_ regular though slight curve. ‘The muscular scars, too, offer excellent dif- ferences. The anterior subumbonal is very indistinct and almost apical in MV. chorus, and that on the opposite or ligamental side is rather remote from the umbo and of a broad ovate form; whilst in M. fischerianus the former is very distinct, deep, subtriangular, and more remote from the apex, and the latter is quite narrow and nearer the umbo. The large anterior scar of Molina’s species is less 44 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [ Jan. 4, circular at the lower end than that of this species ; and the extension of it upward is irregular, there being a part of it which extends at an angle within the valve. ; These differences appear constant in the four specimens of M. fis- cherianus and the eleven of WM. chorus which I have examined. The latter species is figured in Cunningham’s ‘ Natural History of the Straits of Magellan,’ on a plate opposite p. 155, under the name of Mytilus chilensis. This is not, however, the M. chilensis, Hupé. The largest specimen of MW. fischerianus is 125 millims. long. Myri.uvs, sp., Jun. Hab. Station 7. There are two apparently young shells which I cannot identify with any described species. They are remarkable on account of the great breadth, which is about the same as thelength. ‘The sculpture too is very curious; it consists of 15 to 20 very thread-like lirz which radiate from the apex to the outer margin. The texture is thin, semitransparent, bluish white ; and the surface is clothed with a thin pale-olive epidermis. Myrinus MAGELLANICUs, Chemnitz. Hab. Station 3. Pecren pATAGONTCus, King. Hab. Stations 1, 2, 3, 6, and Puerto Bueno, 2-7 fathoms, rocky bottom. BRACHIOPODA. WaALpDHEIMIA DILATATA, Lamarck. Hab. Stations 2, 3, 5, 7, and Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms, mud. One of the specimens from Portland Bay is very fine, having a diameter of 50 millims. WALDHEIMIA MAGELLANICA, Chemnitz. Hab. Stations 2, 5, and 7. V. POLYZOA. By Sruart O. Ripiey. (Plate VI.) For the systematic arrangement of the species here described, Mr. Hincks’s most valuable recent work on the British Marine Polyzoa has been chiefly followed; the key to the generic re- lations of the species is therefore to be found there. I have hesitated to name many new species, preferring in some cases to designate as varieties forms which, were the known variability of recent forms and the number of readily identifiable and largely described fossil ones less than they are, would probably have been set down with little doubt as distinct species. P Z.S 1881 P1V1. Edwin Wilson. del et hth. Mintern Bros imp POLYZOA:.AND CORALS OF SALERT” SURVEY. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 45 With regard to the fauna of the southern coasts of South America, we have already, in the British Museum Catalogue of 1852-75, had considerable insight into it, thanks chiefly to the collections brought home by Mr. Darwin; and a statement of its richness in its more equatorial parts has been placed on record by the late Dr. Willimoes-Suhm in a preliminary Report! on the observations made on the ‘Challenger,’ referring to dredgings made off the Brazils. This latter statement is fully borne out by the contents of the present valuable collection. A striking instance in point is that of a haul taken at Victoria Bank, off Brazil, of which the Polyzoan contents could be contained in a pill box, but which included seven species, among them several of the relatively bulky species of the genus Celle- pora, and a representative of a new genus. A few shreds of a thin Fucus from Elizabeth Island in the Straits(6 fathoms depth) produced no Jess than 99 colonies or portions of colonies, representing nine species. In the new species assigned to Chaunosia, Busk, we have the interesting case of a fellow being found to a species from across the Atlantic at the opposite mainland, the Cape of Good Hope. Species known as fossils have appeared in the shape of Cellepora tubigera, Busk (already known from European seas), and the beauti- ful Discoporella grignonensis, Busk, not previously known in the recent state. One species (a new one) belongs to the Endoprocta (Pedicellina) , none to the Ctenostomata ; six to the Cyclostomata (of which three are T'ubulipore, one a Discoporella, one a Diastopora, one an Id- monea). Of the Chilostomata but one species of the Articulata (Busk, Cat. Mus. Brit.) occurs; the rest, numbering 25 species, belong exclusively to the generally more highly calcified group Inarticulata (Busk, J. c.). This is rather striking, considering the abundance in which the Catenicellide and kindred forms occur off Australia ; but it serves to draw attention to the fact that the facies of the fauna is Atlantic rather than Australian or Novo-Zelandian. CHILOSTOMATA. Canpa? sp. A few badly preserved fragments from Victoria Bank®, off S.E. Brazil, 39 fms. CHAUNOSIA FRAGILIS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 1.) Chaunosia, Busk, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. (n. s.) vil. p. 241. Zoarium horny, with the exception of the calcareous distal portion of the spines. Zooecia erect, distinct, crowded, each standing at the junction of four uniting branches of the tubular stolon, which is their only point of attachment ; somewhat convex behind and at the sides, straight in front, where they appear to lie open by a space of about three fourths of the breadth of the front of the cell; tapering 1 Proc. Roy. Soe. xxiv. p. 572. 2? Not marked in the usual maps; its position is lat. 20° 42' §., long, 37° 27' W. 46 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, slightly to upper end from short distance above base ; a prominent horny ridge at upper end ; beset at the sides with tubular, partly cal- careous, brittle unbranched spines, which show a strong constriction of their internal cavity at the point of junction of the horny and cal- careous substances, viz. at about one fifth of their length from the base: about fifteen spines are arranged down each side of the cell. Stolon creeping on foreign bodies. Tentacles between twenty and thirty in number. A gizzard present. No special ocecium observed. Maximum length of zocecium, exclusive of spines, 1°25 millim., maximum exclusive breadth *5 millim.; maximum length of spines ‘7 millim. Examined. From spirit, in glycerine and after treatment with acid. Hab. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms.; on large flexible worm-tube with Halecium, Sertularella, &c. Oés. This species appears to be distinguished from C. hirtissima, Busk, by the unbranched character of the spines, by the sessile form of the colony, replacing the Flustra-like branching of that species ; the cell is also about one third larger than appears to be the size of C. hirtissima (although one of the figures given of that species differs in proportion, probably by an error, from the other two), which seems to be about °83 millim. long. The method of basal attachment is not given with sufficient plainness by Busk ; but it appears probable that it resembles that of our species, and that the tubular processes proceed from the base alone, and not from the sides of the cell as in Diachoris. The back of the cell is bare of spines, thus differing again from C. hirtissima. It is noticeable that both species are from the South Atlantic, C. hirtissima being from the Cape of Good Hope. MErMBRANIPORA LACROIXI, Audouin. Flustra lacroii, Audouin, in Savigny’s ‘ Egypte.’ Membranipora lacroivi, Busk, Cat. Mus. Brit. ii. p. 60, pls. Ixix., cix. fig. 1. The outline of the cells and the calcareous part of the surface corresponds well with pl. Ixix. fig. 4 of Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. Brit. Mus. ; but it has, besides, pear-shaped apertures surrounded by distinct rims, in the spaces between the cells; they vary in position ; and there are from one to two at each side of the cell ; other spaces, whose walls are simply formed by the edges of the cells, also occur irregularly. The spine on each side above the mouth is often present. Examined. Dry. Hab. Victoria Bank, 8.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms, on Cellepora. MEMBRANIPORA CURVIROSTRIS, Hincks. Membranipora curvirostris, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, ix. p. 29, pl. vii. fig. 4; Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 153, pl. xx. figs. 5 and 6. A small colony on Fucus corresponds very well with the latter 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 47 description and figures, except that the two oral spines are not observed, that the lamina appears (perhaps delusively) to be often calcified at its margin, and that the ocecium has a rather thick front edge, which is mesially pointed. Hab. Hotspur Bank (off Brazilian coast, long. 35° 46! W., lat. 17° 32' S.), 35 fathoms. CRIBRILLINA RADIATA, Moll. “ Eschara radiata, Moll, Seerinde.’’ Cribrillina radiata, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 181, pl. xxv. figs. 1-9. Of the “form radiata” of Hincks, op. cit. p. 188, with glisten- ing surface, and well represented by pl. xxv. fig. 3, op. cit., except that a single pore below the mouth is the rule, instead of the two small ones there represented. Hab. Victoria Bank, off S.E, Brazil, 33 fathoms, on Cellepora. GIGANTOPORA, g. n. Growth encrusting. Zoceciasalient, ventricose, minutely roughened and punctured. Above true mouth, which is terminal, not hori- zontal, is an enlarged tubular prolongation of the peristome directed upwards and outwards, terminated by a secondary aperture; an avicularium or vibraculum at one or both sides of this. On front face of zocecium proper a large roundish special pore at least half as broad transversely as the cell itself. GIGANTOPORA LYNCOIDES, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 3.) Zocecia grouped round a centre, incontact with those in front of and behind them ; ventricose, surface glistening, minutely roughened and punctate. Special pore at about middle of front of cell, transversely elongated, with projecting smooth lips, rounded at ends, equal in transverse diameter to at least half that of the cell itself. Peri- stomial neck ventricose, diminishing in diameter from middle towards the secondary orifice; roughened similarly to the cell; bent forward at an angle of about 30°, flattened from front to back; rim thick, prolonged before and behind into angular point; on edge of each lateral depression a pear-shaped opening, in which is inserted a horny vibraculoid seta, ending in a fine point, equal in length to about that of the peristomial neck, projecting straight upwards in same direction as the neck. Ocecium small, globose, recumbent at back of cell proper, punctate. Full length of cell about 1-065 millim., extreme breadth (at lower end) about ‘532 millim. Examined. In the dry state. Hab. Victoria Bank (off S.E. Brazil), 33 fathoms. On a Nullipore incrusting a small univalve shell, and bearing many strong processes, between which the small zoarium of about 20 cells lies. Obs. Under this genus must also be ranked Hippothoa fenestrata, Smitt (“ Flor. Bryoz.,” Sv. Akad. Handl. xi. No. 4, p. 47, pl. vi. 48 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, fig. 142), from Florida and perhaps also the Pacific. Prof. Smitt evi- dently merely placed the species under Hippothoa provisionally. It comes near to the present species, differing from it in the apparently orbicular outline of the secondary orifice, and in the position of the lateral avicularia (of which only one may be present) at the lower end of the peristomial prolongation, and in the smoothness of the peristome. Itshould therefore stand as Gigantopora fenestrata, Smitt. The present new species is a beautiful and striking form; the hya- line character of the shell, the curiously dumbbell-like outline of the large front pore (which is apparently its normal form, though it shows great variations from this, being almost orbicular in some cases) with its distinct rim, the bilabiate aperture of the secondary orifice, and the slender upwardly-projecting vibracula, all give it a remarkable appearance. The question of affinity is a difficult one. The pore differs from that of Anarthropora; and Smittia, which has a similar peristomial lip, wants the special pore ; while Microporella, on the other hand, has the pore, but wants thelip. Probably the pore is a character of much deeper importance than the lip, derived, as Smitt has shown it, by the example of Porellina (Lepralia) ciliata, to be, from the infra- oral sinus. Therefore perhaps it is best to refer it to the Micropo- rellide rather than to the Escharide, with which, however, it would seem to have some points of affinity. Porina GALEATA, Busk. Lepralia galeata, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Mus. Brit. ii. p. 66, pl. xciv. figs. 1, 2. Hab. Elizabeth Island, Straits of Magellan, 6 fathoms, on thin sea-weed; Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms, on Pecten-valve. ScHIZOPORELLA MARSUPIUM, Macgillivray. (Plate VI. fig. 6.) Lepralia marsupium, Macgillivray, Tr. Phil. Inst. Victoria, pt. i. vol. ix. p. 136. Zoarium incrusting; cells adnate, radiating in more or less straight lines from a centre. Zocecia distinct, convex, separated by thin raised lines; broad, with sharp inferior lateral angles, rounded above, hyaline ; surface glistening, very minutely punctate, and also bearing about 12 very shallow and indistinct pits of small size, scattered. Orifice semilunar, rounded above, with sharp inferior angles, lower lip straight, sinus shallow, rectangular ; from 2 to 3 blunt spines round orifice. Below orifice a very distinctly cireum- scribed semilunar area, entirely occupied by a large and very pro- minent avicalarian rostrum, convex immediately below mouth ; opening large, circular, partially visible from above. Ovicell small, subglobular, minutely punctate, hyaline and glistening, marked by concentric lines. One specimen. Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on thin seaweed. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 49 Obs. This species agrees with Z. marsupium, Macgillivray, as described from Victoria in Joc. cit., in every particular of the short description ; but that description is so short as to need the present fuller account. It resembles Schizoporella (Lepralia) venusta, Norman, in many points, but wants the rectangular area above the mouth, with its avicularium. SCHIZOPORELLA HYALINA, Linné. Cellepora hyalina, Linné, Syst. Nat. (12) p. 1286. Schizoporella hyalina, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 271, pl. xviii. fig. 8-10. (i.) Ordinary form. Nine small colonies, from Elizabeth Island (Straits of Magellan), 6 fathoms, on Fucus. One ditto from Port- land Bay (S.W. Chili), 10 fathoms, on Fucus. (ii.) Var. tuberculata, Hincks (Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 272) Four small colonies on Fucus, and one of doubtful origin ; all from Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms. (ili.) Var. inerassata, Hincks (J. c. supra). Three colonies from Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus. SCHIZOPORELLA SPINIFERA, Johnston ? Lepralia spinifera, Johnston, Brit. Zooph. (2) p. 324, pl. lvii. fig. 6. Schizoporella spinifera, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 241, pl. xxxv. figs. 6-8. To this species is referred with much doubt a patch of a smali- celled incrusting form, with very convex cells; the articulations of 4 or 5 spines, now gone, are seen on the sometimes somewhat raised peristome. Surface covered with indistinct puncta ; sinus large and vounded, the margin at its upper angles drawn up into two vertical points. A large median avicularium on a slight elevation just below the mouth, the mandible pointing downwards. No ovicells. Hab. 'Tom Bay, S.W. Chili, 0-30 fathoms, on dead Retepora. ScHIZOPORELLA? sp. A glossy, obscurely punctured species without avicularia, with a shallow small sinus, and a short pointed rostrum on the lower edge of the mouth, and 7 to 8 slender spines on the raised peristome ; zocecia convex ; no ocecia. Incrusting. Hab. Same as preceding. ScCHIZOPORELLA LABIOSA, Busk. Lepralia labiosa, Busk, Cat, Polyz. Brit. Mus. p. 82, pl. Ixxxiv. figs. 4, 5. This species should be described as having the surface of the cell either tuberculated regularly around a median ridge, or indented by large, mostly elongated grooves which radiate from a median ridge or bare surface which extends about halfway down the cell from below Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. IV. 4 50 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, the lip. The lip undergoes great variations even in the same colony. In young colonies, and in some parts of old ones, the thickened ridge investing its edge is almost wanting. Again, it may appear from the front either asa straight line, asa two-horned ridge, or asa ridge produced mesially into a single point. The depth of the grooves of the surface also varies greatly, so that the surface appears either (i.) as beset with round, more or less elongated tubercles arranged round the median ridge, or (ii.) as grooved, the substance between the depressions not being thus divided into tubercles; in some specimens, too, the tuberculation itself is almost obliterated, apparently by thickening layers added from the exterior. As the grooved and tuberculated cells sometimes occur in the same colonies, it is probable that the latter (the only ones originally figured and described), being, as they are, particularly thick-walled specimens, are produced from the former by the thickening of the cell-wall! and consequent greater or less obliteration of the spaces (the last stage in this process being the obliteration of the tubercles them- selves), owing perhaps to age. (Cf. Hincks on the development of the zocecium, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 184, where he explains the origin and changes of the primary ridges and furrows.) Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, incrusting a mass of Balani and enveloping stem of Sertularia. Sandy Poimt, 7-10 fathoms, grom large flexible worm-tube and Balanus on the same. RHYNCHOPORA BISPINOSA, Johnston. Lepralia bispinosa, Johnston, Brit. Zooph. (2) p. 326, pl. lvii. fig. 10. Rhynchopora bispinosa, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 385, p. xl. fig. 1. Eschara unicornis, Hutton ?, Cat. Mar. Moll. N. Zealand, p. 99. To this species are referred with some doubt two colonies of Escha- roid form, consisting of narrow, strap-shaped branching growths, the branches not anastomosing. The denticle within the mouth is very small and sometimes absent; the suboral umbo is often somewhat eccentric, but usually high and truncate; there is sometimes a mound-like swelling bearing an avicularium on the opposite side of the mouth to the umbo; the two supraoral spines are short and often stout; the surface is rough and regularly covered with large punctures and small avicularia (?) ; the cells are strongly convex and cover both sides of the fronds. Hab. Victoria Bank, off S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms. LEPRALTA. Lepralia s. str. (as limited by Smitt and Hincks). LEPRALIA MONOCEROs, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Brit. Mus. p. 72, pl. xcili. figs. 5, 6. The punctures of the surface generally present a small tubercle 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 51 projecting into them from the side, giving them more or less of a crescentic appearance. One specimen, which was taken from the base of a Sponge and grew partially over an Jdmonca, was bent over on itself, so that the two halves appeared inclined to unite back to back and form an Escharoid frond; but there was a space between them, which was perhaps originally partially filled with the substance of the Sponge. Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms; Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms; on flexible worm-tube and Balanus sessile on the same. Also Tom Bay, near Madre de Dios archipelago, 0-30 fathoms, on base of Sponge. Obs. The different specimens vary much in the distinctness of the cells and the number and regularity of the punctures. LEpPRALIA APPRESSA, Busk, var. noy. vinosA. (Plate VI. fig. 4.) Lepralia pertusa, Manzoni? Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, lix. (2) p. 520, pl. ii. fig. 11 (Pliocene). Lepralia adpressa, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Brit. Mus. p. 82, pl. cii. figs. 3, 4, pl. ii. fig. 11. Zocecia distinct, moderately to broadly ovate, or obscurely penta- gonal, slightly convex, closely adnate to surface as a compact zoarium. Mouth defined by a slightly salient narrow rim, well arched above, constricted towards lower angles by two rounded processes projecting into the aperture; lower lip entire, somewhat irregular in outline, slightly projecting outwards. Surface of zocecium covered with obscure tubercles, arranged in a series round edge of cell and over the surface, sometimes in transverse series across the cell; surface granular. Colour of zocecia, with the exception of the rim of the mouth (which is white or brownish) and the apices of the tubercles (which appear white), puce (or crimson-purple) ; colour faint on oldest parts of zoarium. Ocecium small, slightly convex, minutely roughened, not tuberculated, subcircular, brownish. Hab. Portland Bay, 8.W. Chili, 10 fathoms, on shell of Crepipa- tella. Obs. This species resembles L. data, Busk., and Z. adpressa, Busk (lately united by Hincks, in Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, under the latter name), so closely in all essential characters except the colour, that I have hesitated to give it a new appellation. However, as compared with the type specimen of L. adpressa and the figures of L. lata, the aperture of the mouth is seen to be much less clearly defined, the lower lip being very indistinct, and the mouth is consi- derably smaller. These characters may be due to thickening of the wall to some extent; but still the colour remains. But as Lepralia (Microporella, Hincks) violacea, Johnst., may vary from dark purple to cream-colour, and Lepralia (Mucronella, Hincks) coccinea, Abild., with age from grey to red, it appears not safe to depend on this alone as a specific character. It is noteworthy that it adheres to the practice of its allies, of growing on a shell. 4* 52 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, SMITTIA LANDSBOROVI, Johnston. Lepralia landsborovii, Johnston, Brit. Zooph. (2) i. p. 310, pl. liv. fig. 9. Smittia landsborovi, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 341, pl. xlviil. figs. 6-9. A small colony, or part of one, discovered among an immense number of Zubulipore. Sessile. Cells thin, hyaline, punctured all over, oval or narrow-pentagonal; bounding lines faint or absent. Six strong spimes on margin. Avicularium small, on lip of mouth, sometimes absent. Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus. Lepralia reticulata, Macgillivray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) ix. p- 467. SMITTIA RETICULATA, Macgillivray ?, var. Smittia reticulata, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 346, pl. xlviii. figs. 1-5. Part aof colony. Margin of mouth generally complete below, subjacent denticle seldom seen. Cells outlined by distinct raised line. Oval median avicularium included in an area bounded by a line descending from the sides of the month, longitudinal in direction, sometimes absent. Cell equally punctured all over. Spines on border of mouth 4 or 5, the median ones less robust than the lateral ones. Lower lip prominent. Ocecium absent. Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus. Obs. In the punctuation of the entire surface and in the larger number of spines this appears to differ materially from S. reticulata, but it is at any rate closely allied to it. SMITTIA AFFINIS, Hincks, var. nov. ACUMINATA. Lepralia affinis, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) ix. p. 206, pl. xu. fig. 2. Smittia affinis, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 348, pl. xlix. figs. 10, 11. Zocecia ovate or distinctly pentagonal (the upper angles rounded), separated by slender raised lines ; surface covered with moderately large punctures radiating obscurely from centre; peristome thin and depressed below, thick above, where 4 to 5 strong spines spring from it; below and within inferior edge of peristome 3 denticles, the median one generally hammer-shaped, the others simply acute. A circular avicularium may be present immediately below the lower lip, on aslightly raised boss. Ocecia globose, somewhat more broad than long, with a semicircular crown of large punctures on the upper surface; the peristome is prolonged into a pointed lip on each side of the front of the cell (similar ones sometimes occur in the same position in the zocecium), and is often indented by a sinus which occurs in its lip. One of the zoaria formsa circular patch ; the other is imperfect. The specimens agree in all other points with Hincks’s description (@. ¢.). ees 1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 53 Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus, in company with Schizoporella hyalina. Two colonies. ; Obs. Were it not for the fact that only one specimen of the ori- ginal species has occurred on which to base its characters, it would have seemed advisable to make a new species of this, in consideration of its being spined. SMiITTIA TRIsPINOsA, Johnston, var. nov. LIGULATA. (Plate VI. fig. 9.) ; Discopora trispinosa, Johnston, Edin. Phil. Journ, xiii. p. 222. Lepralia trispinosa, Busk, Cat. Brit. Mus. Polyzoa, ii. p. 70, Smittia trispinosa, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 353, pl. xlix. figs. 1-8. A yellowish patch embracing the base of a colony of a branching Cellepora. The cells are markedly diamond-shaped ; the surface is much perforated, a marginal series of larger perforations being distinguishable from the rest ; a raised line is irregularly present around the cells. The lower side of the mouth is much raised, each of the inferior angles being occupied by a smooth swelling, often of different sizes on the two sides ; sinus small. A very peculiar, long, narrow, strap-shaped avicularium extends from close to one or both sides of the mouth downwards to a distance of about half the total length of the cell ; the mandible points downwards ; a few elongated or oval small avicularia sometimes present on the sides or behind the mouth. Surface hyaline. Ovicell globular, but flattened, upper edge bearing a semicircle of large punctures. Spines absent or broken off. Hab. Victoria Bank, off 8.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms, on Cellepora, Obs. The long avicularium described evidently represents the large triangular form described by Hincks (J. c.) as sometimes present ; for it is sometimes replaced by such a one of almost the normal characters. A similarly placed but generally broader form occurs in a specimen described as Lepralia reticulata, var. inequalis, by Mr. A. W. Waters, from Naples. RETEPORA CELLULOSA, Oken ? Frondipora cellulosa, Oken? “ Lehrbuch Nat. 63.” bs Retepora cellulosa, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, il. p. 276. A small and worn fragment without ocecia perhaps represents this species ; but spines and long rostrum are alike absent. Most cells, however, could not have had a long rostrum, but are in the con- dition represented by plate exxiii. fig. 7 of the Brit.-Mus. Catalogue of Polyzoa, vol. ii., with the addition of avicularia. Hab. Borja Bay (north-western part of Straits of Magellan), 20 fathoms. RETEPORA ALTISULCATA, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 5.) Frond flattish, slightly undulated;. fenestrae elongate-oval, generally about equal in diameter to the reticulations, which are almost cylindrical. Zocecia crowded, oblong. Surface marked with 54 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, shallow pits. Mouth entire, transversely elongated, subhorizontal, the lower lip being salient but not toothed. A round avicularium below or on the edge of mouth, on a small rostrum. Ocecium elongate, with a deep broad sinus penetrating into it from the mouth. Dorsal surface minutely roughened, but shining ; the outlines of the cells marked by shallow grooves ; asmall rounded avicularium on most cells. Hab. Tom Bay, S.W. Chili, 0-30 fathoms. Six broken fragments, probably all belonging to one colony, re- present the species. It is distinguished from R. beaniana, King (Hincks), by the sinus (not a slit) of the ovicell, and by the incon- stancy of the position of the suboral rostrum, which is most usually separated by a considerable gap from the mouth. CELLEPORA TUBIGERA, Busk. Cellepora tubigera, Busk, Crag Polyzoa (Mon. Palseont. Soc.), p. 60, pl. ix. figs. 8, 10. The sinus of the mouth is sometimes small and on a level with the mouth (as in Lepralia trispinosa, Johnston, &c.); otherwise it forms a great vertical gap in the peristome. The rostrum is some- times pointed and bearing an avicularium on its inner aspect (as in C. pumicosa), sometimes broad at the apex ; it is sometimes placed laterally with regard to the cell, and sometimes at some distance from it. The cells are rough or smooth, much or little punctured. The ovicells are globose, smooth, with a few slight ridges running usually across their breadth,. or-with a crown of punctures on the upper surface from which ‘radiate slight ridges. There are large long avicularia between the cells, generally on special raised but flattened bosses. Two young and nine adult colonies occur in this collec- tion, embracing Sertularian and Tubularian stems, exactly after the manner of C. pumicosa. Hab. Trinidad Channel (off Madre-de-Dios Islands), S.W. Chili. One group, consisting of one young and two adult colonies, from 30 fathoms ; for the rest the depth is not known. All on Sertularian stems, with one doubtful exception. CELLEPORA BILABIATA, Busk. Cellepora bilabiata, Busk, Voy. of Rattlesnake, p. 382. Two colonies, one forming almost a perfect hemisphere, the other flattened, uneven. Both lips of the elevated peristome sometimes bear avicularia. From the “ scutiform area ’’ (which is really formed, as shown by varieties, from a sinus which once extended into it from the mouth) of the small ovicell no grooves appear to extend in this case. The species is nearly related to C. ¢twbigera, Busk. Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms. CELLEPORA MAMMILLATA, Busk. Cellepora mammillata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. Brit. Mus. p. 87, pl. xx. figs. 3-5. The specimen, which, owing to its growth over a pedicelled knoh 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 55 of calcareous substance, is button-like in shape, agrees in its ma- millation with the type specimen, but, instead of being white or grey, is dark brown, almost of the colour of C. fusca, Busk. It dif- fers from the type in not showing the hood-like enlargements of the rostrum (possibly ocecia) which occur “at intervals in that spe- cimen ; the rostra taper elegantly to a point, instead of being blunt ; the spines, described as at the opposite side of the mouth, and which appear to be ‘‘spathulate”’ avicularian rostra, are present in much greater numbers here, and generally at the sides of the mouth—not at the opposite end to the rostrum. The surface of the cell is per- forated by immense numbers of small punctures with regularity ; this is also the case in the type specimen, though not described or figured in loc. cit. As the original specimen has somewhat the ap- pearance of having been partially bleached, its original colour very likely approximated to that of the specimen now described. Hab. Victoria Bank, off S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms. CELLEPORA TURRITA, Smitt. Lepralia turrita, Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, in K. Svensk. Akad. Handl. (n. s.) xi. p. 65, pl. xi. figs. 226-228. A single specimen, consisting of a stout cylindrical branch with incipient smaller branches, 17 millims. long by 5 in greatest breadth, stout, tapering to a blunt point. The number of distinct marginal tuberosities varies from two to four; and they are unequal in size, one being generally of especial stoutness; and one, a mere inequality, bears a horizontal avicularium of some size; the large strong spa- thulate avicularia are numerous in the somewhat large spines between the zocecia, and occasional small sessile ones occur in the walls of the cells; the ovicells, which are numerous, bear small scattered punc- tures. This form differs somewhat from Smitt’s specimens, chiefly in the ramose instead of sessile habit ; the cells appear to be less crowded, and the number of spines less constant, while the marginal avicula- rium forms a constant character. Hab. Victoria Bank, off S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms ; broken from larger colony. CELLEPORA DICHOTOMA, Hincks. Cellepora dichotoma, Hincks,Aun. N. H., ser. 3, ix. p. 305, pl. xii. figs. 7, 8. Two specimens, respectively about 3 and 3 inch high. The smaller is the more slender, and shows approximately dichotomous branching ; the other is less regular. In the smaller one the margin of the mouth is well defined, though sometimes produced into a few points besides the low rostrum ; the avicularia are circular and slightly ele- vated. In the larger specimen the projections round the mouth are ‘onger, and the avicularia are sometimes spatulate. Hab. Victoria Bank, S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms, 56 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, CycLOSTOMATA. IpMONEA MILNEANA, d’Orbigny. Idmonea milneana, @’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 20, pl. ix. figs. 17-21; Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. Brit, Mus. pt. iii. p. 12, 1. Xi. ‘ Tubulipora transversa, Lamarck ?, Anim, s. Vert. (1) il. p. 162. Idmonea transversa, M.-Edwards?, Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) ix. p. 218, pl. ix. fig. 3. This is certainly the species described and figured by Busk. His description requires emendation by the substitution of “thin” for ‘“‘thick’? as a character of the margin of the cells, and by the insertion of ‘a long backwardly directed spine on the hack of the main aud sometimes of the smaller branches.’ One such spine, and perhaps the trace of another, broken off, occurs on the specimens already in the Museum. In the two reiatively smaller specimens in this collection they are more abundant ; in one case the two primary divisions of the stem each bears one; and of their branches, one of the one and doth of the other bear them. They are strong; and the maximum length appears to be about 3 millims. As pointed out by Haswell (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iv. p. 351) in a specimen assigned by him with doubt to this species, the “dots” of Busk’s description are certainly raised. But the truth lies between the two ; for they are also perforated in their centre in the original British- Museum specimen and the Magellan one. The alternating character of the lateral series of cells, which is very slightly marked in the Patagonian specimens alluded to (from which the account in the British-Museum Catalogue was in part written), and which is almost lost sight of in d’Orbigny’s account, is here strongly marked. The longitudinal striation and the concentric lines on the back are also well marked here. Hab. Tom Bay, near Madre-de-Dios Islands, S.W. Chili, 0-30 fathoms, embedded in base of a horny Sponge, partially overgrown by Lepralia monoceros and a creeping calcareous Sponge. Obs. This may possibly prove, as Busk says, to be I. transversa, Milne-Edwards ; but the habit of growth as figured by M.-Edwards, and the locality (Mediterranean) as given by Lamarck, are against the idea. Smitt, in his ‘Floridan Bryozoa,’ remarks on this species that the typical number of cells in the transverse rows is ¢hree, varying to two or even one in the lower parts. In the present specimens: the number never falls below three, and is as often four as three, if not oftener. He has also observed “ radiciform pillars” at the back of the branches of one of his specimens; but there their ends were expanded into clasping processes and attached it to a foreign body, whereas in the Chilian specimen they end simply. Driasrorora PATINA, Lamarck. Tubulipora patina, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. (2) ii. p. 244. Diastopora patina, Smitt. Gify. K. Vetens. Ak. Férh. 1866, p- 397, pl. viii. figs. 13-15. 1 881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 57 The erect portion of the cell appears to be obscurely annulated, a very slight annular depression connecting the serially arranged puncta. A somewhat injured dry specimen on indurated clay. Hab. Lat. 50° 35! S., long. 66° 31' W. (open sea off S.E. Pata- gonia), 58 fathoms. LICHENOPORA GRIGNONENSIS, Busk. (Plate VI. fig. 2.) Tubulipora grignonensis, Milne-Edwards?, Mém. Tubulipores, Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) viii. p. 333, pl. xiii. fig. 2. Discoporella grignonensis, Busk, Crag Polyzoa, p. 116, pl. xx. fig. 4. ee noe, Defrance ; Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 471. Zoarium simple, closely adnate. Lamina very narrow, thin, almost entirely occupied by ridges indicating rudimentary zocecia. Zoa- rium strongly convex from the centre to the lamina, circular in outline. Zocecia partially arranged in radiating series (the series generally interrupted by the occurrence of intermediate cells) around a small central space ; orifices raised, considerably so near the centre ; the entire front of the peristome wanting, posterior part horseshoe- shaped, margin obscurely roughened ; sides faintly ridged longitu- dinally, and bearing from three to about ten seattered delicate pointed spines not exceeding half the diameter of the cell in length. Inter- spaces between zocecia and the central area crossed by a network of trabeculze, enclosing polygonal spaces with rounded angles; those between the zocecia vary in diameter from one half the breadth to the same breadth, that of the orifices of the zocecia, those in the centre varying from that diameter to twice its size, and partially tympanized by a calcareous septum with a central perforation; also from the points of junction of the trabeculee which form them projects oc- casionally a slender spine like those on the walls of the zocecia. Oeecial orifice slightly raised, being surrounded by a thin, narrow, forwardly sloping rim perforated by a single circle of about six small punctures ; diameter of opening about twice that of a zocecium ; margin finely dentate. Hab. Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms, on piece of a Selachian’s egg. _ Four colonies occur, representing three different stages, the latest with fifty-three or more well-developed zocecial openings, the earliest with only about a dozen openings, scarcely raised above the general surface, the lamina being about twice as broad as in the oldest specimen. In this young specimen, too, the cancelli have hardly appeared, the surface between the cells bearing only an occa- sional puncture. The development of the spines can be traced from a stage in which they are mere short blunt tubercles to that in which they have the adult proportions. It is also interesting to note that in the same stage (the middle one of the three here represented), in which the zocecia are 2 millims. in greatest diameter, the longitudinal ridges, so indistinct in the oldest specimen, project boldly trom the zocecial wall and sometimes form prominent crenations on the margin. The three young colonies have a somewhat oval outline; the older 58 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, one is almost perfectly circular ; it is 2} millims. in diameter, the youngest is 1 millim. in greatest diameter. Obs. The nearest recent ally of this species appears to be Disco- porella complicata, Haswell (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iv. p. 354), from Port Jackson, New South Wales. It has the spines on the wall of the cell and the trabecule with ¢heir spines; but the spines are apparently found also between the cells. Its main points of difference from this species are the roundness of the cell-orifice, which has the peristome entire, and the presence of secondary can- celli between the cancelli of the sides, of which no trace occurs here, though, as has been described for this species, the central cancelli are partially tympanized and have a secondary opening below. In spite of the absence in the somewhat too small drawing given by Milne-Edwards (J. c.) of the immense sinus which extends down the front of the cell in the recent specimens, it is possible that his species is identical with the present one, as with the power employed by him it would not necessarily catch the eye. The median cycles of tubes are depicted there as longer than in the recent specimens ; but that is probably due to its being an older specimen. The peculiar trabeculated structure of the surface is slightly indicated in his figure, and the continuation of the rudimentary tubes onto the lamina is distinctly insisted upon. Busk’s figures give a much better idea of this species; but here again the trabecule between the cells are much broader than in the recent specimen. The marginal spines of the young cell probably represent the longer peristomial spines of adult specimens of L. hispida, Fleming. TUBULIPORA SERPENS, Linné. Tubipora serpens, Linné, Syst. Nat. (12) p. 1271. Alecto disposita, Hutton’, Cat. Mar. Mollusca N. Z. p. 103. Tubulipora serpens, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 25, pl. xxii. Tdmonea serpens, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 453, pl, Ixi. figs. 2, 3, pl. lx. fig. 2. Sometimes with a small bare lamina outside the zocecia. No purple colour observed. Colour dead white, owing to the very numerous minute punctures. Hab. Elizabeth Island, Straits of Magellan, 6 fathoms; twenty- five colonies or parts of colonies on a thin Fucus. TUBULIPORA ORGANIZANS, d’Orbigny ? Tubulipora organizans d’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. mérid. Zooph. p- 19, pl. ix. figs. 1-3. Tubulipora organizans, Busk?, Phil. Trans. elxviii. p. 193, pl. x. figs. 20-25. This species appears to be represented by eighteen colonies or parts of colonies ; they consist of broad elongated masses, either simple or with branches of the same character given off laterally or grouped round a common centre. The largest colony measures 8 millims. at its greatest length. he lobes consist each of a broad flattened mar- 1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT,’ 59 ginal portion and asuddenly rising median convex ridge, which only occupies about one third of the total breadth of the lobe. A clear space of about the breadth of a single cell is left down the middle of the lobes ; and on each side of it are ranged the regular, outwardly and forwardly diverging transverse lines of cells. These lines are slightly but constantly subalternate, the line on the one side being slightly in advance of or behind the corresponding one on the other. The transverse lines on each side have from three to five cells on the ridge and one or two on the horizontal lamina. The cells project by a long perpendicular portion; they are subopaque and white, the surface faintly marked with rings of growth; the punctures are small and numerous and not prominent. The cells on the ridge are variously united together, either three or two together, but occasionally quite distinct; those on the lamina are distinct from those of the ridge, and from each other. In the case of the united cells the uniting substance connects them generally from their mouths downwards. The transverse series of cells are wniserial, and present no such trifoliate outline as is given by d’Orbigny’s figures 2 and 3, from which the present species also diverges by having a distinct median line devoid of cells, as described above. A short trumpet-shaped opening, observed near the end of a lobe, and somewhat flattened, its long diameter being about twice that of an ordinary cell, appears to represent the ocecial opening. The ends of the lobes are not expanded as in 7. flabellaris (Busk). This species does not correspond closely with d’Orbigny’s figures ; but the chief difference is the linear, not trifoliate arrangement of the triple groups of cells. Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus, with Tudbulipora serpens, Schizoporella hyalina, and one or two other species of Tubulipora, &e. TUBULIPORA DICHOTOMA, d’Orbigny. var. nov. SERIALIS. (Plate VI. fig. 10.) Criserpia dichotoma, d’Orbigny, pars, Voy. Amér. mérid., Zooph. p- 19, pl. ix. figs. 7-10. Tubulipora dichotoma, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Brit. Mus, iii. p. 27. Tubulipora organizans, Busk, Phil. Trans. clxvii. p. 193, pl. x. figs. 20-25 (pars ?). Colony convex, elongated, dichotomously branched or incipiently symmetrically bifid; lobes rising from base with hardly any lateral lamina ; cells extending across top of ridge, arranged in more or less distinct transverse rows, cells distinct (rarely two may be seen joined) from one another. Surface of colony subopaque, white, thickly covered with minute punctures surrounded by salient rims, the cells less thickly covered by similar punctures. Cells moderately thin, curving suddenly upward so as to stand almost perpendicular, free for a distance of from 3 to 5 diameters; opaque white, of moderate diameter, faintly marked by concentric rings. Ends of lobes more or less expanded and often swollen; at this part the tubes lose most of their regular radiate arrangement, 60 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, Hab. Elizabeth Island, Straits of Magellan, 6 fathoms, on Fucus. Three colonies or parts of colonies. Obs. In some specimens the regularity of the arrangement of the cells in transverse rows and the length of the free portion of the cells is greater than in others. The most characteristic points appear to be the moderate expansion of the head of the lobes, the continua- tion of the transverse series of cells over the top of the ridge and consequent absence of a median bare line, and the distinctness of the cells in the rows. D’Orbigny’s figures represent the form with the shorter cells and less regular transverse series of cells; the alterna- tive form here described may be called var. sertalis in contrast. A specimen assigned with doubt to this species consists of a broad expanded lobe, and bears a flattened trumpet-shaped ocecial orifice having exactly the characters of ‘that described above in 7. organizans, d’Orbigny. ENDOPROCTA. PEDICELLINA AUSTRALIS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 8.) Individuals arranged with great regularity along the creeping stolon, 1°8 millim. apart from each other. Length of pedicel and body together about 2°5 millims., body 1 millim. Tentacles about 12 in number, subequal, length about half that of body, slender. Pedicel, diameter (in glycerine, under cover-glass) just above base *35 millim., tapering to about *25 when within 3 diameters of the body, ultimately constricted to °1 millim. at junction with body. Body subtransparent. Colour whitish, with the exception of the stomach, which is yellowish. Shape of body subglobular when closed, superior margin straight and crenated by about 60 small inequalities. Stolon regular in its diameter, viz. ‘17 millim. A transverse septum, of which, as in the case of that of the pedicel just below the body, the cuticle forms a part, occurs at each side of the point of origin of an individual, generally at about ‘5 millim. from this. Examined. In spirit and in glycerine. Hab. Sandy Point, in company with a Halecium, creeping over large flexible worm-tube, 7-10 fathoms. Obs. About a square inch or 13 inch of the tube is covered by the creeping stolon ; the specimens are very well preserved in spirit ; but, unfortunately, the individuals are all more or less closed. In the cases in which the tentacles were extended, the disk was not expanded ; so that the origin of the tentacles from it was uot clearly seen. It is perhaps most closely allied to P. americana, Leidy, but approaches most nearly to P. belgica, Van Beneden, of any of the European species, as far as the account of that species goes. It differs from the latter species in the proportiona! length of the tentacles to the body, whichis only about 1: 2, as against the almost 1:1 of that species; in the proportional shortness of the pedicel to the body, which is 1°5 millim. to 1 millim. against 2°85 millims. to ‘55 millim., which is the case in P. belgica. The individuals are 1°8 millim. from each other, arranged along the tubular stolon, and not 1881. THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 61 crowded into a “moss’’-like tuft as in P. belgica. ‘The absolute total length is nearly one third less than that of P. belgica ; the stolon is of regular diameter. There is no median dilatation of the pedicel. The description of P. americana, Leidy (J. Ac. Philad. ili. p. 142) recalls in some particulars the present form, viz. its smooth undilated pedicels, the body with crenated border concentrically striated, and the 12 tentacles; but it is only 4 of a line high, z. e. about *7 millim., whereas this is 1°5 millim. without the head; the relative positions of the intestine and stomach in the figure differ from those of our species. _ The species described by Studer from Kerguelen Island (Archiv f, Naturg. 1878, p. 124) as “‘ Pedicellina an nov. sp? Die Winder der 2 mm. hohen gestielten Becher sind volkommen glatt ”’ is very likely identical with P. australis. A species is also mentioned with- out name by Joliet (Compt. Rend. 1879, Febr., p. 392), from the island of St. Paul, north-east of Kerguelen Island. CRUSTACEA. By Epwarp J. Mirrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Plate VI1.) The Crustacean fauna of the Straits of Magellan and of the adjacent coasts aud islands has been more thoroughly investigated than that of many other parts of the South-American continent, as, not to mention various species described by Guérin-Méneville, Milne-Edwards, White, and other authors, considerable collections were made in these regions by the naturalists of the United-States Exploring Ex- pedition under Commodore Wilkes, U.S.N., and described by Dana in his great work’. More recently Dr. Cunningham has published an account of the collections made by him during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Nassau,’ wherein will be found a list, accompanied by notes, of the Crustacea and Cirripedia, most of which were collected on the southern, south-eastern, and south-western American coasts”. The collection received from Dr. Coppinger contains, as was to be anticipated, many species well known to science, but also several which are apparently undescribed, and others of which the range has not hitherto been ascertained to extend in a southerly direction as far as the Magellan Straits ; moreover the localities, depth of water, and the nature of the sea-bottom have in nearly all cases been carefully noted. The Crustacea of the Magellan Straits are essentially Antarctic in character : many of the species are known to occur at New Zealand, the Auckland and Kerguelen Islands, and, no doubt, range through- out the whole extent of the Southern Ocean ; others, however, occur on the Chilian coast or even further north. Although the Crustacea 1 U.S. Exploring Expedition, xiii., xiv., Crustacea, parts 1, 2 (1852, 1853). 2 Trans, Linn. Soe. xxvii. p. 465 (1871). 62 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, of Antarctic South America bear a great resemblance to those of the Arctic Seas, and are in many cases congeneric with them, with a few somewhat doubtful exceptions the same species do not occur in the Northern and Southern seas’. 1 See, however, Lilljeborg, Nova Acta Soc. Upsaliensis, ser. 3, vi. (1866), “ On the Lysianassa magellanica, M.-Edwards, &e.” I may add that Mr.T. W. Kirk, Transactions New-Zealand Institute, xi. pp. 302-401 (1878), has recently identified several Decapoda and Edriophthalmia occurring in the New-Zealand seas with well-known North-European species; but his identifications seem to me to require confirmation, as it is not stated whether they have been made after comparison with European examples or from the descriptions of authors only. Yet more recently, Mr. G. M. Thomson (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. p. 4, 1880) has described a variety of the Arctic Husirus cuspidatus (which does not differ sufficiently to be distinguished specifically) from Dunedin Harbour, New Zealand, Besides the Crustacea obtained on the South-American coasts, the following species were dredged by Dr. Coppinger in the North Atlantic. Amongst them is one apparently new to science, belonging to the very interesting genus Glau- cothoé of Milne-Edwards, a genus previously unrepresented in the British- Museum collection, and which, although Macruran in its organization, and placed by Milne-Edwards and Dana in the Thalassinidea, presents many affinities with the Paguridea, and is allied to the genus Pomatocheles described by me (P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 49, pl. iii. fig. 2). HERBSTIA OVATA. Micropisa ovata, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 217 (1857); A. M.- Edwards, N. A. Mus. H. N. iy, p. 51, pl. xvi. figs. 1, 2 (1868). Two males and a female of this pretty little species were collected at St. Vincent (Cape-Verds) on a sandy bottom. When received, although they had been for some time in spirit, they were of a bright rose-colour. GLAUCOTHO ROsTRATA, sp. u. (Plate VII. figs. 1-5). Carapace as in the Pagurid, with the cervical and other sutures distinctly marked, inflated over the branchial regions, and with a median, triangular, sub- acute rostriform process; posteriorly the carapace is much broader than the first postabdominal segment. The postabdominal segments are smooth; the second to fifth narrowed on the sides, and these segments are each furnished with a pair of simple articulated appendages; the ventral surface of the post- abdomen is closed by a soft and membranaceous skin, as in the Paguridz. The terminal segment is twice as long as broad, suboblong, rounded and fringed with long plumose hairs at its distal end. The eyes are subcylindrical ; the an- tennules are short, geniculated; and the flagellum is fringed with long hairs on its under surface. The basal scale of the antennx is obsolete. The outer maxillipedes are short and subpediform. ‘The anterior legs are equal, and ter- minate in perfectly formed but rather slender chelz, the palms of which are compressed, the fingers acute at their apices, and slightly denticulated on their inner margins ; the second and third legs are slender, and reach considerably beyond the first legs, their terminal joints being styliform and nearly straight; the fourth and fifth legs are shaped as in the Paguride ; the penultimate joint of the fourth legs is somewhat dilated and compressed, and armed with a series of acute serrately disposed teeth on its inferior margin ; the dactylus is strong, arcuate, and acute. The fifth legs are very slender, and the perfectly-formed didactyle chelz with which they are terminated very small; the fingers are un- . armed, and fringed on their outer surface with fine hairs. The terminal joint of the second to fifth postabdominal appendages is fringed with long, flexible plumose hairs. The rami of the uropoda are similarly ciliated, and unequal in size, the inner and smaller being regularly oval, the outer suboblong and obliquely truncated at its distal end. Length 4 inch. re P.Z.S.1881. Pl. VI. J ¥ r, + : Mintern Bros amp ‘ CRUSTACEA OF ‘ALERT’ SURVEY. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 63 Systematic List of the Species’. DECAPODA, 1. Eurypodius latreillei, Guérin. Sandy Point, Puerto Bueno, Trinidad Channel. *2, Inachoides microrhynchus, M.-Hdw. and Lucas. Coquimbo. 3. Hpialtus dentatus, M.-Edwards. Trinidad Channel. *4, marginatus, Bell. Taleahuano. *5, Pugettia, sp. South Atlantic. 6. Pisoides edwardsii (Bell). Puerto Rosario, Trinidad Channel. 7. Cancer plebejus, Peeppig. Picton Channel, Talcahuano, *8, edwardsii, Bell. Talcahuano. ——, var. annulipes, n. Trinidad Channel, *10. Paraxanthus hirtipes, M.-Edw. and Lucas. Talecahuano. *11, Actea rufo-punctata (M.-Edw.). Hotspur Bank, 8. Atlantic. 12. Platyonychus bipustulatus, M.-Edw. Trinidad Channel. 13. Peltarion spinulosum, White. Sandy Point, Cockle Cove, Puerto Bueno. 14. Gomeza serrata, Dana. Elizabeth Island, Trinidad Channel, Puerto Rosario. 15. Acanthocyclus gayi, M.-Edw. and Lucas. Isthmus Bay. *16. Leptograpsus variegatus (Fabr.). St.-Ambrose Island, 8. Pacific. *17. Chasmognathus granulatus, Dana. Monte Video, Rat Island. *18. Sesarma angustipes, Dana, ? Monte Video, Rat Island. 19. Halicarcinus planatus (Fabr.). Elizabeth Island, Cockle Cove, Sandy Point, Trinidad Channel. *20. Pinnixa transversalis, M.-Edw. and Lucas. Coquimbo. *21. Hepatus chiliensis, M.-Edw. Coquimbo. *22. Platymera gaudichaudii, M.-Edw. Coquimbo. 23. Lithodes antarcticus, Jacq.and Lucas. Puerto Bueno, Alert Bay, Trinidad Channel, Neesham Cove. 24. Paralomis verrucosus (Dana). Puerto Bueno, Trinidad Channel. 25. Eupagurus comptus, White. Sandy Point, Cockle Coye, Puerto Bueno, Puerto Rosario, Portland Bay. 26. Munida gregaria (Fabr.). Sandy Point, Cockle Cove, Trinidad Channel. *27. Callianassa uncinata, Talcahuano. 28. Alpheus scabrodigitus (Dana). Portland Bay, Borja Bay, Trinidad Channel, 29. ,sp. Portland Bay. 30. Pandalus paucidens. Tom Bay, Trinidad Channel. The unique example, which is, I believe, a male and adult, was dredged at Madeira, in 15-50 fathoms. This species is distinguished from Glaucothoé peronii, M.-Edwards, by the existence of a distinct rostriform process, the less-pyriform eyes, the equal cheli- pedes, &e. G. peronii probably inhabited the Asiatic seas. ScyLLARUS ARCTUS. Cancer arctus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1053 (1766). Scyllarus arctus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 398 (1798) ; M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Cr. ii. p. 282 (1837); White, List Brit. Cr. Brit. Mus. p. 30 (1850); wdé synon, : Cancer ursus minor, Herbst, Nat. Krabben, ii. p. 83, pl. xxx. fig, 2 (1796). Arctus wrsus, Dana, Cr. U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. p. 516 (1852), A specimen which I believe to be a very young example of this species was dredged in the same locality as the Glaucothoé rostrata (@. e. at Madeira, in 15- 50 fathoms). The teeth of the median dorsal series are nearly obsolete, and those of the anterior margin of the terminal antennal jointare blunt ; otherwise this example resembles the adult S, arctws. Length barely ~ inch, 1 The species collected by Dr. Coppinger only at localities north of Patagonia are distinguished by an asterisk. 64 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, STOMATOPODA. 31. Sguilla gracilipes, n. W. coast of Patagonia. 32. Pseudosquilla lessonii, M.-Edw. Coquimbo. ANISOPODA. 33. Arcturus coppingeri, n. Trinidad Channel. 34. Serolis scythei, Liitken. Trinidad Channel. IsopopA. 39. Idotea annulata, Dana. Port Henry. 36. Styloniscus magellanicus, Dana. Trinidad Channel, Tom Bay, Port Henry, Cockle Cove. 37. Lironeca nove-zealandie, White (ined.), Miers. Portland Bay. 38. Alga punctulata, un. Wolsey Sound. *39. Corallana acuticauda, n. Hotspur Bank. 40. Spheroma gigas. Sandy Point, Elizabeth Island, Silly Bay. 41. Dynamene darwinii, Cunningham. Elizabeth Island, Borja Bay. CIRRIPEDIA. 42. Balanus levis, Bruguiére. Sandy Point. Descriptions and Notes on Species. DECAPODA. EuRYPODIUS LATREILLEI. Eurypodius latreillei, Guérin, Mém. du Muséum, xvi. p. 354, pl. xiv. (1828) ; Icon. Crust. R. A. ii. pl. xi. fig. 1 (1829-44) ; M.-Edw. H. N.C. i. p. 284 (1834); Cr. in Cuv. R. A. (ed. 3) pl. xxxiv bis, fig. 1; Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. de Chile, iti, p. 123 (1849) ; Dana, Cr. in U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. p. 104, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1852) ; Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii. p. 491 (1871).) Eurypodius tuberculatus, Eyd. & Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, Zool. Cr. p- 221, pl. i. figs. 7-9 (1841). Lurypodius audouinii, M.-Ed. & Lucas in @’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. mérid. vi. Cr. p. 3, pl. i. figs. 1-6 (1843) ; Dana, Cr. 2. ¢. p. 104 (1852) ; Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. Chile, Zool. iii. p. 123 (1849) ; Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxvii. p. 491 (1871). Eurypodius septentrionalis, Dana, Amer. J. Sci. & Arts (ser. 2) xl. p. 270 (1851); U.S. Expl. Exp. Cr. i. p. 101, pl. ii. fig. 6 (1852); Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. p. 491 (1871). Eurypodius brevipes, Dana, Amer. J. Sci. & Arts, xi. p. 270 (1851); Cr. Expl. Exp. xiii. 1, p. 193, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1852); Cun- ningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. p. 491 (1871). I have been obliged to include all the specimens in the Museum collection under the single heading of H. latreillei, because I find myself unable to distinguish them by the characters usually employed in descriptions, z. e. the comparative length of the penultimate and antepenultimate joints of the ambulatory legs, the density of the pu- bescence, the denticulations of the inner margins of the fingers, and the tuberculation of the carapace. All of these characters appear to be subject to considerable variation. There may possibly be two or 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 65 even more distinct species of this genus; but the series in the British- Museum collection does not suffice to decide this question, by far the greater number of specimens having been obtained at or near the southern extremity of the American continent. Bell (Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. p. 40, 1849) refers examples of Zurypodius from Brazil to E. latreillei ; but I have seen no specimens from this locality. In the great majority of specimens in the British-Museum col- lection, the spines of the rostrum are robust, of moderate length, and curve slightly downward; the spines on the branchial regions are small or reduced to tubercles; and the penultimate joints of the ambulatory legs are considerably dilated and longer than the ante- penultimate joints. In younger individuals the joints of the legs and rostral spines are slenderer. One adult male from Sandy Point, in the series presented to the British Museum by Dr. Cunningham, differs from all others in the collection in the greater development of the anterior legs, in which the palm is turgid and the dactylus armed with a very strong tubercle on its inner margin. In two examples from Chili (one an adult male), which I at first thought might be regarded as a distinct species, the branchial spines are somewhat more developed, and the antepenultimate joints about equal the penulti- mate joints in length, these latter being also less dilated than in adult examples from the Straits of Magellan and Falkland Islands. A better series of examples from Chili, however, is needed to prove whether or not these characters are permanent. I have seen no ex- amples in which the antepenultimate joints of the legs greatly exceed the penultimate joints in length. Dr. Cunningham in his Report (é. ¢. p. 491) retains no fewer than four distinct species—Z. /atreillei, E. audouinii, L. septentrio- nalis, and EF. brevipes. The series collected by Dr. Coppinger includes :—several adult males and females from Puerto Bueno, obtained at a depth of 4 fathoms, ona muddy bottom; a female and several young from Sandy Point, at 7-10 fathoms; and one young individual obtained in Trinidad Channel, at a depth of 30 fathoms. INACHOIDES MICRORHYNCHUS. Inachoides microrhynchus, Eydoux & Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, Zool. Cr. p. 219 (1841); M.-Edw. & Lucas in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. mérid. vi. Cr. p. 4, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1843); Gay, Hist. de Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 126 (1849). Xiphus margaritifére, Eyd. & Soul. Voy. Bonite, Zool. Cr. Atlas, ' pl. i. fig. 1 (1841). Two males and a female were brought by Dr. Coppinger from Coquimbo. Both genus and species have been hitherto unrepresented in the collection of the British Museum. ‘The adult male agrees very well with Milne-Edwards and Lucas’s figure ; but the depressions separating the regions of the carapace are not very strongly marked, as stated in the description of these authors. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. V. ; 5 66 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, EPpImaALTUS DENTATUS. Epialtus dentatus, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 345 (1834); Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 131 (1849) ; Cunningham, lc. p. 491 (1871). Inachus mitis, Péppig, Arch. f. Naturg. ii. p. 141 (1836); Gay, Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 125 (1849). A single small female is in the collection, obtained on the beach in Trinidad Channel. Its occurrence at various widely separated localities on the coast of Chili is noted by Dr. Cunningham. EPpiALTUS MARGINATUS. Epialtus marginatus, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 173 (1835), Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. p. 62, pl. xi. fig. 4, 2, pl. xii. ¢ (1841); Smith, Trans. Conn. Ac. ii. p. 33 (1869). A female and young male are in the collection, from Tal- cahuano. PUGETTIA, sp. A single female example is in the collection, which is distinguished from P. richii and P. gracilis, Dana, its congeners of the American coast, as follows :—The body is somewhat more elongated and convex on the gastric region ; the lateral expansions or lobes of the carapace are but little prominent, forming small, subconical, acute teeth ; the spines of the rostrum are slender and but little divergent. The example is a small one ; and being of the female sex it would not be desirable to constitute it the type of a new species. If distinct, as is probably the case, it may be named P. australis. It was obtained at a depth of 28 fathoms, on a bottom of black sand, in lat. 36° 47'S., long. 55° 17' W., at the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. PIsoIDES EDWARDSI. Hyas edwardsit, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 171 (1835), Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. p. 49, pl. ix. fig. 5 (1841). Pisoides tuberculosus, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. mérid. vi. Crust. p. 11, pl. v. fig. 1 (1843); Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 134 (1849); A. M.-Edwards, Crust. in Miss. Scientif. Mexique, p. 75, pl. xvi. fig. 5 (1875). Pisoides edwardsii, Dana, Cr. in U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. i. p. 87, pl. i. fig. 2 (1852). Two males were collected :—one at Trinidad Channel, at a depth of 30 fathoms, on a sandy bottom; the other at Port Rosario, a 2-30 fathoms, on a bottom of sand and rock. This is a very interesting addition to the Museum collection, as both genus and species were hitherto unrepresented in it. It is one of the few Magellan species having a considerable range to the northward, having been obtained from Chili (Valparaiso), the Gala- pagos, and Panama. Its occurrence in the Straits of Magellan is now, I believe, for the first time recorded. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 67 The examples before me differ from the description of Edwards and Lucas, in the third joint of the legs not being armed with any prominent spines, and in this joint in the ambulatory legs being less dilated and compressed; but this may probably be due to the greater age of Dr. Coppinger’s specimens. The carapace is densely pubescent; the chelee naked, and of a bright rose-colour. Length of largest individual about 14 inch. Two Californian species described with doubt as belonging to this genus by Mr. Lockington, Pr. Cal. Ac. Sci. vii. pp. 66, 67 (1876), under the names of Pisoides? celatus and P.? tumidus, belong, as I learn from a MS. note of the author, to Microphrys—the former being identical with Mierophrys platysoma, as noted by Streets and Kingsley. * CANCER PLEBEJUS. Cancer plebejus, Péppig, Arch. f. Naturg. p. 134 (1836); A. M.- Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p. 188 (1865). A young male individual was taken in Picton Channel, at a depth of 6 fathoms, on a bottom of sand. Two females were dredged at Talcahuano. CANCER EDWARDSI. Cancer edwardsii, Bell, Trans. Zool. Soc. i. p. 338, pl. xliv. (1835); A. M.-Edw. N. Arch. Mus. H. N. i. p. 123 (1865) ; Cunningham, i.e. p. 491 (1871). Platycarcinus edwardsii, Gay, Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 144 (1849). A young male was taken at Talcahuano, in which the coloration is of the normal type. CANCER EDWARDSI, var. ANNULIPES, n. A young male was found on the beach in Trinidad Channel. In its convex carapace, and in the form of the teeth of the antero-lateral margins and of the anterior legs, this species agrees well with normal specimens of the Chilian C. edwardsii. It differs, however, remarkably in the coloration, which is very well preserved in the specimen (a dried one). The prevailing colour is light yellow, varied with blotches of dark purplish brown ; and the joints of the legs are regu- larly annulated with broad bands of the same colour. Length about 2 inches, breadth 3. PaRAXANTHUS HIRTIPES. Paraxanthus hirtipes, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. mérid. vi. Crust. p. 18 (1843); Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 141 (1849). A female is in the collection from Talcahuano. I may take this opportunity of noting that two young specimens received from Mr. Lockington, and labelled by him “ Xanthodes hemphilliana,” appear to belong to this species. Mr. Lockington has since identified the types of X. hemphilliana with Lophoxanthus 5* 68 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, bellus (Xantho bellus, Stimpson), to which species also his X. leuco- manus is to be referred. ACTHA RUFOPUNCTATA. Xantho rufopunctatus, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. 1. p. 389 1834). Actea rufopunctata, A. M.-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p. 268, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1865); Heller, Cr. stidl. Europa, p. 70 (1865). A female of very small size (breadth only 3 lines), but laden with ova, is in the collection, which apparently belongs to this species. A. rufopunctata, which was originally described from the Red Sea, has a wide Indo-Pacific distribution. Dr. Coppinger’s specimen was dredged at a depth of 35 fathoms, amid coral on the Hotspur Bank, lat. 17° 32! S., long. 35° 45! W. Hence (if the example be correctly determined) it would appear that its range extends into the South Atlantic. PLATYONYCHUS BIPUSTULATUS. Platyonychus bipustulatus, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 437, pl. xvii. figs. 7-10 (1834) ; Gay, Hist. de Chile, ili. p. 148 (1849) ; A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. H. N. x. p. 413 (1861); Miers, Zool. Kreb. & Terror, Crust. p. 2, pl. i. fig. 1 (1874); Cat. New- Zeal. Crust. p. 32 (1876), wbt synon. Platyonychus purpureus, Dana, Cr. U.S. Explor. Exped. xiii. p. 291, pl. xviii. fig. 3 (1852); Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. p. 492 (1871). A female individual was obtained in shallow water in Trinidad Channel. Dr. Cunningham records it from Coquimbo and Luco Bay; andit is widely distributed through the Chilian, Australian, Indian, and Japanese seas. PELTARION SPINULOSUM. Atelecyclus spinulosus, White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 1) xii. p- 345 (1843). ; Peltarion spinulosum, White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 52 (1847) ; Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped. xiii. Crust. i. p. 304, pl. xviii. fig. 6 (1852); Cunningham, 7. c. p. 494 (1871). Peltarion magellanicus, Jacq. & Lucas, Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. iit. Crust. p. 83, pl. vill. fig. 1 (1853). Several specimens of this common inhabitant of the Falkland Islands and Patagonian seas were collected. The localities are: —Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms, bottom sand, one female; Cockle Cove, on a muddy bottom, one male; Puerto Bueno, 2-7 fathoms, bottom rocky, three females. GoOMEZA SERRATA. Gomeza serrata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 305, pl. xviii. fig. 7 (1852). A male of this species (which is probably rare, as it was not met 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 69 with by Dr. Cunningham) was obtained at Elizabeth Island in 6 fathoms, another in Trinidad Channel in 4 fathoms, and two others in Puerto Rosario in 2-30 fathoms. Dana’s specimen was obtained by Lieut. Case on the coast of Patagonia at a depth of 50 fathoms, and was only 14 line in length; the length of the largest individual collected by Dr. Coppinger is 5 lines. It was previously unrepresented in the British-Museum collection. ACANTHOCYCLUS GAYI. Acanthocyclus gayi, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. mérid. vi. Cr. p. 20, pl. xv. fig. 1 (1843); Nicolet in Gay’s Hist. Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 176 (1849); Dana, Cr. U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. p. 295, pl. xviii. fig. 4 (1852); Heller, Reise der Novara, Crust. p. 70 (1865); Cunningham, /. c. p. 494 (1871). ? Plagusetes elatus, Heller, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xii. p. 522 (1862). A single male individual is in the collection, obtained on the beach at Isthmus Bay, in the Straits of Magellan. It has long been known as inhabiting the Chilian seas, and was taken by Dr. Cunningham plentifully at Lota. LEPTOGRAPSUS VARIEGATUS. Cancer variegatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. p 450 (1793). Grapsus variegatus, Latr. Hist. Crust. et Ins. vi. p. 71 (1803) ; M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 87 (1837); Nicolet in Gay’s Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 167 (1849); Miers, Cat. New-Zeal. Crust. p- 36 (1876). Grapsus personatus, Lam. Hist. Anim. sans Vert. v. p. 249 (1818). Grapsus strigilatus, White, in Gray’s Zool. Miscell. p. 78 (1842). Grapsus planifrons, Dana, Proc, Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 249 (1851); U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Cr. i. p. 338, pl. xxi. fig. 3(1852) ; Cunning- ham, /. c. p. 493 (1871). Leptograpsus gayi, M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, Zool. xx. p- 172 (1853). Two females were obtained on the shore at the island of St. Ambrose, in the South Pacific. This locality is of interest, as never having been previously visited by the carcinological collector. This species, however, is known to range from the Australian to the Chilian seas. CHASMOGNATHUS GRANULATUS. Chasmagnathus granulatus, Dana, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 251 (1851); U.S. Exp]. Exp. xiii. Cr. i. p. 364, pl. xxiii. fig. 6 (1852); M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zool. xx. p. 200 (1853). flelice granulata, Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. ii. p. 37 (1869). Three examples (males), in somewhat mutilated condition, were collected at Rat Island, Monte Video. Dana’s specimens were from Rio de Janeiro; from which locality are specimens in the British- Museum collection, from the Smithsonian Institution. Professor Smith (/. c.) gives Rio Grande as a locality for the species. 70 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, SESARMA ANGUSTIPES ’ Sesarma angustipes, Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped. xiii. Cr. i. p. 358, pl. xxii. fig. 7 (1852) ?; Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. p- 493 (1871); Smith, Trans. Conn. Ac. ii. p. 37 (1869); nec Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii. p. 66 (1858). To this species I refer, with considerable hesitation, a male example collected at Rat Island, Monte Video, with Chasmognathus granulatus. It is certainly not identical with specimens received from the Smithsonian Institution, from Florida and the Tortugas, under the name of S. angustipes (probably so named by Dr. Stimp- son); but it appears to agree more nearly in the distinctly granulated earapace and hand and mobile finger of the anterior legs with Dana’s description than do these specimens. In these latter the hand and fingers are nearly smooth, and the carapace is more convex toward the antero-lateral angles. If the Floridan species be not the true S. angustipes, Dana, it may be designated S. stimpsonii. Dana gives merely South America as the habitat of S. angustipes. Prof. S. I. Smith has pointed out that there can be little doubt that Dana’s specimens were collected at Rio de Janeiro; a specimen from this locality is also referred to this species by Dr. Cunningham, which I have examined and find to be identical with the Monte- Videan example. They come nearer to S. cinerea, Bose (of which the Museum also possesses specimens from the Smithsonian Insti- tution, from Carolina), being only distinguished by the more convex and distinctly granulated carapace and strongly granulated hands. HALIcaRCINUS PLANATUS- Cancer planatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 446 (1793). Halicarcinus planatus, White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist xviii. p. 178, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1846); Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. p- 492 (1871); Miers, Phil. Trans. elxviii. p. 201 (1879), ubi synon. This widely spread inhabitant of the Antarctic region is very common in the Straits of Magellan, where its occurrence at many localities was noted by Dr. Cunningham. Dr. Coppinger’s specimens were from Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on a sandy bottom (two females); Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms (one female); Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms, on a muddy bottom (one female) ; Trinidad Channel, 4 fathoms, on a bottom of fine sand (one male and one young). PINNIXA TRANSVERSALIS. Pinnotheres transversalis, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. mérid. Cr. p. 23, pl. x. fig. 3 (1843); Gay, Hist. de Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 156 (1849) ; Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soe. Zool. xxvii. p. 492 (1871)? Pinniza transversalis, M.-Edw. Aun. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zool. p. 220 (1853). A male of rather small size is in the collection from Coquimbo, This example agrees exactly with the description of M.-Edw. and Lucas in possessing small and tomentose chelipedes, a transverse 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 71 raised line on the posterior part of the carapace, and in the greatly dilated semicircular terminal joint of the postabdomen. Larger specimens from Sandy Point, named P. transversalis by Dr. Cun- ningham, differ in the obsolescence of the transverse raised line on the carapace, the considerably dilated chelipedes with denticulate dactyli, and the smaller, more transverse terminal joints of the post- abdomen, and seem to be more nearly allied to P. faba. The differences may be due to age, or may be of specific value. HEPATUS CHILENSIS. Hepatus chiliensis, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 117 (1837). Hepatus chilensis, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. mérid. vi. part i. Cr. p. 28, pl. xiv. fig. 1 (1843); Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. de Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 174 (1849) ; Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Cr. i. p. 395, pl. xxv. fig. 3 (1852); Kinahan, Journ. Roy. Dublin Soe. i. p. 345 (1858); Heller, Reise der Novara, Cr. p- 70 (1865) ; Cunningham, /. c. p. 493 (1871); Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc. p- 656 (1877). Four males were collected at Coquimbo, at a depth of 4 fathoms, on a sandy bottom. The coloration in all is of the normal type. PLATYMERA GAUDICHAUDI. Platymera gaudichaudii, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Cr. ii. p. 108 (1837) ; M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. mérid. Cr. p. 28, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1843); Gay, Hist. de Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 172 (1849). A young male was obtained at Coquimbo, length about 5 lines, breadth (exclusive of lateral spines) about 7 lines. This example differs from an adult male from Chili in the British-Museum col- lection, in the form of the carapace, which in the young male is much narrower in proportion to its length. LiTHODES ANTARCTICUS. Lithodes antarcticus, Jacq. & Lucas, Voy. Péle Sud, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 90, pl. vii. fig. 1 and pl. viii. fig. 9 (1855) ; Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 182 (1849)'; Dana, Cr, U.S. Expl. Exp. xill. p. 427, pl. xxvi. fig. 15 (1852); Cunningham, /. c. p. 494 (1871). Two male examples of rather small size were collected—one from Puerto Bueno in 4 fathoms, and the other from Neesham Cove, Trinidad Channel, in shallow water; another and larger individual is from Alert Bay, on the west coast of Patagonia. Dana records this species from Fuegia, and Gay from Chiloe. PARALOMIS VERRUCOSUS. Lithodes verrucosus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Cr. i. p. 428, pl. xvi. fig. 16 (1852); Cunningham, /. c. p. 494 (1871). Paralomis verrucosus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 231 (1858). Four male individuals were collected at Puerto Bueno, at a depth 1 The figure in the Atlas of the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ was published before the description in Gay’s work, ha ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, of 4 fathoms, amid rock and kelp, and anotber at Trinidad Channel. Dana records it from Fuegia; and Dr. Cunningham met with it in great numbers at the Tyssen Islands, Falkland Sound, and mm the eastern portion of the Straits of Magellan. The rostrum terminates in a spine, behind and above which are two smaller spines. In the Paralomis granulosus (Lithodes granulosus, Jacq. & Lucas) the rostrum is described as very short, obliquely truncated, distinctly curved downwards towards the base, and surmounted by three spini- form tuberculated teeth; in other respects it closely resembles this species, and, like it, inhabits the Straits of Magellan. Has the rostrum been broken off in the specimen described ? In a very young example from the Antarctic seas, in the British- Museum collection, the granulated and wart-like turbercles of the carapace are closely crowded together, so that none of the smooth under surface is visible, and the spines of the legs are much smaller. EvpaGuRUS COMPTUS. Pagurus comptus, White, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 122 (1847); id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 2) i. p. 224 (1848). Eupagurus comptus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 237 (1858); Miers, Zool. Erebus & Terr., Cr. p. 3, pl. ii. figs. 5, 5a (1874). Pagurus forceps, Cunningham, J. e. p. 495 (1871), nee Edwards. To this species I refer nine specimens collected by Dr. Coppinger at Sandy Poiut in 7-10 fathoms, inhabiting shells of the genera Euthria, Natica, and Trophon ; also a specimen collected at Cockle Cove, on a muddy bottom, depth 2-32 fathoms; one from Puerto Bueno, at 4 fathoms; four obtained at Portland Bay on a hard sandy bottom, depth 10 fathoms; and a young specimen obtained at Port Rosario in 2-30 fathoms. These are the same species as the individuals collected by Dr. Cunningham at Possession Bay and Port Otway, in the Museum collection, and referred by him to P. forceps. . forceps, however, appears to be distinguished by the much shorter, broader, larger hand, and the much shorter and less slender fingers of the left anterior leg. White’s typical specimen of E. comptus was collected at the Falkland Islands. Two varieties occur of this species. The typical form is readily dis- tinguished by the form of the hand of the right anterior leg, which (with the fingers closed) is of an ovate shape, narrower distally, finely granulated externally, with a prominent granulated ridge on the upper surface of the palm, and the ridges on its outer surface very indistinct ; the arm has a granulo-spinulous line on its upper margin ; the smaller hand is somewhat trigonous, with the fingers scarcely longer than the palm; and the second and third legs are annulated with red. Toit belong, besides White’s typical specimen, the one collected by Dr. Coppinger at Puerto Bueno and one of those obtained by Dr. Cunningham at Possession Bay. In the other, and apparently commoner variety, the larger hand is shorter, of a much more oblong- ovate form, the granulous ridges on the outer surface of the palm 1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.” 73 are more distinct, and its lower margin is distinctly granulated. This variety may be designated Eupayurus comptus, var. latimanus. MunIDA GREGARIA. Galathea yregaria, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 473 (1793). Grimothea gregaria, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. xviii. p. 50 (1820); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 277 (1837); id. in Cuv. R. A. (ed. 3), Atlas, pl. xlvii. fig. 2; Dana, Cr. U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 483, pl. xxxi. fig. 1 (1852); Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. p- 496 (1871). Munida subrugosa, Dana, 1. ¢. p. 479, pl. xxx. fig. 7 (1852); Miers, Zool. Erebus and Terror, Cr. p. 3, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1874); id. Cat. New-Zeal. Crust. p. 68 (1876). Galathea subrugosa, Cunningham, /. c. p. 495 (1871). In the ‘ Catalogue of New-Zealand Crustacea,’ I adduced certain reasons for believing that the Munida subrugosa of White and or Dr. Cunningham is nothing but the mature state of the long-known and exceedingly common Patagonian species Grimothea gregaria, Fabricius. There is considerable variation between younger and older individuals in the length of the external maxillipedes, spines of the antero-lateral angles of the carapace, and of the anterior legs. In the typical specimens of M. subrugosa from the Auckland Islands the rostrum is relatively longer and the antero-lateral marginal spines somewhat less numerous (7-8) than in the Patagonian form ; but the Museum has received adult specimens from New Zealand which agree in all respects with examples from the Magellan Straits. I was formerly inclined to think that the specimens referred by Dana to M. subrugosa belonged to a distinct species ; but the larger series of specimens now before me would seem to show that I was wrong in that conclusion, The examples collected by Dr. Coppinger are from Sandy Point (seven females and one male), depth 7-10 fathoms, bottom sand and dead acorn-shells ; Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms, bottom mud (male, female, and young); Trinidad Channel, 4 fathoms (four males), bottom sandy (in this locality it was seen in great shoals). The males are generally of smaller size than the females. CALLIANASSA UNCINATA. Callianassa uncinata, M.-Kidwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 310, pl. xxv. dis, fig. 1 (1837) ; Gay, Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 208 (1849) ; A. M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (ser. 4) xiv. p. 301, pl. xvi. fig. 1 (1860); id. N. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. vi. p. 23 (1870) ; Cunningham, J. ¢. p- 494 (1871). A single specimen, obtained at Talcahuano. AuruHeEus (BeTaus) SCABRODIGITUS. Beteus scabrodigitus, Dana, Cr. U.S. Explor. Exped. xiii. p. 560, pl. xxv. fig. 12 (1852); Cunningham, J. c. p. 496 (1871). A male which I refer to this species was collected at Portland Bay at a depth of 10 fathoms ; another male and a female, plentifully 74 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [ Jan. 4, laden with ova in an advanced stage, in Trinidad Channel; and an adult male and female at Borja Bay, in 14 fathoms. In these specimens the larger hand is somewhat slenderer and the fingers less incurved than in Dana’s figure; and it is worthy of note that the hand is nearly as much developed and the tubercles of the fingers are as large in the female as in the examples I believe to be males. The specimens referred to A. scabrodigitus by Dr. Cunningham differ even more markedly from Dana’s figure in the much longer, slenderer hand and the entire absence of tubercles on the inner margins of the fingers, and, it is very possible, may belong to a distinct species; they are, moreover, of much larger size. ALPHEUS, sp. A specimen of an Alpheus was obtained at Portland Bay, at a depth of 10 fathoms, on a bottom of hard sand, which I will not regard as the type of a distinct species, on account of its small size. It appears to belong to the same section of the genus and to be nearly allied to 4. euchirus, Dana. Like it, the orbits are spinuliferous, and the upper and lower margins of the larger hand are notched; the smaller hand is also notched on its upper and lower margins, and the dactylus is flattened, ovate, and clothed with long hairs; there is a spine at the distal end of the third (but not the second) joint of the third and fourth pairs of legs. PANDALUS PAUCIDENS, sp. n. (Plate VII. figs. 6, 7.) Carapace with a prominent antennal and a very small pterygo- stomian spine. Rostrum slender, slightly longer than the antennal scale, about $-toothed ; four of the dorsal teeth are on the carapace in a median series ; the distal end of the rostrum is directed upward, and is without teeth on its upper margin. Antennules considerably longer than the rostrum. The postabdomen is strongly geniculated beyond the third segment, which is unarmed on its dorsal surface. The terminal segment in one specimen is broader, and its apex is imperfect ; in the other it is very narrow and elongated, reaching nearly to the end of the slender and narrow uropoda, and is tipped with four cilia at its extremity. The outer maxillipedes (in the larger individual) are robust, and reach (when thrown forward) slightly beyond the antennal scale ; their terminal joints are slightly hairy. The styliform terminal joints of the first legs are very slender and acute. The rami of the uropoda are margined with long ciliz, and are rounded at their distal ends ; the outer ramus is rather the broader, with the sides parallel, the inner has the sides slightly convergent to the apex. Length of larger specimen to end of rostrum rather more than 14 inch. Two individuals, apparently males, were collected :—one at Tom Bay, on a bottom of rock, kelp, and mud; the other in Trinidad Channel, in 30 fathoms, on a sandy bottom. This species is principally distinguished by the small number of teeth arming the margins of the rostrum. In the P. pubescentulus, 1881].] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT. 79 Dana, from the Straits of Da Fuca, Oregon, the rostrum is ~-toothed, and in the P. dane of Stimpson from Puget Sound, California, 3 3-toothed; in Pandalus franciscorum, Kingsley, also a Californian species, 7 2-3-toothed, and in P. gurneyi, Stimpson, ** toothed. In most of the species of the genus the teeth are much more nume- rous. In one species, however, the P. leptorhynchus of Stimpson (the only one, so far as I am aware, besides P. paucidens, described from the Southern hemisphere) the rostrum is only 3-toothed; its habitat is Port Jackson, in Australia. STOMATOPODA. SQUILLA GRACILIPES, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 8.) I designate by the above name a specimen (young male) from the west coast of Patagonia, which is allied in nearly all its characters to Squilla armata, but is distinguished by the more numerous spines of the dactyli of the raptorial limbs (which are ten in number), the obsolescence of the median and submedian and faint definition of the lateral carinze of the first to sixth postabdominal segments, and the form of the terminal segment, which is as long as broad, smooth on its upper surface, with the median carina less distinctly marked, and with about 26 denticles between the submedian marginal spines and about 18 on each side between these and the first lateral spines. The outer spine of the distal prolongation of the base of the uropoda is relatively much shorter than in 8. armata. Length 3+ inches. PsEUDOSQUILLA LESSONII. - Squilla cerisii, Guérin, Voy. Coquille, Crust. p. 40, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1830), S. lessonzi on plate. Squilla spinifrons, Owen, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 6 (1832). Squilla lessonii, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Cr. ii. p- 527 (1837) ; White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 84 (1847). Squilla monoceros, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 526 (1837); Gay, Hist. Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 224 (1849). Pseudosquilla lessonii, Dana, Cr. U.S. Exp]. Exp. xiii. i. p. 622 (1852) ; Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) v. p. 113 (1880). Pseudosquilla marmorata, Lockington, Pr. Cal. Ac. Sci. p. 33 (1877). A male and female were collected at Coquimbo. ANISOPODA. ARCTURUS COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 9.) The body is robust, and broadest at the fourth thoracie segment, and is everywhere covered with close-set granules. Head with the anterior margin deeply excavated. The median portion of each of the thoracic segments is elevated, and forms a transverse ridge ex- tending to the lateral margins of the segment; the ridge so formed is narrowest in the middle, but at the lateral margins covers nearly the 76 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, whole surface of the segments. The first and thesecond postabdominal segments are similarly ridged, but firmly united together; the ter- minal portion (formed of the coalescent remaining segments) is ovoid, more closely and distinctly granulated than the rest of the body, and terminates in two acute spines. ‘The eyes are placed in the lateral margins of the head. Antennules very small. Antenne a little longer than the body, with the last two joints of the peduncle about equal; flagellum short, 9-jointed, the first joint as long as the three following. The inferior margins of the last three joints of the first to fourth pairs of legs (which increase successively in length) are clothed with long close hairs. The dactyli of the fifth to seventh legs are strong and slightly arcuated. The operculiform posterior pair of postabdominal appendages are granulated on their outer surface. Length 1 inch (exclusive of antenne). A single female was obtained, at a depth of 30 fathoms, in Trinidad Channel, on a sandy bottom. This beautiful species is at once distinguished by the strongly granulated body and the spines of the last postabdominal segment. On account of the extreme brevity of the fourth segment of the body, it would be placed in the subgenus Leachia were the character valid even as a specific distinction; but the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xv. p. 187, 1875) has pointed out that in the case of Arcturus lineatus this segment, which is elongated in the adult, is shorter in the young individual; there can be no doubt therefore that Arcturus and Leachia must be united. SEROLIS SCYTHEI. Serolis scythei, Liitken, Naturhist. Vidensk. Medelelser, p. 98, pl. i. a. figs. 12, 13 (1858); Grube, Arch. f Naturg. xli. pp. 209, 220, pl. v. fig. 1. pl. vi. fig. 1 (1875). Two males were obtained in Trinidad Channel, Straits of Magellan, at 30 fathoms; and an adult female with ova, together with eight smaller individuals, in 4 fathoms, at the same locality. It is very nearly allied to 8S. paradoxa, Fabr. (S. fabricii, Leach), which I have regarded as identical with 8. orbignyana, M.-Edwards, and which is very common at the Magellan Straits and Falklands— but appears to be constantly distinguished by the much greater length of the cox, which in the second postabdominal segment reach nearly to the end of the terminal segment. IsOPODA. IpoTEA ANNULATA? ’ Idotea annulata, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. xiv. p. 701, pl. xlvi. fig. 3 (1853); Cunningham, J. ¢. p. 499 (1871). To this species I refer, with some hesitation, four specimens col- lected at Port Henry. They are of a uniform chestnut-brown colour ; the anterior margin of the head is straight or very slightly excavated ; the eyes are rather prominent, and situated on the sides 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ALERT.’ 77 of the head ; the flagellum of the antennze is 7-jointed, the last two joints being little smaller than the preceding, and the terminal seg- ment regularly rounded at its distal end. Dana’s specimens were obtained in the Antarctic seas south of Australia. Idotea argentea, Dana, which is apparently distinguished by its colour and the form of the last two joints of the antennze, is never- theless very nearly allied to this species. SryLONISCUS MAGELLANICUS. Styloniscus magellanicus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiv. Cr. ii. p- 736, pl. xlviii. fig. 7 (1852). One example of this curious little land Isopod was obtained on shore at Trinidad Channel, one at Port Henry, one from Cockle Cove, and one from the midden-heap of a Fuegian hut in Tom Bay. LIRONECA NOVZ-ZEALANDIA. Lironeca nove-zealandie, White, List Cr. Brit. Mus. p- 106 (1847) descript. nulla; Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xvii. p. 227 1876); id. Cat. New.-Zeal. Crust. p. 106, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1876). A female specimen was found attached to the mouth ofa fish in Portland Bay, Straits of Magellan. Hence it is probable that this species, like so many of the New-Zealand fauna, ranges throughout the Antarctic region. L. nove-zealandi@ is nearly allied to LZ. lata, Dana, from the Sandwich Islands, but is distinguished by its less prominent head, which is more deeply encased in the first segment of the body, and by the shorter rami of the uropoda, which are nearly equal in size to one another, and more acute than in L. data. AGA PUNCTULATA, sp. n. (Plate VII. figs. 10-12.) Body convex, closely punctulated ; posterior margins of the seg- ments of the thorax and of the postabdomen clothed with scattered hairs. Head transverse; the coxal joints or so-called epimera of the second to sixth thoracic legs with the postero-lateral angles acute, but not prolonged backward, and with the margins slightly hairy. Postabdominal segments (the terminal excepted) very short ; terminal segment somewhat hairy, smooth and unarmed, narrowing posteriorly, and rounded at its distal extremity. Eyes (when viewed from above) oblong, and extending along the lateral margins of the head, but not along the anterior margin. Antennules short, reaching to the postero-lateral angles of the head, with the first and second joints considerably dilated. Antenne short, scarcely reaching to the postero-lateral angles of the first thoracic segment ; flagellum 18 - 20-jointed. Penultimate joint of the first three pairs of thoracic limbs without any process; dactyli strongly curved and acute. Rami of the uropoda unequal ; the inner largest at its distal end and trun- cated, the outer narrow-ovate and rounded. Length about 1 inch 2 lines. 78 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, A single specimen was found attached to the fins of a mullet-like fish in Wolsey Sound, in the Straits of Magellan. This species externally somewhat resembles Pterelas magnificus, Dana, but is destitute of the hatchet-like process on the penultimate joint of the first three pairs of legs. Alga belliceps, Stimpson, a Californian species, is distinguished by its more pointed head, and by having only five distinguishable postabdominal segments ; it is somewhat insufficiently characterized. Alga nove-zealandie, Dana, is very briefly characterized, but is distinguished by the much longer antennze, which in 4ga punctulata are not longer than the breadth of the head. The two American species described by Lockington as Aga harfordi and Aga alas- kensis do not, I believe, belong to this genus ; the former is probably a species of Cirolana. CoRALLANA ACUTICAUDA, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 13.) Body convex, segments punctulated; the last two thoracic seg- ments and the postabdomen hairy. Head transverse; produced anteriorly into a small median rostriform lobe that projects between the bases of the antennules. Segments of the body subequal and rounded, and not produced at the postero-lateral angles; first seg- ment with its antero-lateral angles rounded and somewhat produced anteriorly beneath the lateral margins of the head. Five segments of the postabdomen are exposed (but scarcely distinguishable, on account of the pubescence with which they are covered) ; the third segment is produced on each side into a truncated and emarginate postero-lateral lobe ; the terminal segment is rather small, triangu- late, covered above with short, dense, close pubescence, but with a smooth, naked, longitudinal median line. Eyes large, black, distinctly faceted, and situate on the sides of the head. Antennules contiguous at base, their basal joints considerably enlarged posteriorly (but not anteriorly produced beyond the plane of the head), inserted into semicircular cavities in the anterior margin of the head ; the follow- ing joint slender; flagellum short, not reaching to the posterior margin of the head. Antenne not in contact at their bases (which are concealed beneath the enlarged basal joints of the antennules), with the first three joints short, the fourth and fifth subequal, longer and slender ; flagellum reaching to the posterior margin of the third segment of the body. The coxe of the second and third legs are small and rounded posteriorly, those of the following legs larger, with the postero-lateral angles acute. The rami of the uropoda spring from a broad base (which is produced at its distal and internal angle into a strong acute lobe) ; the outer ramus is slender and acute, the inner broad but narrowing to an acute apex ; both are ciliated on the mar- gins. Length 7 lines. The single example (a female) was dredged amid coral in 35 fathoms, on the Hotspur Bank (S. Atlantic) in lat. 17° 32! S., long. 35° 45! W. This species is distinguished from the various oriental forms enu- merated by Schiddte and Meinert, Nat. Tidskr. 3 R. pp. 286, 299 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 79 (1879), by the form of the terminal segment, which is acute at its distal end, and the greatly dilated basal joints of the antennules; the outer ramus of the uropoda is not larger than the inner; the frontal interantennulary process is obsolete. SPH ROMA GIGAS. Spheroma gigas, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 346 (1818); M.- Edwards, Hist. Nat. Cr. iii. p. 205 (1840); Miers, Cat. New-Zeal. Crust. p. 110 (1876). Several specimens, all of small size, of this species, which is very common in the Straits of Magellan and at the Falkland Islands, and also occurs at the Auckland Islands and New Zealand, were collected by Dr. Coppinger at Elizabeth Island (6 fms.) Sandy Point (9-10 fms.) on a sandy bottom, and an adult male at Silly Bay. DYNAMENE DARWINII. Cymodocea darwinii, Cunningham, J. c. p. 499, pl. lix. fig. 1 (1871). Two examples were obtained by Dr. Coppinger at Elizabeth Island (6 fathoms), ona sandy bottom. It appears to be rare, as Dr. Cunningham met with it only on the north coast of Eastern Fuegia and in very small numbers. An adult example collected by Dr. Cun- ningham, and preserved in the Museum collection, is a male. The larger of the two obtained by Dr. Coppinger at Elizabeth Island is apparently a female, and is of a bright rose-colour. In a small example from Borja Bay (14 fathoms) the tubercle on the dorsal sur- face of the terminal segment is less developed and the lateral lobes of the fifth thoracic segment scarcely thickened. CiIRRIPEDIA. BALANUS L&VIS. Balanus levis, Bruguiére, Encycl. Méth. pl. elxiv. fig. 1 (1789); Darwin, Monog. Cirripedia, Balanide, p. 227, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1854), ubi synon. Several clusters of this species, which is very common and abundant in the Magellan Straits, were collected at Sandy Point, at a depth of 7 fathoms, adhering to shells &c. All are of the typical variety. Its range, according to Darwin, extends northward to Chili, Peru, and California’. 1 Besides the species enumerated above, there are in the collection four small specimens of a species of Amphipoda, allied in many of its characters to Oreho- mene, obtained at Hlizabeth Island in 6 fathoms, and four specimens of a Caligus (not the C. chemichthys, Cunningham) taken from a sea-water fish at Puerto Bueno, in rather bad condition, which I do not venture to describe ; also, among the surface-dredgings made at various localities in the North and South Atlantic, larval stages of several species of Decapoda and Stomatopoda and a few species of oceanic Copepoda, 80 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, VII. COLEOPTERA. By Cuas. O. WaTeRHOUSE. CaRABID&. 1. Carasus suTuRALIs, Fabr. Syst. El. i. p. 238. Four specimens from Neesham Cove, Cockle Cove, Elizabeth Island, and Swallow Bay. 2. BRACHYCG@LIA CONCOLOR, Sp. 0. Cyaneo-nigra, subtus nigra, levis, nitida ; antennis pedibusque piceo-nigris ; elytris striatis, striis fere levibus. Long. 8% mill., lat. 4 mill. Very close to B. virescens, G. R. Waterh., but smaller, darker in colour, and with the antennee and legs nearly black. Thorax nearly of the same form, transverse, gently arcuate at the sides, but with the posterior angles very slightly turned outwards and slightly acute. The elytra are a little more ovate; 7. e. the broadest part is rather further from the apex than in B. virescens ; each elytron has nine striae, the five dorsal ones moderately strongly impressed and ex- tending nearly to the apex, with no proper punctuation, the interstices slightly convex, especially the fifth ; the sixth and seventh striz are less distinct, and the eighth is only visible posteriorly ; the ninth is very distinct and hasa series of distinct punctures. The prosternum has a well-marked lanceolate impression between the coxze, very similar to that in B. virescens. The median impressed line on the thorax is shorter than in the specimens of B. virescens, rather broader in front, and terminating rather abruptly some way from the anterior margin. The anterior and intermediate tarsi are dilated in the same way as in B. virescens. A single male example taken at Puerto Bueno. 3. CasceLLius GRAVES, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 183, pl. 15. f. B. Cascellius nitidus, G. R. Waterh. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. vi. 1841, p. 255. A careful examination of the type specimens of Cascellius gravesii, Curtis, and C. nitidus, Waterh., has convinced me that they are varieties of the same species. The striz of the elytra vary very much, being sometimes almost effaced, and sometimes broken up into well-marked elongate impressions. It was this last form which my father considered the true C. gravesii, and from which he sepa- rated C. nitidus as distinct. The type specimen of C. gravesit, how- ever, has the strie lightly impressed. The series of specimens in the British Museum show the intermediate forms. Dr. Coppinger took a single specimen at Puerto Bueno’. 1 Tt may be well to note here that Cascellius kingti, Curtis, .c. p. 183, pl. xv. f. A (omitted from Gemminger and y. Harold’s Catalogue of Coleoptera), is the same as Feronia (Creobius) eydouxti, Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1838, p. 4, t. 225. f.2. Hope’s paper was read on May Ist, 1888. 1681.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.” 81 4. AnTARCTIA GLAUCA, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, iv. p. 39, t. 3. f. 4. Three specimens which, from description, appear to be referable to this species. They were taken at Sandy Point on January 8th, 1879. Dytiscip&. 5. Ruaytus parwinu, Babington, Trans. Ent. Soc. ili. 1841, p. 8. A single female example which I refer with some doubt to this species. It is a trifle more parallel than the type specimen; and the thorax is rather more dull. It was taken at Isthmus Bay. 6. RHANTUS MIXTUS, sp. n. Ater ; clypeo capiteque antice piceo-fluvis ; thorace piceo-flavo, margine antico punctato, basi medio nigra ; elytris politis, piceo- nigris, crebre seriatim piceo-fiavo guttatis ; antennis, palpis, pedi- bus prosternoque piceis. Long. 54 lin. 3. Very close to R. varius, Fabr. (Ent. Syst. i. p. 195), but larger, darker in colour than that species usually is, and a little less regularly elliptical. Head finely coriaceous, with an impressed line within each eye. Thorax shining, a little wrinkled at the sides, with an imperfect impressed median line; the middle portion of the anterior margin is distinctly punctured, and this part is also blackish ; the base is narrowly margined with black, the black is more suffused in the middle ; the posterior angles are a trifle greater than a right angle. Elytra very shining, nearly black, with closely placed lines of small yellowish spots as in R. varius, but not so con- Spicuous ; the margins are yellow; the extreme apex (which is obliquely truncate) is margined with black ; there is a line of rather close distinct punctures not far from the suture; and there is a second very irregular line of similar punctures extending from within the shoulder to near the apex. The whole of the underside is black, except the front part of the prosternum and the sternal process. The apical segment of the abdomen is densely longitudinally strigose, the strize reach the base of the segment in the middle but not at the sides. The legs are pitchy, the posterior tarsi being darker; the intermediate femora and tibize are closely and rather roughly punc- tured, more closely and more distinctly than in R. varius. Four male examples, marked “Tom Bay, April 22, 1879.” LuUCANID. 7. SCLEROSTOMUS FEMORALIS, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 303. A single male example taken at Sandy Point. MELOLONTHID2. 8. Sericorpes GLacrALis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 35. Sericoides reichei, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 301. An imperfect specimen found at Skyring Water. It agrees well Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1881, No. VI. 6 82 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, with the Fabrician type of Melolontha glacialis now in the British Museum from the Banksian Collection. 9, Lisrronyx TesTaceus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 35. Melolontha testacea, Fabr. l.c., 2. Listronyx nigriceps, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 302, ¢. A male example from Sandy Point. It agrees perfectly with Guérin’s type specimen of Listronyx nigriceps now in the British- Museum collection, which is undoubtedly the male of Melolontha testacea, Fabr., the type of which is also in the Museum. 10. Cypuon pataGonica, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 199. The single specimen found at Sandy Point by Dr. Coppinger dif- fers from Curtis’s type in being uniform in colour, without the fuscous mark on the thorax; it is, however, undoutebdly the same species. 11. PHortinvus, sp. A single example taken at Tom Bay. I am unable to determine the species; it is broader than P. obscurus, Fabr., from Terra del Fuego, which it resembles in colour, and is more like P. coruscus, Linn. TENEBRIONIDS. 12. Ematopera opesa, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1841, p. 215. A single specimen, marked “ Elizabeth Island, Jan. 1879.” CuRCULIONIDS. 13. CyLINDRORRHINUS ANGULATUS, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1841, p- 217. Two specimens from Elizabeth Island, Jan. 6, 1879. 14. Lopnotus Novipennis, Hope, Trans. Ent, Soc. i. p. 15, pil. ‘i. f205 One specimen only, found at Port Gallant, “on board.” CERAMBYCIDZ. 15. CALLISPHYRIS SCHYTHET, Philippi, Stet. Zeit. 1864, p. 380. The specimen brought by Dr. Coppinger agrees very well with the description of this species. Another specimen was received almost simultaneously at the Museum from Peru. VIII. LEPIDOPTERA, ORTHOPTERA ann HEMIPTERA. By A. G. Butter. A. LEPIDOPTERA. Of the nine species of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. Coppinger, two appear to be new to science; and four others may be new, but are too much worn for identification ; of the remaining three, one has previously been recorded from the Straits, and two from Chili. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 83 NYMPHALID&. 1, ARGYNNIS CYTHERIS, Drury. Two pairs taken in Elizabeth Island in January 1879. The males agree well with Drury’s figure and with Reed’s figure of 4. anna (Blanchard); one of the females also agrees very fairly with Blanchard’s figure of 4. /athonioides. The allied form, regarded by Reed as the 4. cytheris of Drury, seems quite distinct, and must re- tain the name of 4. montana given to it by Reed upon his plate. PAPILIONIDE. 2. TarocHILa pEMopicE, Blanchard. One female captured on the 6th of January in Elizabeth Island. LASIOCAMPID. 3. PHRICODIA HUMERALIs, var., Walker. A male caught on board in theStraits of Magellan, and two females in Elizabeth Island on the 6th of January. These specimens are altogether redder and darker than the typical form. EPISEMID2. 4. Hexioryosvs’?, sp. Puerto Bueno, Straits of Magellan, 20th of January, 1879. The two examples of this species are so much rubbed that, although the Moth appears to agree in structure with Heliophobus, it is quite im- possible to decide whether or not it is referable to any known species. APAMIIDE. 5. Mamestra?, sp. The single example obtained, although evidently referable to a well-marked species, is unfortunately too much worn for recognition ; the antenne are wanting. Straits of Magellan, exact locality not noted, It is not impossible that this may prove to be an Agrotis when we see a perfect specimen. Nocruipz, 6. OcHROPLEURA MAGELLANICA, Sp. N. Primaries chocolate-brown, with very slight purplish reflections, the basal two thirds of costal border broadly pale sandy brown; the orbicular and reniform spots of the same colour, with slightly darker centres, the orbicular with oblique outer margin and confluent with the costal border along its anterior margin: secondaries pale sericeous greyish brown, with slightly darker diffused outer border and pale sandy-yellow fringe: thorax chocolate-brown ; head, antennz, and shoulders ochraceous ; abdomen fuliginous brown, whitish at the base, and with ochraceous lateral fringes and anal tuft. Primaries below pale fuliginous brown ; secondaries whitish, with pale fuliginous 6 84 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, costal border and discocellulars and yellowish fringe; body below fuliginous brown. Expanse of wings | inch 9 lines. The above description is made from a specimen obtained by Dr. Cunningham at Sandy Point, Terra del Fuego, the five examples sent home by Dr. Coppinger being all too much worn for description. He notes the following habitats and dates of capture :— ; amCoekle Cover) aes eke WAH. AS Fe Feb. 13, 1878. b. Latitude Cove, flew on board........ Jan. 13, 1879. ec. Puerto Bueno, flew on board ........ Jane VOys os d. Tom Bay, flew on board............ Jan. 1879. e. Wolsey Sound, W. coast of Patagonia, flew on board. ORTHOSIIDZ. 7. PACHNOBIA COPPINGERI, Sp. 0. Allied to P. alpina. Primaries above ashy grey, slightly tinted with pink at the base ; two subbasal spots, a broad internally bisi- nuated, externally ill-defined belt (enclosing the orbicular spot) just before the middle, and two subparallel angulated and zigzag discal lines, dark slaty grey; discoidal spots brown, with whitish borders and blackish margins; a marginal series of <-shaped black mark- ings: secondaries pale sericeous smoky brown, becoming slightly darker towards the outer margin; discocellulars dusky, costal border ash-grey at apex; a marginal dark slaty-grey line formed of con- fluent depressed-triangular spots; fringe traversed by a whitish basal line: body grey; thorax slightly tinted with pink ; abdomen with whitish basal tufts, anal tuft testaceous. Primaries below ash- grey ; discal lines indicated, but less distinct than above, and not zigzag : secondaries sericeous greyish white ; a discocellular spot and arched discal stripe blackish; a slender blackish marginal line: pectus white; legs ash-grey, tarsi of middle pair brown, tibiz and tarsi of posterior pair almost wholly laky brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines. Puerto Bueno; flew on board, Jan. 19, 1879. LARENTIIDZ. 8. Scorosta, sp. One specimen, very much worn and rubbed, the pattern being entirely lost. Puerto Bueno, November 5, 1879. 9. CrpaRIA, sp. A single shattered example, which appears to be allied to the European C. fulvata. Puerto Bueno. The OrrHoprera are represented by five examples, three of which are immature and referable apparently to a species of Xiphocera ; the two others belong to the genera Cidipoda and Ctypohippus. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 85 Six Hemirrera were obtained, of which one appears to belong to a new species of Sciocoris; three are referable to a known species of Halobates, one is anew genus of Membracide, and one a small Tassus. A single ANopLURON was taken, referable to the genus Trinoton. B. OrTHOPTERA. XIPHOCERIDE. 1. X1PHOCERA, sp. inc. (immature). «St. Vincent, near the beach, 24th October, 1878 ; Puerto Bueno, Straits of Magellan, on shore near freshwater pools,” CEDIPODID. 2. CEpIPODA AURIFERA. Gdipoda aurifera, Walker, Derm. Salt. iv. p. 735 (1870). Epacromia collecta, Walker, op. cit. v. p. 85 (1871). St. Vincent, Cape-Verd Islands, from sandy patches, 24th October, 1878. Walker at first rightly identified this species with the genus CGidipoda, but remarked, ‘this species has some affinity to the genus Hpacromia ;”” subsequently he described a smaller example as an Epacromia, and observed that “this and the preceding species differ much in structure from each other, and from the typical form of Epacromia, and may be considered as the representatives of two new genera.” 3. CTYPOHIPPUS ARENIVOLANS, Sp. 0. Apparently nearest to “ Cdipoda ochraceipennis’’ of Blanchard, from Chili; also somewhat similar to ‘‘ @. chloris.’ Head and pro- notum greenish yellow, with a lateral longitudinal stripe of black, varied with reddish brown; on the head this stripe encloses an ochraceous line ; pronotum flat, slightly elevated at the sides, crossed in the middle by a linear transverse impression, and with a central longitudinal carina ; abdomen shining, olivaceous, banded indistinctly with testaceous, and mottled at the sides with castaneous ; anterior and middle pairs of legs castaneous, posterior legs with the femora greenish testaceous, a series of black spots just above the infero- exterior longitudinal carina towards the base ; tibia: and tarsi rust-red, the spines tipped with black : tegmina with the basal six thirteenths flesh-coloured, with a longitudinal internal green streak and two transverse dark-brown bands, the inner one interrupted by the green streak, the outer one abbreviated ; base slightly brown-speckled ; remainder of tegmina hyaline white, with ochraceous veins, the cross veinlets black here and there, so as to produce the effect of indistinct greyish spots: wings hyaline white, slightly tinted with yellow to- wards the base, and crossed from the posterior angle to the centre of the anterior margin by a very slightly interrupted arched blackish 86 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4 band. Length of body 1 inch 1 line; expanse of tegmina 2 inches 4 lines. St. Vincent, Cape-Verds, 24th October, 1878 ; from sandy patches. I found a second example of this species amongst the hetero- geneous crowd of specimens placed by Walker under @dipoda flava of Linnzus. C. HEMIPTERA. ScIocoRID&. 1. ScrocoRIs ODIOSUS, sp. N. Testaceous, regularly spotted and streaked all over with dull greyish brown; abdomen with regular black marginal spots; pectus longi- tudinally banded with black; legs ochraceous; antennz orange ; venter with a longitudinal streak of black on each side. Dull, densely punctured ; head obtusely subconical, convex behind, with marginal and dorsal longitudinal carinee, twice as long before as behind the eyes, which are prominent; thorax octagonal, fully twice as broad as long, deeply excavated in front to receive the head ; the humeral angles armed with a short obtuse denticle ; scutellum large, half as long again as broad, obtusely triangular ; legs smooth and rather slender, tibize and tarsi covered rather densely with short bristles ; ventral segments with their posterior angles slightly pro- minent. Length of head 2 millims., of thorax in the middle 2, at humeral angles 24, width 5 ; length of scutellum 3; of each tegmen 6; entire length of insect 8. Monte Video (one specimen). GERRIDE. 2. HALOBATES MICANS. Halobates micans, Eschscholtz, Entomogr. p. 163, pl. 2. fig. 3. Taken in the towing-net on the surface, 29th Oct. 1878. Lat. 8° 6! N., long. 25°33! W. MEMBRACID. METHILLE, g. n. Nearer to Hille, Stal, than to any genus with which I am ac- quainted, but altogether narrower, more depressed, the upper or dorsal margin of the pronotum nearly parallel to the anterior margin of the closed tegmina ; the head vertical, almost in a line with the anterior margin of the pronotum, which projects slightly in front of it; the pronotum not covering the mesonotum, its upper surtace pentagonal; scutellum uncovered, triangular, very acute behind. Type M. ecuneata. This genus in many of its characters seems to agree with Meli- zoderes of Spinola, with which, but for the figure, it might perhaps have been identified ; but, in spite of the manifest incorrectness of the illustration (which shows no trace of a scutellum, although the 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 87 description says ‘‘escudo visible’’), I cannot believe it to be iden- tical. The neuration is the same; but the head is not visible from above, being entirely concealed by the conical and prominent anterior margin of the pronotum. 3. METHILLE CUNEATA, Sp. n. Fulvous, upper surface of the body with a central longitudinal carina ; the head orange ; head, pronotum, mesonotum, and scutellum finely granulose ; tegmina semitransparent, horn-yellow, darkest to- wards the base and on the veins, the corium and clavus coarsely punctured ; wings hyaline white, legs horn-yellow. Length of body 53 millims., expanse of tegmina 113. ‘Found on leaf of Campidium chilense, a leguminous creeping plant, 14th April, 1879. Straits of Magellan.” The genus Melizoderes is not quoted by Walker in the Supplement to his ‘ Catalogue of Homoptera.’ IASsIDz&. 4. Iassus Lucipus? Tassus lucidus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 91. no. 8. Caught on board at sea, 27th October, 1878. I can discover no difference between this example and that from the Galapagos archipelago. IX. ECHINODERMATA. By F. Jerrrey Be tt. (Plates VIII. & IX.) The collection of Echinodermata which Dr. Coppinger has for- warded presents some points of considerable interest. Of the Echi- noidea there is one species which is apparently new to science; the species Echinus magellanicus was found on the eastern side of the coast of South America; the Ophiurida are represented by four species, of which two, one of them an Astrophytid, appear to be new to science; while the new species of Asterida seem to make it necessary to direct attention to the fact that, if the number of new species of Echinodermata appears to be disproportionately large as compared with the Mollusca or Crustacea, it must be borne in mind that Dr. Cunningham’s account of his collection, made in 1869, ter- minates with the latter of these groups, and that therefore our knowledge of the Echinoderm fauna of this region is in a less advanced condition. The Holothuroida are feebly represented in the present collection; and no specimen of the Crinoida has been as yet forwarded to the Museum. ECHINOIDEA. ECHINOCIDARIS DUFRESNII, BJ. A number of these interesting forms were forwarded by Dr. Cop- pinger. As was natural, I examined them with eagerness in order 88 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, to find, if possible, some more exceptions to the rule of the presence of four anal plates’; not one, however, was to be found among the fourteen specimens I examined. The localities were :— (1) Portland Bay, 10 fathoms; bottom, hard sand. (2) Tom Bay, 0-30 fms.; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud. (3) Cockle Cove, 2-32 fms. ; bottom, mud. : (4) Port Rosario, 2-30 fms. ; bottom, sand and rock. (5) Trinidad Channel, 30 fms. ; bottom, sand. The smaller specimens varied considerably in colour; the light green of the test and the purplish flesh-colour of the spines of the ordinary specimens being in one case replaced by a light brown for both test and spines; one or two examples had reddish patches on the bare spaces of the interambulacral arez ; and in two cases the » white pedicellariz, placed on a deep-green test, gave a rarely seen appearance to the specimens; another example had the spines white, with a deep rusty-brown patch in each bare interambulacral space. None of the specimens was of a large size. STRONGYLOCENTROTUS BULLATUS, n.sp. (Plate VIII. figs. 1, 2.) Test rather thick and slightly pentagonal; superiorly to the ambitus the primary tubercles of the interambulacral arez, which are set in two rows, are of considerable size; generally eight pairs of pores in each are, which is set more or less horizontally, and is separated from the one above and below by a not very regular series of small tubercles; the ambulacral area comparatively narrow; the actinostome moderately small and very faintly notched; abactinal system thickly covered with small tubercles; ocular plates all ex- cluded from the anal system; madreporic body large; anal plates large in size and small in number. Test brownish red; the spines not long, and of a dirty or brownish yellow colour. Straits cf Magellan. The difficult genus Strongylocentrotus stands in need of a careful revision; and it is necessary that I should point out some of the reasons which induce me to look upon this species as new, though this is by no means the place to undertake any thing like a general review of the group. It seems, theu, to be the only species in which all the ocular plates are excluded from the anal system—presenting a considerable resemblance to S. franciscanus, in so far that the primary tubercles of the interambulacral arez form, in both species, two rows, and are considerably larger than any others on the test ; it is distinguished not only by having the tubercles absolutely smaller, but also by the fact that it is above rather than at the ambitus that the largest tubercles are to be found. So, again, a resemblance is to be seen to S. albus in the presence of tubercles separating the 1 P. Z.S. 1879, pt. iii. p. 486. I may here state that during the autumn of 1879 I took the opportunity to examine the few specimens of this genus that are deposited in the Natural-History Museum at Brussels; but I was not able to detect in any of them any indications as to the presence of more than four plates. Hanhart irap. C.Berjeau del.etlith. “ALERT SURVEY. 7 4a CHINODERMATA 0 m H _ 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 89 arcs of pores; but these tubercles are much smaller and much more irregular in S. dullatus, and this new species has also a somewhat larger mouth (actinostome), though it by no means has one so large as has S. franciscanus. Turning from S.. albus, the presence of which on the Chilian coast was signalized by Molina’, to S. gibbosus, the other member of the genus which has been hitherto recorded from this district, we find in it only four pairs of pores in each are, while the much smaller test has a proportionally larger actinostome. The following are the more important measurements of the largest of the three specimens :— Diameter of a SN actino- abactinal anal Poriferous Ambul. Interamb. Length. Height. stome. system. system. zone. area. area. 108 49 25 20 11°5 75 24 40 It will be seen that the test is not high, that, although the ares of pores are so nearly horizontal in direction, the ambulacral arez are not very wide; they are, indeed, only provided with two rows of primary tubercles, which are never very large, and, like those of the interambulacral series, decrease to quite a small size on the greater part of the actinal surface. The number of secondary tubercles (or, rather, of large miliaries) is very much greater than in S. francis- eanus ; and the scrobicular circle around which they form a ring in the interambulacral, though not in the ambulacral arez, is not so wide as in that species. There is no petaloid enlargement of the poriferous zone around the actinostome ; the number of pores in an are may be here and there reduced to seven. The large number of small tubercles on the plates of the abactinal system is very striking, as is, too, the large size of the anal and madreporic plates. The auricles are well developed, and the space between the two halves elongated and triangular. As in S. lividus, the dentary apparatus is not as much as one half the height of the test; but the fenestrze (or spaces between the alveoli) are proportionally much shorter, and the radii are long enough to reach to the margin. Three specimens were sent :— (1) Trinidad Channel, shallow water. (2) Tom Bay. (3) Cockle Cove. STRONGYLOCENTROTUS, sp. inc.? (Plate VIII. figs. 3, 4.) This specimen is at once distinguished by the very remarkable arrangement of the ares of pores, which are so little bent as to be better indeed called rows, and are, above the ambitus, set very * Molina, ‘ Saggio sulla Storia nat. del Chile,’ Bologna, 1782, p. 200. * I was for a long time inclined to regard this specimen as a representative of a new species; but a long and close study of other members of the genus has convinced me that the form of the are of pores may vary very considerably during growth, I give a full description and figure of it, to exhibit the marked differences which obtain between it and the adult. 90 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, nearly vertically ; below the ambitus and approaching the actino- stome the rows become considerably flattened out and take on a more horizontal direction. Test not thick, very nearly circular, a good deal flattened; spines rather long, greenish, with (when dry) a reddish purplish tip; in each area there are two rows of primary tubercles, of which the interambulacral are considerably the larger ; in both sets the diminution in size on the actinal surface is very rapid and very marked; a row of small tubercles, separating the two rows of primary tubercles, extends from the actinostome to some way above the ambitus, in the ambulacral area; there are but few secondary tubercles, on each coronal plate ; and as the plates are high, there is no appearance of crowding. ‘The poriferous zones are of a greenish-grey colour, and the two inner or upper pairs of pores © are placed at a little distance from the outer or lower six pairs of pores; the spaces between the primary tubercles of the ambulacral area are of a reddish colour. The actinostome is moderately large ; but there are no deep cuts, and no large plates developed on the buccal membrane. As in S. bullatus, the ridge connecting the auricles is exceedingly low; the abactinal system is comparatively small, the number of anal plates not small; the madreporic is not much larger than the genital plates. As in S. budlatus, none of the ocular plates reaches the anal area. I cannot say whether the presence of short white spinous tubercles rising up so as to form a kind of anal tube is an individual peculiarity of the specimen under description. The following are the more important measurements :— Diameter of a ———EE tA. ees Diameter Height actino- abactinal anal Ambul. Interamb. Length of test. of test. stome. system. system. area. area. of spine. 39 21 13 8°5 5 9 115 22 One specimen. Tom Bay, 0-30 fms. ; bottom, sand, kelp, and mud. EcHINUs MAGELLANICUs (Philippi). E. magellanicus, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. xxiii. p. 130 (1857). Two species of the genus Hchinus have been recorded from the Straits of Magellan, HZ. magellanicus and EF. margaritaceus. With- out entering into any general discussion of their peculiarities, it will be sufficient to point out (in consequence of the somewhat contra- dictory statements that have been put out regarding them) that E. magellanicus can be readily distinguished by its larger number of primary tubercles. No specimens of LZ. margaritaceus were ob- tained in this collection. Those of 2. magellanicus are all small in size. They were taken at :— (1) Tom Bay. (2) Cockle Cove. (3) Trinidad Channel. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 91 (4) 36° 47'S., 55° 17' W. This is, I believe, the first recorded notice of the presence of F. magellanicus in any other region than the Straits of Magellan'; but the officers of the ‘ Challenger’ Expe- dition dredged specimens from the Marion Islands and Prince Edward’s Island, as well as at Station 147 (between Marion Islands and the Crozets) and Station 315 (north of the Falkland Islands) *; and the views of Studer as to the connexion in earlier periods of the world’s history between such points as the southern portion of South America, the Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the Crozets are thereby strengthened *—so far, that is, as forms with free-swim- ming embryos can offer any evidence at all on the point. (5) Some very small specimens, which are, I believe, the young of this species, were obtained at Elizabeth Island. ASTEROIDEA. ASTERIAS. The species of this genus which have come in this collection afford no exception to the rule that in it the process of determining the species is accompanied with very considerable difficulty. Au opportunity may, perhaps, be now taken to point out that the specific name mollis, applied by Studer to the new sexradiate form which he found on the west of Kerguelen‘, cannot stand for it, as it was used by Captain F. W. Hutton five years earlier for a quinque- radiate form from New Zealand? (bien entendu that the difference in the number of the rays is not the only one). I would suggest that the name stwdert should replace mollis for the more lately described species. ASTERIAS BRANDTI, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 1.) A single specimen of this species is, unfortunately, considerably injured; of the two arms which have been broken off from the disk, part of one has alone been preserved. Enough remains, how- ever, to enable us to demonstrate a very remarkable similarity and a very remarkable difference between this new species and the 4. meri- dionalis of Perrier. In this latter, which was collected by the Ant- arctic Expedition and has since been obtained from Kerguelen, the greater part of the creature is covered by short delicate spines, each of which is placed on a separate disk of its own. These disks are completely free from granules; but each disk is frequently separated 1 During the Hassler Expedition specimens were taken at lat. 37° 42' S. long. 56° 20' W. * The specimens from these localities were determined by Prof. Alex. Agassiz. 3 Archiv fiir Naturg. xly. p. 140. Some time after writing the above I found that Capt. F. W. Hutton had (Trans. N.Z. Inst. ix. p. 362) stated his belief that his £. albocinetus is the same as EL. magellanicus. With this opinion of Capt. Hutton’s I am not, as at present advised, disposed to disagree; but it may be pointed out that we not only find in this species an interesting example of geographical range, but are also able from it to point the moral of the value of geographical terms as specific titles. * Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1877, p. 457. * P.Z.S8. 1872, p. 812. , 92 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, from those near it by small aggregations of large granules. Now in A. brandti the spines are present and the disks are present, as are, too, the granules, but the granules, instead of separating the disks, are placed upon them. 4 The species may be thus defined:—Arms five, very long and narrow, decreasing very gradually in width; they are largely covered with disk-like plates which are covered by large granules, with a short white spine in the centre. The adambulacral spines are in two longitudinal rows and subequal ; the disk-like plates on either side are closely packed ; and their spines are much longer and stouter than those on the dorsal surface. Between these lateral rows, and extending across the arm, there are about eleven disks, which form fairly regular longitudinal rows along the arm. The exceedingly small central disk is not distinguished by any special spines; the madreporic plate is orbicular and near the margin of the disk. Spines all white. R=86, r=7; or the greater is about twelve times the length of the lesser radius. One specimen. Trinidad Channel, 30 fms.; bottom, mud. ASTERIAS ALBA, 0. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 2.) Arms five, rather stout, narrowing rather rapidly toward the end. Spines mere projections on the dorsal and lateral surfaces; adam- bulacral spines in two rows, delicate and closely set; these are flanked by two rows of stouter conical spines, which gradually diminish in size as they approach the distal end of the arm. External to these rows there is a bare band, which occupies the greater part of the side of the arm, and is separated from the barely convex dorsal portion by a somewhat indistinct line of short inconsiderable spines. The spines on the dorsal surface are no better developed ; and the most important series is the median row of small projections. The species presents some resemblance to 4. antarctica; and this is specially well seen in the reticulated appearance produced by the mode of arrangement of the calcareous bars which make up the dermal skeleton. The disk is very small, and not provided with any longer spines than the rest of the animal. The madreporic body is of a dead white and difficult to detect. R=73, r=10; therefore R= tare One specimen. Sandy Point, 7-10 fms.; bottom, dead acorn- shells. ASTERIAS OBTUSISPINOSA, Sp. 0. (Plate IX. fig. 3.) This species is at once remarkable for its short blunt spines, and for the fringe of short spines which surround the madreporic body ; these are about twelve in number, while in the long-armed 4. spec- tabilis of Philippi there are said to be eighteen. ‘The adambulacral spines are arranged in two longitudinal rows, and are much less strong than the other spines; those of the inner row are the shorter. Beyond these there are three fairly regular rows of blunt spines, the innermost of which only extends about halfway along the arm. ‘The side of the arm, bare of spines, is limited below by FZ. 106) Puan, lar NY ~ ™ ibis. Tn TT LDRAL AS AAEIOR RS © Hanhart imp Le oe ov arg if) a? a fo os0? | pfy6 : pARABE ates Caras On wie y wg sett) rg Ot CBerjeau delet lth. \-. <*> Pe > ALERT SURVEY. % ECHINODERMATA OF i ated 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 93 the outermost of these rows, in which the spines are ordinarily arranged in pairs, and above by a row of, if any thing, shorter spines ; these are sometimes, towards the apex of the arm, arranged in pairs. On the dorsal face of the arm there are three sets of short spines, arranged irregularly in pairs, and extending along the arm ; the median row is by far the most regular. The arms are five in number ; but one was broken off from the specimen under description; of the four remaining two are white and two are black on their dorsal surface; the rest of the creature is white, as are all the spines. The disk is exceedingly small and is but sparsely provided with spines; the radius of the disk is 14 millims., the length of the longest arm 70 millims. ; so that R=5r. One specimen. Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms; bottom, sand. ASTERIAS CUNNINGHAMI, Perrier. A. cunninghami, Perrier, Rév. Stell. 1875, p. 75; Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii. p. 36. General appearance not unlike that of A. rubens. Arms five, elongated, gradually and regularly decreasing in width; disk small ; madreporic plate obscure. A single row of adambulacral spines, flanked by a double longitudinal row of spines, every two being closely appressed ; the sides of the arms are occupied by a number of small tubercles. On the dorsal surface of the arms the tubercles are closely packed both towards the tip and the base, while they are much more sparse in the middle third of arm and on the central portion of the disk itself. Colour orange. 2=30, 7=8, therefore R=3:75r. Breadth of arms at base 9 millims. Three perfect specimens, of which one is much smaller than the other two ; they are all smaller than the type specimen. Tom Bay, 0-30 fathoms; bottom, rock, kelp, and sand. ASTERIAS RUPICOLA (?). Asterias rupicola, Verrill, Bull. U.S. Nat. Museum, i. iii. p. 71. There are in the British Museum tbree specimens, which were collected by Dr. Cunningham, but to which no definite locality is attached ; these specimens I now, though with very considerable hesitation, assign to the Kerguelen form lately described by Prof. Verrill, The hesitation is not due to any insufficiency on the part of the description, which is by the hand of a master, but from the fact that in some points, such as the propor- tion of the greater and lesser radii and the breadth of the arms at their base, the specimens now in hand have the arms longer and more slender than those of Mr. Verrill’s specimens. When, however, we take into account the appalling number of specific terms which have been applied to forms belonging to the genus As¢erias, we shall, I think, act more wisely if we re- frain from adding to these synonyms on the score of differences in character which may at some future time be shown to be due either 94 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, to differences in modes of preservation, or to be such as come within the range of individual variations. ASTERIAS NEGLECTA, sp. n. (Plate IX. fig. 4.) The species now to be described is represented by a specimen which was brought home by Dr. Cunningham, and which has as yet remained undescribed. It resembles 4. meridionalis in having a groove between the spines of the actinal and abactinal surfaces, in which the papular spaces are largely developed; but it is more closely similar to A. brandti in the characters of its abactinal surface, for granules are developed on the spine-bearing plates. Arms five, elongated, and tapering gradually ; the adambulacral spines are arranged in two rows, are cylindrical in form, and are about 2 millims. long at the middle of the arm; on either side of these there are three or four irregular longitudinal rows of short spines. The plates on the abactinal surface are richly covered with granules ; these are closely set, are irregular in shape, and are each provided with a single short spine, which is hardly lighter in colour than the brown plate itself; the disks are somewhat irregularly arranged in six rows; and occasionally there are two spines on one disk. At the side of the arm and above the already mentioned groove there is a row of spines: these are set singly at the base of the arm; but they rapidly become double, and occasionally a third spine appears. The deeply set madreporic plate is placed quite at the edge of the central disk, on which the spine-bearing plates frequently have two or even three spines developed. R=83; r=12; or the greater radius is about seven times the less. Greatest breadth of arm 19°5 millims. One specimen, Gregory Bay. Coll. Cunningham *. LaBipiAsTer, Liitken, 1871 (Vidensk. Medd. 1871, p. 289). I have no hesitation in placing the specimen now to be described in this genus; the only point in which it does not satisfy the definition of Dr. Liitken is in the number of its arms. The learned naturalist who defined this genus says ‘‘ brachia numerosa, triginta vel pluria.”’ ‘The species now to be described has in all only twenty- six arms’; but I cannot think that this difference is, at the utmost, any more than a very poor specific character. The size of the specimen collected by Dr. Cunningham is rather less than half that of the one described by Liitken. If it is a different species from that form, the specific characters are not as yet sufficiently well marked to enable us to define it as such. I look upon it as a young specimen of L. radiosus, Liitken ; if it shall turn out to be distinct, 1 I subjoin a list of the other species from this region which are represented by specimens in the national collection :— A. sulcifera, Perrier. Cape St. Vincent, Fuegia. A, rugispina, Stimpson. Gregory Bay. A. perrieri, Smith. Kerguelen. A, meridionalis, Perrier. Kerguelen. A. antarctica, Liitken. 2 So Studer found a specimen with 29 arms (MB. Akad. Berl. 1876, p. 457). 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 95 it will be easy enough to call it LZ. dwetkeni. I add the following short description :— Perfectly flat, with twenty-three completely developed and three less-well-developed arms; brown above, with a dark line running round the disk, cream-white below ; the arms are very slender, and widest at some little distance from their point of insertion into the disk. The small and white madreporic plate lies near the dark circular line, and is fringed with a few spines. The spines on the arms form a median and a lateral series; but the former does not extend along the whole length of the ray ; the arms themselves have the appearance of being ringed externally, owing to the transverse disposition of these spines; single or bifurcate spines, not very regularly arranged, are to be found on the disk, but are not numerous. R=51°5, r=14. Trinidad Channel, 30 fathoms. It is of interest to point out that in the three partly developed arms the ambulacral suckers are closely packed, and do not exhibit a definitely paired so much asa pyenopod arrangement; and this, which is characteristic of the adult Asterias, is pro tanto of value in supporting Dr. Liitken’s view as to the affinities of the genus now under examination. The fact of the presence of three arms smaller than the rest should, further, be compared with the remarks on this subject made by Dr. Liitken (and translated in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xii. p. 336). PENTAGONASTER SINGULARIS, M. & Tr. Goniodiscus singularis, Miiller & Troschel, Archiv fiir Naturg. (1843) ix. p. 116. Pentagonaster singularis, Perrier, Rév. des Stell. p. 222. One specimen, obtained in Tom Bay, 0-30 fathoms ; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud. This specimen is interesting as being intermediate in size between the two specimens already possessed by the Museum, and collected by Dr. Cunningham. PENTAGONASTER PAXILLOSUS. Astrogonium paxillosum, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1847, p. 79. Pentagonaster paxillosus, Perrier, Rév. Stell. p. 221. A small specimen (R=19, r=12; 20 infero-marginal plates), collected by Dr. Cunningham at Sandy Point, must be referred to this species. If it be distinct from it, the distinctive specific characters are not differentiated ; the condition of the type specimen, which is dry, prevents a determination of the question whether the Australian form has a glassy spine at each angle of the mouth. If it shall prove to be absent, that character might perhaps be shown to be one of specific value, and would, at any rate, afford a point of distinction between the South-American and the Australian form. CALLIDERMA GRAYI, sp. n. (Plate VIII. fig. 5.) Arms not long, interbrachial angle rounded; R=15, r=&. Ten 96 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4, marginal ossicles, in both upper and lower series, on the sides of each arm; at the apex of the angle an azygos triangular “‘anticlinal ” plate, as in Pentagonaster singularis. The plates vary considerably in the extent to which they are covered with granules, the more distal marginal ossicles having the granules confined to their borders, while in the more internal they are better-developed. The infero- marginal plates are richly covered with spiny tubercles, which are developed into distinct spines, set in tufts, on the ventral ossicles of the disk. On the borders of the ambulacral groove there is a transverse row of three or four well-marked spines; at the oral angle one spine is elongated and has a glassy appearance, so that it is much more conspicuous than the corresponding spine in C. emma. Abactinal surface blackish brown, with here and there lighter spots ; marginal ossicles all white at the apex of the arm; but some of the more internal are of a lightish brown; ventral surface light brown. This species is an ally of the Calliderma emma of Dr. Gray, which has been so beautifully figured by him in his ‘ Synopsis’ (pl. xv.). One specimen from Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms; bottom, sand. A somewhat younger specimen of this species was collected by Dr, Cunningham in the Straits of Magellan. - CYCETHRA, nov. gen. It seems to be necessary to establish a new genus for a specimen which was taken in Trinidad Channel, and which, though generally Goniasterid in character, seems, and that more especially at first sight, to present a combination of characters. The ambulacral grooves are exceedingly narrow, the actinostome small, not widely open, the modified spines of the mouth-organs generally Goniasterine in arrangement ; the ventral intermediate plates continuous, but not imbricated, bearing short spines, which in character and arrangement recall the same parts in Asterina. Marginal plates almost completely confined to the sides of the arm and disk ; th: ventro-marginal plates only just appearing on the actinal surface, and the dorso-marginal on the abactinal only near the tip of the arm; the plates are separated one from the other by a horizontal as well as by vertical grooves. The whole of the abactinal surface is covered with closely packed small ossicles, among which there are no pore-areas. The central disk is large ; the arms rather short and slender. No pedicellarize. CYCETHRA SIMPLEX, sp. n. (Plate IX. figs. 5, 6.) The following appear to be the specific characters of the specimen obtained :—Adambulacral spinesina single row, not especially subequal, diminishing in size as they pass to the apex of the arm. The spines of both surfaces are short, blunt, almost granular; the marginal plates, with the exception of those near the apex of the arm, are distant almost their own breadth from one another. The ossicles of the abactinal surface are small ; and their granules can hardly be said to be produced into spines. The ocular plate is large and white ; the madreporic plate is small and white, rather deeply sunken, 1381.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 97 simply grooved, and not fringed with spines; it is situated not far from the centre of the disk. R=36, r=13; the arms are 7°5 millims. wide at the point where they become free from the disk, and 4 millims. at their tip ; the adambulacral spines do not exceed 2 millims. in length ; the interbrachial angles vary very greatly. One specimen taken, at 30 fathoms, inTrinidad Channel. ASTERINA FIMBRIATA, Perrier, Rév. des Stell. 1875, p. 307. One small specimen, from Cockle Cove, and two still smaller, from Sandy Point, are, with- some hesitation, referred to this species. I have not seen M. Perrier’s type ; and the variation exhibited by the species of this genus at various periods of their lives makes it impossible to speak definitely unless one has in hand a considerable series |. ASTROPECTEN. Two dried specimens of a species of this genus were obtained at a depth of 48 fathoms, in lat. 32° 39’ S., and long. 50° 11' W. They present a very remarkable resemblance to A. articulatus, Say, as figured by Agassiz (‘ North-American Starfishes,’ pl. xix.) ; and the two specimens also differ in just the same way from one another as do two specimens mentioned by M. Perrier—in the fact, namely, that in one some of the dorsal plates are provided with spines, while from the other such spines are completely absent. The specimens also differ somewhat trom one another in the number of dorsal marginal plates. The length of the greater radius of one specimen is 82 millims., and the number of plates 33 ; while in the other there are 38 plates, with a greater radius of 81 millims. In the case of both specimens the relation of the greater to the lesser radius is much the same, & being equal to about 5°75 7, the lesser radius in both specimens measuring 14 millims. Two large sword-shaped spines, with which a smaller third one is frequently associated, project upwards and forwards from the upper margin of the ventro-marginal plate ; they are sufficiently long for the first of each set to extend some way along the side of the dorso- marginal plate next but one in front of it ; extending inwards towards the ambulaeral groove, the plates bear, in a somewhat irregularly double series, as many as seven well-developed spines in each set, and in addition to these there are a number of smaller spines and pedicellariz. From the middle of the arm the spines increase in size towards the angle, and diminish towards the apex. ‘The spines on the adambulacral plates are with difficulty distinguishable: they are arranged in two rows; and those of the inner series are the longer and stronger; there are generally three, more rarely only two, on each plate. 1 Since writing the above, another example of the same species has been received from Borja Bay, and I have also been able to see Prof. Perrier’s valuable essay on the geographical distribution of the Asterida (Nouv. Arch, du Mus. 1878); from this I gather that he seems to be satisfied as to the presence of this species in the Chilian seas (cf. the remarks in the ‘ Révision,’ p. 308). Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. VII. 7 98 ZOOLUGICAL COLLECTIONS MAE DURING [Jan. 4, The madreporic plate is obscured by the paxille, which are nowhere arranged in regular rows. The interpaxillar area is 8 millims. wide at the base of the arm, and 1 millim. at the apex ; the total width of the arm at the base is 15°5 millims., and at the tip 2°2 millims. OpHIUROIDEA. OpuHIuRIDA. OPHIACTIS ASPERULA. Ophiolepis asperula, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. (1858), p. 267. Ophiactis asperula, Liitken, Addit. ad Hist. Oph. ii. (1859), p- 130, footnote. Ophiactis magellanica, Ljungman, Vetensk. Akad. Forh. 1866, . 164. s Ophiactis asperula, Lyman, Bull. C. M. Z. vi. 2, p. 41. (1) Port Rosario, 2-30 fms. ; bottom, sand and rock. (2) Tom Bay, 0-30 fms.; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud. (3) Elizabeth Island, 6 fms.; sandy bottom. (4) Sandy Point, 9-10 fms. ; bottom, mud. (5) Borja Bay, 14 fms. ; bottom, shell and stones. OPpHIOSCOLEX COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate VIII. fig. 6.) This species is to be at once distinguished by the irregular dis- tribution of the uppermost row of arm-spines, which are, though not regularly, set almost alternately in an upper and a lower plane. The disk is rounded in the larger, subpentagonal in the smaller specimen. Arms long, slender, delicately tapering, widest at the base, with three lateral arm-spines, of which the uppermost, which is a little the longest and of about the same length as an arm-joint, is not always placed at the same level, but is not unfrequently higher up or lower down on the side of the arm than is the corresponding spine of the next joint. The three or four outer mouth-papillz are short and spinous ; the most central is broadened out and pectinate at its margin, closely resembling the teeth, of which there are at least three in each jaw. The buccal shield is only visible when the skin is removed, is somewhat ovoid, with the narrower end in- ternal. There is a deep notch on the upperside of each arm-joint, so that the dorsal plates are only near one another in the middle line, but the calcareous plates do not here even touch one another ; along the upper median line there runs a well-marked groove, an indication of which, as passing all along the arm, can be made out even before the skin is removed; the lower arm-plates are regular and oblong. Genital slits rather long. The following are the more important measurements of the largest specimen :—Diameter of disk 20°5 millims. ; length (longest) arm 80 millims.; breadth of arm (at base) 3 millims.; length of genital slit 4 millims. Three specimens, one with the disk injured, were collected at Tom Bay, 0-30 fms. ; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud. 1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 99 ASTROPHYTIDA. The two specimens of this group which were received from tne Straits of Magellan belong to the genus Astrophyton ; and both appear to be representatives of a species hitherto undescribed. So far as I know, the only species which has yet been recorded as coming from the same region is the A. pourtalesi of Lyman, which was obtained off the eastern coast of Patagonia’ during the Hassler Expe- dition. The species now to be described falls into the same group as it, belonging, as it does, to the series which, as Prof. Lyman has shown, is characteristic of the temperate seas, and in which the forkings are, as compared with such forms as A. muricatum, few and distant. ASTROPHYTON LYMANIT, Sp. Nl. Radial ribs prominent, compressed laterally, their narrow ridge with short conical or rounded spiniform processes ; somewhat similar spines are found in medium quantity projecting from the thick brown skin of the interradial spaces. Madreporic body single, large ; the tentacle-scales extend nearly as far as the mouth, and soon become arranged by fours in each transverse row. The following are the more important measurements :—Diameter of disk 45 millims. ; breadth of arm withindisk 7°5 millims.; breadth of arm just without disk 6 millims. ; greatest width of madreporic body 4°5 millims. ; genital slits 4 millims. long. millim. Distance from mouth to Ist fork .............. 15:5? 3 $5 Us tetO) 2d ees oss. = &N es 3 be he, . . “ ae ee : ath Cces < * 4 i Ble en 7: —" \ , E = - - a ae vem * r e ° res > r "? Ro aA ' Sighs. P.Z. S.1881. Pl. Mintern Bros. imp 1881.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOCOTRA. 179 One rather worn female. The species is of the size and general form of Belenois abyssinica ; but its pattern and coloration seem to ally it to the species of Synchloé; the possession of a male specimen would satisfactorily decide whether or not it is an unusually aberrant Belenois. HEsPERIID2. Hesperia JUCUNDA, sp. n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.) (Nos. 751 ¢, 766 2.) Dull blackish-brown: primaries shot with shining green and bronzy brown towards the base; edge of costal margin yellow towards the base, but white towards the apex; fringe of outer margin snow-white: secondaries with costal border and anal angle velvety black; the hairy clothing of the basal area greenish grey, of the abdominal fold pale testaceous ; a patch of ochreous hair just above the anal angle; fringe with an ochreous basal line, externally snow-white to the first median branch, where it changes to bright reddish orange: head and thorax very dark green ; the palpi (excepting their terminal joint and external margin, which are velvety black), a spot at the base of each antenna, and the back of the head bright reddish orange ; abdomen dull black, with greyish hind margins to the segments, anus surrounded by reddish- orange hairs. Wings below greyish brown: primaries with a large diffused purplish-black basal patch ; costal margin orange towards the base, but afterwards white; an abbreviated line on the sub- median vein, a second on the inner margin, and the fringe white : secondaries with the fringe as above; a triangular spot within the end of the cell, a large elongated patch enclosing a black spot on the interno-median interspace, and an interrupted squamose streak running upwards towards the apex from its external extremity orange ; a circular spot near the outer margin on the interno-median interspace, and a second at anal angle confluent with the fringe, reddish orange: pectus blackish ; femora and tibie streaked with pale buff and clothed with long reddish-orange hairs, venter black at the sides, with two or three small orange dots ; a broad central longitudinal reddish-orange stripe. Expanse of wings, ¢ 2 inches 6 lines, 2 2 inches 9 lines. ' Three males and one female. - The female specimen is rather paler than the male ; but this may be partly due to fading. The species comes nearest to H. ¢aranis. HETEROCERA. LiTHOSIIDZ. DeE10PEIA PULCHELLA (No. 756). - Tinea pulchella, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 884, no. 349 (1766). Two examples, one of which has the scarlet markings on the primaries larger than usual. 12* 180 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [ Jan. 18, HypRocAMPID2&. OLiGostiGMA INCoMMODA, sp. n. (No. 540). Nearest to O. curvifera of North America. Snow-white: the pri- maries above crossed near the base by an angular brownish band (probably pale orange with black margins in fresh examples) ; second band pale orange with black margins, beginning beyond the cell in the form of a 3, the lower extremity of which is carried below the median vein to the origin of the first branch, where it turns off at an angle, and runs transversely to the inner margin; a black-edged transverse pale-orange spot closing the cell; a blackish-edged pale orange sinuated submarginal band; outer border apparently pale orange, edged internally with black scales: secondaries crossed near the base and at the middle by bands of black scales; an irregular black-edged orange discal band, its outer margin zigzag; outer border pale orange, edged internally with black. Under surface uniform snow-white. Expanse of wings 9 lines. One female specimen so much rubbed that only familiarity with the genus enables one to trace the direction of the bands on the primaries. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII, Fig. 1. Teracolus niveus, and & (upperside), p. 177. 2. Teracolus candidus (upperside), p. 178. 3. Synchloé anomala (both surfaces), p. 178. 4, Hypanis cora (underside), p. 177. 5. Acrea neobule (underside), p. 177. 6, Charaxes balfouri (both surfaces), p. 176. 7. Calysisme socotrana (both sur es p. 175, 8. Hesperia jucunda (both surfaces), p. 179, 3. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Koala (Phasco- larctos cereus). By W. A. Forses, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society. [Received January 17, 1881.] On April 28th of last year (1880), as already recorded in the Society’s Proceedings’, the Society purchased for its collection the first living Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus) ever brought to Europe. The animal, a young female, continued to do well and thrive after its arrival at the Gardens, and on a diet of fresh Hucalyptus-leaves, which were substituted after a while for the dried ones on which it had been kept alive during the voyage and the first part of its stay in this country, became daily in better condition and more active. Being a pet animal, accustomed to being caressed, it was thought better not to put it in a cage; so a room for its use was fitted up in the Superintendent’s office. Here, under the charge of a special at- ' P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 355; where a woodcut of it, from the pencil of Mr. Redes is given. ant Z.8. 1881. Pl. XVIIL eh Mintern Bros, imp. ilgon del, et lith. BUTTERFLIES. SOCOTRAN 1881. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 181 tendant, it slept, perched upon the branches of a tree erected for its use, by day, whilst at night it wandered about the room. Very unfor- tunately, on the night of the 14th of June it was accidentally killed, whilst thus roaming about at night, by getting caught between the top and bottom of a fixed washing-stand, which had been allowed to remain in the room. It had apparently climbed up this and brought down on its neck the heavy lid. Nobody being near, and in spite of evidently determined struggles on its own part, it failed to relieve itself, and so was found dead in the morning from asphyxia. The death of this animal, so unfortunate for visitors to the Society’s Gardens, has given me the opportunity of putting on record some additional facts concerning the anatomy of the soft parts of this species. Mr. W. Martin, in this Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for 18361, has described already some of the most striking features of the animal’s organization; and in Prof. Owen’s ‘ Anatomy of Verte- brates’ (vol. iii.) a few additional facts concerning it are also recorded. More recently Mr. A. H. Young has described and figured the male reproductive organs (Journ. Anat. Phys. xii. pp. 305-317, pl. xviii.). All these anatomists, however, had only spirit-preserved specimens to work on; a few additional observations from the fresh specimen may therefore be worth putting on record, and the liver, brain, and female reproductive organs described in particular, these important parts of the system having been only imperfectly, or not at all, described by my predecessors in this field. The following dimensions were taken on the body of the animal :— inches. millim, Total length, from tip of nose to end of body .. 17°0 432 Mength ‘of eyes e027 P99) Mo SIH, PD hae 1:0 25 43 ear (Prater) 6, eS Soi. Base ee 205). (6G 9 Henad Sos eee? Jee ons 16s FEY EQ 100 5 Mudeinuzziew. ce. 28 et et 14 35 ” CHING ESREMS Ware ten ec atet siete etal 2°65 67 Breadth across muzzle................0--005 1:0 25 ss PU OF MOULH I 2) ht. eee, OL) PPR OUT 1:3 33 Distance between cloaca and mamme.......... 1-25) 32 The tail is a mere stump above the cloaca, which latter is well defined by a well-marked circular marginal fold of the integuments. The hallux has no trace of athumb. The skin is generally flesh- coloured; but the soles of the manus and pes, together with the naked “muffle,” are black. _ The skin of the large and hairy ears is flesh-coloured. There is a narrow naked ring round the eyes ; and the irides are brown. The pupil isa vertical oval. The nostrils are transversely oblique, the nasal septum measuring 32 millims. The upper lip is split ; but the split does not quite, when the surrounding parts are expanded, reach the nostrils. The skin is sparsely covered with hairs between the rami of the mandible; for nearly two inches behind it the skin is absolutely naked; and on the sides (running 1 P, Z.8. 1836, pp, 109-113. 182 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA, (Jan. 18, up towards the angle of the mouth) it is nearly so, a patch of black hairs being developed just behind the mouth on the lower and outer surface of this bare space. The marsupial pouch in this young specimen is very imperfectly developed. It appears asa small, oval, nearly naked space, measuring about 0°8 inch both across and antero-posteriorly, with a well-marked bounding-fold of integument on each side ; inside which is a smaller; secondary one. The hairs of the surrounding parts more or less radiate from this nude space, which lies between the epipubes (or so- called ‘‘ marsupial bones”). The skin covering it is pinkish. The teats are two’ in number, 15 millims. apart, and are situated at the posterior and inner angles of the bounding-folds; they are covered by fur. The lips of the pouch, it may be noted, look as much downwards as forwards. In an adult 2 Koala, 20} inches long, preserved in spirit, the pouch is much better developed—its antero-posterior extent being about 1-85 inch, whilst the breadth of the aperture is 1*4inch. It admits (my) three median fingers, and extends widely outwards into the groins, as far as the skin-fold between the knee and trunk. The teats, two in number, are situated behind, on a level with the posterior margin of the pouch’s mouth. The skin lining the pouch, except just around the ventral opening of the pouch, is smooth throughout. The mucous membrane of the cheeks is smooth throughout ; the skin is attached to the gum opposite the first palatal ridge, and again opposite the posterior border of the first premolar. Between these two attachments there is formed a sort of cheek-pouch, defined by a distinct sphincter, and capable of receiving the end of the little finger. This pouch extends upwards on the side of the skull, occu- pying the somewhat oval space that exists, in the macerated skull, in front of the zygoma; it is lined by smcoth, white, mucous mem- brane °. The palate presents 9 irregular raised ridges, best marked ante- riorly. There is no uvula, and the narrow fauces are smooth. The tongue quite fills up the space between the gums. It is parallel- sided and elongated, but rounded off and thinner in front. It has a single,- small, cireumvaljate papilla behind; the fungiform papille are distributed chiefly along the sides of the upper surface. . _ The salivary glands are well developed. The sublingual (which is not mentioned by Martin in his description) is a long, narrow, and. thin gland, somewhat foliaceous at the extremity, and about 2-7 inches in extent, lying deeply along the inner margin of the lower jaw. The long duct of the submaxillary gland pierces it. I could find no subzygomatic gland, as described by him (J. ec. p. 112). On opening the abdominal cavity the stomach is visible in the 1 Prof. Owen (Anat. Vert. iii. p. 769) describes Phascolarctos as haying four [two on each side” ] mammary glands. ? These pouches are also, I find, deseribed by Owen (Anat. Vert. iii. p. 385). They also exist, though less well defined by a sphincter, in the Wombat; but I cannot find them in the other Phalangers I have examined. 1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 183 epigastric and left hypochondriac regions, the pylorus being directed towards the right side; andit is there in contact with the gall-bladder. The liver does not appear. The commencement of the trans- verse colon is visible, running downwards towards the left, be- low, but parallel with, the greater curvature of the stomach. The great omentum is attached to the transverse colon in the right hypo- chondrium, and does not cover the mass of the viscera.. The greater part of the rest of the abdominal cavity is occupied by the great, longitudinally plicated, folds of the caecum and ceecum-like ascending colon, a few folds of the small intestine appearing between the transverse colon and a great fold, apparently the ceecum, which runs transversely across the middle of the abdominal cavity. On turning back these great superficial folds the end of the ceecum is seen pass- ing downwards to the left of the rectum, behind the uteri and bladder, to terminate, deep in the pelvic cavity, close to the cloaca! The descending colon, which is narrow and of the ordinary appearance, is very long, and is arranged on a broad mesocolon to the right of the vertebral column, forming here a series of loose loops, which, how- ever, are not closely coiled together on each other as in Ruminants. The right kidney lies superficially to the liver. The duodenal loop passes downwards and to the right, and overlies the right kidney, but passes under the ascending colon just here. The stomach is cylindrical and sac-like. Its length, moderately distended, is about 3} inches; its greatest depth, opposite the pyloric constriction, 14 inch. There is a well-marked cardiac fundus to the left of the cesophagus, and the pyloric part is slightly bent on the cardiac part ; this latter is marked off internally by a distinct fold ot the mucous membrane, which is smooth and pale, with some slight traces of rugze in the cardiac fundus. . The most marked peculiarity of the Koala’s stomach is its pos- session, as is well known, of a special gland-patch, similar to that found in the Beaver’ and Wombat®*. This gland-patch forms a slight elevation externally on the lesser curvature of the stomach, just on the pyloric side of the entrance of the cesophagus. It is somewhat saddle-shaped, with a transverse extent of 1*4 inch. In- ternally it forms an eminence about the size of a florin, which includes the entrance of the cesophagus. The mucous membrane on the gland-patch, around the entrance of the cesophagus, is red and vas- cular ; elsewhere in the stomach, as already stated, it is quite pale. The openings of the gland-patch are about 30 in number, of varying sizes, and irregularly arranged over the eminence. Some of the openings of the gland are complicated, several smaller openings de- bouching into a larger one; and the area occupied by the openings is not symmetrical. The general appearance of this patch is well represented by Sir Everard Home’s figure (/.c.) of that of the Wombat. In this latter animal the general structure and form of the stomach are also very like that here described ; but it is more 1 Cf, Owen, Anat. Vert. iii. p. 422. : 2 Home, Phil. Trans. 1808, p. 307, pl. ix, 184 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. (Jan. 18, globular, and therefore less cylindrical in shape, the cardiac and pyloric openings being more approximated. The small intestine is villous, but otherwise smooth. It is not sacculated, and when spread out, after being cut, is 0°5 inch across. At its commencement it is dilated for about two inches; there are no Peyer’s patches ; its length is 115 inches. The large intestine is very peculiar : for the first 283 inches or so of its length, which forms the ascending colon, it is very capacious, and internally longitudinally corrugated, like the caecum, which externally it much resembles, the rugee of the interior appearing through the walls of the intestine, and giving it a longitudinally striated appearance. These folds of the mucous membrane, which might be called longitudinal valvule conniventes, where best developed are about *2 inch in depth; they are arranged longitudinally and are roughly parallel, though some- what irregular in extent; they are separated from each other by intervals of about the same extent (0°2inch). At the commence- ment of the colon, which here, when cut open and spread out, is 3°75 inches broad, and of the cecum, there are about a dozen of these folds very well marked. These continue throughout the ascending, ecum-like, colon; but where it narrows to form the transverse and descending parts they converge, and become more or less blended with each other, forming linear elevations. They are continued downwards as far as the rectum, but are reduced by that time to five’. In the cecum, which is also very capacious, the same arrangement of folds obtains: till‘within 18 inches of its apex, when they gradually disappear; the ‘rest of the organ being thence onwards quite smooth internally. The cacum, the curious position of the caput of which has already been described, measures 46°75 inches in length (nearly three times the length of the animal’s body !); the large intestine 93°25 inches. In an adult female (203 inches long), pre- served in spirit, the following were the intestinal measurements :— inches Small intestine ............ 111-15 ‘ eared +: 169°8 Crecuin 4) Geers Hf 66:0 Owen (Anat. Vert. iii. p. 420) gives 92, 125, and 77 inches respectively. On each side at the junction of the ileum and colon is a small patch of three glands. re The liver of the Koala is of very remarkable form. It is repre- 1 Mr. Martin describes (J. c. p. 111) both colon and czeeumas sacculated ‘‘ by a slight longitudinal (mesenteric) band of muscular fibres,” with indications of a similar opposite band. I could find no traces of any such sacculation in the fresh Koala examined by me; nor are they mentioned by Prof. Owen (Anat. Vert. iii. p. 418). It is also to be noticed that Martin does not in any way allude to the existence of the very remarkable folds of the interior of the caecum and colon. In Phalangista and Phascolomys an examination of fresh specimens has com- pletely failed to exhibit any traces in either cxcum or colon of the longi- tudinal folds here described. In the latter genus the colon is capacious at ts commencement, and sacculated transversely, in a way that does not obtain in either Phalangista or Phascolarctos. 188 1.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 185 sented, drawn to scale of 3 the natural size, in the accompanying figures (1 and 2, pp. 186, 187). All four principal lobes are well developed ; but those on the right are far larger than those on the left, the left central being considerably the smallest of these. The umbilical fissure is distinct, extending about halfway across the liver. The right central lobe, which is broad transversely, and forms the largest lobe, is divided very deeply by the large cystic fissure, which extends on the thoracic surface nearly as far back as the umbilical one, and allows the very large and elongated gall-bladder to appear above. Both right and left lateral fissures are also (in this specimen) well developed. The right lateral lobe is large and somewhat oval in shape, but pointed below. The caudate is not present as a free structure, but it is represented by a somewhat squared, diagonally ridged elevation, lying to the right of the inferior cava, and broadly attached to the substance of the right lateral lobe. The lower border of this elevation is slightly excavated to receive the corresponding kidney. The Spigelian is represented by a smaller thickening, ending in a pointed and free apex, and lying to the left of the vena cava ; it is united over this by hepatic tissue to the caudate. This liver is further remarkable for the great tendency it has to subdivision, numerous fissures, of varying sizes and depths, being developed along the margin of the chief lobes. Their position and relative size will be better understood from the figures than from any verbal descrip- tion. They are more conspicuous on the visceral than the thoracic surface. The nght half of the right central lobe has one such notch on its right external border ; the other half 3, on the right internal border ; the left central has 4, the left lateral 3, whilst the right lateral is still more cut up by about 10. Finally, the caudate has 3 of these supplementary fissures. The gall-bladder is remarkably long, projecting far beyond the anterior margin of the liver, and, as already described, appearing superficially. It is 2? inches long from its apex to the commence- ment of its duct opposite the anterior margin of the left central lobe. The free part is connected by a peritoneal investment to the sides of the cystic fissure. In a second liver of Phascolarctos examined (which, however, having been extracted from a spirit-preserved animal, an adult Q, is not so well preserved as might be wished) the same general features obtain. The left lateral fissure, however, is less distinct, as is the caudate ; and the left central lobe is smaller proportionally to the left lateral. The Spigelian wants the pointed apex ; and the development of secondary fissures seems to attain an even greater extent’. 1 In Phalangista vulpina the right central lobe is also, as in the Koala, the biggest, and very deeply divided by a cystic fissure. The gall-bladder, however, does not nearly reach the margin of the liver ; the left lateral lobe is much bigger than the right lateral, which is as large as the left central ; the caudate is quite free and narrow. All the lobes are remarkably distinct ; and their margins are quite simple, with no trace of any such fissures as obtain in the Koala. The liver of Cuscus maculatus is formed on a similar principle, though the right central lobe is not bigger than the left lateral, and the gall-bladder reaches to the liyer-margin. All the lobes are simple. The caudate and Spigelian, 186 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18, The bile- and pancreatic ducts open into the duodenum 24 inches from the pylorus. The pancreatic duct is dilated terminally into a vesicle, which does not receive the bile-duct, the latter opening alongside the former into the intestine. Fig. 1. Liver of Koala, from above; three fifths the natural size. though small, are quite distinct. The livers of Belideus sciwreus and B. brevi- ceps, Acrobata pygmea, and Dromicia (nana?), though differing among them- selves considerably in the relative degree of development of their constituent lobes, all agree in having a distinct and free caudate lobe, as well as a Spige- lian, and in no system of secondary sulci attaining any degree of development. _ In Phascolomys wombat the left lateral lobe is the largest; the right central is also large ; but the left central is very small, as is the right lateral fissure. The umbilical fissure is distinct, as is the cystic fissure, which allows the gall- bladder, which reaches to the anterior margin of the liver, to appear super- ficially. There are no distinct caudate or Spigelian lobes, though the former is indicated. There isa tendency, particularly on the left lateral and right central lobes, to develop accessory sulci. As in the Koala, too, the small right lateral lobe is pointed below, : oo 1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 187 The spleen, as usual in Marsupials, is somewhat triradiate in shape, being broader and forked at one end, tapering and more pointed at the other. Its greatest length is 2; inches. There is a lymphatic gland, the size of a pea, outside each marsupial bone, The same, from below. _ B.C. Right central lobe; Z.C. left central lobe; #.LZ. right lateral lobe; L.L. left lateral lobe; C. caudate lobe; SP. Spigelian lobe; G.B. gall- bladder; G.D. bile-duct; 7.J.f. right lateral fissure; 7./,f. left lateral fissure; wf. umbilical fissure; ¢.f. cystic fissure; V.C. vena cava infe- rior; V.P. vena porte; V.H. hepatic vein. and a pair of similar ones, superficial, on the neck. The axillary glands are large. The heart is of the usual Marsupial type. The right auriculo- ventricular valve is membranous, and nearly complete all round the aperture, being largest on the right side. It is attached to two, or, 188 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18, in one of my specimens, three columne carnee, which also decrease in size from right to left. On the side corresponding with the septum the valve is attached, not to a columna carnea, but by chorde tendinee inserted on the septal wall. There is apparently only a single opening for the coronary veins, just at the entrance of the inferior cava into the auricle. The aorta gives off, in the specimen which died in the Society’s Gardens, three vessels from a common trunk, and then the left subclavian, as in Phalangista and most other Marsupials’. In another specimen, however, the arrangement is as in Man and as in Phascolomys, the left carotid arising independently from the aortic arch. Of the two vene azygos, each opening into the superior cava of its side, the eft is much the larger, the right being formed mainly by vessels derived from only the first few intercostal spaces, whilst below these the veins of the right side pass over, behind the aorta, into the left azygos. This is an arrangement I have found in several Marsupials examined, including Phascolomys, Belideus, Cuscus, and Phalangista, though not in Petrogale or Hypsiprymnus. In Phascolomys there exists a commissural branch between the first intercostal vein on the right side going to the left, and the last going to the right, vena azygos. In the Hedgehog, and some other animals according to Prof. Owen (Anat. Vert. ili. p. 553), the right is also smaller than the left azygos, though usually the reverse condition holds; and in the highest forms, where there is only one vena azygos, it is the right that persists. The external and internal iliac arteries come off separately from - the aorta, there being no common iliac arteries. This disposition is, I believe, nearly universal? in the Marsupials, but is by no means confined to them, as I have found it in Tamandua, Tapirus, and Hyomoschus, and Prof. Watson records it in Hyena crocuta (P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 89). The lungs are simple in form. The right side has three, the left two lobes; the lower lobes of each side being about equal in size, and much larger than the others—half as big again as the upper, or two upper, lobes. There is no azygos lobe at all. The female generative organs of Phascolarctos have not been, so far as I have been able to ascertain, hitherto described, though Mr. A. H. Young has lately given us an excellent account, with figures, of the corresponding system in the male. _ In their essential points they differ in no important respect from those of the Wombat °. 1 PS. Feb. 11, 1881. In a fresh specimen of Belideus breviceps, which I have just dissected, I find only one trunk arising from the aortic arch; this splits up into 8 branches—a left innominate, dividing into the subelayian and carotid branches for that side, a right carotid, and a right subclavian. More- over, a8 in no other Marsupial known to me, there is only one anterior cava, the right and left innominate veins joining to form a larger trunk, some 3 inch long, which opens into the auricle. * In a Cuscus maculatus that I dissected I found the abdominal aorta splitting up into four trunks, the right and left external, and the right internal iliaes, whilst from the remaining or median (caudal) one, the /eft internal iliac was given off some way below the level of the other. 8 For description of these see Owen, P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 52, and Anat. Vert. iii. p. 680 ef seg. 1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 189 The ovaries are rounded ovals in shape, considerably depressed, and measuring about “45 inch along their greatest extent. They are cut up by three or four sinuous fissures ; each of these lobes is further subdivided into ovisacs, which are of large size fora Mammal, though nothing like so big as the large ones figured by Prof. Owen in Phascolomys. The ovaries are enveloped to some extent by the fimbriated ends of the Fallopian tubes, and are enclosed, in common with these, in pouches of delicate peritoneum. The fimbriated ends of the oviducts are attached narrowly to the posterior part of the ovary; they extend hence for about 0°5 inch to the ostium abdo- minale. The Fallopian tubes are little bent, and are of small calibre, passing gradually into the larger, somewhat fusiform uteri, which, as usual in the Marsupials, are quite separate from each other ; muscular, thick-walled, and nearly straight, these open on a prominent, some- what compressed nipple-like eminence, forming the os ¢ince, by a small pore. The total length of the Fallopian tubes and uteri is about 1:3 inch from the ostium at the commencement of the former. The vaginz are also two in number, each being bent outwards in a simple curve, and not communicating with its fellow at any point. The lower part of each vagina is thick-walled, with but a small central cavity, which opens into the urino-genital sinus by a small pore, 0:2 inch above the opening of the vesical urethra. Above they are thin-walled; and from the internal side is developed a blind cu/-de-sac, also thin-walled, communicating only with the vagina of its own side and the corresponding uterus, there being a median septum between the two culs-de-sac. No opening from the latter into the urino-genital sinus exists in either specimen I have examined. From the os tince there is prolonged downwards on each side a slightly elevated fold of the mucous membrane, which separates off the vagina proper from the more medianly placed cul-de-sac. Both vaginze and culs-de-sac are lined by smooth mucous membrane, with slight longitudinal ruge. The two uteri, as well as the vaginze and their appendices, are united together by peritoneum. The two ureters penetrate this to open into the neck of the bladder, beyond the termination of the vaginal culs-de-sac. The length of the vaginze is about 0°65 inch, measured in a straight line; that of the culs-de- sac about 0°45 inch. The urino-genital sinus is a tube, with moderately thick walls and longitudinally plicated mucous membrane, of 1°3 inch in length, It communicates below by a considerable aperture with the rectum, and the cloaca so formed is surrounded by a common fold of muscles and integument. A small, flattened, linguiform clitoris, not free at its apex, with two grooves above and about 0:2 inch long, is de- veloped on the anterior wall of the cloaca, beginning at the level where the rectum and urino-genital canal meet. A second specimen examined—an adult female that has been pre- served in spirit, and which, judging from the condition of its mamme, has been a mother—shows exactly the same relations of these parts as that here described, the only differences being in the sizes of 190 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18, some of the parts, due, no doubt, to age. The clitoris, however, is free at the apex and slightly bilobed'. The brain of the Koala is represented of the natural size in the accompanying figures (figs. 3-6), of which that representing its superior aspect was taken from the brain before being removed from the cranial cavity, and therefore unaltered by displacement or hardening in spirit. The other three figures are drawn from the brain after hardening in alcohol for some months. The cerebral hemispheres are remarkable for their simple surface, which is broken up by no convolutions. Broadest behind, they taper forwardly, and so are somewhat pyriform in outline when viewed from above. They leave the corpora quadrigemina largely exposed behind ; and in consequence the cerebellum is left entirely uncovered: indeed, when the parts are undisturbed (fig. 3) it is not even in contact with the cerebral hemispheres. The greatest length of the cerebral hemispheres is about 1-2 inch ; their greatest depth about 0-7 inch. Viewed from the side, their superior contour is seen to be but little arched behind, whilst anteriorly it slopes down- wards away rather suddenly towards the olfactory lobes. | These last are not large, and but little exposed ; in fact, in the undisturbed state, they are covered, when viewed from above, by the hemispheres. The temporal lobe is small. Superiorly the hemispheres, save for a few slight vascular impressions, are altogether smooth ; laterally, a well-defined sulcus, running from the temporal lobe forwards, and curved, first upwards and then downwards, is visible. Anteriorly, this separates off the olfactory tract from the side walls of the hemi- spheres. A slight indentation, about halfway along its course, at the top of its upward convexity, may represent a rudimentary Sylvian fissure. Just behind this isa second similar, though smaller, impression. The olfactory ganglion is large, as is the tract. Internally, the characteristic features of the Marsupial brain ® are distinct, the corpus callosum being small and indistinct, and the ante- rior commissure very large. The hippocampal sulcus is distinct and 1 In Phascolomys wombat, in a two-thirds grown female, I can detect no differences of importance whatever from the type here described. The Fallopian tubes are apparently longer, and their fimbriated extremities better developed. The form of the ovaries, and the disposition of the uteri, vaginze, and urino- genital sinus seem to be nearly precisely similar in the two genera. In Phalangista vulpina, on the other hand, considerable differences occur. The Fallopian tubes are shorter in proportion to the uteri, and are more conyo- luted. The uteri are more distinct from the Fallopian tubes, are more capa- cious, and strongly curyed outwards. ach os tince projects as a prominent and quite free papilla into a common vaginal chamber, formed by the coalescence and fusion of the two diverticula present in Phascolomys and Phascolarctos. This chamber is capacious, and has only a very slight indication of a median septum left. In Belideus sciwreus the Fallopian tubes and uteri resemble those of Phalan- gista. The vagine, however, are much longer and curved on themselves, much as in the Kangaroos. ‘There are apparently two small culs-de-sac; but the specimen examined does not allow me to say whether or no they unite. In Petaurus (=Belideus?), according to Owen (Anat. Vert. ii. p. 682), where the vagine are also long and curved, the cuw/s-de-sac remain separate. » Vide Flower, Phil. Trans. 1865, p. 647. 1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 191 Fig. 8. Right half of Koala’s brain, from above, of the natural size; drawn before removal from the skull. Fig. 4. The same, from below. Fig. 5. The same, from the side. Fig. 6. Left cerebral hemisphere, ftom the inside, the optic thalamus being cut short. «a.c. anterior commissure; 4. hippocampal sulcus, 192 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18, deep, strongly curved, and continued forwards over the corpus callosum onto the internal face of the hemispheres to a point about 0°15 inch in front of the anterior commissure. Behind is another rather deep, f-shaped sulcus, which appears at both ends on the prominent rounded margin of the hemispheres. The corpus fim- briatum and fascia dentata are both distinct. The middle (grey) commissure is very large. Of the corpora quadrigemina, the nates are longer (from before backwards) than the ¢estes. The posterior limb of the crucial impression is not as distinct as the fore one. In the cerebellum the vermis is well-developed, as are the lateral lobes and the flocculi, which have the form of projecting, rounded lobes. The pons Varolii is narrow, the anterior pyramids well-defined, and the corpora trapezoidea distinct. As compared with Phascolomys, the principal points of difference in the brain are the more richly convoluted hemispheres—a distinet calloso-marginal sulcus being present, as well as others on the external surface—and the non-projecting flocculi, of the latter. Phalangista has nearly as simple a brain as the Koala; but the focculi project more, A consideration of some of the facts on the visceral anatomy of the Koala here stated appears to me to throw considerable light on the classification of the Marsupials. Naturalists generally have placed the Koala in, or close to, the Phalangistide ; whilst the Wombats have been retained as a separate family or section, of equal value with the former group, the Kangaroos being’ often, indeed, interposed between the two’. Writing as long ago as 1846, Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, in his ‘ Natural History of the Mammalia’ (vol. i.), though in that work keeping the Phascolomyide separate from the Phalangistide, evidently did so with some hesitation. He says (l. ¢. p. 16):—‘ Upon a careful examination of the Wombat, I find so many points in common with the Phalangista group, that it is so intimately connected with the Koala (which is more clearly an aberrant Phalanger), as indicated by the structure of the stomach and the deficiency in the number of the false molars, and the total absence of tail, that I am inclined to regard the genus Phascolomys as presenting an aberrant form only of the Phalangistide. That the thumb should be reduced to a small size in this animal, which differs from others of its (supposed) family in living upon the ground, I am prepared for, since in the Dasyuride the same thing takes place under similar circumstances. I am also prepared to find in an herbivorous group like the Phalangistide a difference in the structure of the molar teeth, in having them rooted in one case and rootless in another, for such happens in other herbivorous groups of the Mammalia.” Again, in a note on p. 257 :—‘ With regard to the position of the Wombat and the Koala (Phascolarctus) in a natural system, I may observe, in the first place, the Wombat (ceteris paribus) shows some affinity to the Phalangistide in the possession of a thumb, which, though short, is very broad and sufficiently distinct. Then, beyond this, we have to add that the 1 Cf. Owen, ‘“ Classification of the Marsupialia,” P. Z. S. 1839, p.19; Sclater, Rey. List of Vertebrata, 7th edition, 1879. 1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 193 limbs are equal, the tibia and fibula are widely separated, excepting, of course, at the extremities; and the stomach is simple’, as in the Phalanger group. On the other hand, we perceive in the Koala an animal possessing all the essential characters of Phalangista, but in which the stomach is provided with a peculiar glandular apparatus, and the tail is wanting, as in the Wombat. The two animals agree, moreover, very closely in the structure of the humerus; they agree in the non-possession of a patella, in the absence of a ligamentum teres*, and in the outermost of the articular surfaces of the upper extremity of the tibia being continuous with the articular surface of the fibula. The skull of the Koala, as compared with that of a typical Phalangista, differs in having the posterior palatine openings confined to the palatine bone, which is also the case in the Wombat ; the lower jaw differs in the greater extent of the symphysis menti; and, lastly, an approximation to that Rodent-like type of dentition which is exhibited by the Wombat is perceptible in the Koala, in the smaller development of the postevior incisors and canines of the upper jaw, and the total absence of any of those premolars which, in the typical Phalangers, intervene between the canine and the five molars of the upper jaw, and the incisor and the corresponding teeth in the lower jaw.” Dr. Murie, from his examination of the osteology of the Wombats (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 815), appears also to incline to Mr. Waterhouse’s view. In the course of this paper I have already noted several other points of resemblance between the Koala and Wombat, in the presence in both of more or less distinct cheek-pouches, in the absence of a distinct caudate lobe to the liver and the tendency of its lobes to develop additional superficial sulci, and, finally, in the structure of the female reproductive organs. In the Wombat, too, the first traces of the syndactyle condition of the pes appears, both exter- nally and also in the structure of the bones. But, to my mind, the most convincing token of their affinity is their possession of the peculiar gastric gland* already referred to and described. In no other Marsupial is there any trace of such a structure visible, whilst in the two forms under consideration its identity is almost precise. That such a unique structure should have been independently de- veloped in two forms unrelated to each other appears to me to be in the highest degree improbable. The main points of divergence from the Phalangers presented by the Wombat are the peculiarities of its dentition, and its extra- 1 Isuppose by this is meant as opposed to the saccilated stomach of the Kangaroos. ° As regards these last two characters, it must be observed that the first is a character practically common to all Marsupials, excepting the Peramelidse (ef. Flower, ‘ Osteology of Mammalia,’ 2nd ed. p. 306). As regards the alleged absence of a ligamentum teres, I find it perfectly well developed in fresh specimens of both Koala and Wombat; on the femur the depression for it, though not distinct, is traceable. ° It would be interesting to investigate the histological structure of this gland, with the object of determining whether or not the resemblance is more an external. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XIII. 13 194 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18, ordinary cecum (see the description and figure by Prof. Flower, Med. Times and Gazette, Dec. 14, 1872, p. 642). Inits teeth being all rootless, as well as in the equality in the number of its incisors, Phascolomys differs from all other Marsupials. But it is highly probable that this peculiar Rodent-like dentition has been brought about in accordance with its mode of life, and that therefore these features, being adaptive, have in reality less importance in classifi- cation than has been assigned to them. Moreover, in a very young Wombat’s skull preserved in the Hunterian Museum (1795 p), in which the first three molar teeth only in each jaw have cut the gum and are quite unworn, each lobe of the teeth has two quite distinct, though small cusps; hence the second and third teeth on each side have four distinct cusps, and the anterior two, as in the Phalangers generally. The cecum is no doubt peculiar, and quite unique amongst Mammalia, any resemblance to the “ appendix vermi- formis”’ of the highest Primates being fanciful. If in these points sufficient reason is considered present for elevating the Wombats to the position of a primary group of the Marsupials—whether such group be called a tribe or a family is no matter—it should not be forgotten that in some features Phascolarctos, too, is nearly as pecu- liar as Phascolomys itself. /These are mainly :—the peculiar alisphe- noidal bulla of the skull; the extraordinary complicated liver, with the elongated gall-bladder; the immensely developed czecum and cxecum-like ascending colon, with their longitudinal folds of mucous membrane ; and the absence of an azygos lobe to the lungs, the Wombats agreeing with the Phalangers in possessing one. Hence it appears to me to be a more natural course to keep these three groups together as subdivisions of a larger one, though whether that one be called a family, or made into a larger section, will depend on the value attached to those ideas by different naturalists. Adopting the former as most convenient, they might be defined briefly as follows :— PHALANGISTID. Diprotodont Marsupialia, with clavicles, and not more than six incisors above. The hallux present ; the 2nd and 3rd digits of the pes smaller than the others, and more or less united together by integu- ment. Stomach not sacculated. Czecum present. Glans penis more or less bilobed ; vaginee provided with median eu/s-de-sac which may unite. 1, PHALANGISTINZ. Teeth rooted; superior=incisors 3.3; at least one small addi- tional premolar on each side above. ‘Tail well developed. No cheek-pouches. Stomach and ascending colon simple. Cacum long, simple. Liver not complicated by secondary sulci, and with distinct caudate and Spigelian lobes. Jungs with an azygos lobe. Vaginal cu/s-de-sac coalesced (at least in Phalangista). Phalangista, Cuscus, Belideus', Acrobata', Dromicia’. 1 For an opportunity of dissecting examples of these genera Iam indebted to the liberality of our President. Treas] ey) ire at A aye 4 ie} y ; - F = 7 2 ‘ ' J ; ‘ 1 “4 a . a P ‘ _ “ = 4 Poo EH 2 ‘A P 7.8. 1661 Pl XD JG Keulemans hth Hanhart imp NEOMIXIS STRIATIGULA 1$81.] MR. SHARPE ON A NEW GENUS OF TIMELIID&. 195 2. PHASCOLARCTINE. Teeth rooted ; superior incisors 3 . 3; additional premolars absent. Tail rudimentary. Distinct cheek-pouches. Stomach with a cardiac gland. Czecum very long; commencing colon cecum-like, both being dilated and provided with numerous longitudinal folds of mucous membrane. Liver very much complicated by secondary sulei; caudate lobe not free; gall-bladder immensely elongated. Lungs with no azygos lobe. Vaginal culs-de-sac free. Phascolarctos. 3. PHASCOLOMYINS. All teeth rootless; superior incisors 1.1; no additional pre- molars. Tail and cheek-pouches rudimentary. Stomach as in Phascolarctine. Czcum short, peculiar. Commencing colon trans- versely sacculated. Liver somewhat complicated by secondary sulci ; no distinct caudate lobe. Lungs with an azygos lobe. Vaginal culs- de-sac free. Phascolomys. 4. On a new Genus of Zimeliide from Madagascar, with Remarks on some other Genera. By R. Bowpier Suarre, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum. [Received January 6, 1881.] (Plate XIX.) The Rev. Deans Cowan last year forwarded to London a collec- tion of birds, which arrived unfortunately in a bad condition, few specimens having escaped the ravages of insects during the voyage. Amongst the latter, Iam happy to say, were a few Timeliine birds, which have added considerably to our series in the British Museum ; and not the least interesting is an example referable to a new genus, which I propose to term NEOMIXIs, gen. nov. Not distantly related to Miwornis, but easily distinguished by the shape of the bill, which is conical and pointed, with a very sharp culminal ridge, and scarcely any perceptible rictal bristles. In Madagascar it finds its nearest ally in Bernieria, like which genus it bas the culmen as long as the tarsus; but the pointed conical bill is very different from the long thin bill of Bernieria. The type is NEOMIXIS STRIATIGULA, sp. n. (Plate XIX.) Adult. General colour above olive-green, rather more yellowish olive on the head, lower back, and rump, the hind neck somewhat ashy ; lesser and median wing-coverts like the back, the greater 13* 196 MR. SHARPE ON A NEW GENUS OF TIMELUDA&. [Jan. 18, coverts and quills light brown, edged with yellowish olive; tail- feathers light brown, margined narrowly with yellowish olive ; lores and a very faintly indicated eyebrow light yellow, in front of the eye a dusky spot; cheeks and ear-coverts yellow, mottled with dusky brown tips to the feathers; under surface of body yellow, passing into white on the centre of the abdomen, the lower flanks light ashy brown; the throat and fore neck streaked with dark brown down the centres of the feathers; the breast mottled with larger centres of dusky brown; under tail-coverts dusky brown, with dull white tips; under wing-coverts and axillaries white washed with yellow, the edge of the wing a little brighter yellow; quills brown below, whitish along the edge of the inner web. Total length 4°5 inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2:0, tail 1:7, tarsus 0°65. Hab. Fianarantsoa, Madagascar (Rev. D. Cowan). A better arrangement of the genus Bernieria and its allies appears to me to be somewhat as follows :— a. Culmine tarsum equante, vel etiam longiore. a’. Rostro brevi, conico, acuto, culmine haud fornicato, HOMMIS INGEPTIS.....02.0-c00seeess-caeceaancussevecsncsececceonsss Neomivis. U’. Rostro longiore, gracili, ad apicem decuryato et evi- denter adunco. ........-1..06- deco daeba ChAW eect buiee enitexaclyrs Bernierta. b. Tarso quam culmen longiore. c. Vibrissis vix ullis, minimis ; fascia parva supra nares, difficile invenienda; tarso integro .........s..45. Mystacornis. d'. Vibrissis maximis, usque ad apicem rostri productis; taTSIS INGEPTIS.........50-esccesestssvecaeessecenseedactsaeccnns Aanthomixis. e’. Vibrissis parvis, debilibus, haud ultra nares productis ; tAYSis INtELTIS........c6ccceeccessecnecnnetcnscooaeeeeeseescues Crossleyia. f. Vibrissis parvis, debilibus, haud ultra nares productis ; tarsis evidenter 4-scutatis .......:.cisceeseseee ee ee eeneeeees Oxylabes. The large series of Mascarene Zimeliide now possessed by the British Museum has enabled me to push my studies of these birds much further; and I find that, as in many other cases of Madagas- car birds, the Zimeliide of the island not only form an isolated group, but are divisible into several genera, of which the compara- tive characters are given above. The following is a list of the species comprised under the above headings :— 1. Neomixis striatigula, Sharpe (vide supra). Bernieria madagascariensis (Gm.). Mystacornis crossleyi (Grandid.). Xanthomixis zosterops (Sharpe). . Crossleyia wanthophrys (Sharpe). _ [The Museum now contains four specimens of this curious bird in addition to the original type (described, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 76, as Owylabes canthophrys). The idea has been suggested to me that it is the young bird of some other species ; but I think that this is not likely to prove correct, as one of the specimens before me appears to be a nestling. It is duller-coloured than the adults, more of an olive-brown, the head scarcely darker, and the eyebrow almost im- ot we OO tS 1881. ] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 197 perceptible. Again, C. wanthophrys cannot be the young of Owylabes madagascariensis, because of the different scutellation of the tarsi, while, moreover, we have the young of tl‘2 latter bird in the British Museum, and it differs only slightly from the old.] 6. Oxylabes madagascariensis (Gm.). 7. OXYLABES CINEREICEPS, sp. nov. Olive-green, with narrow pale shaft-lines; wings and tail olive, the edges to the primaries olive-yellow ; head and nape slaty grey, lores dull white ; cheeks and sides of face creamy white ; ear-coverts slaty grey ; throat and fore neck white; rest of under surface of body yellow, olive on the sides; under tail-coverts olive-yellow ; thighs olive-brown ; under wing-coverts olive-brown washed with fawn-colour; edge of wing yellow; quills light brown below, ful- vescent along the edge of the inner web. ‘Total length 5°6 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°75, tail 2°83, tarsus 0°85. Hab. Fianarantsoa, Madagascar (Rev. D. Cowan). Notwithstanding the difference in the colouring of the two species, O. cinereiceps seems to be strictly congeneric with O. madagasca: riensis. 5, On the Mammals of Gilgit. By Joun Scutny. [Received January 6, 1881. ] The tract of country to be referred to in this paper may be roughly defined as the basin of the Indus river within the limits 35° to 36° 30! N. lat. and 74° to 75° E. long.; it forms the north- western portion of the territories of the Maharaja of Kashmir. My observations refer principally to the Mammalian fauna of Gilgit, a district which lies nearly due north of Srinagar, the capital of Kash- mir, at a distance of about 230 miles by road ; but I also include the Astor valley, and Nagar, Hunza, and Yassin, three small States which adjoin Gilgit, and are tributary to Kashmir. My limits are —on the south the Dorikun or Burzil Pass at the head of the Astor valley, on the east the great bend of the Indus near Haramosh, on the north the principality of Hunza, and on the west Yasin. All this country is highly mountainous, and is intersected by nume- rous narrow valleys, the streams of which are tributary to the Indus. The lowest valleys are about 4500 feet above sea-level, while the mountain ridges are of great height, with peaks from 15,000 to over 26,000 feet high. The lower parts of the valleys are very barren and arid, their sides being formed by steep bare walls of gueiss ; the cultivated portions are scattered and of small extent, on terraces of the river-alluvium high above the main streams, or more generally on alluvial fans at the mouths of lateral ravines. Above 8000 feet the scenery changes greatly, and grass-covered downs and luxuriant pine-forests abound; higher up still we find the region of snow- covered peaks and mighty glaciers, 198 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. [Jan. 18, Gilgit itself is a village on the banks of the Gilgit river, about 25 miles above the point where that stream falls into the Indus near Bunji. At the point whe* Gilgit is situated, the valley is about a couple of miles broad ; and cultivation is there carried on on a flat bit of river-alluvium about 40 feet above the stream; the elevation of Gilgit is 4890 feet above the sea. The climate of Gilgit is cha- racterized by an extreme annual range of temperature, and by great dryness. In summer the temperature in the shade is sometimes as high as 109° F., and the heat is rendered very oppressive by the glare and radiation from the bare rocky hill-sides which bound the valley ; then in midwinter the cold is severe, the minimum tempe- rature in the shade being often as low as 20° F., while the minimum temperature of radiation occasionally falls to 4° F. From April to September there are occasional light showers ; but the total annual rainfall is little over 3 inches. Snow rarely falls in winter about Gilgit itself, and then very quickly melts; but of course the snow- fall is very heavy on all the hills about the valley at an elevation of over 7000 feet. The following notes on the Mammals of Gilgit are based on a collection of about 200 specimens, which I made during a resi- dence of nineteen months in that country. Examples of all the species here enumerated were secured; and of most of them I ob- tained large series. Of the thirty-three species in my list, thirty- one occur in the immediate neighbourhood of Gilgit ; the remaining two species, viz. Ovis poli and Arctomys caudatus, inhabit respec- tively the extreme northern and southern limits of the tract included in this paper, Ovis poli being found-in-Hunza and Arctomys cau- datus at the head of the Astor valley, north of the Dorikun Pass. All that has hitherto been published on the Mammals of Gilgit is contained in two notes by Mr. W. T. Blanford, in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal’, on some specimens collected by Major Biddulph, and presented by that officer to the Indian Museum in Caleutta. Mr. Blanford in these papers identifies eleven species, which I would reduce to eight or nine. ‘" I am indebted to Major Biddulph, who-has long resided in Gilgit, for some interesting specimens of mammals collected. by him there, and for some notes about the Ruminants of the region. I have also to express my obligations to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, Dr. G. E. Dob- son, and Mr. W. 'T. Blanford for assistance in the preparation of this paper. CHIROPTERA. 1, RHINOLOPHUs HIPPOSIDEROS (Bechstein). Rhinolophus hipposideros, Dobson, Cat.. Chir, B. M. 1878, p- 117. This small nose-leafed Bat is fairly common in the warm valleys of the Gilgit district during the summer months. Its vertical range seems to be from about 4000 to 6000 feet above sea-level, and it is 1 Part II, 1877, pp. 323-327, and 1879, pp. 95-98, e 1881.] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 199 not met with above the latter elevation. It appears about the first week in April, and is not seen after the beginning of October. This Bat has a very powerful and long-sustained flight, and it frequently enters rooms at night. It generally flies higher up in the air than R. ferrum-equinum, and is perhaps more frequently found away from dense tree-growth than that species. R. hipposideros has not, I believe, been previously recorded from British India. 2. RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM (Schreb.). Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 119. This species was very common in the low hot valleys of the Gilgit district from about the middle of April to the end of Sep- tember, appearing a little later in spring and disappearing a little earlier in autumn than R. hipposideros. Its flight appeared to be less powerful than that of its smaller relative; and when it entered a room at night it was more easily captured. Its vertical range in the district seems to be from about 4500 to 5500 feet. Its favour- ite haunts are orchards and clumps of mulberry trees, where insect food is abundant; and in the close hot evenings in summer it could always be found in the lowest parts of the valleys in such situations, flying low down about the trees. 3. SYNOTUS DARJILINGENSIS (Hodgson). Synotus darjilingensis, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 177. This Bat was common in summer in the Gilgit district at an ele- vation of 5000 feet. It made its appearance as early as the first week in March, and was not seen after the first week in October. It frequently enters rooms in the evening from 8 to 10 o’clock. All the specimens collected differ frora S. arbastellus of Europe in not having any projecting lobe on the outer margin of the ear ; and in all of them the ear laid forward reaches beyond the end of the muzzle. 4, PLecorus auritus (Linn.). Plecotus auritus, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 178. This large-eared Bat is not of frequent occurrence in Gilgit. I obtained two specimens in September at an elevation of 5000 feet, 5. OTONYCTERIS HEMPRICHI (Peters). Otonycteris hemprichi, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 182. _ This fine species does not seem to be very common in the Gilgit valley. A specimen was first obtained there by Major Biddulph in July 1876; and the only specimen I secured was captured in Gilgit in May. It was observed flying over a field about dusk; and its large size at once attracted attention. 6. VESPERUGO DISCOLOR (Natt.). Vesperugo discolor, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 204. This Bat was only observed in summer, in well-wooded country, 200 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. (Jan. 18, at elevations of from 10,000 to 11,000 feet. It only began its flight about dusk, and flew high up and swiftly; so that it was rather diffienlt to secure specimens. Two specimens were shot in the Nultar valley in August. 7. VESPERUGO BOREALIS (Nilsson). Vesperugo borealis, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 203. Only one specimen of this Bat was obtained in the Gilgit district ; I unfortunately omitted to record the date of its capture and the elevation at which it was found. 8. VESPERUGO PIPISTRELLUS (Schreb.). Vesperugo pipistrellus, Dobson, Cat, Chir. B, M. p, 223. This was by far the commonest species of Bat found about Gilgit, Even in the depth of winter a few were occasionally seen. 9. HARPIOCEPHALUS TUBINARIS, sp. nov. Head and muzzle as in Harpiocephalus suillus. Ears moderate, rounded off at the tips; the upper third of the outer margin slightly emarginate, the middle third commencing by a moderate convexity, then slightly convex opposite the middle of the tragus, and termi- nating in a convex lobe in front of the base of the tragus; from near the base of the inner margin of the ear-conch, opposite the posterior angle of the eye, a small but distinct spur-like process projects abruptly forwards. Tragus moderately long, tapering above, Fig. 1. Head of Harpiocephalus tubinaris, nat. size. where it curves outwards; a small pointed lobule above the base of the outer margin, succeeded by a well-marked emargination, imme- diately above which the tragus attains its greatest width; inner margin convex in its upper two thirds, nearly straight at the base ; outer margin nearly straight below, the upper half concave. Thumb long, with a strong claw. Wings from the side of the proximal phalanx of the outer toe; extreme tip of tail projecting. Distribution of the fur as in H. suillus: above blackish brown at the base, the distal halves of the hairs pale greyish brown; below dusky on basal halves, the tips being white; the superficial colour of the fur is therefore greyish brown on the upper parts of the animal, and white below, 1881. ] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 201 The outer incisor is distinctly shorter than the inner, and does not touch the canine. The first upper premolar is smaller than the second ; but there is not quite such a disproportion in size between these teeth as obtains in H. suéllus. In other respects the dentition is the same as in the last-mentioned species. Length,* head and body 1'8, tail 1-4, head 0':73, ear 0°55, tragus 0°32, forearm 1''4, third finger 2'':55, fifth finger 2'-07, thumb 0''45, tibia 0'-67, caleaneum 0'°57, foot and claws 0'°37. The animal described above is, I think, distinct from all the species of Harpiocephalus described in Dr. Dobson’s Catalogue of Chiroptera; and I propose for it the name of H. tudinaris. It is perhaps more nearly allied to H. swil/us than to any other known species, but differs in having the upper third of the ear-conch less emarginate, in possessing a spur on the inner margin of the ear, and in the fur being very differently coloured. In the last two characters it resembles H. leucogaster. This Bat does not seem to be common in the district. I only secured one specimen, which had entered my room in Gilgit at night on the 20th August. CARNIVORA. 10. Frnis uncra, Schreb. Felis uncia, Schreber, Siugeth. i. p. 386 (1778, ex Buff.). The Ounce is fairly common in the Gilgit district, in Hunza and Nagar, and in Yassin. It is usually found high up in the hills, about the grounds frequented by the Himalayan Ibex and Markhor ; and it preyson these animals. It does not seem to be very shy ; and Ihave known if to attack and kill ponies at pasture not very far from human habitations. In winter it eccasionally descends as low as an elevation of 6000 feet for a raid on sheep and goats, which it slaughters wantonly. I procured several fine specimens of the Ounce about Gilgit. 1]. Frnis tynx, Linn, Felis lynx, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 62. The Lynx is found in the same localities as the Ounce, but always at a lower elevation and in rather greater numbers. It does not frequent such open ground as the Ounce, and of course only preys on the smaller wild mammals. It frequently haunts the outskirts of villages at an elevation of about 5000 feet, and is a dreadful foe to goats and sheep. A pair of these animals killed six sheep in one night near Gilgit. My specimens agree with the European form of Lynx, and not with the paler F’. isabellina of Blyth. 12. Canis Lupus, Linn. Canis lupus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 58. Wolves are found in the valley of the Gilgit river from Gakuch to the Indus, and in all the smaller lateral valleys between those two points. They usually go about in pairs or in small packs, 202 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. [Jan. 18, hiding during the day in rocky ground or in the dry beds of smal mountain-streams, In winter the Wolves frequently prowl about houses during the night, to the great annoyance of the dogs; and they often kill goats and sheep. The young are born early in May. My specimens of this animal from Gilgit have the upper carnas- sial tooth slightly longer than the two upper molars, and are there- fore probably distinct from C. pallipes and C. laniger, in which the fourth upper premolar is shorter than the two upper molars together (Blanford, P. A. S. B. i877, p. 116). _ In size and colora- tion, moreover, the Gilgit Wolf agrees with the European species. 13. Cyon primavus, Hodgs. Cuon primetus, Hodgson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 111; Asiatic Researches, xvili. p. 221. This species appears to be widely distributed in the Astor and Gilgit districts, and is said to be found in Yassin and Chitral ; its habits are very well known. A specimen from Gilgit agrees in all particulars with examples from Nepal and other parts of the Hima- layas. In all the skulls of this species which I have examined the upper sectorial tooth is longer than the two upper molars taken together ; the reverse is the case in C. alpinus of Pallas, from the Altai. 14, VuLrpes MonTANA, Pearson. Vulpes montana, Pearson, J. A. 8S. B. 1836, p. 313; Blanford, J. A.S. B. 1877, ii. p. 324, and 1879, p. 95, Foxes are very common in the Astor and Gilgit districts, in Hunza, Nagar, Yassin, and Chitral. About Gilgit the Hill-Fox is found on stony ground, in the vicinity of cultivation, at elevations of from 5000 feet to 10,000 feet. The young are born in May. In a large series of these Foxes which I have, there is great variation in colour, some being pale yellowish fulvous above and white below (V”. flavescens, Gray), while others are very dark and rufous above, with the uncerparts black ; but all intermediate forms occur. ‘There are also some minor differences in the skulls and in the size of the teeth; but I cannot find that these are correlated with the differences in colour of the pelage. According to Mr. Blanford’s views there are in the Gilgit district, besides V. mon- tana, three other species or races, viz. V. melanotus (2), V. griffithi, and FV. flavescens ; but I doubt if these forms are more than varie- ties. A fox shot by Major Biddulph in Chitral is not distinguishable from some examples of V. montana from Simla. 15. Martes rorna (Erxl.). Mustela foina, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. p. 458 (1777). The Beech-Marten is common in the Gilgit district, and in Hunza, Nagar, and Yassin, where great numbers are killed by the natives for the sake of the fur, This Marten usually keeps high up 1881.] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 203 in the hills, and is only rarely found in the vicinity of villages as low as 5000 feet, In coloration and in dental and cranial charac- ters my specimens from the Gilgit valley accord completely with M. foina as defined by Mr. Alston (P. Z.S. 1879, p. 469). 16. Mustreia TEMON, Hodgs. Mustela temon, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. 1857, p. 207. This yellow-bellied Weasel is fairly common in the Gilgit district at elevations of from 6000 to 12,000 feet. Two specimens in my col- lection from Gilgit agree well with Hodgson’s original description. The figure of M. temon in Mr. Hodgson’s drawings, now in the British Museum, shows that the type was rather darker on the upper surface than my examples ; and this is also the case in a skin from Sikkim or Tibet in Mr. Blanford’s collection; but the Gilgit and Sikkim animals are certainly specifically identical. I was disposed to identify this Weasel with M. a/pina, Gebler, from the Altai (Moscou Mémoires, vi. 1823, p. 213); but Radde’s figure and measurements of the skull of M/. alpina’ from the typical locality seem to indicate a different species. A still older name, which may have to be used for this species, is Mustela altaica, Pallas (Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 98, 1811). 17. Lurra vuieAris, Erxl. Lutra vulgaris, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Anim. p. 448 (1777); Blan- ford, J. A. S. B. 1877, ii, p. 324. Otters are tolerably common in the Gilgit river and its tributaries. Of the specimens of Otter which I obtained in the Gilgit district two agree in all respects with the Common Otter of Europe. The skull of one of these animals, a male, differs from the figure of the type of LZ. nair, Cuv. (Anderson, Anatomical and Zoological Re- searches in Western Yunnan, &c. pl. xi.), precisely in the points mentioned by Dr. Anderson for the differentiation of Z. nair and L. vulgaris. 18. Ursus 1saBeLLinus, Horsfield. Ursus isabellinus, Horsfield, Linn. Trans. xv. 1827, p. 332. Ursus leuconyx, Severtzoff, Turk. Jev. p. 80 (1873); Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xviii. p. 43. Bears are common in the Astor valley and the Gilgit district, where they are usually found above the forest-region. In October numbers of these animals descend into the valleys as low as 6000 or 5000 feet to feed in the fields, and are then often killed by the pea- sants. This Bear retires in winter to the shelter of rocks and caves, and remains in a semitorpid state during the season of severe cold. It becomes active again about March. Its usual food consists of fruits and roots; and it appears also to be fond of insects; on the grassy glades between the forests above Gilgit, at elevations of 9000 to 10,000 feet, the loose stones which lie about are constantly found 1 Reisen Siid. Ost-Sib. i. p. 50, 204 DR. J, SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. [Jan, 18, to have been turned aside by Bears in their search for insects. The natives add that this Bear will devour any carcass it may chance to find in its wanderings. In the Gilgit district the young are usually born about the middle of May. The Gileit Bear agrees well in external characters with Severtzoff’s description of his Ursus leuconyx. The claws are pale horny or quite white; and the length of half a dozen specimens, measured in the flesh, varied from 4 feet 8 inches to 5 feet Sinches. There is, as usual, considerable variation in the skulls. I was disposed at first to consider U. leuconyx separable from U. isabellinus on account of its smaller size, white claws, and more rufous-brown coloration ; but I doubt if there be any constant distinction. U. isabellinus is usually spoken of as a large Bear, equal in size to U. arctos. Jerdon says (‘Mammals of India’) that a moderate-sized one measured 7 feet 6 inches ; and Kinloch (‘ Large Game of Thibet’) says that it attains a length of 7 feet. In the original description of the species, however, U. isabellinus is expressly said to be smaller than U. arctos, the length of the skin which formed the type being 3 feet 10 inches only. Again, U. isabellinus has pale horn-coloured claws very little darker than in U. leuconyx. As to the colour of the fur, this varies so much in both forms that no specific difference can be founded upon it. RODENTIA. 19, SctuROPTERUS FIMBRIATUS (Gray). Sciuropterus fimbriatus, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. n.s. i. :p. 584 (1837). This Flying Squirrel is not very common in the Gilgit district, where it is confined to forest-country at elevations of from 8000 to 12,000 feet. All my specimens were procured in pine-forests. 20. ARCTOMYs CAUDATUS, Jacq. Arctomys caudatus, Jacquemont, Voyage dans l’Iude, iv. p. 66 (1844). This fine Marmot was only found on the southern limit of the region included in this paper. On the Astor side of the Burzil Pass the Long-tailed Marmot is found in considerable numbers; but I have no evidence of its occurrence west of the Indus anywhere in the vicinity of Gilgit. 21. Mus ALEXANDRINUS, Geoff. Mus alexandrinus, Geoffroy, Descr. de Egypte, Hist. Nat. ii. p: 733 (1812). Mus rufescens, apud Jerdon, Mamm. of India, p. 199; Blanford, JA. 8. B. ta 79s. pao 7p Common throughout the inhabited parts of the Gilgit district, from 4000 to 7000 feet above sea-level. It is chiefly a Field-Rat, but often enters houses ; and its young are frequently found in sheds 1881. ] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 205 and outhouses. The Gilgit Rat is not separable from the so-called M. rufescens of Calcutta or M. robustus (Blyth) of Burma; and it also agrees in all essential characters with M. alewandrinus (Geoff.). A specimen of M, alexandrinus from Algeria, in the British Museum, only differs from one of my Gilgit specimens in having rather harsher fur. 22. Mus Artanus, Blanford. Mus arianus, W.'T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 162. Mus erythronotus, W. 'T. Blanford, Zoology of Persia, 1876, p- 54, pl.v.f.3; J. A. S. B. ii. 1879, p. 97, nee Temminck. This long-tailed Field-Mouse, which is closely allied to M. sylva- ticus (Linn.), is fairly common in the Gilgit district at elevations of from 5000 to 10,000 feet. It is found on grassy downs in the vicinity of forests, and about hedges in cultivated ground. In the beginning of winter, after a few heavy falls of snow on the hills, this Mouse often enters houses at night, and is then very bold and troublesome. 23. Cricrrus pHavus, Pallas. Cricetus pheus, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 163 (1811); Blanford, J. A. 8. B. 1879, ii. p. 96. This Hamster is found in the Gilgit district at elevations of 5000 to about 9000 feet. It is common in summer about pasture- grounds and on the outskirts of pine-forests ; and it very commonly enters shepherd’s huts, where, indeed, most of my specimens were captured. 24. CricreTus ruLvus, Blanf. Cricetus fulvus, Blanford, J. A.S. B. 1875, ii. p. 108; ibid. 1879, p: 97. This form occurs in the same localities as the preceding species, and has the same habits; its young are born during the first week in March. Gilgit specimens of this Hamster agree in dimensions with typical examples from Eastern Turkestan ; but the colour of the upper parts is greyer and less tinged with yellow. 25. CRICETUS ISABELLINUS, De Fil. Cricetus isabellinus, De Filippi, Viaggio in Persia, 1865, p. 344. Two specimens of a Hamster captured in the Nultar valley in July, at an elevation of about 9000 feet, agree well with De Filippi’s description of C. isabellinus. The length of the head and body in my specimens, measured in the flesh, was 5°35 and 5°25, while the type measured 5°9; but De Filippi no doubt took his measurement from a skin, and the skin of the smaller of my two specimens now measures 6 inches. This form seems to me only to differ from C. fulvus in size; and I believe that both C. fulvus and C. isabel- linus must be regarded as merely subspecies of C. pheus. 206 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GiLGIT. [Jan. 18, 26. ARVICOLA BLANFORDI, Scully. Arvicola blanfordi, Scully, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880, vi. p.399. Ears rather large, well haired, showing distinctly above the fur of the head. ‘Tail long, always over one third, and usually about one half the length of the head and body. Heel sparsely haired as far as the posterior tubercle ; the rest of the sole quite naked. Fore foot with five tubercles, arranged three and two; hind foot with six tubercles, arranged two, two, one and one. General colour of the fur above greyish brown with a slight rufous tinge, the hairs deep slate-colour for the greater portion of their length, the ends being pale brown with blackish tips. Under surface greyish white, the hairs deep slaty at their base, with white Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Teeth of Arvicola blanfordi, Hind foot of magnified. Arvicola blanfordi, nat. size. a. Upper molar; 4. lower molar, tips; along a line which separates the colour of the upper and lower surfaces the tips of the hairs are isabelline. The feet are covered with white hairs. Tail sullied white, with a dusky stripe along its upper surface, which is most conspicuous near the tip. The molar pattern is as follows :— Upper I..... 5 spaces, 3 external and 3 internal angles. > Th; ee 4 2) 3 ” 2 ” 3) ” III. a 3 9 3 > 3 ? ” Lower I.. (tae ae 7" 4 » Ae oP) II. i) 33 3 3 3 be) BB) 2 Ill. 3 23 3 » 3 2 22 ‘_ =" 1881.] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 207 The teeth ave very like those of 4. voylei ; but there are some diffe- rences, of which the most obvious is that in A. blanfordi the an- terior internal angle of the first upper molar is in advance of the anterior external angle ; whereas the reverse is the case in A. royled. The cemental prisms of the hinder upper molar are also differently separated in the two species. Arvicola blanfordi differs widely from A. roylei in colours and proportions; in general coloration it approaches A. stracheyi (Thomas), but is well distinguished from that species by the pattern of its teeth and by its proportions. A. dlanfordi may be readily known from all species of Arvico/a hitherto found in British India by its long tail. The following particulars were noted of a freshly killed male :— Head and body 4:55 inches, tail 2°05, hairs at end of tail 0°2, fore foot 0°4, hind foot 0°75, length of ear 0°7, breadth of ear 0°68. Lips, hands, and feet flesh-colour, the nose a little darker; irides blackish brown. This Vole is very common in summer in the Nultar valley, near Gilgit, at elevations of from 9000 to 10,000 feet; it is also found, I believe, at similar elevations in the lower part of the Astor valley. I obtained all my specimens of A. blanfordi on the outskirts of forests where cattle were grazing, and about shepherds’ huts. 27. Lagomys macrotis, Giinther. Lagomys macrotis, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, p. 231. This species is fairly common in the Gilgit district at elevations of from 10,000 to 13,000 feet, frequenting open stony ground near the snow-line. Wherever found it occurs in numbers ; but it appears to be very local in its distribution. A specimen obtained on the hills above Gilgit only differs from the type of ZL. macrotis in being greyer above, and having a well-marked rufous band across the throat. In the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ ii. 1877, p. 326, Mr. Blanford describes a specimen of Lagomys obtained by Major Biddulph in the Gilgit district, and refers it doubtfully to LZ. auritus. 28. Lepus TIBETANUS, Waterhouse. Lepus tibetanus, Waterhouse, P. Z.S. 1841, p. 7. This Hare is common in suitable localities in the Astor valley, the whole of the Gilgit district, and in parts of Hunza, Nagar, and Yassin. It oceurs on open stony ground in the valleys and on the hill-sides, and commonly about tamarisk-growths along the banks of streams; its vertical range in the Gilgit district seems to be from 5000 to about 11,000 feet. The young are born about the end of March, and are often met with near the snow-line at that season. The Gilgit Hare, of which I have collected a large series, agrees well with Mr. Waterhouse’s original description of L. ¢ébetanus, and, 208 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. [Jan. 18, in all external characters, with the type of that species preserved in the British Museum. In the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ 1877, ii. pp. 324-326, Mr. Blanford described, as a new species, a Hare ob- tained by Major Biddulph in Yassin, under the name of L. biddulphi. So far as it is possible to arrive at a conclusion on such a point with- out actual examination of the type, I believe that L. biddulphi is the same as L. tibetanus; and I will briefly give my reasons for this opinion. Mr. Blanford considers that Lepus biddulphi closely approaches L. tibetanus, but differs in some cranial characters, which he details at length, the skulls of Z. tibetanus which he uses for his com- parison being those of the Hare inhabiting the Nubra valley in Ladak. But the type of Z. tibetanus was obtained in the neighbour- hood of Iskardo, a point midway between Yassin and the Nubra valley ; so that if there be a specific difference between the Yassin and Nubra Hares, it is quite as likely that the latter would require a new name as the former: the skull of the type of L. tibetanus is not available for examination. Further, there is now in the British Museum a specimen of a Hare collected by Major Biddulph in Yassin, in September 1876, at an elevation of 7000 feet. This must have been obtained in the very same valley as the type of L. bid- dulphi, and in the same month. This example agrees perfectly in external characters with my Gilgit specimens, with the type of L. tibetanus, and with the Nubra-valley Hare. Dr. Giinther kindly allowed the skull of the Yassin Hare men- tioned above and one of the Nubra specimens to be extracted for examination ; and I found that the first agreed well with my Gilgit specimens, and only differed slightly from the Nubra-valley skull in having the posterior ends of the nasals less rounded and the parietals a little flatter. In all these specimens the nasals extend backwards some distance beyond the posterior terminations of the praemaxille. I believe that the Hares from the Nubra valley, Iskardo, Gilgit, and Yassin are not specifically separable. UNGULATA. 29. Capra stprrica, Meyer. Capra sibirica, Meyer, Zool. Annal. i. 397 (1794). The Himalayan Ibex is common in the Astor valley, the Gilgit district, Nagar, Hunga, and Yassin. It inhabits a higher zone than the Markhor (Capra falconeri), well above the forest-region, where occasional grassy slopes are to be found near the crests of the moun- tains. In a large series of horns of this animal, from the countries mentioned above, a considerable variation in curvature is found; and in some specimens the points of the horns converge, while in others they diverge; but these variations obviously do not indicate any specific difference. The very dark Himalayan Ibex occasionally mentioned by authors are merely old males in winter vesture, and are not confined to any particular locality. 1881.] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 209 30. Capra FALCONER], Hiigel. Capra falconeri, Wagner, Miinch. gelehrte Anzeigen, ix. 1839, p. 430. This species is very common in the Astor valley and the Gilgit district, usually keeping close to the forest-region, but descending in the depth of winter as low as 5000 feet. It changes its quarters a good deal according to season, and as a rule is not to be found in those portions of the hills where the lowest valleys are higher than 8000 feet. It frequents most difficult ground, moves easily over very steep rocky hill-sides, and far excels the Himalayan Ibex in agility. The Gilgit Markhor is typical C. falconeri, the horns having a very open spiral curve, but, of course, varying a little. A specimen from Gilgit in Major Biddulph’s collection has the horns with quite as open a spiral as is shown in the figure of Hiigel’s type of C. falconeri. The Suliman Markhor (Capra megaceros of Hutton) is apparently a separate form. 31. Ovis proxi, Blyth. Ovis poli, Blyth, P.Z.8. 1840, p. 62; Biddulph, Proc. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1879, p. 280. This fine Sheep is found in the northern part of Hunza, on the Shimshal Pamir. Judging from the number of heads sent in to Gilgit, this animal must inhabit Hunza in great numbers. The occurrence of this species south of the Mustagh range and the water- shed of the Indus is a matter of great interest; it must now be included in the list of Mammals of British India as commonly understood. 32. Ovis vienu, Blyth. Ovis vignei, Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 70. This Sheep is found in great numbers in the Gilgit district and the Astor valley. It frequents the bare hill-sides below the forests, and barren stony ground at the foot of the hills as low as 4500 feet. Large herds are frequently seen; but, owing to the open ground they frequent, it is very difficult to stalk them successfully. They wander about much and swim well. 33. Moscuus MOSCHIFERUS, Linn.. Moschus moschiferus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 91. The Musk-Deer occurs in fair numbers in the Gilgit district, and is more common in the Astor valley. Specimens from the vicinity of Gilgit exhibit some variations in colour, such as have often been noted with respect to this species in other parts of the Himalayas. The Musk-Deer is, I believe, not found in Nagar, Hunza, or Yassin, but is common in parts of Chitral. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XIV. 14 210 MR. F. M. BALFOUR ON THE [Feb. I, February 1, 1881. Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. On the Evolution of the Placenta, and on the possibility of employing the characters of the Placenta in the Classification of the Mammalia. By F. M. Batrour, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. [Received January 22, 1881.] From Owen’s observations on the Marsupials it is clear that the yolk-sac in this group plays an important (if not the most important) part, in absorbing the maternal nutriment destined for the foetus. The fact that in Marsupials both the yolk-sac and the allantois are concerned in rendering the chorion vascular, makes it @ priori pro- bable that this was also the case in the primitive types of the Placentalia ; and this deduction is supported by the fact that in the Rodentia, Insectivora, and Cheiroptera this peculiarity of the foetal membranes is actually found. In the primitive Placentalia it is also probable that from the discoidal allantoic region of the chorion simple foetal villi, like those of the Pig, projected into uterine crypts; but it is not certain how far the umbilical region of the chorion, which was no doubt vascular, may also have been villous. From such a primitive type of foetal membranes divergences in various directions have given rise to the types of foetal membranes found at the present day. In a general way it may be laid down that variations in any direction which tended to increase the absorbing capacities of the chorion would be advantageous. There are two obvious ways in which this might be done, viz. (1) by increasing the complexity of the foetal villi and maternal crypts over a limited area, (2) by in- creasing the area of the part of the chorion covered by the placental villi. Various combinations of the two processes would also, of course, be advantageous. The most fundamental change which has taken place in all the existing Placentalia is the exclusion of the umbilical vesicle from any important function in the nutrition of the feetus. The arrangement of the foetal parts in the Rodentia, Insectivora, and Cheiroptera may be directly derived from the primitive form by supposing the villi of the discoidal placental area to have become more complex, so as to form a deciduate discoidal placenta, while the yolk-sae still plays a part, though physiologically an unimportant part, in rendering the chorion vascular. In the Carnivora, again, we have to start from the discoidal pla- centa, as evinced by the fact that in the growth of the placenta the 1881.] EVOLUTION OF THE PLACENTA. 211 allantoic region of the placenta is at first discoidal, and only becomes zonary at a later stage. A zonary deciduate placenta indicates an increase both in area and in complexity. The relative diminution of the breadth of the placental zone in late foetal life in the zonary placenta of the Carnivora is probably due to its being on the whole advantageous to secure the nutrition of the foetus by ensuring a more intimate relation between the foetal and maternal parts, than by in- creasing their area of contact. The reason of this is not obvious, but, as shown below, there are other cases where it is clear that a dimi- nution in the area of the placenta has taken place, accompanied by an increase in the complexity of its villi. The second type of differentiation from the primitive form of placenta is illustrated by the Lemuride, the Suide, and Manis. In all these cases the area of the placental villi appears to have in- creased so as to cover nearly the whole subzonal membrane, without the villi increasing to any great extent in complexity. From the diffused placenta covering the whole surface of the chorion, differ- entiations appear to have taken place in various directions. The placenta of Man and Apes, from its mode of ontogeny, is clearly derived from a diffused placenta (very probably similar to that of Lemurs) by a concentration of the fcetal villi, which are originally spread over the whole chorion, to a disk-shaped area, and by an increase in their arborescence. Thus the discoidal placenta of Mau has no connexion with, and ought not to be placed in, the same class as those of the Rodentia, Cheiroptera, and Insectivora. The polycotyledonary forms of placenta are due to similar con- centrations of the foetal villi of an originally diffused placenta. In the Edentata we have a group with very varying types of placenta. Very probably these may all be differentiations within the group itself from a diffused placenta such as that found in Manis. The zonary placenta of Orycteropus is capable of being easily derived from that of Manis by the disappearance of the foetal villi at the two poles of the ovum. The small size of the umbilical vesicle in Orycteropus indicates that its discoidal placenta is not, like that of the Carnivora, directly derived from a type with both allantoic and umbilical vascularization of the chorion. The discoidal and dome-shaped placentz of the Armadillos, Myrmecophaga, and the Sloths may easily have been formed from a diffused placenta, just as the discoidal placenta of the Simiidee and Hominide appears to have been formed from a diffused placenta like that of the Lemuride. The presence of zonary placente in Hyrax and Elephas does not necessarily afford any proof of affinity of these types with the Carni- vora. A zonary placenta may be quite as easily derived from a diffused placenta as from a discoidal placenta; and the presence of two villous patches at the poles of the chorion in Elephas very probably indicates that its placenta has been evolved from a dif- fused placenta. Although it would not be wise to attempt to found a classification upon the placental characters alone, it may be worth while to make 14* 212 MR. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. [Feb. 1, a few suggestions as to the affinities of the orders of Mammalia indi- cated by the structure of the placenta. We clearly, of course, have to start with forms which could not be grouped with any of the existing orders, but which might be called the Protoplacentalia. They pro-. bably had the primitive type of placenta described above: the nearest living representatives of the group are the Rodentia, Insec- tivora, and Cheiroptera. Before, however, these three groups had become distinctly differentiated, there must have branched off from the primitive stock the ancestors of the Lemuride, the Ungulata, and the Edentata. It is obvious on general anatomical grounds that the Monkeys and Man are to be derived from a primitive Lemurian type; and with this conclusion the form of the placenta completely tallies. The primitive Edentata and Ungulata had no doubt a diffused placenta which was probably not very different from that of the primitive Lemurs ; but how far these groups arose quite independently from the primitive stock, or whether they may have had a nearer common ancestor, cannot be decided from the structure of the placenta. The Carnivora were certainly an offshoot from the primitive placental type which was quite independent of the three groups just mentioned ; but the character of the placenta of the Carnivora does not indicate at what stage in the evolution of the placental Mammalia a primitive type of Carnivora was first differentiated. No important light is thrown by the placenta on the affinities of the Proboscidea, the Cetacea, or the Sirenia; but the character of the placenta in the latter group favours the view of their being related to the Ungulata. 2. On some Birds collected by Mr. E. F.im Thurn in British Guiana. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.RB.S., Secretary to the Society. , [Received January 17, 1881.] Mr. Everard F. im Thurn having placed in my hands for deter- mination a series of bird-skins collected by himself or under his supervision in British Guiana in 1878 and 1879, I have had great pleasure in putting names to these specimens. Amongst the 160 species, examples of which are in the collection, are some which require a few. remarks for their better identification. These are :— 1. ViREOLANIUS LEUCOTIS (Sw.). Vireolanius leucotis, Salvin, Ibis, 1878, p. 443, pl. xi. One example, obtained in June 1879 on the Mazaruni river by H. Pauli, a collector employed by Mr. im Thurn. The acquisition of this specimen is very satisfactory, as it enables 1881.] MR. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. 213 me to say that the supposed Guianan V/V. chlorogaster (cf. Salvin, 1. s. c.) is inseparable from V. deucotis, and that this species therefore ranges from Cayenne and the Rio Negro to the Huallaga. Mr. im Thurn’s specimen is inseparable from skins obtained by Mr. Buckley at Sarayacu, Ecuador. 2. CYANICTERUS vENuSTUS, Bp. Orthogonys cyanicterus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 122. Cyanicterus venustus, Bp. Consp. i. p. 240 (1850). Callithraupis cyanictera, Berl. orn. Centralbl. 1879, p. 63. A single female example of this Tanager, obtained on the Maza- runi river by the same collector. Mr. im Thurn gives me the following note on this species :—‘‘ Two examples of this bird were brought to me at the same time by Pauli; but one of them, which was evidently a male, was afterwards com- pletely destroyed by ants. When giving them to me, Pauli, who has collected diligently in Guiana for upwards of forty years, told me that he had only once before met with one of these birds, and that was on the same river.” 3. ORCHESTICUS ATER. Orchesticus ater, Sel. P. Z.S. 1856, p. 67. Tanagra olivina, Scl. P.Z.S. 1864, p. 607, et 1873, p. 186, pl. xxi. (jun.). Graf von Berlepsch has convinced me of the fact, which I could at first hardly believe, that my Tanagra olivina (ex Natt. MS.) is merely the young bird of Orchesticus ater. Askin obtained by Mr. im Thurn on the Corentyn river in November 1879 well serves to confirm this excellent identification. The general plumage is green, as in Tanagra olivina, so-called ; but the black colour is beginning to show on the lores, throat, and upper wing-coverts. 4. AGELEUS IMTHURNI, Sp. Nov. Thilius major, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxvii. p. 833 (1853) ? Nigerrimus unicolor, fasciculo plumarum azillari flavo ; rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 10°4, ale 5°0, caude rotundate rectr. med. 4°8, ext. 3°8, rostri 1:2, tarsi 1:2. Hab, Guiana Brit. int. (¢m Thurn). Mr. im Thurn’s series contains a single example of this fine and well-marked Icterine bird, which is quitenewto me. It was obtained by Mr.im Thurn himself at the Kaieteur Waterfall on the Potaro river in November 1878. Though the generic divisions of the Icteridz are alittle puzzling, I am disposed to place this along with the true Agele@i, as arranged in the ‘ Nomenclator,’ next to d. thilius, of Chili, from which it may be at once distinguished by its much larger size, by the yellow colour being confined to the tuft of axillary plumes, and by both upper and under wing-coverts being black. 214 MR: SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. [Feb. 1, Bonaparte’s Thilius major may have been possibly founded upon an example of this species; but the description is too short to be certain; and, as I have been kindly informed by M. Alph. Dubois, the type specimen (stated to be in the Brussels Museum) cannot be found. I have therefore named this interesting addition to the Guianan avifauna after its discoverer, who has supplied me with the subjoined note on it. Bill of Ageleus imthurni. «« A considerable flock of these birds, numbering about 40, was always to be found during the three days I remained in the neigh- bourhood, in the trees on the edge of the forest round the open plateau from which the Kaieteur falls. ‘They attracted considerable attention by their incessant chattering, their note being like, but far less shrill than, that of Cassicus persicus. These cries were kept up throughout the day, and were almost the only bird-notes to be heard about noon. ‘The Indians of my own party, who were not from that district, had never seen the birds before; but some Acka- wor Indians who lived in that neighbourhood declared that they knew them well: this, as Indians are very careful observers of birds, shows almost conclusively that the species is local in Guiana. Be- tween us we secured three specimens.” 5. OcHTHECA MURINA, Sel. Ochtheca murina, Scl. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 749. An example from the Corentyn river, obtained in July 1879. I am glad to have the habitat of this species confirmed, as it is by Mr. im Thurn’s specimen, and by others collected in the same district, I believe, by Mr. C. Barrington Brown, one of which is in my collection. 6. HrrrROPELMA IGNICEPS, Scl. Heteropelma igniceps, Scl. P. Z.8. 1871, p. 750. ” Three skins of this species were obtained by Mr. im Thurn on the Corentyn river (1879) and one on the Essequibo. The two former quite agree with my typical specimen; the latter has a rather paler crest, and is probably a female. Mr. im Thurn tells me that this bird is common enough through- out the colony, not only near the coast, but also in the interior ; on the Rupumini savannas, bordering on the Brazil, he has seen many examples. 1881. ] ON REPTILES AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 215 3. On a Collection of Reptiles and Frogs chiefly from Sin- gapore. By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. [Received September 21, 1880. ] (Plates XX. & XXL.) Through the kinduess of Dr. N. B. Dennys, I have had an oppor- tunity of examining a collection of Reptiles and Frogs made at Singa- pore, and belonging to the Raffles Museum at that port. The majority of the specimens were collected in the island of Singapore ; but a few are from other localities; and in the case of some of the Lizards and Frogs, I am not quite certain whence they were ori- ginally obtained. Of all the Snakes (and these form the bulk of the collection) the localities are appended. The number of new species is small. It is evident that the Lizards and Frogs are but imper- fectly represented ; but the Snakes probably comprise, as I learn trom Dr. Dennys, nearly all the forms occurring at Singapore. The following is a list of the species ; those on which remarks are added are distinguished by an asterisk (*), The nomenclature is in most cases that employed by Dr. Giinther in the ‘ Reptiles of British India.’ REPTILIA. LAcErTILIA. Hydrosaurus salvator. » Sp. * Humeces chinensis. Gecko guttatus. Bronchocela eristatella. Calotes versicolor. OpuHIpIA. Typhlina lineata. Macassar. *Ptyas mucosa. Hongkong. Cylindrophis rufus. Singapore. | * korros. Singapore. he? lineatus, sp. nov. Sin- Tropidonotus quincunciatus. gapore. Hongkong. Xenopeltis unicolor. Singapore. trianguligerus. Singapore. *Oxycalamus longiceps. Singa- stolatus. Singapore, pore. Hongkong. Simotes octolineatus. Singa- | * rhodomelas. Macassar. pore. Cerberus rhynchops. Singa- i dennysi, sp. nov. Singa- pore. pore. Homolopsis buccata. Singa- Ablabes melanocephalus. Sin- pore. gapore. Hipistes hydrinus. Singapore. *Nymphophidium subannulatum Chrysopelea ornata. Singapore, (Odontomus — subanvulatus, Macassar, D. § B.) Singapore. Tragops prasinus. Singapore, Compsosoma melanurum. Sin- Macassar. gapore. Dipsas cynodon. Singapore, ‘Dendrophis picta. Singapore. Sarawak. caudolineata. Singapore. dendrophila. Singapore. 216 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [Feb. 1, Lycodon aulicus. Singapore, Callophis intestinalis. Singa- Macassar. pore, Macassar. *Ophites subcinctus. Singapore. Platurus scutatus. Simgapore. Python reticulatus. Singapore. | *Hydrophis stokesi. Singapore. i: curtus. Singapore. - viperina. Macassar. *Naja tripudians. Singapore. Pelamis bicolor. Singapore. Ophiophagus elaps. Singapore, Trimeresurus gramineus. Sin- Perak. gapore. Bungarus fasciatus. Singapore. erythrurus. Singapore. semifasciatus. Honkong. | *—— wagleri. Singapore, Se- Callophis bivirgatus. Singapore. langore. AMPHIBIA. BATRACHIA. * Rana macrodon. * Rhacophorus dennysi, sp. nov- Megalophrys nasuta. Bufo melanostictus. HypROSAURUS, sp. Two young specimens of Hydrosaurus, of nearly the same size (13 and 14 inches long), occur in the collection. One of these is an undoubted example of the common JH. salvator; the other differs somewhat both in the character of the head-scales and in coloration. The general proportions and the scales of the body, tail, and limbs appear similar in the two examples; there are about 80 transverse rows of ventral shields between the gular fold and the loin in the specimen agreeing with H. salvator, 77 in the other. The differences in coloration, taken by themselves, would not be of much importance, there being some variation in most Monitors. The doubtful specimen is darker ; the alternating rings of dark brown and white on the tail are more broken up into rows of spots; and narrow white rings occur in the intervals between the broader bands, whilst the white cross bands above the snout and the dark cross bands on the chin are wanting ; they are, however, indicated on the sides of the head. The more important distinctions are that the scales on the crown of the head in the abnormal specimen are smaller and marked by a central depression, and the enlarged superciliary scales are more numerous, 8 to 10 in number, instead of 5 or 6, and marked with a few comparatively large impressed dots instead of several minute spots. How far these characters are constant it is impossible to say without more specimens. It is probable that the two speci- mens are from different localities. EUMECES CHINENSIS. Tiliqua chinensis, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 289. Mabouia chinensis, Ginther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 83. There is a single specimen, without locality, which must, [ think, be referred to this species, though it presents several peculiarities. 1881.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 217 The colour of the back is uniformly brown, there being no trace of the longitudinal pale bands usually found in this form; the pree- frontal is wanting ; the two postfrontals are slightly unequal and divided by a curved line ; they are in contact with the supranasal : this is probably an individual peculiarity. There are also but 22 series of scales round the body instead of 24; about 34 occur in a longitudinal line between the axils of the fore and hind legs as in the type; and in other respects the specimen agrees with Chinese examples. I am by no means sure that this form and its allies are really con- generic with EF. pavimentatus, the type of the genus Humeces. (See Peters, Monatsbericht Akad. Berl. 1864, p. 48; Stoliczka, J. A.S.B. 1870, xxxix. pt. 2, p. 174, and 1872, xli. pt. 2, p. 121; Anderson, P.A.S. B. 1871, xl. p. 181.) All these Scinks are very puzzling; and the generic distinctions accepted, such as the differences between smooth and keeled scales, transparent or scaly eyelid, presence or absence of supranasal shieids, are scarcely of generic importance, and are merely convenient guides to identification. CYLINDROPHIS LINEATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XX.) Head depressed, broad, short, the width between the eyes being equal to the length from the eye to the tip of the snout. Each frontal is as broad as long. The vertical is longer than broad, sub- trapezoidal, the anterior margins meeting nearly at a right angle, the posterior termination slightly rounded. Supraorbitals longer than broad, each nearly equal in size to the vertical. Occipitals more than half as large as the vertical. Postocular very small, scarcely half the size of the first labial. Scales round the middle of the body in 21 rows. Ventrals, where widest, in the middle of the body, nearly twice the breadth of the scales on the sides; but the rows on each side of the ventrals are rather broader than the lateral and dorsal scales. Ventrals (from chin-shields to anal) 215, two anals, subcaudals 9 besides the terminal scale. Back longitudinally banded. A blackish-brown stripe, three scales wide, runs down the middle of the back from head to tail, and is bordered on each side by a narrower white band ; below this again is a second, broad, blackish band of irregular width, with the lower border waved. This longitudinal band is separated by a narrow wavy white stripe from the transverse dark bands of the belly ; the latter are wider than the alternating white bands; and, as in other species of the genus, the bands on the opposite sides of the abdomen do not precisely coincide. Head and tail yellowish white, with a few blackish spots. Only a single specimen is sent. This measures 25 inches, of which the tail is 0°75 in. The Snake is probably rare. Cylindrophis lineatus is distinguished from the three previously known species of the genus by its coloration, no other form exhi- 1 It is difficult to say precisely where the true yentrals commence, as there is a gradual passage from the small scales immediately behind the chin-shields into the broader ventral shields. 218 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [ Feb. 1, biting longitudinal bands. It may be remarked that the distribu- tion of colour appears to be very characteristic of the different forms of Cylindrophis. But there are also structural peculiarities by which the present form is separated from all previously described. In the common species, C. rufus, all the head-shields are propor- tionally shorter, the frontals are broader than long, and the distance between the eyes more than the length of the snout. The ventral shields also are considerably less developed. In C. melanonotus the vertical is still longer than in C. lineatus, the sides of that shield behind the lateral angles converging much less rapidly, and the occipitals are much smaller, each being barely half the size of the vertical. The coloration, too, is quite different, the back being uniformly dark brown. In C. maculatus, the only other species known, the vertical, as in C. melanonotus, is bell-shaped instead of subtrapezoidal, and the occipitals are proportionally larger, being equal to the vertical in size; the frontals are sometimes longer than the vertical. The dorsal coloration consists of two rows of large pale spots, one on each side of the median dorsal line, the intervening space being dark brown. The different species of the genus may be thus differentiated :-— A. The width between the eyes is more than the distance from the eye to the end of the snout. 1. Cylindrophis rufus. Back dark, with imperfect pale rings. 2. C. melanonotus. Back uniformly dark-coloured. B. The width between the eyes is equal to the distance from the eye to the end of the snout. 3. C. maculatus. Back with large pale spots on a dark ground. 4. C. lineatus. Back longitudinally banded. OxyCALAMUS LONGICEPS. Calamaria longiceps, Cantor, J. A.S. B. 1847, xvi. p. 910, pl. xl. fig. 1. ” Oxycalamus longiceps, Giinther, Rept. Brit. India, p. 199; Sto- liczka, J. A. S. B. 1873, xlii. pt. 2, p. 120. Two specimens of this Snake are sent; they measure 63 and 7 inches respectively. The nasal shield is single, as noted by Cautor and Stoliczka ; but it is divided by a suture below the nostril. Ven- trals 143 in one, 128 in the other, subcaudals 19 and 25 pairs. Both specimens have an imperfect pale collar a little behind the head ; and one has a light spot on the hinder part of the fifth labial, extending to the occipital shield. Similar coloration is noted by Stoliczka in a Penang specimen. SIMOTES DENNYSI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.) Scales in 21 rows. General form stout and short, as in S. cochin- . chinensis’ and S. catenifer*; the head broader than the neck. 1 Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 219, pl. xx. fig. C. ? Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B. 1873, xlii. pt. 2. p. 121, pl. xi. fig. 3. 1881.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 219 Rostral well developed ; preefrontals more than half as large as postfrontals, the suture between the former but little shorter than that between the latter. Vertical large, pentagonal, the anterior margin convex, lateral edges converging slightly behind, posterior margins meeting at a right angle. Each occipital is both longer and broader than the vertical, and is rounded behind. Loreal well developed, about as high as broad. Two (or three) preeoculars, the upper double the size of the lower ; two postoculars ; temporals 2+, the upper anterior temporal shield in contact with both postoculars ; two elongate temporals along the outer side of each occipital. Upper labials 8, the seventh excluded from the margin of the lip, the fourth and fifth (or on one side the fifth only) entering the orbit. Two pairs of chin-shields, the posterior but little shorter than the anterior. Ventral shields 175; anal undivided; subcaudals in 50 pairs, with a long terminal scale. Back grey, with eleven dark-brown cross bands or large trans- verse spots on the body, and four on the tail, all having very irregular zigzag margins, and being, where widest, about half the breadth of the interspaces; the latter are slightly spotted and mottled with brown. On the head there is a broad dark cross band between the anterior parts of the eye-orbits on the front part of the vertical and on both pairs of frontals, and continued below the eye on the fifth and sixth supralabials. Behind this is a pointed elongated arrowhead-shaped dark mark, joining the anterior band on the vertical shield, and bifurcating behind on the neck ; there is also an oblique band just behind the angle of the mouth. Belly whitish, with small quadrangular dark spots on the sides of every second or third ventral. A single specimen is sent; it is only 8 inches long, the tail mea- suring 1. This is another species of the peculiar group of Simotes com- prising S. cochinchinensis, S. brevicauda *, S. catenifer, and S. an- coralis*, It is distinguished from all by having the seventh supra- labial shield shut out of the lip-margin, and from all but the first by having twenty-one rows of scales. The coloration, too, differs somewhat from that of S. cochinchinensis, in which the lower parts are white. NYMPHOPHIDIUM SUBANNULATUM. Odontomus subannulatus, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii. p. 454 ; Jan & Sordelli, Icon. Oph. 36° livr. pl. v. fig. 3. I had already identified the single specimen in the collection with the snake described by Duméril and Bibron, and figured by Jan’, 1 Steindachner, Novara Rept. p. 61, pl. iii. figs. 13-14. 2 Jan, Icon. Gen. Oph. 11¢ livr. pl. 6. fig. 2: see Stoliczka, J. A. S. B. 1873, xlii. p. 122. The specimen described by the first-named writers, the only one they had seen, was from the Leyden Museum; and as Jan’s figure was taken from a snake belonging to the same collection, it is probable that the same individual was examined by both authors. The dimensions agree. 220 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [ Feb. 1, when Dr. Giinther called my attention to the dentition, and sug- gested that the species might be a Nymphophidium. On comparing it with the type of NV. maculatum in the British Museum, I found a close agreement in all essential characters; but some differences in the form of the head-shields and in the dentition show, I think, that the species are distinct. The pupil in the snake now described is distinctly vertical ; and this character is shown in Jan’s figure of Odontomus subannulatus, although it is not mentioned in Duméril and Bibron’s rather meagre description.. From Giinther’s description of Mymphophidium, it might be inferred that the pupil is round, as it is in Odontomus as restricted by Giinther ; for the two genera are said to agree in every respect except dentition. On examining the type of NV. maculatum in the British Museum, however, I find that the pupils are ill- preserved, and their form is not distinguishable; but in a second specimen, procured from Dr. Bleeker for the same collection, the pupil on one side is slightly elliptical. This very peculiar feature of a vertical pupil has consequently to be added to the generic cha- vacters. I find in the present specimen of N. subannulatum two peculiar small conical white tooth-like projections from the base of the skull, as in NV. maculatum. They are easily seen at the back of the palate when the mouth is opened freely. I add a description of the present snake, Duméril and Bibron’s account being (as already noticed) imperfect. Description.—Body and tail slender, compressed. Head much broader than neck, flat, depressed. Pupil elliptical, vertical. Scales of body but little longer than broad, smooth, in 15 rows. Ventrals 230, strongly angulate at the sides; anal undivided; subcaudals in 97 pairs. Maxillary teeth small and numerous, increasing slightly in size behind ; the last is much larger and compressed, and projects horizontally backwards. Head-shields.—Rostral broader than high, scarcely extending to the upper surface of the head. Anterior frontals as long as the posterior, rounded in front, scarcely broader than long. Posterior frontals much broader than long. Vertical elongate, the lateral margins converging and slightly concave, posterior angle acute; the length of the shield is but little less than that of an occipital; and the postfrontals and vertical together considerably exceed the occi- pitals in length. Nostril near the middle of a single rectangular shield, succeeded behind by another elongate rectangular shield (the loreal, or loreal and lower przeocular united), which extends to the eye. A small preocular above the loreal, one postocular’. Tem- porals 2+ 2. Supralabials 7, the third and fourth enter the orbit. Colour (in spirit). The anterior portion of the back dark brown, with subdistant pale cross bands, which become closer together ’ In this character the specimen appears to differ from the type, which is figured with two postoculars. But on one side of the present example there is a well-marked groove, if not an imperfect suture, separating the lower posterior portion of the superciliary shield; and the postocular precisely corresponds to the inferior postorbital of the figure. 1881.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 221 behind, and then intersect the dark areas, until on the posterior part of the back and tail there is a double row of brown spots. The white bands expand at the side, and, except near the head, bifurcate around adark spot. Lower parts whitish. Head with a rather broad central dark band throughout the vertical and occipitals, and joined behind to the large brown spot on the back of the neck ; the sides of the vertical and occipitals, with the greater part of the sides of the head and neck, are pale; but there is a dark patch on each superciliary shield, another on the temporals on each side, and the greater part of the snout in front of the eyes is dark brown. Length of the specimen 13 inches, of which the tail is 3:1, or nearly one fourth. The principal characters by which this form may be distinguished from N. maculatum are:—(1) The greater length of the vertical shield: in N. maculatum the vertical is much shorter than an oc- cipital, the latter being equal in length to the vertical and post- frontals together ; in NV. subannulatum the vertical and postfrontals together are much longer than an occipital. (2) Dentition, there being only one larger tooth at the back of the jaw. In N. macula- tum the nasals are described as separated by an indistinct suture ; but I cannot detect with certainty a suture in the type; and in the second specimen the nasal is certainly undivided '. I think it not impossible that the genus Ulupe, described by me” in 1878 from a Tenasserim specimen, is allied to Nymphophi- dium. Ulupe has but 13 rows of scales round the body, and there is no przocular above the elongate loreal; but in other respects the genus approaches Nymphophidium very closely. I am far from certain that I was right in assigning Ulupe to the Lycodontide, to which, it should be remembered, Odontomus was referred by Duméril and Bibron, although Giinther afterwards showed that the dentition differed from the Lycodont type. Pryas mucosa and Pr. xorros. There are five specimens belonging to the genus Péyas. One has 15 scales round the middle of the body, two have 16, and two 17; in the latter there are 3 loreals; all have the dorsal scales distinctly keeled on the posterior portion of the body. I refer the first three to Pt. korros, the latter two to Pt. mucosa; but I believe all to belong to ove specific form and not to deserve to be distinguished, except as varieties. Since determining the specimens, I have ascer- tained that the individuals referred to Pt. mucosa are from Hong- Kong. TROPIDONOTUS RHODOMELAS. Tropidonotus rhodomelas, Boie, Isis, 1827, p. 535; Schlegel, Phys. Serp. i. p. 167, ii. p. 310, pl. xii. f, 10, 11. 1 In Jan's figure of Odontomus subannulatus a suture is shown below the nostril, but not above. In the specimen examined by me there is on one side a slight groove below the nostril, but no suture. 2 J, A. S. B. 1878, vol. xlvii. pt. 2, p. 128. 222 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [Feb. 1, Amphiesma rhodomelas, Duméril & Bibron, Erp. Gén. vii. p- 737. Xenodon rhodomelas, Giinther, Cat. Snakes B. M. 1858, p. 58. Three specimens from Macassar, one quite small, only 8 inches long, the other two 22 and 233 inches in length. In all there are two preoculars, the lower being very small; one (the young) specimen has three, the other two have each four postoculars’. In one example there are eight supralabials on one side, the second being divided. The loreal is about as high as broad, but only the binder part of the upper margin slopes downwards, and the form of the shield appears rather variable. Ventrals 131, 133, and 134; anal divided; subcaudals 52 pairs in two specimens, 55 in the third. These numbers are a little higher than those given by Duméril and Bibron, OpHITEs SUBCINCTUs, var. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.) Besides two normal specimens of this species, there is in the col- lection a young snake, 102 inches long (of which the tail measures 2), with smooth scales, and an undivided anal, but otherwise agreeing with O. subcinctus, and having the same peculiar arrangement of shields in the loreal region. In consequence of the scales being smooth, I at first took this for an undescribed species of the genus Lycodon, and had the accompanying figures of the head prepared, but subsequently amongst some snakes from province Wellesley in Malacca, collected by Mr. W. L. Distant, I found a much larger specimen of Ophites subcinctus, in which the keels of the dorsal scales were very faint in the hinder part of the body, and quite ab- sent in the anterior portion. I therefore now consider the young Singapore snake an abnormal specimen of the same species. PYTHON CURTUS. Python curtus, Schlegel, apud Hubrecht, Notes from the Museum at Leyden, vol. i. p. 244 *. This is a very remarkable species of Python ; and it is curious that it should so long have escaped notice, Hubrecht’s description having only been published last year. The specimen in the Leyden Museum was from Sumatra. P. curtus is remarkably stout for its length, its girth being pro- portionally much greater than that of P. reticulatus and P. molurus. The number of scales round the body is less, the ventrals and sub- 1 Duméril and Bibron say one pre-and two postoculars. Schlegel repre- sents one pra- and four postoculars ; but the figure does not look very exact in this respect. - 2 In the ‘Zoological Record’ for 1877 there is the following notice :— ** Python curtus, Schleg. Description and figure; A. Hubrecht, Ann. Mus. Leyd. No. 1.” I learn that the work quoted has not been published; but a titlepage and, I believe, the figure and description of the present species were printed and a copy sent to the Recorder. In the ‘ Notes from the Museum at Leyden,’ published in 1879, it is stated that the ‘Annals, which will contain a full description and figure of this species, will be published shortly. 1881.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 223 caudals are considerably less numerous, and the tail is much shorter. The coloration, too, is different. The following is a description of the specimen from Singapore :— Three pairs of frontals; vertical divided; enlarged irregularly shaped plates covering the occipital region. Nostril on the upper surface of the head, between two plates, the hinder of which is very small ; a row of small scales extends from the nostril to the eye. Rostral and the two anterior upper labials on each side with deep elongate pits ; ten upper labials ; the fifth and sixth enter the orbit. Three or four of the anterior lower labials pitted; a longitudinal groove along most of the posterior lower labial shields. Seales in 55 rows round the middle of the body, the series on each side of the ventrals being nearly half as broad as the latter. Ven- trals 175; anal entire; subcaudals 32 pairs. Colour (in spirit), The upper part of the head is uniformly earthy- grey, almost ash-grey, with a narrow pale median streak running back for some distance from the occiput ; upper labials the same; a dark brown mark in front of the eye, continued behind the eye and ex- panding into a broad brown band, dark at the edges, and especially along the upper margin; this band runs down the side of the neck, and is succeeded by a row of large brown dark-edged spots along the anterior portion of the body. Back fawn-colour, with a row of rather irregular pale spots along the middle; below the fawn- coloured band and above the dark spots is a light belt with small dark brown spots on many of the scales. The coloration of the dorsal parts continues to the tail, which is dark brown above, light brown below, pale on the sides. Lower parts, except of the tail, white. In the number of scales round the body, and of the ventrals and subcaudals, this form closely resembles the West-African P. regius ; but that species, like the other African Pythons, has the nostrils laterally placed and the four anterior upper labials pitted, besides other differences. The single specimen received, which is in magnificent condition, measures 55 inches in length, of which the tail is only 4; the girth round the middle of the body is 8:5 inches. A specimen of P. reticulatus, 67 inches long, has the tail 8:5 inches in length, ani a girth of only 5:5 inches. Dr. Dennys writes to me that he has seen but two specimens of this Python, one of which escaped from its cage and was lost. NAJA TRIPUDIANS. Both the specimens in the collection are black throughout, with- out any marks on the back of the hood, but with some pale spots on the side of the neck and beneath it. HypRopPHIS STOKESI. Giinther (Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 363) speaks of the occurrence of this species in the Chinese seas and the East Indian archipelago as doubtful. I think, however, that two specimens sent must be re- 224 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [Feb. 1, ferred to this form, although they differ somewhat from the Austra- lian types. One is a fine example, 64 inches long; the other is young, and measures but 163 inches. Both have only 39 scales round the neck, instead of from 43 to 47; but I can find no other structural distinction, and a larger series would be necessary in order to show whether this difference is constant. The larger specimen has alternating black and yellow rings quite round the body; the younger has the black rings not. quite perfect. HyDROPHIS VIPERINA. Hydrophis viperina, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 378 ; Anderson, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 400. The single specimen sent is 26 inches long. The colour differs but little from that of the much smaller type in the British Museum. TRIMERESURUS WAGLERI. There are two specimensof this Snake, 23 and 323 inches in length. Both have 25 scales round the middle of the body. The prevailing colour in both is gamboge-yellow ; the smaller has narrow yellow rings alternating with much broader bands composed of pale greenish scales with black margins; in the larger specimen the transverse bands are very indistinct, black scales, yellow scales, and black-edged scales being intermingled. There is also a smaller Trimeresurus, 174 inches long, with but 21 rows of scales round the middle of the body, grass-green above, with very minute subdistant spots, white in front, brown behind, about 5 or 6 scales apart from each other, arranged in a line down each side of the back. This agrees with 7’. maculatus, Gray, said by Giinther, Rept. Brit. India, p. 388, to be the young of T. wagleri. I find, however, in the British-Museum collection, specimens, chiefly from Borneo, that appear to show a gradation between these widely different forms. Two of the smaller specimens from Borneo, with the coloration of 7’. maculatus, have, the one 21, the other 22 scales round the middle of the body. It is evident the number in this species varies from 21 to 25, if T. maculatus is really the same as T. wagleri. In all adult or nearly adult specimens of the latter I find 25 rows of scales. RHACOPHORUS DENNYSI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.) Size of R. maximus. Colour above, in spirits, dark violet, almost slaty, below dirty white mottled with dusky, a brown spot behind the occiput. The tympanum is very little smaller than the eye. The nostril opens backward. The web between the toes without dark spots and deeply emarginate; it extends to the pads at the end cf all the toes of the hind feet; but it is very narrow near the end of the fourth toe on each side. The fingers are incompletely webbed, the web not extending to the end of any digit; the terminal pha- lanx of the third or longest digit is quite free. The projection on the inside of the inner finger is flat as in 2. reinwardti, and has not a tubercle beneath it as in R. mavimus. Folds along the edges of 1381.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 225 the limbs inconspicuous. The length of the manus from the wrist to the tip of the longest finger is nearly equal to the width of the head. Vomerine teeth in two straight ridges, nearly in the same right line ; the distance of the two series apart is scarcely more than half the length of each series ; the ridges commence from the anterior inner margins of the inner nostrils. inches, Leneth of head and body, «.~ 6..2 04. whe yeep 4°5 is hind limb from anus to end of longest toe 6°75 be ROO Lig onc ied oats ass wis lla ween an 2 ATO Ee he ire ab betuhestei abuses oleae 1°45 This species much resembles the East-Himalayan and Assamese R. maximus, which it equals or excels in size ; but the tympanum is proportionally twice as large, and the webs of the feet are less developed (they are shorter in the fore feet of R. maximus than in those of R. reinwardti or R. malabaricus). From R. reinwardti the new form is distinguished by size, coloration, and by the fingers being imperfectly webbed. The single specimen sent, Dr. Dennys informs me, was of a beau- tiful emerald-green colour when alive, and belonged to a well-known Chinese merchant named Whampoa, who refused an offer of five hundred dollars for it. When the animal died, it was presented to the Raffles Museum. It is said to have originally come from China ; but the precise locality is not known. In the smaller forms of Rhacophorus, the development of the folds of skin along the sides of the limbs and above the anus is very re- markable. Mr. Wood-Mason called my attention to this in the case of R. maculatus (and I find the same in R. reinwardti), and noticed that this form shows a passage towards the curious Flying Frog of Borneo figured by Wallace in the ‘ Malay Archipelago,’ vol. i. p- 60. Rana Macropon. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.) I am indebted to M. Boulenger for the identification of this species. The specimens differ considerably from the descriptions given by Duméril and Bibron’, and by Giinther?, both of whom describe the tympanum as small. This character, however, is, I learn from M. Boulenger, more variable than has hitherto been supposed ; and as there is, in the British Museum, a specimen from Java, the original locality of the species, that agrees with those from Singa- pore, I accept M. Boulenger’s opinion. The following is a descrip- tion of the Singapore specimens. Head very broad and flat—the breadth across the gape being greater than the distance from gape to muzzle, and equal to the length of the hind foot in females, exceeding it by one eighth to one tenthin males. Snout depressed, rounded at the end ; no trace of canthus rostralis ; the nostrils near the end of the snout and dis- tant from the eye, their distance apart being about half of the in- 1 Erp. Gén. viii. p. 382. 2 Brit.-Mus. Cat. Batr, Sal. p. 8. Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1881, No. XV. 15 226 ON REPTILES AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. [Feb., 1, terval between nostril and eye. Eye of moderate size, the diameter about equal to the length of the fourth finger. Tympanum distinct, nearly as large asthe eye. Lower jaw with two prominent apophyses in front, fitting into hollows inside the upper jaw ; in a female sent these apophyses are inconspicuous. Vomerine teeth on two straight ridges running obliquely back from the interior angle of the inner nostrils, and converging behind so as to meet, if prolonged, nearly in aright angle, but rather widely separated ; a strong osseous transverse ridge behind the choanz. No vocal sac. A strong fold from behind the eye running horizontally to over the tympanum, then turned down at an obtuse angle and running to the shoulder. Posterior portion of upper eyelid tubercular. Skin of body and limbs smooth. Limbs stout, the tips of both toes and fingers slightly swollen ; the distance from vent to knee is about half the length of the body from snout to vent or a little more; from vent to metatarsal tubercle is longer than the body. The metatarsal tubercle is elongate, not flattened. The toes are scarcely fully webbed; the terminal two phalanges of the fourth toe have ouly a narrow fringe along their sides, and the web is deeply emarginate ; a narrow fold along the inside of the foot. Colour (in spirits) light brown above, one specimen (a male) having a pale stripe down the back, very little paler below, the sides and lower portion of the limbs, the sides of the body, breast and chin marbled with rich brown. ) g inches. inches. Length from nose to vent .......4...0005 6 4°9 5 OPM MM rn erect chad ots. sotiscens gies ott manes 2°6 1°7 BrendtinOrsnend cs eicce aye ese +t oud wpseeatn bute Sola ee Tpemp te me MM Lee eee 5 a ek wig he wings 8°6 75 - LOLA Te) aoe aa MeMgeplniery yA sk agli 8) mea Three specimens are sent—two apparently males, the third a female. I believe all were obtained at Singapore; but I have not heard positively that this was the case. This form is closely allied to Rana fusca’, but has a much broader head ; the eye is smaller, and the tympanum larger; the muzzle is flatter, the nostrils nearer together, and the web between the toes of the hind feet much less developed. In the specimens of R. fusca from Penang, described by Stoliczka, there does not appear to be any passage towards the Singapore form ; for the toes are said to be fully webbed. Mr. Boulenger informs me that he considers R. fusca also a variety of R. macrodon. In the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for 1879, vol. xviii. pt. 2, p. 130, I described a supposed new species of Hyp- sirhina under the name of H. maculata. I overlooked the fact that this name had previously been given by Duméril and Bibron to the Chinese species H, bennetti. Under these circumstances I propose to change the name of the Burmese form to Hypsirhina maculosa. ? Blyth, J. A. 8. B, xxiv. 1855, p. 719 (the volume is wrongly quoted by An- derson as xxxiv); Theobald, “Cat. Rept.,” J. A. 8. B. 1868, extra number, p. 79; Anderson, P. Z.8, 1871, p. 197; Stoliczka, J. A. S. B. 1878, xlii. pt. 2, p. 115. SOLVANTIT SIHdO HaANTITAD duar soug MIS TULyy yr ye PP UTLetut yy H XX Id 1881 S°Z'd PIZ: 5. 188). Pl SO. RMintern del et hth. Mintern Bros. imp. 1. SIMOTES DENNYSI. 3.RHACOPHORUS DENNYSI. 2.0PHITES SUBCINCTUS. 4. RANA MACRODON. 1881.] MR. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 227 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, Puarn XX, Cylindrophis lineatus, sp. nov., p. 217; with outlines of head-shields, from above. Puate XXT. Fig. 1. Simotes dennysi, sp. nov., view of head, p. 218; from above. la. ——- ~—, outline of head-shields, side view. 2. Ophites subcinctus, var., p. 222; outline of head-shields, from above. 2a. ——-, var., outline of head-shields, side view, 3. Rhacophorus dennysi, sp. nov., p. 224; side of head, 3a. , fore foot, from below. 4. Rana macrodon, p. 225; head. 4a. , hind foot, from below. All the above figures are of the natural size, except 1, la, 2, and 2a, which are double the real dimensions. 4, An Account of the Collection of Lizards made by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador, and now in the British Museum, with Descriptions of the new Species. By the late A. W. E. O’SHaveunessy, Esq., Assistant in the Natural- History Departments, British Museum. [Received January 19, 1881.] (Plates XXII.-XXV.) Of the zoological collections made by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador, various sections of which have already formed the subjects of papers in these ‘ Proceedings,’ not the least interesting is the collection of Lizards, both on account of the number of new species it reveals, and because of the fresh materials it affords for the study of those already known. I have given a partial notice of this collection (P. Z.S. 1880, p. 491), confined, however, to a preliminary list of the species of Anolis identified, and the description of a beautiful new one. I now offer the results of a study of the whole collection, and have thought it advisable not to restrict the present paper to the descrip- tion of the new forms, but to enumerate all the species, for the pur- pose of recording additional remarks and revisions which have appeared necessary, and of thus making this contribution to the Herpetology of Ecuador as complete as possible. A much earlier collection, that of Mr. Fraser, afforded Dr. Giinther the opportunity, in 1859, of describing and figuring a series of reptiles from the same region (P. Z. S. 1859, p. 89); and his paper has, of course, been frequently referred to. I may point out that the family Cercosauride, our knowledge of which, so imperfect before Prof. Peters’s admirable memoir in 1863, had scarcely been increased since that date, has received some remarkable accessions in the present collection; also that the genus Enyalius has been further worked out, whilst a new form of the curious genus Hoplocercus has been brought to light. it ag 228 MR. A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1, The specimens were collected at three distinct stations :—viz. Canelos, Pallatanga, and Sarayacu. TEJIDA. 1. CenrRopyx porsAlis, Giinther. Monoplocus dorsalis, Giinther, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 404. Centropyax pelviceps, Cope, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1868, p. 98. ? Centropyx altamazonicus, Cope, J. Ac. Phil. (n. s.) viii. 1876, p. 162. Two specimens, the largest measuring about 114 inches long, from Canelos. Another good-sized specimen, from the Peruvian Amazons, is also in the British Museum. By its keeled preeanal scutes this species would be the C. altamazonicus, Cope, rather than his CO. pelviceps; but I am inclined to think that the very small specimen on which the former is founded will prove identical with the latter. If so, both must be referred to the species described by Dr. Giinther, also on a small type specimen, in which, after re- newed examination, I do not find that the distinctions relied on by Prof. Cope when describing C. pelviceps hold good, as I count fourteen longitudinal series of ventrals in the middle of the body, and can also distinguish femoral pores. The largest specimen from Canelos has the sixteen ventral series characteristic of C. altama- zonicus, though that species shows them already in a young speci- men. I may add that Dr. Ginther’s type possesses the anal spurs of this genus. 2. NEUSTICURUS ECPLEOPUS. Neusticurus ecpleopus, Cope, J. Ac. Phil. 1876, p. 161; O’Shaugh. Ann. N. H. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 295 (1879). Pallatanga. CERCOSAURID&. Emminia olivacea of Gray is a Cercosaura, as was rightly surmised by Dr. Peters in 1863; moreover it is so closely related to Cereo- saura ocellata, Wagier, that nothing but the conspicuous lateral ocelli and the three additional femoral pores of that species separate them. With regard to the preeanal scutes, 1 may mention that another specimen from Para, which, some time since, I had occasion to add to the named series in the British Museum, has the two large plates figured by Peters as belonging to Wagler’s species, instead of the four smaller marginal plates of Gray’s type ; but on this ground alone I should not venture to separate it from C. olivacea, with which it agrees exactly in every detail. It is perhaps superfluous to state that no foundation for the peculiar position assigned to the nostril by Dr. Gray is afforded by the specimen. A similar variability in the arrangement of the preeanal scutes, associated with an irregularity in the plates of the muzzle, is shown in a series of four specimens, which, however, cannot be specifically distinct, and are doubtless referable to the species described by Prof. 1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 229 Peters as Cercosaura (Pantodactylus) argulus. Although the number and arrangement of the preeanal scutes affords a conspicu- ous and important character in the family Cercosauride, and in many cases a reliable one, sufficing, for instance, to distinguish several species of Leposoma trom the original one of Spix, and from the new one recently described by Prof. Peters, allowance must be made for a certain amount of variation in this particular, more especially as corresponding variations in other characteristic portions of the scu- tellation are to be found in the Lizards of this and closely allied South-American groups. I have already noticed that the internasal plate is sometimes entire and sometimes bisected in Neusticurus ecpleopus, Cope, although this species was described by Prof. Cope as differing from N. bicari- natus, L., in having it entire (see ‘Ann. N. H.’ Oct. 1879, p. 295). I found also in N. dicarinatus an irregular additional prefrontal plate associated with the cleft internasal. In the present series of specimens of Cercosaura (Pantodactylus) argulus, the internasal has a longitudinal cleft in a line with the suture of the fronto-nasals, and occasionally the above-mentioned supernumerary plate is pre- sent in exactly the same position as in Neusticus bicarinatus. ‘The fronto-nasals are in that case reduced to smaller triangular and more lateral plates, quite separated from each other, instead of being large and extensively in contact. These two forms of arrangemeut of the nasal shields are associated with two distinct types of przeanal scu- tellation. One specimen with the additional prefrontal has four narrow marginal preeanals; another with the normal nasal plates has only two large rounded marginal preeanals, like Cercosaura ocel- lata, while the others have the normal nasals and the four narrow marginal preauals. As Prof. Peters had only a single specimen from Bogota, and those in the present collection from Ecuador show a range of Variation within recognizable specific limits, I give the following supplementary description :— 3. Cercosaura (PANTODACTYLUS) ARGULUS, Peters, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1863, p. 184, pl. i. fig. 3. Internasal broad, single, or bisected in a line with the suture of the two good-sized fronto-nasals when these are extensively in con- tact ; sometimes an intermediate small prefrontal joining the frontal and the internasal. Frontal and fronto-parietals of the ordinary shape, interparietal large, flanked by two large parietals, and fol- lowed by a small occipital enclosed between two good-sized postoc- cipital plates. Nasal rather large, followed by a single large frenal. Supralabials six, none particularly elongate; infralabials five, the third very elongate. Two pairs of large postmentals in contact, the third smaller, separated by the group of large and small intervening gular seales. Two contiguous rows of larger plates to the chest, where a small collar is formed by a central and two lateral rounded plates. Some convex scales behind the occiput ; scales of the back not very narrow, keeled, pointed, the keels being slightly produced; on the 230 MR. A. W. E. O SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1, sides small quadrate scales, in two rows to each of the dorsal rows. Ventral plates large, in six longitudinal series, the middle ones squarish, the outer rounded. Przeanal scutes four or six, arranged as described above. Four series of square, smooth, inferior caudal plates; those above elongated, keeled, without points. Tail gene- rally with a lateral groove. Femoral pores six to nine. Above light brown; head variegated with darker. A central dark longitudinal stripe and a lateral one on each side, beneath which a light vitta extends from the temporal region the whole length of the side, again bordered inferiorly with black. Sides with a series of eight or nine large ocelli black with white centres; another, pure white, lower lateral stripe from the labials and beneath the eye. Entire ventral surface yellowish; each ventral, anal, and lower caudal scute with a central black dot. Tail above and below light brown or yellowish, the dorsal tints fading and the stripes ceasing over the rump. millim Potablenathw/)is0'.019 94 Et Mead od Ue a 102 Distance of tip of snout from ear-opening.. 12 mS i i, forelimb .. 18 ty % 35 Vent My es oe 4S Lengthvofifore limbs aaah Poe ip AS re fourth finger on fore limb...... 4 aa fine limb? yd Ba) eeeees 20 os thirdshindtoe.. 024. age: 43 A; fourth hind toe.............. 54 Beside the other differences noted above, Prof. Peters’s type spe- cimen showed only two anterior lateral ocelli. Its locality is given as the mountain region of Santa Fé de Bogota. Of the four col- lected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador, one is from Pallatanga, and three are from Canelos. 4. CercosauRa (PANTODACTYLUS) RETICULATA, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 1). Tnternasal broad, fronto-nasals pentagonal, with one side in con- tact; frontal short ; frouto-parietals separate ; interparietal long and straight ; parietals also with straight inner edge, broader than the inter}arietal, and rounded externally; these three plates evenly truncate on the posterior line of the head, and followed by two trans- verse rows of small plates, preceding the regular scales of the nape, there being no true occipital shields. Head-shields smooth, with- out any ridges. Supraorbitals three. One frenal. Supralabials seven, none of them elongate; infralabials six. Temporal scales ir- regular, polygonal, rather large. A single mental shield behind the symphysial, and four pairs of postmentals, the two first in contact, the others separated by narrow intervening scales. A double series of large gular shields ending in the very indistinct collar before the chest. Scales of the entire upper surface and sides of the body very narrow, elongate, and keeled, of the same type as those of C. schreibersii, 1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 231 but narrower. Sides of the neck and shoulder granular. Ventral shields smooth, in eight longitudinal series, long, narrow, and dis- tinetly rounded posteriorly. Four principal preanal shields—two median, with their points touching, and two lateral. Tail continu- ing the scutellation of the back and ventral surface, with a distinct groove along the side. Second and fifth toes on fore foot nearly equal ; fourth a little longer than the third. Brown, variegated with black on the head, with close longitudinal series of light black-edged ocelli or of light spots, in a black longi- tudinal stripe on the back and sides of the body. Labials and chin- shields spotted with black. Tail pale yellowish brown. Entire undersurface yellowish. millim otah len ote itss2 «2 dail aging iiie eshte wie 114 Distance from tip of snout to ear-opening.. 10 f =, - forelimb .. 18 ‘i 53 - WEltircuhd et owe ERensth. of fore Jimbo afar ita peaesqarlaeaee os fourth front toe.. ............ 3 a NING slam pacts sabes ene ari towns 18 as thirdihind toely> yenaaidad sae 4 5 fourthibind (toe ab ersea= ash aes 6 This species has the dorsal scutellation characteristic of the sub- genus Pantodactylus ; but, as before remarked, the dorsal scales are still narrower than in Cercosaura schreibersii, and more like those of C. argulus, Peters, figured in ‘Abh. Ak. Berl.’ 1863, pl. i. fig. 3. The narrow rounded ventral scales are a peculiar feature ; and so also is the arrangement of the parietal head-shields, which is like that of the genus Leposoma. One specimen from Canelos. Crercosaura, subg. n. PRIoNODACTYLUS. Characters of Cercosaura and of the section Pantodactylus. Toes of both fore and hind feet strongly toothed beneath. 5. CercosauRA (PRIONODACTYLUS) MANICATA, Subg. et sp. nn. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.) A single broad internasal, two fronto-nasals in contact, the rest of the plates on the upper surface of the head as in C. schreibersii, the interparietal being somewhat shorter. A single frenal, a large triangular preeocular over the labials, and another similar canthal plate before the supraorbitals. Six supralabials, the third, fourth, and sixth elongate, continued in a series of longish smooth plates in the same line as far as the ear-opening ; only four infralabials, the third extremely elongate. A single broad mental plate behind the symphysial, followed by two pairs of contiguous posterior plates, a third pair being widely separated and forced into a lateral position by two converging groups of large oval gular scales, the central and lateral gular spaces being occupied by smaller rounded scales; a 232 MR. A. W. E. O SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1 double row of very large broad plates, increasing in size posteriorly, leading to the chest. Sides of the neck and of the body anteriorly granular. Back eovered entirely with elongate narrow, strongly keeled scales, sharply pointed posteriorly, in about eighteen longitudinal rows in the middle of the body, and giving place to much smaller scales on the sides. Ventral shields large and smooth, the middle ones square, the lateral ones rounded, in six longitudinal series, with an additional small external series on eaeh side. Three posterior very long przeanal shields, the middle one very narrow and straight, the two outer ones broader and rounded. Lower caudal plates smooth, the upper ones, continued from the back, keeled. Limbs with large scutes on the anterior surfaces, as in other Lizards of this group. Fourth toe on the anterior limb a little longer than the third. The scales beneath the toes with tooth-like projections ; so that all the toes on both fore and hind feet are strongly pectinate. Femoral pores twelve. Dark greenish above (in spirits). The sides black, forming a broad and well-defined stripe from the sides of the head to the tail, bounded inferiorly by a narrow pure white stripe from the rostral to the hind limb. A very remarkable pure white pateh covers a part of the fore limb, including the first, second, and third toes, and reaching up the wrist and along the anterior scutes of the inner surface of the arms to the elbow. Another isolated white patch is seen on the fore part of the upper arm, near the body. The rest of the front or upper surfaces of the fore limb are dark brown, black in the vicinity of the white patches, and including the two remaining toes. The hind limbs are paler brown, with faint coloured ocelli. Lower surface of the entire Lizard yellowish white, becoming bluish on the belly. The upper surface of the trunk is variegated with dark spots and a distinct zigzag pattern of light and dark brown extends the whole length of the tail. The white lateral vitta on the head is rendered more conspicuous by a short inferior streak of black along the labials, and by the lower symphysial plate being black against the white of the adjacent plates. millim. Total length ...... PN Sara ity Rites ft) Oe Distance from tip of snout to ear-opening.. 16 33 33 5 CVC pane vepadanssts 6 43 3 ay fore limb .. 29 a» i 55 Venty om \ LD 3 Sloe) fie |e ae a cee eee ee 28 This species is allied to H. heterolepis, E. microlepis, and E. pre- stabilis, but differs from all three in the higher dorsal crest, from E. heterolepis in the scales of the body, which are smaller (about 42 vertically in the present species, and 29 in Z. heterolepis) and not intermixed with conical ones, and in the absence of a second lateral series of large scales; from E. microlepis in the larger, slightly or not keeled dorsal seales ; from E. prestabilis in the shape of the dorsal scales, and especially in the strongly keeled pectoral and ventral ones. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI, Fig. 1. Enyalius oshaughnessyi. 1a, scutellation of the side of ditto. Fig. 2. Scutellation of the side of £. ’ microlepis. 6. Remarks upon the Habits of the Darter (Plotus an- hinga). By A. D. Barrett, Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. [Received Jan. 6, 1881.] At a meeting of this Society in 1869 (see P.Z.S. 1869, p. 142) I read a paper upon the habits of the Hornbills, and called attention to the fact that, from time to time, these birds cast up a substance that is found upon examination to be the epithelial lining of the gizzard. I now bring before the Society a notice of another instance of this re- markable habit, in a very different group of birds. A Darter (Plotus anhinga), the bird I now speak of, was received on the 18th of July 1880, and since that time has appeared to be in perfect health, and has fed regularly. It has thrown up the lining of its stomach on three or four occasions during this period ; but unfortunately the keeper, not being aware of the interest that would be attached to the circumstance, and not knowing the nature of the substance, care- lessly threw the castings away. I happened, however, to be present when the last sac was thrown up, and secured it for examination, and have handed it over to our Prosector, Mr. Forbes, for that pur- ose, : This remarbable fact being now known to occur in two widely 248 NOTE ON MR. BARTLETT'S COMMUNICATION. ([Feb. 1, separate genera of birds, induces me to believe, that the habit may exist in many other birds and have hitherto been unobserved. In many cases the substance would sink to the bottom of the water, where it would soon decompose; and this may account for its not having been previously noticed. I feel particularly anxious to call the attention of persons keeping Cormorants, and of those persons visiting the haunts of Cormorants, to this habit, as it is highly probable that this bird does the same thing. 7. Note on Mr. Bartlett’s Communication on the Habits of the Darter. By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received February 1, 1881.] The specimen put into my hands by Mr. Bartlett is a somewhat broken bag-like sac, which is undoubtedly the shed ‘ epithelial” coat of the gizzard of the Darter. Where the “‘epithelium”’ * is thickest and best developed, at the bottom of the gizzard, the walls have remained intact; but above, whereit thins off towards the pyloric and cesophageal openings, they have become broken, so that the sac is widely open here. A small patch of the characteristic hairs (¢f. Garrod, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 343, pl. xxviii. fig. 2) of the pyloric part of the gizzard has come away with the epithelium; these alone would suffice to indicate the bird whence it was derived. The hard epithelium does not extend above the limits of the gizzard: hence none of the mucous coverings of the proventricular gland or cesophagus has been preserved in the ejected specimen. The outer surface of the cast epithelium is smooth and velvety, and exactly similar in appearance to epithelium that has been peeled off the muscular walls of the gizzard artificially. A microscopical examination of a part of the cast epithelium shows that it is quite identical in structure with that of the unshed epithelium of the stomach. I may add that in the stomach of a lately dead example of the species—though not that of the individual which “ moulted”’ its stomach, which is still (February 1) alive and in good health—there is some appearance of a similar “ moult ” being about to take place, the epithelial layer being easily detached from the subjacent ones, whilst beneath it there is apparently a new, though still very thin, coat of epithelium in course of formation. This appearance is con- firmed by sections of the epithelium. 1 T use this term in the same sense as many previous writers have done, as a convenient term for the object in question, without committing myself to any opinion as to its true nature.—W. A. F. 1881.] MR. A. H, COCKS ON THE BREEDING OF THE OTTER. 249 8. Note on the Breeding of the Otter. By Aurrep Heneace Cocks, F.Z.S. [Received January 17, 1881.] A pair of Otters in my possession have lately bred; and as the details differ somewhat from those in the case of the breeding of this species in the gardens of this Society, as recorded in the ‘ Pro- ceedings’ for 1847, I venture to give the following particulars. The female was sent to me in March 1873, from North Wales, as a cub of about 2? lb. weight, with the permanent incisor teeth just cut. From about the time she was full-grown she came in season nearly every month; but I never possessed an adult male until October 1879, when I obtained one in Hamburg. Owing to the female animal’s extreme jealousy, I was not able to let them run together until they had been duly introduced to each other through the bars of adjoining cages for some weeks. The male soon after- wards became very ill with an abscess at the root of one of his lower premolar teeth, the result apparently of some old injury; and although the female occasionally came in season, he took no notice of her advances, until early on the morning of July 17th, when they paired in the water, the female loudly chattering or whistling in a peculiar way all the while. They remained thus for about an hour ; and the sides of the tank being perpendicular, they were of necessity swimming the whole time. Nothing further was noticed until the morning of August 12, when they again paired in the water. ‘They remained together on this occasion for an hour and a half (about 6.30 to 8. a..). On October 2, the female being evidently heavy with young, I separated the animals ; and (about 5.45) in the afternoon of the 12th I heard young ones squeaking ; in all probability they had not been born more than an hour or two when I discovered them. Reckoning from August 12th (the date of the second pairing), the gestation was therefore 61 days. We constantly heard the cubs squealing; but nothing was seen of them until the 25th, when I looked at them, and found them to be two in number, measuring about 8 inches in length, including the tails, which were about 2 inches, or perhaps rather more, in length, and which were held curved tight round on the abdomen, as in a foetus. They were completely covered with a fine silky coat, very different from the somewhat rough “ puppy- coat” they afterwards assume. They were still blind, with the eyes very prominent. Within two hours after I had looked at them the mother removed them to the other bed-box. From this time they were frequently shifted by the mother from one box to the other, often daily, the longest stay in one box being from October 28th to November 15th. On November 17, while I was in the act of putting clean straw into the unoccupied bed-box, the Otter came out of the other box with one of the cubs in her mouth, and, swimming with it across the tank, came right up to the box I was filling, as if totally unconscious of my Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XVII. 17 Pe 250 MR. A.H. COCKS ON THE BREEDING OF THE OTTER. [Feb. 1, presence. On finding that the bed was not ready, she swam back with the cub across the tank; and although I left the cage as quickly as possible, she made altogether about six journeys across the tank (which is between 13 and 14 feet long), holding the cub by the neck in her mouth, and carrying it most of the way under water. I could not be sure about its eyes, but believe it to have been still blind. It appeared to be about 15 inches long, or possibly hardly so much. On the 29th the cubs were about 1 foot long in head and body, with tails 6 inches long. Weight probably about 2lb. Eyes open. On the night of December 5, one of the cubs first showed itself, lying with its head hanging out of the box. On the 9th the cubs first came out of their own accord, and went into the water several times (both accidentally and purposely it was supposed) ; the tank being nearly brimfull, they were able to get out without assistance. On the 10th I first saw the mother carry fish into the box to try to tempt the cubs to eat. In the afternoon of the same day, the cubs were anxious to come out of the box; but the mother, hearing the gardeners at work close by, would not allow them. Presently one of the cubs having become very refractory, the old Otter seized it by the side of the neck, carried it to the tank, and gave it a thorough ducking, and thence straight back to bed, where, after another short demonstration of independence, it subsided. On the 12th one of the cubs when out, being frightened at an accidental noise, plunged without hesitation into the tank, and swam across nearly all the way under water. On the morning of the 13th, on my feeding the old Otter while the cubs were out with her, she took two small roach to them, and tried to make them eat, taking first one fish, then the other, then both together in her mouth, and moving them about close in front of the cubs to attract their attention, at the same time uttering a peculiar whine or growl, or something between the two, which sounded ferocious. This she has continued to do every day since up to date of writing (January 15); and one cannot help thinking that her idea of teaching the cubs to eat is to encourage their natural rapacity by pretending she does not want them to have the food. On this first occasion, though they occasionally gnawed at the fish, they appeared to get nothing off. On the 28th, I turned out the cubs to exhibit; they had now become shy, and bit fiercely. On the 31st, about 11.15 p.m, I found the cubs out, and calling, asif hungry; sol gave them ina supply of food, which they appeared to appreciate. They have continued since that date to expect some food the last thing each night, in addition, since the 5th instant, to a meal about 6 p.m. ; and about the same date they began to eat a little the first thing in the morning ; but they. now lie up all through the day, and the mother, when fed at other times than those specified, makes no attempt to induce them to eat. to or a 1881.] ON SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 9. On the Land Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by Prof. Bayley Balfour. By Lieut--Colonel H. H. Gopwiy- AvstEN, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. Part I. Cyclostomacez. {Received January 18, 1881.] (Plates XXVII., XXVIII.) For the recent exploration of the Island of Socotra we are very greatly indebted to Mr. Sclater, who from the first so strongly advocated the examination of its flora and fauna. This work has been most ably carried out by Prof. Bayley Balfour, who volunteered his services, and who, after a necessarily short stay there of only six weeks in the cold season of 1880, brought away with him a fine store of specimens. The present paper is based on a study of the land- and freshwater Mollusca thus obtained. It is proposed to bring out this list in two parts, instead of waiting until the whole collection has been examined and compared. The first contribution, now submitted, comprises the Cyclostomaceee. As a whole, they are, as might have been expected, African and Arabian in character, the connexion being certainly, as regards the oper- culated forms, more Arabian than African. The collection contains a number of very distinct, fine and interesting forms, of which some were already known, but many are new and considerably extend the list of Socotran species. The large area of limestone formation on the island is especially favourable to the existence of these creatures, while island-conditions have, as usual, modified and increased the species of some genera. I hope to be able to show to what extent the species are allied to the adjacent continental forms—always so interesting a point as regards island faunas. The Helicidze number about twenty species, the operculated species ten, while there are some eight freshwater, or a total of about forty. It is remarkable to note that there is not a single true Helix represented in the collection: one specimen I did at first think was a Helix; but it is in in a very imperfect state, and on further examination appears to belong to the Bulimine. Species of Buliminz are the most numerous among the Helicidze, the greater numbers being allied to Mr. G. Nevill’s subgenus Acha- tinelloides, which is closely allied to a group which extends through Arabia and Persia to N.W. India. Of the genus Otopoma, represented in Socotra by six species, there is found in the neighbouring island of Abd-el-Goury O. modestum, Petit, which is not in the collection and appears to be peculiar to that island, as also Cyclostoma gratum, a genus not represented in the collection. It is interesting to note how restricted Ofopoma is to Arabia an the islands off the east coast of Africa. The only exceptions are :— O. albicans, Sow., in the British Museum, given as from the island of 17 252 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Feb. 1, Hainan, China, according to Benson’, but which possesses all the characteristics of the Socotran shells, and must be, I consider, wrongly labelled ; there is also one recorded from the continental shore of Mogadoxa, viz. O. guillani ; and we have an outlier in one species on the other side of the Arabian Sea in peninsular India, O. hinduorum, recorded from Kattiawar and named by Mr. W. T. Blanford. Again, in Cyclotopsis, a genus belonging to the Cyclostomide, but with a multispiral operculum, we find the connexion of Socotra not with Africa but with peninsular India on the one side, where it is represented by C. semistriatus, and in the far south-east, in the Seychelles, by another species: this has been already pointed out by Mr. W. T. Blanford in a paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1864) “On the Classification of the Cyclostomacez of Eastern Asia,” and more recently (in the same publication, 1876) “On the African Element in the Fauna of India.”’ Lithidion, again, follows a very similar distribution, with the ex- ception of India, all the species being East-African island forms, though not extending southward beyond Madagascar. On the north it is found in Arabia, but has not, I believe, been recorded from the African coast, which, however, has been little explored. Tropidophora is a purely Madagascar genus, where it has reached its maximum of development and beauty in some magnificent shells ; and it occurs in most of the East-African islands, viz. Mauritius and Rodriguez,—in the first represented by the very rare 7’. barclayana, and in the second by JZ. articulata. Tropidophora we now find spreading as far north as Socotra; but this genus has never been found in India. Judging from the land-mollusean fauna of Socotra, there is strong evidence that the island was once directly connected with Madagascar to the south. We know the great antiquity of that island ; and it is not unreasonable to suppose that in Socotra, the Seychelles, Mada- gascar and Rodriguez we have the remnants of a very ancient more advanced coast-line on this western side of the Indian Ocean, which line of elevation was probably continuous through Arabia towards the north. With an equally advanced coast on the Indian side, the Arabian Sea would, under these conditions, have formed either a great delta, or narrow arm of the sea into which the line of the Indus and Euphrates drained. Such conditions would have admitted of the extension of species from one side to the other, which the later and more extensive depression of the area, as shown in Scinde, afterwards more completely shut off. Ororoma natTicoipEs. (Plate XXVII. figs. 1, 1 a.) Cyclostoma naticoides, Récluz, Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 3. Shell globosely turbinate, very solid; sculpture well marked transverse irregular lines of growth crossed by distant indistinct spiral sulcation. Colour white, fine orange within the aperture. Spire rather high, the extreme apex generally decollate. Whorls 1 Sowerby in his original description gives no loeality. 1881.] SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 253 5, well rounded. Aperture obliquely and broadly ovate, angular above, suboblique. Peristome thick and solid, particularly on the columellar margin, where it spreads out and completely conceals the umbilicus; this is a greater development and exaggeration of the angulate notch which is to be seen in the next two species from this island. Operculum situated well within the aperture, flatly concave in front, shelly, smooth, of about 33 whorls, nucleus sub- central. Size of largest specimen—major diam. 59°5, minor diam. 51, alt. axis 31'5 millims. Largest size given by Pfeiffer—major diam, 41°0, minor diam. 34-0, aperture 19X16 millims. Example figured— major diam. 2°15, minor diam. 1°7, alt. axis 1°35 inch. me as 3 BS Vi seamen 34:0 millims. Small var.— major diam. 38, yt ewe Tasik fs 1825). Wy = ane LSD. y, fos: Og arr, 0°53 inch. Animal not yet examined. [“ Very common on the limestone plains from more than one locality.” (I. B. B.)] ~ O. guillani, Petit, is a small form, diameter 26 millims., very Similar in the expansion of the columella-notch over the umbilicus, from Mogadoxa on the N.E. coast of Africa, 250 leagues distant from Socotra. OTOPOMA BALFOURI, n. sp. (Plate XXVII. figs. 2, 2 a.) Shell globosely turbinate, solid, very openly umbilicated, ribbed regularly and spirally throughout ; but the ribbing does not extend within the umbilicus; colour white; spire pyramidal, decollate usually for 14 whorl; suture well impressed; whorls 4, well rounded ; aperture subvertical, ovoid, angular above; peristome continuous, solid, and reflected slightly on the outer margin, less solid on the columellar side, which presents a slight dentation with angularity just below the upper inner margin, well rounded below. Size :— Major diam. 55:0, minor diam. 40-0, alt. axis. 22-0 millims. PY, 35 2°16; 55 5 L585.) 55 0°87 inches. Dwarf var. major diam. 32°8, _,, OOS 3h 14 millims. {‘* Common on the land towards the east end of the island : this por- tion is elevated over 700 feet and is of limestone.” (1. B. B.)] This species is very close to O. auriculare, Gray, of which the habitat is unknown, but the columellar margin is more expanded and the ribbing is coarser and more distant than in O. badfouri. Cyclostoma albicans, Sow, apud Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voy. pl. xxxviii. fig. 30, p. 146, is said to inhabit some of the islands of the Southern Pacific, which I do not believe is correct. The descrip- tion agrees with this shell; but no dimensions are given, and the 254 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Feb. 1, inferior figure represents a shell with a high spire, not nearly glo- bular : it is certainly not to be identified with Sowerby’s figure in the Thes. Conch. pl. xxvi. OTOPOMA COMPLANATUM, n. sp. (Plate XXVII. figs. 3, 3a.) Shell turbinate, openly umbilicated, fine spiral ribbing crossed by transverse finer ribbing, smooth on base; colour white; spire pyramidal, 13 whorl at the apex smooth; suture impressed ; whorls 5, sides well rounded; aperture ovate, suboblique, angular above; peristome continuous, thickened and scarcely reflected on the outer margin, which is well rounded ; columellar margin oblique to axis, thin, with a well-marked submedian angulation near the umbilicus, but with no tendeney to an expansion in that direction. Size :— Major diam. 36°8, minor diam. 29°5, alt. axis 16°8 millims. [‘* Very common on the limestone plains from more than one locality, and common on the land towards the east end of the island ; all the land in this region is elevated over 700 feet and is of lime- stone.’ (I. B. B.)] Somewhat like Cyclostoma albicans, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 118, pl. xxvi. figs. 110-112, in form of the aperture and its smooth surface. OTOPOMA CLATHRATULUM, Var. SOCOTRANA. (Plate XXVII. figs. 4, 4a.) Shell very globosely turbinate, closely umbilicated, spiral ribbing on the apical whorls crossed by transverse striation, becoming smoother on the body-whorl, which only shows the latter; colour white, also pale purple, stronger on the apex ; bordering the suture in one specimen numerous pale purple bands of colour occur, show- ing darkish above the periphery (fig. 4 a) ; spire pyramidal, suture impressed ; whorls 4, well rounded; aperture subvertical, oval, angulate above; peristome continuous, almost separated from the penultimate whorl, not reflected, thickened on the outer margin ; columellar margin suboblique, nearly straight, with only a very slight tendency to angulation. Operculum shelly, situated close to the peristome, paucispiral, of three whorls rapidly increasing, nucleus subcentral, flat in front. Size :— Major diam. 28°5, minor diam. 22°6, alt. axis 13°5 millims. | ” ” 1:22, ” ” 0°88, ” 0°55 inch. [‘* Very common everywhere.” (I. B. B.)]. This species is very closely allied to O. clathratulum, Récluz, figured in Conch, Icon. pl. xviii. fig. 116b ; but in none of the Socotran shells do we find the columeilar margin expanded, as seen in Mr. Sowerby’s drawing ; and I have examined the specimens in the British Museum : fiz. 116a is that of a well banded specimen, but is much over- coloured. Both Arabia and Socotra are given as the habitat of this species ; but there is some doubt as to which locality the above speci- mens are to be assigned to, as they are stuck upon the same tablet. 188 1.] SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 255 OTOPOMA CLATHRATULUM, Var. MINOR. Shell closely umbilicated, very globosely turbinate, solid, polished, sculpture regular spiral ribbing, crossed by fine transverse irregular costulation ; colour white, one specimen dark grey on the apex ; spire conoid, ‘apex blunt, and smooth for 13 whorl; whorls 4}; aperture ovate ; peristome simple, strong, and attached close to the penultimate whorl. Operculum situated close to the peristome, very thick and shelly, the subcentral nucleus slightly sunken below the outer whorl ; dark grey in central portion. Size :-— Major diam. 0°54, minor diam. 0°40, alt. axis 0°40 inch. by », 18:0 H 53 0LD'Os 5 55% 16°64 millims. [‘* On plain near Gollonsir village, very common.” (I. B.B.) The greater number, however, are marked “ very common, from the plain in vicinity of Kadhab.’’ | This shell is very similar to the last, but only about half the size ; and the difference in the position of the peristome with respect to the penultimale whorl is very marked and constant. OroroMa conicum, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.) Shell conoid, closely umbilicated, solid; sculpture fine, regularly disposed spiral ribbing crossed by fine costulation, continued to well within the umbilical region ; colour white ; spire conic, sides rather flat, apex subacute; suture rather shallow; whorls 5, the last well rounded, slightly descending, aperture circular, suboblique; peri- stome very thin; columellar margin simple, not reflected. Operculum shelly, solid, paucispiral, of 3 whorls, smooth subcentral nucleus depressed, concave behind. Size :— Major diam. 0-24, minor diam. 0°20, alt. axis 0:32 inch. = por ge 9's | reer, ws, stOIOs sarcitoann 4; 0n-millams, [From the plain about Gollonsir village.” (I. B. B.)] OroroMA TURBINATUM, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.) Shell turbinate, umbilicated; sculpture regular, fine, equally distributed, spiral ribbing smooth on the last whorl near umbilicus ; apex smooth; colour white; spire pyramidal, suture impressed ; whorls 43, well rounded ; aperture nearly circular, slightly angular above; peristome thin, much curved on the columellar margin. Operculum not obtained. Size :— Major diam. 8°8, minor diam., 7°9, alt. axis 5°0 millims, oe ener SSE aan hoot. Ones sb ae ae A [On stems of Dracena cinnabari, Balf. fil., at 2000 feet eleva- tion, on limestone.” (I. B. B.).| Only three specimens were obtained. TROPIDOPHORA SOCOTRANA, 0. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.) Shell trochiform, umbilicated, rather solid ; sculpture three strong 256 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Feb. 1, longitudinal ribs on the periphery, with a fine intermediate one, and two above near the suture, crossed by strong lateral close ribbing or lines of growth ; similiar longitudinal sulcation on the base, smooth on the apex ; colour white, ruddy within the aperture; spire pyra- midal, sides flat; suture shallow; whorls 54, convex, the last slightly descending near the aperture; this is circular and oblique ; peristome rather thin. Operculum subtestaceous, paucispiral, rapidly increasing, nu- cleus subcentral (fig. 30). Size :— Major diam. 10-0, minor diam. 9-2, alt. axis 6-4, total alt. 9-0 millims. ” 3 0°39, 33 33 0°36, 33 0°25, ” » 0°24, inch. [‘*From stems of Dracena cinnabari, Balf. fil. ....... 0n limestone, at an altitude of over 2000 ft.” (B.B.)] Fifteen speci- mens were found. Two specimens are somewhat larger, and, being older, have flatter sides to the spire, and a blunter apex. They measure respectively :— 1. Major diam. 12:0, minor diam, 10°8. 3 3? 0°47, 3 >» 0°43. 7 ea 5s 0 Be » 9°5, alt. axis 6°0 millims. TROPIDOPHORA BALFOURI, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 4.) Shell elongately pyramidal, umbilicated, keeled, solid ; first two apical whorls smooth, rest of shell ribbed spirally and on the base ; seven ribs on each whorl, crossed by well-developed transverse ribbing ; colour marbly white, ruddy brown or orange within ; spire pyramidal acuminate, sides flat; suture shallow; whorls 6, sides convex, the last descending very slightly near the peristome; aperture broadly ovate ; peristome rather thin, continuous, Size :— Major diam. 7°5, minor diam. 7:0, alt. axis 6°3, total height 8-7 millims. [‘« On the limestone ridge to the S.W. of Gollonsir valley, only on the top of the ridge and facing the south.” (I. B. B.)] LiTHIDION MARMOROSUM, DN. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 6.) Shell discoid, very solid, widely and openly umbilicated, sharply keeled ; sculpture, strongly ribbed longitudinally with 5 sulcations below and 4 above the peripheral sulcation, crossed by very fine lateral regular striation; colour marbly white ; spire flatly depressed, apex papillate, polished; suture shallow; whorls 5, eccentrically wound at the apex, the axis there not being perpendicular to the planes of the last whorl (figs. 65 and 6c); aperture circular, oblique ; peristome reflected, strongly developed on the columellar margin. Operculum shelly, concentric, of 3 whorls; the margin reflected, forming a raised spiral rib. Size. Major diam. 10°7, minor diam. 9-2, alt. axis. 3°2 millims. Animal pale ash-grey ; tentacles black ; foot divided longitudi- nally ; proboscis long, bilobed. SOCOTRAN LAND SHELLS. Jodwm-Anisten, del et hth Maclure & Macdonald, Imp SOCOTRAN LAND SHELLS. Maclure & Macdonald, Imp. 1881.] SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 257 [‘* Very common everywhere on the ground.” (I. B. B.)] This species is nearest to L. suleatum, Gray, or more correctly Cy- clostoma (Lithidion) lithidion, Sowerby, Mr. Gray having adopted the specific name for his new genus; but this last shell is not so openly umbilicated. It is also very similar in form and coloration to L. niveum, Pfr., from Madagascar, but differs much in the aperture and sculpture, Z. niveum being very smooth. L. depressum, Pfr. (the habitat of which is unknown), is also close ; but the spire is quite flat. LZ. souleyetianum, Petit, from the island of Abd-el-Goury near Socotra, does not appear to be found in Socotra; it is much higher in the spire and altogether different in form. L. desciscens, Pfr. (from Mus. Cuming), is given as from Socotra, but is not in this collection. An examination of the species of Lithidion represented in the British Museum shows that the peculiarly irregularly wound apex is a generic character common to all. CycLoTopsis ORNATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 5.) Shell openly umbilicated, depressedly conoid, thin; sculpture, spiral sulcation, every other rib being more strongly developed, crossed transversely by fine costulation ; colour pale sienna with a pale ochre band on the periphery and with zigzag markings of the same colour on the second whorl, this coloration only seen well on young shells ; spire somewhat low, apex smooth; whorls 4, well rounded, the last very slightly descending ; aperture circular, oblique ;_ peristome thin, scarcely reflected on the inner margin. Operculum shelly, concentric, of 4 whorls; the margin well re- flected outwards, its edge forming a continuous raised smooth spiral rib. Size :— Major diam. 8°2, minor diam. 6°8, alt. axis, 3°8 millim. ” ” 33, ” ” 0°27, 9 99 “14 inch, [‘* From under granite boulders, hills above Adona, over 2000 ft., and on stem of Dracena cinnabari, Balf. fil., on limestones at same elevation.” (I. B. B.)] This is a most interesting form, connecting the fauna of these islands with India. It has a representative also in one species at the Seychelles. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate XXVIII. Fig. 1, 1a. Otopoma naticoides, Récluz, nat. size, p. 252. 14 , operculum of ditto. — , balfouri, n. sp., p. 253. , complanatwm, nu. sp., p. 254. —,, clathratulum, Récluz, var. socotrana, p. 254. , 2, 2a. 3, 34. 4, 4a. Priatre XXVIII. Fig. 1, la. Otopoma conicum, n. sp., p. 255. 14, Operculum of same, 258 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Feb.15, Fig. 2. Otopoma turbinatum, un. sp., p. 255. 8, 3a. Tropidophora socotrana, u.sp., p. 255. 36. Operculum of same. 4. Tropidophora balfourt, n. sp., p. 256. 5. Cyclotopsis ornatus, n. sp,, p 257. 5a. Operculum of ditto. 6, 6a. Lithidion marmorosum, n. sp., p. 256. 66, 6c, Apex of ditto, much enlarged. February 15, 1881. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1881 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of January was 46, of which 30 were by presentation, 1 by birth, 12 by purchase, and 3 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 163. The most remarkable additions during the month of January were as follows :— 1. A White-nosed Saki (Pithecia albinasa), purchased January 11th, and apparently likely to do well. So far as I can make out, the typical example of this species in the Paris Museum has hitherto remained unique in Europe; so that we are fortunate in ob- taining an example of so rare a species. The animal, of which I exhibit asketch by Mr. Smit (Pl. XXIX.), is uniformly, but rather sparingly, covered with black hairs. The ~ nose is broadly naked and of a bright fleshy red, but shows a few white hairs between the nostrils, which are sufficient to justify its scientific name. The long hairs on the head fall on both sides of the head and over the front. The length of the body is about 15 inches, of the tail 18 inches. The latter organ, although clothed with elon- gated hairs, appears to be slightly prehensile. The specimen is of the female sex, apparently not fully adult. The following references belong to this species :— PITHECIA ALBINASA. (Plate XXIX.) Pithecia albinasa, Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire et Deville, Compt. Rend. xxvii. p, 498 (1848) ; Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, Arch. du Mus. t. v. p. 559; Gervais, Expéd. de Castlenau, Mamm. p. 16, t. il. fig. 2. Chiropotes albinasa, Gray, Cat. of Monkeys in B. M. p. 61 (1870). 2. An American Monkey of the genus Callithrix, probably refer- able to C. brunnea, Wagner (ex Natt. MS.), but not very easily determinable while alive. This specimen was purchased along with 1881.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON A HYMENOPTEROUS PARASITE. 259 the preceding and a Douroucouli (Nyetipithecus trivirgatus?), all three probably from some district of the Upper Amazons. This is the first example of any species of the genus Callithrix which we have yet received alive. 3. An example of a mammal of the genus Tupaia, obtained by purchase 11th January. The only form of this peculiar genus of Insectivora yet received was an example of Tupaia peguana, received in 1875 (see P. Z.S. 1875, p. 156.) Mr. Sclater exhibited examples of the eggs of :— 1. Op1sTHOCOMUS CRISTATUS. Six specimens, belonging to Canon Tristram’s collection, which had been obtained by a correspondent of Herr Nehrkorn of Riddags- hausen, Brunswick, at Obidos on the Amazons. These eggs agreed in form and colour with the description of the ege of this singular bird given by Des Murs in his ‘ Oologie Ornithologique’ (p. 108), and were certainly essentially Ralline in general characters. 2. CoTURNIX DELEGORGII. A very beautifully marked egg, supposed to belong to this bird, had been sent for exhibition by Dr. Hartlaub. It had been obtained by Dr. Emin Bey, at Elema, in Equatorial Africa, where the species is said to be very common on the western shores of Lake Albert Nyanza (ef. Petermann, Mitth. 1881, p. 8). Mr. Howard Saunders exhibited, on behalf of Capt. E. A. Butler, Her Majesty’s 83rd Regiment, some eggs of Dromas ardeola obtained on an island near Bushire, Persian Gulf. Mr. Saunders observed that this aberrant bird, which had generally been placed amongst the Plovers, laid pure white eggs placed in deep burrows in the sandy soil. (Cf. ‘Stray Feathers,’ 1879, pp. 381-384.) The Rev. O. P. Cambridge, C.M.Z.S., exhibited and made re- marks on a Hymenopterous parasite met with on certain Spiders in Dorsetshire, Linyphia obscura, Blackw. (2 ), and Linyphia zebrina, Menge(¢). ‘The larve were apodous and adhered to the abdomen of the Spider, and when full-grown were as large as the whole ab- domen. The Spiders, although so burdened, seemed to lose none of their usual activity. The larvee had changed to the pupa state about three days after their capture, and, in ten days or so more, to the perfect insect. Dr. Capron, of Shere, near Guildford, has determined the parasite to be Acrodactyla degener, Haliday (Ann. N. H. ser. 1. vol. ii. p. 117 1839). : Very similar larvee have been observed on the abdomen of The- 260 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON [Feb. 15, ridion simile, C. L. Koch, and several other small Spiders of the same or nearly allied genera. It was very possible that there might be more than one species of parasite among the larvee, and an interesting point thus remained to be worked out by students of Hymenopterous parasites. Mr. E. W. H. Holdsworth, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of White’s Thrush, Turdus varius, Pall,, which had been killed near Ashburton, Devon, during the severe cold weather in January last. This bird was one of a flock of four or five of apparently the same species, and was stated to be the ninth recorded example of this eastern Thrush obtained in England since 1828. The following papers were read :— 1. On the Coleopterous Insects belonging to the family Hispide collected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador. By Cuas. O. Warternouse. (Communicated by Dr. A. Ginrtuer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.) [Received January 27, 1881.] (Plate XXX.) The object of the present paper is to give an account of the His- pidee collected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador. The number of species hitherto recorded as inhabiting that country is only seventeen; of these Mr. Buckley found fifteen, as well as nineteen new species, making a total of thirty-six species. The following are the descriptions of the new species, which appear to have all been collected at Sarayacu, with the exception of Cephalolia leta, which is from the Balzar Mountains, and Cephalo- donta lycoides, which is from Chiguinda. All the specimens are in the British Museum, the fine series col- lected by Mr. Buckley having been presented to the Trustees by Messrs. Godman & Salvin. The two species to which an asterisk is prefixed were not met with by Mr. Buckley. 1. PROsOPODONTA SCUTELLARIS, 0. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 19.) P. nigra, opaca ; thorace ante medium oblique angustato, sat crebre punctato, elytris ferrugineis, fortiter punctato-striatts, interstitiis secundo quartoque paulo elevatis nitidis. Long. 6 lin. Head dull, smooth, with a small frontal fovea. ‘Thorax one fifth broader than long, dull, convex, impressed at the base before the scutellum, subparallel at the sides till near the front, where it is then arcuately narrowed to the head; very strongly and irregularly punc- tured, the punctures rather close at the base, more separated ante- 1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 261 riorly. Scutellum shining, pitehy. Elytra dull brick-red, very con- vex ; each elytron with ten lines of very strong, rather close punc- tures, besides the short scutellar line; the second interstice rather broader than the others, distinctly raised and shining; the fourth costa is also raised, but in a much less degree. This species is most nearly allied to P. costata, Waterh. (Cist. Ent. ii. 1879, p. 428), but is more opaque and has the second and fourth interstices only of the elytra raised. *2, Demorispa ELEGANS, Baly, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, xii. p. 75. Hab. Ecuador. Mr. Buckley did not meet with this species. 3. CEPHALOLIA PRINCEPS, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 45. 4. CEPHALOLIA CORALLINA, Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. 1847, i. p- 151. 5. CEPHALOLIA AFFINIS, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 44. 6. CEPHALOLIA FLAVIPENNIS, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869, p- 373. 7. CEPHALOLIA DEGANDEI, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 57. 8. CEPHALOLIA ALTERNANS, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.) C. elongata, nitida, flava ; fronte, thorace macula antica, elytrisque fasciis duabus latis nigris. Long. 4 lin. This species is very close to C. degandei, Baly, but is altogether a little more elongate and of a much deeper yellow. The antennz are a little longer; the 5th and 6th joints are evidently longer than those in C. degandei; deep yellow, with the five apical joints very pale yellow. The thorax has a black trapezoidal spot in the middle of the front margin ; the middle is smooth ; but towards the sides are some rather strong punctures, which are placed not very close together. 9. CEPHALOLIA PULCHELLA, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 56. The type specimen of this species from Nauta has the black on the thorax confined to the middle of the anterior margin, whilst the specimens obtained by Mr. Buckley have the thorax black, with the hind margin only yellow. In other respects the specimens do not differ materially. 10. CEPHALOLIA ORNATA, 0. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 6.) C. nigra, nitida; thorace angustissime flavo-marginato, elytris flavis, macula laterali apiceque nigris. Long. 23 lin. Thorax rather narrower than the elytra, and about a quarter broader than long, very gently convex, parallel at the sides ; mode- rately thickly and somewhat strongly punctured at the sides, smooth on the disk ; the anterior angles gently rounded off and obtuse ; the lateral margins narrowly reflexed; the posterior angles a little less 262 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON © [Feb. 15, than right angles. Elytra moderately long, parallel, very distinctly striate-punctate, slightly impressed at the sides below the shoulders ; the suture near the base is dusky ; the apical fifth is black ; and there is a small elongate black spot on the side rather before the middle. 11. CepHALoxia GRAYI, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 51. 12. CEPHALOLIA LATICOLLIs, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869, p- 368. 13. CEPHALOLIA L2ZTA, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 9.) C. elongata, angusta, ochracea, nitida ; antennis, thoracis linea mediana, scutello, elytrorumque margine et apice nigris. Long. 33 lin. Antennz rather short, the third joint scarcely longer than the second. Head with a well-marked fovea on the vertex, continued anteriorly by a fine channel. Thorax convex, sloping down at the sides, a little broader than long, nearly parallel posteriorly, very slightly narrowed in front, smooth on the disk, with a few distinct punctures at the sides; the anterior angles obtuse and not at all prominent; the sides very finely margined; the posterior angles right angles; the base broadly lobed in the middle. Elytra not much broader than the thorax, parallel, convex, the lines of punc- tures well marked ; the apical quarter and the lateral margin black ; the black on the margin extends a little on the shoulder, and about the middle has a quadrangular projection, which extends to about the third dorsal stria. Variety. With the median black stripe of the thorax almost wanting. Hab. Balzar Mountains. This species somewhat resembles C. succincta, Guérin, but has the thorax narrower in front and more convex, &c. 14, CEPHALOLIA ANTENNATA, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 7.) C. rufo-ochracea ; antennarum basi, thoracis linea mediana, elytro- rum sutura apiceque nigris, corpore subtus plus minusve nigro. Long. 3 lin. Antennz moderately long, the third joint nearly twice as long as the second ; black, with the four apical joints yellow. Head witha brown band on the vertex; eyes large and prominent. Thorax very little wider than the head including the eyes, very little broader than long, convex, parallel, closely and very strongly punctured, the sur- face uneven, with a slight oblique impression on each side of the disk behind ; anterior angles not at all prominent, obtuse; the sides straight, finely margined. Scutellum blackish. Elytra nearly twice as broad as the thorax, a little wider near the apex than at the base, with a distinct impression in the middle of the base of each; the lateral margins distinctly reflexed; very strongly and closely punc- tate-striate, the interstices very narrow and convex; deep reddish yellow, the suture and the apex broadly black, the shoulders dusky. 1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 263 The head, the middle of the sterna and the middle of the base of the abdomen are reddish yellow. The legs are yellow, with the base of the tibize dusky. 15. CEPHALOLIA FELIX, n.sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 8.) C. elongata, angusta, flavo-rufa, nitida ; antennis nigris, apice fiavis, elytris sutura apicem versus marginibusque nigris, corpore subtus pedibusque rufo-flavis. Long. 2? lin. Antenne moderately long, the three apical joints yellow; the third joint nearly twice as long as the second. Head with a small impression on the vertex. Thorax a very little wider than the head, a little broader than long, parallel, convex, with an impression on each side of the basal median lobe, not very closely but strongly punctured, with a narrow smooth median line; the front margin moderately arched; the anterior angles obtuse, and not so far ad- vanced as the front margin; the sides straight, finely margined ; the posterior angles a trifle greater than right angles; the basal lobe rather broad, and somewhat straight near the seutellum. Elytra nearly twice as broad as the thorax, elongate, a little broader before the apex than at the base, slightly impressed in the middle of the base, strongly punctate-striate, the strize near the base only indicated by a few punctures, the interstices narrow and rather elevated ; the margins (commencing below the shoulders) and the suture for half its length are black. This species is closely allied to the preceding, both being of nearly the same form, agreeing in having the apex of the antenne pale. They appear to be most nearly allied to C. javeti, Baly, but are still very distinct. 16. CEPHALOLIA ANGUSTICOLLIS, n. sp. . (Plate XXX. fig. 4.) C. nigra nitida; thorace vie marginato, parce punctato. Long. 23 lin. Head narrow, with a fine median frontal ridge, which terminates between the antenne in a minute, acute point; the internal margin of the eye is acutely raised. Thorax much narrower than the elytra, very little broader than long, convex, parallel, moderately strongly and somewhat sparingly punctured ; the sides and anterior border extremely finely margined ; the base only margined in the middle ; the anterior angles rounded, the posterior slightly acute. Scutellum smooth, a little narrower at the base than across the middle, not very acute at the apex. Elytra subparallel, not much narrowed towards the apex, with lines of distinct punctures ; there is a strongly impressed sutural stria, which, however, does not extend to the base of the elytra; the apex is very obtuse; on the lateral margin, a little below the shoulder, there is a distinct but shallow elongate impression. This species is certainly congeneric with Cephalolia angustata, Guérin, but differs specifically from it in being of a rather broader form, &c. Both these insects resemble the species of the genus 264 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON [Feb. 15, Stenispa, but differ from them and from the species of Cephalolia in having a small acute frontal tubercle, and in having a raised inner margin to the eyes. 17. HOMALISPA CRIBRIPENNIS, 0. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.) H. nigra; capite thoraceque flavis, elytris cyaneis, fortiter crebre punetatis. Long. 3 lin. Head obscure yellow, dusky about the eyes. Thorax at the base about two fifths broader than long, very obliquely narrowed an- teriorly, impunctate, shining, convex on the disk, impressed at the sides; the anterior angles acute, but very slightly prominent ; the sides very slightly arcuate, nearly straight; the posterior angles very acute; the base widely sinuate on each side. Scutellum black, smooth. LElytra deep blue, shining, moderately convex, a little broader than the thorax, subparallel, obtusely rounded at the apex ; very strongly and closely punctured, the punctures near the sutures forming lines; the apical margins are very finely crenulate. Abdo- men fulvous. The base of the anterior femora is yellow. A second specimen has the abdomen and the anterior legs entirely black. The specimens are probably sexes. This species may be placed near H. javeti, Baly ; but the confused punctuation of the elytra separates it from all the species known to me. 18. Homa.ispa COLLaRIS, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.) H. nigra, nitida; thorace pallide flavo, elytris striato-punctatis, viz cyaneo-tinctis. Long 33 lin. Thorax about two fifths broader than long, slightly narrowed in front, gently convex on the disk, a little impressed within the pos- terior angles, shining and impunctate, pale yellow, with the anterior margin black in the middle; the base in the middle and the fine incrassated basal margin are also black ; the anterior angles are very little prominent and are moderately obtuse; the sides are gently arcuate in front of the middle, straight (or only extremely gently sinuate) behind ; the posterior angles slightly diverging and very acute. Scutellum smooth. Elytra distinctly broader than the thorax, elongate-oblong, moderately convex, a little narrowed at the base, parallel at the sides, obtusely rounded at the apex; black, with an obscure tint of dark blue, with lines of rather fine but distinct punctures, the interstices smooth; the punctuation obscure and irregular at the apex ; the margins are impressed below the shoulders and a little reflexed ; the apical margins finely crenulate. Under- side of the prothorax and the base of the anterior femora yellow. 19. ALURNUS BATESII, Baly, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864, vol. xiv, p. 334. The specimens brought by Mr. Buckley differ from that described by Mr. Baly from Ega in having no black spot on the shoulder of the elytra. 1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 265 20. ALURNUs saunpDERsI, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 28. A specimen brought by Mr. Buckley appears to be referable to this species, but has a black spot on the shoulder, which is not men- tioned in the description. fab. Ecuador. 21. ALURNUS MUTABILIS, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.) Niger, subopacus, thoracis lateribus elytrisque pallide flavis, his plus minusve nigro ornatis. Long. 9-10 lin. Thorax one quarter broader than long, moderately convex, very slightly narrower in front than behind, very gently arcuate at the sides ; not very strongly, but rather thickly and irregularly punc- tured ; yellow, with the disk and the extremely fine lateral margin black ; there is a sudden constriction in front at the extreme anterior margin; and there is a small incision at each posterior angle. Scutellum smooth, impressed. Elytra dull, pale yellow, parallel at the sides, areuately acuminate at the apex; very thickly but ob- securely punctured; the extreme apical margin and the suture black, the black more or less dilating at the scutellum ; the apex is rather acutely produced and is not emarginate. The black marks on the elytra vary: there appears always to be a black spot on the shoulder ; this spot sometimes extends itself obliquely towards the suture, and sometimes expands so much as to unite with the black at the scutellum; there is also frequently a spot behind the middle of each elytron, sometimes forming a large black patch. Most nearly allied to A. lansbergi, Sallé, but less elongate. 22. ALURNUS CassIDEUs, Westw. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1841, viii. p- 204. Two examples with entirely black elytra. Specimens brought by Mr. Buckley, in a former collection, have the elytra more or less rusty yellow, in which they agree more nearly with the original type. The type of this species is said to come from Mexico, and, according to a sketch in Prof. Westwood’s possession, is much broader in the elytra than the specimens from Ecuador. As, however, there seems to be some doubt as to the correctness of the locality given for the type, and as the specimens from Ecuador vary somewhat in form, I think it best at present to consider them all one species. 23. ArEscus LABIATUS, Perty, Del. Anim. p. 101, pl. 20. f. 7. Hab. Savayacu ; Ega, Nauta, St. Paulo. 24. ARESCUS PERPLEXUS, Baly. (Plate XXX. fig. 14.) This species differs from A. dubiatus in having the antennee black, with the basal joints pale beneath ; the basal joint has the projection obliquely truncate, so that it is obtuse instead of being acute; the thorax is rather more deflexed at the anterior angles, and has a slight impression at the base before the seutellum. The interantennal process of the forehead is rather short and broad, truncate in the Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XVIII. 18 266 MR. C. O. WATERHOUSE ON [Feb. 15, female, and gently emarginate in the male. The head and thorax are sometimes yellow, sometimes black. The elytra are yellow or red, uniform or marked with black; with one or two spots at the base of each elytron, one a little before the middle (which frequently extends into a fascia), a spot rather behind the middle (which some- times extends into a fascia or occupies the whole apical region). Length 53-6 lines. I have not been able to find where Mr. Baly described this species. 25. ARESCUS PULCHER, n. sp. (Plate XXX. figs. 11, 12.) This species most nearly approaches A. /abiatus, but differs in having the antennz almost entirely black. The interantennal process of the forehead is broader and more obtuse. The elytra are yellow with deep violet or bluish spots and bands, instead of having the marking nearly black as in 4. dabiatus ; and there are ouly two spots at the base of each elytron instead of three; the dorsal spot being more removed from the suture, is more in the middle of the base; and the humeral spot is more above the shoulder than at the side of the humeral callosity as in A. dabiatus. Length 7 lines. Var. 1. Elytra yellow with two spots at. the base. Var. 2. Elytra with two spots at the base, with a broad fascia be- fore and another behind the middle. Var. 3. Like variety 2, but with the two basal spots confluent. “ar. 4. Head, sides of thorax, and legs reddish yellow; elytra with two spots at the base, a broad fascia before the middle, and a large oval spot in the apical area. 26. ArESCUS BMULUS, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 13.) A. pallide flavus ; thorace antice sat angustato, ad latera sat pun- ctato, elytris plaga magna cyanea. Long. 52 lin. Most nearly allied to A. perpleaus, Baly, but differs in having the thorax much narrower, and distinctly narrowed anteriorly, less convex, and with the posterior angles more divergent; at the sides and the region of the posterior angles there are some rather strong punctures. The coloration would probably vary, as in the other species ; but in the specimen which I am describing, the antennze (except at the base beneath), the scutellum, the edge of the tibia, and the tarsi are black. The elytra are very pale yellow, with a large patch of dark blue behind the middle; but this patch is not of quite the same shape on the two elytra. 27. ArEscus uisTRIo, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 82, pl. vi. f. 8. Mr. Buckley found this species in great abundance. It is the most variable Coleopterous insect at present known, and has this re- markable peculiarity, that the elytra have sometimes a longitudinal stripe and in some varieties transverse bands. 1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 267 28. Uropiata ruGatTA, n.sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 15.) U. sordide flava, depressa ; antennis nigris, apice ferrugineo, thorace lineis tribus nigrescentibus ; elytris marginibus, slrigis duabus obliquis fusciaque apicali eneis, humeris triangulariter expla- natis, ape truncate denticulato, dente externo acuto eneo. Long. 37 lin. Antenne short, longitudinally carinate, the seventh joint with difficulty separable from the eighth. Thorax narrowed in front, very strongly and rather closely ‘punctured ; a median line and one on each side nearly black. Scutellum pitchy. Elytra with the shoulders triangularly expanded and raised; the apex denticulate, the outer angle produced into a strong tooth. Each elytron has two very strong shining cost, besides a less marked sublateral one commencing under the shoulder and continued to and along the apical spine. The double rows of punctures in the interstices are very strong and close. There are the following dark bluish zneous markings—a line over the humeral angle, an interrupted oblique dorsal line before the middle, a similar one behind the middle, the lateral margin (except at the extreme base and apex), and the apical spine; there is a brown (zeneous-tinted) line extending from one apical angle to the other, and a short line near the apex between the second and third coste. The metasternum has a black line along its lateral margin. This species is allied to U. angulata, Ol. 29. UROPLATA DEPLANATA, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 16.) U. ferrugineo-flava ; capite antennisque nigris ; thorace linea laterali nigro-eneo tincta; elytris cyaneo-nigris, vitta lata communi haud ad apicem attingente ferrugineo-flava, ante medium et post medium dilatata, ad apicem truncatis, denticulatis, angulo externo obtuse producto. Long. 34 liu. The antennee have the basal joints shining and sparingly punctured. The thorax is flattened, closely and strongly punctured, with a well- marked transverse impression on the disk behind the middle, and with a second smooth impression across the basal lobe. Hach elytron has three shining coste, the lateral one finer and less strong than the others; the double rows of punctures in the interstices are very strong and close; there is a little blue-black, this colour ex- tending a little over the shoulder and about the midde; the sides are finely and acutely crenulate; the apex is broadly truncate, the external angle flattened and obtusely produced. The two apical segments of the abdomen are pitchy in the middle. 30. Uropuata BiseINnosa, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 17.) U. nigra; thorace lateribus ferrugineo-flavis ; elytris Serrugineo- flavis, macula scutellari, linea brevi sub humero, apiceque nigris, hoc truncato, ungulo externo in spinam acutam producto. Long. 3 lin. Thorax very convex, constricted before the anterior ¢ RAE which 18 268 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON [Feb. 15, are slightly prominent; the disk is very strongly punctured, but the punctures are not very numerous, although from their large size there is not much space between them; the sides are rusty yellow. The elytra are rusty yellow, with an oblong black spot common to both elytra at the scutellum, and the apical third is also black ; each elytron has three strong costz, the lateral one is rather less strong than the others, and at the apex turns aways from the apical spine : the first and second interstices have two lines of strong punctures, a fine ridge dividing the lines at the apex; in the third interstice there are three lines of punctures at the apex; the sides are finely serrated ; the external angle at the apex is produced into an acute spine, which is slightly concave at its base above. The middle of the sterna, and the intercostal process of the abdomen are pitchy- red; the legs are tinted with zneous; the femora have the base pitchy-red, the four posterior femora have a small acute spine near the apex below. 31. ODONTOTA ANNULIPES, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 18.) O. nigra, opaca ; fronte, thoracis lateribus, elytrisque ferrugineo- ochraceis, his sutura nigra, femoribus basi ferrugineo-annulatis. Long 43 lin. Antenne moderately long and stout. Thorax a little impressed at the base, with a very fine raised line in the middle in front. Each elytron has four costz ; the two dorsal ones are very strong ; the third is sharp over the shoulder, interrupted in the middle, and very fine at the apex; the fourth is entire but fine; the lines of punctures are strong and distinct; the suture and a small mark under the shoulder are black. The middle of the sterna and inter- coxal process of the abdomen are pitchy yellow. 32. Oponrora? sp. ine.! O. nigra, opaca; elytris sanguineis, basi apiceqgue nigris, ad apicem obtuse rotundatis, breviter acute serratis. Long. 33 lin. A single example without antenne, which I therefore indicate as a species without giving a name. * 33. ODONTOTA APICIPENNIS, Chapuis, An. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1877, Xx. ps, 18, Hab. Ecuador. This species is known to me only from description. 34. METAXYCERA QUADRIGUTTIATA, L. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 21.) M. sanguinea; elytris olivaceo-eneis, singulis maculis duabus sanguineis. Long. 43 lin. Thorax velvety, shining on the disk in front, where there is a well-marked longitudinal impression. Scutellum pitchy. Elytra depressed on the back, finely crenulate at the sides, and more di- stinctly so at the apex; the disk of each elytron is dull and slightly velvety-black; the lines of punctures are very deep and distinct ; 1 The genus is doubtful, there being no antennez,—C. W. Mintern Bros amp iedwin Wilson delet hth FROM ECUADOR HISPIDA 1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 269 there are four costz, the first and third are only distinct posteriorly, the second is very strong, shining, the fourth is finer and lateral ; there is an ovate red spot just before the middle, and another some distance from the apex. This species is most nearly allied to 17. amazona, Baly ; but that has three red spots on each elytron. 35. CEPHALODONTA LYCOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 10.) C. nigra, opaca; thoracis lateribus ochraceis, flexuosis ; elytris postice bene explanatis, ad apicem longitudini latitudine equali, vitta obliqua humerali, fascia post medium suturaque ad apicem ochraceis. Long. 7 lin. Thorax slightly convex, rather rough above, trisinuate at the sides, the anterior sinus the deepest, leaving the anterior angles projecting. Elytra at the base one third broader than the thorax, gradually widening to the apex, where their breadth equals their length; the sides rectilinear, the apex truncate and irregularly and obtusely dentate; each elytron has four coste, the first is fine and indistinct, the second is well marked and shining, the third is only distinct over the shoulder, the fourth is fine and only distinct towards the apex ; there are two lines of very strong transverse punctures in each in- terstice ; on the lateral expanded part there are some strong trans- verse ridges, the apical portion strongly punctured. The underside of the head, the middle of the sterna, and the middle of the abdomen at its base and the lateral margins are yellow. The femora have a yellow spot at the base. Hab. Chiquinda. B.M. Although this species has at first sight no resemblance to Cepha- lodonta, 1 find no characters of sufficient importance to induce me to separate it as a distinct genus. It has a strong resemblance to some species of Lycide of the genus Calopteron. I think that Alurnus cyaneus, De Bréme (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1844, p. 312), a species omitted from Gemminger and Von Harold’s ‘Catalogue of Coleoptera,’ is better ‘placed in Cephalodonta than in Alurnus, and is closely allied to the species I have just described. 36. SrerHispA BoNvouLorRI. (Plate XXX. fig. 20.) Stethispa bonvouloiri, Baly, Ann. N. Hist. 1864, xiv. p. 266. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. Fig. 1. Homalispa cribripennis, p. 264, | Fig. 13. Arescus emulus, p. 266. 2. collaris, p. 264. 14 perpleaxus, p. 265. 8. Alurnus mutabilis, p. 265. 15, Uroplata rugata, p. 267. 4. Cephalolia angusticollis, p. 263. 16. deplanata, p. 267. 5. —— alternans, p. 261. 17. bispinosa, p. 267. 6 ornata, p. 261. 18, Odontota annulipes, p. 268. it antennata, p. 262. 19. Prosopodonta scutellaris, 8. —— felix, p. 263. p. 260. oh leta, p. 262. 20. Stethispa bonvouloiri, p. 269. 10. Cephalodonta lycoides, p. 269. 21. Metaxycera quadriguttata, ll. Areseus pulcher, p. 266. p- 268, 12. pulcher, var., p. 266. 270 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON [Feb. 15, 2. Additions to the Rhynchotal Fauna of the Ethiopian Region. By W. L. Distant. [Received January 27, 1881.] (Plate XX XI.) The Rhynchota of the Ethiopian Region form a group of insects that has been fairly worked by entomologists, and of which sufficient material exists to warrant the hope that in a few years we may have a moderately complete list of the fauna. The late Prof. Stal attempted, and at the time succeeded in producing a Monograph, ‘Hemiptera Africana,’ which was complete to date, but now re- quires much supplemental work. I have for some years had con- siderable facilities in this direction, and have also lost no opportunity of acquiring African specimens. The following descriptions relate to undescribed species from collections which have come into my possession from various svurces since I wrote my “ Notes on African Hemiptera Heteroptera,”’ in the ‘Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,’ vols. xiv. and xv. With the exception of two species from Nyassa and South-eastern Africa, they have all been received from the Calabar district, West Africa. Hemiptera HETEROPTERA. Fam. PENTATOMID. TROPICORYPHA FORMOSA, 0. sp. 9. Above bright green, shining ; anterior two thirds of lateral pronotal margins, a small spot on each side of the head at base behind the eyes, ocelli, connexivum, underside of body, and basal halves of femora luteous. Antennze pitchy, third joint much longer than second (fifth wanting). Head with the central lobe sub- prominent, lateral lobes rounded and somewhat reflexed at apical angles. Pronotum with the lateral margins straight, reflexed ante- riorly. Lateral angles subprominent and subacute. Membrane pitchy, margins and apex paler. Rostrum reaching posterior coxee, basal joint luteous, remainder pitchy. ‘Tibize above strongly sul- cate, tarsi pitchy. Ventral spiracles fuscous. Long. 18 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 10. Hab. Calabar. This species is strikingly distinct from any other of the genus, both in size and colour. Bright green with luteous markings ap- pear to be somewhat representative colours in the West-African Pentatomidee. Note.—In placing this species in the genus Tropicorypha, Mayr, and the following species in the genus Halyomorpha, Mayr, I rely more upon the diagnostic characters given by Stal (En. Hem. pt. v. pp. 56 & 57) than on those given in Dr. Mayr’s original description (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xiv., pp. 910 & 911), which, 1881.] NEW AFRICAN RHYNCHOTA. 271 referring most exhaustively to the type species, are too minute if applied to the whole of the allied species of the genus, failing (especially in Tropicorypha) in the structural characters of the antennee and rostrum. IJALYOMORPHA VERSICOLOR, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1, 2.) Above pale luteous, irregularly punctured, and shaded with fuscous. Head luteous, with the lateral margins, posterior margins of central lobe (which are angulated and widened to base), and a small curved streak on inner margin of eyes black; obscurely transversely striate; lobes subequal in length. Antenne, ¢, cas- taneous, third, fourth and fifth joints with the apices pitchy and subequal in length; Q, second joint pitchy, third castaneous, pitchy at apex (remainder mutilated). Pronotum with the anterior por- tion pale levigate; posterior margin of this space very strongly sinuated, basal half clouded with fuscous and strongly punctate ; the lateral margins are ampliated and reflexed, with the anterior angles toothed behind the eyes, lateral angles subprominent and obtusely rounded. Scutellum with a small pitchy callosity in each basal angle, strongly punctate, with some obscure pitchy marks at base, lateral margins, and apex. Corium strongly punctate, clouded and mottled with dark fuscous, and with a small levigate space on disk near apex; membrane hyaline, with a short transverse pitchy line near base. Abdomen above red, connexivum ochraceous, with a black line at base and apex of each segment. Underside of body somewhat paler; legs irregularly marked with fuscous or pitchy, Rostrum just passing posterior coxee, with the apex black. Long., 3, 13 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 7. Long., 2, 17 millim., lat. pronot. ang. 9. Hab. Nyassa (Farler). It is probable that the difference in size between the sexes is less than that observed between the only two specimens I possess or have seen. This very distinct species, in the structure of the pro- notum, is most allied to H. reflexa, Sign. TYoMA PORRECTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.) Fuscous, sparingly but coarsely punctate; head more finely punctate. Antennze ochraceous, with the second joint longer than the third, subequal with the fourth, fifth slightly the longest, and, excepting base, fuscous. Pronotum somewhat verrucose on anterior portion ; lateral angles acutely straightened and produced; apices pitchy, with extreme tips reddish orange ; lateral margins of pronotum and head obscurely black ; margins of connexivum strongly and ob- tusely spinous. Body beneath much darker. Legs pale ochraceous ; apices of femora, bases and apices of tibiee pale castaneous. Rostrum ochraceous, reaching posterior coxe. Long. 9 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 6. Hab. Camaroons (Rutherford). Allied to 7’. cryptorhyncha, Germ., the South-African and only other known species of this peculiar and distinct genus, from which 272 MR. W, L. DISTANT ON [Feb. 15, it differs in the direction of the pronotal angles, taking Herrich- Schiffer’s figure as typical. This is the West-African representative of the genus, which, so far as we know at present, appears confined to Africa, and to comprise probably but two species. ASPAVIA GRANDIUSCULA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.) Head with the apex of the central lobe somewhat prominent, pale ochraceous, with six longitudinal rows of coarse fuscous punctures. Pronotum with the lateral angles acutely produced, and with the apices slightly directed backwards, pale ochraceous, coarsely covered with dark punctures, the anterior and lateral margins and a transverse fascia across disk between humeral angles pale levigate, the last with a few scattered punctures ; apices and fore borders of produced lateral angles black. Scutellam pale ochreous, coarsely and irregu- larly covered with dark punctures, a large oblong callosity in each basal angle and apex pale levigate. Corium pale ochraceous, disk and inner portion pale castaneous, coarsely and darkly punctate, and with a marginal (excepting base) row of coarse and dense black punctures ; basal margin pale levigate. Membrane obscurely fuscous. Underside of body and legs ochraceous, head beneath and sternum sparingly, lateral pronotal angles very densely covered with black punctures. Abdomen with a central longitudinal castaneous fascia gradually narrowing to apex, between which and margin on each side is a black longitudinal fascia densely punctate. Rostrum reaching pos- terior coxze, darkly and obscurely streaked, with the apex black. Antennee with the second and third joints pale ochraceous, subequal in length, but shorter than the fourth and fifth, which are also sub- equal, but which (excepting base of fourth) are obscurely fuscous. Long. 10 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 7. Hab. Camaroons (Rutherford). Allied to A. brunnea, Sign.; but, besides the larger size, the pro- notal spines are less acute and not directed forwards, the second and third joimts of the antennz are subequal in length, the transverse fascia to the pronotum is also different. Fam. CorrIp&. AURIVILLIANA, 0. gen. Body subdilated. Head subquadrate, cleft between the antenni- ferous tubercles. Rostrum moderately long. Pronotum with the lateral angles produced, the lateral margins strongly denticulated. Scutellum triangular. Abdomen moderately dilated. Anterior and posterior tibize dilated; intermediate tibize a little thickened before apex, or slightly subdilated. Apices of femora and inner margin of posterior tibize strongly denticulated. Abdominal spiracles trans- versely rounded, wider than long. This genus differs from Petillia, to which it is closely allied, in the dilated anterior femora and the produced margin of the abdo- men ; from Petascelisca it is distinguished by the transverse abdo- minal spiracles, and the dilated and denticulated pronotum, 1881. ] NEW AFRICAN RHYNCHOTA. 273 AURIVILLIANA LURIDA, Dn. sp. (Plate XXXI. figs. 6g, 72.) Ochraceous, speckled and streaked with fuscous. Antenne pilose, black with the apical joint bright luteous in the male, pale luteous with the apex black in the female ; first and second joints subequal, or second rather longer than first, third shortest, fourth the same length as second. Pronotum transversely striated with fuscous, lateral margins strongly denticulated, lateral angles pro- duced, with a strong tooth at apex, and moderately denticulated behind. Scutellum narrowly black at base, with a central luteous spot. Corium finely speckled with fuscous, and a larger spot of the same colour on disk. Underside of body and legs concolorous. Rostrum about reaching posterior coxe ; second and fourth joints subequal in length, third shortest. 3. Beneath with a luteous spot on each side at base of sixth segment; apical segment and anal appendages gibbous. Long. 20 millims., abdominal expans. 9. 2. Much broader than 3; apical segment and anal appendages slightly raised and convex. Long. 23 millims., abdominal expans. 11. Hab. Natal, Delagoa Bay. PETASCELISCA, Nl. gen. Body oblong. Head subquadrate, and not emarginate between the antenniferous tubercles. Rostrum not reaching intermediate coxe. Scutellum triangular, obtusely elevated at base. Apical margin of the corium sinuated. Posterior coxze widely separated ; intervening space double that between intermediate cox ; anterior coxee placed somewhat closely together. Anterior and intermediate femora ob- tusely noduled, and furnished beneath with two spines near apex ; posterior femora much thickened, dilated, flattened, sinuated, and spined beneath. Anterior tibize moderately dilated on both sides ; posterior tibie much more strongly so, above sinuated and promi- nently rounded about midway, whence to apex they are sud- denly narrowed ; beneath as above, but exhibiting a strong tooth in place of, and a little before, the rounded elevation above. Inter- mediate tibize simple. Abdominal margins much produced, strongly sinuated and angulated towards apex. Antennee with the first three joints incrassated towards apex, fourth cylindrical. Abdominal spiracles rounded. This genus comes naturally between Petillia and Petascelis. From the first it is separated by the rounded and not widely transverse abdominal spiracles, and trom the second by the non-dilatation of the intermediate tibize. From both, also, Petascelisca is distinguished by the non-emargination between the antenniferous tubercles of the head. PETASCELISCA VELUTINA, n.sp. (Plate XXXI. figs. 8 & 8a, 4, 3,9.) Above rich chocolate-brown, sparingly clothed with bright yellow 274 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON [Feb. 15, pubescence. Antenne pilose; first three joints dark brown, of which the basal is thickly clothed with yellow pubescence; fourth joint pale brown, with apical third luteous, and extreme tip and base pitchy; first joint much longer than second, third shortest, first and fourth subequal. Head thickly pubescent at base. Pronotum with a pale central longitudinal pubescent line, on each side of which are two dark fascize, which, commencing at base, are slightly curved, and extend upwards through two thirds the pronotal length, when they are deflexed and again directed inwardly, both meeting on the central line, at about three-fourths the length from base; on outer side of these fascize at base are two others of the same colour, waved and directed inwardly, but little more than half the length of the central. Scutellum with the apex luteous. Corium with a large rounded dark spot on disk. Membrane cupreous ; basal third and transverse waved central fascia dark chocolate-brown. Connexivum pitchy, with four bright luteous spots on each side. Underside and legs somewhat thickly pubescent. Abdomen above red, with the apex pitchy. 3. Posterior femora very thickly incrassated ; margins of abdo- men strongly produced and angulated; third abdominal segment beneath occupied by a large raised tubercle, rounded behind, the margins of which are strongly granulate. Long. 26-27 millims., lat. 8. Q. Posterior femora much less strongly incrassated ; margins of abdomen somewhat less produced and angulated ; second and third abdominal segments beneath prominently gibbous. Long. 25-27 millims., lat. 8. Hab. Isubu, Calabar. PETASCELISCA FOLIACEIPES, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. figs. 10, 10a, 6, 5,112.) Pitchy-brown, sparingly clothed with fine yellow pubescence. Antenne pilose, first joist longer than second, third shortest, fourth and first subequal. Pronotum with the lateral margins denticulated ; the lateral angles flattened and moderately produced. Abdomen above red; third, fourth, and fifth segments broadly pitchy; con- nexivum black, with a spot near base of sixth segment obscure luteous. Tibize strongly dilated ; posterior tibize strongly sinuated and toothed internally. 3. Posterior femora thickly incrassated; second abdominal seg- ment beneath gibbous and provided with a small narrow deeply sinuated tubercle; a small raised triangular tubercle on apex of sixth abdominal segment. Abdomen beneath concolorous. Long. 29 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 11. ©. Posterior femora much less incrassated; abdomen beneath unarmed ; disks of sternum and first four segments dull luteous. Long. 29 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 11. Hab. Mongo-ma-Lobah, Calabar district. Closely allied to P. laminipes, Fairm., but differs in the much more dilated and rounded anterior tibiz, in the rounded dilatation of the in- 1881.] NEW AFRICAN RHYNCHOTA. 2795 termediate tibize, which is not posteriorly truncated asin P. laminipes, and also in the dilatation of the posterior tibia, which is outwardly rounded and not sinuated near the apex. The colour is also darker, and the abdominal margin much more widely produced. Fam. PyrrHocoripD&. Roscrus crrcumpatus, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 4.) Black, apical portion of head, eyes, anterior, lateral, and posterior margins of pronotum, and basal margin of corium ochraceous or testaceous, and two transverse fascize of the same colour on corium, the first commencing at end of ochraceous basal margin and extending nearly to claval apex, the second extending transversely across near apex, and narrowly continued along inner margin to near claval apex, the two fasciz thus almost enclosing a sublunate space. Body beneath black, posterior margins of prosternum, mesosternum, and metasternum, and three large spots on each side at coxz luteous or creamy-white ; abdomen with the first three segments and apical margins of the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments more or less luteous or testaceous. Legs black, trochanters reddish. Rostrum reaching fourth abdominal segment. Antenne black ; first, second, and fourth joints subequal in length, third shortest. Long. 19 millims. Hab. Isubu, Calabar. This species is allied to R. quadriplagiatus, Schaum, but differs in the much more obscure and less deeply incised transverse incision to the pronotum; the body is also broader, of a different colour beneath, and with the marking of the corium distinct. This would appear to be the R. guadriplagiatus, var.?, Walk. (Cat. Het. v. p. 173. 3), from Congo. Walker, it is allowed by all who follow him, had no reticence in describing species; and the only reason for his not doing so in the present case appears to be, that, at the time of his writing, he had not seen Schaum’s species, which is likewise confined to East Africa. DysDERCUS ANTENNATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 5.) Head sanguineous. Antennze black, apical joint with basal half creamy-white, base of first joint spotted with sanguineous ; first joint a little longer than the second, third shortest. Pronotum pale Juteous, anterior portion black, posterior with a transverse central black fascia, lateral margin sanguineous, anterior margin pale luteous. Seutellum black. Corium ochraceous, thickly, finely, and darkly punctate, with a broad black claval fascia, and outer margin creamy white. Membrane black, with the basal angle obscure ochraceous, and the apical margins creamy white. Head beneath sanguineous; sternum black, anterior margin of prosternum, posterior margins of prosternum, mesosternum, and metasternum, and a large spot near coxe levigate creamy white, lateral margins of prosternum sanguineous. Abdomen creamy white; with the transverse margins of the first four segments and the whole 276 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, of the fifth black, the last with a narrow pale posterior margin; sixth segment and anal appendage sanguineous. Legs black. Rostrum about reaching posterior margin of second abdominal segment, black, with the apex somewhat paler. Long. 12 millims. Hab. Calabar. Allied to D. superstitiosus, but differs in the colour of the an- tennz, absence of black fascia to corium, &c. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. Fig. 1. Halyomorpha versicolor 9, p. 271. . Tyoma porrecta, p. 271. . Aspavia grandiuscula, p. 272. Roscius circumdatus, p. 275. . Dysdercus antennatus, p. 275. . Aurivilliana lurida 3, p. 273. , p. 278. 8, 8a, b. Petascelisca velutina 3, p. 273. 9 73 ID ob oo bo : Q, p. 2738. 10, 10a, b. Petascelisca foliaceipes 3, p. 274. 11. , 9, p. 274. 8. On a Collection of Shells from Lakes Tanganyika and Nyassa and other Localities in Hast Africa. By Epear A. SMITH. [Received January 28, 1881.] (Plates XXXII.—-XXXIV.) The collection of shells avout to be described has been derived from three sources. Part of it was collected by the Rev. Edward Coode Hore ; of Ujiji, and presented to the British Museum by his brother John Coode Hore, to whose liberality that institution owes the pos- session of the valuable collection which I had the pleasure of report- ing upon in these ‘ Proceedings’ last year. The second set, partly collected by Mr. Hore and in part by Dr. John Kirk of Zanzibar, was kindly consigned to the Museum by the latter. The third, and by far the largest, series was collected by Mr. Joseph Thomson, who has recently returned from an exploring expedition in Central Africa despatched by the Royal Geographical Society, whose council has placed the specimens in the national collection. Among the species from Tanganyika are seventeen new to its fauna, of which eleven are undescribed. To three of these attaches the greatest interest ; for they have all the appearance of being modi- fied marine types. And such im all probability is the case; for Mr. Thomson informs me that in his opinion, judging from the geology of the neighbourhood, Tanganyika at some remote epoch has been an inland sea, the saltness of whose waters has almost entirely vanished, leaving only a peculiar taste which can scarcely be described as rkiss hth W.Pu RHYNCHOTA r N AT ~ NEW AFRI( N 1 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 277 brackish. The flavour is unpleasant ; and when other water is pro- curable, that of the lake is not drunk by the natives. Two of these most remarkable shells (Limnotrochus thomsoni and L. kirki) possess all the general outward aspect of the marine genera Trochus and Echinella; and the third has a wonderful resemblance to Syrnola in the Pyramidellidee. Moreover Melania nassa (a very variable form) and M. horei (on the contrary, with very constant characters) have much more the look of marine than lacustrine spe- cies ; and itis very probable that when their animals are known they will exhibit some anatomical differences which will necessitate their removal from the Melaniidz. In describing the remarkable genus Tiphobia in my former paper I was unable to give any account of the operculum. Fortunately one of the specimens brought home by Mr. Thomson contains that appendage ; and its structure shows that the species is Melanoid, as was originally surmised, The same defect in the description of the Paludina-like Neothauma is now supplied ; for several of the specimens contain opercula, which prove to be similar to that of Paludina. Altogether thirty species are now known to inhabit Tanganyika. Of these seventeen are apparently peculiar to it, nine having been recorded from other localities, chiefly more northward, in Nilotic regions. Two of these (Limnea natalensis and Melania tuberculata) also occur in Lake Nyassa ; and certain shells which appear to be varieties of Cor- bicula radiata and Unio nyassaensis also inhabit both lakes. Only two additional species are now included in the Nyassa fauna—one a new Ampullaria (a genus not previously recorded from that lake), the other the well-known Lanistes purpureus—thus raising the total number of its known species to twenty-seven. Of the land-shells hereafter described I would call special attention to the Bulimus notabilis, quite unlike any other African form, and to Streptaxis gigas and S. craveni, the former being the giant of the genus, 1. CycLoPHORUS WAHLBERGI, Benson. Cyclophorus wahlbergi, Pfeiffer, Con.-Cab. pl. 50. f. 17-19 ; Reeve, Con. Ic. f. 81. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson). This well-known South-African form has not, I believe, been re- corded from so northern a locality ; but two other species which are very similar have been described :—one, C. magilensis, Craven, from Magila, which I think may prove to be only the young state of this species; and the other C. hildebrandti, Martens, from Ukamba, which, although in general aspect very like, still differs in its greater size and fewer whorls. In Reeve’s figure the aperture is represented unusually large. 2, CyCLOSTOMA INSULARE, Pfeiffer, var. (Plate XXXII. figs, Tewlicee) Cyclostoma insulare, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zoo]. Soc, 1852, p. 64; Con- chyl.-Cab. p. 351. no. 368, pl. 45. figs. 5, 6 ; Reeve, Con. Ie. fig. 41. 278 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, C. kraussianum, Reeve (non Pfr.), Con. Ie. fig. 52. Var. =C. lineatum, Pfr. Con.-Cab. pl. 45. f. 3-4; Reeve, Con. Ic. f. 46? Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson). The shells from the above locality differ in some respects from the typical form of this species, yet scarcely sufficiently and persistently to enable me to describe them as distinct. The main difference is that of form and in the size of the aperture. In the smallness of the latter, four of them correspond with what I believe is only a variety of this species, viz. C. lineatum of Pfeiffer. ‘Two others are more depressed, and have the last whorl, umbilicus, and aperture unusually large. It may be as well to point out the fact (which as far as I know, has not been previously noticed) that the true C. Araussianum of Pfeiffer is a very distinct species from that which appears as such in the monograph by Reeve, who in its stead merely figures (pl. ix. fig. 52) a second example of the present species, which he correctly delineates on the previous plate (fig. 41). The shell represented by him (fig. 46) as C. lineatum is not the type described by Pfeiffer, which is accurately depicted by the latter author in the ‘ Conchylien- Cabinet.’ I may also take this opportunity of pointing out that the (’, goudotianum of Sowerby isa very distinct species from that figured by Pfeiffer (Conch.-Cab. pl. 13. figs. 8-10) under that name; also Reeve’s figure (uo. 42 a) correctly delineates the original type of the same species, but figure 42 6 merely represents a smooth variety of the C.iasulare. Although C. goudotianum is stated by the describer to have been collected in Natal by Dr. Krauss, I am of opinion that it will eventually prove to be a Madagascar species. In the expansion of the lip, its tout ensemble, and the presence of a colour band within the umbilicus (a feature not met with in species of this genus from South Africa, and which occurs in some from Madagascar and also in several species of Heli# from that island) it calls to mind certain forms from the latter locality. The name (insu- lare) of this species is an unfortunate one; but until it is proved that it is without doubt distinct from the old C. ligatum it may be desirable to retain it. 3. Herrx (Nanina?) nyassana. (Plate XXXII. figs. 2-2 6.) Shell narrowly umbilicated, thin, depressed, keeled, rather glossy brownish horn-colour ; spire shortly conical. Whorls 53, moderately convex, impressed beneath the suture, and depressed or ‘shallowly channelled at the lower part immediately above the suture. Sculp- ture consisting of distinct and somewhat prominent lines of growth, crossed with close concentric microscopic striz; last whorl large, keeled and angled above the middle, convex beneath ; keel not acute; groove just above it distinct but not deep. Aperture obliquely lunate. Peristome thin, only expanded slightly over the umbilicus. Greatest diameter 25 millims., smallest 21; height 13; aperture 10 long, 13 broad. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson). The spiral sculpture which adorns this very interesting shell is 1881. ] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 279 very beautiful, but only visible under a powerful lens. It is a larger species than H. pyramidea of Martens, has fewer whorls, and is more depressed and carinate. The depression immediately above the keel of the body-whorl and above the suture in the upper volu- tions is an interesting feature. The west-coast species, which is known under the three names H. pellucida, Gould, H. troglodytes, Morelet, and H. africana, Pfeiffer, is very like this species. It is, however, more coarsely sculptured, with a less flattened spire and a less angulated body-whorl, and lacks the depression above the angle and on the upper volutions. 4. Hezix (TRocHoNANINA) MOZAMBICENSIS, Pfeiffer, var.? (Plate XXXII. figs. 3, 3 a.) Helix (Trochonanina) mozambicensis, Pfeiffer, P. Z. 8. 1855, pl. 31. f. 9; Novitates Conch. iii. pl. 108. f. 1-3; var., figs. 4-6. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson). Only a single specimen was brought home by Mr. Thomson from the above district. It is distinguished from all the specimens of this species which I have seen by the much greater width of the umbi- licus, its coarser arcuate lines of growth, somewhat greater solidity of texture, and small size. It appears to be adult; yet its greatest diameter is only 11 millims., and its height scarcely 6. These measurements, in comparison with those of the variety albopicta described by Martens, are very small; for some specimens of the latter form attain a width of 19 millims., with a height ranging from 10 to 13. Other localities for this species are near the Albert- Nyanza lake, Zanzibar, Panjan, Kitui in Ukamba, and Tette. . 5, Hexrx (TROCHONANINA) JENYNsI, Pfeiffer. Helix (Trochonanina) jenynsi, Pfeiffer, Reeve, Con. Ie. f. 979 ; Pfr. Con.-Cab. pl. 129. f. 23 & 24; Philippi, Abbild. ii. pl. 7. f. 8. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson). This species has also been recorded from Zanzibar and Pangani. The dimensions of the largest shell considerably exceed those of the originally described specimen. Its greatest diameter is 16 millims., and the height is 103. 6, SrREPTAXIS GIGAS. (Plate XXXII. figs. 4, 4a.) Streptavis gigas, E. A. Smith, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 429 (1880). Shell very large, white, widely umbilicated. Whorls 6, regularly increasing, rather convex, furnished with close, coarse, very arcuate costule extending from suture to suture; the latter are trans- versely striated on one side only, namely that nearest the aperture. Body-whorl glossy beneath the periphery, exhibiting faint lines of growth. Aperture large, sublunate ; lip oblique, arcuate and pro- minent above, and very widely sinuated beneath, thin. Columella somewhat expanded at the upper part. Height 30 millims., diam. 33; aperture 173 long, 15 wide. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Z'homson). 280 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, The two specimens of this species are apparently both young, as the characteristic deviating body-whorl is not yet developed. The base is widely umbilicated, as in the Brazilian S. candida. When adult this must be the giant of the genus, and a most remarkable shell. The costule are strong, remarkably flexuous beneath the suture, and then obliquely arcuate across the whorls ; what I have described as strize upon the left side of them, or that last formed and nearest the aperture, is rather a kind of pitting. 7, SrREPTAXIS CRAVENI. (Plate XXXII. figs. 5, 5 a.) Strepaxis craveni, E. A. Smith, Annals, J. ec. Shell narrowly umbilicated, obliquely distorted, smooth, glossy, dirty milky-whitish. Whorls 7, slightly convex, closely costulately striated beneath the suture. Last whorl suddenly descending in front, then rising somewhat upon the preceding whorl, very obliquely deviating. Aperture oblique, edentulate ; outer lip (viewed laterally) sinuated at the suture, then prominently arcuate and oblique beneath, a little thickened and reflexed. Columella and basal margin thickened and narrowly reflexed, the former a trifle arcuated. Length from apex to base of aperture 29 millims. ; diameter of last whorl 22; aperture 15 high, 123 broad. Hab. On hills between the mouth of the river Dana and Mom- basa, East Africa (Kirk). This is one of the finest species of Streptawis yet discovered, and remarkable on account of the peculiar outline of the labrum, the smoothness and polish of its surface, and its large size, I have much pleasure in naming it after my friend Mr. A. E, Craven, who has contributed to our knowledge of the shells of the East-African region, and has also written a very important monograph of the microscopic genus Siausigera, and other valuable contributions to conchological science. 8. SrreEPraAxiIs MOZAMBICENSIs. (Plate XXXII. figs. 6, 6 a.) Streptaxis mozambicensis, EK. A. Smith, Annals, /. ¢. Shell small, linearly rimate, whitish, smocth, glossy. Whorls 6, convex, crenulated beneath the deep suture ; last whorl oblique, of the same width as the preceding, descending in front, and briefly ascending at the aperture, a trifle flattened above the aperture ; the latter circularly lunate, small, edentulate ; outer lip a trifle arcuate viewed laterally, oblique, narrowly expanded. Columellar margin more broadly reflexed. Height 73 millims., diameter of last whorl 43; aperture 3 long, 24 wide. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson). This species is smaller and less distorted than S. kirki, Dohrn, and has merely a linear umbilical fissure. It is likewise smaller than S. enneoides, Martens, not perforate, smooth, and has more convex whorls. 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 281 9. ENNEA oBESA, Gibbons. Buliminus obesa, Gibbons, Taylor’s Quarterly Joura. of Conchol. vol. i. p. 255, pl. 2. f. 3. Hab. Near Lake Nyassa, and between it and Dar es Salaam (Thomson) ; “‘ Bawri Island, Zanzibar ”’ (Gibbons). This species appears to be a dwarf form of LZ. ovoidea from the island of Mayotte. The texture is waxy white and semitransparent ; the peritreme is opaque white ; and the suture is linearly margined. The body-whorl is somewhat flattened just above the aperture, and it ascends chiefly near the lip. The largest specimen from Nyassa is 283 millims. long and 13 broad. 10. Ennea tevicata, Dohrn. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6*.) Ennea levigata, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 232; Pfeiffer, Monog. Helic. vol. v. p. 454. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson); on a small rocky island in Lake Nyassa (Kirk). Like several other species of Hnnea this also varies much in size. Those described by Dohrn were 53; inch long and 3 broad, whilst the specimens collected by Mr. Thomson have a length of 7’; inch and a diameter of ;*;. 11. Butimus (Rwacuis) BRAuNSII, Martens. (Plate XXXII. figs. 7-7 c.) Bulimus (Rhachis) braunsii, Martens, Von der Decken’s Reise in Ost-Afrika, p. 151; Nachrichtsblatt der deutsch. malak. Gesell- schaft, vol. i. 1869, p. 150 ; Pfeiffer, Novitat. Conch. vol. iv. pl. 118. je EGA Var. hildebrandti, Martens, Monatsberichte Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1878, p. 294, pl. 2. f. 1, 2. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson); Durum (Hildebrandt); Zanzibar (Brauns) ; Uzanamo (Capt. Speke). The colouring of the specimens which appear to belong to this species is very variable. In one instance it is of a uniform pale straw tint, with the exception that at the apex it is nearly black and in the umbilical region transparent horny. Two other specimens pre- sent markings such as were described originally by Martens, except that the apices are blacker and the two dark zones (one round the middle of the last whorl, and the other below it) are interrupted more or less, and these, together with the series of spots, are nearly black. In another specimen the series of spots flow into one another, thus forming stripes, and those on the lower half of the body-whorl are also confluent ; and again, in another example, the two rows of spots on the upper part of the last whorl are wanting. , The specimens described by Martens from Zanzibar are said to have had the appearance of young shells, and the last whorl obtusely angulated; and in the variety Aildebrandti it is characterized as very obtusely angulated. In the shells before me, which are larger than those referred to by Martens, the angulation is totally absent. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XIX. 19 282 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, This may result merely from difference of age. The largest speci- men collected by Mr. ‘Thomson is 194 millims. long and 93 broad. 12. Butimus norasiuis. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8.) Bulimus notabilis, E.A.Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p- 427 (1880). Shell elongate-ovate, deeply and widely umbilicated, of a uni- form light brown colour. Whorls 8 in number, slowly enlarging, moderately convex, sculptured with very fine, close-set, slightly oblique and feebly flexuous lirz or raised lines of growth. Suture simple, almost horizontal. Last volution convex, exhibiting a very faint indication of a median angulation or almost obsolete carina. Aperture irregularly ovate, subauriform, rather acuminate both above and at the base, where it is channelled, pinkish or pinkish brown within. Umbilicus broad, pervious to the apex, surrounded by an obtuse ridge. Peristome whitish, not thickened; outer margin (viewed laterally) oblique, scarcely arcuate, a trifle prominent in the middle, not reflexed or expanded ; columellar margin broadly ex- ' panded, arcuate, its upper extremity united to the superior termi- nation of the outer lip by a thin callosity. Length 43 millims., diameter of last whorl 20; aperture 173 long, 11 wide. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (7’homson). The peculiarity of the basal canaliculation of the aperture affords an interesting intermediate grade between this genus and Achatina. 13. Butimus (Buximinus) Kirki, Dohrn. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9.) Buliminus kirkii, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 232; Martens, Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, vol. iii. p. 150. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and east coast (7’homson). This species was originally collected by Dr. Kirk at Cabaceira in Mozambique, and subsequently by Mr. A. E. Craven at Magila, 14. ACHATINA HAMILLEI, Petit. (Plate XXXII. fig. 10.) A, hamillei, Petit, Journ. de Conch. 1858, vol. vii. p. 384, pl. 13. f. 3. Shell large, ovate, acuminate above ; spire whitish, striped ob- liquely with brown ; last whorl purplish, striped at intervals and covered with an olive epidermis. Sculpture granose, consisting of coarse oblique lines of growth, which are very coarse beneath the suture, crossed by spiral impressed lines. Whorls 8, moderately convex. Aperture inversely subauriform, a trifle longer than the spire, bluish white within. Peristome thin, margined within with purplish brown. Columella thickened, white, not very arcuate or contorted, somewhat abruptly truncated, united to the lip above by a thickish white callosity. Length 130 millims., diam. 62; aper- ture 69 long, 40 wide. Hab. Usambara (Dr. J. Kirk); West Africa (Petit). The spire of this shell is very like that of 4. petersi, Martens. The latter, however, is a smaller species, if the dimensions given by 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 283 the author are those of an adult specimen; and the aperture is pro- portionally longer. In the present species the coloration is rather different, and the epidermis is of an olive tint instead of rich fulvous brown, 15. ACHATINA CRAVENI. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 11.) Achatina kirkii, B. A. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880, vol. vi. p. 428. Shell elongate ovate, somewhat acuminate above, beneath a yellowish epidermis white, ornamented with suberect, slightly wavy, brown stripes. Whorls 8-9, rather convex, rather coarsely gra- nosely sculptured ; suture between upper whorls horizontal, between two last more oblique ; last whorl descending, smoother upon the lower part. Aperture subpyriform, bluish white, occupying less than half the shell. Columella not much arecuated, whitish, rather abruptly truncated, connected with the upper extremity of the outer lip by a thin callosity. Length 81 millims., diam. 37 ; aper- ture 39 long, 20 wide. Hab. Between Zanzibar and Lake Tanganyika (Kirk). The granose surface of this species is the result of the coarse raised lines of growth being crossed by transverse impressed striae, which being somewhat remote from one another cause the granules to assume a rather elongate form. Mr. Alfred E. Craven informs me that the distinguished name of Dr. Kirk has already last year been associated with a species of this genus. Such being the case, I am compelled to alter the designation originally applied to this species ; and therefore I have much pleasure in substituting that of A. craveni. 16. AcuaTina THOMSONI. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 12.) Achatina thomsoni, E. A. Smith, Annals, loc. cit. Shell moderately solid, elongate ovate, beneath a yellow epidermis whitish, striped with blackish brown. Spire sometimes purplish red or whitish, more or less worn, and in consequence, to a certain extent, lacking the striping ; the latter is, as a rule, rather regular and only a little wavy. Whorls 7, a little convex, striated by the lines of growth, covered by a thin yellow epidermis, which is beauti- fully sculptured with most minute striz in a crisscross fashion, producing the woven appearance of a fabric; last whorl elongate, narrow, gradually descending. Aperture pyriform, bluish white. Columella arcuate, thickened, not very abruptly truncated at the base, united to the lip by a thin callosity. Length 75 millims., diam. 32; aperture 38 long, 21 broad. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and east coast (Thomson). This species is remarkable for its narrow ovate form and the peculiar woven appearance of its epidermis. The proportion of the length of the aperture to that of the entire shell varies; in some specimens it occupies rather more than half the total length, and in others somewhat less, The deep-brown or black stripes edged with brown, as a rule, occupy more of the surface than the yellow spaces 19* 284 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, between, and, although somewhat wavy (upon the last whorl especi- ally), do not take a large zigzag pattern. Most specimens are more or less streaked with opaque golden lines in the direction of the lines of increment, which when falling upon the dark stripes tell very vividly. 17. AcHatTina (LimicoLariA) CAILLaupI, Pfeiffer. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 13.) Achatina (Limicolaria) caillaudi, Pfeiffer, Zeitsch. f. Mal. 1850, p- 86; Mon. Hel. vol. iii. p. 386, vol. iv. p. 584, vol. vi. p. 208 ; Martens, Mal. Blat. 1865, vol. xii. p. 197. Hab. Near Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). This species varies greatly in breadth and length, as may be judged from the measurements given by Martens in the work above mentioned. One of the specimens from Tanganyika is remarkably slender, having a length of 71 millims. and a diameter of 20, the aperture being 21 long. The species has not hitherto been recorded from so southern a region. 18. AcHatina (LiMICOLARIA) RECTISTRIGATA, Smith. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 14, 14 a.) Achatina (Limicolaria) rectistrigata, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 346, pl. xxxi. fig. 2. Hab. Near Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). Additional specimens show that this species varies considerably in form and the relative proportion of the whorls to one another; but the regularity of the striping is still maintained. Besides the lines of increment, some examples are ornamented with spiral stria- tion upon the upper whorls, which produces a subgranose appear- ance. The following measurements will best demonstrate the variation of form :— Length 39 millims., diam. 17, aperture 14 long. ? 39 33 ” 163, bh) 15 2” selouhies bea? » 17, » 16 ,, 32 41 Ped 3) 14, be) 14 3) The last measurements are of a specimen from near Ujiji, sent by Dr. Kirk to the British Museum, and received by him from Mr. Hore. ‘ 19. SusuniInaA LENTA, (Plate XXXIII. fig. 15.) Subulina lenta, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 428 (1880). Shell subulate, imperforate, very slowly enlarging, very elongate and narrow. Whorls —? (probably 11 or 12), very slightly con- vex, covered with a thin, glossy, pale olivaceous epidermis, varied at intervals with darker oblique stripes. Suture simple, rather oblique and deepish. Sculpture consisting of fine oblique and feebly flexuous lines of increment, faintly puckered at the upper extremity, Aperture small, occupying less than one fifth of the entire 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 285 length. Columella very arcuate, abruptly truncated at the lower extremity. Probable length 41 millims., actual length of seven remaining whorls 36 ; diameter of last whorl 74, of penultimate 7, of antepenultimate 63; aperture 73 long, 4 broad, Hab. Near Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). The brevity of the aperture in proportion to the total length of the shell, its narrow elongate form, and the slow increase of the whorls constitute the chief characteristics of this species. Spirawis bistorta of Pfeiffer has a considerable resemblance to it, but has more convex whorls, a longer aperture, and a different columella. 20. SupuLina souipruscuLa. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 16.) Subulina solidiuscula, Smith, Aun. & Mag. N. H. 1880, vi. p- 428. Shell elongate, subulate, rather solid, imperforate, white, covered with a thin olivaceous epidermis, obliquely striated by the lines of growth, which are crossed by shallow spiral strize, producing a some- what granose or wrinkled surface. Lateral outlines rectilinear, slowly converging. Apex obtuse, truncated. Remaining whorls 8 in number, very slightly convex and slowly increasing, separated by a rather horizontal, simple, distinct suture. Aperture short, and the columella curved. Probable length of a perfect specimen 52 millims.; actual length of shell, consisting of eight volutions, 43 millims., diam. 11; aperture 9 long, 53 broad. Hab. Near Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). Of this interesting species only a single specimen was obtained. It is comparatively solid for a shell of this genus, and also remark- able on account of the very elongate form and the exceptionally slow increase of the volutions. The apex of the shell is obtusely truncated, but this may be the result of an accident in this instance, and not a constant specific character. The spiral or transverse striz are but feebly impressed, but crossing the fine lines of growth give them a crinkled appearance. Limnorrocuus. Limnotrochus, Smith, ibid. p. 425. Shell trochoid, umbilicated, without an epidermis, spirally ridged. Body-whorl keeled round the middle. Aperture non-lirate within, with the outer lip oblique, the basal margin broadly sinuated, and the columella-edge somewhat reflexed and united ‘to the labrum above by a callosity. Operculum horny, paucispiral, littorinoid. This remarkable form has all the appearance of a Trochus when viewed with the aperture from the eye. It is, however, more closely related to the Littorinide, and exhibits the greatest affinity with the genus Echinella, from which, however, it may be distinguished by its operculum and the broad shallow sinuation in the lower margin of the aperture. 21, Limnotrocavus THomsont. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 17-176.) Limnotrochus thomsoni, Smith, loe. cit. Shell moderately solid, narrowly umbilicated, trochiform, livid 286 MR. E, A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, purplish dotted with brown, whitish at the suture and at the base. Spire acutely conical, with rectilinear outlines. Whorls 7, flat, sloping, with a broad deep furrow at the lower part, which is margined above by a keel, which on the upper volutions is simple, remarkably prominent and acute, and giving to them quite a pagoda-like appearance. On the last two and a half whorls it is less acute and minutely nodulous; and above that there are three other granulous ridges, whereof the uppermost, or that immediately beneath the suture, is conspicuously the largest ; these gradually become finer aud less granulous as they ascend the spire, so that upon the first few whorls they are simple thread-like liree; the last whorls also exhibit fine liree of a similar character between the larger granulous keels, and the entire surface is ornamented with very fine lines of growth. The body-whorl is sharply angulated and carinate at the middle; and the slightly convex base bears about eight principal concentric ridges with interlying finer thread- like ones. Aperture subquadrangular, within purplish at the upper part and whitish beneath, equalling about zz of the entire length of the shell. Outer lip thin, obliquely receding, a little incurved above the carina, not thickened. Basal margin broadly sinuated, ex- curved, and slightly effuse. Columella thin, arcuate, a trifle re- flexed at the umbilicus, and joined to the upper extremity of the labrum by a thin white callosity. Operculum horny brown, about 5-whorled, distinctly marked with arcuate lines of growth. Length 18 millims., diam. 11; aperture 7% long, 6 broad. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). I feel much pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Thomson, its discoverer. Among the several forms new to science contained in his collection this is perhaps the most remarkable. The colour of it is very difficult of description. ‘The general tone of the spire is a sort of livid purplish tint, divided into zones by the whitish furrow which encircles the whorls immediately above the suture, The tubercles, too, upon the ridges also stand out in pale relief ; and the interstices between them are frequently dotted with brown. The keel around the middle of the body-whorl is scarcely tuber- culous, or at all events much less so than the carinee above. The base is almost entirely white, with the exception of red dotting sometimes present upon some of the larger ridges, which exhibit hardly any indication of tubercles. The effuse broad sinuation in the base of the aperture is best seen when the base of the shell confronts the eye. 22. LimNoTROcHUS KIRKI. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 18-18 4.) Limnotrochus kirkii, Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1880, vi. p. 426. Shell solid, trochoid, dirty whitish, deeply and narrowly umbili- cated. Spire acutely conical. Whorls 6 or 7, feebly concave, bearing arcuate and flexuous lines of growth and six or seven granu- lous liree, whereof that immediately above the suture is the largest ; body-whorl acutely angular at the periphery, encircled by two sub- 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 287 equal granular ridges. Base concave near the circumference, then slightly convex, concentrically granosely ridged, the ridges nearest the umbilicus coarser than the others, and also arcuately radiately striated. Aperture irregularly subcircular, whitish. Outer lip (viewed laterally) obliquely incurved. Basal and columellar mar- gins forming one strongly arcuate line joined above to the extremity of the labrum by a thickish callosity. Operculum unknown. Length 15 millims., greatest diameter 18. Hab, Lake Tanganyika (H. Coode Hore). This is perhaps the most remarkable shell of the entire collection, It is perfectly trochiform in general appearance; and the character of its sculpture agrees with that which obtains in many species of that family. I have much pleasure in assoeiating with it the name of Dr. John Kirk, who has been a most liberal donor of specimens to the Museum, and has done much to advance our knowledge of the fauna and flora of East Africa, 23. LirHOGLYPHUS ZONATUS, Woodward. Lithoglyphus zonatus, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 349, pl. 47. f. 3-30; Smith, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 350. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). Several specimens of this species tend to show that it is subject to little variation, the only difference of any importance consisting in the greater or less contraction of the last volution and the conse- quent increase or decrease in the size of the aperture, 24. LirHOGLYPHUS NERITINOIDES. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 19.) Lithoglyphus neritinoides, Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1880, vi, p- 426. Shell ovate, imperforate, thinnish, smooth. Spire short, purplish, whitish beneath the suture. Whorls 4, convex; last one large, elongate, semitransparent, whitish, covered with an intensely thin subolivaceous epidermis, ornamented with thread-like transverse red lines. Aperture inversely pyriform, occupying a little less than & of the entire length of the shell. Outer lip thin. Columella coated with a large callosity, extending from the upper extremity of the labrum to the base of the aperture, and spread considerably over the whorl in the umbilical region. Operculum unknown, Length 63 millims., greatest diameter 5 ; aperture 5 long, 3 broad. Hab, Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). This species resembles L. rufofilosus in its style of ornamen- tation only, in other respects being totally distinct, The form reminds one of certain small species of Neritina; and on that ac- count the specific name selected bears reference to that genus. The great development of the columellar callosity is very remarkable. All three specimens exhibit a dark transverse stain on the back of the body-whorl at a short distance from the suture; but whether or not this is a permanent character requires more examples in proof, 288 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, 25. LirHoGLyPHus RuFOFILOsus. (Plate XXXIII. figs.20, 20a.) Lithoglyphus rufofilosus, Smith, Ann. & Mag. N.H.1880, vi.p. 426. Shell globose, thick, rimate, white, encircled with very fine, thread-like red lines, covered with a very thin epidermis. Whorls 54, rapidly increasing, convex, separated by a simple deepish suture, striated by the lines of growth; last whorl large, globose. Aper- ture also large, inversely rather pyriform, whitish, occupying about 4 of the entire length of the shell. Peristorne continuous. Outer lip thin ; base and columella thickened, the latter particularly so, and reflexed. Length 13 millims., greatest diameter 115; aperture 104 long, 6 broad. Operculum dark brown, ovate, straighter on the inner or colu- mellar side, paucispiral in the centre, which portion is surrounded by concentric layers. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). The operculum of this species resembles that of Tiphobsa in miniature. The centre of it is paucispiral or littorinoid; and this part is inclosed by a border which apparently consists of concentric layers. The number and distance apart of the thin red lines are subject to variation, one specimen having as many as twelve upon the body-whorl, and another as few as four, SyYRNOLOPSIS. Syrnolopsis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 426 (1880). Shell subulate, smooth, imperforate. Aperture broadly sinuated at the base, with the outer lip slightly thickened, widely sinuated in the middle, and produced towards the lower part, furnished far within with one or two prominent lire. Columella thickened, with a distinct plait at the upper part, and joined to the upper extremity of the labrum by a thin callosity. Operculum unknown. This curious form has all the appearance of a marine genus, in fact closely resembling Obeliscus or Syrnola. The basal sinuation of the aperture is similar to that in some species of Rissoina ; but the plication on the columella is wanting in that group. This is not very prominent in the adult shell; nor are the two lire within the aperture visible, except through the semitransparent shell, unless the lip is broken away. On removing a portion of it these become apparent, the upper one being the thicker and extending parallel with the suture for about the distance of half a whorl, the lower one being shorter and more slender. The fold on the columella becomes remarkably prominent as it ascends the spire; and this may be ob- served by grinding off one side of the shell. As nothing is known of the animal, the systematic position of the genus is doubtful ; how- ever, it may temporarily be classed with the Rissoide. 26. SyRNOLOopsis LAcusTRis. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 21-21 6.) Syrnolopsis lacustris, Smith, loc. cit. Shell smooth, glossy, elongate, subulate, imperforate, yellowish - 1881.) LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 289 horn-colour, banded with white beneath the suture. Whorls 12; first two or three convex, the rest nearly flat, slowly increasing, finely striated by the very flexuous lines of growth. Suture simple, hardly oblique. Aperture small, occupying nearly 3 of the total length. Labrum and columella as above described. Length 113 millims., diam. 3; aperture 3 long, 2 broad. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). Besides the lines of growth, some species show traces of spiral striation. 27. AMPULLARIA GRADATA, sp.nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 22, 22 a.) Shell globose, narrowly umbilicated, rather thin, moderately glossy, sculptured with oblique distinct lines of growth and minute spiral striee invisible to the naked eye, yellowish olive, with several bands and lines of a greenish tint. Whorls 6, depressed and flat- tened above, convex at the sides. Spire gradated, worn at the pur- plish-brown apex, equalling about one fourth of the total length. Aperture pyriform, whitish within at the upper part, and light brown elsewhere, with the bands and lines of a vivid dark brown colour: those on the upper part stop short at a little distance from the margin of the lip, leaving a narrow space of a sulphur colour; those lower down extend almost to the edge, where they are particularly bright. Lip thin, with scarcely any internal thickening. Columella below the umbilicus well curved, expanded, yellowish, connected with the upper extremity of the labrum by a very thin callosity. The following are the measurements of the three largest spe- cimens :— Length. Greatest diameter. Length of aperture. Width. millim, millim. millim. millim. 78 72 58 37 73 67 58 36 82 72 60 38 Hab. Lake Nyassa, and between it and the east coast (Thomson). The affinities of this species, if it be distinct, are rather with those forms found in Nilotic regions than with A. speciosa of Phi- lippi from Zanzibar. The four species 4. wernei, Philippi, A. kor- dofana, Parreyss, A. lucida, Parreyss, and A. ovata, Olivier, are very closely related ; and it is a matter of impossibility to define the limiting characters of any of them. The present species also may only be another form of the same shell. Like A. wernei and A. kor- dofana, the whorls are flattened at the top, so that the spire has a gradated appearance ; but from these it may be distinguished by its broader and shorter aperture and the considerably greater arcuation or incurvation of the columella; or the form may be described as more pyriform, being narrower above and broader below than in either of those two species. The banding within is of a deep tor- toiseshell brown, and only extends to the margin of the tip, along the base, and about halfway up the side. 290 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, 28. LANISTES PURPUREUS, Jonas. Ampullaria purpurea, Jonas, Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1839, p. 342, pl. 10. f. 1; Philippi, Conch.-Cab. p. 22, pl. 6. fig. 1. Bulimus tristis, Jay, Cat. Shells, p. 121, pl. 7. fig. 1. Meladomus olivaceus, H. & A. (non Paludina olivacea, Sowerby), Genera, vol. i. p. 349, vol. iii. pl. 37. f. 6-6 6. Meladomus bulimoides, Swainson, Treatise on Malacology, 1840, p- 340 (probably). Hab. Lake Nyassa, and between it and the east coast (Thomson). One specimen from the lake differs from the normal torm of the species in having the whorls flatter and the lines of growth some- what puckered beneath the suture. Another shell, found further eastward, has a very unusually conical form, with the volutions also exceptionally flat. The species appears to be very abundant at Zanzibar, and has also been found in many localities further south, in Mozambique. 29. LanisTEs AFFINIS, Smith. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 23.) Lanistes affinis, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 716, pl. 74. fig. 7. Hab. Lake Nyassa (Simons & Thomson). When I described this species I had but a single shell before me, which now proves to be only a small example of it. The series brought home by Mr. Thomson show that it attains a considerably larger size. The finest specimen is 60 millims. in length, and has a considerable part of the surface strongly mal- leated, which, judging from the rest of the specimens, appears to be quite an exceptional feature. But one constant character, which may serve to part it from its congeners, is the narrow orange-yellow line which borders the volutions immediately beneath the suture. L. ovum, Peters, has a more elevated spire and smaller aperture ; and JL. ellipticus, Martens, appears to be (judging from the figure, Novitates Conchol. vol. ii. pl. 70. figs. 9, 10) more narrowly umbi- licated, with the last whorl and aperture considerably narrower at the base. The penultimate whorl, too, of the latter is very narrow in proportion to the body-whorl. The operculum is very thin, pale, horny, and considerably smaller than the aperture. The odontophore extracted from the dried re- mains of an animal agrees exactly with that of Z. ovum (Troschel, ‘Gebiss der Schnecken’, vol. i. p. 90, pl. 6. fig. 11). 30. LANISTES, sp., jun. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). Only a single immature specimen of a species of this genus was found. This is the first record of its occurrence in the lake. The specimen has a depressed spire, but not so flattened as Z. nyassanus, is rather widely umbilicated, and consists of three whorls. It closely resembles the apical portion of LZ. solida de- scribed by me from Lake Nyassa. 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 291 31. Mezania (SERMYLA) ADMIRABILIS. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 24.) Melania (Sermyla) admirabilis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1880, vi. p. 427. Shell elongate, thick, turreted, whitish, stained by a brownish earthy deposit. Whorls probably about 10, very convex, and much constricted beneath at the oblique very deep suture, unequally bi- partite by a shallow furrow a little beneath the suture, bearing strong obliquely arcuate ribs, which at the upper end terminate in a tubercle above the shallow groove which crosses them; they vary in number considerably, in one specimen numbering as few as fifteen on the last whorl, and in another as many as twenty-one ; last whorl with the coste abruptly terminating at the middle, beneath which it is girded by five or six strong concentric lire, which are of equal thickness and equidistant. Aperture ovate, acuminate above, narrowed and effuse at the base. Columella oblique, arcuate at the lower part, thickened and united to the upper end of the outer lip by a thin callosity. Length 47 millims., diameter 14; aperture 14 long and 8 wide. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (2. Coode Hore). This species is remarkable for its solidity, and the strength of the costation. 32. MEeLANIA TUBERCULATA, Miller. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). Again this ubiquitous species presents itself. It is without a rival in the extent of its geographical distribution, having been re- corded from Malta, North, East, and West Africa, Lake Nyassa, Madagascar, Mauritius, Syria, Ceylon, Persia, Arabia, Mesopotamia, Siam, Java, island of Formosa, and Australia. The Tanganiyka specimen is rather strongly cancellated, and exhibits the red dotting upon the transverse or spiral ridges. 33. MELANIA TANGANYICENSIS. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 25.) Melania tanganyicensis, Smith, Annals, loc. cit. Shell small, turreted, solid, almost black, with a broad light-chest- nut band occupying the middle of the whorls ; these are about six in number, flat at the sides, and roundly shouldered above, strongly ribbed, the ribs being broad but not much elevated; the body- whorl is large in proportion to the rest of the shell, and has a few transverse sulci at the base. Aperture almost half as long as the entire shell. Columella well curved, pale and thickened towards the base. Length 73 millims., diam. 22; aperture 33 long. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). In this instance also the species is represented by a single speci- men only ; and that too is in worn condition. Its characters, how- ever, are such that it can readily be recognized from allied forms, none of which approximate very closely. Certain varieties of M, polymorpha, a Nyassa species, exhibit a clese relationship in form, 292 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, but differences of coloration and sculpture. M. tanganyicensis has the upper part of the whorls of the spire somewhat swollen and almost black, the lower half being light chestnut, the black portion beneath this in each whorl being concealed by the upper part of the succeeding volution. 34. Meztanra (MELANELLA) NassA, Woodward. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 26-26 0.) Melania (Melanella) nassa, Woodward, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 349, pl. 47, f. 1; Smith, P.Z.S. 1880, p. 348; Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 216; Brot, Con.-Cab. pl. 6. f. 7. This Tanganyikan shell is subject to much variation, both in form and sculpture. The number of plicz in two of the specimens collected by Mr. Thomson is exceptionally small, there being but ten upon the last whorl. In contrast to this another example has twenty-six upon the same volution. One of the two former is also abnormal in another respect, namely in having the transverse ridges very narrow, thread-like, continuous on and between the plications, and of a brown colour. In the other they are whitish, interrupted by brown dots upon the lower part of the last whorl. ‘The solid marine character of this species distinguishes it from all others, and when the oper- culum, at present unknown, and the animal are examined, it will probably receive distinct generic rank. Since writing the above, another series of this remarkable species has been sent to the Museum by Dr. Kirk of Zanzibar. Among this set are some exceptionally large specimens, peculiar also for a sub- truncation near the base of the columella. This I imagine would be concealed when the shell arrived at maturity by a deposition of callus. Although of very large size, not one of these appears to be adult, judging from the thickness of the outer lip. The number of transverse liree on the last whorl is unusually large; and the whorls are broadly and flatly gradated. 35. MELANIA ( ?) norEI. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 27.) Melania ( ?) horei, Smith, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 427 (1880). Shell ovate-conical, smooth, brown, with a narrow white line beneath the suture. Spire conical, a trifle excentric, inclining very slightly to the right (the aperture being towards the eye and down- wards). Whorls 63, scarcely convex, exhibiting faint incremental striee. Suture simple; last whorl rising somewhat upon the pre- ceding near the aperture, then suddenly descending to the margin of the labrum, furnished with a slight basal thickening, aperture ovate, rather acuminate above, purplish brown, occupying about # of the entire length. Lip a little thickened, especially towards the suture, avd somewhat patulate near the base. Columella whitish, mode- rately arcuate, united to the upper extremity of the labrum by a thin callosity. Length 14 millims., diam. 6; aperture 6 long, 4 broad. Hab. Lake Tanganyika ( Hore). 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 293 This is another instance of a species from Tanganyika having very much the appearance of a marine form, At present the operculum and animal are unknown; and therefore I place it pro- visionally in the genus JMelania ; for it approaches in some respects certain aberrant forms of that group, e. g. M/. brevis, d’Orbigny, and WM. parva, Lea. The colour is not uniform in tint; for beneath the whitish infra- sutural line the brown is paler, then comes a darker zone gradually blending into a paler one. The body-whorl too has an ill-defined basal zone. 36. TrpHosia HoREI, Smith. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 28.) Tiphobia horei, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 348, pl. 31. f. 6-60. When describing this very remarkable form, I was unable to give any account of the operculum. Fortunately, one of the specimens brought home by Mr. Thomson had that appendage adhering to the interior. It is almost black, horny, elongate-subovate, rather con- cave exteriorly, paucispiral in the centre, which portion is surrounded by apparently concentric layers. The lower side has a glossy border, which is broadest on the outer margin, narrow and slightly thickened on the inner or columellar edge. It is not sufficiently large to close the aperture of the shell as in the genus Paludina ; and the paucispiral character of the early stage of its growth confirms my original opinion that the species should be classed with the Melaniide. It is by no means a common shell according to the observation of Mr. Thomson, being restricted to a certain part of the lake, and even there not abundant. The absence of an epidermis is still maintained in the specimens now under ex- amination ; and this very remarkable peculiarity may be considered eventually a sufficient distinction to separate the genus from the Melaniide. 37. NEOTHAUMA TANGANYICENSE, Smith. Neothauma tanganyicense, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 349, pl. 31. figs. 7—7c. In this instance also I am enabled to give an account of the oper- culum. It is of a reddish colour, and normally paludinoid, the nucleus being situated about midway between the inner or columellar border and the centre. One of the specimens is unusually acutely carinate around the centre of the body-whorl, and very deep in the suture. 38. PALUDINA CAPILLATA, Frauenfeld. Paludina eapillata, Frauenfeld, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 659; 1877, p. 717, pl. 74. figs. 3-4. Hab. Lake Nyassa (Kirk); between it and the east coast (Thomson). 294 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, 39. PaALUDINA ROBERTSONI, Frauenfeld. Paludina robertsoni, Frauenfeld, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 659; Smith, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 717, pl. 74. f. 5, 6. Hab. Same as the preceding. The specimens collected by Mr. Thomson are greenish olive, with the angulation of the whorls strongly marked, and the columella of a bluish tint. 40. Patupomvus FERRUGINEUS, Lea. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 29.) Melania ferruginea, Lea, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 182; Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 147; Martens, Von der Deckeu’s Reisen in Ost- Afrika, vol. iil. p. 153. Melania zanguebarica, Petit, Journ. de Conch. vol. il. p. 263, ple nfm. Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson); Umba (Craven) ; Zanzibar (Lea). The specimen figured in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’ is small in comparison with those collected by Mr. Thomson, the largest of which, if the apex were complete, would have a length of about 42 millims, and in diameter it is 17. In the original description Lea describes the single shell which was submitted to him as “« ferruginea,”’ and does not mention the dark zone round the middle of the body-whorl. This, although very obscure, is visible in the specimen referred to, now in the British Museum. In shells in good condition two other bands are observable within the aperture— one above, close to the suture, and the other near the base. Melania zanguebarica of Petit appears to be the same as this species; and Paludomus africanus of Martens, if not identical, offers but slight distinctions. 4]. PLANORBIS SUDANICUS, Martens. This species was also recorded in my previous paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 349) on Lake-Tanganyika shells. 42. SEGMENTINA (PLANORBULA) ALEXANDRINA, Ehrenberg, var. TANGANYICENSIS. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 30-30 6.) Shell moderately depressed, equally umbilicated on both sides, obtusely angular at the periphery, distinctly keeled on the top of the whorls, and angulated around the umbilicus, brownish horn- colour, spirally finely striated and more distinctly by the incre- mental lines. Whorls 5; aperture irregularly lunate. Peristome strengthened within with a whitish rib. Height of largest specimen 4 millims., greatest diameter 12; aperture 4 high, 32 broad. Another is 10 wide and 33 high. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). The four shells before me are constant in the characters above given, and might therefore be specifically distinguished from the P. alexandrina of Ehrenberg. The normal form of that species has the whorls rounded above, is a trifle flatter, and consequently not 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 295 so deeply umbilicated and less acutely carinated around the umbilicus. The teeth, which frequently are present within the aperture of the Egyptian species, do not exist in either of the Tanganyikan speci- mens ; but the character of the rib bordering the peristome is similar in both forms. 43. LIMN2ZA NATALENSIS, Krauss. LTimnea natalensis, Krauss, Siidafrik. Moll. p. 85, pl. 5. f. 15; Kister, Con.-Cab. pl. 6. f. 1-3; Martens, Mal. Blat. 1866, pl. 3. 58,9: Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Hore § Thomson). This species has a very extensive range, having been recorded from Natal (Krauss), Abyssinia (Blanford and Martens), Lake Nyassa (Kirk and Simons); and from the west side of the continent at Benguela the same species, apparently, has been described under the name of L. orophila. 44. Puysa, sp. Hab. V.ake Tanganyika (Thomson). This genus, not previously recorded from this locality, is repre- sented by a single, probably young shell. It is very much of the same character as P. nyassana, described in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 717, pl. 75. fig. 16-17. However, it is distinct; for on comparison with a specimen of that species of similar size, it proves to consist of fewer whorls, has a less prominent spire, and narrower umbilicus. 45. Cyrena (CorBICULA) RADIATA, Parreyss, var. ? Cyrena radiata, Parr., Philippi, Abbild. ii. p. 4, pl. i. f. 8; Cles- sin, Conch.-Cab. (Corbicula) pl. 28. f. 16-18. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). The shells from the lake are more finely and closely ribbed than the specimens from the White Nile described by Philippi, and the the hinge is a trifle stouter, but in all other respects agree very well. The shell figured by Sowerby in a wretched monograph in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica,’ under the name of “‘ Cyrena radiata, Hanley, ? MS.” (pl. xi. f. 47 a, 5), is quite distinct from this species ; but fig. 47¢ on pl. xiii. may be a bad representation of it. This species was recorded by me from Lake Nyassa (P. Z. 8. 1877, p- 718). On comparing the specimens from that locality with those trom Tanganyika it becomes a matter of uncertainty whether they should be regarded conspecific. The shells from the latter lake are longer from the umbo to the ventral margin, and consequently less transversely oblong ; their colour is a deeper violet within, whilst the Nyassa specimens are fleshy-brown, varied by the external umbonal and lateral violet rays. Such being the case, I prefer to consider the shells before me as doubtfully belonging to this species, until an opportunity occurs of studying this most difficult genus more thoroughly. 296 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, 46. PLe1opon spekeI, Woodward. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 31, 31a.) Pleiodon spekei, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 348, pl. 47. f. 2; Smith, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 350; Reeve’s Conch. Icon. vol. xvi. f. 2; Kiister’s Conch.-Cab. (Iridina) pl. 70. f. 1. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). Of this fine species the present collection contains two specimens— one quite young, and the other half-grown. The younger shell shows that the teeth on the hinge-line are early developed ; and both specimens are broader posteriorly than the adult form and less acuminate at the extremity. The interior of the valves is bluish white, faintly tinged with rose towards the umbones. 47. Mureva exotica, Lamarck. Mutela exotica, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. vi. p. 571; Reeve’s Con. Icon. (Iridina) fig. 2. Tridina nilotica (Férussac), Sowerby, Zool. Journ. vol. i. pl. 2; id. Con. Icon. f. 4 ; Kiister, Con.-Cab. pl. 25. f. 3. Tridina elongata, Sowerby, Geuera, fig. 1 ; id. Conch. Icon. f. 1. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). None of the specimens exceeds 33 inches in length; and one or two of them are indistinctly wrinkled perpendicularly across the valves a short distance from the umbones. 48. SpATHA TANGANYICENSIS, Smith. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 32.) Spatha tanganyicensis, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 350, pl. 31. figs. 8, 8a. The specimen figured in the above work proves to be an unusually broad form, having the posterior extremity much less acuminate than in what appears to be the most common or typical form of the species. In describing the young shell I suggested that the narrow rostrated form would become modified as the animal increased it, and that the dorsal alation would also enlarge. This surmise is to a great extent upheld by the series of specimens before me. However, the shape remains much more slender than I supposed; but the dorsal wing does increase considerably. The colour of the epidermis varies with age—in young shells generally being yellowish green, and becoming darker or of an olive-brown when more mature. The form of the anterior end is not faithfully described by me or cor- rectly depicted in the figure of the adult shell. The only full-grown specimen then before me was broken at that particular part. The series now at hand shows that the angle formed by the dorsal margin (which slightly descends near the extremity) and the upward sweep of the anterior boundary is much more acute, the latter sometimes being slightly sinuated just below the angle. 49. Unio niLoticuvs, Cailliaud. This species has been previously recorded from Tanganyika, in my former paper. Several additional specimens show that the form and general colouring of the exterior of examples from this particular 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 297 locality vary considerably ; however, not one of them takes the form of U. egyptiacus of Férussac, which Jickeli unites with this species. All have the more rhomboidal form and less central umbones of UW. niloticus; and the epidermis varies from dark olive- brown to yellowish olive or uniform brown. Some of the specimens are indistinctly rayed ; and others have a few raised epidermal ridges radiating from the umbones towards the anterior end of the ventral margin. Without exception the valves in front of the umbones are corrugated; but posteriorly there is but rarely any trace of such ornamentation. 50. Unto Burtont, Woodward. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 33-335.) Unio burtoni, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 349, pl. 47. fig. 1. Hab. Tanganyika (Hore and Thomson). The collection brought home by Mr. Thomson contains a series of specimens which I believe are varieties of this species. Not one of them corresponds with the typical form, of which the Mu- seum possesses two examples—one from the Cumingian collection, the other, the type, presented by Capt. Speke. Both these shells are in a considerably worn condition, scarcely a vestige of the epi- dermis remaining. Their form, too, is more transverse, flatter; and the umbones are less prominent. Among the present series there are two varieties, one much more strongly. sculptured than the other. The subgranular character of this ornamentation is somewhat dif- ferent from that on the typical shells; but some allowance must be made for this, owing to their worn condition. ‘Their outline, too, is no doubt modified to a certain extent from the same cause. The colour of the interior varies from white to uniform rich brownish purple. Both varieties vary in this respect; and intermediate grades of coloration are found in each series. The exterior of the valves also presents difference of colour, in some specimens being of a yellowish tint indistinctly radiated with fine green lines; others are of the same general colour, but lack the green rays; and, again, certain specimens exhibit more of an olivaceous exterior more or less varied with green, the latter consisting of indistinct fine radiating lines. As a whole, the form of Mr. Thomson’s specimens is rather more convex and deeper from the umbo to the ventral margin than that of the two typical specimens; still, as I have previously stated, this in the latter case may be the result of their worn state. Other specimens, collected by Mr. Hore near Ujiji and recently forwarded to the British Museum by Dr. John Kirk, approach the typical form more closely. The outline varies very much, judging from this series, the position of the umbones also being in some much more forward than in others. The freshest of these, having the epidermis to some extent preserved, shows that the species is ornamented with fine green radiating lines, The amount of sculp- ture is intermediate between that found on the more rugose variety Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XX. 20 298 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15, collected by Mr. Thomson; and in character it is also intermediate, being less granulose than some, yet hardly agreeing with that of the type specimen. These slight differences are probably modifications produced by difference of locality ; for the shells collected by Mr. Thomson were from the southern end of the lake, whilst those obtained by Captain Speke and Mr. Hore were found further north, near Ujjji. 51. Unio nYASSAENSIS, Lea, vars. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 34-346.) Unio nyassaensis, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p- 108; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1866, vol. vi. p. 33, pl. 12. f. 32; Smith, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 719; Sowerby, Conch. Icon, sp. 224, f. a, 6 (U. nyasse), Errata and Index (U. nyassensis). Var. = U. kirkii, Lea, l. c. p. 108; Journal, p. 32, pl. 12. f. 30. Var. = U. aferula, Lea, J. c. p. 109; Journal, p. 34, pl. 13. f. 34. Hab. Lakes Tanganyika and Nyassa (Thomson.) Var, TANGANYICENSIS (fig. 34 a). There are but three valves in Mr. Thomson’s collection, which I think may possibly belong to this species.. They differ from the normal form in being rather longer transversely, of a pinkish-red colour within, and without also, beneath. the greenish epidermis. The latter is finely rayed with green. The sculpture is very similar ; but the corrugation does not extend quite so far down the valves. Var. from Nyassa (fig. 32). Mr. Thomson’s specimens are more triangular than those collected by Dr. Kirk at the same locality, having the hinder extremity considerably produced and pointed. Like the three valves from Lake Tanganyika, they are rather smoother than typical specimens ; and some of them are of the same pinkish-red colour. Although, as arule, very different in form from that figured by Lea, still great allowance has to be made for the great variation that obtains among freshwater genera, and especially in the outline of species of Unio; and consequently I prefer to consider the shells in question as vari- eties of this species rather than distinct forms. . 52. UN1o TANGANYICENSIS, Smith. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 35.) Unio tanganyicensis, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 351, pl. 31, f. 9, 9a. As in the case of U. burtoni, so also in this species, the specimens now before me differ from the shells described previously. They are less distinctly radiated with green, produced and beaked pos- teriorly very considerably, and also exhibit a distinct smuation near the posterior end of the ventral margin. The latter feature, how- ever, exists in some of the typical shells, though in a considerably less degree. They are too, as a rule, narrower from the umbo to the opposite side. The absence of the green lines is to a great extent accounted for by the worn condition of the exterior of most of the specimens; for as soon as the epidermis is removed they vanish with it, being only epidermal markings. 1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 299 53. Unto rHomsonr. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 36.) Unio thomsoni, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th series, vol. vi. p- 430 (1880). Shell ovate, rather acuminated behind, concentrically striated, granosely radiately distinctly corrugated in the dorsal region on both sides of the umbones. The latter also prettily wrinkled in a zigzag manner, small, rather acute, and placed well forward. Colour yellowish or pinkish, faintly rayed with an obscure dull pinkish hue, more or less hidden by a thin olivaceous epidermis. Valves not deep, with a small anterior lunule, and a rounded narrow ridge on the posterior slope, with a shallow depression on each side. Anterior end regularly curve, posterior acuminate, ventral margin consider- ably arcuate and indistinctly sinuate near the hinder end. Anterior teeth small, irregularly bifid in one valve and trifid in the other, roughened and striated; posterior teeth slender, occupying about half the extent of the slope from the beaks to the hinder extremity. Interior of valves variable; sometimes the nacre is bluish white rayed with pinkish, and in other instances more uniformly purplish brown. Length 15 millims., width 21, diam. 10. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). In general aspect this species is similar to U. tanganyicensis, but may be recognized by its smaller umbones, the radiating wrinkling on both sides of them, and the greater amount of it upon them, the greater curve of the ventral margin, the broader, more ovate shape, and the absence of green radiating lines, Only three specimens of it were collected ; but they agree in the above particulars, and have a peculiar tout ensemble, which imme- diately arrests notice if mixed with specimens of U. tanganyicensis. The two depressions with a rounded ridge between, down the hinder dorsal area, is another feature not occurring in that species. 54. Unio nore. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 37.) Unio horei, Smith, ibid. p. 429. Shell oblong, subrhomboidal, a trifle broader behind than in front, inequilateral, rather thin, pearly, covered with a yellowish-olive epidermis. Hinge-line stroightish ; anterior end broadly curved ; ventral margin only slightly arcuate; hinder side oblique, very feebly curved, forming an angle above with the hinder dorsal slope, and a curve with the basal margin rather more sudden than that at the opposite end of the valves. The latter are concentrically striated, zigzagly corrugated towards the umbones, and radiately plicated on each side of them; and down the hinder dorsal area there are two shallow depressions, which radiate from the umbones. Interior white, pearly ; anterior and posterior teeth thin, lamellar ; scars shal- low, anterior the deeper, subquadrate. Length 163 millims., width 25, diam. 93. Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson). The single specimen of this interesting species, whose measure- ments are above given, is in all probability but the young form of a shell which attains a much larger size. However, it is aie distinct 20 300 ON SHELLS FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, ETC. [Feb. 15, from the other species of the genus known as inhabiting the lake, and is easily recognized by its form and thin lamellar teeth. U. bakert, H. Adams, from Lake Albert Nyanza, approaches the present species, but is much longer and much more corrugated upon the surface, Fig. Tig. Fig. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate XXXII. 1, 1a. Cyelostoma insulare, yars., p. 277. 2, 2a,26. Helix (Nanina?) nyassana, p. 278. 3, 3a. Helix (Trochonanina) mozambicensis, var., p. 279. 4,4a. Streptaxis gigas, p. 279. 5, 5a. eravent, p, 280. 6, 6 a. ——mozambicensis, p. 280. 6*. Ennea levigata, p. 281. 7,7 a,76, 7c. Bulimus (Rhachis) braunsii, p. 281. 8. Bulimus notadilis, p. 282. 9. (Buliminus) kirki, p. 282. 10. Achatina hamillei, p. 282. Puate XXXIII. ll. Achatina eraveni, p. 283. 12. —— thomsoni, p. 283. 13. (Limicolaria) caillaudi, p. 284. 14, 14a. Achatina (Limicolaria) rectistrigata, p. 284 15. Subulina lenta, p. 284. 16. solidiuscula, p. 285. 17, 17 a, 17 6. Limnotrochus thomson, p. 285. 18, 18 a, 18d. —— kirki, p. 286. 19. Lithoglyphus neritinoides, p. 287. 20, 20 a. Lithoglyphus rufofilosus, p. 288. 21, 21 a, 21d. Syrnolopsis lacustris, p. 288. 22, 22a. Ampullaria gradata, p. 289. Pratt XXXTV. 23. Lanistes affinis, p. 290. 24. Melania (Sermyla) admirabilis, p. 291. 25. tanganyicensis, p. 291. 26, 26 a, 26 6, Melania (Melanella) nassa, p. 292. 27. Melania horet, p. 292. 28. Tiphobia horei, operculum, p. 293. 29. Paludomus ferrugineus, p. 294. 30, 80a, 306. Segmentina (Planorbula) alexandrina, var. tan- ganyicensis, p. 294. 31, 31 a. Pleiodon spekei, p. 296. 32. Spatha tanganyicensis, p. 296. 33, 33 a, 33.6. Unio burtoni, p. 297. 34, 34 a, 6. Unio nyassaensis, p.298. 35. Unio tanganyicensis, p. 298. 36. thomsoni, p. 299. 37. —— hore?, p. 299. P.Z.5.1881. PERAIL AH Searle del et lith Mintern Bros, imp. SHELLS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. P.Z.S- 1881. PLXXXIL AH.Searle del. et lith Mintern Bros, imp. SHELLS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. P.Z.S.1881. Pl. XXXIV AFH Searle del et hth Mmtern Bros imp SHELLS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA . 1881.] ON NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID&. 301 4. On some North-American Tincide. By Tuomas, Lord WatsincuaM, F.Z.S8. [Received February 15, 1881.] (Plates XXXV., XXXVI.) In a paper published last year in the Proceedings of this Society, I endeavoured to contribute a few observations upon synonymy, calculated to afford some assistance towards a revision of the North-American Tineidee. I now propose to describe a few more new species from that country, and to direct attention to the synonymy of some others of the genera to which they belong. Of the ten genera noticed in this paper, four only have at present been recognized by American authors. The claims of one other to a foot- ing in the New World have hitherto rested upon Mr. Walker’s record of a single specimen not now to be found in the British Museum. Two European genera are now, for the first time, mentioned as occurring there, unless one of these has possibly been recharacterized in America under another name; and three, so far as I am able to determine, are new. Some species known in Europe are also now recorded from California and Oregon. PHRYGANEOPSIS, gen. nov. Caput hirsutum ; antenne pubescentes; haustellum mediocre ; palpi maxillares plicati ; palpi labiales capite ter longiores, porrecti, supra et infra hirsute pilosi. Ale antice a basi dilatate, costa subarcuata, apice depresso ; margo apicalis obliquus. Ale postice late. Abdomen anguste compressum. Tibie hirsute pilose, aliquot incrassate. Head rough ; antennz indented at the joints, pubescent in both sexes, more strongly in the male; ocelli none; tongue of medium length, slightly scaled ; maxillary palpi folded. Labial palpi pro- jecting, three times the length of the head, slightly drooping; the second joint scarcely thickened beyond the middle, the apical joint rather more than half the length of the second, roughly clothed to the points with coarse hair-like scales. 3. Fore wings rather broad, the costa slightly arched, depressed towards the apex (broader and subfalcate in the female) ; apical margin oblique. Hind wings broad, not perceptibly indented below the apex; fringes long. Abdomen laterally compressed, projecting considerabl beyond the hind wings. ‘ibis roughly hairy, somewhat thickened. This somewhat aberrant form should probably be placed some- where near the genus Incurvaria. It differs very considerably in the form of the palpi, but approaches that genus in the neuration and in the form of the abdomen, as also somewhat in general appearance, I have failed to find, in the writings of either Mr. Clemens or Mr, Chambers, any generic description which would rightly apply to its peculiar structure and appearance ; nor is there any European form which corresponds to it. 302 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, + PHRYGANEOPSIS BRUNNEA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 1, la, 10, 1c). Capite ochreo, palpis brunneis, antennis sordidis ; alis anticts cum ciliis chocolate brunneis, purpureo vel viridi-purpureo subnitidis, costa dimidia exteriore dilute ochraceo maculata, puncta disci et puncto in medio marginis dorsalis dilute ochraceis; alis posticis 3 brunneis, 2 subpurpureis. Head roughly clothed, ochreous ; palpi dark brown, slightly de- pressed, extending three times the length of the head beyondit. An- tennz pubescent in both sexes, dirty whitish brown above in the 9. Fore wings and cilia dark chocolate-brown, with a gloss of purplish in the ¢ and of greenish purple in the 2, especially noticeable where any abrasion of the scales has occurred ; the costa is faintly marked on its outer half with two or three groups of pale ochreous scales, the last of which lies above the apex at the commencement of the costal cilia ; there is a spot of the same colour on the middle of the dorsal margin, with a small pale discal spot above and beyond it. Hind wings brown in ¢, purplish inthe 2. Legs and abdomen of the same colour; the feet slightly paler. Expanse, ¢ 20, 2 25 millim. Three specimens (2 5,1 2) on the coast of Klamath county, California, June 1872. Genus Catantica (Zeller). CALANTICA POLITA, sp. noy. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2.) Capite crinito et thorace candidis ; antennis (excepta basi candida) cinereis ; palpis decumbentibus, articulo secundo cinereo, apicali candido ; alis anticis nitidis, subceruleo-candidis, puncto in fine cellule fusco, coste basi anguste cinerea, strigula dorsali obliqua post medium cinerea, ciliis subcinereis ; posticis saturate plumbeo-cinereis, ciliis dilutioribus. Head roughly clothed, together with the thorax shining white; the palpi depressed, having the second joint cinereous, the apical joint thickly clothed, white above, touched with cinerous beneath. Antennze white at the base, cinereous beyond. Fore wings shining white, with a faint bluish tinge ; a fuscous dot at the end of the cell; the base of the costa narrowly cinereous, and a small cinereous oblique streak beyond the middle of the dorsal margin, but preceding the discal spot to which it points ; this streak, in some specimens, is obsolete; the cilia are slightly tinged with cinereous, and in some specimens have a row of very faint minute cinereous dots at their base, along the apical margin. Hind wings very pale greyish cinereous, with paler cilia. Underside of the fore wings cinereous, of the hind wings greyish. Expanse 15 millim. The only points of structure in which this species appears to differ from the European representatives of the genus Calantica are the greater length of its palpi and the less thickened tibize of the first pair of legs. 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDE, 303 ARZOLEPIA, gen. nov. Capilli in capite et fronte hirsuti. Palpi labiales breves, articulo secundo incrassato, supra hirsute crinito, tertio ineonspicuo. Antenne pubescentes. Ale antice elongate, ad angulum analem dilatate; costa nonarcuata; margo apicalis obliquus, vix concavus. Ale postice sat late, aliquot acuminate. Head rough above and in front, the scales on the face projecting for- wards in a compact tuft; those above the eyes erect and less closely compressed; ocelli present. Antenne slender, pubescent, about half the length of the fore wings ; basal joint short, slightly enlarged. Maxillary palpi none. Labial palpi short, thickly clothed with coarse scales, which project more widely above than beneath ; the second joint somewhat thickened; the apical joint short and nearly con- cealed, well clothed to the apex. Fore wings elongate, narrow at the base, gradually widened to- wards the anal angle, which is well defined, especially by the form of the projecting cilia, which give the wing a somewhat hatchet- shaped appearance not entirely due to the wing-structure. The apical margin is oblique, the cilia at the apex slightly rounded. Hind wings about the same width as the widest part of the fore wings, somewhat produced and acuminate at the apex, with very long cilia, especially about the abdominal fold. This genus approaches Plutella (Schranck) and Plutelloptera (Chambers), but differs from the first in the form of the palpi, and from the last in the shape and neuration of the wings. It has no ‘‘independent elongate triangular cell,”’ as described and figured by Mr. Chambers (Journ. Can. Soc. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1880, pp. 3-23, fig. 7). AROLEPIA SUBFASCIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 3, 3a.) Head rough above and in front, white, with a fuscous streak along the imiddle of the crest. Antenne slender, scarcely pubescent, distinctly spotted above with white and fuscous; the basal joint fuscous. No maxillary palpi discernible. Labial palpi short, the second joint roughly clothed above ; the apical joint short, partly concealed, white above and: at the tips, dingy fuscous at the sides and beneath. Fore wings elongate, widened towards the apex, the anal angle somewhat distinct ; apical margin oblique, not emarginate belzw the apex; the costal and dorsal margins both somewhat bulge:l near the base. Ground-colour of the fore wings greyish white, prosusely speckled and clouded with greyish fuscous, which is especially collected in two indistinct broken fasciee obliquely inverted, the one from before, the other from beyond the middle of the costa; the second of these is distinctly interrupted beyond the middle of the disk, the dorsal portion being narrower and less conspicuous than the costal; the first is not distinctly interrupted, but the lower or dorsal portion of it becomes suddenly darker than the costal half. Around the apex and apical margin are several square greyish fuscous spots or patches, running completely through the whitish cilia—three costal, 304 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, of which the first forms the outer edge of the second fascia, and about five marginal, the last being in the cilia at the anal angle; these are also conspicuous on the underside. Hind wings scarcely emarginate below the apex, very pale brownish fuscous, slightly shaded about the margins and at the base of the pale cilia. The thorax is of the same colour as the darkest portions of the fore wings; the abdomen faintly banded, the anal tufts lightly ochreous. Expanse 20 millim. Seventeen specimens, April 16th, 1872, on Currant Creek, an affluent of John Day’s River, North Oregon. Genus PLuTELLA (Schranck). PLUTELLA CRUCIFERARUM, Zell. (Wocke, 1626). This species has been frequently recorded under various names as occurring in North America (see Chambers, Index to described Tineina of United States and Canada, Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Survey, 1878, p 161), as it does also in Europe, Asia, and Africa. I met with it on Mount Shasta, California, in August 1871; but I have no recollection of having found it in the same abundance there as in Europe. My list includes nine specimens. It is probably the insect referred to by the Editors of the American Naturalist (vol. v. p. 194) under the name of Tinea spilotella, which should be added to Mr. Chambers’s list of synonyms. PLUTELLA INTERRUPTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 4.) Capite et thorace albidis ; antennis albidis, griseo-fusco annulatis et bicinetis ; palpis tenuibus albidis ; alis anticis subochraceo-albis, dilute griseo-fuscis, ultra medium sublituratis et in toto margine punctatis, macula parva costali ulira medium griseo-fusca, vitta elongata in plica sub medio cellule late interrupta fusca ; posticis cum ciliis griseis. Head and thorax white; palpi rather slender, white, the second joint touched with greyish fuscous above. Antenne white, annulated with greyish fuscous, and having two rather wide but inconspicuous rings of greyish fuscous, the first about their middle, the second beyond it. Fore wings rather yellowish white, very slightly shaded or mottled with pale greyish fuscous, especially beyond the middle; a pale greyish fuscous spot on the costa, at about one third from the apex ; the costal, apical, and dorsal margins dotted with greyish fuscous ; on the fold is a dark fuscous streak, commencing below the costa near the base, widely interrupted below the middle of the cell, the first portion slightly curved and more than twice as long as the second : hind wings and their cilia grey. Underside greyish fuscous. Expanse 19 millim. This is evidently the North-American representative of the Euro- pean Plutella annulatella (Curtis), which it greatly resembles. It differs in the ground-colour of the fore wings being yellowish white 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDE, 305 instead of greyish ochreous or “greyish brown,” as stated in Mr. Stainton’s Manual ; but it possesses the same characteristic markings, rendered more conspicuous by the paler ground-colour, but more curtailed and divided; the two rings on the antennee appear in both species, although, curiously, they are not mentioned by Mr. Stainton either in his ‘ Insecta Britannica’ (Tineina) or in the Manual. The dark shading, which in English specimens covers the whole upper half of the fore wings, is scarcely traceable in the single specimen now before me, which occurred in Southern Oregon at the beginning of May 1871. PLUTELLA ALBIDORSELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 5.) Capite albo; palpis albis, ad latera brunneo-fusco attinctis ; an- tennis subannulatis, apicem versus bimaculatis ; thorace albo ; alis anticis albis, litura brunneo-fusca, infra biangulata, ultra medium oblique porrecta, plus quam dimidium costale obtegit, punctis nonnullis in margine apicali et maculis in spatio apicali brunneo-fuscis, ciliis albidis brunneo-fusco interruptis ; posticis subcinereis. Head white; palpi white, the tuft upon the second joint tinged on the outside with brownish fuscous. Antennee white at the base, faintly annulated beyond it, with two brownish fuscous spots towards the apex, the first occupying about three joints, the second (nearest to the apex) occupying two, Thorax white. Patagia brownish fuscous at their base, white beyond. Fore wings white, with a large brownish fuscous costal blotch ex- tending over more than half the wing, having two angles at its lower edge, the outer one of which is the most clearly defined, terminated obliquely beyond the middle. There are a few brownish fuscous dots on the dorsal margin, and some small brownish fuscous blotches on the apical portion of the wing, the whitish cilia being also interrupted by brownish-fuscous spots and streaks. Hind wings pale cinereous. Expanse 15 millim. A single ¢ specimen of this very distinct species occurred in Lake county, California, June 18, 1880. PLUTELLA PORRECTELLA, Linn. (Wocke, 1624). This species occurred May 31, 1872, in Mendocino county, in August on Mount Shasta, California, and in June in Southern Oregon, but very sparingly: I met with only about six specimens in all. It was first noticed in America by Dr. Clemens, who described it under the name Plutella vigilaciella, teste Stainton (Tin. N. Amer. p. 90). PLUTELLA VANELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 6.) Capite et palpis albidis ; antennis annulatis; alis anticis albidis brunneo atomosis, fascia basali triangulari obliqua et plaga media triangulari (in costa macula albida interrupta) brunneis, margine apicali brunneo, anguste adumbrato ; posticis cinereis, ciliis paulo dilutioribus. 306 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, Head and palpi whitish, the latter having the tuft on the second joint about the same length as the apical joint. Antenne annulated with brown and whitish. Fore wings whitish, dusted with brownish scales, with a brown triangular basal fascia tending obliquely outward from the costa, where it is very wide, and reaches the base of the wing to beyond the first third of the dorsal margin, where it is very narrow. Be- yond this, after a conspicuous oblique fascia of the pale ground- colour, is a large brown V-shaped blotch enclosing a whitish trian- gular costal spot occupying about the middle of the costa ; the apical margin is somewhat narrowly shaded with brown; and the whitish cilia are touched with brown, especially towards the anal angle. Hind wings cinereous, the fringes scarcely paler. Expanse 16 millim. May 19, near San Francisco; June 16-22, Lake county ; July 15, Shasta county, California. A single specimen of what I suppose to be a variety of this spe- cies occurred on the coast towards the north of California in June 1872. In it the whitish ground-colour of the fore wings is entirely suffused with brown, and the markings, although in exactly the same position as in the normal form, are almost obscured. The species is much larger than Plutella hufnagelii, Zell., and differs in its markings, but is evidently allied to it. Genus Crrostoma (Latreille). The only species, among those described by American authors, which has been placed in this genus up to the present time is Cerostoma brassicella (Fitch), which is the well-known cosmopolitan Plutella cruciferarum (Zell.), as pointed out by Mr. Stainton (Tin. N. Amer. p. 90), also subsequently by Prof. Zeller (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1873, p. 33), and by Mr. Chambers. Mr. Chambers, in his Index to the Tineina of the United States and Canada (Bull. U.S. Geog. & Geol. Surv. vol. iv. no. 1, p. 134), omits to notice that Mr. Walker (Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxviii. p. 546) records the occurrence in Hudson’s Bay of Cerostoma aylostella (Linn.) (den- tella, Fabr., Staud. and Wocke Cat. 1652). I have searched for the specimen in the British Museum, and am unable to find it. It is not improbable that one of the allied species, hereinafter described, may have been under Mr. Walker’s notice. There is scarcely suffi- cient evidence, in the absence of the specimen referred to, to establish the occurrence of Cerostoma wylostella (Linn.) in America. Among the numerous Tineide which I have received from the Eastern States the genus Cerostoma has been conspicuously absent, affording an additional illustration of the divergence of their Lepi- dopterous fauna from those of California and Oregon. . CEROSTOMA INSTABILELLA, Mann. 7 I am indebted to Mr. Stainton for a specimen of this species, which I have carefully compared with nine examples taken on Mount Shasta, 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID&. 307 California, in August 1871. I can detect no appreciable difference between the American and the European forms. The absence of any defined anal angle in the fore wings, although the cilia somewhat replace it in appearance, will at once enable C. instabilella to be distinguished from the following new species (C. falciferella, Wism.). CEROSTOMA FALCIFERELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 7.) Capite cum palpis griseo atomosis; alis anticis angustis, quam latioribus quadruplo longioribus, margine. apicali falciformi, Sulvo-griseis, fasciis duabus a margine dorsali obliquis sub- obsoletis ; posticis dilute cinereis. Head speckled grey; the tufted palpi projecting more than twice the length of the head beyond it, speckled grey. Fore wings narrow, fully four times as long as wide, the apex ex- tremely falcate, the anal angle well defined, its projecting cilia giving a falciform appearance to the apical margin, rusty grey, with a slight tawny shade upon their costal half not extending to the apex. There are two subobsolete slightly darker fascize scarcely distinguishable, except towards the dorsal margin, from which they tend obliquely outwards—the one scarcely beyond the middle, the other halfway between this and the base of the wing; and in some specimens is a narrow and rather angulated tawny fuscous streak running from the end of the cell to a point immediately above the apex, and another from the base of the wing below the middle running parallel to the first half of the dorsal margin. Hind wings and their cilia pale cinereous. Expanse 25-28 millims. Twelve specimens, Mount Shasta, California, August 1871; six specimens, Camp Watson, Northern Oregon, beginning of April. This species is larger than C. instadilella, which usually expands abcut 21 or 22 millims., and is distinguishable from it by the develop- ment of the anal angle of the fore wings and by its broader hind wings, CEROSTOMA RADIATELLA (Donovan). I took seventeen specimens of this species at Camp Watson in Northern Oregon, which exhibit an equal range of variation to that which is attained by the same species in Europe. They occurred in April 1872, probably after hibernation; but for the most part they are in good condition. CrROSTOMA CERVELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 8.) Capite dilute cervino, ore et palpis supra pallidioribus ; antennis albo et fusco annulatis ; alis anticis costa arcuata apice non falcata, cum ciliis, subpurpurascenti-cervinis, striga diffusa purpureo-fusca a terno basali usque ad apicem divisis, maculis duabus in margine dorsali purpureo-fuscis, prima apud angulum basalem, secunda paulo post medium; posticis dilute fulvido- griseis, ciliis paulo pallidioribus ; abdomine supra cinereo, infra albido. . 308 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, Head pale fawn-colour, the face somewhat paler. Palpi fawn- colour at the sides and beneath, paler above. Antennze annulated with whitish and fuscous. Fore wings with the costa arched, the apex not falcate, together with their cilia pale fawn-colour, more or less suffused or sprinkled with purplish, having a purplish fuscous diffused streak running from before the middle to the apex, dividing the apical half of the wing into two nearly equal parts. There are two purplish fuscous spots on the dorsal margin, the first at the rather conspicuous angle near the base, the second scarcely beyond the middle. The cilia at the anal angle are very long, giving the whole wing a falcate appearance. Hind wings pale fulvous grey, the cilia somewhat paler. Abdomen above pale cinereous, beneath (together with the legs) whitish. ; 760. Expanse 20 millim. I have two specimens of this species—one reared from a cocoon found on the trunk of an evergreen oak, May 18, near San Francisco, the other from a cocoon found on June 14, on a leaf of Helianthus bolanderi (Gray), in Mendocino county, California. The first emerged on May 31, the second on June 27, 1871. It is allied to Cerostoma parenthesella, Linn. (costella, Fabr.), Wocke, 1641. CEROSTOMA SUBLUCELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 9.) Capite albo; antennis albo et fusco annulatis ; thorace cuneum album gerente; alis anticis costa arcuata, apice subfalcato, subfulvo-cervinis, ciliis et patagirs unicoloribus ; posticis cum ciliis cinereo-albidis, margine paulo adumbrato. Head white; palpi white above, fawn-colour at the sides and beneath. Antenne annulated with white and fuscous. Thorax with a white wedge-shaped mark pointing backwards from the head. Fore wings with the costa slightly arched, the apex subfalcate, fawn-colour with a slight tawny gloss; the patagia and cilia are of the same colour. The hind wings and their cilia are dirty whitish, slightly tinged with cinereous along their margins and at the base of the cilia. Expanse 15-17 millim. Three males, two females. Mendocino and Lake counties, June 10 to 17, and Shasta county, California, July 19, 1871. This species belongs to the same group as C, sylvella (Linn.), C. alpella (Schiff.), and C. lucella (Fab.). It is most nearly allied to the latter, differing from it in the white wedge-shaped thoracic mark, in the darker fawn-colour of the fore wings, which are also of a more uniform width, not attenuated towards the base as in the European species, and in the much paler hind wings. CEROSTOMA DENTIFERELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 10.) Capite, thorace et palpis (supra) stramineo-albidis ; antennis annulatis ; patagiis dilute castaneis. Alis anticis a basi ad apicem purpurascenti-brunneo suffusis ; cost basi, margine 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID. 309 dorsali, dente obliquo ultra medium supra projecto, et margine apicali cum ciliis, dilute croceis : posticis stramineo-albidis. Head, palpi, and thorax yellowish white, the sides of the palpi and the patagia touched with pale reddish brown; antennz annulated. Fore wings pale canary-yellow suffused with bright purplish prown, except at the costal portion of the base and along the dorsal two thirds of the wing ; the apical margin and cilia beneath the faleate apex also maintain the pale ground-colour, and the dark portion of the wing isincised on its lower edge beyond the middle by an oblique tooth-shaped projection from the pale dorsal space. Hind wings and cilia straw-white. Abdomen and legs whitish grey. Expanse 20-22 millim. Mount Shasta, California, August 1871. This and the two following species belong to the group of which C. dentella, Fab. (xylostella, Linn.), No. 1652 of Wocke’s Cat., is the type, and are nearly allied to that species. CEROSTOMA CANARIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 11.) Antennis annulatis ; palpis, capite, thorace et alis anticis dilute croceis, labe subangulata apud medium et ciliis ad apicem fal- catum subcastaneis ; alis posticis cum ciliis stramineo-albidis. Antenne annulated with yellowish white and chestnut-brown. Palpi pale yellowish, slightly timged with brown at the sides, projecting nearly three times the length of the head beyond it. Head, thorax, and fore wings pale canary-yellow ; the fore wings strongly falcate at the apex, having a subangulate and rather diffused pale chestnut- brown blotch on the cell about the middle, often with a few blackish scales about the angle on the middle of its lower edge; in good fresh specimens afew single pale chestnut-brown scales are thinly scattered over the surface of the pale ground-colour ; cilia yellow, tinged at the tips with brownish, especially at the extreme apex. Abiomen, hind wings, and cilia straw-white. Expanse 19-21 millim. Scott’s Valley, Lake county, May 18, 1871. Several specimens flying among Symphoricarpus mollis (Nuttal). CEROSTOMA FRUSTELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 12.) Antennis annulatis ; capite stramineo ; palpis externe brunneis, interne albido-stramineis; alis anticis croceo-flavidis, rufo- brunneo suffusis et partim lineatis (excepto margine dorsali dilute croceo) ; posticis cum ciliis dilutissime griseis. Head yellowish above, paler in front ; palpi yellowish white above and on their inner sides, tinged with brown outwardly ; antennze an- nulated; the middle of the thorax whitish, the patagia reddish brown. Fore wings pale yellow, suffused and partly streaked with reddish brown, except at the base of the costa and along the dorsal third of the wing, which is pale canary-yellow, and is separated from the darker portion of the wing by a whitish streak along the basal half. The brown shading is most conspicuous along the fold, where it ex- 310 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, tends in a strong streak from the base to beyond the middle, and is diffused in the form of ill-defined lines upwards and outwards to the middle of the costa and to the apical margin. In some specimens the costa is touched with whitish on its extreme edge before the middle. Cilia reddish brown. Hind wings and cilia very pale grey. Expanse 19-21 millim. Twenty-six specimens, Shasta county, California, July 28, 1871. EvcERATIA, gen. nov. Capilli hirsuti. Ocelli nulli. Palpi maxillares nulli. Palpi labiales longe porrecti, hirsute vestiti, articulo secundo supra Jfloccoso, tertio basi incrassato, quam secundus paulo longiore. Antenne pubescentes, articulis alternis aliquid incrassatis. Ale antice costa paulum arcuata, ample, margine apicali obliquo, angulo anali subconspicuo. Ale postice plene, ciliis longis, apice vir acuminato. Head and face rough with tufts of long scales projecting forwards and upwards. Ocelli none; maxillary palpinone. Antenne pubes- cent, slender ; basal joint somewhat enlarged, the alternate joints slightly thickened by groups of appressed scales above. Palpi straight, projecting three times the length of the head in front, hirsute, with the first joint small; second scarcely thickened, tufted, especially on its upperside, with long bristling scales projecting for- wards ; third rather longer and slightly more slender than the second, enlarged at the extreme base, also roughly clothed, having a tendency to turn outwards as in Topeutis (Zeller). Fore wings ample, with the costa slightly arched, the apical margin oblique, the apex extended, and the anal angle not well defined. EUCERATIA CASTELLA, sp. noy. (Plate XXXV. fig. 13, 13a, 36, 13e, 13d.) Capite et thorace albis ; antennis albis, fusco supra maculatis ; palpis porrectis, hirsutis, albis, fusco adspersis ; alis anticis albis, squamis brunneo-fuscis sparse irroratis, ciliis albis fusco terminatis ; alis posticis dilute brunneo-fuscis, ante medium albidis, ciliis albis ; anticis infra dilute brunneo-fuscis, albo marginatis ; posticis infra albidis paulo fuscescentibus. Head, face, and thorax white. Antenne pubescent, white, conspi- cnously dotted above with brownish fuscous beyond the base, tinged with brownish fuscous beneath. Palpi projecting nearly three times the length of the head beyond it, with the first joint small, second joint scarcely thickened, tufted; apical joint of even size, slightly longer than the second, white, clothed with long coarse scales, most of which, especially at the sides and beneath, are tipped with brownish fuscous, the tuft on the second joint and the apical joint itself having a tendency to turn outwards as in the genus Topeutis, Zell. Fore wings white, sparsely irrorated with distinct brownish fuscous scales; cilia white, tipped with brownish fuscous. Hind wings white at the base and about the abdominal margin, shading off into 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZE. 311 pale brownish fuscous, which covers more than their apical half ; cilia white, with a slight brownish fuscous line towards their base around the apex. Underside of fore wings brownish fuscous, with all the margins white; underside of hind wings white tinged with brownish fuscous. Legs and abdomen yellowish white. Expanse 17-21 millim. Several specimens near San Francisco and on Mount Shasta, May and August, 1871. EUCERATIA SECURELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 14.) Capite et palpis hirsutis, griseo-albidis ; antennis annulatis ; alis anticis a basi dilatatis (costa post medium arcuata, margine apicali concavo), griseo-albidis, brunneo-fusco dilute suffusis vel lituratis, striga ultra medium plice oblique transversa fusca, striga angulata diffusa apud finem cellule postice subfusco marginata, litura costali post medium subconspicua, eiliis brun- neo-fusco et albido alternantibus; alis posticis saturate albido- griseis. Head and palpi very roughly clothed, greyish white above, brown- ish beneath ; antennee annulated ; thorax greyish white. Fore wings greyish white, sbaded and sometimes blotched with greyish and brownish fuscous, narrow at the base, expanding out- wardly, rather hatchet-shaped, having the costa somewhat arched beyond the middle, the apical margin slightly concave. The species is somewhat variable. In some specimens the most conspicuous markings are an oblique detached transverse fuscous streak crossing beyond the middle of the fold (in one example this streak is divided into two spots), a pale whitish angulated streak at the posterior angle of the cell, deflected and diffused outwardly towards the anal angle, and a brownish fuscous, mere or less conspicuous blotch slightly beyond the middle of the costa; in others this blotch is extended and reduplicated towards the apical portion of the wing giving it an obliquely bifasciated appearance. The cilia are chequer ed with alternate white and brownish or greyish fuscous spots, extend- ing round the apex. Underside unicolorous greyish fuscous, with chequered cilia. Hind wings pale whitish grey, the extreme margin faintly shaded ; underside pale whitish grey. Expanse 25 millim. Seventeen specimens, taken in Sonoma county, California, late in May 1871. It is larger than the preceding species, and has the apical margin slightly more concave ; but in the antennee and palpi, as well as in their general structure, they are very similar. Genus Drpressaria (Haw.). Mr. Chambers, in his List of described Tineina of the United States and Canada, in the Bulletin U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. (vol.ix.1878), enumerates twenty-seven species originally supposed to belong to this 312 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, genus. Of these, eleven species described by Mr. Chambers have been removed by himself to other genera; and he has suggested that three more of his species should probably also be transferred to Gelechia. One species is fuund to be identical with a known European form, leaving twelve species on the list. To these must be added three others described by Mr. Walker, of which Mr. Chambers makes no mention. Depressaria georgiella, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. p- 1827, belongs to the genus T'richotaphe (Clem.) ; but I am unable at present to determine the species. It should more properly be in- cluded in the genus Gelechia than in Depressaria. Depressaria clausella, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxix. p. 564, is evidently D. cinereocostella (Clem.), which is well figured in the Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. New York, vol. ix. The pre- face to the volume of Mr. Walker’s Catalogue in which his descrip- tion appears is dated March 7, 1864. The paper in which Dr. Clemens described it was also published at some time during the month of March in the same year. Full references are given by Mr. Chambers to the several published notices of this species, with the exception of that by Mr. Walker. Depressaria confertella, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxix. p. 563, is a Cryptolechia, and is identical with Cryptolechia tentoriferella, originally described by Dr. Clemens as Machimia tentoriferella, Clem. (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1860, p. 212). It has also since been described by Mr. Chambers under the name Depressaria fer- naldella, which is contained in his list of the genus. I am assured by Prof. Fernald that he is well acquainted with the species, and that it agrees with a specimen of the true C. tentoriferella which I received from him for comparison with Mr. Walker’s D. confertella ; but I am aware that Mr. Chambers himself (U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv.) still doubts their identity. Prof. Zeller (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1873, p. 40) first pointed out that it should properly be included in the genus Cryptolechia. After eliminating this, we have thus eleven unquestioned species of the genus Depressaria recorded as occurring in North America :— 12). atrodorsella, Clem. 2D. hilarella, Zell. 1D. cinereocostella, Clem. "D. lecontella, Clem. 1 D. clausella, Walk. D, nebulosa, Zell. *D. eupatoriella, Cham. *D. pulvipumella, Clem. 1D. grotella, Robinson. D. robiniella, Packard. 3D. heracliana, De G. D. scabrella, Zell. Doubtfully referred to Gelechia by Mr. Chambers (Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Sury. Vol. p. 138) :— D.? pallidochrella, Cham. D.? versicolorella, Cham. D.? rileyella, Cham. 1 These are figured in the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York, vol. ix. 2 Of these I have seen specimens in Mr. Stainton’s collection, 3 Also European. 1881. ] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID&, 313 To these may now be added the following from the Western States :— DEpPRESSARIA SABULELLA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.) Capite et palpis (articulo apicali fusco annulato) saturate ochreis ; antennis fuscis; alis anticis saturate ochreis, coste basi fusca, punctis quatuor disci fuscis quorum duobus anticis amplius di- versis minoribus, nebula subconspicua interjacente fusca; pos- ticts dilute griseo-ochraceis. Head and thorax very pale ochreous; palpi the same, but with a slight fuscous annulation on the apical joint, which is also slightly tipped with fuscous ; antennz fuscous. Fore wings very pale ochreous, with the base of the costa fuscous ; four small fuscous discal spots, of which the two upper ones are further apart and less conspicuous than the two lower ones, which are also both situated nearer to the middle of the wing; between the two upper dots is an inconspicuous fuscous shade; some dif- fused inconspicuous fuscous spots around the apical margin, as well as on the hind margin of the pale greyish ochreous and rather shining hind wings. Cilia of hind wings very pale. Expanse 24 millim. One specimen, in Mendocino county, California, June 12, 1871. This species is allied to Depressaria subpropinquella (Stn.), which is of a generally darker hue, and lacks the two outer dots and the fuscous base to the costa. It differs from Depressaria nanatella, Stn., also in the number of its discal dots, and in the less mottled appearance of the fore wings. In a single specimen taken on Mt. Shasta in August, the wings are shorter, the discal spots and the fuscous base to the costa are entirely absent, the costa is mottled, the apical margin immaculate ; moreover the cilia of the fore wings are slightly rosy, the cilia of the hind wings being pale yellowish. I am disposed to regard it as a distinct species. DEPRESSARIA ARGILLACEA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.) Capite, palpis et antennis dilute griseo-ochreis ; alis anticis dilute griseo-ochreis, fusco atomosis, plaga basali diluta in margine costali diffusa, postice fusco marginata, punctis duobus disca- libus ante medium fuscis, puncto ad finem cellule subalbido, nebula fusca mediana antice apposita ; posticis saturate argil- laceis. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax pale greyish ochreous, the face slightly paler. Fore wings pale greyish ochreous (a cold stone- or clay-colour), irrorated with blackish fuscous scales; the pale basal patchiis dit- fused along the costal margin, but bounded below it by an outwardly diffused but inwardly distinct blackish fuscous shade; before the middle are two fuscous dots, sometimes containing some brownish scales placed obliquely, the upper one being nearest to the base; these are followed by a blackish fuscous cloud above the middle of Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXI. 21 314 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, the wing, which reaches to a pale dirty-whitish dot immediately be- yond and below it, situated about the end of the cell, and surrounded by some brownish scales. In some specimens is a faint indication of asecond pale discal dot preceding it ; and in others the two fuscous dots are almost obsolete. Hind wings very pale greyish ochreous; cilia of the same colour as the wings. Expanse 21 millim. The species occurred at Newville, Tehama county, California, July 5, 1871, and in the neighbourhood of Fort Klamath, in Oregon, at the end of September, also at Old Fort Watson, in Northern Ore- gon, in April of the following year, but was not abundant. It approaches D. ocellana (Fab.) and D. yeatiana (Fab.), but differs from the latter in colour, and in having the fore wings wider and less rounded at the apex. DEPRESSARIA ARNICELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 3.) Capite subochraceo; palpis subochraceis, articulo apicali annulato; antennis fuscescentibus ; alis anticis saturate ochreis, fusco dilute sublituratis, punctis tribus discalibus et nebula subcon- spicua fuscescentibus, costa et margine apicali fusco punctatis, ciliis rufescentibus ; alis posticis griseo-sericeis, ciliis rufescen- tibus. Head and palpi greyish ochreous, the apical joint of the palpi annulated with fuscous ; antenne greyish fuscous. Fore wings pale ochreous, more or less suffused and blotched with greyish fuscous; three rather fuscous discal dots, two about the basal third of the wing, of which the upper one is nearer to the base than the lower, and one towards the end of the cell; between them lies a slight greyish fuscous cloud, sometimes reaching to the costa ; the pale basal patch is not very clearly defined, but extends above the cell along the basal third of the costa; the costal and apical margins diffusely dotted with greyish fuscous. Cilia rosy reddish. Hind wings shining grey, with rosy reddish cilia. Expanse 22 millim. Five specimens, bred from larvee feeding on Arnica angustifolia (Vahl), on Mount Shasta, California, August 1871. Allied to Depressaria adsperselia (Kollar), but without the distinct black costal dots of that species. DEPRESSARIA KLAMATHIANA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 4.) Capite griseo; palpis griseis, articulo apicali fusco annulato ; thorace griseo ; alis anticis rufo-grisets, plaga basali ad medium coste antice producta albo-grisea, postice subrufo marginata, punctis duobus discalibus nigris erectis et punctulo albido apud jinem cellule, ciliis rufescentibus ; posticis albido-griseis, ciliis dilute rufescentibus. Head grey; palpi grey, annulated on the apical joint with fuscous ; antennze pale reddish grey. Fore wings reddish grey, with a whitish grey basal patch pro- 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZ. 315 longed on the costal third nearly to the middle of the wing, dis- tinctly margined beneath it by a strong reddish shade, outwardly diffused and blended with the paler (more greyish) apical half of the wing; the costa slightly speckled with reddish grey ; two blackish discal spots of raised scales scarcely beyond the basal third, the lower one being the furthest from the base and slightly elongate; beyond these, about the end of the cell, is a whitish dot, surrounded by a few fuscous scales, sometimes preceded by a similar but even less conspicuous dot on the cell; some fuscous scales are distributed around the apical margin. Cilia dull reddish. Hind wings whitish grey, with rather rosy cilia. Expanse 21 millim. Five specimens taken near Fort Klamath, in Oregon, in the autumn of 1871. One only is in good condition. This species appears to be allied to Depressaria ciniflonella (Zeller), to which it bears some resemblance ; but it is less mottled, and has more red about it; moreover the fore wings are less attenu- ated and elongate. DEPRESSARIA POSTICELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 5.) Capite et thorace subochraceis ; palpis concoloribus, articulo se- cundo externe fusco adsperso; antennis fuscis; alis anticis subochraceis, rufo paulum suffusis, fusco irroratis, puncto diset ante medium fusco, punctis marginalibus diffusis fuscis, nebula ante angulum analem (disci dimidium costale nunquam attin- gente) fusca, ciliis subfuscis (aliquando subroseis). Head and thorax rather dull ochreous ; palpi of the same colour, sprinkled externally on the second joint with fuscous; antenne fuscous. Fore wings rather dull ochreous, sprinkled with fuscous scales, and somewhat suffused with a reddish tinge in some specimens, with a small fuscous spot at the base of the costa; a fuscous dot on the cell before the middle, some diffused fuscous dots along the apical margin, and a fuscous cloud or blotch before the anal angle, reaching from the dorsal margin nearly to the middle of the wing, but not attaining the costal half. Cilia with a fuscous or a rosy tinge in different specimens. Hind wings greyish ; the cilia rosy ; the anal tuft sometimes rosy, Expanse 18-21 millim. I met with this species in Lake county, California, on June 15 and June 30, 1871, and in Southern Oregon in May 1872. I also bred a specimen from among larve, feeding together with those of another species of Depressaria (psoraliella) on Psoralia physodes (Doug].), the larva bemg found in Mendocino county on May 24, the perfect insect appearing on June 13. I am indebted to the kindness of Prof. Henry N. Bolander, of San Francisco, for the de- termination of this and other plants mentioned in this paper. The species differs from Depressaria angelicella, Hub. (Staud. & Wocke, Cat. n. 1736), in the absence of a dot on the fold, and in the 21* 316 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, position of the fuscous cloud or blotch, which in that species is situated about halfway between the costal and dorsal margins. DEPRESSARIA NUBIFERELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 6.) Capite et thorace ochreis ; palpis ochreis, macula parva rufo-brun- nea sub articulo apicali; antennis rufo-brunneis ; alis anticis ochreis, ultra plagam basalem rufo-brunneo suffusis, litura ultra medium costam nec marginem dorsalem attingente subobliqua rufo- brunnea, margine apicali rufo-brunneo, costa maculata; alis posticis dilute fusco-griseis. Head and thorax ochreous, sometimes with a slight reddish tinge ; palpi ochreous, recurved, reaching over the vertex, a small reddish spot on the underside near the end of the acuminate apical joint ; antennee reddish brown. Fore wings ochreous, more or less suffused (beyond the pale basal patch, which does not reach to the costa) with brownish red, which forms a conspicuous darkly centred shade about the end of the cell, reaching to the costa but not to the dorsal margin. This colour is also conspicuous in a number of small spots along the costa, and in a line which runs round the apex, along the apical margin, to the anal angle; the ochreous cilia are more or less shaded with the same colour, especially at their tips ; and in some specimens is an indication of two small discal dots situated before the dark central shade, and rather above the middle of the wing, the upper one being nearer to the base than the lower. Hind wings pale greyish, sometimes with a very faint reddish tinge. Abdomen about the same colour as the fore wings. In some specimens the reddish tint suffused over the fore wings is replaced by a browner hue, rendering the pale ochreous ground- colour more conspicuous. Two specimens bred in June from larvee found feeding on a species of Hypericum, Rouge River, Oregon, May 22, 1872; others were taken in Mendocino and Shasta counties, California, in June and July 1871. This species appears to be somewhat allied to D. astrantie (Hein.), but differs from it in the dark central shade being somewhat less oblique than in that species, in the pale thorax not being conspicu- ously shaded with brown, and in the absence of the white discal dots and distinct dark marginal dots which distinguish that species. DeEPRESSARIA CILIELLA (Stn.) This species occurred in North Oregon in April 1872. I met with three specimens only, The commoner European form D. ap- plana (Fab.), of which it is sometimes supposed to be merely a variety, was conspicuously absent, nor have I met with it in any American collection, DEPRESSARIA YEATIANA (Fab.). I took a single specimen towards the end of September 1871, near 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZ. 317 Fort Klamath, Oregon. I have also received the species from Mr. Belfrage, from Texas, taken at the beginning of August. DEPRESSARIA NERVOSA (Haw.). Two specimens, undistinguishable from English examples of this species, occurred in Southern Oregon at the beginning of May 1872. DeprEssARIA PSORALIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 7.) Capite sordide griseo ; palpis subrufescenti-griseis, articulo apicali annulato ; antennis fusco-griseis ; thorace griseo ; alis anticis basi grisea, rufo-brunneis, griseo et nigro (precipue costam versus) atomosis, punctulis duobus vel tribus disci subobsoletis ; posticis subfusco-griseis, ciliis rufescentibus. Head dull greyish, sometimes sprinkled with reddish; palpi greyish above, reddish beneath, the apical joint annulated; an- tenne greyish fuscous. Thorax grey, slightly tinged with reddish immediately behind the head. Fore wings reddish brown, sprinkled with greyish and blackish fuscous atoms, especially towards the costa; the basal patch some- what clearly defined, grey, extending slightly outwards towards the costa, containing no dark spot on the dorsal margin as in the allied species D. cnicella, Tr. A series of three inconspicuous whitish dots along the cell are sometimes almost entirely obsolete, the first and last only being slightly visible in two of my bred specimens. Cilia reddish. Hind wings rather fuscous grey, with reddish cilia. Expanse 20-24 millim. Four specimens bred from larvee found drawing together the ter- minal shoots of Psoralia physodes (Dougl.), May 21, Sonoma county, California ; the perfect insects emerged June 5 to 8. Allied to D. hepatariella, Zell., and D. cnicella, Tr. DEPRESSARIA PARILELLA (Treitschke). A single specimen from the Eastern States (locality uncertain) agrees fairly well with the description of this species. I have com- pared it not only with the figures given by Herrich-Schiffer and by Duponchel, but also with some European examples in the British Museum. It differs from these in having the pale head, thorax, and basal patch less clearly distinguishable from the main colour of the wing, in the discal spots being almost obsolete, and in the cilia being uni- colorous with the fore wings. From the Western States I have other specimens, one of which, taken in California in the summer of 1871, has the pale head, thorax, and basal patch as clearly defined as in the European parilella; more- over the pale discal spot is visible although inconspicuous ; but the colour of the fore wings is much darker, and may be described as 318 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, dull purplish fuscous rather than yellowish brown; the palpi also are much mottled and faintly annulated with purplish fuscous. Other specimens, taken in Northern Oregon in 1872, have the pale head, thorax, and basal patch much obscured by the purplish fuscous hue of the fore wings, and the pale discal spot obsolete; but these have probably lost some of their brilliancy during hibernation. In all these the two blackish spots before the middle and the blackish speckling beyond it are clearly distinguishable. On the whole it is doubtful whether the species should or should not be regarded as distinct from its European representative. I have no doubt that the eastern and western American examples are mere local forms of the same insect, although the ground-colour of the fore wings of the specimen from the east accords much more nearly with that of the true Depressaria parilella. If an investigation of its habits should lead to the conclusion that the American form is a distinct species, I would propose for it the name Depressaria novi-mundi. DEPRESSARIA EMERITELLA (Stn.). I bred four specimens of this rather rare European Depressaria from larvee found feeding on leaves of what may bave been a species of Tanacetum, in May 1872, on Rouge river, in Southern Oregon. I cannot find that I have preserved any specimen of the food-plant ; but in my notes it is recorded as an Artemisia, The specimens agree to the most minute particular with Mr. Stainton’s description of this species. DrPRESSARIA UMBRATICOSTELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 8.) Capite et palpis sordide ochraceis ; antennis fuscis ; thorace nigro- Susco ; alis anticis sordide-ochreis, macula basali, punctulis duobus disci, punctis costalibus et marginalibus diffusis et nebula coste medie nigro-fuscis, margine apicali late subfusco adumbrato, ciliis fuscescentibus ; posticis griseo-sericeis. Head and palpi dull ochreous, the latter dusted with fuscous ; antennze fuscous. Thorax blackish fuscous. Fore wings dull ochreous, slightly paler than the head, with a short, blackish fuscous basal patch, wider on. the dorsal than on the costal margin ; several minute, diffused, blackish fuscous spots along the costal and apical margins; a conspicuous outwardly diffused blackish fuscous shade on the middle of the costa, preceded by two minute discal dots of the same colour, of which the upper one is nearer to the base than the lower, and a more or less conspicuous wide subfuscous shade around the apical margin, reaching from the costal patch to the middle of the dorsal margin. Cilia subfuscous. Hind wings rather shining greyish. Expanse 16-19 millim. Taken on Mount Shasta, California, in August 1871, and in Northern Oregon in April 1872, where it was not uncommon. It 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID. 319 has somewhat the same fashion of ornamentation as Depressaria atrodorsella, Clem.; but it is a much smaller insect, with narrower wings, more rounded at the apex and anal angle, and with the costal blotch situated nearer to the base. Genus Menesta (Clemens). MENESTA TORTRICIFORMELLA, Clem. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1860, p. 213; Stn., Tin. Nor. Am. p. 151. Menestra tortriciformella, Cham., Bull, U.S. Geog. & Geol. Surv. vol. iv. p. 157. Gelechia liturella, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxix. p. 591. This is evidently the species described by Mr. Walker as Gelechia liturella, His type, which is in the British Museum, is in suffi- ciently good condition to be easily identified. It agrees with others verified by comparison with what I believe to have been Dr. Clemens’s typical specimen in the collection of the American Entomological Society at Philadelphia. MENESTA RUBESCENS, sp.nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 9.) Capite, thorace et antennis dilute subochraceo-cinereis 3 palpis diversis, subulbidis, articulo apicali brunneo-fusco adumbrato, acuminato ; alis anticis a basi dilute subochraceo-cinerea rube- scentibus, puncto discali subobsoleto fuscescente ; posticis griseis. Head, thorax, and base of the fore wings pale stone-grey ; palpi diverging, whitish, the apical joint shaded with brownish fuscous, the tongue scaled with brownish fuscous at the base. - Fore wings shaded off from the pale stone-grey base into pale brick-reddish, becoming almost purplish red before the apical margin ; a faint indication of a small subfuscous spot at the end of the cell. Hind wings greyish. Expanse 11 millim. A single specimen received from Mr. Belfrage, from Texas, labelled “August 16.” Genus Giypuipreryx (Hiibner). GLYPHIPTERYX REGALIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 10.) Capite; palpis et antennis griseo-sericeis ; alis anticis aurantiacis, plaga dorsi basis, striga basali a costa obliqua, fascia anteme- diana et strigis post medium costalibus tribus nitentibus dilute griseo-chalybeis, ciliis fuscescentibus sub apice albido interruptis, macula elongata supra angulum analem nigra, antice marginem apicalem versus attenuata, punctis quatuor metallice albido-chaly- beis ornata, spatio supra eam subochraceo-griseo, strigulis plurimis transversis nigro-fuscis ; posticis aurantiaco-brunneis. Head small, shining greyish ; antennz greyish, scarcely pubescent ; palpi short, slightly upturned, shining greyish above, whiter be- neath. Thorax orange, greyish in the middle, whitish beneath. Fore wings bright orange, with shining steel-grey bands or streaks 320 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [ Feb. 15, and four bright metallic steel-white dots set in an elongate black . patch above the anal angle. The first steel-grey streak, which is much dilated towards the base of the costa, reaches obliquely to the outer extremity of a steel-grey patch at the base of the dorsal mar- gin; beyond it, before the middle of the wing, is a narrow, straight, pale steel-grey fascia with rather darkened margins; slightly be- yond the middle of the costa is another pale steel-grey mark, ex- panding immediately below the costa and diffused into a pale greyish ochreous patch, much occupied by slender, transverse, blackish fuscous streaks ; beyond this, again, is a bright steel-blue streak, whitish towards the costa, and reaching to a whitish interruption in the fuscous cilia above the middle of the apical margin; a shorter and paler steel-grey streak lies immediately before the apex, but does not quite reach the apical margin. The costa is narrowly shaded with blackish fuscous, especially beyond the middle. The elongate black patch above the anal angle, containing four steel-white metal- lic dots, stretches from the dorsal margin before the anal angle to near the middle of the apical margin, in which direction it is some- what attenuated ; there are two small black marginal dots below it. Underside with two white costal streaks towards the apex, preceded by two white costal spots, and with a short white streak from the apical margin. Expanse 17 millim. This species differs from Glyphipteryx loricatella (Tr.), in the more rounded hind wings, which are not indented beyond the ab- dominal angle, as well as in the absence of brilliant metallic endings to the costal streaks, which, however, are the same in number and position. It differs also in the absence of two white dorsal spots, and in the black patch being narrower and running obliquely instead of parallel to the dorsal margin. The hind wings are paler, and the fore wings a lighter orange-colour than in the European species. In general appearance it exhibits some approach to some of the Hydrocampide. The small head and the form of the palpi, as well as the character of the ornamentation, cannot fail to remind us of Cataclysta (H.-S.) and some allied Asiatic genera. I have met with only one specimen, taken on Mount Shasta, Cali- fornia, in August 1871, and slightly denuded at the time of its capture. GLYPHIPTERYX CALIFORNI#, sp.nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 11.) Capite, thorace et antennis ochreo-griseis ; palpis griseo-albidis ; alis anticis subeneis brunneo suffusis, litura dorsali basis albida, strigis, quinque costalibus, una dorsali, albidis brunneo utrinque marginatis et roseo chalybeo finitis, macula dorsali albida et tribus oblique supra eam dispositis roseo-chalybeis, una supra an- gulum analem et una sub apice (ciliis albido interruptis) roseo- chalybeis, ciliis e@neo-brunneis albido terminatis ; alis posticis brunneis ; tibiis et tarsis posticis brunneis, albido annulatis. Head, thorax, and antenne yellowish grey; palpi greyish white, 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZ. 321 Fore wings zneous, or bronzy yellowish suffused with brown; a partially interrupted oblique whitish blotch from near the base of the dorsal margin joins at its outer extremity a somewhat similar dif- fused whitish streak arising at the middle of the base, and extending less than one third along the wing; beyond it from the costa is a censpicuous oblique outwardly curved white streak extending to the middle of the wing, sometimes touched with rosy steel-colour at its extreme point and margined with brown on both sides; beyond this, also from the costa, are four shorter whitish streaks, brown-mar- gined and tipped with iridescent rosy steel-colour, the first pair of these streaks being furtherapart and more oblique than the second pair. On the dorsal margin is an oblique whitish streak situated rather be- yond the first costal streak, tipped with rosy steel-colour, and fol- lowed by a small whitish dorsal spot before the anal angle; these are also margined with brown on both sides. Above the dorsal spot, where the wing is much suffused with brown, are three iridescent rosy steel-coloured roundish spots distributed in an outwardly oblique line; there are also two similar spots—one above the anal angle, and one below the apex (where the cilia are interrupted by a narrow whitish streak). Cilia brown at the base, whitish beyond, with a projecting brown streak from the blackish extreme apex, giving a falcate appearance. Hind wings brown. Underside brown, with one marginal and two costal white streaks near the apex, and two or three slight whitish costal spots preceding them. Posterior tibize and tarsi brown, annulated with whitish. Expanse 11 millim. Taken in Shasta county, California, about the middle of July 1871, and described from a series of ten specimens. GLYPHIPTERYX BIFASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 12.) Capite brunneo ; antennis dilute brunneis, fusco supra submaculatis ; palpis albidis fusco tricinctis ; alis anticis subeneo-brunneis, fascia interna basali obliqua, fascia mediana recta et strigulis tribus costalibus post medium albis, serie punctorum chalybeorum quingue vel sex apud angulum analem nigro succinctorum, puncto roseo-chalybeo ciliis sub apice apposito ; posticis brunneis. Head brownish; antenne brownish, faintly spotted above with fuscous. Palpi whitish, with three more or less distinct brownish fuscous rings. The anterior wings bronzy brown, with two white fasciee, the first tending obliquely outwards towards the costa (in one specimen ob- literated before reaching it), the second about the middle, straight ; beyond this on the costa are three short, white, slightly oblique streaks, usually tipped with a few rosy metallic scales; the outer streak is the largest, and nearly reaches a rosy steel-coloured metallic spot which joins a whitish streak in the cilia below the apex ; around the anal angle is a black elongate marginal patch preceded by two rosy steel-coloured metallic spots one above the other, and contain- 322 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, ing four (sometimes three) bright metallic spots, above which the wing is sprinkled with greyish scales. Cilia brown at the base, whitish grey beyond. Underside with some slight costal spots and one costal and one apical streak white. Hind wings brown ; cilia the same. Expause 11-13 millim. Two specimens taken near San Francisco in May, and three near Mount Shasta, California, at the end of July 1871. GLYPHIPTERYX UNIFASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 13.) Capite et antennis sordide grisescenti-brunneis ; palpis sordide albidis, brunneo maculatis et annulatis ; alis anticis brunneis, striga dorsali prope basin externe obliqua, fascia subobliqua ante medium et strigulis ultra medium tribus costalibus et una dorsali albis, serie punctorum quinque chalybeo-metallicis apud angulum analem nigro succinctis, ciliis brunneis albido terminatis, sub apice albido interruptis, macula roseo-chalybea adjacente ; posticis brunneis. . Head and antenne dull greyish brown; palpi dirty whitish, spotted or annulated with brownish. Fore wings brown, an outwardly oblique white dorsal streak reaching about halfway across the wing; a slightly oblique white fascia before the middle, tending outwards from the costa to the dorsal margin, followed by four rather straight white costal streaks, of which the first is the longest and reaches nearly to a meeting with an opposite straight white dorsal streak; a series of four shining metallic dots in an elongate black marginal patch near the anal angle, above the first of which is a fifth detached shining metallic spot ; below the apex, joining a white streak in the cilia is a rosy metallic spot ; some bright rosy metallic scales lie also about the ends of the white costal streaks. Hind wings brown. Expanse 10-11 millim. : Two specimens near San Francisco, May 19, 1871. It differs from the preceding species (G. bifasciata) in having four instead of three costal streaks on the upperside, and three instead of one on the underside, also in the first fascia extending only half across the wing. GLYPHIPTERYX QUINQUEFERELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 14.) Capite et palpis griseis ; antennis griseis, longe ciliatis, interne albido punctatis ; alis anticis (apice rotundato, basi flavida) griseo et fusco atomosis, signum numerale Romanum Yf fiavidum, griseo marginatum in medio ferentibus, serie marginali pun- ctorum quatuor nitide chalybeorum apud angulum analem, puncto quoque antice latius nigro circumdato ; posticis brunneo-fuscis. Head and palpi grey. Antenne grey, obscurely dotted inwardly with whitish, clothed with rather long cilia. 1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZ. 323 Fore wings rounded at the apex, with the base yellowish, inter- sected longitudinally with obscure streaks of greyish scales; beyond the yellowish basal patch is a distinct yellowish Y, universally mar- gined with whitish grey ; beyond it the apical half of the wing is whitish grey irrorated with fuscous scales, with a slight yellowish oblique streak immediately before the pale extreme apex; about the anal angle is a series of four distinct, shining, whitish, steel- coloured, metallic marginal dots, each surrounded by a separate deep- black border which is wider above than below them ; above the outer spots are some bluish metallic scales at the base of the greyish fuscous cilia; underside unicolorous brownish. Hind wings brownish fuscous. Expanse 13 millim. Eight specimens taken, July 15, 1871, Shasta county, California. Genus Herropines (Stainton). HELIODINES EXTRANEELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 15.) Alis anticis cupreo-aurantiacis, basi fusca, maculis tribus costalibus una dorsali argenteo-metallicis, maculis duabus triangularibus (una costali ante apicem, altera ante angulum analem) niveis, omnibus partim nigro succinctis, ciliis eupreo-metallicis. Head, face, and palpi shining metallic greyish fuscous. Antennz fuscous. Fore wings bright reddish orange, with a small fuscous basal patch slightly produced above the fold ; three small silvery metallic costal spots followed by a triangular snow-white spot before the apex ; one silvery metallic dorsal spot situated very slightly nearer to the base than the first costal spot, from which it is separated only by a few black scales on the fold ; it is followed by a triangular snow-white spot before the anal angle; all the spots are more or less surrounded by scattered black scales ; the apex and apical margin, with the base of the cilia, shining metallic bronzy cupreous. Hind wings pale fuscous with slightly darker cilia. The underside of all the wings shining bronzy, a bright orange spot on each side of the thorax beneath at the base of the fore wings. Third pair of legs with their long spurs shining silvery me- tallic, the tarsi with three conspicuous black bands. Expanse 8 millim. Pitt River, California, July 23, 1871. This species agrees with the genus tole of Chambers (Can. Ent. vii. p. 173) in the length of the tongue, as well as in the rather narrowly produced apex of the fore wings, the only points in which it differs in external appearance from the genus in which I have ventured to place it. Mr. Stainton, who founded that genus (Ins. Brit., Lep. Tin. p. 243) for the reception of a single species, Tinea resella, Linn., writes to me that he “should be disposed to refer the insect” of which I sent him a specimen “ to Heliodines.” Without destroying one of my limited number of 324 ON NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID. [Feb. 15, examples to examine the neuration, I can find no difference in struc- ture beyond the very slight modification above referred to. A careful comparison of the descriptions of tole and Heliodines shows them to be at least very closely allied, if not identical ; and as Mr, Chambers’s figure of the neuration of his #tole bella (Journ. Can. Soc. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1880, p. 26, fig. 54) does not seem to agree precisely with his previous description of the number and position of its veins, there may, perhaps, be some doubt as to the sufficiency of the evidence on which he separates them. /®T0Ln, Chambers (Can. Ent. vii. p. 73). “Scales of the head appressed; forehead wide, obtuse. “Antenne simple, rather thick, about as long as the body; basal joint short.” Tongue long and naked. No maxiliary palpi. “Labial palpi very short, drooping, the third joint pointed. «The discal gives off two branches, the superior being furcate before the apex, with one of the branches to each margin” (figured simple, not furcate). Fig. 1. pS S59 Aitole bella. Hetropines, Stainton (Ins. Brit., Lep. Tin. p. 248). “ Head smooth ; forehead obtuse. “ Antenne setaceous, almost as long as the body; basal joint short, cla- vate. “Tongue of moderate length.” (No maxillary palpi mentioned, none existing.) : “Labial palpi small, rather thick, acuminate. “The furcate apical vein ter- minates in the apex and in the hinder margin.” Fig. 2. Heliodines resella. Neuration of wings. If the upper fork of the apical vein (apparently described, but omitted in the figure, by Mr. Chambers) be inserted, the neuration of the two genera will be found to correspond very closely, with the ex- ception of the absence of a short vein in Avéole which in Heliodines runs from the lower edge of the cell to the dorsal margin, which may possibly have been overlooked. Mr. Chambers places his genus among the Elachistidze, and states that it ‘‘resembles closely the European Chrysoclista linneella,”’ which is the British genus placed nearest to Heliodines by Mr. Stainton, although not so placed in Wocke’s Catalogue. P.Z. 5S. 1881. PLXXXyv. Edwin Wilson del et lith. Mintern Bros, imp. NEW NORTH AMERICAN TINEIDA. BP: 28.1867 Pea Edwin Wilson del et lith. Mintern Bros, imp. NEW NORTH AMERICAN TINBIDZ. 1881.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS MYGALE. 325 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuarE XXXYV. Fig. 1, la, 1b, le. Phryganeopsis brun- | Fig. 8. Cerostoma cervella, p. 307. ned, p. 302 9 sublucella, p. 308. 2. Calantica poliia, p. 302. 10. dentiferella, p. 308. 3, 3a. Areolepia subfasciella, p. ne canariella, p. 309. 303. 12. frustella, p. 309. 4. Plutella interrupta, p. 304. 13, 18.4, 138), 18¢, 138d. Euceratia 5. albidorsella, p. 305. castella, p. 310. 6. vanella, p. 805. 14. Huceratia securella, p. 311. 7. Cerostoma falciferella, p. 307. Prats XXXVI. Fig. 1. Depressaria sabulella, p. 313. Fig. 9. Menesta rubescens, p. 319. 2. argillacea, p. 313. 10. Glyphipteryx regalis, p. 319. 3. arnicella, p. 314. 11. california, p. 320. 4, —— klamathiana, p. 314. 12, —— difasciata, p. 321. 5. posticella, p. 315. 13. unifasciata, p. 322. 6. nubiferella, p. 316. 14. quinqueferella, p. 322. 7. psoraliella, p. 317. 15. Heliodines extraneella, p. 323. 8. —— wmnbraticostella, p. 318. March 1, 1881. Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary exhibited a dead specimen of a large Spider of the genus Mygale, which had been presented to the Society’s collection alive by Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S., on March 17, 1880, being the example referred to by Dr. Stradling in a letter published in ‘ Land and Water’ in June 1880 (vol. xxix. p. 510), as also the shed integu- ment of the same Spider. Mr. Butler, having kindly examined the specimen, had referred it, with some doubt, to Mygale bistriata, Koch. It had been obtained by Dr. Stradling at Bahia. In the Gardens the Spider had been kept in a case kept heated with hot water to a temperature of about 75 degrees Fahr., and fed with cockroaches, upon which it appeared to have thriven well *. On the 27th August the Spider shed its skin, which process (as witnessed by the Superintendent and Mr. Thomson in a smaller example, probably of the same species) lasted about four hours *. The following papers were read :— ? See Mr. Thomson’s letter, ‘Land and Water,’ vol. xxix. p. 551. * See Mr. Bartlett’s description of the process, in ‘Land and Water, Feb. 5, 1881 (vol. xxxi. p. 102). 326 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. l, 1. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Noc- turnal Lepidoptera. By F. Moors, F.Z.S. [Received February 1, 1881.] (Plates XXXVIT., XXXVIII.) Tribe BomBYCES. Fam. CHALcosiiD&. CHATAMLA, 0. g. Male and Female. Fore wing elongated, trigonal, costal margin nearly straight, apex slightly rounded, exterior margin very ob- lique and slightly convex, posterior margin nearly straight ; costal vein extending to two thirds of the wing, first subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell, second at one fourth before end of the cell, and trifid near the apex, fifth bifid at half its length be- yond the cell; cell short ; discocellulars slightly concave, the radial starting from their middle; median vein three-branched, second emitted from angle before end of the cell ; submedian nearly straight. Hind wing short, broad, anterior margin arched at the base, apex slightly convex, exterior margin convex, angled anteriorly and at the middle, abdominal margin long; costal vein extending to apex, sub- costal two-branched, first emitted before end of the cell; cell short ; discocellular slightly oblique, radial from near upper end; median three-branched, second from angle before end of the cell; a sub- median and a slender internal vein. Body slender, short, squamose ; antenne finely bipectinated; palpi slender, pilose, apex pointed ; legs squamose, spurred. Type Chatamla flavescens. CHATAMLA FLAVESCENS. Euschema flavescens, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. ii. p- 406 (1854) ; Illustr. Type Spec. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. part i. p- 57, pl. 14. fig. 3, 2 (1877). Hab. Khasia Hills. CHATAMLA NIGRESCENS. Euschema nigrescens, Moore, Descr. Lep. Coll. Atk., As. Soe. Beng. p. 20 (1879). Hab. Darjiling. Fam. NoTroDpoNnTIDz&. CorMa, 0. g. Male. Fore wing elongated, narrow, slightly arched towards apex, exterior margin oblique and convex, hind margin slightly lobed near base ; subcostal vein six-branched, first branch starting before end of the cell, second trifureate towards apex, fifth and sixth starting 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 327 together from near base of second, the fifth coalescing with the second at one third its length; discocellulars slightly oblique, radial from their middle ; median vein three-branched, two upper from end of the cell; one submedian. Hind wing convex externally ; subcostal vein two-branched ; discocellulars, radial and median veins as in fore wing. Body long, slender, laxly pilose, tip tufted with spatu- late hairs ; antennz long, pectinated rather broadly two thirds their length ; palpi short, stout, pilose ; legs pilose. Allied to Pydna, Walker. CoRMA HORSFIELDI. Eumeta horsfieldi, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 430 (1859). Hab. Java. Horsfield coll. Brit. Museum. CorMA RAFFLESI. Eumeta raffiesi, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 430 (1859). Hab. Java. Horsfield coll. Brit. Museu. Fam. Cossip&. Genus ZENZERA. ZENZERA MULTISTRIGATA, 0. Sp. Zenzera indica, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1536 . (1856), nee H.-Schaff. Male and Female. White: fore wing with steel-blue spots along the costa, within the cell, and at its end, and along the exterior and posterior borders, the discal spaces between the veins with steel-blue transverse streaks : hind wing with less prominent similar steel-blue markings within the cell and on anterior border. Body white, six steel-blue spots on hind part of thorax, and seven bands on the abdomen ; front of head black ; legs steel-blue above, femora white beneath ; antennee black. Expanse, ¢ 23, Q 32 inches. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Brit. Museum and F. Moore. Note. Z. paucipunctata, Walker, 1. c. p. 1537, is identical with Z. indica, H.-Schaff., Lep. Exot. spec. nov. f. 166 (1854). Tribe Nocrvuess. Fam. CyMATOPHORID. Genus Tuyatrira, Ochs. Fore wing with second subcostal branch bifurcate; fourth branch also bifurcate ; upper and lower discocellulars concave, upper bent near subcostal ; upper radial from the angle near subcostal, and lower radial from their middle; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from its end. Hind wing with the costal vein free at its base from the subcostal, but curved in the middle; first subcostal branch emitted from half length of the cell, curving upward and touching the costal at its middle; radial and 328 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. I, upper median branch from slight angles above end of the cell, middle median branch from end of the cell. Type T. datis, Linn. THYATIRA DECORATA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 1.) Male and Female. Fore wing dark brown, with a peach-coloured basal trilobed spot, a large oval spot within the cell, a smaller spot at its end, an oblique irregular-shaped costal spot before and a similar spot at the apex, a large deep-coloured spot at the posterior angle, and two small marginal spots above it, followed by lunules to the apical spot; an elongated spot on middle of the hind margin ; some indistinct pale-bordered black sinuous lines crossing the wing between the spots: hind wing pale brown, with a small marginal pale yellowish patch near anal angle. Body pale ochreous-brown ; palpi and legs with dark brown bands. Expanse ¢ 12, 2 14 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coli. Dr. Staudinger. Risosa, n. g. Allied to Thyatira. Fore wing somewhat shorter; costal margin arched at apex, angle acute, exterior margin less oblique ; second subcostal branch trifurcate, its lowest fork (or fourth branch) near the apex, fifth branch curved upward from end of the cell and touching the third near its base; upper discocellular obliquely con- cave, slightly bent at its lower end; upper radial straight from end of the cell, lower radial and upper median branch from angles close above end of the cell. Hind wing very convex exteriorly ; costal and subcostal veins joined together at their base, two subcostal branches from end of the cell, radial and upper median branch from end of the cell, middle median branch from angle before end of the cell. Body slender ; thorax broad, crested in front ; antennz long, minutely pectinated in male. Type R. repugnans. Risova REPUGNANS. Thyatira repugnans, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 9. Hab. India, Ceylon. ; RisoOBA OBSTRUCTA. Bolina obstructa, Walker, MS. Brit.-Mus. Cabinet. Male and Female. Fore wing greyish brown, indistinctly black- speckled; a white basal oblique slender band, which is slightly brownish hindward and has a black sinuous border ; a discal greyish white fascia bordered externally by an irregular black line; a black dot within the cell, and a circle enclosing another dot at its end; exterior border traversed by a broad, blackish, whitish-bordered, in- distinct band, terminating at the apex in blacker streaks ; a marginal row of black lunules bordered inwardly with white: hind wing pale cinereous-brown, with pale-brown marginal band. Expanse, ¢ 1, Q 12 inch. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 329 Hab. Ceylon (Mackwood) ; Calcutta (Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore. RisOBA PROMINENS, 0. sp. Male. Fore wing pale greenish brown, crossed by black sinuous lines ; a prominent white basal, posteriorly obstructed ,oblique band ; a discal transverse, white, ill-defined fascia, which is broad at the costal end, narrow hindward, and margined by an exterior black sinuous line ; exterior border and apex with white-bordered longitu- dinal apical blackish streaks, transverse sinuous line, and a submar- ginal row of lunules; an irregular black line and central dot at end of the cell: hind wing cinereous-white, with a broad pale-brown marginal band. Female darker, less grey, and discal fascia obsolete ; apical streaks and lower sinuous lines bordered with ochreous. Body greyish brown; thorax white-speckled ; legs brown above. Expanse, ¢ 1,3,, 2 1,4 inch. Hab. Khasia Hills (G.-Austen); Malacca. In coll. F. Moore. RisoBa LITERATA, 0. sp. Male. Fore wing pale greenish brown, with a distinct white transverse basal, outwardly-oblique band, and a discal inwardly-ob- lique narrow straight band, both bands forming a prominent letter W; dark brown streaks at apex, and two subapical paler sinuous white-bordered lines; a brown pale-circled patch and a dot within the cell: hind wing brownish cinereous, with a broad brown mar- ginal band. Body brown; thorax white ; anterior segments of ab- domen white-speckled ; legs brown above. Expanse 1,3, inch. Hab. Nilgiris. In coll. F. Moore. Differs from R. vialis in the decidedly more distinctly formed bands, and in the absence of any black sinuous outer border ; the hind wing also has a broader marginal band. RisoBA DIVERSIPENNIS. _ Heliothis diversipennis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p- 1750 (1858). Female. Fore wing pale brown, with a prominent white longitu- dinal streak from base through the cell, below which is a short basal white streak similarly disposed as in the other species; a dark- brown apical patch with white terminal streaks ; outer border crossed by suffused black lines; veins black- and white-spotted ; marginal white dentate line very prominent: hind wing cinereous-white, with broad brown marginal band and a discal spot. Body brown; thorax white-speckled ; legs brown above. Expanse 1,4; inch. Hab. Malacca and Singapore. In coll. British Museum and F, Moore. _ KERALA, n. g. Fore wing long, narrow, costa slightly arched near the base, apex acute, exterior margin slightly oblique and excavated near posterior Proc. Zoou. Sec.—1881, No. XXII. 22 330 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASTATIC [Mar. 1, angle; posterior margin somewhat recurved ; second branch of sub- costal trifureate near its end; fifth bifureate, curving upward, and touching the second at one fourth from its base, the fork (or upper radial) emitted from beyond end of the cell; discocellular angled at its lower end ; lower radial and two upper median branches from the angles at end of the cell. Hind wing moderately broad, triangular ; costal and subcostal veins joined together at their base, subcostal bi- furcate at half its length beyond the cell; discocellular angled in- ward at its middle, and outward near its lower end, the radial from lower angle; two upper median branches on a foot-stalk beyond the cell. Body slender; abdomen smooth; antennz slender, setose; palpi slender, squamose, apex short and conical ; legs squamose. KERALA PUNCTILINEATA, N. Sp. Male. Yellowish or greyish ochreous; costal area reddish ochreous; all the veins to beyond the middle with alternate black and yellow or grey spots, those on the subcostal branches forming streaks; a transverse black dentated band with white inner border ; a pale yellow orbicular and reniform spot, the latter with black outer border: hind wing and abdomen pale cinereous-brown ; discal area ochreous. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs yellowish ochreous; legs black-banded. Female reddish ochreous, marked as in male : hind wing uniformly pale cinereous-brown. Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 14 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. SARONAGA, D. g. Fore wing long, narrow ; costa arched near base and before the apex, angle acute, exterior margin oblique and convex hindward, posterior margin straight to near its end ; second subcostal bifurcate, fourth trifurcate, the upper radial starting from it at some distance beyond end of the cell ; discocellulars angled, lower radial from their middle angle ; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from its end. Hind wing broad, triangular ; costal margin elongated, apex abruptly convex, exterior margin very oblique and convex in the middle; costal and subcostal veins joined together at their base, the two branches of subcostal starting from before end of the cell ; discocellular bent in the middle, radial from near its lower end; two upper median branches from acute end of the cell. Thorax and body slender; palpi stout, squamose, third joint short and conical; antennz long, slender ; legs pilose beneath. SARONAGA ALBICOSTA. Thyatira albicosta, Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 45. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. Genus Pauimpsestis, Hiibner. Palimpsestis, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 237. Cymatophora (part.), Treit. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 331 PALIMPSESTIS ALTERNATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 2.) Allied to P. ocularis of Europe. Male. Fore wing pale metallic eupreous-brown, crossed by a broad basal, a median, and two narrow submarginal greenish-grey indistinct bands ; some black basal spots, an ante- and postmedian transverse black sinuous line, and black and white streaks externally along the veins: hind wing and abdo- men pale cupreous-brown. Thorax greenish grey ; collar, front of head, palpi, and legs rufous-brown ; legs with black bands. Expanse 1,5, inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. PALIMPSESTIS CUPRINA, n.sp, (Plate XXXVII. fig. 3.) Male and female. Fore wing pale metallic brown, slightly cupreous anteriorly, and the area below the cell greenish ; two or three black transverse antemedian lines angled at median vein; some basal spots, a black discocellular recurved mark and a spot within the cell; five or six transverse discal indistinct sinuous lines with black and white dentate marks on the veins; a submarginal pale lunular line and a marginal black line: hind wing pale cupreous- white, with pale cupreous-brown marginal band. Thorax, head, and palpi brown; abdomen paler; collar black; fore and middle legs with black bands. _ Expanse 1,35 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Fam. BryorHiLiD&A. Genus BryopHi.a. BrYOPHILA LITERATA, N. sp. Fore wing greyish white, with a transverse basal black band, a broad median olivaceous-black band bordered inwardly by a black sinuous line, and outwardly by a duplex lunular line, which is con- vex beyond the cell; a less distinct submarginal zigzag line, with a black costal patch extending between it and the discal line; a mar- ginal black lunular line with the points ending in a cilial black spot ; orbicular and reniform marks each defined by a black line, with inner white border and blackish centre, and forming imperfectly the letters C R, the interspace between the reniform and the outer sinuous duplex line of the same colour as the discal area: hind wing cine- reous, with a pale cinereous-brown outer band, less distinct median fascia and discocellular streak ; cilia white, spotted with brown. Tegulz and dorsal tufts fringed with black ; palpi and fore tibize with brown bands. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Cashmere. In coll. F. Moore. Allied to B. glandifera. Differs in having a black subbasal band, the inner black sinuous line of the median band continued to the posterior margin, a less black submarginal irregular fasciated line, and in the marginal black lunular line having the points directed to the cilial spots. 22* 332 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. I, BrYOPHILA NILGIRIA, 0. sp. Fore wing ochreous-white, with a black transverse subbasal, an antemedian zigzag narrow line, a postmedian sinuous line extending outwardly across the disk to a submarginal zigzag fascia ; a black lunular marginal line ; orbicular spot small, black-lined and white- centred, reniform mark large and formed only by a black line, their interspace blackish: hind wing cinerous-brown, palest at base; cilia white. Thorax cinereous-white; tegulee and dorsal tufts black- fringed; abdomen cinereous-brown; palpi, and legs above, banded with black. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Ooty, Nilgiris. In coll. F. Moore. BRYOPHILA MEDIANA, N. Sp. Fore wing with a broad median transverse olive-brown band, the inner margin of which is defined by a white-bordered black-pointed zigzag line, and the outer margin by a similar sinuous line ; orbicular and reniform marks indistinctly white-bordered and confluent at their lower end; a short subbasal olive-brown costal band; the area between the base and median band, and the entire outer border of the wing, clouded with olive-brown speckles; an indistinct slender black marginal line: hind wing cinereous-brown ; cilia white. Expanse 1/5 inch. Hab. Soiun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore. BrYOPHILA MODESTA, 0. sp. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, with an indistinct black- speckled, subbasal, transverse band, an antemedian and a postmedian sinuous black-speckled line ; the entire area from the antemedian line to the outer margin clouded with black speckles; orbicular mark black, reinform ill-defined ; a slight marginal black lunular line: hind wing cinereous-brown, cilia whitish. Body brownish echreous ; palpi and fore legs above with slight brown bands. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. Allied to B. alge. Fam. BomByYcoID2z. Genus Acronycrta, Ochsenheimer. ACRONYCTA BICOLOR, 0. sp. Fore wing black, minutely speckled with grey; orbicular and reniform marks and transverse sinuous lines indistinctly blacker: hind wing white; costal and subcostal veins slightly black-speckled ; a marginal row of black-speckled spots and cilial border. Thorax, palpi, and legs black, grey-speckled ; tarsi with pale bands; abdo- men brown, with black dorsal bands. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. Solun, Punjab (N.W. India). In coll. F. Moore. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA, 333 Genus Trr#Nna, Hibner. TRLZNA MAXIMA, N. Sp. Allied to 7’. tridens of Europe. Fore wing grey, speckled with brown ; an oblique, transverse, subbasal black duplex sinuous line, and a similar but more sharply-pointed sinuous discal, line ; a marginal row of black spots ; a longitudinal irregular black basal streak along the median vein, which nearly joins a straight streak to the outer margin ; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined and joined by an intervening upper black linear streak : hind wing pale greyish cine- reous, with the veins, a discal line, and a marginal band cinereous- brown. Thorax grey, abdomen greyish cinereous ; palpi and legs with dark bands. Expanse 27 inches. Hab. Punjab Hills, N.W. India (B. Powell). In coll. F. Moore. Fam. Leucanimp. Genus Avetra !, Hiibner. Aletia, Hubn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 239 (1816.) Hyphilare, Hibn. ibid. ALETIA ANGULIFERA, Ni. Sp. Male. Allied to A. conigera (Noctura. conigera, Schiff.). Fore wing ochreous-yellow, indistinctly clouded with red-ochreous scales ; crossed by a reddish-black antemedian outwardly-bent line and an oblique postmedian line, which is bent inward at costal end; a whitish spot at lower end of the cell, a pale-yellow reniform and orbicular space ; marginal and cilial lines black-speckled : hind wing pale dusky brown, cilia pale yellow. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs ochreous- yellow; abdomen paler. Expanse 1,3; inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya, Cashmere (Sind valley). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. ALETIA DISTINCTA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 4.) Allied to A. vitellina, Hiibn. Male. Fore wing deep ochreous- yellow, sparsely crossed by short irregularly disposed red strigee, more or less black-speckled ; a prominent antemedian and postmedian transverse curved narrow band of the same colour, but more blackly speckled, beyond which is a discal row of black spots followed by a white streak—one on each vein; a marginal series of black dots— one on each vein; orbicular and reniform space marked by red strigee ; space beyond the cell to the postmedian band clouded with dusky red ; cilia from apex to near end of hind margin thickly black- speckled: hind wing pale ochreous-brown posteriorly, yellowish anteriorly ; cilia pale yellowish. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs deep ochreous; a slight black-speckled collar, a few speckles on tegule, and a cluster at base of pale ochreous abdomen. Expanse | ,°y inch. Hab. Daryjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Type A. vitellina, Hiibn. 334 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1, Boro.tia, 0. g. Fore wing narrow; costa slightly arched at the base, apex pointed, exterior margin slightly oblique, posterior angle convex ; cell narrow; first subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell and extend- ing close alongside the costal; second emitted before end of the cell, trifid ; the third starting from near its base above the cell, and touch- ing the fifth; fourth short, fifth emitted and curving upwards from end of the cell; upper discocellular short, outwardly oblique, lower concave ; radial from end of upper discocellular ; lower radial and two upper median branches from angles at lower end of the cell, fourth at some distance before the end ; submedian recurved. Hind wing with long costal margin, exterior margin very oblique, abdomi- nal margin short; subcostal straight, both branches emitted from end of the cell; discocellulars concave; radial from their middle; median straight, two upper branches from end of the cell. Cilia broad. Antenne setulose ; palpi ascending, pilose beneath, second joint long, third short and slender; femora pilose beneath. Type B. furcifera. Boro.ia FascraTa, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 12.) Male and Female. Upperside—fore wing pale brownish-ochreous, palest along the costa; an irregular bordered chestnut-brown fascia from the base to below the apex, which is bordered below the base by a short darker streak ; a black dot at base of the wing, and two transverse discal indistinct rows of dots, which in the female are apparently joined together by an intervening line; a marginal row of black dots: hind wing pale brown. Underside paler; fore wing with a slightly darker discal area ; hind wing with an indistinct discocellular spot, transverse discal linear streaks, and marginal spots. Palpi brown at the side. Expanse 12, 9 12inch.. ©: ~- Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Genus LrEvcania. LEUCANIA BISTRIGATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 18.) Female. Fore wing pale ochreous, with a suffused brown fascia from the base through the cell to end of the costa, another fascia obliquely from below the apex, and extending along the exterior margin; a very prominent, white, black-bordered terminally-bent streak at lower end of the cell, the outer veins also whitish ; a black basal streak below the cell, and another streak below the submedian vein ; three very indistinct black dots on the costal edge, some across the disk, a marginal series of minute black points bordered with pale outer cilial lines: hind wing pale ‘ochreous-brown; cilia ochreous-white with a brown line. ‘Thorax. with a black- and white- speckled crest, collar, and tegulz ; palpi and legs brown-speckled ; abdomen pale ochreous. Expanse 1,% inch. Haé. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 335 Allied to Z. decissima, Walker ; may be distinguished from it by having a linear discoidal streak much more clearly defined, the two basal black streaks, and by the cilia of fore wing being distinctly lined. LEUCANIA PENICILLATA, 0. Sp. Fore wing pale greyish ochreous, with a dusky-brown suffused fascia from the base through the cell to apex, and extending obliquely from below the apex along the exterior margin, the oblique inter- space from the apex whitish; external veins whitish; a prominent, short, white, black-bordered terminally-bent streak at lower end of the cell; a black streak below base of the cell, and another below snbmedian vein; costal border slightly black-speckled ; some in- distinct black dots disposed across the disk, and a marginal row of black points; cilia with brown lines: hind wing greyish brown, whitish at the base, the veins darker, and with an indistinet disco- cellular darker lunular spot ; cilia white, with a brown line. Thorax and collar speckled with black and grey; palpi and legs black- speckled ; male with a black tuft at the base of abdomen beneath. Expanse 1,4; inch. Hub. Solun, Punjab; Dalhousie (N.W. India). In coll. F. Moore. Allied to L. bistrigata. Lrucanta MopESTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 11.) Male and Female. Fore wing pale ochreous, external area below the apex slightly darker, with an antemedian transverse indistinct sinuous black line, a postmedian series of points, and marginal row of black dots: hind wing pale brownish-ochreous and yellow along the costal border, with an indistinct darker discocellular lunular spot and marginal spots. Tegulz very slightly black-speckled. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. LEUCANIA LINEATIPES, ll. sp. Male. Fore wing pale ochreous, with a distinct straight white line along the median vein from the base to the outer margin, a brown fascia extending below the cell; a black discocellular spot at lower end of the cell, four or five points across the disk, and a marginal row of minute dots: hind wing pale brownish ochreous, outer border slightly darker, and with indistinct minute black dots below the apical margin. Front of head and palpi darker and brighter echreous-brown; legs in front with a brown longitudinal streak. Allied to L. tmpura:. Expanse, 3 15%, Q 144 inch. Hab. Cherra Punji, E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore. LEUCANIA ADUSTA, hi. sp. Male and Female. Fore wing ochreous-yellow ; median and sub- 336 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, median veins white; borders of the veins and a line between each yein ochreous-brown; costal border and an oblique apical streak ochreous-brown ; a few black speckles disposed on the costa, also within and below the cell; a discal series of black-speckled spots, one on each vein, and a marginal row of spots; cilia brown: hind wing ochreous-white, external area pale cupreous-brown; marginal spots black ; cilia white. Underside ochreous-white, suffused with pink externally; both wings speckled with brown on anterior and exterior borders, and with a marginal row of black spots; fore wing with a small black costal spot before the apex. Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 14 inch. Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne), Darjiling; Khasia Hills (Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. LEUCANIA SUBSIGNATA, 0. Sp. Male. Fore wing pale ochreous, darker between the veins ; several minute black speckles disposed along the costal border below the cell, two clustered series within the cell, and others beyond the cell ; a discal and marginal row of minute black spots: hind wing white, discal area brownish. Underside paler; fore wing with a black costal spot before the apex ; hind wing with a few black speckles on anterior border. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. LEUCANIA CONSIMILIS, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 19.) Malic. Near to L. decissima, but differs in being larger, paler, and more uniformly coloured. Fore wing with paler linear markings between the veins, the white portion of the discoidal:streak half its length and less distinct, the transverse discal spots and the subbasal series more loosely speckled, the marginal series less distinct, the basal two thirds of the wing also sparsely sprinkled with black speckles: hind wing paler brown, and whitish at the base, Under- side of both wings ochreous-white, with an indistinct transverse discal brown line. Thorax, head, and palpi brown-speckled ; legs with pale-brown streaks. Expanse 1,45 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. LevucaniA compTa, n.sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 8.) Male. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, veins ochreous-white, with intervening pale white and brown lines ; a transverse discal row of distinct minute black points ; subcostal branches and median with its branches slightly black-bordered to the discal points; two indistinct black spots on the costa, one below the cell, and two on the submedian vein; marginal row of black dots indistinct: hind wing ochreous-white, veins and the apical border ochreous-brown. Thorax, palpi, and legs above brownish ochreous with darker speckles; abdomen ochreous-white, Expanse 1,4; inch. Hab, Pudda river (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 337 LEUCANIA NAINICA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 15.) Male and Female. Fore wing very pale reddish ochreous, palest along the veins; a few minute black speckles along the costal and posterior borders; median vein and its two upper branches white, bordered with a brown streak above and below the cell, a black spot at end of the cell, a transverse discal series of minute black points, and a marginal row of dots: hind wing slightly paler, outer margin suffused with brown ; cilia whitish. Thorax in front, palpi, and legs above brown-speckled. Expanse, ¢ 1,%5, 2 154 inch. Hab. Naini Tal, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. LEvCANIA ALBISTIGMA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 9.) Female. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, greyish along the costal border and obliquely below the apex; veins speckled with grey and brown, most prominently along the median and its branches ; an indistinct curved discal series of minute black points ; a small brown spot in middle of the cell, and a black streak ex- tending through and beyond its end, which is crossed by a white discocellular spot ; a slender black streak below end of the cell: hind wing ochreous-white ; veins lined with brownish ochreous. Thorax, palpi, and legs greyish ochreous, the palpi and legs brown-speckled ; abdomen ochreous-white. Expanse 1,2; inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. LEvuCANIA HOWRA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 16.) Female. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, greyish along base of the costa, below the apex, and below the cell; brown-speckled ; veins ochreous-white, the subcostal branches and the median with its branches lined with brown to the discal black points; a brown line between all the veins, and a prominent black basal streak below the cell; a marginal row of minute black dots : hind wing ochreous- white ; veins brownish ochreous, some marginal black dots. Thorax, palpi, and legs greyish ochreous, speckled with brown; abdomen ochreous-white. Expanse 17 inch. Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. LEUCANIA RUFISTRIGOSA, 0. Sp. Female. Near to L. dharma. Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, with a reddish-ochreous longitudinal fascia through the cell to apex, and extending paler obliquely below the apex ; ochreous-red incomplete lines between the veins; an indistinct series of discal black points and a black spot below the cell; median vein and its two upper branches to the discal black points white bordered with black, the white very distinct and sharply defined for half length of the cell: hind wing and abdomen pale brown, with a slightly darker discocellular spot. Underside paler; fore wing with the costal border pale brown, the discoidal area and median veins dusky brown: 338 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. ], hind wing brown-speckled, with a distinct blackish discocellular lunular spot. Legs brownish aboye. Expanse 154 inch. Hab. Umballa, N.W. India. In coll. F. Moore. LEUCANIA ABDOMINALIS, 0. sp- Female. Fore wing ochreous-white, with very pale ochreous- yellow lines between all the veins, a slightly darker shade below the cell and obliquely below the apex; a small black spot below the cell, two on the disk, and a marginal row of minute dots: hind wing ochreous-white on costal half, pale ochreous-brown on anal half. Underside ochreous-white, subcostal and median vein brown-speckled ; hind wing sparsely brown-speckled, with a prominent blackish dis- cocellular spot ; both wings with a marginal row of distinct black dots. Body ochreous-white, abdomen above and beneath brown- speckled ; palpi and legs above pale brownish ochreous. Expanse 154, inch. Hab. Bengal (Russell). In coll. F, Moore. LEUCANIA DHARMA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 17.) Female. Near to ZL. album. Fore wing pale ochreous-brown, costal and posterior borders and oblique fascia below the apex paler; a pale brown line between the veins; veins whitish, the median and its branches to the transverse discal indistinct, black points most prominent ; a black spot within end of the cell ; a few black speckles on costal and posterior borders: hind wing and abdomen paler brown, whitish at the base. Underside uniformly paler and brown- speckled ; fore wing with a black costal spot and indistinct trans- verse brownish fascia ; hind wing with a transverse discal series of brown points, one on each vein, and discocellular lunular spot. Thorax grey, with black speckles; front of head, palpi, and legs above pale brown with darker speckles. Expanse 1,4, inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. LEUCANIA ALBICOSTA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 10.) Female. Similar to same sex of LZ. dharma, but paler-coloured : fore wing with the costal border, apical fascia, and posterior margin ochreous-white, the veins and lines between them not so prominent, the median vein being of the same uniform colour as the others; an indistinct blackish spot on the costa, and another spot below the cell. Underside—fore wing with discal area broadly brownish ; hind wing brown-speckled, and with a prominent blackish disco- cellular spot and marginal row of dots. ‘Thorax very pale and not speckled; palpi and legs above pale ochreous-brown and not speckled. Expanse 1,4, inch. Hab. Darjilmg. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 339 LEUCANIA CANARAICA, 0. sp. Female. Fore wing pale whitish ochreous; veins whiter, with narrow ochreous-brown Hnes between each vein; an indistinct mar- ginal row of minute black dots: hind wing white. Underside uniformly paler. Front of thorax banded with ochreous ; palpi at sides and fore legs above brownish-ochreous. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Canara, 8. India (Ward). In coll. F. Moore. LEvUCANIA UNIFORMIS, 0. Sp. Fore wing ochreous-brown, with chestnut-brown streaks between the veins ; all the veins ochreous-white; an indistinct discal series of black spots, a spot below the cell, and a marginal row of dots: hind wing ochreous-white, veins and marginal line brownish. Underside pale ochreous-white, suffused with pale brown; a mar- ginal row of black spots. Body pale, and legs ochreous-brown. Expanse 13 inch. Hah. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. LEUCANIA PROMINENS, li. Sp. Fore wing pale pinkish ochreous-brown, with a brighter chestnut- brown fascia extending from base through the cell and below the apex ; the base of the costal border and obliquely below the apex whitish ochreous ; costal and median veins white, the latter most prominent; an indistinct costal dot and a few speckles near the apex, a discal series of black points, and a marginal row of black dots: hind wing pale brown, veins darker, with a dusky disco- cellular spot. Cilia pale ochreous. Underside pale pinkish ochreous: fore wing with the discal area from the base dusky brown; some black costal speckles and a marginal row of dots; hind wing with black-speckled marginal row of dots and a large discocellular spot. Expanse 1,4, inch. Hab. Darjiling ; Cherra (Austen). In coll. F. Moore. LEUCANIA GRISEOFASCIATA, 0. Sp. Fore wing very pale yellowish ochreous, with a pale reddish- ochreous fascia extending from the base to exterior margin, and including a brownish-grey fascia below the cell; median vein and its middle branch white, the upper branch also greyish white; a black-speckled spot at lower end of cell, a black streak below base of the cell; a few black speckles along base of costal border, about the disk and hind border, and a slightly distinct series across the disk ; a marginal row of slight black dots; cilia brownish: hind wing pale ochreous-brown, palest at the base. Thorax fringed with black and grey in front; base of abdomen with white hairs; palpi at the side and legs above black-speckled. Expanse 1,%, inch. Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. 340 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIAYLIC [ Mar. 1, LEUCANIA LANCEATA, 0D. sp. Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, with dark brownish ochreous lines between the veins, which are somewhat confluent through the middle, and form an indistinct interrupted fascia below the cell to exterior margin below the apex; a suffused blackish spot outside end of the cell; the cell-streak broad, nearly white, and crossed near its inner end by a lanceolate black mark, the cell beyond bordered beneath by a slight black line; some minute black speckles on the costal border; a distinct series of black spots curving across the disk, and a marginal row of points : hind wing pale whitish ochreous, with brownish ochreous broad outer border, and a marginal row of black points. Body and legs brownish ochreous. Expanse 1,8, inch. Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood. Allied to Z. decissima, Walker, but is a smaller insect. Genus Simyra, Ochs. SIMYRA CONSPERSA, 0. sp. Female. Upperside—fore wing pale whitish ochreous, numerously covered with minute brown speckles: hind wing white. Thorax ochreous, abdomen paler. Underside uniformly pale ochreous- white. Near S. confusa. Expanse 1; inch. Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne); Caleutta (Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore. NoRRACA, 0. g. Male. Fore wing very long, narrow, apex slightly falcate, ex- terior margin very convexly oblique, posterior margin slightly lobed near the base; costal vein long, extending to two thirds of the wing; subcostal running close to costal, first branch emitted at two thirds from the base, second trifurcate, third from one half of second, fourth very short and emitted near the apex, fifth from end of the cell; discocellulars concave ; upper radial from end of the cell, lower radial from middle of diococellulars ; two upper median branches emitted immediately before end of the cell, third at some distance before its end; submedian short. Hind wing triangular, apex slightly produced, exterior margin very oblique, abdominal margin short; costal vein extending to the apex, subcostal to nearly end of the cell running close to the costal, two subcostal branches emitted from just beyond end of the cell; discocellular obliquely concave ; cell broad; radial from middle of discocellular ; two upper median branches from immediately before end of the cell, lower at from some distance before its end; submedian and internal vein extending to anal angle. Body long, somewhat slender; palpi short, slender, pilose, apex short; legs densely pilose, antenne setose. Allied to Ipana. NorRACA LONGIPENNIS, 0. Sp. : Male. Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, duller-coloured below 1881. ] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 341 the apex ; with a very indistinct recurved discal transverse series of small black spots and outer recurved speckled fascia; a few in- distinct black spots on cilia just below the apex: hind wing pale straw-yellow. Underside uniformly paler ochreous. Body pale yellowish ochreous; front and middle legs brighter ochreous. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Penang. In coll. F. Moore. Genus Axyxra, Hubner. AXYLIA RENALIS, 0. sp. Fore wing pale reddish-ochreous, with the costal border iron- grey ; orbicular and reniform spot very prominent, black-lined, and centred with iron-grey ; veins speckled with grey and black; a black fascia extending through the cell to outer margin; a black subbasal transverse sinuous double line, some discal spots, and a marginal row of dentate spots: hind wing pale brownish white, darker along costal border. Thorax black above, ochreous laterally and in front; abdomen pale brown; palpi black, tipped with ochreous ; legs black, fore and middle tibize ochreous. Expanse 1-1, inch. Hab. Sind valley, Kashmir; Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore. Allied to the European 4. putris. AXYLIA FASCIATA, 0. Sp. Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, with a longitudinal blackish fascia through the lower part of the cell to outer margin, the area below it being slightly greyish; a black streak below the cell ; median veins grey-speckled, the second upper median branch white with black intervening lines; discal area above the fascia and the posterior margin suffused with reddish ochreous, and white below the fascia; orbicular and reniform spots formed of interrupted black lines, with an almost confluent black interspace; some in- distinct black dots obliquely across the disk: hind wing ochreous- white, outer border slightly dusky, marginal line black. Expanse 1,2; inch. Hab. Solun, Punjab; Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore. AXYLIA IRRORATA, DN. sp. Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, profusely black-speckled, most thickly and somewhat confluent through the lower end of the cell to the exterior margin; orbicular and reniform spot im- perfectly formed of black speckles, with an intervening black spot ; an indistinct discal row of blackish speckles and marginal series of dots: hind wing white, with brownish border and marginal dots. Body, palpi, and legs pale ochreous; thorax and palpi black- speckled. Expanse 1+), inch. Hab, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. 342 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, AXYLIA ALBIVENA, 0. sp. Fore wing pale straw-yellow ; median vein and middle branch white; a slight black-speckled fascia extending below the cell to the outer margin; orbicular aud reniform spots ill-defined by black speckles and with a more distinct biack intervening spot; a few black speckles scattered irregularly over the wing, and a marginal row of black dots: hind wing white, with a marginal row of black dots. Expanse 1,1, inch. Hab. Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore. Fam. APAMIIDZ. Genus Hyprzxcra. HypDRXCIA KHASIANA, 0. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 5.) Male. Fore wing dull reddish brown, washed with purple-grey, with a brighter brown pale-bordered subbasal sinuous line, a large orbicular and reniform spot, and discal sinuous line; outer border also brighter and traversed by a pale waved line ; median and sub- median veins dusky brown: hind wing cinereous-white, with pale brown veins and indistinct marginal fascia. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs reddish brown, grey-speckled; abdomen paler. Underside much paler. Expanse 1,5, inch. Hab. Khasia Hills, E. Bengal. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Near to H. petasitis. Fam. XyYLOPHASIID. Genus Ru1zoGramma, Lederer. RHIZOGRAMMA INEXTRICATA, 0. Sp. Male and Female. Fore wing brownish grey, veins speckled with black and white; a transverse discal, sharply sinuous, white-bordered black line; some pale-bordered black streaks from the base below the cell, oblique short streaks on middle of the costa; a brown interrupted marginal fascia from the apex, the hind margin broadly grey-brown; orbicular mark represented by a long brown double streak, which crosses and breaks up an indistinctly formed reniform mark ; a marginal row of black points: hind wing white at the base, with a pale brownish marginal band. Thorax brownish grey, with black-speckled collar and tegule; palpi brown, tip ochreous ; legs grey, brown-speckled ; abdomen grey-brown. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya; Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore. Allied to R. indica (Xylophasia indica), Moore, and to the European R. petrorhiza, Bork. SASUNAGA, 0. g. Fore wing very narrow; costa almost straight ; exterior margin oblique, convex, waved ; posterior margin convex at the base ; costal 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 343 vein extending two thirds the margin ; first subcostal branch emitted at two thirds and second at one fourth before end of the cell, third branch one third, and fourth at one half from below second, fifth curving from end of the cell and free from the third ; upper radial from end of the cell, discocellular obliquely concave, lower radial from near its middle; cell long, very narrow at the base; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from the end, lower at one fourth before the end; submediau curved downward near the base. Hind wing very broad, triangular; costa convex near the base, apex convex; exterior margin very oblique, waved; abdominal margin long; costal vein slightly arched near the base, extending to apex; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; discocellular slender, concave ; radial very slender, emitted from below middle of discocellular; cell short, broad; two upper median branches from end of the cell, lower at one fourth before the end; submedian and internal vein straight, the latter extending to anal angle. Thorax robust; abdomen long, somewhat slender, and extending beyond the wing; palpi ascending, slender, second joint squamose, reaching to vertex, third joint half its length, cylin- drical ; femora pilose beneath, tibie tufted above; antennz setose. Near to Dipterygia. The American genus Magusa (Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xi. p. 762) is a very closely allied form. SASUNAGA TENEBROSA. Hadena tenebrosa, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1867, p. 59. Fore wing dark brown, with short ochreous-bordered blackish costal streaks, lengthened longitudinal upper discal and less distinct lower discal streaks, and oblique streaks below the cell, the latter bordered by an ascending lower discal, curved, duplex sinuous pale- pointed black line, and a submarginal less distinct pale-pointed sinuous line, the ochreous borders palest before the apex; orbi- cular spot small, ochreous, with black border, reniform spot less distinct: hind wing glossy cupreous-brown, palest at the base; cilia cinnamon-brown. Thorax dark brown, black-speckled ; abdo- men pale brown, tuft ochreous; palpi and legs ochreous, brown- speckled ; tarsi with blackish bands. Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 1inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. Remark. Some specimens of this insect are pale ochreous-brown, with less distinct darker brown and black streaks, and also show a darker subapical costal patch. Genus Nreuria, Guénée. NeEvRIA SImuLATA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 1.) Female. Allied to N. separata; differs in its larger size and paler colour, the fore wing having less distinct transverse sinuous markings, orbicular and reniform spots, and a shorter and broader dentate mark below the cell. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 344 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC _ [Mar, 1, NEURIA INCISA, 0. sp. Male and Female. Fore wing dark ochreous-brown, with a trans- verse basal, an antemedian, and a postmedian sinuous black-bordered ochreous-yellow line ; the median vein and its lower branch, broadly to the disk, and the discal borders of the other veins pale ochreous- yellow ; a distinct submarginal and a posterior marginal yellow line ; a marginal black dentated line; orbicular spot small, oblique, pale- bordered ; reniform spot large and extending below the cell, pale- bordered, the intervening spaces black; some pale-bordered black streaks on the costa; a black broad conical mark below the cell; cilia with white-tipt pale streaks; hind wing and abdomen pale brown. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above dark ochreous-brown, legs with pale ochreous bands. Expanse 1,°; inch. Hab. Solun, Punjab; Umballa; Dalhousie (N.W. Himalaya). In coll. F. Moore. NEURIA SIMILLIMA, N. Sp. Asmallerinsect than N. incisa. Fore wing of a dark purple-brown ; the markings similar, but the transverse basal, antemedian, and post- median sinuous lines, the orbicular spot, and costal streaks are greyish purple, the median branch, the submarginal line, the posterior border, and the reniform only being ochreous-yellow: hind wing pale purplish cinereous-brown, the base being whitish. Thorax, palpi, and legs dark purple-brown, legs with pale bands. Expanse 1,5, inch. Hab. Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore. Genus THALPoPHILA, Hiibner. THALPOPHILA INDICA, 0. sp. Fore wing rufous-brown, basal and discal areas speckled with black and grey scales ; crossed by a basal, antemedian, and a post- median black-bordered rufous sinuous double line, the two latter greyish hindward, and a submarginal rufous lunular line; orbicular and reniform marks black-lined, and a black quadrate mark below the cell; hind wing yellow, with uniformly inner-margined brown ex- terior band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs rufous-brown; abdomen yellowish brown. Expanse 155, inch. Hab. Masuri, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. Near to European 7’. fexta. THALPOPHILA CALLOPISTRIOIDES, Nl. Sp. Fore wing dark rufous-brown, veins pale-lined ; black-speckled ; crossed by a prominent whitish black-bordered zigzag basal line, a waved convex antemedian line, and a lunular recurved postmedian line ; orbicular and reniform marks and oblique costal streaks above them white-lined; a submarginal acutely sinuous white line, and marginal black lunules with white borders; a small discocellula 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 345 white spot at lower end of the cell: hind wing golden-yellow, with broad cupreous-brown marginal band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above dark rufous-brown; abdomen golden-yellow, with brownish tip. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. N. India. In coll. F. Moore, Genus ApAmMEA, Ochs. APAMEA CUPRINA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 2.) Allied to A. leucostigma. Fore wing dark cupreous-brown, with indistinct grey transverse sinuous fasciz ; costal and median veins grey-speckled ; orbicular and reniform marks grey, the latter also black-speckled : hind wing pale cupreous-brown. Thorax, palpi, and legs above dark brown ; abdomen ochreous-brown. Expanse 1,°, inch. Hab. Sikkim (Blanford, 1870). In coll. Dr. Staudinger. APAMEA PANNOSA, 0. Sp. Fore wing dark ferruginous-brown, with a pale whitish-ochreous sinuous patch at the apex and diffused patches along the posterior border ; a transverse subbasal, antemedian, and a postmedian, pale- ochreous centred, black, double sinuous lines ; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined with pale inner border and ferruginous centre; an indistict submarginal pale sinuous line with black points: hind wing and abdomen cinereous-brown, darkest externally. Thorax, palpi, and legs above dark ferruginous, legs with black bands. Expanse 1,4, inch. shy Hab. Nilgiris, 8. India; Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore. APAMEA LATIFASCIATA, 0. sp. Fore wing dark ferruginous greyish brown, with the discal area and posterior margin broadly pale ochreous ; a transverse antemedian and postmedian sharply-sinuous black lines bordering the dark ferru- ginous and forming a median band ; orbicular and reniform spots pale-centred : hind wing pale cinereous. Body ferruginous ; thorax, palpi, and legs dusky ferruginous, legs with black bands. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne). In coll. F Moore. APAMEA MUCRONATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 8.) Male and Female. Fore wing pale ferruginous, with a broad medial transverse darker ferruginous band bordered by an antemedian anda postmedian double black sinuous lines, the latter'with very long outer discal points ; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined and pale- centred ; a ferruginous black-speckled spot and some contiguous streaks at base of the wing; some streaks on costal border, and a marginal irregular fascia bordered by the black lunular points with pale tips: hind wing and abdomen pale pinkish brown. Thorax, Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXIII. 23 346 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, palpi, and legs pale ferruginous; palpi laterally and legs above slightly brown-streaked. Near to A. undicilia, Walker. Expanse 1,4, inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. APAMEA STRIGIDISCA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 9.) Male. Fore wing dark ferruginous; costal border, some basal streaks, and discal area paler ferruginous; a transverse antemedian and postmedian sinuous pale-bordered black lines; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined, with a pale inner border and blackish centre; a black conical mark below the orbicular spot; a submar- ginal transverse pale line, the middle portion zigzag and longitu- dinally crossed by a black line between the median veins; base of cell and posterior margin black-streaked ; submedian vein black ; some black streaks on the costal border, and a marginal waved line with a row of black points: hind wing pale ferruginous-brown. Body ferruginous; collar and tegulz, front of head, palpi laterally, and bands on legs black. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. The markings in this species are somewhat similar to those in Mamestra adjusta, Esper. APAMEA BASALIS, 0. sp. Fore wing dusky ferruginous-brown ; veins broadly grey-speckled, with intervening cupreous-brown longitudinal streaks ; two indistinct subbasal and a median transverse black sinuous line; orbicular spot black-lined ; reniform spot pale ochreous and ill-defined; discal and apical areas with pale ochreous longitudinal streaks; a marginal row of black dentate spots: hind wing pale brownish-ochreous, with darker-brown marginal band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above dusky ferruginous-brown, grey-speckled ; abdomen brownish ochreous, with brown dorsal tufts. Expanse 1? inch. Hab, Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. APAMEA NUBILA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 10.) Male and Female. Fore wing dark purple-brown, washed with chalybeate-grey, crossed by a subbasal, antemedian, postmedian, and a submarginal sinuous black-bordered grey line; orbicular and reni- form spots greyish, their interspace and a streak below base of the cell, a mark below the orbicular spot, and a streak above posterior angle black: hind wing and abdomen pale ochreous-brown. Thorax dark purple-brown ; palpi and legs ochreous-brown, tbe latter with black bands. Expanse 1,3; inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 1881.) NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 347 Genus Mamestra, Ochs. MAMESTRA CULTA, 0. Sp. Fore wing dark purple-brown or plum-colour, suffused with grey, crossed by a subbasal and an antemedian black double zigzag line, an indistinct discal series of black points, a submarginal black- bordered yellow-speckled dentated line, and a marginal row of dentate lunules; orbicular and reniform spots black-bordered; a black lunule below the cell; the posterior end of subbasal line, the lunule below the cell, the posterior end of reniform spot, and the tuft near base of posterior margin streaked with pure yellow: hind wing and abdomen pale greyish purple-brown. Thorax, palpi, and legs dark purple-brown, grey-speckled ; a black collar across thorax. Expanse 21 inches. Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. MAMESTRA STOLICZKE. Mamestra stoliczke, Felder, Novara Voy. Lep. iv. pl. 109. fig. 32 (1872). Male and Female. Fore wing dusky olive-green, crossed by a subbasal, an antemedian, a postmedian, and a submarginal black- bordered sinuous grey line; discal area and outer margin also grey ; orbicular and reniform spots grey- and black-bordered; a black- speckled mark below the cell; three white or pale spots on costal edge before the apex, and a marginal black-pointed lunular line: hind wing cinereous olive-brown, palest at the base. Thorax dusky olive-green, grey- and black-speckled; palpi and legs brown, grey- and black-speckled ; legs with pale bands. Expanse |< inch. Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya; Sind valley, Kashmir. In coll. F. Moore. Nearest to M. serratilinea, and quite a distinct species from M. brassice, which latter also occurs in the N.W. Himalayas. Genus Prospatta, Walker. PROSPALTA LEUCOSPILA. ( Prospalta leucospila, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1114 1857). Female. Nearest to P. stellata. Differs in the fore wing being of a blacker brown, and having the white spots within the cell larger, the central (or orbicular) spot not broken up, the reniform cluster more widely spread, the second cluster below it being obsolete; the costal, discal, exterior margin, and cilial spots are also larger; there is also a distinct white spot below the orbicular, and some spots on middle of posterior margin; cilia of fure wing witis two rows of white spots, the cilia of hind wing with one row and an outer border. Thorax, palpi, and legs blackish brown; palpi and legs speckled and banded with white, the thorax with white speckles and a large lower dorsal spot. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. 23* 348 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, Genus Inarria, Walker. InaTTIA MONILIS, n.sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 11.) Fore wing yellowish ochreous, crossed by a slender indistinct whitish basal, antemedian, and postmedian sinuous bands, a more distinct white submarginal macular band, and a marginal row of black white-bordered dots ; some whitish streaks on the costal edge, a prominent white spot at base of the cell, and white bead-bordered orbicular and reniform marks: hind wing pale brownish ochreous, with indistinct transverse narrow discal band and discocellular streak. Thorax and palpi ochreous; abdomen and legs paler, tarsi with brownish bands. Expanse | inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. ILATTIA CERVINA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 12.) Male and Female. Fore wing greyish brown, crossed by an in- distinct darker-brown zigzag antemedian and a recurved postmedian line, the latter bordered externally by indistinct brown points; a short subbasal line, and a submarginal pale-bordered fascia ; orbicular spot small and circular, ochreous-brown; reniform spot partly ochreous-brown and yellow, bordered with white speckles above and below: hind wing pale greyish brown. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. ILATTIA CALAMISTRATA, 0. Sp. Fore wing golden brown, crossed by an antemedian row of pure white dots, and a postmedian waved double row of white lunular spots; orbicular spot entire and pure white; reniform spot formed by an imperfect white figure of 8; some indistinct white spots on the costal edge, and a very indistinct submarginal dentate white line: hind wing and abdomen pale golden yellow. Head and thorax golden yellow; palpi and legs above blackish. Expanse | inch. Hab. Khasia Hills (Austen). In coll. F. Moore. Genus CeL=Na. CELZNA SIKKIMENSIS, n.sp. (PlateX XXVIII. fig. 16.) Male. Fore wing brown, with indistinct black antemedian and postmedian transverse pale-bordered sinuous line, the interspace blackish-streaked ; a submarginal series of longitudinal black streaks disposed between the veins and crossed by a whitish-speckled lunular line ; orbicular and reniform spots white, the latter most prominent : hind wing paler brown, with paler discal and submarginal fascia. Body brown; palpi ochreous-brown; legs with pale bands. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Sikkim (Blanford). In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 349 Fam. CARADRINID#. Genus Caraprina, Ochs. CARADRINA ARENACEA, D. Sp. Fore wing pale greyish ochreous, with an indistinct transverse sinuous brown line and three discal lines, the outer line bordered below the apex with ochreous-yellow; reniform spot brownish, speckled with white and ochreous-yellow ; a small indistinct brown orbicular spot ; some black short streaks on the costa, and a marginal row of dentate points: hind wing whitish ochreous, with pale-brown border. Body whitish ochreous; thorax with a few blackish speckles ; palpi blackish laterally, white at tip; fore and middle legs with blackish speckles and tarsal bands. Expanse 1,'; inch. Hab. Masuri (Lang), Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. CaARADRINA DELECTA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 15.) Fore wing pale greyish ochreous, with an indistinct black-speckled subbasal and three median transverse sinuous lines, and an outer discal row of points; a submarginal transverse straight pale line ; orbicular and reniform spots black-speckled: hind wing ochreous- white. Body ochreous-grey ; palpi and legs above brown-speckled. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Allied to C. kadeni. Danica, n. g. Male. Fore wing with straight costa; apex acute; exterior margin short, slightly oblique and convex ; posterior margin long ; first sub- costal branch emitted at one half from the cell, second at one fourth before its end, trifurcate, fifth from end of the cell, curved upward and touching third near its base; cell narrow ; discocellular short, concave; radial from upper end of cell; lower radial and upper median branch from angles above end of the cell, second from angle at its end, third at one third before its end. Hind wing short, triangular; cell short; subcostal vein fringed with plumose scales to end of the cell; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; discocellular bent beyond the middle, radial from below the angle; two upper median branches from end of the cell. Body long, some- what slender, with a large anal tuft; palpi porrect, second joint long, squamose, third joint short ; legs pilose beneath ; antenne setose. Allied to the genus Radinacra, Butler, Types of Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 26. DaDICA LINEOSA, N. sp. Fore wing brownish ochreous, with a transverse slightly curved subbasal and a discal narrow brown line, a less distinct basal waved line, a median fascia, and a waved submarginal line; a white reni- form spot: hind wing pale vinous-brown, with pale ochreous apical 350 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, border. Underside as above; lines on fore wing obsolete. Body brownish ochreous, anal tuft brighter ochreous; antenne and legs above dark brown, with pale ochreous bands. Expanse 1,4, inch. Hab. Punjab hills. In coll. F. Moore. Genus AcosMeEtTI4, Stephens. ACOSMETIA NEBULOSA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 13.) Upperside pale ochreous-brown: fore wing darkest, with several transverse indistinctly darker waved narrow fasciz ; some pale spots on costal edge near the apex. Underside paler. Expanse | inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. ACOSMETIA NIGRESCENS, n. sp- Upperside dark brown: fore wing somewhat greyish brown, with an indistinct black spot in middle of the cell, a streak at its end, a transverse discal waved line, and a broad outer pale band, which is pale-bordered above the posterior angle and is continued along the posterior border: hind wing with blackish-brown outer border. Thorax above blackish brown. Underside uniform brown. Expanse 15 inch. Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore. Fam. Nocruip#. Genus AGrortis, Ochs. AGROTIS QUADRISIGNA, Nl. sp. Male and Female. Fore wing grey, crossed by a black subbasal double sinuous line, an antemedian line, an irregular waved post- median line, and a submarginal series of ochreous spots, bordered on both sides by a black dentate point, a marginal row of minute black dots, orbicular and reniform marks black-lined, a broad quadrate black dentate mark below the orbicular spot; hind wing and abdo- men paler grey, whitish at the base. Thorax, palpi, and legs grey, with black speckles ; tarsi with black bands, Expanse 1,4; inch. Hab. Solun, Punjab; Deyra. In coll. F. Moore. Allied to A. labyrinthica, Staudinger, and to A. placida. AGROTIS COSTIGERA, 0. sp. Male and Female. Fore wing dark purple-brown, the basal and discal areas suffused with grey ; costal border pale purplish ochre- ous ; a transverse basal, antemedian, and a postmedian sinuous black pale-centred line; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined, dark- centred, and with a pale ochreous inner border, the reniform slightly angled at the upper end of its inner border; an oval black mark below the cell; a pale ochreous submarginal line, with irregular alternate purple-brown and reddish inner border; a marginal row 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 351 of distinct black dentate marks ; some pale spots on costa near apex ; hind wing cinereous-brown, palest at the base. Thorax and palpi dark purple-brown, abdomen and legs greyish brown, legs with brown bands. Expanse, ¢ 1,4, 2 14% inch. Hab. Solun, Punjab; Cherra Punji, Assam. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. Allied to A. christophi, Staudinger. AGROTIS JUNCTURA, 0. Sp. Male and Female. Fore wing pale purplish grey, the median area below the cell pale purplish red; two subbasal grey-bordered black streaks extending obliquely from within the cell to base of the sub- median vein, with blackish lower interspace ; orbicular spot large, outwardly oblique, grey ; reniform spot also large, black-lined, and extending below the cell, centre brown-streaked, interspaces black ; a black conical mark below the orbicular spot; an indistinct black transverse discal sinuous line and outer row of points; a marginal greyish-brown fascia terminating before the apex in a black streak: hind wing pale purplish cinereous. Thorax purple-grey ; collar, front of head, palpi, and legs brown-speckled ; abdomen cinereous- brown, tuft in male ochreous. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. Allied to A. hastifera, Donzel. AGROTIS MODESTA, 0. sp. Female. Greyish cream-colour: fore wing with an indistinct black subbasal, antemedian, and a postmedian sinuous double line ; an orbi- cular and reniform black-lined spot, a short narrow conical mark below the cell, and a marginal row of dots. Body and legs greyish, tarsal bands brown. Expanse 13 inch. Haé. Cashmir. In coll. F. Moore. Nearest allied to, but quite distinct from, A. aquilina. TIRACOLA, N. g. Fore wing long, narrow, costa slightly arched towards the end, apex acute ; exterior margin oblique, convex, and sinuous ; cell long ; first subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell, second at three fourths its length, trifurcate, third emitted at one third beyond base of the second, and fourth at about one half from base of second, fifth from end of the cell and touching the third near its base ; dis- cocellular deeply concave, upper radial from angle close to upper end of the cell, lower radial from angle near lower end of the cell ; upper median from angle above and middle median from end of the cell, third at one third before its end; submedian concave near its base. Hind wing triangular, apex convex ; exterior margin oblique, recurved, slightly sinuous; cell short; two subcostal branches from end of cell; discocellular very slender, angled inward in the middle, a 352 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, slender radial from the angle; two upper median branches from lower end of the cell, third branch at half before its end. Body stout, abdomen long; palpi short, ascending, compactly clothed, second joint thick, third joint short; legs compactly pilose above ; antennz setose. Type 7. plagiata. TIRACOLA PLAGIATA. ; Agrotis plagiata, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xi. p. 740 (1857). Agrotis plagifera, Walker, J. c. p. 741. Hab. Ceylon, 8. India, Darjiling. TIRACOLA SPECTABILIS. Agrotis spectabilis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii. p. 704 (1865). ; Hab, Australia. Genus GrapHipeHora, Ochs. GRAPHIPHORA FLAVIRENA, nn. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 3.) Allied to G. neglecta, Hiibner. Fore wing dark ferruginous, crossed by an indistinct brown-bordered, pale, waved antemedian and a postmedian line, a median brown fascia angled at lower end of the cell; orbicular spot obsolete ; reniform spot narrow, yellowish, and dusky at its lower end: hind wing ferruginous-brown. Body and legs ferruginous, Expanse 1} inch, godly Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. GRAPHIPHORA NIGROSIGNA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 4.) Fore wing brown-ochreous, crossed by indistinct basal, antemedian, and postmedian zigzag brown duplex lines, and a waved submarginal pale line; veins across the disk with indistinct black-pointed pale spots; orbicular and reniform marks paler, with brown border, lower lobe of reniform dusky; a prominent black triangular spot below the orbicular mark: hind wing and abdomen pale brownish ochreous. Thorax ochreous; second joint of palpi at the side and legs above dark brown, third joint of palpi and.tip of second ochreous. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Tonglo, Sikkim. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Genus Mrcasema’, Hiibner. . MEGASEMA CINNAMOMEA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 6.) Fore wing dull cinnamon-brown, with an indistinct darker basal, subbasal, and a discal transverse sinuous line; a more distinct outer discal pale-bordered irregular line; a large pale-bordered orbicular and reniform spots, their interspace within the cell, and a transverse 1 Type M. triangulum, Hufn. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 353 median fascia darker brown; outer margin also darker brown, with a pale-bordered lunular line: hind wing paler. Underside pale, brighter cinnamon-brown. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above dark cinnamon-brown. Expanse 17 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Genus OcHROPLEURA, Hiibner. OcHROPLEURA CONSANGUINEA, 0. Sp. Male and Female. Fore wing dark cupreous-brown, base and ex- terior border suffused with grey; costal border pale ferruginous ; a short subbasal pale streak with black border, an oblique antemedian waved black double line, a postmedian, less distinct, double sinuous line, and a submarginal pale lunular line; orbicular and reniform spots grey, with black interspaces ; an indistinct conical greyish- centred mark below the cell: hind wing brown. Thorax cupreous- brown ; collar and palpi ferruginous edged with black; abdomen brown ; legs blackish with pale bands. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Solun, Punjab; Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. Allied to O. renalis, from which it is distinguishable by its smaller size, straighter and more oblique antemedian line, and the postmedian line being nearer the renal spot. Genus Hermonassa, Walker. HeERMONASSA CHALYBEATA, 1. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 17.) Smaller than H.consignata. Fore wing dark brown, with indistinctly darker markings, which are all bordered with chalybeous-grey speckles: hind wing pale cinereous-brown. Underside cinereous- brown. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. HERMONASSA SINUATA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 5.) Near H. cuprina. Fore wing paler and of a brighter cupreous- brown, the interspace between the transverse basal and subbasal lines wider, the latter more acutely sinuous, and its lower end almost touching that of the discal line, which latter is also more sinuous: hind wing very pale brown. Underside also much paler. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Fam. OrTHosiip2. Genus OrtuHosia, Ochs. ORTHOSIA RECTIVITTA, 0. sp. Fore wing mottled with greyish ochreous and dark brown, pos- terior and exterior areas more uniformly brown ; a transverse sinuous 354 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, antemedian and a straight postmedian pale line with black-speckled borders; a submarginal zigzag pale-bordered black-speckled fascia ; orbicular and reniform spots pale, with black-speckled border ; a marginal row of black dots: hind wing brown; cilia pale ochreous- brown. Thorax, and head grey-speckled ; palpi with broad brown lateral band; legs dark brown, with ochreous speckles and tarsal bands. Expanse 149 inch. Haé. Darjiling (Russell). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. Fam. Cosmmp&. Genus Cosm1a, Ochs. CosMIA HYPENOIDES, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 19.) Male and Female. Fore wing dark purple-brown, crossed by an outwardly oblique antemedian, a median, and an outwardly-angled postmedian transverse pale-bordered black line, a black dot at base of cell, a submarginal indistinct lunular line, and a marginal black line; orbicular and reniform spots very indistinct: hind wing and abdomen dull brown. Thorax purple-brown; palpi grey, with broad black band on second joint ; fore and middle legs with blackish bands. Expanse 1/5 inch. Haé. Parisnath Hill (Bengal). In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Fam. HADENID. Genus DiantHecta, Boisd. DIANTHECIA CONFLUENS, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 20.) Fore wing dark purple-browa, crossed by a subbasal black-bordered pale-ochreous sinuous line, a similar antemedian and a postmedian narrow waved line, and a submarginal brown-bordered pale line; orbicular and reniform spots pale ochreous with brown centre; the two lower median branches pale ochreous to the postmedian line; a black dentate mark below the cell ; a marginal row of dentate lunules ; cilia brown: hind wing greyish dusky-brown, palest at base, and with a pale-bordered brown transverse discal line; cilia ochreous. Body and legs dark purple-brown, black-speckled. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Genus Evpiexia, Stephens. EvUPLEXIA DISTORTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 18.) Male and Female. Fore wing black, with transverse distorted white bands, including an outer marginal sinuous bordered band : hind wing pale blackish-cinerous exernally and whitish basally ; cilia white. Thorax black, with white tegule, crest, and collar; abdomen black- ish at tip; palpi black tipt with white ; legs black, with white streaks and tarsal bands. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 355 Genus TrigonopHora, Hibn. TRIGONOPHORA ALBOSIGNATA, 0. sp. Fore wing reddish ochreous, minutely speckled with purplish grey, crossed by an inwardly-obliqne antemedian ochreous-white straight narrow band, a postmedian outwardly-oblique, sinuous, narrow band, both bands with indistinctly darker purple-red border ; a submar- ginal zigzag pale-bordered denticulated red fascia ; cilia purple- brown ; orbicular and reniform marks formed by a purple-red line, the centre being yellowish ochreous, the reniform mark bordered externally by two upper and two lower white spots: hind wing purplish ochreous-brown, palest along the costal border. Thorax, palpi, and legs reddish ochreous, abdomen ochreous-brown. Expanse 1% inch. Allied to T. empyrea, Hiibn., of Europe. Hab. Kussowlie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. APPANA, 0. g. Fore wing somewhat short, costa straight, apex slightly pointed, exterior margin oblique, very slightly waved and convex ; first subcostal branch emitted from half length of the cell, second at one fourth, trifurcate, third at one fourth, and fourth at one half from base of second, fifth from end of the cell, projecting upward and touching the third near its base ; cell long ; upper discocellular very short, lower bent in the middle ; upper radial from angle near subcostal, lower radial and upper median from angles immediately above end of the cell, middle median from its end, lower median from one third before its end ; submedian slightly recurved. Hind wing triangular, exterior margin convexly oblique and waved ; two subcostal branches emitted from a short distance beyond end of the cell; discocellular obliquely concave, radial from near its lower end; two upper median branches from end of cell; submedian and internal veins long. Body moderate, abdomen extending beyond hind wing; palpi short, stout, squamose, third joint very short ; antennee setose ; legs pilose beneath. Allied to Habryntis (H. scita, Hubner). APPANA INDICA, 0. sp. Phlogophora indica, Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 57. Fore wing pale purplish ochreous, with a median transverse broad band of chestnut-brown, palest on the costa, and enclosing a paler orbicular and reniform spots, whick are confluent below the cell ; the band is narrow hindward and bordered on both sides by a narrow black line; two black-speckled transverse streaks and a contiguous black spot at base of the wing; a pale-yellow submarginal line ; veins speckled with black and white: hind wing paler, with an indistinct darker discal and marginal bands. Thorax chestnut- brown, with white-fringed collar, abdomen paler; palpi and legs ochreous-brown. Expanse 1,4; inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. 356° MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, Genus BerrHa. Berrhea, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1721 (1858). Wings rather narrow; fore wing elongated, costa straight ; apex slightly pointed ; exterior margin cblique, scalloped ; posterior margin recurved ; costal vein extending to two thirds the margin, first subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell, second trifurcate, emitted at one fourth before end of the cell, third at one fourth, and fourth at one half from base of second, fifth from end of the cell, curving upward and touching third near its base; disco- cellular slightly angled close to each end, deeply concave in middle, radials from its upper and lower angle; cell long, narrow; two upper median branches from angles at end of the cell, lower at one fourth before the end; submedian recurved: hind wing long, exterior margin convex, waved ; abdominal margin short ; costal vein extending to apex; two subcostal branches from end of the cell ; discocellular obliquely concave, radial from near its lower end ; two upper median branches from end of the cell, lower at one third before its end; submedian and internal veins straight. Body stout, abdomen extending beyond hind wing ; palpi stout, broad, ascending, densely clothed with long scales, third joint short, squamose ; legs densely pilose ; antennze very minutely pectinate in male. Allied to Trachea (T'. atriplicis). BERRH#ZA AURIGERA. Berrhea aurigera, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1721 (1858). Fore wing ochreous-brown, crossed by a pale ochreous, duplex, black-bordered zigzag antemedian line and a sinuous postmedian line; some black-bordered ochreous basal streaks, others on the costal border and middle of posterior border ; a submarginal zigzag interrupted ocbreous and brown fascia; a black marginal lunular line ; orbicular and reniform marks ochreous, large and widely sepa- rated at their anterior ends, but joined by a lower streak, which extends below the cell and runs into a whitish ochreous quadrate spot: hind wing eneous-brown, the base being whitish cinereous. Thorax ochreous-brown; abdomen cinereous-brewn ; palpi brown ; legs brown, with ochreous tarsal bands. Expanse, ¢ 17, 2 2 inches. Hab. Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger. BERRH2ZA MEGASTIGMA. Hadena megastigma, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M, xxxiii. p. 738 (1865). Hab. Darjiling. BreRRH#ZA ALBINOTA. Hadena albinota, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 58. Hab. Dayjiling. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. « 357 BERRA OLIVACEA, 0. sp. Allied to B. megastigma; comparatively smaller: fore wing simi- larly marked, but with less prominent ochreous and black streaks, the submarginal zigzag ochreous line slender throughout its length, the orbicular and reniform marks slightly smaller: hind wing cupreous- brown, slightly paler at the base. Expanse, 5 12, 2 1% inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. Genus Hapena, Treits. HADENA ADJUNCTA, 2. sp. Fore wing purplish grey, crossed by a greyish-white-bordered, black, sinuous antemedian and a postmedian line, and a submarginal row of long black-bordered, grey, dentate marks ; a marginal black lunular line; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined; a black zigzag streak at base of wing, and a distinct black forked bar below the cell joining the ante- and postmedian lines, below which the area is iron-grey: hind wing and abdomen pale brown. Thorax purple- grey, black- and white-speckled; first and second joints of palpi brown- and grey-speckled, third joint ochreous; legs brown, grey- speckled, and with ochreous tarsal bands. Expanse 1% inch. Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. Near to the European H. satura. HADENA SIDERIFERA, N. sp. Fore wing brownish grey, crossed by a basal, antemedian, and a postmedian double zigzag black line, a submarginal sinuous pale yellowish line with black inner points, and a marginal row of minute black points; orbicular spot black-lined ; reniform spot composed of a large white quadrate spot, bordered at the upper and lower outer ends by two minute white spots, and on the inner side by a black pale-bordered line ; a quadrate black mark below the orbicular spot : hind wing greyish brown. Expanse 13 inch. : Hab. Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore. Allied to H. albiflexura, Walker, and to H. constellata, Moore, from Darjiling. It also has much the appearance of Mamestra brassice. Fam. XyLInip&. Genus Cucumis, Ochs. CUCULLIA ALBESCENS, Ni. sp. A smaller species than C. atkinsoni; fore wing paler brown, the grey more diffused through the middle of the wing: hind wing cine- reous-white, with a very faint brownish marginal border. Underside much paler than C. athinsoni, the hind wing almost uniformly white. Body greyer; legs grey above. Expanse 14 inch, Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. 358 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. I, Genus CaLtuaniA, Hubner. Cucullia (part.) auctorum. CALLENIA PULLATA, 0. sp. Fore wing grey; veins black, with a transverse very indistinct black antemedian and a postmedian zigzag line, some slender longi- tudinal streaks near the outer margin, and a lunular black marginal - line; an indistinct orbicular and reniform black-lined mark, the latter extending below end of the cell: hind wing white, with a broad black outer marginal band and a discocellular spot ; costal and subcostal veins lined with black; cilia white. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above grey ; abdomen black, with grey tip; a slender black collar on front of thorax. Expanse 2? inches. Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. Genus CatopuastA, Stephens. CALOPHASIA CASHMIRENSIS, 0. sp. Fore wing pale whitish ochreous, with a pale yellowish-ochreous median transverse band, bordered on both sides by an indistinct black sinuous double line, and medianly traversed below the cell by amore distinct black lunular fascia; costal border blackish; orbi- cular and reniform marks blackish, and lined with pale ochreous ; base of wing black-speckled, and longitudinally streaked near poste- rior margin; some black dentate discal marks, a patch above posterior angle, and a marginal row of white-bordered black points: hind wing dusky white, with a very pale dusky black border, and a distinct black lunular marginal line. Body pale ochreous, palpi and legs black-speckled ; legs with black tarsal bands. Expanse 1,4, inch. Hab. Changas, Cashmir. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Near to the European C. linarie, Fabr. CALOPHASIA LOBIFERA, 0. Sp. Fore wing greenish brown, with a pale pinkish-ochreous fascia extending from base through the cell to the apex, a slender black transverse subbasal irregular line, which is deeply indented outward below the cell and formsa lobate spot, and a discal irregular waved line, both with a brown outer border, the interspace below the cell dusky grey; veins black, with pale margins and intervening black streak ter- minating in a white cilial point; some black streaks on costa near base, and white streaks towards the apex; an indistinct orbicular and reniform brown-lined mark, both centred with brown; a short oblique, double, basal brown line below the cell: hind. wing greyish brown ; cilia white. Body pale ochreous, thorax grey-speckled ; palpi and legs above brown, with ochreous bands, Expanse 1,2, inch. Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 359 Fam. HamMeRosip&. Genus Apsarasa, Moore. APSARASA WALLACEI, 0. sp. Female. Glossy purplish black. Differs from 4. radians from Sikkim, and A. figurata from Andamans, in having the marginal spots alternately obsvlete on the costa, a broader intervening space between those on the outer margin, and a much larger quadrate spot on middle of hind margin. Underside of fore wing as above, hind wing without basal spots. Abdomen black above, small lateral spots and streak beneath white. Expanse 27 inches. Hab. Dorey (Wallace). In coll. Oxford University Museum. Fam. ACONTIID. NARANGA, 0. g. Wings small: fore wing elongated, narrow, acute at the apex, exterior margin oblique; hind wing slightly elongated and narrow. Veins similar to those in Xanthodes. Palpi small, smooth, slightly ascending, third joint minute, slender, short ; legs slender, smooth. Type XN. diffusa. NARANGA DIFFUSA. Xanthodes diffusa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.. xxxiii. Suppl. p- 779 (1865). Fore wing yellow, with aslight median, oblique, short purplish-red band, a less distinct streak below the apex, and a spot above posterior angle: hind wing whitish yellow. Body, palpi, and legs above yellow. Expanse 7 inch, Hab. Ceylon; S. India (Nilgiris) ; Formosa. NARANGA ZNESCENS, 0. Sp. Fore wing znescent yellow, with two narrow purple-brown outer bands: hind wing brown; cilia yellow. Body and legs yellow. Expanse 8; inch. Hab. Formosa (Swinhoe). In coll. F. Moore. CHURIA, 0. g. Fore wing elongated, narrow, rectangular; costal vein extending to two thirds the margin; first subcostal emitted at one half and second at one eighth before end of the cell, second trifurcate, third and fourth at equal distances from base of second, fifth from end of the cell and slightly touching third at its base; discocellular bent at its upper and lower end, and very convex in the middle, radials from the angles ; upper median branch from end of the cell, middle branch from one eighth and lower from beyond one third before end of the cell; submedian slightly curved at the base. Hind wing short ; costal vein straight, extending to apex; two subcostal branches from end 360 MR. F, MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1, of the cell; discocellular obliquely concave; radial from its lower end immediately above angle of the cell ; two upper median branches from beyond end of the cell, lower from one third before the end ; submedian and internal veins straight. Body stout, abdomen long ; palpi porrect, second joint laterally broad at the tip, clothed with coarse lax scales, third joint short, thick, half the length of the second ; legs stout, squamose; antenne setose. Type C. nigrisigna. CHURIA NIGRISIGNA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 13.) Male and Female. Upperside pale brownish ochreous ; fore wing with a small black spot on middle of the discocellular veinlet ; cilia ochreous-white: underside paler along the posterior border of fore wing and on the hind wing. Palpi and legs above pale brownish ochreous. Expanse, ¢ 3%, 92 1,4; inch. Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. CHURIA OCHRACEA, 0. sp. Male. Upperside paler ochreous than in C. nigrisigna ; no black spot on the fore wing: underside pale ochreous; thorax, palpi, and legs above ochreous. Expanse 55, inch. Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. CHURIA MACULATA, 0. Sp. Male. Upperside pale brownish ochreous; cilia ochreous-white ; fore wing with a small black spot on middle of discocellular veinlet, and three equidistant spots on the submarginal border. Underside paler ochreous, palest along posterior border of fore wing and on the hind wing. Palpi and legs above brownish ochreous. Expanse +9 inch. 12 Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood. Fam. HELIOTHID. This family should be ranged between the Acontiide and Antho- philidee, the genera comprised in it having closer affinity with those families than with the Xylinide. A prominent character in the species of Heliothidz, not present, so far as I know, in any other group, is that the tibiz of the front legs are armed with spines, thus giving them the appearance of miniature crabs’ claws’. In Heliothis dipsacea, H. aduncta, Butler (a Chinese species), H. maritima, H. ononidas, H. armigera, and H. peltigera the fore tibia is long, narrow, and armed with two slender spines in front, as well as possessing other shorter spines on each side. In H. incarnata, which is generically distinct from the above-mentioned species, the tibia is shorter and stouter, and is armed only with two 1 Since writing the above, I find that Petasia, a genus of Notodontide, is similarly armed. Both P. cassinea and P. nubeculosa have a single stout ter- minal spine on the outer end of the tibia. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 361 stout black terminal front spines; the palpi are stouter and have the terminal joint hairy; the fore wing is less triangular in form, and the hind wing shorter than in typical Heliothis. For this species (tncarnata) I propose the generic name of Chazaria. The species described by Walker as H. lucilinea (Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1749), from St. Domingo, is also generically distinct from the above; the Periphanes delphinii and Oria sanguinea (a North-American species) have a very short stoutish tibia armed with two terminal stout spines, this character also occurring less stoutly in the European Anthecia pulchra, A. cardui, A. cognata, A. cora, A. lynx (a North-American species), and in 4. dorsilutea, the locality of which is unknown. In Melicleptria scutosa (Europe) and M. speciosa (N. America) the tibia is more slender and delicately spined than in Heliothis, the tarsus also being more delicate and comparatively longer, ~ In Adophron phlebophora and Stephania puniceago the terminal spines of the tibia are short, and the basal joint of the tarsus, also, is laterally spined. In this family (Heliothide) should also be placed :—the American genus Derrima (D. stellata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 770, and D. henrietta, Grote), arranged hitherto in the Hameroside; the Anthophila lineata and A. divergens of Walker’s Cat. xii. p. 830, of unknown locality and which are quite distinct from typical Anthophila; and the Microphysa contracta (Walker, Cat. Lep. . Het. xii. p. 836), which is also generically distinct from Microphysa. The insect described as Chariclea taurica, and assigned to that genus in European catalogues, is quite distinct from typical Chariclea (Periphanes delphinii), differing from it in not possessing the tibial spines, and having, moreover, very short tarsi. It should be arranged with the Anthophilide, under the generic name of Phila- reta; in the Anthophilide should also be placed the genus Pyrrhia (P. marginata and P. purpuritis),—these species agreeing better in their tibial and tarsal characters than with the Heliothidee. Genus Hexioruis, Hibner. HELIOTHIS PERIGEOIDES, 0. sp. Male. Fore wing pale ochreous-yellow, crossed by two subbasal ochreous-brown pale-bordered zigzag lines; a median sinuous fascia, and a discal white-pointed sinuous line, bordered by an outer brownish waved fascia; a pale-bordered orbicular and a reniform spot, the latter with grey centre; some whitish spots on the costal edge, and an outer marginal row of distinct black dots: hind wing ochreous-white, with an ochreous-brown marginal band enclosing a central white patch. Underside ochreous-white, with dusky-brown markings as in H. peltigera, but paler, and the discal fascia on both wings interrupted. Expanse 1 to 14 inch. Hab. Kutch, N.W. India. In coll. F. Moore. Near to H. peltigera, which also occurs in Kutch, but is a much smaller and differently marked insect. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXIV. 24 362 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1, HELIOTHIS SUCCINEA, 0. Sp. Male and Female. Ochreous-yellow: fore wing crossed by two subbasal brown zigzag lines, an outwardly-waved median line, a lunular discal line, and a sinuous submarginal line, with indistinct paler intervening lines, the space between the discal lunular line and the submarginal line dusky ochreous-brown: hind wing with an ochreous-black marginal band enclosing a pale yellow central spot. Underside with dusky markings similar to those in H. armigera. Thorax greenish ochreous; abdomen, palpi, and legs yellowish ochreous. Expanse, $ 1 inch, 2 13. Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore. This is allied to H. armigera, but is smaller and differently coloured ; the fore-wing markings also differ. ~ RaGHUVA, 0. g. Fore wing short, narrow; costa slightly arched at the base and with a swollen protuberance on its middle; exterior margin oblique and convex; costal veins recurved ; subcostal recurved before end of the cell, first branch recurved towards the costa, emitted at half length of the cell, second branch emitted before end of cell, trifur- cate, third from near its base, fourth at one half its length, fifth from end of the cell, curved upward, and touching third near its base; discocellular bent near each end, radials from the angles ; two upper median branches from angles at end of the cell, lower at some distance before the end. Hind wing short ; two subcostal branches emitted beyond end of the cell ; discocellular concave, very slender, a slender radial from its middle, two upper median branches from end of the cell, lower from near its end. Body extending beyond hind wing; palpi slender, apex short ; legs slender, femora slightly pilose beneath, fore tibia in male armed with two terminal spines in front ; antenne setose. RAGHUVA CONFERTISSIMA. Leucania confertissima, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii. p- 625 (1865). Hab. S. India. SOPHAGA, N. g. Allied to Dorika. Wings longer and comparatively broader; fore wing with straighter costa and shorter posterior margin; first sub- costal moderately long, second emitted immediately before end of the cell, third trifurcate, emitted at end of the cell, and anasto- mosing with second very close to its base for a short distance, fourth and fifth short; upper discocellular very short, lower very slender and deeply concave ; radials from angle of upper and near end of lower, two upper median branches from angles at end of the cell, lower from near the end. [Hind wing with two subcostal branches emitted at one fourth beyond end of the cell; discocellular bent in the middle; radial from its angle ; two upper median branches from 1881.] - NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 363 end of the cell, lower from distance before the end. Body long; palpi short ; legs very hairy beneath; male with fore tibia furnished with a pair of terminal front spines; antennze setose. Type S. sinuata. SOPHAGA SINUATA, 0. Sp. Male and Female. Fore wing pale yellow, with a broad transverse dark ochreous-yellow median band, its inner border being bent below the cell, its outer border sinuous and with a brown point on each of the veins from the radial; a dark ochreous streak from the band, along median vein, to the base; exterior border with short longitu- dinal dark ochreous streaks, and a marginal row of black dots: hind wing pale greyish ochreous, the discal area brownish. Underside paler ; fore wing with the discal area and a marginal row of black dots: hind wing in male with a narrow discal transverse brownish band, indistinct discocellular spot, and speckles along outer border, obsolete in female. Thorax dark ochreous; abdomen brownish ochreous ; terminal spines on fore tibia black. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore. DoriKa, D. g. Fore wing short, narrow; costa slightly arched from the base, exterior margin oblique, convex; first subcostal branch somewhat short, second emitted from beyond end of the cell, quadrifid, third from close to base of second, fourth and fifth on a fvot-stalk near apex; cell long, narrow; upper discocellular very short, lower slender, concave, bent slightly near median; radials from their angles; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from the end, lower at some distance before the end and opposite first subcostal : hind wing convex at the apex, exterior margin recurved, abdominal margin short; two subcostal branches emitted from beyond end of the cell; discocellular very slender, radial from the middle; two upper median branches from end of the cell, lower from near its end. Body short ; palpi slender, pilose ; legs pilose beneath; fore tibia in male armed in front with a long and a short spur; antenne setose. Type D. sanguinolenta. DoriIKA SANGUINOLENTA, N. Sp. Female. Fore wing bright yellow; costal edge white; longitu- dinally streaked with red along costal border, the median veins, and submedian vein; cilia pinky white: hind wing white. Thorax, palpi, and legs above ochreous-red ; abdomen brownish ochreous. Expanse 1,2; inch. Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore. DoriKA AUREOLA. Leucania aureola, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 108 (1856). Hab. Canara, S. India. 24* 364 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, MASALIA, n. g. Wings small: fore wing short, narrow; costal vein running close to the margin; first subcostal branch short, emitted at one fourth before end of the cell, second at equal distance between first and fifth, trifid, the third and fourth at about one half from base of second, fifth from end of the cell, ascending and touching the second at halfway between its base and third; upper discocellular straight, short, lower concave, bent near lower end, radials from the angles ; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from the end, lower from opposite first subcostal. Hind wing small, exterior margin convex; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; discocellular bent in the middle, radial from the angle; cell short; two upper median branches from end of the cell. Body moderately slender; palpi minute, slender, porrect ; antennee filiform ; fore tibia armed with a pair of terminal spines. Type M. radiata. MASALIA RADIATA, 0. sp. Fore wing greyish ochreous-brown, with a pale yellow longitudinal narrow streak from base of the cell to outer margin ; a short basal streak below it between the median and submedian veins, and a narrower streak extending along and between the subcostal and median veins; costal edge yellow; cilia pale pinkish grey: hind wing greyish brown. Underside greyish brown; fore wing with white streaks disposed as on upperside. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above ochreous-brown; terminal spines on fore tibia black ; abdomen ochreous ; eyes black. Expanse +9 inch. Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne). In coll. F. Moore. MASALIA IRRORATA, 0. sp. Female. Fore wing pale reddish ochreous, with paler streaks between the veins, speckled with minute dark-brown scales, which are most numerous along the area of the veins and on posterior border ; an oblique transverse discal series of six black points, one on each lower vein; cilia bordered with white: hind wing white ; cilia white. Underside very pale ochreous-white; fore wing with the costal border tinged with red; median veins brown-speckled. Thorax pale reddish ochreous; front of head, palpi, and legs above brownish ochreous. Expanse 1,3, inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. PRADATTA, 0. g. Fore wing comparatively short and broad ; costa slightly depressed in the middle, exterior margin oblique, posterior margin convex near the base; cell long; first subcostal branch rather short, second emitted from near end of the cell, trifurcate, third and fourth close together, fifth curved abruptly upward from end of the cell and 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 365 anastomosed to third near its base; discocellular very slender, bent close to each end, concave in middle, upper and lower radials from the angles; upper median branch emitted from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from the end, lower from some distance before the end. Hind wing comparatively long and narrow; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; discocellular bent in middle, a very slender radial from the middle; cell long ; two upper median branches from end of the cell, lower from some distance before the end. Body long, slender ; thorax laxly pilose ; palpi pilose, small, apex very short ; legs slightly pilose beneath ; fore tibia in male armed with a long and a short black spine in front ; antennee in male minutely pec- tinate. Type P. beatriz. PRADATTA BEATRIX, 0. sp. Synia beatriz, Von M. D. R., MS. Male and Female. Fore wing pale pink, with a longitudinal pale yellow fascia extending from the base of the cell to exterior margin, and a similar fascia below the cell spreading below the median vein to the outer margin; some specimens have the median vein to end of the cell tinged with black: hind wing white, with pink lining to the veins and outer border. Underside—fore wing with paler costal and outer border than above; hind wing with pink costal border. Thorax pinkish brown, palest on tegule ; abdomen pale yellowish above, pinkish beneath; palpi and legs above ochrevus- red ; fore-tibial claws black. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Canara (8S. India) ; Dharmsala(N.W. Himalaya); Saibadad (Cashmir). In coll. F. Moore, Dr. Staudinger, and Lord Walsingham. PRADATTA BIVITTATA. Leucania bivittata, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 108 (1856). Hab. S. India. In coll. British Museum. PRADATTA DECORATA, 2. sp. Mule and Female. Fore wing pale yellow, with a broad triangular - pale crimson band extending from base through and below the cell and thence obliquely upward across the disk to the apex; a recurved series of six white spots on the discal portion of the band, one on middle of median vein, and one on submedian vein ; cilia crimson: hind wing paler yellow; cilia whitish, slightly tinged with crimson at the apex. Body pale yellow; thorax ochreous; front of head, tip of palpi, and legs above crimson; fore-tibial claws black. Expanse ? to | inch. Hab. Deccan (Dr. Day) ; Manpuri, N.W. Provinces (Horne) ; Allahabad (Hellard) ; Sind valley and Saidabad, Cashmir (Atkin- son). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. 366 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, PRADATTA ARTAXOIDES, N. Sp. Male and Female. Fore wing uniformly ochreous-yellow ; hind wing brownish-ochreous, darkest externally ; cilia yellow. Under- side paler; basal and discal area of fore wing brownish ochreous. Tip and side of palpi and fore legs above brownish. Expanse, ¢ ;°;, 2 1 inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya; Cashmir. In coll. F. Moore. PRADATTA MODESTA, 0. Sp. Female. Fore wing pale ochreous-yellow; hind wing ochreous- white. Underside of fore wing with a greyish-brown discocellular patch. Body, palpi, and legs pale ochreous-yellow; fore tibial claws black. Expanse 5%, inch. Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne). In coll. F. Moore. CuRUBASA, R. g. Male and Female. Fore wing elongated, narrow, eosta arched at the base, apex somewhat acute; exterior margin oblique, even, slightly convex bindward and at the angle; cell long; costal vein recurved towards its end; first subcostal branch emitted beyond half length of the cell, second immediately before end of the cell, trifid, the third and fourth at one third from its base; fifth from end of the cell, ascending and touching the second close to end of the third; discocellular bent near upper and lower end, slender, concave in middle, radials from the angles; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from the end, lower at one fourth before the end. Hind wing broad, apex convex, exterior margin waved ; two subcostal branches emitted from end of the cell ; discocellular slender, bent in the middle, radial from the middle; cell short ; two upper median branches from end of the cell. Body moderately stout; palpi short, slender, porrect; femora and tibize slightly pilose above; fore tibia short, thick, and armed with two terminal black spines; antennee filiform. Type C. lanceolata. CuRUBASA LANCEOLATA. Alaria lanceolata, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiu. p. 767 (1868). Fore wing pale silky-yellow, with a purplish-pink costal band which extends halfway across and through the cell to below the apex; a similar band above the posterior border: hind wing whitish ; thorax, head, palpi, and legs above purplish pink; terminal spines on fore tibia black ; abdomen yellow. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Nilgiris (S. India). In coll. British Museum and F. Moore. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 367 CURUBASA CRUENTATA, N. sp. Male and Female. Fore wing pale silky yellow, with a purplish- pink costal band extending only to the subcostal vein, a similar but broader and darker band along the posterior margin ; cilia yellow, edged with pale pink: hind wing paler yellow. Thorax and front of head ochreous-brown; abdomen yellow; palpi and legs above reddish ochreous; terminal spines on fore tibia black. Expanse, ¢1, 9 12 inch. Hab. N.W. India; Noashera, Cashmir. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. CuRUBASA CALAMARIA, 0. Sp. Male. Very pale straw-yellow; fore wing with a very indistinct longitudinal roseate streak through the median vein. Underside as above ; basal and discal areas, including the costa of fore wing, greyish brown. Thorax, front of head, palpi, and legs above brownish ochreous ; spines on fore tibia black. Expanse ;8; inch. ; Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore. CuRUBASA MARGINATA, N. Sp. Male. Somewhat paler than C. calamaria. Fore wing with an ochreous-grey band along posterior margin: hind wing with the basal area slightly greyish brown. Underside of fore wing with the basal and discal areas greyish brown, costal border pale yellow. Front of head, palpi, and legs above purplish grey ; fore tibial claws black. Expanse | inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. ADISURA, N. g. Fore wing comparatively short and broad, triangular, costa nearly straight, apex very acute, exterior margin oblique and even, posterior margin short ; first subcostal branch emitted from half length of the cell, second near the end, trifurcate, the third and fourth at equal distances from base of second, fifth curved upward from end of the cell and touching the third close to its base; discocellular concave, slightly bent near its lower end; upper radial from end of the cell, lower from angle of discocellular ; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from the end, lower at some distance before its end. Hind wing triangular, rather broad and short; costa nearly straight, exterior margin convex and much waved, abdominal margin short; two subcostal branches emitted from end of the cell; discocellular very slender, slightly concave ; radial extremely slender, emitted from middle of discocellular; two upper median branches from slightly beyond end of the cell, lower from one third before its end. Body short, stout; palpi stout, laxly squamose, apical joint thick, short; legs laxly pilose ; antennze minutely pectinated in male. s Type A. atkinsoni. : 368 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, ADISURA ATKINSONI, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 6.) Male and Female. Fore wing pale purplish brownish-ochreous, with a suffused paler fascia from base through the cell to the apex ; indistinctly speckled with minute black scales, which are most apparent on the costal border ; a curved discal transverse recurved series of minute black points, which are less distinct in the male: hind wing pale ochreous-yellow, with a slight purplish-brown sub- marginal fascia; median and submedian veins lined with darker brown scales. Underside of both wings uniformly pale ochreous, with a few brown speckles along the costal border. Thorax brownish ochreous ; pectus, palpi at the side, and legs brighter ochreous, fore and middle femora with a brown streak ; abdomen above brown- speckled. Expanse, ¢ 15%, 2 15% inch. Hab, Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. ADISURA LEUCANIOIDES, 0. sp. Male and Female. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, greyish along the costal border ; minutely brown-speckled, which gives it the appearance of a fascia along the costa and from below the apex to posterior margin ; some indistinct brown spots within the cell, and a transverse recurved row of minute indistinct black points; cilia brownish, edged with white: hind wing whitish ochreous at base, ochreous externally, and with a distinct continuous marginal suffused brown band ; cilia ochreous-white. Body, palpi, and Iegs ochreous ; thorax greyish. Underside pale ochreous: fore wing with a discal dusky band and discocellular spot. Expanse 1,2; inch. Hab. Kutch (Western India). In coll. I’. Moore. ADISURA MARGINALIS. Anthophila marginalis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 830 (1857). Male and Female. Pale gamboge-yellow: fore wing with a pale pink band along the costa and a similar band above the posterior margin; extreme edge of the costa yellow; cilia pale pink, edged with white: hind wing paler yellow at the base, with a slight ochreous outer border ; cilia edged with white. Expanse, ¢ +4, 2 1 inch. Hab. Calcutta. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. ADISURA DELICIA. Heliothis delicia, Felder and Rogenh. Nov. Voy. iv. pl. 108. f. 40 (1872). Hab, Bangkok ; Amboina (Felder). ADISURA DULCIs, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 20.) Male and Female. Fore wing golden yellow, with a prominent purplish-pink band along the costal, exterior, and posterior margins ; 1881. | NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 369 cilia entirely pink: hind wing pale yellow, with a distinct dusky- brown marginal band ; cilia yellowish white. Underside pale yellow ; fore wing with the veins broadly suffused with dusky black, and a blackish discal fascia. Body pale brownish ochreous; thorax, palpi, and legs above ochreous-brown. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. ADISURA PALLIDA, N. Sp. Male. Fore wing pale purplish ochreous-grey, with the costal edge and longitudinal streaks extending to outer margin very pale ochreous- brown ; a few minute black speckles on costal and posterior borders ; a curved discal transverse row of minute black points; cilia edged with white: hind wing ochreous-white, with an indistinct pale-brown median submarginal fascia. Underside ochreous-white. Thorax and head ochreous-grey ; palpi at the side, and legs above, ochreous- brown. Expanse 1,1; inch. Hab. Ceylon. Tn coll. F. M. Mackwood. Nearest allied to A. leucanioides. ADISURA SIMILIS, 0. sp. Allied to A. marginalis. Differs from it in being of a pale ochreous yellow; the fore wing with similar marginal bands and cilia, but with the disk crossed by an indistinct recurved row of brown speckles, some speckles also being present towards the base of hind margin: hind wing whitish at the base: Expanse, ¢ 2 43 inch. Hab, Caleutta. In coll. F, Moore and Dr. Staudinger. Fam, ANTHOPHILID2. Genus Hypretia, Guén. HyDRELIA CONJUGATA, 0. sp. Male and Female. Fore wing dark umber-brown ; costal border pale ochreous-brown, with darker streaks between the costal and subcostal veins ; a white-bordered, brown elongated outwardly-oblique orbicular mark, which is confluent hindward with a similar upright reniform mark, an oblique pale streak below the cell in a line with the orbicular mark; these, markings indistinct in the female: hind wing ochreous-brown ; thorax, palpi, and legs above brown- speckled. Expanse 1,4, inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Genus TuHatrocuares, Lederer. Micra’, Guénée, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. p. 224 (1841). THALPOCHARES PARVULA, 0. sp. Near to the European 7. parva, but of smaller size. White; 1 Previously used in Diptera, 370 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1, fore wing with a straight transverse dark ochreous-brown median band, a recurved discal white line, the outer margin clouded with ochreous brown, a black dot before the apex: hind wing white. Body, palpi, and legs white; second joint of palpi with a pale ochreous band. Expanse 5; inch. Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore. THALPOCHARES ALBIDA, 0. Sp. White : fore wing with a very pale slender ochreous-brown median transverse oblique band, and an interrupted submarginal similar band: hind wing white, with a very faint pale ochreous margin. Expanse ;°; inch, Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore. THALPOCHARES ROSEANA, 0. Sp. Micra roseana, V. M. d. R. MS. Male and Female. Ochreous-white: fore wing with a very oblique median transverse greenish ochreous-brown band, and a_ broadly recurved transverse discal whitish line, the interspace being bright purple-red ; outer margin greenish ochreous-brown, with a minute indistinct apical and posterior black dot: hind wing with greenish ochreous-brown outer margin. Body, palpi, and legs white ; second joint of palpi and fore legs above ochreous. Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 7% inch. Hab. Bombay (Dr Leith). In coll. F. Moore. Slightly smaller in size than the allied 7’. rivwla, the oblique trans- verse fascia and line being more oblique. It has also been taken at Dharmsala by Rev. J. H. Hocking. THALPOCHARES TRIFASCIATA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 21.) White : fore wing with two oblique transverse narrow basal bands, and a broad outer lilac-grey band, each thickly studded with ochreous- brown scales ; a slight apical red patch bordered by a few black dots, which continue hindward indistinctly to the angle: hind wing thickly studded with ochreous-brown scales on posterior area. Body brown- scaled; fore tarsi with brown bands. Expanse 58; inch. Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. JHALPOCHARES QUADRILINEATA, un. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 14.) Fore wing pale ochreous, irrorated with minute brown scales, these scales darkest along inner border of four transverse equidistant pale lines, and also on the costa before the apex, the basal line very indis- tinct ; a white streak from the apex followed by a recurved row of indistinct black speckles ; outer border bright ochreous: hind wing ochreous-white, with ochreous marginal line. Body, palpi, and legs above ochreous. Expanse 58; inch. Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr, Staudinger. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 371 ‘THALPOCHARES DIVISA, N. sp. Male and Female. Yellow: fore wing with a broad outer dark ochreous band occupying half the wing, the inner border of the band formed by a delicate black line, broadly suffused outwardly across the disk with ochreous-red, the exterior margin of the wing also ochreous-red and traversed by a narrow white line, on which are a few minute black dots; two indistinct black dots also at end of the cell: hind wing with a slight ochreous outer margin. Expanse 2 inch. Hab. Allahabad (Hellard); Calcutta (Grote); Ceylon (Mack- wood). In coll. F. Moore. THALPOCHARES BIFASCIATA, Ni. Sp, White: fore wing with a broad transverse median band and the outer margin clear golden-yellow, the inner border of the latter deeply waved: hind wing and body white. Expanse 53; inch. Hab. Allahabad, Punjab, N.W. India (Hellard). In coll. F. Moore. THALPOCHARES FLAVIDA, 0. Sp. Fore wing pale ochreous-yellow, crossed by two median indistinct narrow red lines: hind wing pale ochreous-red ; cilia ochreous- white. Body, palpi, and legs above pale ochreous. Expanse +5 inch. Hab. Allahabad, Punjab, N.W. India (Hellard). In coll. F. Moore. Genus Leprosta, Guén. LEPTOSIA QUINARIA, 0. sp. Male and Female. Brownish grey: fore wing with a basal and three equidistant median transverse waved pale-bordered brown bands, each broadest and darkest at the costal end; an outer transverse sinuous pale-bordered black line: hind wing cinereous along the costal border, brown-speckled on posterior half, with short trans- verse pale sinuous bands. Body, palpi, and legs brownish grey. Expanse +9 inch. Hab. Allahabad, Manpuri, N.W. India. In coll. F. Moore. Genus AcantHo.iPEs, Lederer. Acantholipes, Lederer, Die Noct. Europa’s, p. 198 (1857). Docela, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiv. p. 1258 (1865). Microphysa (part), Boisduyal. ACANTHOLIPES FLAVISIGNA, N. Sp. Female. Ochreous-grey: fore wing with a transverse oblique median brown fascia which is narrow at the costal end, and has a deeply-waved outer border; a discal transverse, curved, oblique narrow ochreous line, with outer irregular zigzag brown border; a 372 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1, pale ochreous discocellular lunule: hind wing with a transverse median brown fascia, joined by a discal ochreous band, with outer marginal broad brown band. Body, palpi, and legs above ochreous, speckled with brown. Expanse | inch. Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore. Allied to A. vetustalis (Docela vetustalis), Walk. l. ec. p. 1258. ACANTHOLIPES NIGRISIGNA, Nn. Sp. Female. Grey : fore wing with a dark-brown median oblique fascia, the outer border of which is almost straight ; the discal ochreous line evenly curved, with dark-brown outer irregular border ; discocellular lunule black : hind wing with median transverse brown fascia, ochreous discal line, and brown outer border. Body, palpi, and legs above greyish. Expanse 1 inch. Hab, Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore. ACANTHOLIPES HYPENOIDES, N. Sp. Male and Female. Upperside—fore wing greyish ochreous-brown, numerously covered with dark-brown speckles, with a transverse lower discal blackish-brown band, which is broadest in the female, bordered outwardly by a slender yellowish line indistinctly angled at its upper end and bent inward to the costa; a dark-brown waved fascia below the apex; the outer margin with a pale line below the apex, and some pale speckles at end of the costa: hind wing pale ochreous-brown. Underside pale ochreous-brown; both wings slightly speckled with darker brown along the costal border; hind wing with indistinct transverse brown-speckled line. Body, palpi, and legs above greyish brown. Expanse 5%, to 1 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Fam. ERASTRIIDH. Genus Erastria, Ochs. ERASTRIA PALLIDISCA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 14.) Male and Female. Smaller than £. albiorbis : fore wing paler fer- ruginous-brown, the transverse markings smaller, with the median area brownish white and irregularly speckled hindward ; the orbi- cular and reniform spots indistinct, smaller, and of the same colour as the discal area. Expanse | inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. ERASTRIA MARGINATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 21.) Fore wing dark greyish ferruginous-brown, with a broad pale fer- ruginous band along the hind margin, and extending two thirds up the outer margin, where it is slightly whitish and black-streaked ; an indistinct whitish discal transverse sinucus line; orbicular and 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 373 reniform spots indistinct: hind wing cinereous-brown. Thorax pale ferruginous ; palpi and legs dark ferruginous-brown, with pale bands. Expanse 152; inch. Hab. Darjilng. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Genus Puoruepes, Lederer. PHOTHEDES BIPARS, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 7.) Allied to the European P. captiuncula, Zeller. Fore wing with the basal half dark brown, enclosing a white-lined narrow reniform spot ; outer half pale brown, the margin and cilia speckled with dark brown: hind wing and abdomen pale brown. Thorax and fore legs above dark brown; collar, front of head, and palpi greyish brown, Expanse 5%; inch. Had, Cherra Punji, Assam.- In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Genus Banx1A, Guén. BaANKIA ANGULIFERA, 0. Sp. _ Fore wing very pale dull purplish ochreous, with two median transverse inwardly oblique slender pale lines, the outer line bent inward near the upper end to costa; a very indistinct submarginal series of minute brown dots: hind wing very pale purplish cinereous. Body pale brownish ochreous; palpi and fore legs above ochreous- brown, with pale tarsal bands. Expanse ;°; inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. BANKIA LATIVITTA, 0. Sp. Fore wing pale ochreous-brown ; basal third very obliquely white, the border defined by an irregular slender brown line; an oblique discal white band extending from posterior angle to the costa, and enclosing two black discocellular dots, the costal end projecting obliquely outward, and again indistinctly merging in the band on the disk; an oblique dark-brown speckled fascia from the apex ; cilia blackish: hind wing cinereous-brown. Thorax white ; abdomen cinereous, brown-speckled. Expanse 55, inch. Hab. Nilgiris, 8. India. In coll. F. Moore. BANKIA ERECTA, 0. sp. Fore wing whitish, with an erect median transverse narrow ochreous or dark olive-brown band, with black inner border ; a similar-coloured fascia from the apex, leaving a curved white space before the anterior end of the band, and a fascia along exterior margin; a black dot at base of the costa and two at end of the cell, the upper one being indistinct ; some speckles at the exterior apex and the cilia blackish : hind wing pale cinereous. Body whitish. Expanse +%, inch. Hab. Nilgiris, 8. India. In coll. F. Moore. 374 MR. Fs MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, Fam. ERIopPip#. MerTHORASA, 0. g. Allied to Callopistria. Fore wing less acuminate, exterior margin less oblique and more even; first subcostal branch and the lower median comparatively nearer end of the cell. Hind wing more convex externally ; cell broader; discocellular more erect. Thorax more compactly clothed; palpi smaller, second joint of uniform lateral width, third joint very short and thick; antennz in male of normal form, and more minutely bipectinate ; legs less pilose. Type M. latreiller. METHORASA LATREILLEI. Eriopus latreillet, Duponchel, Lep. Suppl. iv. p. 327, pl. 123. f. 2; Guén. Noct. ii. p. 296. Callopistria latreillei, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 862. Eriopus quieta, Treit. Schmett. iil. p. 259, Suppl. p. 49. Hab. C. and S. Europe, N.W. India (Solun, Dharmsala). There appear to be two forms (which are perhaps seasonal) of this species in N.W. India. Some specimens of both sexes are com- paratively smaller, distinctly paler above, and with all the markings, including the sagittate mark near the apex, white; the underside also is much paler in colour. CoTANDA, 0. g. Fore wing elongated, narrow; costa almost straight, apex acute, exterior margin angled in the middle, posterior margin recurved ; costal vein extending two thirds the margin; first subcostal branch emitted at half length before end of the cell, second at one fourth, trifurcate, the third at one fourth from base of second, fourth at one third from base of third, fifth from end of the cell and touching the third near its base ; discocellular bent near each end, slightly concave in the middle, the radials from the angles; upper median branch from oblique angle at end of the cell, middle branch from angle before the end, lower at one third before the end; submedian curved downward and extending near the posterior margin. Hind wing with the costal margin long, straight, apex convex, exterior margin waved, abdominal margin short ; costal vein slightly recurved, extending to apex; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; discocellular slightly bent near lower end, radial from the angle; two upper median branches from end of the cell, lower at one third before its end; submedian and internal vein straight. Body moderately stout, abdomen extending beyond hind wing ; palpi broad laterally, slightly ascending, second joint laxly squamose, extending two thirds its length beyond the head, third joint short ; legs long, femur slightly pilose beneath, tibia laxly squamose ; antennz filiform. CoTaANDA PLACODOIDES. / Eriopus placodoides, Guénee, Noct. ii. p. 296. Hab. Java; S. and N. India. 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 375 PHALGA, n. g. Fore wing—costa almost straight ; apex pointed ; exterior margin oblique and scalloped, angular in the middle ; first subcostal branch emitted at one third before end of the cell, second at one sixth before its end, third at one eighth from below base of second, fourth at three fourths from third, fifth from end of the cell, bent obliquely upward and slightly touching third near its base; discocellular extremely slender, slightly bent at each end, convex in the middle, radials from upper and lower angles; upper median branch emitted from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from its end, lower at nearly one half before its end; submedian recurving from the base. Hind wing narrow; exterior margin convex, slightly scalloped ; abdominal margin short; costal vein extending to apex, two sub- costal branches emitted from end of the cell; discocellular extremely slender, radial from its lower end; cell very short; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from its end, lower at one third before the end; submedian and internal vein recurved. Body moderate, abdomen laterally tufted; palpi ascend- ing, not extending above the head, second joint stout, third slender ; fore tibia laxly tufted; antennee filiform. Allied to Lineopalpa, Guénée. PHALGA sINvosA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 7.) Fore wing pale dull brownish ochreous, with a very indistinct black- speckled-bordered, pale, zigzag subbasal transverse line, a more dis- tinct black treble discal acute-angled zigzag line, a submarginal single line, and less distinct marginal lunular line; a pale yellowish reniform mark : hind wing ochreous-brown ; cilia brownish ochreous ; a slender black marginal lunular line and streaks above anal angle. Body brownish ochreous; thorax, palpi, and fore legs ochreous- brown, Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Fam. EurHIPID&. Genus Evtreria, Hibner. EvTELIA SICCIFOLIA, 0. sp. Greenish ochreous, numerously covered with short indistinct dusky strigee: fore wing crossed by five or six irregular waved indistinct blackish lines and an oblique subapical line, the costal border clouded with brown, the edge at the apex black-speckled : hind wing suffused with purplish brown on exterior border, with irregular transverse indistinct blackish lines; a slender semidia- phanous-white discocellular streak. Front of thorax, head, palpi at the side and in front, black ; legs above black. Expanse 1,1, inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Allied to £. viridatriz. 376 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1, Genus Varna, Walker. VARNIA FENESTRATA, 0. Sp. Deep dull chocolate-red, washed with chalybeate-grey, marked with very indistinct blackish confluent strigze ; fore wing with trans- verse very indistinct black lines, those on the basal half waved, the discal and subapical line being oblique, straight, and joined together on the costa, the interdiscal space bordering these two lines brighter red; some pale yellow spots on the costal edge: hind wing with a large, irregular, quadrate semidiaphanous white discocellular spot, and some contiguous pale yellow streaks. Body with red dorsal streaks; palpi black laterally. Expanse 1,3; inch. Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Fam. Puusip#. Genus Evcwatcra, Hubner. EUCHALCIA CASHMIRENSIS, 0. sp. Fore wing brownish olive-green, with a transverse olive-white basal line, an antemedian line curving below the cell, an undulated post- median line, and two submarginal lines; orbicular and reniform marks formed by a similar olive-white line ; the outer border of the pale lines tinged with cupreous-brown: hind wing pale purplish brown; cilia ochreous. Thorax brownish olive ; abdomen ochreous, dorsal tufts bright ochreous; palpi and legs pale ochreous ; tarsi and antenne brighter ochreous. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Sind valley, Cashmir. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. Allied to #. uralensis and E. modesta. Fam. CaLprpa. CuULASTA, n. g. Fore wing elongate ; costa nearly straight ; apex acute; exterior margin convex towards the posterior angle, posterior margin very convex near the base; first subcostal branch emitted at nearly one half before end of the cell, second at one fifth, third from near base of second, and fourth from near the apex; fifth from end of the cell, ascending to, but not touching, the third near its base ; discocellular bent near each end, concave and very slender in the middle, radials from the angles; cell long, extending more than half length of the wing; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from its end, lower at one third before the end ; submedian recurved. Hind wing somewhat short and broad, exterior margin waved, convex; costal vein nearly straight ; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; discocellular bent inward in the middle, radial from its lower end; cell broad, short; two upper median branches emitted from angle at end of the cell, lower at one fourth before its end; submedian and internal vein slightly curved. Body stout, 1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 377 head flat above; palpi large, thick, pointed at the tip, ascending to the vertex and then projecting out in front; legs moderately long, laxly squamose ; antenne filiform. CULASTA INDECISA, 0. sp. Fore wing pale greyish ochreous, greyest externally, with an indistinct oblique grey streak ascending from middle of posterior margin to below the apex, the streak bordered on the inner side by a contiguous brown line, which is broken and diffused at the apex, and on the outer side by broader suffused brown lines; a minute brown dot at lower end of the cell, and a row of dots on outer margin: hind wing whitish ochreous; cilia white. Body, palpi, and legs pale ochreous. Expanse 1] 3 inch. Hab. Madras; Bombay (Dr. Leith) ; Benares (Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore and Dr, Staudinger. Fam. Hysua1p. Genus PHycoDEs. Phycodes, Guénée, Noct. xi. p. 389 (1852). Tegna, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. p. 1810 (1866). Wings elongated: fore wing narrow, rectangular ; exterior margin almost erect; costal vein extending two thirds the margin; first subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell, second at one fifth, third, fourth, and fifth from end of the cell; discocellular very slender, slightly bent at each end, radials from the angles ; cell very long and narrow, extending two thirds the wing; upper and middle median branches from angles at end of the cell, lower from one fifth before the end; submedian much waved. Hind wing long, costal margin extending to length of fore wing, exterior margin very oblique, abdominal margin short ; costal vein nearly straight, extending to apex; subcostal waved, first and second branches emitted from immediately before end of the cell; discocellular slightly oblique and convex, radial from slight angle near its middle ; two upper median branches emitted at a short distance beyond end of the cell, lower at one third before its end; submedian straight, internal vein curved. Body short, stout, smooth, abdomen thick ; front of thorax and head projecting much beyond base of costa ; palpi short, not extending beyond the head, second joint very broad and flat, third joint minute, conical; legs smooth, short; middle and hind tibize short, thick, spined and with slight spiny tufts above ; antenne thickened near the base, tips slightly clavate in male. PHYCODES HIRUNDINICORNIS. Phycodes hirundinicornis, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 389 (1852). Tegna hybleella, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. p. 1810 (1866). Hab. N. and S. India (Lucknow, Calcutta, Madras, Bombay). Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXV. 25 378 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1, PHYCODES TORTRICINA, N. Sp. Fore wing dark cupreous-brown, with a blackish patch on posterior margin towards the base, an indistinct blackish patch on the discal area: hind wing darker, with less-defined yellow basal streak than in P. hirundinicornis. Underside more uniformly coloured, no yellowish streaks on the discal areas. Expanse +4 inch. Hab. Canara, S. India (Ward). In coll. F. Moore. PHYCODES QUIRIS. Atychia quiris, Felder and Rogenh. Novara Voy. iv. pl. 189. f. 36 (1875). Hab. 8. Africa (Trimen). PHYCODES MINOR, 0. sp. Fore wing cupreous-grey, with a slender cupreous-brown median transverse band: hind wing greyish cupreous; cilia white. Under- side uniformly brown. Body cupreous-grey ; second joint of palpi white, third jomt black; legs cupreous-brown above, femora be- neath and bands above white. Expanse 58, inch. — Hab. N.W. India; Caragola, Bengal (Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. PHYCODES MACULATA, 0. Sp. Fore wing cupreous-black, very indistinctly speckled with minute grey scales, with several golden-yellow spots on the basal and median areas, and longitudinal streaks on the exterior border: hind wing with a pale’yellow linear streak from the base, a slender streak above the anal angle, and three spots on the upper part of the disk ; cilia pale cinereous-yellow. Body cupreous-black, abdomen with slight yellow segmental bands ; palpi black above, pure white at the side ; legs black, femora golden yellow beneath, tarsi with yellow bands ; antennee black. Expanse 15}, inch. Hab, Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. Tribe PyraLeEs. AGASTYA, 0. g. Fore wing very short, broad ; costal margin very convex at the base in male, slightly arched in female ; apex acute ; exterior margin slightly oblique ; first subcostal branch emitted at one half before end of the cell, second very close to the end, third from the end, bifid, the fourth thrown off near the apex, fifth from angle below end of the cell; discocellular outwardly oblique, bent near the upper and lower end, concave in the middle, radials from the angles ; upper median branch from end of the cell, middle branch from near its end, lower at one third before the end; cell broad, longest at its lower end; submedian straight. Hind wing very broad, short, apex 1881. ] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 379 hardly convex, exterior margin convex towards anal angle; costal vein thick at the base, concave in the middle, subcostal anastomosed to costal from its base to near end of the cell, and the first branch again anastomosed to it immediately beyond the cell to half its length, second branch emitted from end of the cell; discocellular extremely slender, very obliquely concave; cell short anteriorly, lengthened into an acute angle posteriorly, the radial and upper median branch being emitted together from its extreme angle ; middle median branch from immediately before the angle, lower at one fourth before the end ; submedian and internal veins straight. Body extending slightly beyond hind wing; thorax stout; palpi porrect, convergent at the tip, laterally broad, with a slight tuft projected upward from base of second joint, third joint minute, conical ; legs long, smooth, fore tibia slightly tufted beneath ; antenne minutely serrated in male. AGASTIA HYBLZOIDES, 0. sp. Male and Female. Fore wing cupreous-brown, with a purplish gloss ; a very indistinct darker discocellular patch and submarginal transverse fascia; a prominent pale yellow triangularly lobate spot on middle of posterior margin: hind wing blackish cupreous-brown, with an ochreous-yellow round discal spot and slight contiguous inner streak; cilia ochreous-yellow, alternated with black at the apex, middle, and anal angle. Body and palpi olivaceous-brown ; legs pale yellow; fore tibia with a slight brown terminal band. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. Darjiling, June (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore. AGASTYA FLAVOMACULATA, 0. sp. Similar to 4. hybleoides. Smaller in size: fore wing differs in having a small oval yellow spot situated between the median and submedian veins: hind wing paler at the base ; marked the same. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate XXXVII. . Thyatira decorata, n. sp., p. 328. . Palimpsestis alternata, n. sp., p. 331. cuprina, 0. sp., p. 331. Aletia distincta, n. sp. p. 339. . Hydrecia khasiana, n. sp., p. 342. Adisura atkinsoni 2, n. sp., p. 368, . Phalga sinuosa, n.sp., p. 375. . Leucania compta, n. sp., p. 336. albistigma, n. sp., p. 337. 10. —— albicosta, n. sp., p. 388. modesta, 0. 8p., Pp. 330. 12. Borolia fasciata, n.sp., p. 334. 13. Churia nigrisigna, n. sp., p. 360. Fig. COND OB OO LO 380 MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. (Mar. 1 Fig, 14. Erastria pallidisca, n.sp., p. 872 15. Leucania nainica, n. sp., p. 337. howra, 0. sp., p. 337. 17. —— dharma, n. sp., p. 338. 18. —— bistrigata, n. sp., p. 334. consimilis, Nn. sp., p. 330. 20. Adisura dulcis, n. sp., p. 368. 21. Erastria marginata, n. sp., p. 372. Prats XXXVITI, Fig. 1. Neuria simulata, n.sp., p. 343. 2. Apamea cuprina, n. sp., p. 345, 3. Graphiphora flavirena, n. sp., p. 352. 4. —— nigrosigna, n.sp., p- 352. 5. Hermonassa sinuata, un. sp., p. 353. 6. Megasema cinnamomea, u.sp., p. 352. 7. Phothedes bipars, nu. sp., p. 373. 8. Apamea mucronata, u.sp., p. 349. 9 strigidisca, n. sp., p. 346, nubila, v. 8p., p- 346. 11. Lattia monilis, n. sp., p. 348. cervind, n. sp., p. d48. 13. Acosmetia nebulosa, n. sp., p. 350. 14. Thalpochares quadrilineata, n. sp., p. 370. 15. Caradrina delecta, n. sp., p. 349. 16. Celena sikkimensis, n. sp., p. 348. 17. Hermonassa chalybeata, n. sp., p. 353. 18. ELuplexia distorta, n. sp., p. 854. 19. Cosmia hypenoides, n. sp., p. 304. 20. Dianthecia confluens, n. sp., p. 354. 21. Thalpochares trifasciata, n. sp., p. 870. 2. On Halicherus grypus and its Breeding on the Fro Islands off Throndhjems-fjord in Norway. By Rosert Cottett, C.M.Z.S. [Received January 28, 1881.] In Norway the Grey Seal (Halicherus grypus) is found along the entire coast-line as far north as Tromsd. Although it is beyond comparison the most common species of Seal after Phoca vitulina, it can hardly be called numerous; but here and there are special places of resort, where they collect together in the autumn for breeding-purposes. In the most northern parts of the country it is doubtless rare, although our knowledge of the Seals of those regions is very limited. It has, however, been observed at Tromsé (69° 30’) by Professor Lilljeborg ; but no reliable observations have been made as to its existence in Finmark proper, One of the principal breeding-places of this Seal is the Fro Islands, outside the Throndhjems-fjord, a group of small low-lying islands, stretching about 50 or 60 kilométres from south to north, at a distance of about 30 or 40 kilometres from the mainland. Besides eight inhabited islands, the group contains an innumerable Bist) F.C Moore del et ith. NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. ? P Z.S5.1881.P) XXXVI. F.C Moore delet ith NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 1881.] MR, R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. 381 number of islets, many of which are invisible at high tide and in calm weather; but during stormy weather, and when an onshore wind is blowing, the sea breaks on them with great fury, making this part of the sea one of the most perilous along the coast. Mr. F. Borthen, the sole proprietor of these islands, has with great readiness on several occasions given me full particulars con- cerning the stay of the Seals at this group. I have already on one or two occasions made known the more important details of these notes (the last time in 18761), without, however, having ex- amined the specimens themselves, on which account I erroneously referred them to Phoca barbata, the name under which the speci- mens from this locality, all of them in their blackish (not grey) dress, have hitherto been exhibited in our Norwegian museums. In December last year, after having examined a specimen that Mr. Borthen had kindly presented to the University’s Museum in Chris- tiania, I discovered that the species from the Fro Islands is Hali- cherus grypus, and not Phoca éarbata, a mistake which I have the greatest reason to regret®. I have carefully gone through the particulars received from Mr. Borthen with that gentleman, both verbally and in writing; and as they are in every respect quite re- liable, and on certain points more complete than any we have hitherto been acquainted with regarding any other kind of northern Seal, I give them here, together with observations made in sub- sequent years. A. Breeding-habits. The breeding of H. grypus takes place on the Fro Islands in the autumn. In the middle of September they begin to assemble rapidly from the south on the most northern of the Fro Islands in order to breed, especially about two miles south of the fishing-station Halton, the most northern point of the group. None appear to come from the north ; the coast in this direction being less provided with such sunken rocks and islets as these Seals are in the habit of resorting to. The next breeding-place to the north of the Fro Islands is probably on the outer side of the Vigten Islands, a long and pro- jecting group of islands on the border of Helgeland, about one degree further north. The number of Seals belonging to the Fro-Islands breeding-district 1 Lilljeborg, ‘Sveriges och Norges Ryggradsdjur” I. Daggdjuren, p. 701 (Upsala, 1874); Fogh, Liitken, Warming, ‘ Tidsskrift for populare Frem- stillinger af Naturvidenskaben,’ 5 R. 3 B. p. 14 (Kjobenhavn, 1876); Collett, ‘Bemerkninger til Norges Pattedyrfauna (Nyt Magazin for Naturviden- skaberne, 22 B. 1 & 2 H. p. 210, Christiania, 1876). 2 In a most exhaustive and excellent work, ‘History of North-American Pinnipeds’ (Washington, 1880), Dr. Allen has given a monograph of those species of the families Rosmaridx, Otariide, and Phocide which belong to the North-American fauna. In this work, in which Dr. Allen with great critical discernment has reviewed what was previously known through the observations of different naturalists, he has with good reason expressed some doubts whether I may not have confused the two above-mentioned species in the remarks which I haye made in my papers on the subject. 382 MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. [ Mar. I, (in which category must be reckoned all those existing from the Throndhjems-fjord to Christiansund, lat. 64°-63° N.) seareely ex- ceeds five or six hundred ; and of this number it is probably only the full-grown ones that frequent the islands in the breeding-season. The number of Seals was at one time much greater; but the perse- cutions they are subject to during the summer in the outlying districts, and especially on the islands along the Romsdal coast, has caused an apparent dimmution in the number of the breeders. The greater part give birth to their young in the last week of September, most usually on the 29th or 30th, or the Ist of October— some a few days earlier and some later, but never after the middle of October. The Seals probably begin to breed at the age of four years, or at the earliest three years, and give birth to only one young one annually. The young Seal at its birth is covered with a wool-like covering, which falls off after the lapse of a fortnight. The outermost islets and rocks are chosen for breeding-places, which are mostly rather small, though as a rule large enough not to be washed over by the waves. If the weather be stormy imme- diately preceding the time of giving birth, the female always chooses one of the larger rocks, and generally places her young one above the highest water-mark, and then takes up her position on the highest part of the rock. If, on the other hand, the weather be unusually fine, she is often tempted to place her young one on such a low-lying rock that, if the weather be stormy whilst it is still in a weak condition, it is often washed away and perishes. B. The First Stage of the Young. Whilst the navel-string yet remains the pup wears a yellowish- white coat, which, however, loses its colour in the course of the following days, and assumes about the same hue as the skin of the Polar Bear. After the lapse of from seven to ten days dark hairs begin to appear on the tips of the snout and feet; they are first apparent on the great toes of the fore feet. The colour afterwards increases in intensity ; and after the lapse of three weeks the young one has entirely lost its woolly hair. The colour of the new dress differs from that of the old Seals; but there is a great variety in its colour among different individuals. Some are light with large dark patches, others are almost wholly dark green, whilst others again are almost black, though the belly is almost always lighter in colour than the back. This variation of colour remains during a great part of the growth ; and it is only when they are fully grown that they become more uniform in this respect. The pups pass the first three weeks of their life on land, until they have shed their woolly coat, often on exactly the same spot where they have been born, and pass their time exclusively in receiving nourishment from the mother and in sleeping. During this period of their lives they are by no means s0 strictly confined to the dry place of rest as is the case with the Harp Seal, which, so far 1881.] MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. 383 as we know, never enters the water voluntarily in its woolly coating ; for, besides always finding a pleasure in wallowing in the small freshwater puddles on the rocks, they are often compelled, ‘‘ nolentes volentes,” to take to the water at this early stage of their existence. For instance, if a female be often disturbed by man during the days of breeding, the entire family keeps close to the water's edge, and the young ones in the yellowish skins, as well as the old ones, are often to be seen swimming about among the islets; and if the former have once become accustomed to enter the water at an early age, they do so voluntarily, and are often splashing about in the neighbourhood of their native rocks, especially at high tide, whereas they follow the example of the old ones in remaining on the rocks at low water. Heavy hailstorms also drive the pups very early to sea; and they do not like the thin sheets of ice which cover the small water-pools after a frosty night. The females suckle their pups on land, but do not remain with them long at atime. The suckling probably takes place during the night, as they are often heard to utter cries at that time, which they never do in the water. They are also seen regularly suckling their pups early in the morning. The milk is extremely rich and thick, and is quite white. As long as the young one retains its woolly coat and is allowed to remain undisturbed on its native island, it receives no other nourish- ment than the maternal milk. If it happen that bad weather or a heavy sea washes the new-born young one into the water, or if it be separated from the mother by other means, it nearly always dies, as it is unable to procure for itself the means of sustenance at that early period of life; but when they have attained the age of eight days they are able to stand the change of diet, even though they become extremely thin for a time. As a rule the young one can hardly support itself before the age of three weeks, although it can exist a long time without food, and it rarely dies before all the blubber with which it is coated has disappeared. In this manner young ones have been discovered in deep crevices, from which neither by their own exertions nor with the mother’s assistance have they been able to free themselves; and, to judge from various circum- stances, these young ones must have passed about a week and a half without food, although in order to maintain this fast they must have been in good condition beforehand. When the young ones first come into the world they have very little flesh and hardly any blubber; but they increase very rapidly (nearly two or three kilogrammes daily), although they receive no other nourishment than the maternal milk. When a young one attains the age of three weeks, or the size at which it becomes the object of chase, it nay contain from 20 to 30 kilogrammes of blubber, besides 12 to 18 kilogrammes of meat. Extremely fat specimens have been known to weigh 60 kilogrammes. But this rapid growth ceases as soon as the moulting process is completed, whereupon the parents leave it to support itself. 384 MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. [Mar. 1, At this point the young ones begin, as it were, a new stage of their existence. Before the moulting takes place they are very stupid and wanting in shyness, and seldom attempt to escape at the sight of human beings; but when they have been left to themselves, and have once taken to the water, they become quite as cautious as the old ones. It is the same with those young‘ ones which, as before mentioned, take to the water for different reasons; their presence of mind becomes more rapidly developed than in those which remain quietly on the rocks: although these can sometimes be approached very closely by boats, and even killed by the blow of an oar, they are, as a rule, extremely shy. As soon as the young one has been left to its own resources, and to look for its own subsistence, it decreases rapidly in weight, and during the course of the winter often loses all the blubber it has acquired during the first period of its existence. At the same time the rapid growth ceases ; so that in the spring it has only increased a trifle in length, and has hardly acquired any additional weight since the autumn. C. Copulation. Immediately after the birth of the young one, copulation of the sexes takes place. If the female does not come down into the water of her own accord, the male goes up on the rock and drives her down, as the copulation only takes place in the water, during which they take up the same position as dogs and other four-footed animals. The female, however, is never entirely submerged, the snout being constantly kept above water, as is also the case with the male’s head. Copulation apparently takes place several times. The Grey Seal lives in a regular state of polygamy, as the strongest male drives all the younger males away, and lives with several females. At the same time the number of females one of the stronger sex can gather together is seldom very considerable, sometimes only two, and very rarely above four or five. This, however, is very difficult to arrive at with any degree of certainty, as the animals are in a constant state of activity during the breeding-time, and both sexes swim about together withont passing much time on the land, as is the case with many other Seals. If a breeding-rock be so small that there is only room for two or three females, there is never more than one male to be found; but on larger rocks, where females and young lie beside one another, there are always several males to be seen, although never in such great numbers as the females. In the autumn of 1874 one of Mr. Borthen’s seal-hunters found six young Seals with their respective mothers on a rock with only one male; this, however, was an unusually large number. No mutual fidelity exists between the sexes; copulation seems to take place indiscriminately, whenever an opportunity presents itself for the male. Ifa single couple have settled down on a rock they may possibly be faithful to one another for a time, but only until a more powerful male presents himself and drives the other male away. Under such circumstances desperate fights ensue, of which 1881.] MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. 385 the lacerated skins of the animals give ample evidence. Sometimes great pieces of skin are torn off, especially on the neck and throat. These conflicts are so frequent that nearly all the older males bear scars from them, and it becomes difficult, when a specimen is required for museums &c., to find one perfectly uninjured. The female on her part appears to be just as eager to accomplish copulation as the male; and it has often been observed that a male is sometimes so hard pressed by several females desirous of copula- tion, that he is compelled to seek refuge on the rocks and take to the water on the other side in order to get away; this has been certified by many eye-witnesses. However, there is seldom any want of males, although it is nearly without exception from among these that the few full-grown Seals (killed together with the young ones) are shot. If a family in this manner happens to lose its chief, a new one soon makes its appearance. D. Mode of Capture. From the earliest times the pursuit of the young Seals on the Fro Islands has commenced on a certain day, namely the 17th or 18th of October. The young, which are at this date three weeks old and about to leave the islands, are then in their best condition. If stormy weather or other reasons shall have delayed the pursuit until over this period, many young ones are found to have already taken to the sea, and are then difficult to catch, as they have become quite as shy and wary as the old ones. Such young ones as are found to be too small at the catching-time, and are consequently of less value, are left undisturbed ; and they are often to be found at a later period on the same spot. The young ones are killed by a blow on the snout with a wooden club about two feet in length; the full-grown ones are shot: but these, as a rule, are spared; and such is always the case with the females; the young ones which are estimated to have less than 12 kilogrammes of blubber on them also escape. The flesh and blubber of the young ones is eaten salted by the fishermen, and is said to taste tolerably well, as the young ones only subsist on the milk of the mother. Although the capture is dependent on the state of the weather, the annual take always amounts to between 50 and 70 young ones. Some years (e.g. 1880) only half the usual produce is realized, stormy weather preventing approach to the most frequented places of resort. At the utmost there are not born more than 100 Seals annually at the breeding-places on the Fro Islands. It is useless to shoot the larger Seals in the water, as they generally sink instantaneously ; they must either be shot on the rocks, or, as is generally the case, in shallow water, whence they can afterwards be taken up. The young ones always float when killed, except when they are very lean’. * At Melé and Treenen, in Nordland, where the capture of Seals is also carried on during the breeding-time in the autumn, the sealers are accustomed to steal on the animals whilst asleep and deal them a stunning blow with a 386 MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. [ Mar. 1, E. General Remarks. A full-grown male Grey Seal weighs from 250 to 290 kilogrammes, and contaims blubber of the weight of 70 or 80 kilogrammes, a few extremely large ones perhaps reaching 100 kilogrammes. The females weigh from 180 to 250 kilogrammes; as a rule about 220. During the pairing-time the males lose from 50 to 70 kilogrammes. The female, the blubber of which, so to speak, is transferred through the milk to the pups, loses somewhat less, or from 30 to 50 kilo- grammes. They do not regain their good condition before the summer, when they rapidly begin to fatten, and in the beginning of August acquire their greatest fatness, at which time they are also most shy. As soon as the pairing-time is over, and the young ones have taken to the sea, they assemble in small herds and leave the breeding- places, and gather about the outermost rocks to pass the winter ; they never show themselves between the inmost islands. During the spring and early summer they lie together on certain rocks in such great numbers that the rocks are quite covered, and sometimes one sees the same rock covered for several daysrunning. During the summer they principally take to the rocks at. sunset, when the tide is falling, and remain there all night growling and crying, their numbers always increasing. At high tide the sea again washes them; but a few climb so high up that the sea cannot reach them, and these may often be observed lying over until the next high tide, perhaps longer. During the winter they are more seldom to be seen on shore than at other seasons, as the sea continuously breaks over the rocks where they repose. Smell is the most developed of their senses ; and it is of little use to endeavour to approach a Seal in the same direction as the wind blews. On the other hand, it has less reliance on its powers of sight whilst above the water, as its powers of vision are principally adapted for use under water. Seals are, on the whole, very shy and careful, especially when they notice that they are being followed. They very often, however, come close up to a boat and swim about, regarding every thing with great curiosity. During the pairing-time, and also at other periods, the males may be drawn near by mimicking their cry. They sleep both on the land and in the sea, in the latter only when there is a feeling of insecurity. During sleep the Seal holds the upper part of its head above the surface of the water. It never makes any show of resistance when it can escape, and never defends its young. With its long extremities it can move itself ver rapidly, in spite of its clumsy build, and better than the other northern Seals. In case of danger, when the locality does not pre- sent too many obstacles, it ean get away so rapidly that considerable club-like stick on the naked row of teeth (the upper lip being generally drawn up whilst asleep), and then to stick them with a knife. Guns are only used in case of need, so as not to disturb the others. 1881.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON RHIPIDURA PREISSI. 387 exertions are necessary to catch it, although its movements are in themselves extremely clumsy. F. Food. The food of the Seals on the Fro Islands seems to be principally fish ; Halibut (Hippoglossus vulgaris) appears to be a delicacy to them. As a proof that they fetch their food from a considerable depth, it is related that a few years ago a young one was found caught by one of the hooks of a fishing-line that was placed at a depth of between 70 and 80 fathoms on the outer side of one of the islands. Grey Seals have several times been seen to come up to the surface with Lings (Molva vulgaris), and other deep-water fishes in their mouths, such fishes being seldom or never found at a less depth than between 60 and 70 fathoms. There has never been any success with attempts made to rear young Grey Seals in confinement, although it has been tried several times on the Fro Islands. 3. A Note on Rhipidura preissi, Cab. By R. Bowptur ‘Suarre, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant, Depart- ment of Zoology, British Museum. [Received February 23, 1881.] ‘ When I wrote the fourth volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Birds’ I was unable to say any thing about the Fantail Flycatcher of Western Australia (Rhipidura preissi), as no specimen existed at that time in any English collection, nor had it been figured by Gould in his Supplement to the ‘ Birds of Australia.’ In fact, since it was de- scribed in 1850 by Dr. Cabanis, I believe that nothing whatever has been written concerning the species. I was pleased, therefore, on visiting Birmingham last November, to find an interesting collec- tion of birds in that town in the possession of Mr. Walter Chamber- lain, who obtained all his specimens himself during his travels in the Australian and Indian regions. Amongst other rarities, he had an example of Rhipidura preissi, shot in King George’s Sound in Western Australia; and he very kindly responded to my request to lend me the specimen. I find that, as stated by Dr. Cabanis, the species is very closely allied to R. albiscapa, but is more slaty brown, and differs in the grey spot on the throat, which is much lighter than in R. pedzeini, with which species I at one time supposed it might be identical. It seems to me to be a good species, if indeed any of these white- - shafted Fantails are really worthy of specitic rank; I think that they are rather races of one species, varying with locality. The following is a description of Mr. Chamberlain’s specimen :— 388 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON RHIPIDURA PREISSI. [ Mar. 1, RHIPIDURA PREISSI. Rhipidura preissi, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 57 (1850) ; Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 240 (1865); Gray, Hand-l. B. i. p. 331, no. 4972 (1869) ; Ramsay, Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ii. p. 182 (1878) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 310, note (1879). Adult. General colour above slaty brown, the head scarcely darker than the back ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater series rather browner, and tipped with white like the median series, so as to form a double wing-bar ; primary-coverts and quills brown, the inner secondaries externally bordered with white; tail-feathers brown, the two centre ones black-shafted, the others with white shafts and tipped with white, which extends down the inner web from the tip, increasing in extent towards the outermost, which has the outer web entirely white ; lores, sides of face, and ear-coverts blackish, with a faint indication of a whitish streak over the fore part of the eye ; throat whitish ; remainder of under surface light ochraceous buff, becoming dull white on the under tail-coverts ; the sides of the breast and the lower throat and fore neck ashy grey, the latter streaked with the same colour as the breast ; under wing-coverts white, dusky internally ; quills dusky brown below, lighter along the edge of the inner web. Total-length 5:4 inches, culmen 0°3, wing 2°7, tail 3°25, tarsus 0°65. On looking over my ‘‘ Key to the Species” of these white-shafted Fantails, I am not quite satisfied with their arrangement, and would modify the characters given on pp. 303 and 304 of the Catalogue, as follows :— a. Three or more outer tail-feathers with entirely white or creamy-white shafts. ; a'. Guan tail-feathers with white shafts like the others......... {5 abelia are b'. Two centre tail-feathers with brown shafts, the rest with ba white ones. a". Breast not scaly, 2. e. not mottled with dark centres to the feathers, but uniform ochraceous buff; throat white, with a patch of black or dull grey on the lower portion. a . Outer web of external tail-feathers pure white for its whole extent. Pee We Uhroap-pauch black | adspuneapsacmaseonsterras cine dereebasedes fete: oh ; 6*, Throat-patch grey, the fore neck also grey, streaked with ochraceous buff like the rest of the under sur- PEC cichrasiga vse taeceice skece mec aire mmeiees amelie tact eet epi preissi. b'", Outer web of external tail-feathers dull white, brownish dowardetibe tip! Mi cdsscceccacesseteseessamesiciasecshcassiesa sas pelzelni. e'’”, Outer web of external tail-feathers smoky brown, as also the tips to all the tail-feathers............:..:eseeenes brenchleyi. 1881. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ERINACEIDE. 389 4. Notes on the Anatomy of the Erinaceide. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., &c. [Received February 21, 1881.] In entering upon the study of the Insectivora’, the species of the family Erinaceidee recommend themselves as the primary objects for examination, not only on account of their comparatively large size, but also by their remarkably central position with respect to the other species of the Order. Experience in dealing with the natural history of another mam- malian order, the Chiroptera, has specially impressed upon the writer the great importance of investigating, as far as possible, the internal structure of the leading forms before attempting to classify the species according to their natural affinities. He therefore pur- poses, in treating of the natural history of each family of Insectivora, to preface the systematic part of the work with an account of the anatomy of the principal species’. The family Erinaceidee comprises two genera only, Gymnura and Erinaceus: the latter is represented by several species, inhabiting chiefly the temperate and subtropical parts of the Palearctic, Ethiopian, and Oriental regions; the former by a single species, which is apparently limited to the Indo-Malayan subregion. With the exception of a few scattered notices, all imperfect and many incorrect, and referring only to the common European Hedge- hog, no account has hitherto been published of the anatomy of the species of this family. The genus Gymnura is represented by a single species, G. rafflesii, inhabiting Southern Burma, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo, hitherto known only from a few more or less imperfect skeletons and some dried skins. Lately, however, a very perfect skeleton has been added to the collection of the British Museum; and Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., has placed in the writer’s hands for examination a specimen of an adult female*, well preserved in alcohol, which was obtained by Mr. Davison at Bankastin, in Southern Tenas- serim. 1 The following notes on the anatomy of the species of the family Erinaceidxs are extracted from the MS. of the first part of a Systematic and Anatomical Treatise on the Order Insectiyora, which the writer is about to publish as a separate work. ? For the material which has formed the basis of this paper the especial thanks of the writer are due to Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., who placed his excellent collection of the species of Asiatic Erinaceide at his disposal; to Prof. W. H. Flower, F.R.S., Conservator of the Hunterian Museum; to Dr. Gimther, F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department of the British Museum ; and to Monsieur Fernand Lataste, President of the Zoological Society of France, who forwarded for examination the valuable specimens of Insectivora collected by him in Algeria. 3 Described in Mr. Blanford’s paper ‘On some Mammals from Tenasserim,” in Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xlvii. part ii. 1878, p. 150. 390 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [Mar. 1, The following points in the osteology of this very remarkable form are especially worthy of notice’ :— The vertebral column is made up of 7 cervical, 15 dorsal, 6 lumbar, 7 sacro-coccygeal, and 23 caudal vertebree. All the spinous processes, from the axis backwards to the last sacro-coccygeal vertebra, are well developed ; that of the axis is enormous, flattened laterally, and antero-posteriorly expanded ; the second dorsal spine is greatly elongated; the ten anterior dorsal spines are narrowed towards their extremities; the succeeding spines have their extre- mities progressively antero-posteriorly expanded and _ laterally flattened, merging into the shape of the lumbar spines, which are nearly as broad at their apices as at their bases. The four anterior cervical vertebree develop spines (hypapophyses) from the centre of the ventral surface of the body of each, that of the axis being most prominent ; the inferior lamelle of the transverse processes of the sixth cervical vertebra are enormously expanded antero-posteriorly, like the spine of the axis; inferior lamelle# are also developed in the fifth, fourth, and third cervical vertebra, but they are very much smaller. The first lumbar vertebra develops a small postero- externally directed transverse process; the remaining five vertebra have long antero-externally directed falciform transverse processes many times larger and quite differently shaped; these are succeeded by seven sacro-coccygeal vertebre, whereof the first two are arti- culated with the iliac bones. The first caudal vertebra is distin- guished, not only by the absence of spinous and articular processes, but also by the want of the chevron bones, which are attached to all the succeeding vertebrae except the terminal two or three: these bones are bifid, and consist of a pair of cylindrical splint-like bones attached by the middle, one on each side, to the infero-lateral surface of the body of each vertebra at its posterior margin, so that half of each bone projects horizontally backwards over the succeed- ing vertebra; the metapophyses and transverse processes of most of the caudal vertebree are well developed, and diminish in length progressively backwards. There are fifteen pairs of ribs; and the thorax is very capacious. Sternum narrow, not keeled; the mesosternum consists of five segments; the xiphisternum is remarkably long and spatulate, terminating in an expanded cartilage, and very like that in Sori- cidze. The pelvic opening is remarkably long and narrow, its width between the acetabula being but one ninth its long diameter; the symphysis pubis extremely weak, the conjoined rami of the pubis and ischium forming an angular projection, which merely touches the corresponding projection of the opposite side. Humerus well developed, with a supracondylar foramen and a large supratrochlear perforation. Carpus of seven bones, no os centrale; the scaphoid and lunar bones are evidently separate in the 1 In Mr. Mivart’s paper “‘ On the Osteology of the Insectivora” (Journ, Anat. Phys. i. pp. 281-312), owing to want of material, the author has touched but eursorily (with the exception of the skull) on the skeleton of this species. 1881. | ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDA. 391 young, but in old animals united, the line of union, however, re- maining distinct. The greater and lesser trochanters of the femur are very large ; and there is a strongly convex ridge immediately below the greater trochanter, representing a third trochanter. In the teeth the form of the crowns of the first and second molars is especially noticeable: each has five conical cusps—one at each angle, the inner pair nearly as large as the outer, the fifth near the centre of the tooth, connected by an oblique ridge with the bases of the antero- and postero-internal cusps, and separated from both the external cusps (in the unworn tooth) by a deep groove’ (fig. 1). Crown of first upper molar (right side) of Gymnura rafflesii. Several very interesting points are noticeable in the myology of this species. The panniculus carnosus is thin, and consists chiefly of two pairs of extensive muscles, lining the skin between the an- terior limbs and the base of the tail. These two, m. humero-dorsales and humero-abdominales, arise separately from the humerus behind the attachment of the great pectoral muscle, and, passing respec- tively backwards and upwards and backwards and downwards, soon become attached to and spread out over the internal surface of the integument covering the back and sides behind the scapule, and the sides and the abdomen behind the umbilicus; the dorsal pair are inserted into the upper surface and sides of the base of the tail, the abdominal into the under surface and sides of the same part. Added to these, other cutaneous muscles line the integument in front of the fore limbs. Of these the chief are the sterno-faciales, a broad muscular aponeurosis extending upwards on either side of the neck and head from a raphe occupying the centre line of the neck beneath, and connected posteriorly by two pairs of small oblique muscles with the sternum. The facial muscles are well developed. Zygomaticus major and minor arise from the root of the zygomatic arch; and above them a pair of similar but smaller muscles, the Jevatores ale nasi (inferior and superior) have their origin from the space between the root of 1 Tt is especially necessary to examine the crowns of unworn teeth to see the central fifth cusp and this groove separating it from the postero-external cusp ; for in most specimens the central cusp is found worn down, and its base as well as that of the postero-external cusp spread out so as to obliterate wholly or in part the intervening groove; the base of the central cusp then appears as a prolongation of the ridge which, as described above, unites it with the antero-internal cusp. 392 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. 1, the zygoma and the margin of the orbit. All four muscles form very long and slender tendons, which pass forward horizontally parallel to one another, to be inserted respectively into the upper lip, slightly in front of the first upper incisor, into the extremity of the nose below the nasal orifice, into the middle of the alee nasi, and into the extremity of the nose above the nasal orifice. Between the origins of the zygomaticus major and minor arises another muscle, the levator labii superioris et erector vibrissarum, which passes directly forwards between the tendons of these muscles, and terminates in a mass of muscular fibres which invest the bases of the remarkably long vibrissze which spring from the sides of the muzzle, and is also connected with the orbicularis oris beneath, The levator labii superioris proprius is well developed, arising from the maxillary bone above, and in front of the infraorbital foramen, forming a strong tendon, which, united over the extremity of the muzzle with the tendon of the corresponding muscle of the opposite side (as in Eguus), is inserted with it into the upper lip below the nasal orifices. The temporal muscle is remarkable for its great size and peculiar development. It arises by three heads, which are all inserted into the coronoid process :— I. From the greatly developed occipital crest and surface of the parietal bones, in the usual position of origin, inserted into the superior and anterior margin of the coronoid process. II. From the mastoid process, root and upper margin of the zygoma along its posterior two thirds, the fibres curve upwards, forwards, and downwards, forming a semicircular muscular mass above the zygoma on the side of the head, lying against the tem- poral muscle proper; inserted into the outer side of the coronoid process near its base. III. From the inner side of the posterior two thirds of the zygomatic arch a mass of muscular fibres arises, which, curving forwards, is inserted into the postero-external margin of the upper half of the coronoid process. We have thus a series of muscular structures having an exceed- ingly extended origin, and of great relative development, attached to the much-expanded coronoid process of the mandible, supplying the force needed to move such greatly extended jaws; for, probably, in no other mammal are these so much developed in comparison with the size of the animal. Not less remarkable in its development is the digastric. This muscle ‘arises normally; but at the point where the tendinous in- tersection occurs (nearly opposite the hyoid bone) it splits into two laminee: one, superficial and external, continues forward in the usual direction of the muscle; the other, transverse, is di- rected inwards, and slightly forwards, its posterior free tendinous margin being a direct continuation of the tendinous intersection of the muscle, which unites in the middle line in front of the hyoid bone with that of the corresponding muscle of the opposite side, forming a tendinous raphe, from which the united muscles are 1881.) ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDA. 393 continued forwards between the rami of the mandible, concealing the greater part of the mylo-hyoid muscles (which are very thin, and do not extend beyond the middle of the intermandibular space), and are inserted laterally (under cover of and united at their insertion with the superficial laminse, but extending anteriorly for a short. distance beyond them) into the sides of the jaws. This peculiar development of the digastric has been described as an anomaly in man, but is known as a normal condition in Chiromys madagascariensis and in some other Primates’. The writer has found it well marked in certain species of Chiroptera, as in Hpomo- phorus macrocephalus and E. minor, where, although the united internal lamine of the muscles extend as far backwards as to cover the hyoid bone, there is no connexion with it, It is especially noticeable in this case that the tendinous intersection is vertical, or nearly so, corresponding to the position of the posterior margin of the united muscles, as the oblique intersection in G. rafflesit corre- sponds to the more anterior position of the posterior margin of the same muscles in the latter species ; and we may reasonably conclude that the tendinous intersection of the digastric, wherever met with in Mammalia—whether as a true tendon, as in the Primates, or asa mere tendinous inscription, as in many species of Chiroptera and of Insectivora—-has primarily originated as the origin of a tendinous posterior raphé, such as we find in Gymnura rafflesii*. The sterno-mastoids and cleido-mastoids are large, and, except at their insertions, separate; the cleido-occipital is united for a con- siderable distance with the ¢rapezius, and really appears to be part of that muscle inserted into the clavicle. The omo-hyoid is well developed, and has the usual origin and insertion. Levator scapule, from the transverse process and anterior arch of the atlas, is inserted into the extremity of the outer bifurcation of the acromion, super- ficial to the insertion of the trapezius, to the surface of which its posterior and upper margin is attached. The ¢rapezius is double. Its occipital and cervical portion is well developed, arising from the inner three fourths of the occipital crest, from the centre line of the neck, and from one or two dorsal spines. Some of the anterior fibres separate about the middle of the neck to form the c/eido-occipital (or is the cleido-occipital united at this point with the trapezius?) ; the remaining fibres are inserted into the spine of the scapula from the acromion to its posterior root. The posterior (rapezius arises from the last five or six dorsal vertebree, and is inserted into the posterior third of the spine of the scapula. The rhomboideus anticus has the same origin as the trapezius, with the addition of three or four dorsal spines; it is folded at its in- sertion into the posterior margin of the scapula. Lhomboideus posticus is a small flat muscle, which passes from the spines of the fourth, fifth, and sixth dorsal vertebree to the internal surface of the middle of the posterior margin of the scapula beneath the 7. major. 1 Owen, Comp. Anat. iii. p. 53. 2 On this subject see my paper “On the Tendinous Intersection of the Digastric,” Proce. Roy. Soe. March 51, L881. Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1881, No. XXVI. 26 394 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. I, Serratus posticus is very largely developed; it arises by an aponeurosis from the posterior third of the ligamentum nuche, from the first two or three dorsal spines, and from the fascia of the back, and is inserted into all the ribs with the exception of the first three. Serratus magnus is also very large, consisting of a cervical and a thoracic portion, the former the united levator anguli scapule. There is no distinct splenius colli. The trachelo-mastoid is large, arising by a thin muscular aponeurosis from the anterior three or four dorsal transverse processes in close connexion with the origin of the ¢ransversalis cervicis, also from the sixth, fifth, and fourth cervical transverse processes, and converges to form a short tendon which is inserted into the mastoid process. Complexus tertius, from the articular processes of the sixth to the third cervical vertebre, isin intimate connexion with the attach- ment of the compleaus major, which lies internal to it, and is inserted into the extremity of the transverse process of the atlas. Scalenus medius et posticus are united, forming a large muscular mass, which arises trom the transverse processes of the cervical vertebre above the brachial plexus which separates it from the longus colli. The longus colli appears to commence from the body ot the seventh dorsal vertebra (but small muscular fibres may be traced from the body of one vertebra to the other as far back as the diaphragm), and passes forwards from the body of one to the inferior lamelle of the transverse process cf the next, until it finally ter- minates at the atlas. Reetus abdominis et sternalis is well developed throughout its whole length, extending from the first rib to the pelvic bones. The attacbment of this pair of muscles to the latter is very peculiar, namely by four interlaced fleshy tendons; the left rectus divides about midway between the umbilicus and the symphysis pubis into a pair of fleshy tendons, which are directed backwards and outwards towards the right pubic bone, and go between a corresponding pair from the right rectus, passing towards the left pubic bone in such a manner that the internal division of the left rectus is superficial. This division is narrower than the others, and tendinous at its insertion. This interlacement of the tendons of the recti forms a powerful support to the weak and narrow symphysis of the pubic bones, which must be separated at the time of parturition, as the extremely narrow diameter of the pelvis (referred to above, p. 390) is evidently quite insufficient to admit of the passage of the foetus. It would also effectually prevent rupture of the abdominal walls in a vertical direction when the symphysis is widely separated, and ensure re- apposition of the pubic bones. ; There are no distinct linee transverse ; the obliqui externi unite muscularly along the middle line between the sternum and the umbilicus; the obligui interni are exceedingly thin and aponeurotic, which is also the condition of the former muscles behind the um- bilicus, their places as supporters of the abdominal walls being evidently taken to a great extent by the cutaneous muscles, the humero-abdominales, and by the recti. 1881. | ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDA. 395 Of the muscles which are attached to the humerus, the datissimus dorsi is well developed ; it is inserted, as usual, in connexion with the ¢eres major, and gives off near its insertion a broad but thin dorso-epitrochlearis, which arises from its lower margin by a ten- dinous aponeurosis. Pectoralis major is extensive in its origin. It is divisible into elavicular and sternal portions, the former from the outer half of the clavicle ; the latter, from the sternum and the cartilages of the ribs, is again divided into an anterior and posterior part. The former is narrow, arising from the sternum at its anterior extremity, and from a raphé common to it and its fellow of the opposite side, which extends beyond the sternum, covering the origins of the sterno- mastoid muscles ; each muscle passes directly outwards to its inser- tion into the humerus. The latter, or posterior part, is by far the largest, arising from the whole length of the sternum behind the preceding, from the sternal extremities of the costal cartilages, and trom fascia connected with the sheath of the rectus; the muscular mass thus formed divides into four fasciculi, two superficial and two deep: the former are inserted into the middle third of the humerus ; of the latter the anterior or smaller fasiculus (m. sterno-clavi- cularis) is inserted into the greater part of the outer third of the clavicle, the posterior or larger into the greater tuberosity and neck of the humerus. The peculiar anomaly of the same muscle being inserted into and also arising from the same bone, suggests whether the so-called clavicular part of the great pectoral should not be considered a separate muscle, which might be termed claviculo-humeralis. The very complete separation of the anterior division of the sternal part of the muscle from the other parts, and the united origins of the muscles of the opposite sides which compose this part, and which extend for a considerable distance beyond the anterior extre- mity of the sternum, recall the well-known similar conditions in Lalpa. The teres major is well developed; but there is no. trace of a teres minor. The triceps is enormous in comparison with the size of the animal; it arises by three heads, a scapular and two humeral. The diceps arises by a single head from the scapula above the glenoid cavity, and is inserted into the u/na; the brachialis anticus, on the other hand, is inserted into the vadius. There is no trace of either coraco-brachialis longus ov brevis. Of the forearm-muscles the supinator longus is absent, the supi- nator brevis present but very small; the pronator radii teres is inserted by a broad muscular expausion into the middle part of the lower third of the radius; the extensor digitorum communis and the extensor minimi digiti are united in the arm, the muscular mass dividing into two tendons, which cross the carpus, the smaller of these representing the tendon of the latter muscle, being distributed by slips to the fitth and fourth digits; the larger divides into four, which are distributed to the three middle toes. The ewtensor secundi internodii pollicis et extensor indicis is small, arising by a 26* 396 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. 1, few muscular fibres from the interosseous ligament and adjoining surfaces of the ulna and radius. The palmaris longus arises in common with the flevor carpi ulnaris aud flecor digitorum sublimis, and forms a thin flat tendon which, passing down alongside and internal to that of the former muscle, is inserted into the palmar fascia. The flexor digitorum sublimis arises as above described, and is also connected with the origin of the pronator radii teres and the flevor digitorum profun- dus, and divides in the manus into three tendons for the three middle toes. Hlewor digitorum profundus arises by five heads, which unite into a common tendon, which in the manus divides into tendons for each of the five toes. There are four /umbricales, inserted re- spectively into the inner sides of the bases of the first phalanges of the four outer toes. Of the muscles attached to the hind limbs the psoas magnus and psoas parvus are both well developed and nearly equal in size. Their tendons, passing backwards, unite with the outer and inner sides respectively of the fleshy tendon of the i/iacus, and are, with it, inserted into the lesser trochanter. The guadratus lumborum is remarkable for its rudimentary form and interrupted connections. It arises as a small bundle of muscular fibres from the side of the fifteenth dorsal vertebra, and from the surface of part of the last intercostal muscle, forms four slender tendons, which are attached respectively to the tips of the long transverse processes of tlie second to the fifth lumbar vertebra ; the tip of the sixth vertebra receives its tendon from a separate bundle of muscular fibres, which are attached to the inferior surface of the fourth transverse process; and other fibres, arising from the posterior margin and inferior surface of the fifth transverse process, pass backwards to the erest of the ilium, a large part uniting with the zliaeus muscle. ‘Thus the four muscles, the psoas mugnus and p. parvus, the quadratus lumborum and the tiaeus, may all be said to be the same muscle, having various origins but the same insertion. This muscle may be considered a differentiated inter- costal’, to which the name m. cos/o-ileo-femoralis might. be applied. The sartorius is represented by a muscular aponeurosis, which covers the muscles on the inner side of the thigh connected with the fascia covering the tliacus muscle, and more internally with the pectineal eminence by a slender muscle which arises therefrom, in- serted along the prominent ridge on the anterior surface of the tibia. The semitendinosus is also peculiar in its counections. It arises partly from the tuder ischii, and partly from a dense tendinous aponeurosis attached across the upper surface and sides of the tail, by which it is connected with the corresponding muscle of the opposite side. It consists of two laminz, which unite and again divide; the outer division, smaller, passes outside the leg, and, becoming united with the lower margin of the diceps flexor cruris, is inserted with it into the tibial ridge; the inner, the m. semitendinosus proper, is inserted into the inner side of the same ridge. The leg, there- ' See Dr. Gadow’s paper in Morpholog. Jahrbuch, 1881, pp. 57-100. 1831.] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDE. 397 fore, is enclosed in a sling formed by the two divisions of this muscle. The soleus is well developed, but arises by a short tendon from the head of the fibula only. Zxtensor hallucis longus, from the middle of the tibia beneath the large ¢idialis posticus, is very small ; but the extensor digitorum longus, woich arises by a tendon from the external condyle of the femur, is moderately developed. The peroneit muscles arise together from the head of the fibula, but divide at once into the p. brevis, longus, and quinti digiti; the tendons of the latter are inserted into the distal phalanges of the fourth and fifth toes respectively. The plantaris is well developed, arising by two heads from the external condyle. Its tendon becomes at the heel superficial to that of the tendo Achillis, over the insertion of which it glides, and, passing into the sole of the foot, gives origin altogether to the flevor digitorum brevis, and becomes connected with the plantar fascia. The flexor digitorum longus and flexor hallucis longus are insepa- rably united. The ¢idialis posticus is represented by two separate muscles, one having its origin from the tibia, the other from the fibula, and which may therefore be described as the internal and external divisions of this muscle. The latter, the tibialis posticus exrternus, is very slender ; arising from the head of the fibula internally, it forms a long and slender tendon, which, passing down on the inner side of the tibia with the tendon of the external division, is inserted into the scaphoid bone. The internal division, ¢ibialis posticus internus, is much larger; arising from the head of the tibia, and trom half the length of the bone by a fascial aponeurosis, it forms also a long tendon, which extends along the side of the foot between the integument and the plantar fascia, and, spreading out, is inserted round the base of the central callosity of the integument. It is remarkable that the first described of these muscles has the insertion usually observed in the ¢ibialis posticus of other mammals, while the latter has the origin of that muscle, but not its insertion. The action of this latter muscle is evidently to fix the central cal- losity of the sole of the foot, and so assist progression on smooth or inclined surfaces. Flexor digitorum brevis arises, as above described, from the tendon of the plantaris, and is not connected with the os calcis; it divides into five flat tendons, which form the perforated tendons for the five toes. The flexor accessorius is well developed; arising from behind the prominent bony tubercle on the os calcis which supports the tendon of the peroneus longus, it is inserted obliquely into the outer side of the flexor digitorum longus tendon, opposite the base of the fifth metatarsal bone. There are, as in the manus, four /um- bricales for the four outer toes, and with similar attachments, The palate is marked by eleven ridges, all simple and undivided ; the first corresponds to the space between the first and second in- cisors, the second to the canines and first premolars, the third to the second premolars, the fourth to the third premolars, The ton- 398 MR.G.E. DOBSON ON THE , [ Mar. 1, sils consist each of a deep oval depression with raised edges, partly concealed by a membranous fold in front, so that the opening of the depression is directed backwards towards the pharynx. Tongue moderately long and obtusely pointed, soft and flexible, covered all over with fine trifid papillse, each consisting of a long central filiform papilla having a shorter and more slender papilla at either side ; Pigs 2: Stomach of Hrinaccus europeus. fungiform papillae few but conspicuous; circumvallate papille two only, very large, elongated, in deep oval pits placed obliquely at the back of the tongue; beneath, close to the symphysis menti, at the anterior extremity’ of the floor of the mouth, are a pair of long pointed papilla, at the bases of which the apertures of the ducts of the submaxillary glands open. ‘The latter are rather small, con- sisting each of a small anterior and a large posterior lobe; the duct, passing between the digastric muscle and the ramus of the mandible, 1881.] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDA, 399 and curving forwards, under cover of the mylo-hyoid and genio- hyoglossus muscles, passes along under the mucous membrane of the floor of the mouth, opening at the base of the above-noticed papilla. In the specimen examined there was no trace of sublingual glands. The parotids are larger than the submaxillaries, but very similar to them in structure. The stomach (fig. 2) resembles that of man in general outline; the cesophagus enters it by a narrow orifice far removed from the pylorus. The cardiac portion has the mucous membrane thrown into very deep rugee, which extend from the entrance of the ceso- Liver of Hrinaceus europeus. phagus. The intestinal canal is about six times the length of the head and body, of nearly the same calibre throughout, without czecum, and suspended typically in the mesentery. The Jiver (fig. 4) is wide and deeply divided into lobes; the spigelian lobe bifid, the caudate very long, divided at its posterior extremity by the deep renal fossa; umbilical and cystic fissures well marked; the gall- bladder large and pyriform, projecting considerably beyond the margin of the right central lobe, on which it is placed. The lungs (fig. 6) are large and deeply divided into lobes, the right lung into three, the fissures extending to the root of the lung, the left into two nearly equal lobes; the azygos lobe well developed and pyramidal in outline. 400 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. I, Bladder small, pyriform, the ureters opening by longitudinal slits close to the neck, and three fourths of an inch from the ex- tremity of the urethra in the female. Lungs of Hrinaceus europeus, half nat. size. The uterus! is almost double, the cornua uteri extending nearly to the os uteri; and there is no true corpus uteri. In both speci- mens examined there was found a peculiar fleshy hood, extending ‘ Both specimens of this species examined were females; the writer has not yet had an opportunity of dissecting a male. 1881.] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEID&. 401 over the os uteri, the lateral opening of which at first appeared to be the os (see fig. 8); on dividing this the true os was found to have been concealed in its deep recess. The ovaries are botryoidal, and enclosed in peritoneal sacs. Uterus and vagina of Erinaceus europeus (horizontal section). On either side of the rectum a large preanal gland, about the size of half a walnut, is found, invested externally with circularly dis- posed muscular fibres, and its cavity lined internally with a glan- dular membrane having several deep lacune, and filled with a large quantity of a friable brown substance. The openings of these glands are small and circular, placed immediately in front of the anterior margin of the anus. 402 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. 1, Genus Ertnacevus, L. In the form of the head and body all the known species agree together remarkably closely ; and, as might be expected, the anatomy of these parts is much the same throughout the species; but the limbs, being nearly free from the great panniculus carnosus (which as it were moulds the shape of the parts included within it), vary very considerably in form and relative length of parts; and this variability is accompanied by differences in their internal structure not less remarkable than have been observed between the species of some other genera of Mammalia less closely allied by general ex- ternal similarity of form. The anatomy of the following twelve species has been examined by the writer :— . E. europeus, L. . &. concolor, Martin. . £. algirus, Duvernoy. . EH. deserti, Loche. . E, macracanthus, Blanford. . E. diadematus, Witt. . E. heterodactylus, Sund. . HB. micropus, Blyth. . FL. pictus, Stoliezka. . #. grayti, Benett. . #. blanfordi, Anderson. . EH. niger, Blanford. Palearctic Region . | L Ethiopian Region. . { [ Oriental Region ..< | \ NOK COON AO hLWON These species sufficiently represent the genus ; other known forms will be found to be closely related to one or other of them. With the exception of the head and tail, the skeleton of any species of Erinaceus (for all resemble one another closely) resembles that of Gymnura with all the processes of the vertebra shortened and the prominences of the other bones rounded off. The form of the skull differs considerably: it is altogether shorter and broader than in that genus; the brain-case is comparatively more capacious, and the occipital crest much less developed. In other respects, however, there is much similarity ; and the dentition is evidently but a modi- fied form of that of Gymnura. If the dental formula of the latter be represented as follows :— » 3—3 1—1 4—4 3—3 Oe gp Ge fae i gee ts za 44 teeth, then that of Hrinaceus is 20323 Til Bees 2=5 i. SS) C. joys PM. 5a mM. 5-3=36 teeth. By modifying the usual manner of writing the dental formula, the homologies‘ of the teeth of the latter with those of the former genus may be thus graphically expressed :— 1 As determined by the writer on grounds which are fully stated in the work referred to in note to p. 589. 1881. ] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDE. 403 Gymnura. . 6=(204242) , V=(d4+d) S=(MB+2/ +2) = (DBO) * Goa +o p20) “ 2=(a pay P™ B= (Qe LF 429 42K” G=(Bi FB 2K" Erinaceus. j B= Qa+B+2) | 2=(d+d) 6=(2F+29+2h) 6=(2+2/+2K) *G=Qa' 420)? “ 9=(a ap P™ gz(ap pony)? ™* CHF FOR Skull of #. blanfordi', 1 These drawings show how remarkably LE. ewropeus differs in the form and relative size of its second and third upper incisors and first upper premolars from the other species of the genus, which resemble one another yery closely in the form and relative size of their teeth. 404 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. I, It will thus be seen that Erinaceus differs in wanting the third lower incisor, and the first upper and lower, and third lower pre- molars. The first tooth behind the premaxillary suture is un- doubtedly the representative of the corresponding tooth in Gymnura, which, although provided with two roots, must be regarded as a canine, having not only the position but also the form of that tooth in Carnivora. This tooth in Hrinaceus has, as a rule, two roots also; but occasionally, especially in 2. europeus and its varieties, these grow together; and in a skull in the British Museum (see above, fig. 10) the canine has a single long root which extends up- wards and backwards over the premolars. The second upper pre- molar is the most variable tooth: in most species it has three roots with a triangular crown, having its longest horizontal diameter transverse ; in HZ. micropus and £. pictus, on the other hand, it has a single root and a circular crown, is external to the tooth-row, and deciduous in the adult animal. It reaches its highest development in #. europeus, its lowest form in £#. micropus, which species is further characterized by the imperfection of the zygomatic arch, owing to the absence of the malar bone. The first and second upper molars have precisely the same pattern of crown as described above (p. 391) in Gymnura ; but their peculiar form must be studied in young animals while these teeth are still unworn, as the acutely- pointed cusps quickly disappear as the age of the animal inereases : the third molar is much narrower than in 1 Gymnura, and, in common with the others, scarcely varies in shape throughout the species. In the lower jaw the greatest similarity prevails in the shape of the teeth between even the most widely separated species; but, except in the form of the first and second molars (as in the upper jaw), no resemblance can be traced between them and those of Gymnura. The vertebral column is made up of 7 cervical, 15 dorsal, 6 lumbar, 7 sacro-coccygeal, and 5 or 6 caudal, succeeded by a variable number of rudimentary vertebrae. It is especially notworthy that, with the exception of the caudal vertebree, the number of the other divisions corresponds exactly to those of Gymnura. The vertebre differ, however, in the very short condition of the spinous and trans- verse processes, none of them, except the spinous process of the axis and the inferior lamellae of the transverse process of the sixth cer- vical vertebra, approaching those of Gymnura in size; and the cervical vertebrae have no trace of the hypapophysial spines so pro- minent in that genus. Of the seven sacro-coccygeal vertebree, the three anterior are firmly ankylosed together, and articulated with the iliac bones, so that one vertebra more enters into the articula- tion, and a much more perfect sacrum is formed, than in Gymnura. The short caudal vertebree show their fundamental similarity of structure with those of Gymnura by the presence of similar but rudimentary chevron bones. As in that genus, there are fifteen pairs of ribs (in Z. deserti fourteen only); but the thorax is com- paratively much less capacious, these animals seeking protection from their defensive armour, not from speed in making their escape. The sternum is similarly narrow and bilobate in front, but differs in 1881. | ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEID. 405 the shortness of the xiphisternum; and the mesosternum is made up of three or two segments only. The pelvic opening contrasts remarkably with that of Gymnura; its transverse diameter, measured between the acetabula, is nearly or quite half its longitudinal, whereas in G. rafflesii it is scarcely one ninth; the symphysis pubis is also much deeper, especially in E. europeus; the tuber ischii is short and rounded off; and the posterior margin of the ramus of the pubis and ischium is convex, not concave. Except in 2. ewropeus and its varieties, there is a supracondylar foramen in the humerus. The carpus is formed on the same plan as in Gymnura; but the scaphoid and lunar bones are early united, leaving no trace of their original separate condition. In the femur the convexity which in @ymnura represents a third trochanter is less prominent and more extended, indicating a long muscular, as opposed to a tendinous, insertion of the muscles attached to it, and pointing to the less active habits of the animals. Other limb bones, both in the anterior and posterior legs, are generally similar to those of Gymnura, a single departure from the typical number of five digits in the fore and hind feet being seen in ZH. heterodactylus and its varieties, where the hallux is altogether wanting. In the muscular anatomy the chief differences between the species of this genus and Gymnura are found in the much greater develop- ment of the panniculus carnosus, and in other minor points to be noticed further on. To the cutaneous muscles described in Gymnura raffesii there are in all the species of Erinaceus others superadded, which are related to the well-known defensive attitude assumed by these animals when frightened. They have been figured in the anatomical plates of Cuvier and Laurillard?, and described by Prof. Huxley *. In the general myology the following differences are especially noticeable :— In the face the zygomaticus major is inserted into the ordicularis oris and integument of the upper lip at a short distance in front of the angle of the mouth. The temporal muscle arises also from the zygomatic arch, as in Gymnura ; but its fibres do not take origin so far back as the mastoid process. The digastric is single, and does not unite with its fellow of the opposite side between the jaws; it has nearly the same calibre throughout, but is crossed about the middle by an oblique tendinous inscription, corresponding precisely in position to the tendinous intersection in Gymnura. ‘The mylo- hyoid is well developed, consisting of an anterior and posterior por- tion. Cleido-occipital is slender and quite unconnected with the trapezius. The serratus magnus is not united with the /evator anguli scapule. The pyramidales are well developed, in striking contrast with Gymnura, in which they are rudimentary or absent. The recti ab- dominis et sternalis ave convected with the pubic bones by three instead of four tendons, the missing tendon corresponding to the 1 Planches de Myologie. 2 Anat. Vert. Animals, p. 445, 406 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. I, most superficial of the four in Gymnura, while the least superficial of the three is much smaller than the others. This smaller number of tendons, and evident tendency towards still further reduction, ap- pears to be related to the greater depth of the symphysis pubis, and consequently greater union of the bones of opposite sides, as well as to the lessened proclivity to their separation, owing to the greater transverse diameter of the pelvic opening, which is probably quite sufficient to freely permit of the passage of the foetus during par- turition. Quadratus lumborum is much larger and more fleshy than in Gymnura, extending without interruption from the last intercostal space and base of last rib to the crest of the ilium, inserted succes- sively by small tendons into the extremity of each lumbar transverse process. Psoas magnus and psoas parvus are large ; but the latter is inserted into the anterior sacro-iliac ligament and into the margin of the pelvis. The pectoralis major has no separate anterior sternal part, a3 in Gymnura; nor has its deep lamina any insertion into the clavicle. The coraco-brachialis, which is altogether wanting in that genus, is well developed here, and consists of two parts:—the superficial, a long slender muscle inserted into the lower third of the humerus; the deep (coraco-brachialis brevis), short, and inserted below the lesser tuberosity. There is a small teres minor, but, as in Gymnura, no trace of the supinator longus. The palmaris longus is large, with a distinct tendon, which, passing downwards internal to that of the flexor carpi ulnaris, becomes superficial to it, and glides over the promi- nent pisiform bone (to which the latter is attached) into the hand, becoming there connected with the palmar fascia, and giving origin wholly or in part to the palmaris brevis, from which is derived the frexor perforatus for the pollex and outer finger, the flexor sublimis digitorum supplying the three middle toes only. Lumbricales, when present, are rudimentary, and connected with the third and fourth digits only. In the hind limbs the sartorius, so feebly developed in Gymnura, is represented by two strong muscles :—one from the fascia covering the ¢liacus and from the margin of the pelvis in front of the aceta- bulum; the other, as large, from the margin of the pelvis lower down, midway between the acetabulum and the symphysis pubis. Both are inserted into the tibia, the first above the second, below the attachment of the internal lateral ligament of the knee-joint. These two well-developed muscles are evidently the differentiated representatives of the muscular aponeurosis covering the adductors, and of the small muscle which joins it from the pectineal line in Gymnura. The semitendinosus arises simply from the tuber ischii, and is inserted into the tibia behind the tendon of the gracilis; it has no connexion with the biceps flexor cruris. Extensor digitorum longus, as in Gymnura, arises from the external condyle of the femur, and supplies tendons to the four outer toes; these vary considerably in number, arrangement, and connections with other tendons. The 1881. ] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDE. 407 peronet muscles are quite similar to those in Gymnura, but vary very much in the different species in their modes of origin and connections with the tendons of other muscles. Plantaris is well developed ; and its tendon passes into the sole of the foot precisely as in Gym- nura; but in some species the flewor digitorum brevis has also a cal- eaneal origin. The ¢ibéalis posticus is represented, as in Gymnura, by a pair of muscles in 2. europeus, concolor, macracanthus, niger, and dlanfordi; the internal muscle, however, is much smaller than in that genus, and arises from the head of the tibia only, and is altogether wanting in LZ. deserti, algirus, pictus', heterodactylus, and diadematus, which have the centre callosity of the sole of the foot rudimentary or absent. Flexores digitorum et hallucis longi, although united into a single tendon before crossing the ankle-joint, are easily distinguishable in the leg. In the foot this tendon (in 2. macracanthus, niger, blan- fordi, pictus, micropus) is joined by a flexor accessorius arising from the os calcis. Lumbricales exist in EL. europeus, concolor, grayi, macracanthus, and micropus, but are represented by one or two very small muscles connected with the deep flexor tendons for the third and fourth toes, or, as in E#. micropus, for the second toe only. Flexor digitorum brevis (noticed above), in the long-toed species, as E. europeus, concolor, macracanthus, blanfordi, niger, arises almost wholly from the expanded tendon of the plantaris; in the short- toed, as LZ’. micropus, heterodactylus, diadematus, it is also largely connected with the fibrous aponeurosis, attaching the sides of the plantaris tendon to the os calcis, and a few fibres arise directly from the bone itself; but nearly all the muscular fibres arising from the os ecalcis external to the tendon of the deep flexor really belong to the abductor ossis metacarpi minimi digiti. Many other points of great interest are noticeable in the muscular anatomy of the species of the genus Hrinaceus, which will be found treated of in the work from which these notes are taken (referred to in the footnote to the first page of this paper), which the writer hopes soon to publish. As might be expected from the comparatively much shorter jaws of the species of Hrinaceus, the palate-ridges are less in number than in Gymnura, being nine only. The tongue is similar in general appearance; but the filiform papille are bifid, and there are three circumvallate papille ; tonsils comparatively small, the depression shallow and vertical, opening outwards and backwards. The digestive organs in the Common Hedgehog have been described by Prof. Flower’. They probably more closely resemble those of G. raffesit than do those of any of the other species of the genus. The chief differences observable are in the shape of the stomach (fig. 3, p. 398), which has the cardiac extremity more expanded * Probably absent in £. micropus also ; but the specimens of that species ex- amined had had the upper parts of the legs removed. 2 Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of Digestion of the Mammalia, by W. H. Flower, F.R.S., Hunterian Professor, Publ. in ‘ Medical Times and Gazette,’ 1872, ii. p. 2. 408 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ERINACEIDE. [ Mar. I, upwards and to the left side; and in the liver (fig. 5), which has a much shorter and thicker caudate lobe (as indeed might be expected in a comparatively much shorter animal). But very considerable variability in the forms of both these organs is observable in the different species, no two species agreeing closely. The intestinal canal, however, in length and in its general construction is very similar throughout the whole family. The lungs are constructed very much on the same plan as in Gymnura ; but they are comparatively smaller, as might be expected in animals depending on their armour, and not on their speed, in making their escape when attacked by enemies. The right lung is divided more or less completely into three lobes; but the left is quite undivided ; the azygos lobe is well developed and pyramidal in out- line, the apex of the pyramid, not the base, as in Gymnura, being at its lower extremity (fig. 7, p. 400). The uterus (fig. 9, p. 401) scarcely differs in form throughout the species. It exibits an advance in development ; for; although the cornua are even longer than in Gymnura, there is a true corpus uteri, into which they open at right angles. The os uteri is not enclosed in a hood, as in G. rafflesii ; but one or two deep folds occupy the uterine extremity of the vagina, which are so large that, as John Hunter remarked, they appear at first as if they were the os uteri’. A review of the anatomy of the species of Lrinaceus not only adds valuable aid in attempting their systematic arrangement, but also, when we compare it with that of Gymnura, leads to the conclusion that they are but differentiated forms of some animal of which we have very probably a close representative in G. raffesii, which we may expect will be hereafter proved to be a very ancient form, perhaps one of the sole survivors of a once widely extended group of predaceous Insectivora. EXPLANATION OF THE WOODCUTS. Fig. 1. Crown of first upper molar, right side, of Gymnura rafflesii, showing the fifth central cusp, which is connected by a 4-shaped ridge with the bases of the two internal cusps. 2, 3. Stomach of Gymnura rafflesti and of Erinaceus ewropeus (reduced). 4, 5. Posterior surfaces of livers of the same species (much reduced). 6, 7. Lungs of the same species, from below, half natural size. 8, 9, Uteri and vaginz of the same species. The uterus of each is shown in section; the vaginal walls are divided and reflected. The different positions of the urethral aperture (w) in the two species is noticeable, and the presence in G. rafflesii of a hood concealing the os uteri (0 w). 10, 11. Anterior halves of the skulls of Erinaceus europeus and E. blanfordi enlarged). Figures 1, 10, 11 are from enlarged drawings by Mr. Mintern, from specimens in the collections of the British Museum and of Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. ; figures 2-9 have been reduced by Mr. Smit from drawings by the author. 1 As no specimen of a male Gymnura has yet been obtained for examination, the male organs of Zrinaceus are not referred to here ; they will be found fully described in the work referred to on p. 389, as well as all other parts which have been but eursorily touched upon or’are not described in this abstract, 1881.] MR. A. G, MORE ON SOME IRISH BIRDS. 409 March 15, 1881. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1881 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of February was 60, of which 1 was by birth, 24 by presentation, 23 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 10 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 95. The most noticeable additions during the month of February were as follows :— 1. A female Bactrian Camel (Camelus bactrianus), formerly belonging to Ayoub Khan, which Col. O. H. St. John, F.Z.S., has purchased from its capturers at Kandahar and presented to the Society. 2. A male Wild Sheep, obtained from Afghanistan, and presented to the Society by Capt. W. Cotton, F.Z.S. I had at first registered this animal as Ovis cycloceros, not knowing where else to refer it, although it obviously deviated somewhat in the more open and back- ward curvature of the horns from the ordinary character of that species. But Mr. Blanford has pointed out to me that it clearly belongs to the Afghan form of this species, lately described and figured by Mr. Hume as Ovis blanfordi’. Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited a specimen of the so-called Sabine’s Snipe (Scolopax sabinii, Vigors), which had been shot by the Hon. W. W. Palmer, at Woolmer Pond, near Selbourne, Hants. This form was now well understood to be a melanoid variety of the Common Snipe (Gallinugo scolopacina). Mr. A. G. More exhibited some eggs of the Red-necked Phala~ rope (Phalaropus hyperboreus), believed to have been taken in Eng- land, and an egg of the Tree-Pipit (Anthus arboreus), taken near Dublin, this bird having been considered only doubtfully Irish. Mr. More also exhibited a specimen of the Red-crested Pochard (Fuligula rufina), obtained near Tralee, being the first instance on record of the occurrence of this species in Ireland. The following papers were read :-— 1 J. A. S. B, xlvi. pt. 2, p. 327 (1877). Proc. Zoou. Soc.—188], No. X XVII. PY 410 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDZ. [ Mar. 15, 1. Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—IV. The Echinometride; their Affinities and Systematic Position. By F. Jerrrey Bett, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. [Received February 24, 1881.] In continuation of the observations which I have already had the honour of bringing before the Society, I enter on this oc- casion into an account of some of the characteristics of what is, perhaps, the most difficult group of all the Echinoidea. The remark- able, though only apparent, asymmetry of the test of some of the Echinometride can only receive its rational explanation from the results of developmental studies ; it is not, however, idle to prepare for these by giving some definite information as to the parts and proportions of the constituent tests. : The genus Echinometra, with the asymmetrical forms allied thereto, Heterocentrotus and Colobocentrotus, have, by the almost universal consent of naturalists, been closely associated one with another ; and there is as yet no evidence which would justify us in offering any real opposition to these views. On the other hand, when we come to investigate the kind, and to weigh the amount and value, of the characters which have led to the union just mentioned, we find them to be slighter than this universal consent would have inclined us to imagine. It is not necessary to recapitulate the history of the group; the publication of a Revision should save us from that, where we feel enabled to follow it ; and I purpose, therefore, to begin with what students of the Echinoidea look upon as the starting-point of their future labours. In the latest ‘ Revision of the Echini,’ the family “ Echinome- trade’’’ is accepted with very much the same kind of limitations as were suggested in 1855 by Dr. Gray’, who grouped his sixth family thus :— Fam. 6. Ecatnometrap®. Ambulacral area only half as wide as the interambulacral area ; ambulacral pores in groups of four or more, forming an arched series round the ambulacral tubercles. A. Body circular. 1. Strongylocentrotus. B. Body oblong. 2. Echinometra. 3. Holo{i. e. Hetero |centrotus. 4. Colobocentrotus. * Where Gray or Agassiz are quoted the term Echinometride is spelt as they spelt it; in other places a spelling which, as I humbly imagine, is more correct, is followed. 2 P. Z. S. 1855, p. 37. 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 411 As subgenera of Strongylocentrotus, Prof. Alex. Agassiz includes Spherechinus and Pseudoboletia, the former of which Dr. Gray would appear to have included with Hehinus in his fifth family, while the latter is a genus of which no species was then known. Echinostrephus had not, in 1855, been distinguished from Eehinus or Psammechinus ; while Stomopneustes, under the title of Helioci- daris, was also regarded by Gray as closely allied to Hchinus. Of the nine genera, or subgenera, found in the family of the Echinometradee of Agassiz, viz. (1) Colobocentrotus, (2) Heterocentrotus, (3) Echinometra, (4) Parasalenia, (5) Stomopneustes, (6) Strongylo- centrotus, (7) Spherechinus, (8) Pseudoboletia, (9) Echinostrephus, the first three and the sixth alone fall into Gray’s family, the fourth and the eighth were unknown to science, while a different view was taken as to the affinities of Stomopneustes, Spherechinus, and Echi- nostrephus. They were regarded, in fine, as being more closely allied to Echinus, because they have the ‘‘ ambulacral area half as wide as the interambulacral area, with two (or three) close series of double pores, placed in threes; buccal membrane naked; body circular.” We may dismiss the first character, without even examination ; for, while it is obviously artificial, it is the same for Gray’s two groups of Echinide and Echinometrade. As to the second difference, the arrangement of the pores, there can be little doubt that, judging by it only, Stomopneustes has a much closer affinity to the Echino- metridz than to the Echinide. And we now come to what is really the kernel of the whole matter. How far is Desor’s division into Oligoport and Polypori natural? and how far is it artificial ? If we examine one of the least modified of the Echinide, e. g. Cidaris tribuloides, we find that the pores of the ambulacral zones are arranged regularly and equally in pairs, are, in effect, set one behind another in a straight line, and belong each to a single simple plate. If we take a more modified form, such as a species of the restricted genus Hehinus, we find the pairs of pores have, for the greater part of the test, come to be set in ares of three; and on close examination it is seen that the plates counected with these pairs of pores are not all of the same size, and that the primary plates fuse to form a secondary plate’. This is the typical arrangement among the Oligopori; but it by no means holds for all the plates; those nearest the apical area have, more or fewer, the pairs of pores in just as straight lines as Cidaris tribuloides. Taking, as an example of the Polyport, Echinometra subangu- laris, we have some six pairs of pores arranged in a much more elaborate are, and the changes that come to be effected are so great that what form really the distal pair of pores of one are seem to be the proximal pair of the succeeding are. 1 Tt seems to me that all the advantage lies in continuing to use the nomen- clature of Johannes Miller, and to speak of the first or simple plates as primary, and the fused plates as secondary ; for reasons which, no doubt, are excellent, Prof. Alex. Agassiz has (op. cit. pp. 642, 643) elected to reverse this nomencla- ture, and to speak of the compound plate as the primary one. 27* 412 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDE. [Mar, 15, Turning now to the mode by which these pores come to be so arranged in the adult, it will be well to recapitulate shortly the pre- sent state of our knowledge concerning it. This knowledge has, within the last decade, been very considerably advanced by the ela- borate and beautiful researches of Prof. Lovén’. I shall depart from a strict following of his account only in using the term “* secondary plate” as a translation of his “ plaque composée.”’ As has been already pointed out, these secondary plates, when developed, are made up of three or more primary plates. Now, ‘the primary ambulacral plates of the Echinidee are either entire (that is to say, they occupy the whole of the distance between the interradial area and the median suture of the ambulacrum’, or, in other words, extend from the interradial area as far as the middle of the entire plates), or they end by a more or less sharp point. The major primary plates of the peristome forming the series Ia... V0, most often consist, in very young individuals, of a first entire primary, of a median pri- mary half plate, and of a third entire primary plate.’ In an appended table the learned author shows the arrangement of the entire and half plates in the several secondary plates of the corona of a small specimen of Toxopneustes (Strongylocentrotus) drobachi- ensis. The fourth or fifth of these has two complete and three half primaries, as is shown by the formula—l, (2, 3, 4), 5. Next we come to the mode of growth of these different primary plates. ‘‘ Near the aboral edge of a complete composite plate there is deposited the first primary plate of the new plate, then the second, and soon. All the primary plates, and even the half-plates, are primitively entire plates; that is to say, they extend from the inter- radial area as far as the median suture of the ambulacrum®. Later on, and during the period in which the entire collection of primary plates constituting the composite plate goes on enlarging, and even before it is completed by the last primary plate, the intermediate plates cease to grow; and while retaining their position on the edge of the ambulacrum, beside the interradial area, they shrink at their extremities, which become separated from the median suture. They consequently become cuneiform. Of these intermediate plates the smallest is always that which is formed first ; those which are formed later are always successively larger, whence it follows that the whole group of intermediate primary plates takes the form of a triangle, the apex of which, in the middle of the composite plate, only con- sists of the projecting extremity of the latest of them. It clearly results from all this, that these intermediate plates are in no way of a more recent origin than the others, that they are neither secondary nor intercalated, but that they are successively formed, after the first entire plate, and before the last ;? and Johannes Miiller taught just the same. The formation of the secondary arcs is no less clearly explained, and is shown to be primarily due to the compression from above us Etudes sur les Echinoidées,’ especially pp. 21 ez seg. ° As in Cidaris. 3 The italics are mine. 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID. Als downwards to which the test is subjected, and to the widening-out of the composite plates during the process of growth, I have dwelt at this length on the results of Prof. Lovén’s labours, not merely for the purpose of directing again attention to them’, but with the more especial aim of showing that it is only on a misconception of the history that one can speak of secondary plates as different from those first formed, or of such being added on to the sides of a primary plate. But the origin of such a miscon- ception is not far to seek; it must surely be due to a study of the arrangement of the pores of the adult, and be comparable to the formulas of Milne-Edwards and Haime as applied to the structure of the coral-septa ; while M. Lovén’s work will stand no less on an equality with the elegant and instructive researches of Lacaze- Duthiers*. : Armed with this knowledge we come now to a consideration of the value of the characters of the arcs of pores. It has been pro- posed to distinguish the family of the Echinometride from the Echinidee proper on the ground that the former have always more than three pairs of pores to each arc, “ while in the Echinide the ares are always composed only of three pairs.” ‘This division, although it appears a numerical one, is yet one of great physiological importance, as the mode of growth of the poriferous zone in these two families is totally unlike” *. I am inclined to think that the accomplished author is here using the term physiological in some other sense than that to which its etymology and the current usage of qualified persons justly entitles it; he is too experienced a zoologist to attempt to make the functions of organs do the work of morphological and embryological data. However, the mode of growth of the pores is as much matter for morphologists as for physiologists ; and the only question which really arises here is, as to the real character of this total unlikeness. If such exists, it may or may not be of value. But, first of all, does it exist ? Prof. Lovén says? :—* Les chiffres par lesquels la disposition des pores est désignée chez cette espéce, les 2, 3, 3, 4, etc. de la série Ila..V4, et les 2, 2, 3, 4, etc. de la série 15.. Va, se retrouvent non seulement dans les espéces voisines, le Toxopneustes brevispinosus (Risso) et le Z. lividus (uamk.), mais encore dans le Lowechinus albus (Mol.), ’Echinus esculentus, L., le Lytechinus variegatus (Lamk.), le Tripneustes ventricosus (Lamk.), la Boletia heteropora, Desor, Amblypneustes ovum (Lamk.), le Temnopleurus toreumaticus (Leske), ? Echinothrizx turcarum, Peters, ’ Echinocidaris punctulata (Lamk.), en un mot chez tous les Echinides. Les Hchinometra wy font pas exception.” So far, then, as the formation of the two separate families Echi- nometride and Echinide is based on the difference in the mode of 1 A short account is to be found in Prof, Huxley’s ‘ Anatomy of Invertebrated Animals’ (1877), p. 568. 2 Archiv de Zool. Exp. vol. i. 3 Rey. of the Hehini, p. 425. WTC Baws 414 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID#. [ Mar. 15, growth of the pore-plates, the distinction between them altogether breaks down; whether that distinction be physiological or morpho- logical is, then, an unnecessary question. Coming next to the absolute distinctness of the groups as indi- cated by the number of the pairs of pores, we are met, first of all, by the considerations which surround the vexed question of the value of any delimitation by the absolute use of definite numbers. On the one hand, it is quite certain that a classification of the Asteroidea which depends on the number of the rays would exhibit a very incomplete account of the systematic relations of the members of the class ; but, on the other hand, it is just as true that no better name was ever applied to the winged Insecta than that of Hexapoda, or to the higher Vertebrata than that of pentadactyle; and it is just as clear that the division of modern Ungulates into two groups, one perissodactyle and the other artiodactyle, could only have been suggested by a naturalist capable of seeing a great general truth through a not always constant similarity in detail. We now have to weigh these two opposing arguments in applying to the Echinide (of earlier writers and of Lovén) the mode of classification suggested and worked out by Desor’, by which we get the two groups of the Oligopori and Polypori. The test to be ap- plied shall be twofold. First, let us see how it works in the hands of so skilful a naturalist as Prof. Alex. Agassiz. His division of the Echinometrade is defined (as we already know) as, inter alia, always having more than three pairs of pores to each arc. But, as a matter of fact, he includes under the Echinometradz the two genera Parasalenia and Echingstrephus. Of the former he says “this genus seems to be an Oligopore among the Echinometrade, having but three pairs of pores in each are.” | In speaking of Echinostrephus the generic definition includes no reference to the number of pairs of pores in an arc; but in speaking of Z. molare, the only species of the genus, he says “‘there are from three to four pairs of pores in each arc, the majority having but three pairs.” The other consideration arises from a study of the facts as ex- hibited in the tests of various species. If in any of these some of the arcs can be shown to possess only three pairs of pores, it seems to me that such a fact alone would disqualify numerical relations from forming the criteria of generic, or even higher, delimita- tions. Turning again to the guide we have already followed, we find this sentence :—‘* Le quatriéme arc, ici muni de quatre pores, n’en a que trois chez quelques individus du Towopneustes drobachiensis, c’est-a- dire que la plaque composée 3 ne possede qu’une seule plaque primaire médiane. Il y a done quelque variabilité.”’* So, again, Dr. Liitken finds in the rare Echinometra oblonga that, towards either pole of the corona, there are but two or three pairs of pores in each are’. 1 Synopsis des Ech. fossiles. 4 Tacs ps 2d. ’ Cf. fig. 10 of the first plate in his ‘ Bidrag til Kundskab om Echinoderme,’ 1864. 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDZ. 415 And, dealing with the restricted genus Echinometra, I have myself been able to make somewhat similar observations in the case of E. oblonga, E. subangularis, and E. lucunter. If we put into a tabular form the numbers of pairs of pores in an arc, we find the average adult arrangement to present very considerable variation, thus :— Echinometra lucunter has 5 or 4 pairs of pores. E. oblonga 5 Fh 55 PS E. viridis ‘, 4 oak. ae E. subangularis se CGE S vas 74 E.. macrostoma » 8, 7, or even 3 pairs of pores. E. vanbrunti »» 9,8, or 7 pairs of pores. Having already insisted on the fact that only three pairs of pores are to be detected in the youngest plates, or some of the plates, on the test of certain so-called polyporous species, we will insist as much as possible on the “ polypority ”’ of these forms by detailing the arrangements which are found in the best-developed part of the adult test’. (1) Parasalenia gratiosa .... 3 pairs of pores. (2) Echinostrephus molare .. 3 (or4) ,, a8 (3) Echinometra lucunter .... 4 or 5 . be Ca) 2e. oblenga® | +16 ose see's -s 4ord5 ue oe (5) E. subangularis ........ 5 or 6 3 zs (6) Spherechinus granularis .. 4,5,or6 ,, be (7) E. macrostoma Sac sh Gea 95 Fe (8)_F. vanbruntt . .. 2-2. 7, 8,009 ,, 3 (9) Strongylocentrotus bullatus 7 or 8 7% s (10) S. franciscanus _......... 9 ad e: (11) S. albus a Nokes ee 10 ae pe (12) Colobocentrotus atratus .. 12(ca.) 4 5 (13) Heterocentrotus trigonarius 15 (ca.) ,, a We come, then, to the following results :— (1) There is a series of forms which exhibits a gradual increase in the number of primary plates which go to form a secondary plate ; but (2) This series always retains indications of secondary plates in which only one primary plate has ceased to grow with the rest. When we come to take a general survey of the characters ex- hibited by the pore-plates, we find the primitive arrangement of the Cidaris passing gradually into the complex secondary plates of Heterocentrotus and Colobocentrotus, which would appear to be the most highly differentiated of the Desmosticha. 1 Bearing in mind the words of Prof. Gegenbaur (Unters. zur vergl. Anat. d. Wirbelthiere (1864), i. p. 116), “So wichtig es ist fiir die Aufstellung von Unterschieden der einzelnen Lebensformen und ihrer Einrichtung, die ausge- bildeten fertigen Zust&ande der Organisation zu Unterscheidungsobjecten zu nehmen ;” and Flower, Introductory Lecture (1870), p. 37. 416 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDZ. [Mar. 15, It may, at the present juncture, be convenient to recapitulate and extend the results of recent investigations into the characters of the regular Echinoidea. A classification of the regular Echinoidea is not, as it seems to me, quite so impossible a matter now as it was a few years ago; the discovery, by Mr. Charles Stewart’, of the internal gills of Cidaris, and the extension and independent confirmation of that result by Dr. Hubert Ludwig’, justifies us in accepting the division into Branchiata and Abranchiata, proposed by the latter naturalist*. Although Johannes Miiller had distinctly denied the presence of external gills in Cidaris*, Prof. Alex. Agassiz discovered gill-cuts in the figures of that illustrious anatomist, but only, I fear, by reflecting on the character of the artist, who represents five slits in the median line of the interradial areas; to this, however, Dr. Ludwig has already directed attention. Readers of the just-mentioned naturalist’s essay will remember that he proposes to separate the Echinothuride from the rest of the branchiate regular Echinoidea on the ground of the difference in the characters of the buccal plates. Unfortunately the British-Museum collection contains no specimen of Asthenosoma, although an American collection is in possession of a specimen ‘‘ which the Museum owes to the kindness of Prof. Thomson, collected by the Porcupine Expedition;’ and I am therefore unable to give any independent judgment as to the point at issue between Sir W. Thomson and the writer of the just-quoted sentence on the one hand, and Dr. Ludwig on the other. To say nothing of the fact that the Porcupine Expedition was fitted out at the national expense, the present state of the question affords ample evidence of the advantage of rare and typical specimens being deposited in a central and national institution. Conflicting as the statements are, those of Dr. Ludwig are so explicit, and are made with so distinct a knowledge of the opinions of his predecessors®, that I think it is, for the present at any rate, the view to which one ought to incline. The Echinothuride, then, though Branchiata, are distinguished from the rest by having more than one pair of each series of ambulacral plates carried on to the buccal membrane; they may consequently be distinguished as a polylepid as compared with a decalepid series. This decalepid series includes the Diadematidz, the Arbaciade, the Echinide, and the Echinometride, together with the Salenide. These last are at once to be separated off from the rest by the characters of their apical area; they are paleoproctous forms, as 1 Trans. Linn. Soe. (2), i. p. 569. 2 Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool. xxiv. pp. 70-87. 3 Prof. Alex. Agassiz gives no information, in his preliminary diagnosis, as to the gills of Aspidodiadema. 4 Abh. Berl. Akad. 1853, p. 146. ° He speaks of “ein ganz fundamentaler und bis jetzt nicht beachteter Gegensatz zu den Cidariden.” The possession of buccal plates being a charac- teristic of the Desmosticha, the differences which obtain with regard to them are to be insisted on in the arrangement of the constituent families. 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 417 distinguished from the neoproctous ; and they completely retain the primitive disposition of the primary pore-plates. In the neoproctous group some of the primary plates always lose their primitive relations; but in the Arbaciade and the Diadema- tidze this does not always affect the plates above the ambitus, and the poriferous zones are in both almost straight; they are paleosticha, as compared with the Echinide and Echinometride, which are neosticha ; and while the Arbaciadz present a Cidarid character in the want of connexion between the auricles, the Diadematide (as represented by Diadema) present a curious ancestral character in the possession of rudimentary internal gills (Ludwig). Coming now to the Echinometride and the Echinide, we are at once struck by the fact that it is impossible to find any points of difference between them which are nearly so great, or of such clear systematic value as (1) the presence or absence of external gills, (2) the connexion of the auricles, (3) the presence of a subanal plate, or (4) the number of the perforated buccal plates. Both families are, in other words, branchiate, decalepid, neoproctous, neostichous. These relations are exhibited in the following Table :— Table of the Groups of the Echinoidea regularia (seu Desmosticha). No external gills. Auricular arch not complete and not radial. Ambulacral and interambulacral plates continued on to buccal mem- brane; pores in straight rows, all the pore-plates primary and sub- equal. ENTOBRANCHIATA’. Fam. 1. Cidaride. External gills, auricles radial ; interambulacral plates not con- tinued on to the buccal membrane. EcroBpraNCHIATA. Series a (Paleeoproctous). Large suranal plate persistent in apical area. Fam. 2, Salenide. Series 6 (Neoproctous). Anal plates all secondary. * Subseries i. (polylepid). More than one pair of ambulacral plates carried on to the buccal membrane from each area. Fam. 3. Lchinothuride. Subseries ii. (decalepid). Only five pairs of ambulacral plates on the buccal membrane. A. Auricular arch not complete. Fam. 4. Arbaciade. B. Auricular arch complete; rudimentary internal gill still re- tained (Diadema). Fam. 5. Diadematide. C. Auricular arch complete ; no rudimentary gill. Fam. 6. Echinide. 1 The term Entobranchiata ae to me to be preferable to Abranchiata ; and I consequently use Ectobranchiata in place of Branchiata (Ludwig). 418 PKOF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDA. [| Mar. 15, Turning our attention now to the Echinidee, we may define them as Regular Echinoidea, with external gills and five pairs of ambu- lacral plates on the buccal membrane, in which some sets of primary plates always fuse to form a secondary ambulacral plate, in which the auricular arch is complete, and the rudimentary internal gill entirely lost. If the above be, then, a good and fair definition of the Echinide, we come to a consideration of the points by which its constituent genera may become grouped into distinct subfamilies. The tables already given show that it is hopeless to expect to be able to find any ground of distinction on the absolute number of pairs of pores in an are ; we cannot say that, at any one point, forms with three pairs of pores end and those with four begin. The character, not being a constant or absolute one, is unfitted for use as a family-cha- racter ; nor are there any points which we can propose as affording so wide a distinction between Echinometra and Echinus. Personal ob- servation can only confirm the general tendency of the researches of Perrier, Stewart, and Mackintosh on the histological characters of the group in question, and lead to acquiescence in the conclusion of M. Perrier :—‘‘ On le voit, les modifications qui caractérisent les Echinométriens sont parfaitement nettes, mais ce ne sont que des modifications dans le type des Echiniens. Le type ne change pas comme lorsqu’on passe du Cidaris aux Diadémes, et de ceux-ci aux Echinocidaris ou aux Oursins proprement dits.” These considerations appear to me to be sufficient to justify us in retaining Echinometra, Strongylocentrotus, Echinus, and Toxopneustes in one family, and to refuse to follow Dr. Gray or Prof. Agassiz in forming a family Echinometrade as distinguished from the Echinide. If we look yet a little further we shall find that the elaborateness of the ambulacral plates, the strength of the spines, the size of the buccal apparatus, appear to have culminated in Heterocentrotus and Colobocentrotus rather than in Tripneustes and Toxopneustes, which in the latest Revision are, in the systematic list, placed furthest from the Cidaride. Whatever be the significance of the obliquity of the morphological axis, there can be but little doubt that it is of very great importance ; and a return to the definition of ‘* body circular,’ and to the recog- nition of the differences insisted on by Johannes Miller, seems to be better than a vague union of forms, elevated into a family for no better reason than one that has already (p. 413) been quoted and discussed, A scheme, therefore, of the following character will probably throw into prominence the points of likeness and unlikeness in the constituent members of the family Echinidze. Group I. Body circular.........°.... EcHinina. (a) Secondary plates formed of three primary plates ifs. soo a's) sane, s e.g. Ecehinus. (3) Secondary plate formed in adult 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 419 of three or more than three primary plies: ass ersten eres e. g. Strongylocentrotus. Group II. Morphological axis set ob- liquely to long axis of the test.. .. ECHINOMETRIN4. Group III. Morphological axis set at right angles to long axis of the fest aoaee eas. 5 tne Cay users HETEROCENTRIN&. On the present occasion the observations now to be recorded are based on the classification of the ‘ Revision; the further details of altered classification now proposed can only be worked out when sufficient details as to the 'Triplechinide have been presented to the Society ; the Temnopleuridz have already * been touched : but even then Temnechinus and Trigonocidaris must have a place found for them; perhaps that will, after all, turn out to be not among the Echinidee at all. I now proceed to the details of some of the genera of the so-called family “‘ Echinometradz.”’ HerTeROCENTROTUS. If the student lets this paper follow in succession the third part of these ‘“‘ Observations,” he will, on examining the subjoined per- centage values, be struck by the fact that there is not by any means that marked diminution in the proportional values of the actinal and abactinal systems to which attention could scarcely fail to have been drawn in the study of the Temnopleuride. The character of these latter, though perhaps hardly so well marked, will be seen when the species of the genus Echinometra come under inspection. I have not been able to detect any very striking differences in the characters of the buccal apparatus of H. mammillatus and H. trigo- narius. The most important is, probably, their difference in size ; for while a test of H. mammillatus, with a height of 26 millim., gave as a measurement from the tip of the tooth to the top of the epiphysis the almost paradoxical amount of 29 millim., two tests of H. trigonarius, 21 and 25 millim. high respectively, gave for the same distance 21 and 23 millim. in the two cases. In both cases there are ascending and descending processes, which are perhaps alittle better developed in H. mammillatus, as is also the hammer-headed widening of the tree end of the radius, and its division by a median notch. 1 Tt is not yet time to forget the words of J. Miller :— Der Korper nur bei querer Lage symmetrisch, welcher von der erstgenannten Gattung (Hehino- metra) bereits von Brandt erkannt, und durch Corpus transversum ausge- druckt, von Agassiz aber nicht bemerkt worden, der diese Formen mit Hehino- metra fiir schiet angesehen hat” (Abh, Berl. Akad. Wiss. 1853, p, 128). 2 P.Z.S8. 1880. 420 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDH. [Mar. 15, HETEROCENTROTUS MAMMILLATUS. Percentage value! of Greatest | Morphol. Actinostome. diam., axis, Hawk A ~,| Abactina] | Anal in millim. | in millim. ere Long Morph. area. area. axis. axis. 44 37 56°7 56:7 554 24:3 108 45 36 55:5 63°8 61-1 277 111 59 53 58-4 50 49 18:8 8-4 65 58 63°7 49-1 53°4 19 95 75 66 59-9 599 56°6 22°7 9:9 HETEROCENTROTUS TRIGONARIUS. Percentage value of Longest | Morphol. Actinostome. diam. axis. < —A~- —~j| Abactinal | Anal Height. Long Morph. area. area. axis. axis. 45 36 58-3 611 | 597 208 | OF 60 50 60 55 55 20 10 73 66 56 50-7 515 189 9 93 78 56-4 51:9 50°6 21:1 10 113 91 54:9 ds nse 19-7 8:7 As compared with H. mammillatus, we may note the striking equality of the lengths of the true and of the apparent long axes of the actinostome in this species. CoLoBOCENTROTUS. The proportional measurements of the two species of this genus exhibit the greatest variability ; and here, as in the case of Hetero- centrotus, there is no marked diminution in the proportional value of the diameters of the actinal and abactinal series as the test increases in size. This striking deviation from the ordinary rule does not show itself when the genus Hchinometra proper comes to be studied ; and it is impossible to resist the suspicion that the “ obliquity” of the long axes of Heterocentrotus and Colobocentrotus on the one hand, and Lichinometra on the other, is not altogether to be referred to the same cause. * The percentage values are, of course, calculated from the morphological axis. 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID. 421 CoLOBOCENTROTUS ATRATUsS?. Percentage value of Longest /Morphol.| an diam. diam. Height Agipostome, Abactinal} Anal Long. |Morphol. ain sais Bes As sea St 42 39 =| ~=40 42°3 42°3 18 79 53 47 53°1 51 489 21:2 85 67'5 61 50 43:4 | 41°8 22 8 CoLOBOCENTROTUS MERTENSI. Percentage value of Greatest |Morphol. : length. a | Height. Actinostome. ATs] Anal Long. Morphol. ened. Ennedic Tago) 44 302 | 443 | 454 | 236 8-1 50 43°5 42-5 | 48-5 48°5 25°5 10°3 55 48 38'5 39 | 37-2 208 77 EcHINOMETRA. The characters of the different parts of the buccal apparatus seem here, as in so many other genera of regular Echinoidea, to present just those slight differences in detail which are so important an aid in the accurate discrimination of species. The alveolar foramen, never large, is larger in LZ. vanbrunti and E. viridis (where it is nearly half as long as the whole alveolus), than it is in H. lucunter or EH. subangularis (where it is very distinctly less than half the length); it is smallest in Z. ucunter. The radius is simplest in E. lucunter, widening only very gra- dually and very slowly, and not having its free end notched; in Z. vanbrunti it is a little longer, distinctly wider, but only faintly notched. In £, viridis and E. subangularis the free end is wider ; and in £, subangularis it is hammer-shaped, owing to its somewhat sudden widening out at its free end; but there is only a feebly deve- loped notch. In #. viridis the notch is more distinct than in any of the three just mentioned species. When the observer looks straight through the alveolar foramen, holding the tooth vertically, a delicate ascending and descending process on either side is to be observed in EZ. vanbrunti; in LZ. lucunter the ascending process can just be detected ; in Z. subangu- laris neither process can be seen; while in Z. viridis it is the descending, instead of the ascending, process which is visible. * This species would seem to be figured in the Phil. Trans. vol. xlix. (1755), pl. viii. fig. 3. 422 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDZ&. [ Mar. 15, EcHINOMETRA LUCUNTER (Lamk.). Questions of identifications of species are in some cases inter- minable ; and we seem here to have an example of one in which there would be found much to say on both sides, were it worth the while, and were questions of synonymy the end of zoological science. I shall not, I imagine, be accused of any blind following of Prof. Alex. Agassiz; but I follow him in this case for what, I submit, is a sufficient reason. The labels of Linnzeus’s specimen of £. lucunter are lost; Leske found it difficult to decide to what figure of Klein’s Linnzeus meant to refer: Lamarck’s typical specimens ate in exist- ence. The reviser of the group having to settle what species he would call #. ucunter, came to the conclusion that he would follow Lamarck. Whether the present writer would have done the same, had he been the reviser, need not be discussed ; it is certain that had Prof. Lovén or Dr. Liitken been the revisers, they would have adopted a different course (ef. Agassiz, op. cit. p. 284). But a decision has been given; it is almost certain that no further light will ever be thrown on the difficulty ; the ‘ Revision of the Echini’ is our present standard. Let us, then, when we cannot oppose facts to facts, but only opinions to opinions, follow the Reviser, and let the question (and all such questions) drop. Large forms of this species differ so much in appearance from smaller specimens, that, where the series fails, one is at once almost inclined to imagine that one has to do with a distinct species. One specimen in the national collection (which has its longest axis 79 and its morphological axis 76 millim. long) is greatly bowed on its actinal surface, and has the smaller tubercles exceedingly well deve- loped ; there is a large number of very small anal plates; here and there five pairs of pores are found in an are. But the most striking variation, and one which, in our present state of information, we should almost be justified in taking as a basis for the formation of a distinct variety, represented by this form, lies in the characters of the auricular arch: there is a considerable development in the amount of calcareous matter there laid down; the arch is conse- quently very streng, the foramen very small, the top piece is well developed, and the connecting ridge, instead of being low, is nearly half the height of the whole arch. The plates on the buccal membrane are very large ; and the ends of the radii in the lantern of Aristotle are well developed. On the other hand, the characters of the auricular arch are not very constant in this species; and the proportions of the parts of the specimen in question are not at all unlike those of a specimen 76 millim. in diameter, the measurements of which are given in the ‘ Revision of the Echini ;’ so that better service is done by directing attention to its peculiarities than by imposing a new name on this already heavily weighted species. Two specimens, purchased in 1844 from Mr. Gould, bear the locality of ‘* Abrolhos.” I am unable to distinguish them from other specimens of #. lucunter ; and I can hardly suggest that the locality given in the Register is altogether wrong; for one specimen, at any 423 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDE. rate, of those purchased at that time from Mr. Gould is a represen- tative of Z. subangularis’. ECHINOMETRA LUCUNTER. Longest | Morphol Percentage value of g . axis axis : . F i Sete f Actino- | Abactinal Anal in millim. | in millim | Height ve ee. a 19 18 44-4 50 25 111 29°5 27 49'2 462 23°9 111 sr 31 41°9 40°3 22°5 11:25 53 DIED 58:2 43:1 19-4 10°9 54. 53 49 43°3 185 9:25 59 55 58-1 42:7 218 10 65 63 59°5 388 17°6 103 The use of the percentage method in detecting variations, and the extent of the variations themselves, seem to be well shown in this Table. ECcHINOMETRA SUBANGULARIS. Longest. | Morphol. Percentage value of diameter, axis, eva) . in millim. | in millim.| Height. se gee pe 14 13-25 452 52-6 267 | 95 31 30 465 46°5 20 10 46:2 AB Be eaten 45°5 16°6 Re 55 53°5 53:2 44-7 158 7:4 60 58 54:3 40 17-2 86 It may be well to direct attention to the fact that the longest axis is very little longer than the morphological axis, another point in which Echinometra contrasts very strongly with the two genera which here precede it. EcHINOMETRA VANBRUNTI. Percentage value of Long axis, in millim. Heicht Actino- | Abactinal Anal So stome. area. area. 28 39-2 46-4 196. | 107 57 49°8 386 ai aos 57°5 51:3 365 16°5 9°5 | | 1 Tn a conversation with Mr. Howard Saunders I was reminded that there is a Houtman’s Abrolhos on the western coast of Australia; and I have now no doubt that the registrar of the specimens in the year 1844 did not sufficiently distinguish between the two localities. 424 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. [ Mar. 15, EcHINOMETRA MACROSTOMA. The single spineless test which, as it seems, should be referred to this species, gives the following measurements :— ‘ Percentage value of Greatest | Morphol. length, axis, ; The in millim. | in millim. | Height. “sna es Re 20°6 11-2 45 43:5 | 505 | 439 It will be of great interest to examine the buccal apparatus of this rare species. The specimen in the Museum collection bears no indication of its locality ; we know, however, that Dr. Liitken is satisfied as to certain specimens, at any rate, having come from Guinea’. EcHINOMETRA VIRIDIS. Percentage value of Absol. diam., in millim. : Actino- | Abactinal Anal Height. stome. area. area, (?)115 3847 52°1 45:2 ithe. 13 40°3 48 20 116 15 386°6 50 20 11:6 STOMOPNEUSTES. This is an exceedingly difficult genus, and one with regard to which we must have much more information than we possess at present before we can speak at all definitely as to its real affinities. Whatever be the meaning of the “eccentricity” of its test, I must confess that I see no reason, at present, for regarding it as morpho- logically comparable with that of Echinometra; for the “ tendency to obliquity” is only found in the axis of old specimens, whereas in Echinometra we are informed that the obliquity is ‘‘an embryonic feature.” We shall do better to wait for more accurate information than to spend our time in reconciling statements which sufficiently well contradict themselves. I give the figures following for what they are worth ; they prove that great variations obtain in the only species of the genus now known to us. 1 Gf. Zool. Record for the year 1873. 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID. 425 STOMOPNEUSTES VARIOLARIS. | Percentage value of | Absol. diam., : in millim. Heieht Actino- | Abactinal Anal wea stome. area, area. 59 52°5 27-1 16:1 81 60 50 316 166 ie 69 52-1 28 17:3 86 73 53-4 26°6 20 10:9 STRONGYLOCENTROTUS. In adopting the generic name of Strongylocentrotus, proposed in the year 1835 by Brandt, Prof. Alex. Agassiz has done no more than justice to that eminent naturalist ; but this act of justice is accom- panied by the considerable reward that it has enabled him to group under one name, for all practical purposes new’, the varied forms which had been distributed among different generic sections under the names, chiefly, of Euryechinus, Heliocidaris, Toxocidaris, and Loxechinus. It is the group which at present contains a larger number of species than any other Echinid genus: fourteen species are recog- nized in the ‘ Revision ;’ to this number I have myself been obliged to add one for the reception of certain specimens from the Straits of Magellan’; so far as I know, no other zoologist has obtained any representative of a new species. STRONGYLOCENTROTUS ALBUS. ree Percentage value of diameter, in ee : millim. Height. see a Anal area. 54 518 27°4 20°3 111 75 45°3 24 18 106 114 43°8 21-9 14 Ss 115 47:8 20:9 157 9°5 1 The recognition of the name (Strongylocentrus) by Dr. Gray (1855) was, unfortunately, ignored by subsequent writers, and seems even to have escaped Mr. Agassiz. Cf. op. cit. p. 161. 2 P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 88. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXVIII. 28 426 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&, STRONGYLOCENTROTUS ARMIGER. [ Mar. 15, Percentage value of Absolute \diameter, in . Gtiowt | Abactinall millim. Height. a tae spat “a | Anal area. 26 48 346 19-2 10°5 32 46.8 32°8 18:7 10-9 47 468 319 19-1 89 69 40°5 28:9 15°9 7:2 76 46 30°2 16:1 7-2 STRONGYLOCENTROTUS BULLATUS. P gs nae ercentage value of idiameter,in : : millim. Height. | fateh: Sbacenet Anal area. 38 50 =| 316 37 | 121 94 was 30°8 18 i 10:6 115 45:2 23-04 18-2 | 9-5 STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DEPRESSUS. A dry test, denuded of spines, is very probably to be referred to this species ; I proceed, however, to point out a number of cha- racters by which it appears to differ from the descriptions of S. de- pressus as given by Prof. Alex. Agassiz, or the E. disjunctus of Prof. Ambulacral area of S. depressus, to show the disposition of the pairs of pores. von Martens. The test is not so depressed; the primary tubercles are not so numerous ; the poriferous zone is not specially broad ; and it is not the uppermost, but the lowermost pair of pores that is “dis- junctum.” As to this last point, however, there is possibly some error of observation, as it is difficult to see the exact position of the pair of pores in question, since they lie altogether at the edge of the plate. Ifthe difference is real, it is probably one of specific impor- tance. Prof. Agassiz remarks that in specimens with a depressed test, “the inner and one outer pairs of pores’ are disconnected. 1881. ] PROF. F. F. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 427 I give a short technical account of the test in question, together with the more important measurements. Test somewhat depressed; apical system large ; genital pores large ; two large oculars touch the periproct ; pairs of pores five in an arc; in one or two cases there are six ; the lowermost pair is separated from and is internal to the rest, so that it forms a well-marked inner line. On each series of the plates of the corona there is a row of large pri- mary tubercles, which rapidly diminish in size from the ambitus to the actinostome; at the ambitus the interambulacral tubercles have a smaller primary on either side; the outermost of these rows reaches to the actinostome, and extends alsoa short way up the side of the test; the inner row extends higher up the side of the test, but soon becomes lost on the actinal surface; the ambulacral plates are well provided with secondary and miliary tubercles on the ac- tinal surface, but very slightly so on the abactinal. Actinostome moderate, actinal cuts slight, auricles rather delicate, foramen well marked, connecting ridge slight. General colour of the test yellow- ish green ; the tubercles white. Spines? Hab.? The following are the more important measurements, Diameter. Height. Actinostome. Abactinal area. Anal area. 42 19 15%5 10 4 [45-2]! [37°8] [238] [9:5] STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENSIS. Bisco Percentage value of diameter, in : : pe ate ; Actino- Abactinal c millim. Height. ainmaet ase Anal area. iy | —-63-68--1-~45-45 a 1818 12 50 43°7 mA 22°7 19 50 47 26°3 13:15 24 45°8 41°6 27:08 14:5 30 43°3 41°6 30 15 35 42:8 38°5 25°7 15 39 51-2 384 25:6 12:8 532 56°6 35°8 226 =| 13°2 (?)65 58-4 30°7 14) | ape Some of the fluctuations in percentage values shown by the above table give an idea of the variations exhibited by this widely spread and cireumpolar species. The author of the ‘ Revision of the Echini’ rendered considerable service to the students of this and allied species, when he pointed out that under the name of S. drobachiensis it was necessary to include so many that are merely nominal. Mr. Leigh Smith has presented to the British Museum specimens of this species which he dredged in the seas off Franz-Joseph Land, as well as others taken to the north of Spitzbergen; Messrs. Hart ? Percentage value. 2 « B. neglectus.” * 428 PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDE. [ Mar. 15, and Feilden collected them at Franklin-Pierce Bay, Cape Napoleon, and Hayes Point, during the Arctic Expedition of 1875-76; Capt. Markham found specimens at 73° 10’ lat., 53° long. ; the officers of the ‘Valorous’ Expedition collected specimens off Greenland. Other examples have lately been received from the United States Fishery Commission, which collected them at Eastport, Maine. STRONGYLOCENTROTUS ERYTHROGRAMMUS. Percentage value of Absolute diameter, in : : millim. Height. aoe saci Anal area. 27°5 47-2 30°9 181 9:05 35 40 site 20 85 57 47°3 3815 19:3 9-2 57 456 30°7 19:3 10-9? 100 48 29 13 (a) STRONGYLOCENTROTUS FRANCISCANUS. , f Absolute Percentage value o diameter, ; in millim.| Height. | fog ee cies 90 B55 25-5 23:7 ao 46-46 | 30-9 18-1 3 STRONGYLOCENTROTUS GIBBOSUS. This species, obviously, does not lend itself to proportional mea- surements. STRONGYLOCENTROTUS LIVIDUS. Percentage value of Absolute diameter, Sars. : in millim. | Height. Retina) y|)/eabaasinal| ta aren stome. area. 24-5 50 | 367 22:8 12 34 47 32°3 20°5 87 38 47-3 31:5 19-2 98 60 555 29:1 18-3 10 63 49:2 3071 166 és 1 Madreporic plate considerably swollen. 1881. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 429 STRONGYLOCENTROTUS PURPURATUS. t 1 Weatae Percentage value of diameter, ; ; in millim, | Height. Aas abana Anal area. 50 44 34 18 10 53 52°'8 32 17-4 89 55 44-1 30°9 18-1 9 STRONGYLOCENTROTUS TUBERCULATUS. cits Percentage value of diameter, ; : in millim. | Height. ON ae a stome, area. : 26 46:1 346 19-2 96 315 44-4 333 19 10:3 43 50 32'5 20:9 10-4 54 46°3 27-7 16°6 74 60 48°3 316 158 66 Owing to the fact that the number of species in this genus is, among the Echinoidea, so large, I have added to the Tables just given others, which show certain points in the characters of the different species which are undoubtedly of specific value. I have for these points examined every species which is repre- sented in the national collection; and I have to express my hope that other observers will fill in the lacunze in our knowledge of the points now to be discussed. Relations of the Ocular Plates to the Anal Area. (a) All shutout... 22/3). i. bullatus. li. lividus (and, as we may suppose, gaimardi). iii. depressus. (By Bwo-touch 2.0005 iv. armiger. v. drobachiensis. vi. erythrogrammus. vil. franciscanus. vill. tntermedius. ix. purpuratus. x. tuberculatus. (gy). il aree:touch,, ./.0.5: xi. gibbosus, (0) Bong touchy. o.0:5)5)-:. xil. albus’, ' This is true of full-grown specimens. In the younger all the oculars may be shut off; but it is possible that four of these have even then a different position to the fifth, or one lying to the right of the madreporic plate. 430 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDEH. [Mar. 15, I am unable to give any information as to the oculars of S. mewi- canus or S. nudus: no mention is made of this character in the diagnoses given in the ‘ Revision ;’ nor are they there figured. Neither species is represented in the British Museum. With regard to the characters of the radius, the number of species on which I have any thing to report is, unfortunately, still smaller ; the buccal apparatus of S. franciscanus, S. gibbosus, and S. depressus being wanting from the British-Museum specimens. S. tuberculatus would appear to be distinguished by the fact that the radius is not notched terminally, while in aljus, armiger, ery- throgrammus, intermedius, and purpuratus it is always so notched ; S. he rather has the free end of the radius deeply grooved than notched. Characters of ascending and descending Tooth-processes. (a). Rothi present. re ricl. a canaes:s (2 + . erythrogrammus. (3) Ascending process evanescent...... li. armiger. (vy) Ascending process absent ........ iii. albus. iv. bullatus. v. drobachiensis. vi. intermedius. vii. lividus. Vill. purpuratus. ix. tuberculatus. _ SPH2RECHINUS. The difficulties which are offered by the great development of the tubercles and the special characters of the gill-cuts in species of this Fig. 2. fo) Radius of S, granularis, seen from in front. genus have always appeared to me to stand in the way of the view taken by Prof. A. Agassiz, which regards this genus as a subgenus of Strongylocentrotus. An examination of the buccal apparatus seems to me to do more than justify this hesitation. The free end of the radius, in place of being merely widened out at its end, presents a strong and deep fureation, each leg of the fork measuring 6 millim., in a radius of which the azgyos piece was 11 millim. long, and the angle so wide as to separate the free ends of the legs by 5 millim. It has not been my fortune to meet with so aberrant an arrangement in any other regular Echinid save Toropneustes. 1881. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 431 SPHARECHINUS GRANULARIS. Fale | Percentage value of diameter, | ; ee 4 in millim. Height. samo ep bagtinal Anal area. i. 49'| 61:2 36-7 18:35 Bil ii. 50'| 62 36 18 10 iii, 571 | 63:1 35 15°8 83 iy. 64! | 56-2 32:8 19-2 11-7 vy. 70: | 685 29-2 17-1 9-3 vi. 78! | 64-1 29-5 192 10-9 vii, 85'| 54-1 294 | 153 7 viii. 36 72-2 36 166 83 | ix. 75 | 56 33:3 16 86 x.102 | 661 28-4 156 83 | The first seven specimens, coming all from one locality, are very interesting, as exhibiting the range and character of the variations in this eminently variable genus. PsEUDOBOLETIA. This genus has been so amply defined by Prof. Troschel, that it is only necessary to put his definition into English. ‘* Test flattened and curved, thin; tubercles small; four pairs of pores in an arc; two ocular plates touch the periproct; rather deep gill-fissures ; auricles with large foramen and low connecting ridge. It is distin- guished from Bole¢ia, Desor, by having four pairs of pores in each are." Two species have been described in it—one by Michelin as endiana, the other by A. Agassiz as Boletia granulata. By the latter author Pseudoboletia is recognized as a subgenus, and P. stenostoma and P. maculata of Troschel are stated to be synonymous with P. granulata and P. indiana respectively. There are certainly two species in the British-Museum collection ; and one is just as certainly P. indiana; the other species is certainly stenostomatous as compared with P. indiana, and even more so than was Prof. Troschel’s specimen ; this, uf course, may be due to- the fact of its being older. When we study it by the aid of the original definition * of B. granulata—‘‘ remarkable for its compara- tively long spines; tubercles uniform in size, very closely crowded together,’—-we are unable to gain any assistance from the first clause, owing to the absence of the spines; but the second half of the definition applies very well ; and, on the whole, I am inclined to feel certain that the specimens are representatives of P. granulata. If, however, they are so, they give a somewhat different aspect to the * These specimens were collected at Naples. ? Sitzb. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. 1859, p. 96. 3 Bull, M. C. Z. i. 2 (1863), p. 24. » 432 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDE&. [Mar. 15, geographical distribution of the species than it has had hitherto; for the two specimens are both reported to have come from the island of Mauritius, whence the other species (P. indiana) has (as it seems) been already obtained ; and the only locality for P. granulata hitherto recorded is that of the Sandwich Islands. P. indiana has been received from (a) Masbate, (6) Philippine Islands, (c) Zamboanga (coll. Challenger), (d) Port Lincoln, Torres Straits. I do not find myself able to agree with the view according to which we should regard Pseudoboletia as standing in subgeneric dependence to Strongylocentrotus. It seems to me that, as defined by Prof. Troschel, it has the most distinct characters ; the constant possession of four pairs of pores, the deep gill-fissures and large gills, the constant abutting of two ocular plates on the ana) region, the very considerable size of the lantern of Aristotle, are certainly enough characters which can hardly be subordinated to the form in which variability in the number of pores is found even in individual . specimens, in which the gill-cuts are always slight, in which no ocular plate, or only one, may touch the anal area, and in which the buccal apparatus does not attain to any specially large size. But I need hardly attack this “ man of straw ;” for although Prof. Alex. Agassiz does technically regard it as a subgenus, yet he (p. 455) speaks of it as a genus, and regards it as intermediate between the Echinometrade and the KEchinide. The size of the buccal apparatus is very remarkable: in two speci- mens of P. indiana, which had the test respectively 32 and 25 millim. high, the height of the lantern of Aristotle was 26 and 22 millim. respectively. If similar results should be obtained with P. granulata, it will be necessary to introduce the character into the diagnosis of the genus, and to examine into the extent of its affinity to Heterocentrotus. PsEUDOBOLETIA GRANULATA. Percentage value of Absolute diameter, é : in millim. | Height. Aotines Hpacons Anal area. —_ 80 43:7 36:2 156 68 1881,] PROF. F. J. BELL ON A NEW SPECIES OF MESPILIA. 433 PsEUDOBOLETIA INDIANA. Percentage value of Absolute diamoter) |) he vl) eee et. eT Sl oo Le i illim. . Actino- | Abactinal a eat stome. area. Anal area. 70 45°7 42-1 16:4 7] 53 471 42-4 15 52 49°4 40 12:3 EcHINOSTREPHUS. For the present it is not possible to do more than give the accom- panying table of measurements ; when any change is made in the position of this curious genus, it should be based on a fuller know- ledge of its life-history than we at present possess. In the mean- time, in its unusual form it stands alone, not only among the Echinometride, but among all the Echinidee. The smallest speci- men measured (which is also smaller than any measured by Prof. Alex. Agassiz) would seem to show that there is, during the rather earlier stages, a considerable diminution in the proportional values of the abactinal and actinal areas. EcHINOSTREPHUS MOLARE. saa ES Percentage value of diameter. . Tene : Actino- | Abactinal in millim. Height. Bisons oe Anal area, 145 48:2 44:8 27°5 135 25 54 38 23 10 26°5 49 32 22°6 2. Description of a New Species of the Genus Mespilia. By F. Jurrrey Bex, M.A., F.Z.S. {Received February 24, 1881.] When, last year, I was engaged in naming and revising the specimens of Temnopleuride in the British Museum, I was unable to satisfy myself as to the exact specific nature of the specimen now to be described, and which I propose to name after its discoverer. MEsPILIA WHITM4I, 0. sp. The examination of this species revives nearly all the difficulties as to the definition of the genera Mespilia and Amblypneustes. The 434 PROF. F. J. BELL ON A NEW SPECIES OF MESPILIA. [ Mar. 15, special point which characterizes this new species will perhaps bring into prominence the whole question of the real affinities of these forms: it is the well-marked character of the gill-cuts of the acti- nostome, which, in the only species of the genus known hitherto, are so very feebly developed. The specimen on which the following description is based was presented by the Rev. S. J. Whitmee, and is stated to have come from the Samoa Islands. It is in the dry condition. The test, from above, is obscurely pentagonal in form, and not at all high; the spines are delicate, yellowish or greenish yellow in ground-colour, and banded or tipped with red; they are richly developed over the whole surface of the test, with the exception of the middle portion of the interambulacral aree. In correspondence with this there is, of course, a portion of the interambulacral plates devoid of primary tubercles; but this is only seen above the ambitus; this bare band is much narrower than in M. globulus. At the ambitus there are four large primary tubercles in a row on either side of the middle line; the space on either side of these is occupied by smaller tubercles, which are not quite so regularly arranged ; as we pass nearer the actinostome, first these latter tubercles and then the outer primary tubercles disappear; those that remain retain or even exceed the size of those at the ambitus. In the ambulacral areze a row of four tubercles on either side can likewise be made out at the ambitus. In having the same number of primary tubercles in the interambulacral as in the ambu- lacral area this species differs from MZ. globulus, which, however, it resembles in having the largest and most conspicuous of the inter- ambulacral tubercles nearest to the poriferous zone. There is but a very feebly developed, bare, intraambulacral space; but the sutural pores between the plates are more conspicuous in the ambulacral than in the interambulacral aree. The gill-cuts are well marked and wide. The auricular foramen is large, much larger than in M. globulus, and quite as large as, if not larger than, that of Amblypneustes pallidus. The connecting ridge is low, and, at its middle point, is produced into a short, pointed, upwardly-directed process ; the actinostome is moderately large. The abactinal area is by no means small; all the oculars remain shut out from the edge of the anal area; and in no essential point does it differ in character from that of M. globulus ; there is a rich supply of tubercles; and the peripheral anal plates are large and tuberculated. The poriferous zone is not so wide as in M. globulus ; but the pairs of pores are still arranged in two vertical rows, and the number of those in the outer seems to be about double those in the inner row. The foramen of the pyramid is perhaps a little larger than in M. globulus ; as in it, the radius is not bifid at its free end; but its spatulate character is very much more developed. The general ground-colour of the test is greyish brown; the tubercles are yellowish or whitish. 1881.] MR. Ww. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS CONOPOPHAGA. 435 This new species is at once to be distinguished from M. g/obulus by (1) its well-marked gill-cuts, (2) the extreme narrowness of the median bare space and the consequent increase in the number of the tubercles, (3) the more spatulate character of the free end of the radius. When its proportional measurements are compared with the specimen of an absolute diameter of 36 millim.’ we find the new species to be not so high, and to have the actinal, abactinal, and anal areas all proportionally a little larger. 7 Abactinal Anal Actino- Diam. Height. area. area, stome. 38 22 Tas 35 12 [579] [19] [9-2] [31-5] The numbers in brackets are the percentage values. 3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part IV.’ On some Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Conopophaga, and its Systematic Position. By W. A. Forssrs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received February 28, 1881.] As regards the true relationships of the genus Conopophaga con- siderable doubt has hitherto prevailed amongst systematic zoologists. By Sundevall* it was placed amongst the Tyrannidze, on account of its depressed beak and the nature of its tarsal scutellation. Messrs. Sclater and Salvin, in their valuable ‘ Nomenclator Avium Neotro- picalium’ *, foliowed Sundevall—the Conopophaginee, consisting of the genera Conopophaga and Corythopis, therein forming the first subfamily of the Oligomyodian Tyrannide. All these authors, how- ever, had overlooked the fact that Johannes Miller, in his classical memoir on the Voice-organs of the Passerinz’, had described the syrinx of Conopophaga aurita, and had found it to be completely tracheophone, that of the Tyrannide having, of course, no such structure. Garrod was, no doubt, aware of Miiller’s results; for in his proposed rearrangement of the Tracheophone Passeres®, he made the ‘‘Conopophagide”’ a distinct family, which he placed between the Dendrocolaptidz and the Formicariide. No reasons, however, for the change were there given. A few days ago Mr. Salvin called my attention to the fact that ina skeleton of Conopophaga melanops, lately acquired for the Cambridge 1 P. Z.S. 1880, p. 435. 2 For Part IIT. see P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 387. 8 Tentamen, p. 60: Stockholm, 1872. + L.e. p. 41: London, 1873. 5 Ueber d. Stimmorgane &e., p. 389: Berlin, 1847. Garrod’s edition, p. 32. 8 P.Z.S. 1877, p. 452. 436 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS CONOPOPHAGA. [Mar. 15, University Museum, the sternum presented four notches along its pos- terior margin, a very unusual condition in Passerine birds. This again drew my attention to the genus; and being fortunately the possessor of a specimen in spirit of Conopophaga lineata from Pernambuco, 1 have been enabled to confirm Mr. Salvin’s discovery, as well as to make some other notes on the structure of this genus. As re- gards the sternum, it will be seen, from the drawing I now exhibit of that of Conopophaga lineata, to possess, as already stated, four Sternum of Conopophaga lineata, of the natural size ; viewed, slightly obliquely, from the side. notches, two on each side, on its posterior margin. Both are quite distinct; but the outer one is considerably the larger of the two, running up to near the base of the ‘costal process.” The outer xiphoid process diverges considerably, so that there is a wide space between its termination and that of the internal one. This latter is terminally expanded and closely approximated, internally, to the body of the sternum, with only a very narrow cleft separating the ossified parts there. In other respects the sternum and its appendages are characteristically Passerine, there being a large bifurcated manu- brium sterni, and a long, forwardly directed, costal process. Theclavi- cles are well developed, with a large hypocleidium and strongly expanded scapular ends. The carina sterni is well developed. The only other Passerine birds in which the sternum is four-notched are, so far as is yet known, sundry species of Pteroptochide (Péeroptochus albi- collis, the species of Hylactes, and Scytalopus indigoticus). In Pteroptochus albicollis the two notches of each side are more nearly equal in size, and the internal xiphoid process is separated by a considerable interval from the body of the bone. As regards the skull, Conopophaga is typically Passerine, not being in the slightest degree schizorhinal, as already stated by Garrod (J.c.). The vomer is broad and bifurcated. The maxillo-palatine processes are fairly long, spongy at the base, and recurved and dilated slightly apically, and do not articulate with the vomer, as is the case (e. g.) in Thamnophilus'. The ‘“transpalatine’”’ processes are well deve- loped. In the macerated skull the external nares are divided into an anterior and a posterior opening, by the ossification of the alimasal cartilages. The same is the case in the species of Thamnophilus and in many other Passeres. I donot, however, attach much systematic importance to this character, as it occurs in Cymbirhynchus, and not 1 Gf. Parker, Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p. 313, pl. lvil. fig. 9. 1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS CONOPOPHAGA. 437 in Oalyptomena, and in Hadrostomus, Tityra (just), and Lipaugus, but in none other of the Pipro-Cotingide. The only Tyrannine bird in which I have observed it is Arundinicola leucocephala. From the character of its skull nothing very definite can be predicated of Conopophaga, except that it clearly has no relation to Furnariine forms. In its visceral anatomy, myology, pterylosis, and other characters I have detected no deviation from the ordinary Passerine structure. The typical arrangement of the tensor patagi brevis tendon is somewhat concealed, as in Pteroptochus and Hy- lactes (ef. Garrod, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 510), by the muscular fibres at the origin of the extensor metacarpi muscle. There is no trace of a vinculum in the deep flexor tendons of the foot. The artery of the leg is the sciatic. In the tarsi the anterior scutes, about six in number, extend round to the posterior margin exteriorly, leaving the internal plantar space covered by a smooth skin, with no signs of scutes or scutellee. In its possession of an “‘exaspidean”? tarsus, Conopophaga differs from all other forms of Tracheophone, and resembles Oxyrhynchus, the Tyrannide, and Pipridz alone of Pas- serine birds. The Tracheophone syrinx of Conopophaga aurita has been briefly described and figured by Miiller* ; and from that species C. lineata does not essentially differ. I find, however, that in this latter species the commencement of the tracheal syrinx is less abrupt than is depicted by Miiller, the few preceding tracheal rings, particularly posteriorly, becoming gradually less and less deep as they approach the membranous part. The last tracheal ring is deeper and stronger than its predecessors, and is incomplete in the middle line behind. The first bronchial semiring is considerably stronger than the second one, and bears the processus vocalis, which extends upwards for about two rings. The last tracheal and first two bronchial semirings are less closely connected together than in Miiller’s figure. The tracheal syrinx forms a somewhat dilated tympanum. As regards the muscles, my observations agree with Miiller’s as to there being no intrinsic muscles, as the lateral tracheal muscle stops at the com- mencement of the membranous part of the trachea, from which place also the sterno-tracheales diverge. This syrinx of Conopophaga does not exactly agree with that of any other Tracheophone group. In that it possesses processus vocales it resembles that of the Furnariidee and Dendrocolaptide described by Miiller (Pteroptochus, Hylactes, Formicarius, and Grallaria), and differs from Thamnophilus and Hypocnemis. In the absence of any intrinsic muscle it resembles Grallaria and Hy- lactes, as described by Garrod, as well as Chameza, Pteroptochus, and Formicarius. In Furnarius, Dendrocolaptes, &c. this muscle is always present, and double. But in both Grallaria, Hylactes, and the others the sterno-tracheales muscles arise from the end of the vocal process. In Conopophaga, on the other hand, they leave the trachea before reaching that process. ‘ As defined by Sundevall, /. ¢. p. 57. 2 L.c. p. 89, pl. vi. fig. 12, Garrod’s ed. p. 32, 438 PROF. NEWTON ON THE GENUS HYPHERPES. [ Mar. 15, The peculiarity, therefore, of its sternum, when taken with its tarsal scutellation and peculiar syrinx, seems to demand that, as has already been proposed by Garrod, the genus Conopophaga’ should form a primary division of the Tracheophone Passeres, which may be defined as follows :— Conopophagide.—Tracheophonine Passeres, with a holorhinal skull and four-notched sternum, an exaspidean tarsus, and a syrinx with no intrinsic muscles, and with the sterno-tracheales not attached to the processus vocales. As regards the possession of a four-notched sternum by these birds and the Pteroptochide, I am not inclined to consider it in any way a primitive character, but rather as an instance of a simple modification having been independently acquired in different groups of birds (many parallel cases might be given). The Tracheophonine syrinx must, without doubt, be regarded as a modification of some Haploophonine form?; and in all these last birds, as in the still less specialized Eurylemide, the sternum has the typical form with but two notches. On the other hand, the similarity of form of the sternum in the Pteroptochide and Conopophagide may very pro- bably indicate that these groups may both have sprung from some common stock which had already developed a peculiar sternum. 4. Note on the Generic Name Hypherpes. By Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.R.S., &e. [Received March 15, 1881.] My attention having been called by a note in the ‘ Zoological Record’ (xvi. Aves, p. 28) to the prior use in entomology, by the Baron Chaudoir (Bull. Mose. 1838, p. 8), of the generic name Hypherpes, conferred by me some years ago (P. Z.S. 1863, p. 85) on a bird discovered in Madagascar by my brother, I beg leave to substitute for the latter the name Hypositta*, and hope that this curious form will henceforth be known as Hypositta corallirostris. 1 Corythopis has not yet been anatomically examined ; by Sundevall it is placed near Formicarius. It is therefore nearly certain to "be Tracheophonine, and is probably really closely allied to Conopophaga. * Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 517, 3 Th. i706, sub; oirrn, ’Sitta. 1881. ] ON NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 439 5. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera. By Martin Jacosy. [Received March 5, 1881.] Genus LAMpRospH&RUuS, Baly. 1, LAMPROSPHERUS GIGAS, sp. nov. Rotundate-ovate, convex. Metallic green; base of antennz and the tarsi fulvous ; thorax irregularly and rather finely, elytra more strongly, substriate-punctate. Length 3 lines. Hab. Peru. Head distinctly and rather closely punctured, with a central longitudinal groove; clypeus wedge-shaped, distinctly separated from the face, impunctate ; labrum and jaws black. Antenne two thirds the length of the body, the three basal joints fulvous, the rest black. Thorax transversely convex, its sides much narrowed towards the base, posterior margin oblique at each side, the median lobe but little produced ; surface closely and irregularly covered with larger and smaller punctures. Elytra very convex, with a slight transverse depression below the shoulders, the latter rather prominent ; surface strongly and rather regularly punctate-striate, less strongly towards the apex. Underside and legs metallic green, tarsi fulvous. In my collection. The large size of this species will distinguish it from the others described, L. tarsatus, Baly, being most nearly allied to it; from that species, however, the metallic green upperside and the strong punctuation of the elytra separate it. 2. LAMPROSPHZERUS SUBCOSTATUS, sp. nov. Rotundate-ovate, convex. Black; base of antenne and the legs and tarsi fulvous; above dark blue, shining; thorax finely and closely, elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices laterally costate. Length 2 lines. Hab. Bogota. Head rugose-punctate ; labrum fulvous. Antenne subfiliform ; the last five joints slightly dilated, piceous; first five joints fulvous. Thorax three times as broad as long, sides evenly rounded, finely margined with metallic green, surface closely but rather finely punc- tured. Scutellum ovate, smooth. Elytra as wide as the thorax, narrowed and rather pointed towards the apex; surface deeply and regularly punctate-striate, with three or four distinct coste near the lateral margin. Underside black ; legs entirely fulvous. Collection Jacoby. Genus Poxpra, Chapuis. 3. PH&DRA BUCKLEYI, sp. nov. Broadly ovate, subrotundate, convex. Below black; antenne, 440 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 15, legs, and abdomen fulvous ; above dark violaceous, shining, thorax greenish blue, closely punctured ; elytra finely subpunctate-striate. Length 22 lines. Hab. Ecuador. Head dark blue, opaque, rather deeply depressed between the eyes ; this depression, as well as the clypeus, rugose ; rest of the sur- face remotely but distinctly punctured. Labrum, palpi, and the antennee fulvous; last seven joints of the latter distinctly thickened, and extending to half the length of the body. Thorax three times as broad as long, very convex, of a greenish leaden colour, the sides finely margined with metallic green; surface with a few obsolete depressions near the base, very closely and rather finely punctured. Scutellum broader than long, its apex broadly rounded, extremely finely punctured. LElytra very dark violaceous blue, not wider than the thorax, the shoulders rather prominent, more finely punctured than the thorax, the punctures placed in rather regular rows, and distinct to the apex. Underside black, abdomen fulvous. In my collection. Genus Avutexis, Baly. 4. AULEXIS ELONGATUS, sp. nov. Elongate; fulvous, subnitidous, covered with long whitish hairs ; antennee, their three basal joints excepted, and the tibiz and tarsi black ; thorax deeply transversely: depressed, three-dentate. Length 23 lines. Hab. Java. Head rather closely punctured, more deeply at the lower part, anterior margin of epistome with two teeth. Antenne extending not much further than the commencement of the elytra, the third and fourth joints equal, the rest gradually, widened, three lower joints fulvous, the rest black. Thorax finely punctured, with a deep oblique transverse depression across the disk, the sides armed with three acute teeth, the third being rather obsolete. Scutellum elongate, subquadrate. Elytra convex, more than three times as long as the thorax, punctured in the same way, and covered with long silky whitish hairs. Underside fulvous, tibiee and tarsi black. Collection Jacoby. From the three other species described by Mr. Baly the present one is distinguished by its coloration in connexion with its size. In Dr. Chapuis’s remarks on this genus, I find the eyes men- tioned as being separated by a narrow space only; this is a mistake, as, on the contrary, they are very widely apart. Genus Nona, Chapuis. 5. Nopa UNICOSTATA, Sp. nov. Oblong-ovate, moderately convex. Below greenish blue; above metallic aureous, five basel joints of antenne fulvous; thorax and elytra finely punctured, the latter with a lateral costa posteriorly. Var. Entirely metallic green above. 1881.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTEHA. 441 Length 2-23 lines. Hab. Maué, Amazons. Front of the head swollen, minutely punctured, with a faint lon- gitudinal central groove; clypeus separated from the face by an obsolete triangular groove, its surface finely rugose-punctate. La- brum metallic green. Antenne extending to the base of the thorax, their five apical joints transverse, distinctly broader than long, black, basal joints more or less fulvous. Thorax transversely convex, much widened at the base, from there to the apex narrowed and much reflexed anteriorly, surface very minutely punctured. Scutel- Jum semicircular, broader than long. Elytra scarcely more than twice as long as the thorax, very convex, a little more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctuation arranged in regular rows, each elytron with a distinctly raised costa near the lateral margin from the middle to the apex. Legs robust, dark metallic blue. A variety is of a larger size, and of a metallic green colour above, but does not differ in other respects. Collection Jacoby. Genus CoLasposoma, Casteln. 6. CoLASPOSOMA GIBBICOLLE, sp. nov. Oblong, convex. Dark blue; head strigose laterally, aureous ; thorax convex, closely and deeply punctured, dark blue; elytra aureous, the suture broadly, extreme lateral margin narrowly, dark blue. Length 4—42 lines. Hab. Zanzibar. Head closely punctured, shallowly depressed in the middle, the sides obliquely strigose. Antenne of half the length of the body, black ; the first joint globular, second short, third joint longer than the fourth, last five joints widened. Thorax about twice as broad as long, very convex, the sides much rounded, anterior angles dis- tinct, posterior margin nearly straight at the sides, rounded at the middle, surface densely and deeply punctured. Scutellum distinctly punctate. Elytra nearly three times as long as the thorax, mo- derately convex, rounded towards the apex; surface very closely transversely rugose at the sides, punctate-rugose near the suture, extreme apex finely pubescent. Underside and legs dark blue, pu- bescent. Of this handsome species I possess six specimens, which do not differ except in size; besides the well-marked pattern of the elytra, the convexity of the thorax and its rounded lateral margin will easily distinguish this species from others. 7. COLASPOSOMA APICALE, sp. Dov. Oblong, ovate, convex. neous below, closely pubescent ; labrum and antenne fulvous, above metallic green ; thorax finely, elytra more strongly punctured, the extreme lateral margin and the apex aureous. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXIX. 29 442 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 15, Length 3 lines. Hab. Transvaal. Head closely covered with rather deep oblong punctures, anterior margin of the epistome deeply concave emarginate ; labrum fulvous. Antenne scarcely extending to one third the length of the body, obscure fulvous, the fifth to the apical joints closely pubescent. Thorax transversely convex, its sides rounded and subangulate at the middle, surface punctured like the head, the interstices ex- tremely finely granulate, metallic green, anterior angles more or less distinctly aureous. Scutellum of the same colour or metallic green, broader than long, finely granulate, with some deep punctures. Elytra elongate, narrowed and acute at the apex, longitudinally depressed in front of the humeral callus, surface deeply and closely punctured, the interstices, especially near the sides, coarsely trans- versely rugose, the extreme apex and the margins aureous ; inflexed limb of the elytra of the same colour. Legs zeneous, with a violet reflection. Two specimens are contained in my collection. 8. CoLASPOSOMA TARSALE, Sp. nov. Elongate, subparallel. Metallic green below ; above opaque green, basal joints of antennz and the legs fulvous; tarsi black; thorax and elytra densely punctured, the latter transversely rugose through- out. Length 3 lines. Hab. Africa. Head strigose at the extreme vertex, densely and deeply punc- . tured at its lower part ; clypeus separated from the front by a semi- distinct transverse smooth ridge, its lower part finely rugose punctate. Labrum fulvous. Mandibule metallic green at the base. Palpi fulvous, their apex piceous. Antenne of half the length of the body, first three joints fulvous, the rest piceous. Thorax transverse, convex, its sides rouided, surface covered throughout with deep punctures, green, opaque. Scutellum impunctate, broader than long. Elytra elongate, not depressed below the base, slightly narrowed and rounded towards the apex, their surface covered throughout with transverse wrinkles, the interstices punctate. Under- side green, shining; legs fulvous; tarsi black; anterior legs elongated. One specimen in my collection. The opaque colour of its upper parts, together with the black tarsi and fulvous legs, will separate the present species from others, especially from C. instabile, Mar., and C. femorale, Lefév. 9. COLASPOSOMA LONGIPES, sp. nov. Oblong. Cupreous below ; head aureous, remotely punctured ; antennee, labrum, and legs fylvous, the anterior ones elongate ; thorax finely, elytra strongly substriate-punctate, metallic green. Length 3 lines. Hab. Transvaal. Y 1881. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 443 Head very distantly, clypeus closely punctured, aureous; man- dibulz robust and rather long. Antenne of half the length of the body, fulvous, the joints elongate, but slightly thickened. Thorax convex, rather long, about twice as broad as long, the sides very rounded, surface finely and rather closely puuctured, metallic green, with a faint cupreous tint near the posterior angles. Scutellum as broad as long. Elytra elongate, convex, slightly narrowed at the apex, the base distinctly swollen ; surface much more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures arranged in almost regular rows, interstices at the sides slightly transversely wrinkled. Anterior legs very elongate. One specimen, contained in my collection. The elongate anterior legs, very remote and fine punctuation of the head, and the nearly regular rows of punctures of the elytra will make this species recognizable amongst its allies; it is distin- guished from C. thoracicum, Leftv., by the rufous tarsi, and the basal elevation of its elytra. 10. CoLasposoMA MELANCHOLICUM, Sp. nov. Oblong-ovate. Dark zneous; antenne black; above closely punctate, rugose, covered with whitish pubescence, each elytron with four or five longitudinal obsolete coste. Length 3 lines. Hab. Transvaal. Head closely rugose-punctate, with a smooth central line. An- tennee black, extending to one third the length of the body, third and following joints of nearly equal length. Thorax narrowly transverse, nearly three times as broad as long, convex, and its sides deflexed; surface very closely rugose and punctate, and covered with thin white pubescence. Scutellum not covered with hairs, punctured. Elytra convex, rounded posteriorly, rugose and punctured like the thorax, and pubescent like the latter, each elytron with four or five longitudinal cost from the base to the apex, at which place they closely approach each other. Underside and legs of the same colour, and pubescent like the upper surface. One specimen is contained in my collection. There seem to be several species closely allied to the present one —C. vestitum, Thoms., C. pubescens, Lefév., and C. subcostatum, Gerst. From the first it is distinguished by the transverse thorax and by the colour of its antenne and legs, from the second by the elytral costee and greater size, while the pubescence separates it from the third species. 11, CoLAsPosoMA VARIABILE, Sp. nov. Oblong. neous below ; above metallic green; head with two, thorax and elytra with four longitudinal dark purplish bands. Var. Entirely greenish or brownish zneous. Length 4—43 lines. Hab. Zanzibar. Head deeply and closely punctured, dark purplish, a central lon- : 29% 444 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 15, gitudinal short band and the clypeus metallic green. Antenne like those of the preceding species. Thorax narrowly transverse, sides nearly straight at the base, thence to the apex slightly rounded ; surface very closely punctate near the sides, more remotely at the disk, metallic green, this colour divided by four longitudinal bands, of which the two middle ones are the broadest, but do not qnite touch the apex, the bands placed at nearly equal distance from each other, another shorter purplish spot is placed on each side at the extreme lateral margin. Scutellum depressed at its base, deeply punctured. Elytra of exactly the same shape and sculpture as in C. gibbicolle, metallic green, each elytron with a subsutural broad dark purplish band, and another lateral one, both uniting at their apex. Underside and legs zneous, finely pubescent, anterior femora with a very short tooth. A variety does not differ except in its uniform colour of green or brownish zeneous but in certain lights traces of the darker bands are also here visible. 12. CoLASPOSOMA ANTENNALE, Sp. Nov. Broadly ovate, convex. Metallic green or eneous; antenne and legs fulvous, the former long, filiform; thorax and elytra deeply punctured, interstices of latter transversely rugose throughout. Length 3-32 lines. Hab. South Africa. Head longitudinally strigose at the vertex, closely punctured at the middle ; clypeus divided from the front by a distinct transverse angulate groove, closely punctured near the lower margin. Labrum narrow, fulvous. Antenne as long as half the body in the male, slender, all the joints elongate, the terminal ones not thickened, fulvous, apex of apical joints piceous. Thorax transverse, convex, rather broad, sides much rounded, angles acute, the anterior ones thickened and produced into a point; surface closely and deeply punctate at the sides, less so at the disk, the middle of which is partly smooth and impunctate. Scutellum rugose punctate, not broader than long. Elytra oblong, convex, slightly narrowed to- wards the apex, surface very closely and deeply punctate and trans- versely rugose. Abdomen finely rugose, very finely pubescent. Specimens which I refer to the female insect have the antenne a little shorter and the thorax less transverse. In my collection. To be distinguished from C. senegalense, Cast., by its denser punctuation of the thorax and elytra, more elongate shape, and the different antennee ; from C. chloris, Lefev., by the close transverse rugosities which cover nearly the entire elytra, while C. femorale, Leféy., has differently coloured legs and antenne. 13. CoLASPOSOMA ORNATICOLLE, Sp. Nov. Oblong, convex. Black; legs, breast, and head purplish blue; thorax aureous, densely punctured; elytra purplish, the suture metallic green. 1881.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 445 Length 3 lines. Hab. Cochin China. Head purplish, deeply but moderately closely punctured.» Labrum fulyous. Antenne half the length of the body, dark fulvous, the apical joints black, basal joint purplish above. Thorax transversely convex, three times as broad as long, sides very deflexed and rounded, narrowed anteriorly, with a narrow metallic green margin ; surface very deeply and closely punctured, aureous. Scutellum of the same colour, punctured. Elytra oblong, transversely depressed below the base with a longitudinal row of round tubercles from below the shoulder to two thirds of their length; rest of the disk punctured like the thorax, slightly transversely wrinkled at the sides, purplish ; a sutural stripe, widened towards the apex, and the extreme lateral margin metallic green. Legs and breast greenish blue; tarsi and the abdomen black. In my collection. The shorter antenne, colour of the head, and other characters will easily distinguish this species from C. igneicolle, Baly. 14. CoLaAsPOSOMA ORNATUM, Sp. nov. Oblong-ovate, convex. Black; above aureous, rather finely pune- tured; anterior margin of the thorax, the base and sutural margin of the elytra, and a narrow angulate longitudinal stripe on the disk of each elytron metallic blue. Var. Head and thorax dark blue. Length 3 lines. : Hab. India. Head deeply but not closely punctured, strigose at the sides ; epistome rugose, punctate at the base, with an obtuse tubercle at the middle; upper part of the head aureous, space in front of the antennz and sides of the epistome metallic blue ; labrum, antenne, and palpi black. Thorax three times as broad as long, its sides rounded, and the anterior angles produced into an acute point ; sur- face moderately deeply punctured throughout, the punctuation scarcely finer at the disk than at the sides, anterior margin narrowly metallic blue. Scutellum nearly as broad as long, metallic green. Elytra scarcely depressed below the base, convex, rather more finely punctured than the thorax, except below the shoulder, where the punctuation is strong and the interstices are slightly wrinkled; the colour is the same as that of the thorax, extreme base and the mar- gins metallic blue ; at the middle of the disk a narrow longitudinal band of the same colour extends from below the base to two thirds the length of the elytra, and sends off a short transverse band ante- riorly at right angles towards the suture, without, however, touching the latter. Legs and underside black, sides of the breast metallic reen. : Of this species I possess four specimens, which, except the variety mentioned above, agree in coloration, but not in sculpturing, some being much more strongly punctured than others, which difference might be sexual; they may, however, possibly belong to another 446 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 15, species, as the habitat of the type alone is known to me, the other three being without locality. 15. CoLASPOSOMA ROBUSTUM, Sp. Nov. Subquadrate-oblong, robust. Metallic green or blue; above me- tallic green, rather finely punctured, suture and a transverse short band below the base of the elytra purplish. Var. Above entirely metallic green. Length 4-5 lines. Hab. India, Neilgherries. Head rather finely and remotely punctured, the front swollen, with a deep impression between the eyes ; upper part of the epistome longitudinally rugose. Labrum and palpi black. Antennee of half the length of the body, the six lower joints dark blue, the rest black, opaque. Thorax transversely convex, its sides rounded ; surface not closely, but distinctly punctured, the punctures not stronger than those of the head. Scutellum broad, subquadrate. Elytra wider at the base than the thorax, subquadrate, convex, transversely im- pressed below the basilar space, where the punctuation is deep and strong, and more or less deeply transversely rugose ; rest of the sur- face punctured like the thorax, but more finely towards the apex. Underside and legs metallic green or blue. Six specimens are contained in my collection. The large size and rather fine punctuation distinguish the present species from the others, especially from C. pretiosum, Baly, from which it is moreover separated by the uniform colour of the tarsi and legs and the want of the tooth of the anterior femora. Colasposoma sellatum, Baly (1878) = C. barbatum, Harold (1879). Colasposoma instabile, Harold (1877)=C. varians, Baly (1878). Genus Everacuys, Dej. 16. EUBRACHYS APICALIS, sp. nov. Oblong, subdepressed. Metallic green, sides of the thorax and part of the head black; above rugose, posterior part of the elytra striate-punctate, black ; legs cupreous, femora acutely dentate. Length 2} lines. Hab. Cameroons. Head elongate, closely rugose punctate, the vertex strigose, black- ish, lower part cupreous, anterior margin of the epistome distinctly concave, apex of jaws black. Antenne gradually widened towards the apex, black, basal joint cupreous. Thorax cylindrical, scarcely wider at the middle, metallic green at the disk, sides black, surface closely punctate and transversely rugose. Scutellum subpentagonal, metallic green. Elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, narrowed towards the apex, anterior portion metallic green, closely covered with distinct granulations, apical portion deeply punctate- striate, black, somewhat shining, extreme apex finely pubescent. Underside closely pubescent, legs elongate, rugose-punctate, cu- preous, all the femora with an acute long tooth. Apical margin of the anterior epistome concave. 1881.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 447 Two specimens are contained in my collection. Mr. Baly has lately separated the genus Pseudocolaspis into two sections, founded upon the convexity or concavity of the anterior margin of the episternum, retaining for the latter section Dejean’s name of Hubrachys. The present species belongs to this group according to this arrangement. AURANIUS, nov. gen. Oblong-ovate, moderately convex; face perpendicular; eyes slightly emarginate; antennz half the length of the body, the last five joints dilated ; maxillary palpi subfiliform, apical joint elongate, its apex subacute; thorax subcylindrical, very convex, its sides dentate at the middle; elytra much wider than the thorax, narrowed posteriorly, longitudinally rugose, the interstices transversely wrinkled and deeply punctate; legs short, robust, tibiee widened at the apex and compressed, claws appendiculate ; prosternum longer than broad, narrowed at the middle, its base truncate ; anterior tho- racic episternum convex. Type Auranius robustus. On account of the anterior convex episternum, the present genus’ must be placed amongst the second division of the Eumolpide. While it agrees in general form of the body with the genus Corynodes, the dentate lateral margin and great convexity of the thorax will easily distinguish it from that and any other genus of the second group of this family. “ 17. AURANIUS ROBUSTUS. Bronze-coloured, submetallic, pubescent below ; labrum, palpi, and antenne fulvous,-joint 7 and the apical ones piceous; thorax coarsely longitudinally rugous, its sides tridentate ; elytra oblong, irregularly longitudinally and transversely rugose. Length 4—43 lines. Hab. Brazil. ; Head elongate, closely rugose and strigate, space in front of the eyes with two transverse smooth raised elevations, anterior border of the clypeus truncate ; mandibulz robust. Labrum and palpi fulvous, apical joints of the latter piceous. Antenne about as long as half the body, the third joint more than twice as long as the second, the seventh to the apical joints distinctly widened, fulvous, joint 7 and 10 and 11 piceous. Thorax subcylindrical, the anterior half very convex and raised, the elevation divided at the top by a narrow longitudinal groove from base to apex, lateral margin distinctly tridentate, the anterior angles subtuberculiform ; surface closely and coarsely longitudinally rugose and deeply punctured. Scutellum broader than long, convex, smooth. Elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, gradually narrowed towards the apex, moderately convex, each elytron with about 6 rows of interrupted highly raised smooth coste, connected partly by other transverse rugosities, the inter- stices deeply punctured. Legs very robust, tibize greatly widened 448 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 15, anteriorly, first anterior tarsal joint greatly dilated and subquadrate (male?), claws appendiculate. Two specimens of this interesting insect were kindly given to me by Dr. Baden of Altona. Genus CoLasporpEs, Casteln. 18. CoLASPOIDES AMAZONA, Sp. Nov. Oblong, convex. Underside, the legs, and antennz fulvous; above bright metallic green, finely punctured. Length 3 lines. Hab. Maué, Amazons. Front of the head swollen, with a fine longitudinal central groove, distinctly but remotely punctate, epistome broader than long, dis- tinctly separated from the face by a deep groove, rugose punctate. Labrum fulvous ; apical joint of the palpi and the jaws black. An- tenn extending to one third the length of the body, entirely fulvous. Thorax about three times as broad as long, narrowed in front, the sides much deflexed anteriorly, surface irregularly and remotely covéred with larger and finer punctures, which disappear entirely near the anterior margin. Scutellum subtriangular, impunctate. Elytra nearly four times as long as the thorax, narrowed near the apex, convex, rather regularly but finely punctate-striate, the punc- tures not stronger than those of the thorax. Entire underside and legs fulvous. Sas eh The colour of the underside will distinguish this species from any other described South-American form. GALERUCIDE. NEOCHARIS, 0. gen. Elongate, parallel; head elongate, longer than broad, perpen- dicular; palpi elongate, subapical joint thickened at the apex ; antennee filiform, joint 3 dilated, swollen; thorax slightly broader than long, surface with two round impressions ; scutellum trigonate, convex ; elytra broader than the thorax, impressed below the base, confusedly punctate; legs slender, tibiz unarmed, claws appen- diculate ; prosternum invisible ; anterior coxal cavities closed. Type Neocharis fulvicollis. The above characters show that this genus must be placed amongst Chapuis’ 26th group, the Platyxanthide, which contains at present four genera. The present one is distinguished by having the third joint of the antennz greatly dilated, probably only in the male sex, this dilatation being transferred in the genus Doridea and Platyxantha to the apical joints. 19, NEOCHARIS FULVICOLLIS, sp. lov. Elongate, parallel. Black below; head, antenne, and thorax fulvous ; elytra finely punctate and obsoletely costate, bluish black ; extreme base, anterior lateral and sutural margins, and two round apical spots, fulvous. 1881.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 449 Length 3 lines. Hab. Java. Var. Elytra bluish black ; a transverse band before the middle, deeply 3-dentate at its anterior margin, flavous. Head elongate, scarcely narrowed towards the apex ; space between the eyes obsoletely, transversely, and longitudinally grooved; eyes rounded, entire ; vertex and entire face impunctate, shining fulvous ; anterior margin of epistome emarginate. Antenne as long as the body, fulvous, first joint club-shaped, second joint very short, moni- liform, third elongate, subquadrate, greatly dilated and deeply foveolate at its outer surface, fourth to the eleventh gradually lengthened, cylindrical and elongate, apex with a short but distinct twelfth joint. ‘Thorax nearly square-shaped, sides widened towards the middle, but constricted near the base, surface with two small round fovez behind the middle, finely punctured, fulvous. Scutellum black. Elytra distinctly transversely depressed below the base, more deeply punctured than the thorax, with indistinct traces of longi- tudinal costz, metallic bluish black; the extreme base, anterior lateral and sutural margins, and a large round apical spot of each elytron fulvous. Below black, anterior half of the elytral epipleuree fulvous ; femora and part of the tarsi flavous, first joint as long as the two following united. The variety does not differ in any way except that of colour. Genus CuruoneEts, Baly. 20. CHTHONEIS MARGINICOLLIS, Sp. Nov. Elongate, slightly widened behind. Black, sides of the thorax and the femora testaceous; elytra dark violaceous, extreme lateral margins anteriorly flavous. Var. Elytra entirely unicolorous, Length 4 lines. Hab. Peru. Head impunctate, deeply transversely grooved, space immediately above the antennz with two distinct callosities ; clypeus wedge- shaped, its anterior margin straight. Antenne incomplete, joints second and third very small; the following joints elongate, dilated and compressed, the fourth joint the longest. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long, posterior margin rounded and produced in the middle, lateral margin much widened at the middle, distinctly mar- ginate, anterior angles slightly thickened, rounded and oblique; surface very minutely punctured, 3-foveolate (one at each side and one near the middle of the base), black, the sides broadly flavous. Scutellum large, black, impunctate. Elytra rather convex, closely and distinctly punctured, dark violaceous, extreme lateral margin from the base to behind the middle flavous. Underside and legs black, femora flavous ; claws rather largely appendiculate. Two specimens are contained in my collection. Although this species is more robust and of larger size than the others belonging to this genus, the general characters agree well 450 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE INDIAN ELEPHANTS. [Aprt. 5, with the type. The dilated middle joints of the antennz, unarmed tibie, and open anterior coxal cavities, together with the length of the posterior tarsal joint, are the characteristic marks of the present genus. April 5, 1881. Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1881 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of March was 71, of which 29 were by presentation, 6 by birth, 19 by purchase, 12 were received on deposit, and 5 by exchange. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 99. The most remarkable additions during the month of March were as follows :— 1. A young male Gooral Antelope (Nemorhedus goral) from the Himalayas, purchased 16th of March, being the first example of this fine species that we have received. 2. Three Birds of Paradise belonging to the following species :— the Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise (Seleucides alba) ; the Red Bird of Paradise (Paradisea rubra); and the Green Manucode (Manu- codia chalybea), deposited the 19th March by Mr. William Jamrach, and to become the property of the Society if they shall be alive and in good condition one month after their arrival. These birds are not at present in fine plumage, but appear to be healthy and are doing well. They are all of species new to the collection. The Secretary stated that, the two smaller Indian Elephants deposited in the Gardens by the Prince of Wales on May 17th, 1876, being about to be sent to the Zoological Garden at Berlin, he had caused them to be weighed and measured, in order to obtain a record of their growth during the past two years. The same had been done with the two larger Indian Elephants ; and the following were the results, which might be compared with the weight and measurements taken in May 1879, and given P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 385. Circumference of the Height at front foot above Weight. shoulder. the toes. ft. in. ft. in. ewt. qr. Ib. Jung Pershad(d).. 8 0 4 0 BTV, eae Suffa Culli(?).-... 7 6 3.9 51 0 23 Rustum (¢d) .....- 6 4 sha 4 26 0 O Omar'(.6')-ontinee ZnO 3. 6 35> 1 21 1881.] MR. SCLATER ON TWO BIRDS FROM NEW BRITAIN. 451 It appeared therefore that in two years these four animals had . increased as follows :— Height Circumference at shoulder. of front foot. Weight. ft. in. in. ewt. qr. lb. Jung Pershad...... 1 0 4 14. 0 Suge Calli ..... 3.4 8 1 SAL Ake Borstum iret cee 23 4 3 270 ah Omar?) eaii.ets de 10 | 8) Owe The Secretary also read an extract of a letter from the Maharajah of Bulrampur, dated 23rd October, 1880, addressed to Sir Joseph Fayrer, K.C.S.I., which showed the exact age of Suffa Culli. It stated that she was born in the Maharajah’s kheddah after her mother’s capture, on the 28rd of April, 1871. Jung Pershdd had been given to the Prince of Wales in the Terai of Nepaul by Sir Jung Bahawdur in Feb. 1876, at which time he was believed to be about six years old. Mr. Sclater laid on the table five birdskins which had been acci- dentally misplaced among other collections of the ‘Challenger Ex- pedition,’ and consequently had not been included in his reports on this subject. These skins, which had been obtained by the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S8., from the island of Rotumeh, and presented to the Natu- ralists of the ‘ Challenger,’ belonged to the following species :— 1. Pinarolestes vitiensis (Hartl.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 299 ; or a subspecies of this form. 2. Lalage pacifica (Gm.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 97. * 3. Myzomela chermesina, G. R. Gray ; Forbes, P. Z. S. 1878, p- 351, et 1879, p. 273. Two examples of this fine species. 4. Strepsilas interpres, Linn. Mr. Sclater observed that three species were thus to be added to the list of known birds of Rotumeh as given by Mr. Forbes, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 351. Mr. Sclater also laid upon the table two birds which had been obtained in New Britain by Mr. Kleinschmidt, the collector of the Museum Godeffroy in New Britain, and had _been forwarded to Mr. Sclater for determination by Mr. Schmeltz, of the Museum Godeffroy. Mr. Sclater considered both these birds to be referable to unde- scribed species, and proposed to characterize them as follows :— 1, TRICHOGLOSSUS RUBRIGULARIS, Sp. NOY. Trichoglossus rufigularis, Kleinschm. in litt. Supra viridis, alis intus nigris extis dorso concoloribus, subtis dilutior, et precipue in guiture et in lateribus flavicantior ; guld summa coccineo-rubrd ; capitis lateribus late gramineo-viridibus ; alarum pagind inferiore schistaceo-nigrd, remigum pogoniis inter- 452 MR. SCLATER ON TWO BIRDS FROM NEW BRITAIN. [Apr. 5, nis ad basin flavo transvittatis ; subalaribus flavicanti-viridibus ; caudd subtus schistaceo-nigrd, rectricum apicibus latis flavis, et harum quatuor utrinque extimarum pogoniis internis ad basin sanguineo-rubris ; rostro flavo, pedibus pallide carneis, ungut- bus nigris. Long. tota 6°7, ale 3:4, caude valde graduate rectr. ext. 1°5, med. 3°2. Hab. Nova Britannia (Kleinschmidt). Obs. This beautiful little Parrakeet is quite new to me, but seems to belong to the section including 7’. palmarum and its allies (Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 869.) The description is taken from a female ; but Mr. Kleinschmidt says the sexes are nearly alike in plumage. He ob- tained his specimens in December last near Balura in the Blanche- bay district of New Britain. “Iris yellowish red, bill yellowish red with darker point, feet red ; nativename Airara.” I have slightly altered Mr. Kleinschmidt’s MS. name for this bird, as the chin-spot is not brown (rufus), but nearly crimson (coccineo-ruber). 2. ORTYGOCICHLA RUBIGINOSA, Sp. et gen. nov. OrtyGocicHLa }, gen. nov. ex fam. Timeliidarum. Dasyornithi forsun affine, sed rostro compresso elongato, vibrissis rictus nullis, aut saltem via conspicuis et frontis plumis exstan- tibus diversum ; uropygium valdé plumosum ; ale modice rotun- date, rem. quarto et sequentibus ad nonum inter se fere equali- bus ; pedes validiusculi, digitis amplis ; caudd rectricibus xii, valde graduatis. ORTYGOCICHLA RUBIGINOSA, sp. nov. (Plate XX XIX.) Supra terreno-fusca, alis et caudd extus rufescentibus ; fronte, superciliis, capitis lateribus et corpore medio subtus ferrugineo- rubris ; hypochondriis dorso concoloribus ; rostro nigro, pedibus corylinis. Long. tota 7°5, ale 3°3, caude rectr. med. 3°5, ext. 2:0, rostr. a rictu 0°9, tarst 1°2. Hab. Nova Britannia (Kleinschmidt). Obs. This is apparently a new form of Timeliine bird, and quite unknown to me. Mr. Kleinschmidt obtained it in November last near Bakalai, in the Blanche-bay district of New Britain, and gives notes, of which the following are a translation :— « Lives on the ground, and runs with head projecting forwards like a Quail. When in captivity it retired at night into a bundle of grass placed in the corner of its cage on the ground to sleep. Here, suddenly expanding its long dorsal feathers, sinking its rounded wings, and drawing in its head, it looked like a loose round bundle of brown grass-stalks. Food grasshoppers. Iris bright grey, witha - light-brown tinge; bill dark horn-colour above, almost black, beneath brighter ; legs, feet, and claws dark horn-colour. Native name Yalée- rara. Breeds in November and December, and said to lay ina hollow in the ground without any nest.” An egg sent with the bird (see Plate XXXIX.) is very densely and 1 dprvé, coturnia, et Kixdn, turdus. Hanhart imp J, Smit lith ORTYGOCICHLA RUBIGINOSA 1881.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE MANATEE. 453 minutely freckled all over with rich purplish red, the speckles passing into a zone at the larger end, and measures about 0-9 by 0°6 inch. Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of Sazicola de- serti (male in autumn dress), which had been shot at Gartmore Dam near Alloa, in Clackmannanshire, and was inthe collection of Mr. John J. Dalgleish of Edinburgh ; also an adult male Picus pubescens, said to have been shot in an orchard near Elban (Seine-Inférieure), France, by M. Noury. This specimen had been sent by M. Noury to Mr. E. Hargitt as Picus minor, and was only on subsequent examination found to belong really to Picus pubescens (a purely American form), and not to P. minor. Mr. W. A. Forbes read some notes on the external form and on the anatomy of the Californian Sea-lion (Otaria gillespii.) This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ The following papers were read :-— 1. Notes on the Habits of the Manatee. By Witi1am Henry Frownr, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S. [Received March 1, 1881.] It is strange that so important a point in the natural history of those peculiarly interesting mammals the Sirenia as whether they have the power and are in the habit of voluntarily quitting the element in which they habitually reside, should still be a question of doubt. Some years ago, after investigating all the somewhat scanty positive evidence that I could find upon the subject, I came to the conclusion, notwithstanding the statements of nearly all zoological writers’ to the contrary, that, though they may occasionally be found stranded by the tide or waves, there is no direct evidence of their voluntarily leaving the water to bask or feed upon the shore. Dr. Maurie, who has paid great attention to this group, says, speaking of the Dugong, ‘‘the stories of their being found ashore browsing on land-herbage are not supported by fact; indeed the inadequate strength of their fore limbs, the absence of hind extremities, and their unwieldy bodies prevent them from travelling on land’’?. Though not expressly mentioned in the work quoted, he tells me that the observation equally applies to the Manatee. 1 Among whom may be mentioned Cuvier (Régne Animal), Desmarest (Mam- malogie), Owen (Anatomy of Vertebrates), Giebel (Saugethiere), J. E. Gray (Cat. Seals and Whales), and Van Beneden (Ostéographie des Cetacés), On the other hand, Dampier, one of the best observers of the habits of the American Manatee, at the time the animal was abundant, expressly says, “They never come ashore, nor into shallower water than where they can swim” (‘ Voyage round the World,’ vol. i. 6th edition, 1717, p. 34). ? Cassell’s Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 270. 454 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE MANATEE. [Apr. 5, While speaking upon this subject to the late Mr. R. B. Dobree, who had travelled much in the West Indies, he assured me that it was there a well-known fact, of which he had been frequently informed by eye-witnesses, that Manatees are in the habit of coming out of the water to feed. As he was then on the point of setting out on a journey along the west coast of Africa, among various subjects con- nected with zoology which he proposed to investigate, this was suggested ; and it was his intention to collect as much information as possible, either from personal observation or derived from trustworthy sources, in the hope of setting the question at rest. Unhappily an untimely death, brought on by exposure in an open boat while engaged in exploring the shores and river-mouths in that treacherous climate, put an end to these researches and to many others which his friends hoped his zeal for natural history and keen powers of observation would in future enable him to make. In his journal (for the perusal of which I am indebted to our mutual friend Lord Walsingham) the following remarks were found relating to this subject (He is describing a trip to the Scarcies, Sierra Leone, under the date of Oct. 26th, 1879) :— ** As we went down from Kikonkeh to the sea I was shown a place in which the Manatee particularly rejoices, and I saw one of the native contrivances for his capture. He goes on land at night ‘to eat grass’ or the young shoots of the mangrove, of which I believe he is fond ; and often he is caught in kraals or traps on the eel-basket principle of a gradually narrowing entrance. When the creature is safely enclosed, the owner of the trap goes in at it with a cutlass and spear, and manages to dispatch him in spite of the spirited resistance which, according to the accounts here, he offers. I was informed that when two or three Manatees are enclosed, the owner of the trap usually lets go all but one, considering him quite enough to cope with. The Manatee is also often killed by a heavy and pointed beam of wood suspended on a kind of gallows placed at the end of a lead or avenue of cane fence made for him. A cord of liana or jungle- vine is passed across the path of the Manatee, and communicates with the beam, which is freed by his passage over the cord, and comes down upon his skull or spine, generally killing him immedi- ately. About Bonny and Old Calabar there is a kind of freemasonry called Egboe. Before becoming a member of this sect, it is necessary that the candidate should present the society with a Manatee caught by hand. It must not be shot or netted, but must be caught by hand, and not necessarily caught by the candidate himself. The capture is effected at midnight, when the Manatee is surrounded, on dry land, after he has come up to feed on the grass in the corn-fields. He often inflicts severe wounds on his assailants, who, I am told, by splitting his tail two or three times, can prevent him from getting away. ‘The natives protect their corn-fields usually by hanging up lamps or scarecrows. Manatee ‘‘beef” is excellent, and they say that it is like “ pig beef ;” but I have eaten it in the West Indies and thought it more like our English beef. There is a great deal of 1881. ] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE MANATEE, 455 flesh upon a large Manatee, and he is a very heavy beast, his bones being enormously thick and strong.”’ This letter was also found among his papers, evidently in answer to inquiries he had made :— “ R. B. Dobree, Esq. © Dear Sir,— “ With reference to the conversation we had respecting the Amanaty, I have much pleasure in giving you the following infor- mation, facts well known by all European traders and missionaries stationed in Old Calabar. “The Amanaty is well known as going ashore at quiet places after sunset, about 30 miles up the river, and feeding on grass which grows freely amongst Indian corn. To prevent him doing so much harm to the corn, natives have fires burning during the night, the latter acting in this case as scarecrows at home. ‘I may also add that freemen and all chiefs of Old Calabar have a secret feeling similar to freemasonry at home; and at any time a chief wishes to become a member he must either buy or catch an Amanaty as a gift to the members of the native society ; and it is well known that the natives watch the Amanaty going ashore, and when he is a good way into the cornfields they will stake him with bamboos and so, in many eases, catch him. **T remain, Yours very truly, “ H. Hartye, “Agent for Messrs. Thomas Harrison, Liverpool.’ **§,8. Gaboon, 15th Oct, 1879, These statements are very precise as to the power of free terres- trial locomotion in the animal, and so opposed to the conclusions to which I referred at the beginning of this note that I felt that they ought not to be withheld from publication. I must, however, still confess that a doubt arises in my mind whether there may not have been some confusion (perhaps arising from imperfect comprehension of language) in the minds of the native informants (for the habits and appearance of the two animals were, of course, perfectly well known to Mr. Dobree) between the Hippopotamus and the Manatee, more especially as the second mode of trapping the Manatee with the beam of wood and cord described by Mr. Dobree is exactly the same as that used in many parts of Africa for killing the first-named animal. Thus Livingstone tells us that “ both banks of the river Zambesi near the Mboma village are dotted with Hippopotamus-traps over every track which these animals have made in going up out of the water to graze.”...‘‘ The trap consists of a beam five or six feet long, armed with a spear-head or hard wooden spike covered with poison, and suspended to a forked pole by a cord which, coming down to the path, is held by a catch, to be set free when the beast treads on it.” The valuable observations lately published by Dr. Murie' and Dr. Chapman? upon the actions and habits of living Manatees in con- 1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xi. p. 19. 2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia, 1875, p. 452, 456 MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEB. [Apr. 5, finement having thrown little if any light upon this question, I _ wished to avail myself of the chance recently afforded of closely observing the movements of a pair of these animals in the Brighton Aquarium, and have on several occasions endeavoured to ascertain how far their behaviour in captivity would corroborate the above- quoted statements. My opportunities for doing so have, however, not been so frequent as those of Miss Crane, a constant and very observant visitor at the Aquarium; and she has therefore, at my request, drawn up the following notes, which contain much of interest in relation to the subject particularly in question, and also concerning the movements and habitual position of the animals in the water. These, as I have frequently noticed myself, differed greatly from those so carefully observed by Dr. Murie, especially in the cireum- stance that the Brighton animals never rested upon the dorsal surface of the tail, but always upon the ventral surface or extremity of that organ, if they allowed it to touch the bottom at all. It must, however, be remarked that the confined space in which the animals were kept in both cases and the different depth of the water rendered the observations less satisfactory than they might be. A large tank with a gradually shelving bottom rising from deep water at one end to dry land at the other would afford a better means of solving these problems. 2. Notes on the Habits of the Manatees (Manatus australis) in Captivity in the Brighton Aquarium. By Aanzs Cranz. Communicated by Professor FLowmr, Pres.Z.S. Two young Manatees (Manatus americanus, male and female) from the island of Trinidad arrived in Liverpool in September 1879, were purchased for the Brighton Aquarium, and have since been on view in that Institution. A young female had been obtained a few months previously from the same island; but this specimen, after living for some weeks in apparent health and feeding well, died suddenly from acute intestinal inflammation. As these interesting aquatic mammals have not yet become common in aquaria, obser- vations on the habits of the Brighton specimens may be worth recording for comparison with those already noted. The young male, a fine animal in robust condition, measured in November 1879 four feet ten inches from snout to tail, with a maximum girth of four feet. The female was four feet eight inches in length, of a lighter slate-colour than her companion, of more slender build and proportions. Both are marked with white on the under- side of their bodies. The pair occupied a tank twelve feet six inches in length by eight feet six inches in breadth, with an almost flat bottom. Temperature of water about 70° Fahr; depth two feet six inches in the daytime, reduced six inches at night. The water is ron off daily, a fresh supply being admitted at the requisite heat from a neighbouring tank filled with warmed fresh water. Although 1881.] MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEE. 457 the area of these quarters appears somewhat limited when compared with the bulk of the animals, the Manatees seem perfectly comfort- able and, being of a sluggish disposition, rarely explore the whole of their small domain. Nor do they, so far as I have observed, avail themselves of the shallowness of the water and, by supporting their bodies on the tail-fin, keep their heads above the surface and avoid the constant repetition of the upward movement in order to breathe the necessary air. They habitually rest side by side at the bottom of the tank, with the caudal fin stretched out quite straight, and the tips of the fore fins just touching the ground (see sketch), Sketch of the Manatee in the Brighton Aquarium. Thence they rise gently, often with the least perceptible movement of the tail and flapping motion of the paddles, raising the upper part of the body until the head reaches the surface, when the air is admitted through the nostril flap valves, which are closely shut after the operation, and the original and usual position is gently resumed. They seem generally to be compelled to rise to the surface for aérial respiration every two or three minutes; but the interval between respiration varies much at different times. In one quarter of an hour, during which one was carefully timed, it rose nine times, at very irregular intervals. I have been informed that they occasionally remain under water for a much longer period; but have never observed them to exceed six minutes, although I have timed them before and after feeding, and at all hours of the day. The respi- ratory movement appears to be repeated almost mechanically and without effort. When the water is run off in the early morning, the animals are left stranded on the floor; and the strength latent in the caudal fin becomes apparent, as it is struck violently on the dry floor of their tank when they are approached or disturbed. But the Manatees rarely make any serious attempt at progression, merely rolling lazily over from side to side. Indeed the small fore paddles seem ludi- crously inadequate for the support of the unwieldy body in the act of terrestrial locomotion, although the animals move with easy grace in their native element. The fore fins are then often employed, when swimming slowly, the tips being applied to the Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1881, No. XXX. 30 458 MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEE, [Apr. 5, ground, as represented in the accompanying sketch (p. 457) from the pencil of my friend Mr. Thomas Davidson, F.R.S. They are moved backwards and forwards either singly or both atthe sametime. The extreme flexibility of these limbs, which resemble a human hand cased in a fingerless glove, is very remarkable. They are turned simultaneously or separately in their sockets in every direction, applied to their bodies and frequently to their mouths. The food is often gathered between their palmar surfaces and held up to their highly mobile lips. The animals are intelligent, recognize the voice and person of their keeper, W. Wells, and (while resenting the intrusion of a stranger in their tank) allow him to approach and brush them down daily to cleanse the upper surface of their bodies, and apparently enjoy the operation. ‘Their movements in the water are very sluggish, as a rule; but signs of excitement and unusual efforts in the male were noticed under the following circumstances. As he devoured his food far more rapidly than the female, and thus obtained an undue share, it was thought advisable to separate them at feeding-time. For this purpose a wooden partition fitting into a groove in the floor and fastened by upright supports was oc- easionally let down into the tank, projecting a few inches above the surface of the water. The female took no notice of this altera- tion, but invariably waited before commencing to feed until her mate was supplied on his side with a portion. ‘The necessity for the separation soon became apparent ; for the male cleared up every scrap of food long before the female, a more dainty and delicate feeder, had finished. He then became very restive, swimming actively around his straitened quarters, pressed his nose against the parti- tion, rolled over on his back and exerted considerable force in his obstinate and repeated attempts to remove the obnoxious obstacle. Failing in his endeavours to push it on one side, he next tried to get over it, lifted his head above the water, feeling the edge of the par- tition with his fore paddles and raising them until they were almost level with the projecting edge. These efforts were repeated at in- tervals. The eyes were bright ; and the whole bearing of the animal changed from a sluggish quiescence to intelligent activity. On one occasion, his keeper informed me, he actually succeeded in getting his fins over the edge, but was unable to make further progress. The Manatees seem to repose naturally at the bottom, differing in this respect from the Porpoise, which, on ceasing to propel itself by active locomotion, inevitably floats to the surface of the water, the posture assumed during sleep. The positions adopted by the pair of Manatees under notice differ materially from those which were assumed by the female previously exhibited in Brighton, and by the much larger specimen, also a temale, from the island of Trinidad, formerly on view at the Westminster Aquarium’; for both of these animals habitually poised themselves at an angle in a vertically inclined posture, with the body supported by the incurved tail-fin, the dorsal or upper surface of which ? See Dr. Murie, “ Further Observations on the Manatee,” Trans. Zool, Soc. yol. xi. p. 19, 1881.] MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEE. 459 was invariably turned under and applied to the floor. With the present pair a horizontal (and not incurved) position is habitual, and the body when resting on the ground is supported by the under surface of the caudal fin. In connection, however, with this dif- ference of attitude, it may be noted that the previous specimens had both received some injury to one of the fore paddles, which may possibly have affected the balancing-power of the body, as well as the facility for upward respiratory movements, and thus have remotely influenced the posture adopted by them. During life the right fore paddle of the first Brighton female hung motion- less to its side. After death it was apparent that the spine had received injury, that one of the arm-bones (the humerus) was shattered, and that reparative processes had commenced. This was a very youthful individual ; for the bones were mere cartilage, and no vestiges of the transverse processes of the caudal vertebra, so characteristic of the adult skeleton, were developed. This animal in life measured 3 feet 84 inches; and the whole skeleton weighed oniy three pounds anda half. It is probable, therefore, that the incurved posture may be only adopted by injured and enfeebled animals, as facilitating aérial respiration. Neither of the pair under notice assumed it in health, the female making but a faint approach to it a few days before her death, after seven months’ ‘life in captivity. Then, and then only, her body became somewhat contracted, and the enfeebled creature supported herself on the edge of her tail-fin, and remained with her head always close to the surface of the water. Lettuces and endives formed the favourite food of the pair, six dozen, weighing thirty pounds, being their average daily allowance. The male would devour at a pinch leaves of the cabbage, turnip, and carrot. Both relished those of the dandelion and the sow-thistle (Sonchus oleraceus). Some varieties of a common river-weed were also taken; but this food was abandoned on account of the leeches with which it was found to be infested. Sometimes the animals swim gently about and pursue the leaves floating on the water. At others the plants are seized in their mouths, drawn down and eaten under water, the hand-like fore fins being employed in separating the leaves. ‘The food is invariably swallowed below the surface. The masticatory actions of the animal have been so fully and ac- curately described by Professor A. H. Garrod, F.R.S.*, that further remark on that subject is unnecessary. The habits of the animals in captivity, while affording occasional evidence of the ease and rapidity with which they move in the water, do not furnish much support to the views of their capability of habitual active progres- sion on land. Yet it must be admitted that, supplied with a suf- ficiency of nicely varied food, they have no inducement to leave the water, and that the construction of their straight-walled tank precludes such efforts as a rule. The male, however, has recently been observed to make some slight attempts at terrestrial movement, turning himself round and progressing a few inches when his tank 1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. p. 137. 30* 460 MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEE. [Apr. 5, was empty. With jaws and tail-fin pressed closely to the ground, the body of the animal becomes arched, and is moved by a violent lateral effort, aided, and slightly supported, by the fore paddles, which are stretched out in a line with the mouth. But the effect of these very laboured efforts was not commensurate with their violence ; in fact their relation to active locomotion may be compared to those of a man lying prone with fettered feet and elbows tied to side. Nor does the Manatee seem at all at ease out of water, as he lies apparently oppressed with his own bulk, while he invariably makes off to the deepest corner of his tank directly the water is readmitted. One point may be regarded as definitely settled. Notwithstanding the predilection they have evinced for land vegetables, they never feed out of water. Food has been repeatedly offered them; but it always remains untouched, although readily devoured when the influx of water set the leaves floating on the surface. Although it is possible that the animals can get out of water and remain so for a short period, as they progress so slowly and do not feed out of water, it seems as though they must be acquitted of the garden-depredations and prolonged wanderings from their native element with which they have been credited. In the spring of the year 1880 the female Manatee died, after seven mouths’ existence in the Aquarium. The history of the male in the subsequent interval may be epitomized in the words lie still and grow fat. He evinced no grief at the loss of his companion. His fifteen months’ life in the institution may be taken as refuting a recent statement by a well-known naturalist in the columns of ‘ Land and Water,’ that these animals “will not feed and cannot be kept in captivity.”’ As his present length (Dec. 1880) is five feet two inches, and his maximum girth four feet ten inches, he has increased four inches in length and ten inches in bulk in the thirteen months that have elapsed between the two measurements. It is evident, therefore, that he thrives well on the sliced roots of swede turnips and carrots which have of late constituted his chief nourishment. Beyond these scanty facts, I have nothing further to record concerning the uneventful life-history in captivity of these silent and individually uninteresting animals. In conclusion I would tender my best thanks to Mr. Thomas Davidson, F.R.S., for his kindness in furnishing me with a sketch from nature of the animal, and to Mr. A. Lawler, resident naturalist at the Aquarium, for information courteously afforded. P.S.—The male died on February 8, 1881, having been seventeen months all but five days in the tank. It measured 5 feet 2 inches in length, having grown 4 inches during its captivity. It appears to have suffered from the exceptionally severe weather of the latter part of January ; but the body, which was presented by the Directors to the Museum of the College of Surgeons, was in good condition, and showed no evidence of disease in any of the viscera. 1881.] ON AMPHISBZNIANS ETC. FROM SOCOTRA. 461 3. Descriptions of the Amphisbenians and Ophidians col- - lected by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour in the Island of Socotra. By Dr. A. Ginrunr, F.Z.S. [Received March 7, 1881.] (Plates XL., XLI.) The Reptiles described in the present paper are of considerable interest. We might have expected, from the geographical position of Socotra, that the species would show a close affinity to, if not identity with, those of the nearest portion of the mainland of Africa; but in fact this affinity is overbalanced by that to the Arabian fauna, at least as far as the few species enumerated here are concerned. The most singular fact is that three out of the four species seem to be peculiar to the island, two being so much differentiated as to deserve generic distinction. 1. The Amphisbeena belongs to a distinct genus, the nearest allies of which inhabit Eastern and Western Tropical Africa. 2. The Coronelline Snake, Ditypophis, belongs to a distinct genus, apparently approaching the circum-Mediterranean Tachymenis vivax. 3. The Socotran species of the cireum-Mediterranean or Central- Asiatic genus Zamenis is most nearly allied to the Arabian Z. ele- gantissimus, 4. Finally, the Viper of Socotra is identical with a species hitherto found in Arabia and on the shores of the Dead Sea. A. AMPHISBENID#. PACHYCALAMUS, g. n. Allied to Baikia and Geocalamus’. Head very short, with de- Head-shields of Pachycalamus brevis, pressed snout. Rostral large, with cutting anterior edge. Two Jarge frontals form a suture together behind the rostral, and are succeeded by a single very large shield, which represents the vertical and occipitals. Nasal small, above the first and second labials, com- * Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 234 (1880). 462 DR. A. GUNTHER ON AMPHISBENIANS AND [Apr. 5, posed of two scutes ; nostril inferior ; preeocular above the third and fourth labials; a small ocular, with the eye very indistinct ; an - infraocular between the ocular and fifth labial. Five upper labials. Temporals small, in two transverse series. Mentale much longer than broad; three lower labials; gulars small. No enlarged sternal scutes. Preeanal scutes very narrow, elongate, in four pairs. Two pairs of preeanal pores. Lateral line none, Extremity of the tail depressed. PACHYCALAMUS BREVIS, Sp. 0. One verticillus consists of 48 scutes. Upper parts slate-coloured, lower white. This must be a common species, as many specimens were col- lected. One of the largest is 73 inches long, the tail being 3 inch. Probably the species remains within these dimensions. B. Opauipia. 1. TyPHLOPS, sp. This specimen is young, and too small for identification. Dityporuis (g. n. Coronellid.). Body stout, rounded, covered with smooth scales. Head de- pressed, not very distinct from neck. Eye rather small, with vertical pupil. One loreal ; two anterior and two posterior oculars ; nasal undivided above, but divided below the nostril. Subcaudals undivided. Posterior maxillary tooth longest, grooved. This Coroneiline Snake is evidently allied to Tachymenis, but has several characters in common with Dipsadoboa. From the former it is distinguished by its entire subcaudal shields, from the latter by its much stouter habit. 2. Dityporuis vivax, sp.n. (Plate XL.) At the first glance this Snake reminds us of Tachymenis vivaz, especially with regard to the form of the head ; but it is still stouter than that species. The posterior and anterior frontals are subequal in size; the superciliaries large, nearly the size of the vertical; the occipitals as long as the vertical and posterior frontals together. The upper preocular is in contact with the vertical; the lower is much smaller, and, in fact, a detached portion of the third upper labial. Temporals scale-like, 2+3 or 4. Eight upper labials, the fourth and fifth entering the orbit. Four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields. Scales in 21 series, those of the median series not differing in size from the others. Ventral shields 150; anal entire; subcaudals 39. The coloration is reddish sandy, with indistinct darker cloudy spots on the back ; lower parts whitish. In a dry sandy locality the colour of this Snake must so much assimilate to that of its surroundings as to render the animal nearly invisible. Mintern Bros , imp R.Mintern del et lith. De ENON Eli Val WeACKe ‘dust ‘sore; Urequry “au, 2 Pp usequ “Yy TADS [tet USES) Yo > 1881.] OPHIDIANS FROM SOCOTRA. 463 A single specimen, 14 inches long, is in the collection; the tail measures 2 inches. 8. ZAMENIS sOCOTR&, sp.n. (Plate XLI.) Habit slender; head narrow; eye of- moderate size. Rostral shield convex, just reaching the upper surface of the head. The scutes of the upper surface of the head are not subdivided; anterior frontals much smaller than the posterior; vertical large, broad in front, with the lateral margins slightly concave ; occipitals truncated behind ; a triangular enlarged scale fits into the notch between their ends. Loreal elongate. Ten upper labials, of which the fourth and sixth are transversely divided, so that three prze- and three post- oculars may be distinguished ; the fifth upper labial is undivided, and enters the orbit. The posterior chin-shields are extremely narrow, much narrower than the anterior, and are separated by several smaller narrow scutes. Temporals scale-like, 34+3-+3. Scales smooth, in 23 rows. Ventrals 225; anal bifid; subcaudals 117. Abdomen with a very obscure ridge on each side. The head is nearly uniform olive above; there is no spot below the eye, or temple-streak. The ground-colour of the anterior half of the body is pink, with olive cross bands edged with black and about as broad as the interspaces. Towards the middle of the body the pink interspaces become indistinct and mottled with short black lines; and the tail is nearly uniform olive. Lower parts uniform reddish white. In a variety the black edges to the cross bands are absent, and the pink interspaces are, from the fore part of the trunk, mottled with olive. Of this fine and very distinct species of Zamenis there are three specimens in the collection. The largest measures 323 inches, the tail taking 83 inches. 4. Ecuis COLORATA. This species was characterized by me in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ 1878, p. 978, from a specimen obtained in Midian. It occurs also on the shores of the Dead Sea, two specimens obtained by Mr. Tristram, and formerly referred by me to L. carinata, belonging to it. One rather young example is in the Socotran collection, and of a more uniform coloration than the type. The characteristic of this species consists principally in the much smaller scales and scutes. It may be at once recognized by its very small nasals, which are separated by very small scutes from the rostral; whilst in Z. carinata the large nasals form a suture with the rostral. 464 MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON THE [Apr. 5, 4. Notes on the Lizards collected in Socotra by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour. By W. T. Branrorp, F.R.S., F.Z.8. [Received April 1, 1881.] (Plate XLII.) The Lizards collected in Socotra by Dr. Balfour belong to six species, three of which appear to be undescribed. The species are Chame- leon monachus, Hemidactylus homeolepis, sp. nov., Pristurus rupestris, P. insignis, sp. nov., Eremias (Mesalina) balfouri, sp. nov., and ELuprepes perrotteti, var. I add some remarks on these species, with descriptions of the new forms. CHAMELEON MONACHUS, Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 470, pl. xxxi. Nine specimens brought. None are so large as the type, nor are the occipital lobes in any so much developed ; but in all other details of structure the correspondence is exact. The original type of this species in the British Museum was received from this Society in 1855, with the locality Madagascar. This locality, after the discovery of the same Lizard in Socotra, must be considered doubtful. Nothing is more probable than that Chameeleons, which live well in captivity, should be transported alive from one African island to another. Hemipactytus (Liurvus) HOMM@OLEPIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.) H. parvus, squamis subequalibus undique indutus, sine tuberculis majoribus ; cauda rotundata, haud verticillata ; unguibus minutis ; poris inguinalibus paucis, femoralibus nullis ; scutis supralabi- alibus 8, infralabialibus 7. Body and tail covered with small scales without any tubercles. Last joint of thumb present; all claws very minute, that of the thumb especially. Tail rounded, not verticillate. Four inguinal pores in the only male examined ; they are arranged in a curve with the convexity directed forwards ; no femoral pores. Hight upper and seven lower labials. Ear-orifice about the size of one of the hinder upper labials. The flat rounded subgranular scales covering the trunk are sub- equal in size, but in the middle of the back they are rather smaller than on the sides. Those on the occiput are very small; on the nose they are rather larger and more convex. Scales of the ab- domen small, no larger than those on the sides, and passing so gradually into the latter that it is impossible to count the number exactly ; but there are more than 40 across the belly. Transverse lamellee 5 or 6 beneath the thumb and first toe, 7 to 9 beneath the other digits, the proximal two or three on each digit being un- divided. The scales above the tail and on its sides are about the same size as those on the back, and are arranged in not very distinct rings, each composed of a single row of scales ; there is no division into segmental verticils as in most species of Hemidactylus. A row ‘SIGSTODNOH SNTIALOVCINGH 2 “SINDISNI SMHOISTdd “1 ‘dor eoug wis yyy “WLS TP UY EY -— 1881.] LIZARDS OF SOCOTRA. 465 of broad subcaudal shields begins some .distance behind the anus, and is continued nearly to the tip of the tail. Fig. Foot of Hemidactylus homeolepis. Colour above grey, rather irregularly spotted with black. Tail with about 7 transverse black bands, the last five extending all round and forming rings. Lower parts of head and body without dark marks. Total length of the only perfect specimen 2°5 inches, from nose to anus 1-2. A larger specimen, apparently an adult male, measures 1:5 inch from nose to anus. ‘Two specimens only were obtained, one of which has a perfect tail. The nearest described form is probably Liwrus ornatus’ from Western Africa; but that is much larger, and has both enlarged tubercles on the back and femoral pores. Hemidactylus homeolepis must be placed in the genus Liurus, if the latter be considered distinct. PRISTURUS RUPESTRIS. Pristurus rupestris, W. Blanf., Eastern Persia, ii. p. 350, pl. xxiii. fig. 1. Several specimens. All agree with those from Muscat and the Persian Gulf, and differ from P. favipunctatus, Riipp., in wanting a rudimentary crest on the hinder part of the back, the row of en- larged and more or less spinose scales commencing on the upper surface of the tail just above the anus in P. rupestris, whereas it begins near the middle of the back in males, or a little farther back, above the pelvis, in females, as stated in Riippeli’s original de- scription ®. The limbs and the toes too are considerably longer in P. rupestris, though still far inferior to those of P. longipes*. The latter species is found at Aden and Massowa, whilst P. rupestris occurs in Socotra, at Muscat in Arabia, and on the island of Kharg (Karrack) in the Persian Gulf, near Bushire. P. flavipunctatus was originally obtained from Massowa; and there are also specimens in the British Museum said to be from Syria. In P. longipes, according to Peters, the length of the hind foot, including the longest toe, considerably exceeds that of the head, whilst in P. favipunctatus the length of the hind foot equals the distance from the end of the snout to the ear-opening. There are typical specimens of P. flavipunctatus in the British Museum, received from Dr. Riippell himself; and in these the length of the hind foot 1 Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M. p. 157. ? Neue Wirbelthiere, Amphibien, p. 17. ° Peters, Monatsber. Akad, Wiss. Berlin, 1871, p. 566. 466 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [Apr. 5, to the end of the third toe is less than the distance from the ear- opening to the end of the snout, whilst the two measurements are identical in P. rupestris. The proportions of the limbs to the body, however, in the British-Museum specimens of P. flavipunctatus agree with those assigned to the species by Peters. The following measurements show, in parts of a metre, the dif- ferences in these species. The dimensions of P. longipes are those given by Peters; those of P. rupestris are from one of the largest Socotran specimens; those of P. flavipunctatus, from one of the specimens received from Riippell. P.lon- P.rupes- iP. flari- Gipes. tris. punctatus. Head and body, from nose to anus ... 0'040 0-030 0-052 HCH al ONG) a cvacscsecsm —W. N. 8. LeprASTHENURA PILEATA, Sp. nov. Supra murino-fusca, pileo summo lete rufo ; capitis lateribus et dorso striis longis albis utrinque nigro limbatis perfusis ; alis intus nigris, extus fulvo limbatis ; remigibus sexto et hujus proximis extus ad basin in pogonio externo macula rufescenti- fulva ornatis: subtus dilutior, fere pallide cinerea, gula et pectore toto albo variegatis; cauda nigricante, rectricibus lateralibus pallido cinereo terminatis ; subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis dilute fulvis ; rostro et pedibus nigris. Tong. tot. 6°3, ale 2°2, caude rectr. med. 3°7, lat. 1°2, tarsi 0°8. Hab. In Andibus Peruvianis supra urbem Lima (Nation). Mus. P. LS. Obs. Affinis Z. andicole sed minor, et pileo rufo, necnon maculis ad basin remigum fulvis distinguenda. “This Synallavis is found on the western side of the Cordillera, at an altitude of 8000 feet. From the description I have received of it, this bird clings to the branches and twigs in attitudes as grotesquely as a tit-mouse. I received three examples, all females. I’ood spi- ders, coleoptera, &c. Total length 655, inches, wing 2;5;. Inides black.”—W. N. 9. PoLYONYMUS CAROLI. Cometes caroli, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pl. 177. Sparganura caroli, Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 86. Polyonymus caroli, Heine f., J. f. Orn. 1863, p. 206. Sappho caroli, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 155. “This beautiful little Humming-bird is unknown to me; Inever saw ‘it till Mr. Dallas sent this example. It is a female, and was found on the western side of the Cordillera at an altitude of from 8000 to 488 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. _[ Apr. 5, 10,000 feet. Food minute coleopterous insects. Irides black. Total length 4,, inches, wing 2%. «“ P.S. I have since received two more examples; all three are females.””—W. N. 10. RAMPHOMICRON OLIVACEUM (Lawr.). Ramphomicron olivaceum, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 158. Mr. Nation sends a female example of this scarce bird, of which I have a male obtained by Jelski at Junin, Peru (cf. Tacz. P. Z.S8. 1874, p. 544.) «A male and female of this species were shot on the western side of the Cordillera at an altitude of 15,600 feet. The scaly luminous feathers, which are only present in the male, have, according to the position in which the bird is held in the light, three different colours : the upper ones are greenish, the middle ones scarlet, and the lower ones blue. I have sent you the female. Food exceedingly small coleopterous insects. Total length 4,5; inches, wing 3;%;.__ _Inides black.’ —W. N. 11. Meratiura opaca (Tsch.). Metallura opaca, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 163. Metallura cupreicauda, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pl. 191. “Female. This Humming-bird is found on the western side of the Cordillera, at an altitude of from 8000 to 15,000 feet. I have re- marked that each individual has one or two white feathers, sometimes on the head and sometimes on the back, but never in the same place in two individuals. ‘The contents of the stomach of many birds are minute coleopterous insects. Total length 4,3, inches, wing 2,5. Irides black.” —W. N. 12, Conarres rupicoLa, d@’Orb. Voy. dans Am. mér. p. 377, t. Ixii. fig. 1. This example agrees nearly with Mr. Whitely’s skins from South Peru; but the pectoral spots are rather more cordate, thus showing an approach to the form recently described by M. Taczanowski as O. stolzmanni (P. Z.8. 1880, p. 209). “This bird is found on the eastern side of the Cordillera, on plains without any thing in the shape of trees or bushes, at an altitude of 12,170 feet. In 1851 I saw it singly and in pairs on the rocks, and occasionally clinging to the rude stone walls of the few huts, where, in the crevices, perhaps it makes its nest. I thought it ex- ceedingly fearless. I found inits stomach many large larvae exceeding an inch in length, and some bits of stones. The total length of the adult male is 14,2; inches, wing 7;°;. Irides pure yellow. Sexes similar ; spots on the female rather smaller and duller.” —W. N. 1881.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS GOULDIA. 489 8. On the Genus Gouldia of C. B. Adams, and on a new Species of Crassatella. By Envear A. Smita. [Received March 15, 1881.] Special attention having been called to the name Gouldia in the volume of the Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for 1879 (p. 131) by Mr. W. H. Dall, in a communication entitled “On the Use of the generic name Gouldia in Zoology,” I beg to present to the Society a few ob- servations on the Molluscan group bearing this designation. Having recently had occasion to examine some of the shells which have been described under that name, I find that it is untenable; and therefore the genus Gouldia of Bonaparte is left free for adoption by ornithologists. The types of Adams’s genus were two species from the West Indies, G. cerina and G. parva. Of these the former proves to be a species of Circe, and the latter a small Crassatella. This (parva), says Carpenter (Mazatlan Cat. p. 82), ‘bears a general resemblance to Circe minima.’ This, however, must be erroneous, probably a lapsus calami. We states that he examined specimens of G. parva in Mr. Cuming’s collection ; these, however, I cannot now find; and it appears to me that it was, in all probability, the G. cerina which he had before him, specimens of which are preserved in the Cumingian collection. The latter does ‘‘ bear a general resemblance to Circe minima,’ whilst the description of G. parva in no way accords with it, but rather characterizes one of the Crassatelloid species found in the West Indies, which have been assigned to Gouldia. C. B. Adams’s description runs thus :—‘‘ Testa Astarte affini, sed dente laterali remota anteriore in utraque valva instructa ; pallii impressione vix vel haud sinuata.” These characters do not well apply to the first of his species, G. cerina ; for that is very unlike an Astarte, lacking the epidermis so characteristic of that group, and having coloured markings, which, with one exception, are altogether absent in the genus referred to. I am therefore inclined to believe that the Astartoid resemblance referred to the second species, G. parva, his description being appli- cable to Astarte, and the shell which I refer to it certainly not unlike that genus, being compressed and strongly concentrically ridged and sulcate. Adams’s generic diagnosis (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1845, vol. ii. p. 9) makes no mention of the hinge-ligament. In his G. cerina, however, it is semiexternal, as in Circe, whilst in his G. parva and G. pacifica it is internal, as in Crassatella. This has been pointed out by Carpenter in 1863, in his Supplementary Report on the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America, p. 544, where he observes, “It appears that Gouldia (Thetis, C. B. Ad. olim, non Sowerby, nec H. and A. Ad.) is congenerie with ** Circe’’ minima, not with the Astartids. Prof. Adams’s fresh spe- cimens of his G. pacifica prove to have the crassatelloid internal ~ Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXXII. 32 490 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS GOULDIA. [Apr. 5, ligament, and represent one of the many remarkable forms of that group. ” Jeffreys also (Brit. Con. ii. p. 321) has pointed out the identity of Gouldia and Circe. A List of Species which have been referred to the Genus Gouldia. 1848. Gouldia pfeifferi, Philippi. Cuba. Philippi, Zeitsch. Malakol. vol. v. p. 133 (as Astarte) ; Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1872, p. 249 (as Gouldia). 1857. Gouldia varians, Carpenter. Mazatlan. Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan, p. 83. 1845. Gouldia mactracea, Linsley. United States. 1873. 1861. 1862. 1865. 1869. 1803. 1845. 1845. 1841. 1841. 1852. 1869. Linsley, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, vol. xlviii. p. 275, wood- cut (as Astarte); Gould, Invert. Mass. ed. 2, 1870, p. 128, fig. 442 (as Gouldia). Gouldia isabella, Hutton. New Zealand. Hutton, Cat. Shells of New Zealand, p. 76. =Crassatella bellula, A. Adams; Hutton, Man. New Zeal. Moll. p. 158. Gouldia dilecta, Gould. Kagosima, Japan. Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 32; Otia Conch. p. 170. Gouldia fastigiata, Gould. North Carolina. Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 282; Otia Conch. p. 239. Gouldia australis, Angas: °° Port Jackson. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 459 ; 1867, p. 928. Gouldia modesta, H. Adams. Gulf of Tunis. H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 275, pl. 19. f. 14. Gouldia minima, Montagu. Great Britain. Montagu, Adams’s Genera, vol. ii. p. 485. Gouldia cerina, C. B. Adams. Jamaica. C. B. Adams, Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 9; Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 140 (as Venus). Gouldia parva, C. B. Adams. Jamaica. C. B. Adams, /. ¢. p. 9. Gouldia martinicensis, d Orbigny. D’Orbigny, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, vol. ii. p. 288, pl. 27. figs. 24-26 (as Crassatella) ; Adams, Gen. Moll. vol. ii. p. 485 (as Gouldia). Gouldia guadaloupensis, d’Orbigny. D’Orbigny, J. c. p. 289, pl. 27. figs. 24-26 (as Crassa- tella); Adams, l. c. p. 485 (as Gouldia). Gouldia pacifica, C. B. Adams. Panama. C. B. Adams, Pauama Shells, p. 275. Gouldia lamellosa, Issel. Red Sea. Issel, Mal. Mar. Ross. p. 73, pl. i. fig. 7. Of the above-named species, Gouldie pfeifferi, varians, mactracea, isabella, parva, martinicensis, guadaloupensis, pacifica, fastigiata, and 1881.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS GOULDIA. 491 modesta are small forms of the genus Crassatella. Gouldie minima, cerina, australis, and perhaps dilecta, which I only know from description, prove to belong to Circe; and G. lamellosa is unknown to me. Of the former group, four species, viz. guadeloupensis, parva, mactracea, and pfeifferi, are, I believe, one and the same shell, and may retain d’Orbigny’s name, which was the first pub- lished. In conclusion I will add the description of a small species of Crassatella from the west coast of Africa. CRASSATELLA KNOCKERI, Sp. Nov. Shell small, transparent whitish, angular at the beaks, rounded on the ventral margins, compressed, a little inequilateral, concentri- cally ribbed. Ribs strong, terminating anteriorly at the narrow shallow lunule, and posteriorly defining a very narrow linear dorsal area separated by deep sulci rather broader than the ridges. Um- bones small, smooth, hyaline, approximated; anterior and hinder dorsal slopes subequal, the former feebly concave, the latter recti- linear. Hinge consisting of two cardinal teeth in the right valve, the anterior one very conspicuous, the other very small; and two in the left of more equal size. Lateral teeth elongate, one on the pos- terior slope of the right valve, fitting into a corresponding groove in the left, and one on the anterior slope of the latter received by a groove in the right. Ligament placed in a cavity immediately pos- terior to the two cardinal teeth of the left valve, aud between those of the right. Interior of valves glossy, exhibiting the external rib- bing, owing to their transparency, prettily crenulated within along the ventral margin. Length from umbo to opposite margin 4} millim., width 44, diam. 14. Hab. Whydah, West Africa (dredged by Captain Knocker, R.N.). Although of small size, this pretty shell appears to be adult ; and the crenulated inner edge of the valves indicates maturity. Its transparent texture is peculiar; and it is very stoutiy costate for so small a species. May 3, 1881. Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 32* 492 PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3 1. Contributions to the Systematic Arrangement of the Asteroidea.—I. The Species ofthe genus Asterias. By F. Jerrrey Betz, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Compara- tive Anatomy in King’s College. [Received March 21, 1881.] (Plates XLVII. & XLVIII.). The amount of variation exhibited by the species of the genus Asterias has, as might have been expected, led to the formation of a large number of forms which are at any rate nominally distinct. Tempting as the work of revision of such a genus ought to be, it has never attracted the attention of any zoologist who has written on the subject since the time of Miiller and Troschel (1842). The most important and comprehensive work which has appeared is that of M. le Prof. Edmond Perrier, of the Jardin des Plantes. This essay, which was originally published in that still young but already so fertile journal the ‘Archives de Zoologie expérimentale’ of M. Lacaze-Duthiers, has since appeared separately '. M. Perrier’s work, though bearing the unambitious title of ‘Révision de la Collection de Stellérides du Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris,’ is so far extensive in its scope that it contains also a revision of the specimens in the British Museum, and de- scriptions of a number of the new species therein contained. In so far as Prof. Perrier has done his best to get their full value out of the descriptions of Dr. J. E. Gray, which, it must be owned, are peculiarly insufficient and unsatisfactory, and has also been in some cases bold enough to describe new species from single specimens, he has relieved me of two duties, which are always unpleasant. Much, however, as M. Perrier has done with and for the genus Asterias, it would be not proper to pretend to say that he has givena complete revision of the genus: he details only forty-nine species, and does but little to indicate the affinities of the species he mentions, and nothing at all as to resolving them into either natural or arti- ficial groups. Nor can the present essay ask to be regarded as any thing else than a tentative effort in the direction of a complete revision. The collection in the British Museum is still in want of a number of describéd species ; while, on the other hand, we must wait for a more perfect monograph till the specimens, which were doubtless collected by the ‘ Challenger,’ and are now being worked out under able hands elsewhere, shall have found their proper place in the stores of the national collection. The rich collection made under the supervision of Mr. Alex. Agassiz will soon be described by M. Perrier. ? Paris (Reinwald, 1875). 1881. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS, 493 A synonymic Catalogue of the Asterida being, then, a desideratum for which -we must still wait, I have here endeavoured to aid the author of that future catalogue by an attempt to adopt a method by which it will, as I hope, be easier than heretofore to recognize rapidly the characters of species already described, and to see what has been already more or less definitely effected in the determination of the synonymy. The arrangement of the species either by natural characters, or by special points arbitrarily selected on account of their real or apparent convenience, has necessitated the careful examination of the cha- racters of the species already represented by specimens in the British Museum, and the close study of the descriptions of the unrepresented species. When these descriptions are examined with a view to obtain from them information as to certain characters, we are soon struck by the variation in the modes of description, by which this group has suffered so much. In directing attention, therefore, to the points by which, as I imagine, we can most satisfactorily and conveniently group the numerous species of this genus, I would take the opportunity of urging on those naturalists in whose care rare species may be, or to whom new species may come, to give us definite and exact infor- mation on these points, without, however, any prejudice to other structural characters which, seemingly useless at present, may to more sagacious naturalists prove to be of the highest systematic value. There are some species described by Dr. Gray which it will, I believe, never be possible to recognize ; no specimens in the Museum bear the labels of the names A. echinata, A. aster, A. wilkinsonii, and A. multiradiata (Heliaster) ; and the descriptions that are given are certainly no aid at all to their identification. I propose to omit these names altogether from all the succeeding lists *. Of these lists, the first gives a catalogue of the names which have been applied to forms which are at present supposed to be specifically distinct from one another; to all these names there is added a reference to a work in which the species has been more or less com- pletely described. Inthe case of nearly all descriptions made previously to the year 1840, reference is made to the account given by Miiller and Troschel in their ‘System der Asteriden;’ in the case of Brandt reference is made, unless otherwise noted, to the ‘ Prodromus descriptionis Animalium ab H. Mertensio . . . observatorum,’ pub- lished at St. Petersburg in 18351. The papers of Dr. Stimpson are 1 The following quotations from a letter in which Prof. Perrier was kind enough to answer some questions which I addressed to him will show how far we are in accord on this point:—“ Il m’a été impossible de retrouver au Museum 1’ Asterzas bootes de Miiller et Troschel, et je n’ai conservé le nom dans mes Listes qu’a cause de l’autorité de ces auteurs, “ Je vous en dirai autant des Astertas aster et A. wilkinsonii que je n’ai pu re- trouver n au British Museum ni ailleurs, et qui ne sont pas reconnaissables daprés les descriptions de Gray.” 494 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. __[ May 3, referred to by the numbers 1., ii., ill. in brackets after his name ; and these numbers refer respectively to :— (i.) “On new Genera and Species of Starfishes of the Family Pycnopodidee (Asteracanthion, Miiller and Troschel).’”’ Proc. Boston Soe. of Nat. Hist. vill. pp. 261-273. (ii.) ‘Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan.” 1853, Smithsonian Contributions. (iii.) “Crustacea and Echinodermata of the Pacific Shores of North America.” Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vi. (1857). The ‘papers of Dr. Liitken to which references are made are con- tained in the ‘ Videnskabelige Meddelelser ’ (Copenhagen) for various years, which are distinguished by their respective dates. So, too, the papers “of Philippi which appeared in Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’ are distinguished from one “another by the year of their publication. In the case of Dr. Gray, reference is made to his beautifully illustrated ‘Synopsis of the Species of Starfish in the British Museum’ (1866). And, finally, when p. and a number follow alone the name of Peirier: reference is made to the already mentioned ‘ Révision,’ and to the pagination of it as a separate publication. In other cases the references given are so full as to need no explanation. The letters B.M. are placed against the names of the species specimens of which are in the British Museum. I. List of the Species of Asterias now regarded as distinct. 1. acervata, Stimpson (i.), p. 271. 2. acutispina, Stimpson (i.), p. 262. 3. e@qualis, Stimpson (i.), p. 273. 4. africana, M. Tr. p. 15 (B.M.) 5. alba, Bell, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 92. (B.M.) 6. amurensis, Liitken (1871), p. 296. (B.M.) 7. antarctica, Liitken (1856), p. 105. (B.M.) 8. bootes, Miiller and Troschel, p. 17. 9. borbonica, Perrier, p. 61. 10. brachiata, Perrier, p. 65. 11. brandti, Bell, P.Z.S. 1881, p. 91. (B.M.) 12. brevispina, Stimpson (ii.), p. 88. 13. calamaria, Gray, p. 1. (B.M.) 14. camschatica, Brandt, Prod. p. 70. 15. capensis, Perrier, p. 73. (B.M.) 16. capitata, Stimpson (i.), p. 264. 17. clavatum, Philippi, 1870, p. 269. 18. compta, Stimpson (i.), p. 270. 19. conferta, Stimpson (1.), p. 263. 20. cribraria, Stimpson (i.), p. 270. (B.M.) 1 And also published in the Rec. des Actes de l’Acad. Imp. de St. Pétersbourg for 1834. 1881.] PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 495 21. cunningham, Perrier, p. 73. (B.M.) 22. disticha, Brandt, Middendorff’s Reise, p. 31. 23. epichlora, Brandt, p. 70. (B.M.) 24. fissispina, Stimpson (i.), p. 264. 25. forbesi, Desor, Proc. Bost. Soe. iii., p. 67. (B.M.) 26. fulgens, Philippi, 1870, p. 274. 27. fulva, Philippi, 1870, p. 270. 28. fungifera, Perrier, p. 73. 29. gelatinosa, Meyen, Reise, i. p. 222. (B.M.) 30. gemmifer, Perrier, Ann. Sc. Nat. 1869, xii. p. 237. 31. germaini, Philippi, 1858, p. 266. 32. glacialis, M. Tr. p. 14. (B.M.) 33. grenlandica, Steenstrup, Vid. Med. 1854, p. 260. (B.M.) 34. hewactis, Stimpson (i.), p. 272. 35. hispida (Pennant), Forbes’s British Starfishes, p. 95. (B.M.) 36. tanthina, Brandt, p. 69". 37. japonica, Stimpson *. (B.M.) 38. katherine, Gray, p. 2. (B.M.) 39. linckii, M. Tr. p. 18. 40. littoralis, Stimpson ® (ii.), p. 14. (B.M.) 41. luetkeni, Stimpson (i.), p. 265. 42. lurida, Philippi, 1858, p. 265. 43. margaritifer, M. Tr. p. 20. 44. meridionalis, Perrier, p. 76. (B.M.) 45. mexicana, Liitken (1859), p. 94. 46. mitts, Philippi, 1870, p. 272. 47. mollis, Hutton, P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 812. mollis, Studer, Mb. Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 457 (see studeri). 48. muelleri, Sars, Arch. f. Naturg. xx. (1844), p. 169. (B.M.) 49. neglecta, Bell, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 94. 50. nuda, Perrier, p. 71. (B.M.) 51. obtusispinosa, Bell, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 92. (B.M.) 52. ochotensis, Brandt, Middendorff’s Reise, p. 28. (B.M.) 53. ochracea, Brandt, p. 69. (B.M.) 54. panopla, Stuxberg, Gif. Vet.-Ak. 1878, iti. p. 32. 55. paucispina, Stimpson (i.), p. 266. (B.M.) 56. pectinata, Brandt, p. 70. 57. perrieri, Smith, Ann. N. H. (4) xvii. p. 106. (B.M.) 58. polaris*, M. Tr. p. 16. (B.M.) 59. polyplax, Arch. fiir Naturg. 1844, p. 178. (B.M.) 60. rarispina, Perrier, p. 62. (B.M.) 1 Probably a variety of A. ochracea, Brandt (Stimpson (iii.) p. 87). 2 T have searched for, but have been unable to find any description of this species (v. infra). 3 This reference seems, by some accident, to have been dropped out from M. Perrier’s bibliography, s. 7. p. 51. + Tt must be remembered that Miiller and Troschel used the generic term Asteracanthion ; they were therefore within their rights in using the specific term polaris, although Asterias polaris was the name given (1824) by Sabine to Ctenodiscus cristatus. 496 PROF. F. J, BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3, 61. rodolphi, Perrier, p. 41. (B.M.) 62. rubens, M. Tr. p. 17. (B.M.) 63. rugispina', Stimpson (i.) p. 267. (B.M.) 64. rupicola, Verrill, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.i. 3, p.71. (B.M.) 65. scaber, Hutton, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 812. 66. sertulifera, Xantus, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1860, p. 568. 67. sinusoida, Perrier, p. 74. (B.M.) 68. spectabilis, Philippi, 1870, p. 271. 69. stellionura, Perrier, Annu. Se. Nat. xii. (1869), p. 240. (B.M.) 70. studeri, Bell, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 91 (mollis, Studer). 71. sulcifer, Perrier, Ann. Se. Nat. xii. (1869), p. 235. (B.M.) 72. tenera, Stimpson (i.), p. 269. (B.M.) 73. tenuispina, M. Tr. p. 16. (B.M.) 74. troscheli, Stimpson (i.), p. 267. (B.M.) 75. vancouveri, Perrier, p. 64. (B.M.) 76. varia, Philippi, 1870, p. 272. 77. vulgaris, Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. x. (1866), p. 347. The list which now follows gives, in alphabetical order, the more important of the specific titles which have been applied to species previously named. The list has been here limited to those forms which have been regarded by competent naturalists as members of the genus, as defined and limited by Miiller and Troschel, or what may, for brevity, be styled the Asteracaathion division of the Asterida. I may, in passing, be allowed to beg leave to be excused from entering into any defence of the use of the generic term Asterias. I can add nothing to the summary of contending facts which have been put out by the Rev. A. M. Norman’; and I willingly give in my adhesion to the majority of his arguments. The labours of synonymy are severe enough to justify me in refusing to go again into a detailed examination of a subject which seems to me to have been exhausted *. To the left of some of the names there is placed the name of an authority who has directed attention to the synonymy of the species in guestion. Il. List of the Principal Names which are regarded as Synonyms. 1. albulus, Stimpson, = Stichaster albulus. 2. angulosa, O. F. M., = glacialis, O. F. M. (Verrill.) 3. arenicola, Stimpson, = forbesi, Desor. (Liitken.) 4. atlantica, Verrill, = tenuispina, Lamk. 5 . aurantiaca, Meyen, = Stichaster aurantiacus. ? Tf the specimens collected by Dr. Cunningham have been correctly identified, A, rugispina wust be very closely allied to A. antarctica. 2 Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xv. p. 126. 3 Compare also the note by Verrill in the Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. x. (1866), p. 339, 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 497 (Perrier.) 6. australis, Perrier, = calamaria, Gray. (Verrill.) 7. derylinus, A. Ag., = forbesi, Desor. (Verrill.) 8. borealis, Perrier, = polaris, M. Tr. 9. clathrata, Pennant, = rubens, Linn. 9a, douglasi, Perrier, = polaris’. 10. fabricii, Perrier, = vulgaris. 11. gigantea, Stimpson, = katherine, Gray (Perrier.) 12. glacialis, Grube, = tenuispina, Link. 13. glacialis, Johnston, = rubens, L. 14. globifera, Gray, = Uniophora globifera. 15. granifera, Lamk., = U. granifera. 16. holsatica, Retzius, = rudens, L. 17. gehennesi, Perrier, = calamaria, Gray. 18. madeirensis, Stimpson, = webbiana, D’Orb. = gla- cialis, O. F. M. 19. minuta, Retzius, = rudens, L. 20. nove-boracensis, Perrier, = forbesi. (Verrill.) 21. pallida, Perrier, = vulgaris, Packard. 22. paleoerystallus, Sladen, = Pedicellaster paleo- erystallus, L. 23. problema, Steenstrup, = Stichaster albulus. 24. roseus, O. F. M., = S. roseus. (Perrier.) 25. rubens, Gould (part.), = vulgaris, Packard. 26. rubens, Stimpson, = vulgaris, Packard. 27. rubens, Duj. and Hupé (part.), = polaris, M. Tr. 28. rustica, Gray, = gelatinosa, Meyen. (Perrier.) 29. savaresii, Delie Chiaje, = fenuispina, Lamk. (Perrier.) 30. sptnosa, Say (part.), = vulgaris, Packard. 31. stimpsoni, Verrill, = vulgaris, Packard. 32. striatus, M. Tr., = Valvaster striatus. 33. violacea, O. F. M., = rubens, L. 34. webbiana, D’Orbigny, = glacialis®, O. F. M. Sp. ine. sedis. A. microdiscus (Stimpson) ; see Liitken, Ann. N. H. (4) xii. p. 329. 1 M. Perrier’s decision, as communicated to me by letter. 2 I owe this synonymy to M. Perrier. On comparing the description of D’Orbigny with undoubted specimens of “4. madeirensis,” Stimpson, I came to the conclusion that the species were identical. Thinking it remarkable that this resemblance had not before been noted, I wrote to Prof. Perrier asking him if he had in the Jardin des Plantes the type of 4. webbiana. He answered “ J’ai sous les yeux le type de l'A. webbiana de d’Orbigny; mais je suis conyaincu, sans pouvoir cependant l’affirmer d’une maniére absolue, que c’est seulement, comme 1A. madeirensis, une forme de |’ Astertas glacialis.” On comparing specimens named by M. Perrier, in the British Museum, of these last two species, I too feel convinced that they are identical. We have, then, Asterias glacialis, O. F. Miller ; Miiller and Troschel, System der Asteriden, . 44; &e. y Stellonia webbiana, d’Orbigny, in Webb and Berthelot’s Iles Canaries, Zool (Moll.), p. 142, pl. ii. figs, 8-13. Asteracanthion webbianum, Duj. and Hupé, Echin. p. 350. Asterias madeirensis, Stimpson, Proc. Boston, Soc. N. H. 1861-62, p- 263. 498 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3, It will be of interest to institute a comparison between the two lists here given and that of M. Perrier. Here we find altogether the not inconsiderable number of one hundred. and eleven specific appellations ; and of this only thirty-five are to be found in the second or synonymic list. M. Perrier describes all together forty-nine species; and when we look through his synonymy, we find that all together he makes mention of sixty-eight names. The proportion of accepted to synonymous terms is therefore almost exactly the same in the two lists. This is, I must say, a somewhat painful state of things ; for I am inclined to regard an increase in the number of proved synonyms as a not unfair proof of advance in our knowledge of the forms described. Advance of knowledge has, however, so far taken place since the publication of Perrier’s ‘ Révision,’ that our knowledge of the Arctic fauna and of that of the more southern seas has been somewhat increased, while the critical remarks of Verrill have somewhat re- duced the number of species which, named by Valenciennes or by himself, M. Perrier had regarded as undescribed. Comparatively lately (1878) Prof. Perrier has published an essay on the Geographical Distribution of the Starfishes, in the ‘ Nouvelles Archives du Muséum’ (2™° sér.) ; and in the nearly complete list of species which he there gives, he enumerates eighty-two species in the genus Asterias, or five more than are named in the list just given. This new list moreover contains the names of seven species not detailed by M. Perrier, viz. :—A. mollis of Studer (studeri of Bell) ; A. perrieri, E. Smith ; A. fulgens, Philippi; and A. alba, brandii, neglecta, and obtusi-spinosa of Bell. On the other hand, M. Perrier’s list contains the following, which, as I think, have been demonstrated by Verrill to be synonymous of names already entered, viz. A. arenicola, A. borealis, A. fubricii, A, pallida, and A. stimpsoni. A. madeirensis I have shown to be synonymous with A. webbiana; A. globifera will be placed with Uniophora: A. wilkinsoni and A. aster of Gray I cannot, as I have already said, even pretend to recognize. A. jehennesi would appear to be the same as A. calamaria. Like M. Perrier, I retain in the lists the name of A. bootes, ‘4 cause de l’autorité de ses auteurs ;” but as the type is lost or unknown, the species will probably always be—what it has already been called, one of the “ mysteries of Paris.” Of late years the only catalogue of the genus which claimed to be complete was published by MM. Dujardin and Hupé; it details, however, only thirty-seven species, of which nine have, with the progress of our knowledge, been since referred to other generic divisions. This brief review will, I think, be sufficient to afford evidence of the pressing necessity of a closer and. more critical study of the constituent species; what now will follow is to be regarded as a preliminary attempt to make some sort of introduction to a work 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 499 of greater value which neither specimens nor opportunities yet allow’. I now proceed to the consideration of the heads under which the numerous species of this genus are to be grouped. The genus Aster- acanthion of Miiller and Troschel was divided by a single coup into a group with spines on the back, and a group with stalked knobs on the back ; those of the former group alone are now members of the emended genus. No other zoologist has, so far as I know, attempted any convenient grouping of the species, though Dr. Stimpson has rendered some assistance in this direction by pointing out the affi- nities of the species he describes. It is, at the same time, obvious enough that there is a very large number of species in the restricted and emended genus Aséerias ; and the number is unwieldy even now, when our knowledge of the varia- tions that may be found in it is very possibly altogether elementary. No good, however, is gained by hastily accepting or proposing ill- defined generic coups; the more necessary work just now is to sort out the species into different categories.. These must be as natural as they can be; but where nature fails us, or becomes too obscure for our vision, we must make use of what are not so satisfactorily natural characters. It is necessary to make some such preface as this, because I have to propose a primary subdivision of the genus to which, from purely theoretical considerations, it would be possible to raise some not un- important objections ; for I propose, first of all, to separate the species into those in which there are developed more than five rays, and those in which, so far as we know, the number five is constantly retained. To these two groups I propose to apply the terms Heteractinida and Pentactinida’. It is, so far as is yet known, only among the former, or Heterac- tinida, that the presence of more than one madreporic plate has been noted, though in forms which belong to the Heteractinida, but in which five arms only are developed (and this is not only a possible, but an actual case) there may be, and at times are, two madeporites. The plurality of madreporic plates affords a good secondary point of difference ; and I propose, therefore, to form subdivisions which may respectively be known as polyplacid and monoplacid. The third distinctive character lies in the number of spines which border the ambulacra—the adambulacral spines : as an ordinary rule, one finds one or two rows of these; and the forms which belong to them may be distinguished respectively as Monacanthida and Dipla- canthida. It is a difficult matter to say exactly what is the real significance of the difference in the number of the rows of adambulacral spines. In the first place, it is necessary that we should have for a number 1 This might almost be an echo of the words of Prof. Alex. Agassiz (see ‘North-American Starfishes,’ p. 122). 2 Whether this division be natural or artificial, it will, for the great majority be found, I think, to work pretty satisfactorily: the problem of heteractinism is still unsolved ; and it is a serious question whether the heteractinism of e. g. A, tenuispina is exactly comparable to the polyactinism of e. g. Heliaster. 500 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. _[ May 3, of rare species more exact and definite information than has yet been afforded. But little light is thrown upon the subject by a reference to the characters which obtain in Brisinga, owing to the extremely generalized character of that important form; the adambulacral spines are, according to the careful description of G. O. Sars, arranged in the adult in three longitudinal rows, of which those of the outer- most row are distinctly the longest ; “‘in very young specimens,” however, it is to be noted that the “‘two innermost are yet undeve- loped, so that there is only a single longitudinal row of furrow- spines along the middle of the adambulcral areas.” Although there is this tendency to a disposition of the adambula- cral spines in one or two rows, there are (a) cases, e.g. A. panopla, Stuxberg, in which there are three rows, and (/3) specimens of the common and widely-spread A. rubens and of other species which do not always exhibit a constant regularity : the spines may be set more or less distinctly along three planes ; but it is rarely that three spines are found on one and the same plate; and it is clear that there is a tendency to the development of a single continuous series, arranged as nearly as possible in a perfectly straight row. If, further, we con- sider how extremely short is the longitudinal axis of the ossicles, and the size of the spines that are placed on them, and that the packing of the spines does nevertheless diverge but little into any thing what- soever of a zigzag arrangement, we are, I think, justified for the present in not enforcing any such further subdivision as would be expressed by such terms as tsacanthid and anisacanthid.' There is a considerable body of fact which would justify such a division ; but there is need of further study and fuller information to enable us to speak definitely as to the permanency of any real anisa- canthid arrangement ; the species in the following lists, which are distinguished by an asterisk sign are those in which this irregularity is most conspicuous. III. Primary Groups of the Species of Asterias. A. HETERACTINIDA. I. PoLyPLAciIpDa. i. MonacaNTHIDA. calamaria. tenuispina. ii, DIPLACANTHIDA. *acutispina. polyplax. capensis. Il MonorpuacipDa. 1. MONACANTHIDA. gelatinosa. perriert. gemmifer. rodolphi. katherine. 1 These terms would, of course, express the difference between forms in which the spines are the same in number on all the plates, and those in which the spines are unequally distributed, 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 501 A. equalis probably belongs to this group ; but we have not sufti- ciently definite information as to the number of the madreporic plates, or of the rows of adambulacral spines.) li. DiIpLACANTHIDA. acervata. borealis. douglasi. hexactis. meridionalis. polaris. scabra. studeri. *yancouvert. Sp. incertze sedis. camtschatica, B. PENTACTINIDA. i. MONACANTHIDA. africana. glacialis. antarctica. luetkeni. borbonica. margaritifera, *brachiata. mexicana. brevispina. ‘(paucispina. capitata. rarispina. compta, rugispina. conferta. rupicola. cunninghami. sertulifera. fissispina, troscheli. Sorbesi. varia. Sulgens. Incertz sedis. mitis. il, DipLACANTHIDA. alba. lurida. amurensts. mollis. bootes. neglecta. brandti. nuda. clavatum. obtusispinosa. eribraria. ochotensis. epichlora. *rubens. fulva (?). sinusoida, germaini (?). spectabilis. grenlandica’. stellionura. hispida. sulcifera, japonica, *tenera. littoralis. vulgaris. Sp. incertze sedis. JSungifera. * Sometimes one of the pair of spines disappears from certain plates, 502 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3, ili. POLYACANTHIDA. panopla. The number of species in the first two groups of the Pentactinida is still so large that we must now attempt to find some means by which they may be still further subdivided. Among a certain number of forms we find a special modification of some of the dorsal spines, which come to form an encircling fringe around the madreporic plate. In some species these spines are obvious enough ; but I know of no author except Prof. Verrill who has directed any attention to them’, or attached any impor- tance to their presence. As, however, I will show in detail further on, I cannot give in my adhesion to the validity of the genus Lep- tasterias, even when the proposition comes from so deservedly honoured and distinguished a naturalist. I doubt, in fine, whether they can be used as any thing more than a convenient separation- character in a genus where specific characters are so rare. The species, then, which are provided with a circlet of spines round their madreporic plate may be distinguished as the Echinoplacida ; such among the Diplacanthid Pentactinida are :— A. fulva (with 18 spines). A. germaini (with spines indistinct). A, lurida (with 12 spines). A. nuda (with spines irregularly distributed). A. obtusispinosa (with 12 spines). A. sinusoida (with spines irregularly distributed). A. spectabilis (with 18 spines). It is curious to observe that, as yet, the echinoplacid condition has not been noted as obtaining among the Monacanthid Pentactinida ; among the Polyactinida the echinoplacid condition seems only to have been observed in the diplacanthid monoplacid form acervata, where there are said to be 13 spines around the madreporic plate. Ina description of the species A. brandti, which I lately communi- cated to the Society’, I have directed attention to the mode of arrange- ment of the greater number of the intermediate spines on special local modifications of the integument, which may be known as special plates. This arrangement should be familiar enough ; for it is to be found in A. tenuispina, and is represented in the figure of that species given by Miller and Troschel (‘System der Aster.’ pl. i. fig. 1). The forms in which the spines thus rise from special plates may be distinguished as autacanthid. In such a group we should find:—the Polyactinid meridionalis, perrieri, tenuispina, and (probably) scabra; and the Pentactinid Diplacanthid brandti and neglecta. When the spines retain the simpler disposition which is seen in A. rubens and most of the better known forms, we may speak of the arrangement as being typacanthid. ’ Of course such a naturalist as Philippi does not fail to note their presence. 2 P. Z. 8, 1881, p. 91. 1881.] PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 503 The more we get into subdivisions the more unsatisfactory will, it is obvious, our characters get; and I fully recognize the difficulty, nay, impossibility, of naturalists having any thing like a unanimous opinion on the value of the groups now to be proposed. I give them, however, for what they are worth. They depend on the cha- racters of the spines on the abactinal surface ; and, according as these are simple or rare, blunted or acute, we may get divisions to which we may apply the epithets of simplices, rarispinose, obtusispinose, or acutispinose. This unsatisfactory method of division is, at present, the only one which can be suggested for the Monacanthid Pentacti- nida, When applied in tabular form, we get the following as the result of our attempt :— Genus AsTERIAs. Div. I. HETERACTINIDA. Species with, as a rule, more than five rays. A. PoLYPLACIDA. Species with more than one madreporic plate. i. MONACANTHIDA. Adambulacral spines in a single longitudinal row. a. ECHINOPLACIDA. Madreporic plate with a circlet of spines. (3. ANECHINOPLACIDA. No circlet of spines to madreporic plate. (i.) Autacanthida. Dorsal spines placed on special plates. A. tenuispina. (ii.) Lypacanthida. Dorsal spines not placed on special plates. A, calamaria. il. DIPLACANTHIDA. Ambulacral spines in a double row. a. ECHINOPLACIDA. 0. f. ANECHINOPLACIDA. (i.) Autacanthida. 0. (ii.) Typacanthida. A. acutispina. A, polyplaz. A. capensis. 504 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. B. MonopPpuLaciDaA. Species with only one madreporic plate. 1. MoNACANTHIDA. a. ECHINOPLACIDA. 0. B. ANECHINOPLACIDA. (i.) Autacanthida. A. perrieri. (ii.) Typacanthida. A. gelatinosa. A, rodolphi. A. gemmifera. [? A. equalis. | A, katherine. il. DIPpLACANTHIDA. ae ECHINOPLACIDA. A. acervata. 3. ANECHINOPLACIDA. (i.) Autacanthida. . meridionalis. (?) A. scabra. . polaris. Rus (ii.) Typacanthida. . borealis. A. perrieri. . douglasi (?) A, studeri. . hexactis (!) A. vancouveri. be ph fs Div. Il. PENTACTINIDA. Species with five rays only. A. PoLYPLACIDA. 0. B. MoNOPLACIDA. i. DIPLACANTHIDA. a. ECHINOPLACIDA. A. fulva. A. obtusispinosa. A. germaini. A. sinusoida. A. lurida. A, spectabilis. A, nuda. A. sulcifera. B. ANECHINOPLACIDA. (i.) Autacanthida. A. brandti. A. neglecta. A. grenlandica. A, stellionura. [May 3, 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 505 (ii.) Typacanthida. i. Simplices. Dorsal spines arranged on the type of A. rubens. A. amurensis. A. rubens. A. ochotensis. A. vulgaris. ii. Rarispinose. Dorsal spines rare (as in A. glacialis). A. alba. iil. Retusispinose. Spines blunted and short. A. epichlora. iv. Acutispinose. Spines pointed and sharp. A. cribraria. A. littoralis. A. japonica. A. tenera. ii. MoNACANTHIDA. a. ECHINOPLACIDA, 0. (. ANECHINOPLACIDA. (i.) Autacanthida. 0. ii. Typacanthida. i. Simplices. A. cunninghami. ? A. luetheni. A. forbesi. i. Rarispinose. A. africana. A. rarispina. A, glacialis. A, webbiana. A. paucispina. (2 A. fissispina.) iii. Retusispinose. A, antarctica. [? A. capitata. A. troscheli, ? A. conferta. | iv. Acutispinosa. 0. C. PoLYACANTHIDA, a. ECHINOPLACIDA. A. panopla. Mone OF FORMULATING REsutts. By the use of the following symbols one may see at a glance which of these characters are possessed by any given species, by assinging the following symbols to the different characters :— 1=monacanthid; 2=diplacanthid; 3=polyacanthid ; m=monoplacid; p= polyplacid ; Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXXIII. 33 506 PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. _[ May 3, e=echinoplacid ; a=anechinoplacid ; a'=autacanthid ; t=typacanthid ; s=simplices ; 7 =Yarispinosze ; r'=retusispinose ; e¢=acutispinosz. Thus, the formula for A. rubens is 2 ats; for A. rubens is dipla- canthid, anechinoplacid, tvpacanthid, with simple dorsal spines. To distinguish between the Pentactinida and the Heteractinida I propose to place the formula for the latter under the mathema- tical sign of asquare root; thus ¥ 1 pis sufficient to distinguish A. calamaria asa monacanthid polyplacid heteractinid form. If we know, as we do in this case, further details, we may write the for- mula ¥ 1 paa’; or, in other words, in addition, 4. calamaria has no spines round its madreporic plate, and the dorsal spines are placed on special plates. To take two other examples :— A. epichlora =2 atr', or is diplacanthid, anechinoplacid, typacan- thid, and retusispiuose (or has the spines blunted and short); the absence of the root sign shows it to be pentactinid. For A. gelatinosa we have 1m; or it is monacanthid and monoplacid, while the root-sign shows it to be heteractinid ; as, also, it is anechinoplacid and typacanthid, we may write its full formula V 1 mat. 1. acervata = WN 2 me: 30. gelatinosa = WN I mat, 2. acutispina = ¥ 2 pat. 31. gemmifer = N I mat. 3. xqualis = N 1 mat (?) 32. germaini = re. 4. africana = 1 atr. 33. glacialis = lier: 5. alba = 2 atr. 34. grenlandica = 2 aa’. 6. amurensis = 2 ats. 35. hexactis = N 2 mat 7. antarctica = 1 aftr’. 36. hispida = 1 ats. 8. borbonica =1. 37. ianthina. 9. borealis = 2 mat. 38. japonica = 2 ate 10. brachiata = lle 39. katherine = WV 1 mat 11. brandti = 2 aa’. 40. linckii =| War. 12. brevispina = 1. 41. littoralis = 2 ate. 13. calamaria = ¥ 1 pat. 42. luetkeni = 1 ats (?) 14. camtschatica, 43, lurida (2. 15. capensis = \ 2 pat. 44, margaritifera ale 16. capitata = 1 afr (?) 45. meridionalis = 2 maa’. 17. clavatum = 2r. 46. mexicana cm sil 18. compta = il. 47. mitis. 19. conferta == liaerti(?): 48. mollis ; = 2, 20. cribraria = 2ate. 49. muelleri = latr. 21. cunninghami = 1 ais. 50. neglecta = 2 aa’. 22. disticha. 51. nuda = Qe. ; = ae 52. obtusispinosa = 2 e. ne pete ey = - pabige 53. ochotensis = 2 ats. 25. fissispina = 1 afr (?). 54. ochracea =1 atr’. 26. forbesi = 1 ats. 55. panopla =3e} 27. fulgens =1. 56. paucispina = 1 afr. 28. fulva = 2e. 57. pectinata. 5 29. fungifera = 2, 58. perrieri = V1 maa 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS, 507 59. polaris. = WV 2 mad’. 69. spectabilis = 2e, 60. polyplax = 2 pat. 70, stellionura = 2 aa’: 61. rarispina = 1 afr. a. ie = x 2 mat ee ee ier 72. Sulcifera = 2e., 64. rugispina = | afr". 74, tenuispina = W | paa’ 65. rupicola (?) = 1 aér. 75. troscheli = 1 afr’. 66. scabra = N 2 mad’. (?) 76. vancouveri = NWN 2 mat. 67. sertulifera = 1. 77. yaria =1, 68. sinusoida = 2e, 78. vulgaris = 2 ais*. Characters of Leptasterias, Verrill.It may well be a fair question to ask, why, when a genus contains so many species, I do not avail myself of Prof. Verrill’s generic division of Leptasterias. The answer falls under two heads :—First, the leading distinctive character is the comparatively large size of the papulz; but this is only a step from what we find in species that are’still retained in the genus Asterias proper; the presence of a circlet of spines around the madreporic plate is certainly not a characteristic of the Leptasteriads alone, as must have been abundantly shown in the earlier part of this paper; while, further, all specimens of 4. muelleri are most certainly not echinoplacid. In the second place, the presence of a large number of species in a genus cannot, of itself, be any reason at all for esta- blishing a number of insufficiently distinct genera. Queri libet de natura: ita est. For the purposes of descriptive systematic zoology it may be, and is, necessary to break up an enormous genus into smaller convenient working groups; but it is better not to give to such groups titles which have a precise technical value. For the present, at any rate, I think we may retain Gray’s genus Uniophora. CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES OF Asterias FOUND IN THE BritisH SEAS. My attention was more particularly directed to this subject by the difficulty which I had in coming to any distinct idea as to the characters of 4. hispida. Unable to distinguish any forms as such in the cabinets of the British Museum, I naturally turned for assis- tance to the well-known naturalist whose acquaintance with the marine fauna of our own coasts is only equalled by his kindness and courtesy. To the Rev. A. M. Norman, then, the national col- lection owes some specimens of what he distinguishes as A. hispida. Jn addition to the specimens of A. Aispida which he presented to the Museum, Mr. Norman sent for my inspection several other series of specimens from various localities. In the letter with which he honoured me, Mr. Norman hinted that A. hispida and A. violacea should now be united, he expresses some little doubt as to the accu- racy of the determination of the specimens collected in the British * [To make this paper as complete as may be, I add a reference to the species (A. spitsbergensis) lately described by Messrs. Danielssen and Koren. It ap- ears to be pentactinid, polyacanthid, and echinoplacid. See Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 66.—F, J. B. July Ist, 1881.] 508 PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3, seas as being the A. muelleri of Sars, and he concludes by directing my attention to a remarkable and rare specimen taken at Seaham. The questions, then, which are proposed to us are :— (1) The characters of A. hispida. (2) Is A. muelleri, Sars, found on our shores ? (3) Is A. muelleri really distinct from A. glacialis ? (4) Have representatives of any other species, described or unde- scribed, been found in our seas? (1) The Characters of A. hispida. With regard to this species, Edward Forbes writes:—“It may easily be passed over as the young of one of the more common species; but it is very distinct.” He gives as the specific character, “Rays short, rounded, spinous. Avenues ovate.” It is, however, obvious that, without some further qualification, the shortness of the rays is a character of no significance whatever; the rays in young Asterids are always proportionally shorter than in older forms; as Sars remarks, in describing A. muelleri}, “ Bei jiingeren sind, wie bei allen Seesternen, die Arme verhaltmassig kiirzer.” What, therefore, we have to know is whether there is any dif- ference, and, if so, what, between 4. hispida and A. rubens in this respect. The greater and the lesser radii may, as usual, be distinguished by the symbols R and 7; the measurements are made in millimetres, A. rubens. Series a. ‘Seaham, Mr. Hodge.” Breadth of ray. fits Sluice 5,8 or =o Sot one Ties bed = Ea aa, Ge Sehr: 2°8 Mya cere Ole wr 25) Ol) eer Or, 2:0 Series 6. ‘?4. rubens. St. Magnus Bay, Shetland; deep water.” Breadth of ray, ite Se Ole ee 4°02 or hs Or: 3°0 ii. , te oo, toe OF deo ae 3:1 ill, S202 One ei — rae 25 iv. 5 i 65.) 2-05) One ino 7 2°0 A. hispida. Series a. ‘Oban, Mr. D. Robertson.” Breadth of ray. sere R=19°5, r=80, or R=2°437r. 9°0 Hl. .... #=—15:0, 7r=—6:2, or K=2°4197. 6°2 ill, KR=12:0;. r=6:0;" orn k—270 7. 50 lv R=110; -7=4:2," or R=2:6197. 5°0 Series 3. Outer Skerries, Shetland. Breadth of ray. 1, 2s.e sy, 1750 or hs 4 9. 6:0 is, eve R=)5557—4.5500F sr 45 pies ee E=12-0) 97 — 4:06 ort t=—=310) 7, 4-5 1 Faun. litt. Norv. p. 56, 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS, 509 Series y. Outer Skerries, Scotland. Breadth of ray. Tene oO ee) oe as 3°5 li. .... R=100, +=3-0;' Ge A=3°37r. 3°5 lil Seon a= One ty ollloies 4°5 IVs. ‘oyers = 59:0; 7r=3:0; or #2=30'r; 3°7 Wats R= “5; r=2°5, or R=3:07r. 30 Arranging these numbers in order, we find for 4. rubens 3°83, 3°6, 3°5, 3°25, 3°16, 3°16, 3°15; and for A. hispida 3°5, 3°4, 3°4, 3°3, 3°16, 3°0, 2°619, 2°437,'2°419, 2:0. For A. rubens, then, the proportion of R to 7 does not fall below 3°15; and the specimen in which that obtains is comparatively young, and has R ouly equal to 8:2 millim.; in A. hispida it may fall as low as 2, and that in a specimen of moderate size, or with a long radius of 12 millim. If we take only series a of A. hispida we find a marked shortness of ray ; but, unfortunately, that series is so far aberrant that the smallest specimens have R proportionally the longest. If, on the other hand, we take series y (and that is the series which Mr. Nor- man has presented to the British Museum), we find a set of propor- tions which can hardly be said to compare unfairly with series 3 of A, rubens. If now we take a series of older specimens of A. rubens, we may be led to certain conclusions ; the set taken, though not in any way specially selected, is very favourable :— acts R=65, r=13°5, or R=4:81r. li..... R=60, r=13°0, or R=4'61 7. iii, .... H=56, r=13:0, or R=4:60r. Viet oe R=46, r=12:0, or R=3'83r. We are therefore, as it seems to me, led to the conclusion that for A. rubens there is a gradual increase, during growth, in the length of & as compared with 7. In some cases, as with series y, sets of specimens of 4. hispida may well fall into the series; but, on the other hand, they may (as does series a) exhibit so great a variation as to lead to the sus- picion that they must have been subjected to more or less abnormal conditions. And, finally, we cannot with safety appeal to the shorter rays of A. hispida as a definite and constant mark of specific differentiation. The next specific character given by Forbes is ‘rays rounded ;” but the same term is applied to 4. rubens ; then we have ‘ spinous”” for A. hispida, and “‘ very spiny” for 4. rubens. The last character, and one which is regarded as being a good mark of distinction in this genus, is the form of the “ambulacral avenues ;’’ they are lanceolate in A. rubens, and “ elongate-ovate” in A. hispida. As it is obvious that the form of the ambulacra will depend not a little on the width of the rays at their base, I proceed 510 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3, to examine the proportion between the greater radius and the width of the base of the arm. The absolute measurements have already been given; these, when worked out, give the following proportions :— A, hispida—2°1, 2°16, 2°18, 2°20, 2°4, 2°419, 2°5, 2°6, 2°83, 2°85, 3:0, 3°4; A. rubens—3°0, 3°06, 3°25, 3°28, 3°50, 3°6. It is, then, so far clear that the base of the arms is wider in A. hispida than in A. rubens for specimens of, or about, the same size. When we measure larger specimens of the commoner species, we find the proportional value of the base of the arm to be 2°62, 2°86, 3°45, and 3°76. And this series falls in as well with A. hispida as with A. rubens ; there is, however, this essential difference—that, in the former, & varies between 19°5 and 7:5 millim., while in the case of A. rubens R has the minimum value of 42 millim., and a maximum value of 64 millim. After all, however, it is hardly necessary to raise the question of proportions ; for A. hispida would seem to have never more than one row of adambulacral spines, whereas A. rubens has frequently two ; ‘and, in the second place, there are absent from it the larger pincer- formed “ pedicellariz.” Now arises an important and difficult question,—Is the absence of these pedicellarize any thing more than a specific characteristic ? In other words, should it not be regarded as a mark of generic dif- ference. Sufficient information is not yet at hand to justify any final decision; but I would suggest that the question be kept before the minds of naturalists who busy themselves with these difficult forms. I am myself inclined to believe that there is only a tendency to their complete disappearance, and that the difference is purely specific. On the other hand, we know far too little as to the conditions of existence under which these creatures live. Is it not possible that, after all, A. Aispida is but a pure variety, or a local race, or a form stunted by living under disadvantageous conditions!. It is, indeed, possible; but, at present, the weight of evidence is in favour of Forbes’s original position, that A. hispida is a distinct species. (2) Characters of A. muelleri, Sars. The collection of the British Museum contains two specimens bearing the “étiquette”’ of A. muelleri. One, in spirit, was named by Dr. Liitken, and it may therefore be regarded as a good, though, of course, not by any means necessarily a “‘ typical’? specimen of the species; the other, which is dried, bears a label “ Asterocanthion (sic) miilleri:’? it was ‘purchased of Brandt ;” but there is no evidence as to who named it. The specimen named by Dr. Liitken has & equal to 13 millim., while r=3, and the breadth of the arms at their base is 3°5 millim. 1 Compare especially the interesting remarks of Prof. Rupert Jones in his very philosophical paper on Variation in the Foraminifera (Monthly Mier. Journ, 1876 pp. 61-92) 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. dll On comparing this with one of Mr. Norman’s specimens, in which R=16, r=3, we are at once struck by the greater development of spines on the abactinal surface of the latter, where it is possible to make out five very distinct rows of spines, while in the former only three are to be accurately distinguished. In consequence of this difference the specimens do not, as may be imagined, present any very closeresemblance. When we refer to the original description of Sars we find some explanation; for he says, “Auf dem Riicken derselben 3-5 Reihen, von denen 3 deutlich, die 2 anderen weniger deutlich oder hiufig unvollstindig sind.” Though no two specimens in the set of seven which were taken off Shetland differ from one another so markedly as do the two just referred to, yet they differ sufficiently to show that the specimens of the species which are found in the British Seas, just as much as those found off the Scandinavian coasts, do vary, in this particular, within very wide limits. The spines on Mr. Norman’s specimens seem to be sharper and rather longer than those on the specimen named by Dr. Liitken. The proportions, and the resulting general appearance, are very much the same ; and I can see no reason why the specimens should not all be regarded as members of the same species. The above discussion contains an answer to the third question ; for in demonstrating the characters of A. muelleri it proves the dis- tinctness of that species from A. glacialis. The consideration of exceptional forms from the British seas may well be postponed for further information and a larger series of specimens. In here describing some forms under new names I am taking the course which, after careful consideration, seems to me to be at pre- sent that which is best adapted for the advancement of science. The exact limits of the species of this genus can only be defined by enermous collections. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR RARE SPECIES. ASTERIAS PHILIPPII, sp. nov. (Plate XLVII. figs. 1, 1a.) Tt is necessary to make this new species for two specimens preserved in alcohol, and forming portion of the old Haslar collection ; they were collected by J. O. Goodridge, Esq., Surgeon R.N., and are stated to have come from ‘‘South America.” General formula / 2maa'. Rays six, rather stout ; disk moderate; adambulacral spines in two rows, madreporic plate single, anechinoplacid, lateral and actinal spines autacanthid—general formula 2maa'. The adambulacral spines present a remarkable appearance, owing to their small size, their delicacy, and their close packing; in addition to this the integument around them is raised up into processes almost as long as the spines, and thus increases the appearance of crowding. A well-marked groove separates these from the outer spines, of which there are two rows on the actinal surface, while athird occupies the side of the ray. All these spines, the best-developed of which may be as 512 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3, much as 3 millim. long, are autacanthid; and their bases are sur- rounded by shorter spines or papilliform processes of the integument. Towards the tip of the arm the innermost row disappears. The large space between the outermost or third row, or that which runs along the lower portion of the side of the arm on either side, presents in its lower portion irregular and feebly-developed spines ; along the middle line of the back of the arm there runs an irregular row of spines or clumps of spines; and oneither side of this there isa still more irregularrow. The middle row is continued onto the disk, the centre of which is occupied by a clump of five autacanthid, more or less blunt and rounded tubercle-like spinous processes; at an equal distance from this central clump, and at the base of each ray, there is another clump, a little more irregular in character ; an accessory clump may be developed near the central one. The same clump-arrangement is exhibited all along the back of the arm, but varies within very wide limits, and only one spine may be developed. The whole integument is thick and granular, the madreporic body more or less prominent, pedicellariz rather rare. General colour light orange-yellow (after immersion in spirit for at least twenty-five years). R=90, 7r=23; R=101, r=25. So far as we may judge from two specimens, the species will be found to exhibit considerable variation. It has the same general formula as has A. meridionalis, and, so far as one may judge from the diagnosis, A. scabra; from the former it may be at once distinguished by the less regular repartition of the spines of the abactinal surface, and by the complete absence of any bare interbrachial space on the actinal surface of the disk. I am quite unable to form any conception of 4. scabra from Capt. Hutton’s description. ASTERIAS INERMIS, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 2, 2a.) This species is also founded on a specimen collected by Mr. Good- ridge, and bears Ecuador as its locality. General formula 2aa’. It is remarkeble for the very feeble development of spines on its abactinal surface, where, though all autacanthid, they form the merest projections. Rays five, broad at base, tapering rapidly but regularly; two rows of adambulacral spines; madreporic plate anechinoplacid, obscure, quite at the margin of the disk ; spines of actinal surface short, slender, delicate and autacanthid. Of all the spines the longest are the adambulacral; but they do not exceed 2 millim. inlength. Beyond these there is a row of spines, generally one only on each plate; in the next outer row the spines are rather sharper and longer, and there are sometimes two on one plate. Beyond this the rows begin to get somewhat indistinct, and the spines still shorter. Plates carrying very short, white, tubercle-like spines are closely packed, without any apparent order, over the whole of the abactinal surface. 1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 513 General coloration (after at least twenty-five years’ immersion in spirit) white, the suckers yellowish, R=41, r=13. Arms 13°5 millim. broad at base, 3 millim. at tip of arm. ASTERIAS VERRILLI, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 3, 3a.) General formula latr. Arms five, stout ; disk large ; ambulacral grooves very wide, adam- bulacral spines in a single row, madreporic plate anechinoplacid, and almost exactly midway between the centre and the margin of the disk, small and obscure; typacanthid spines on abactinal surface rare, irregular, short, stout, with knobbed ends, more numerous in younger specimens. Respiratory papules numerous, and in the adult arranged in distinct groups. Clumps of two, three, or four spines, proportionally longer in the young forms, occupy the margins of the actinal surface of the arms; they are longest and most distinct nearest the disk. The side is separated from the dorsal surface of the arm by a somewhat obscure and not closely packed row of short stout spines. R=48, r=16.°. R=3r; breadth of arms at base=14 millim., near tip 4°5 millim.; R=28°5, r=7°5, or R=3'8r. If the specimens have been correctly referred to one species, the spines on the dorsal surface are rather more distinct in the smaller forms, the row of spines running along the upper edge of the side of the arm is more distinct, and the general appearance of the specimens is somewhat different, owing to the greater length and number of the spines on them. The largest specimen, which has been for about forty years in spirit, and the companion specimen are of a brownish coloration. They were collected by the “ Antarctic Expedition” in St. Martin’s Cove; the three smaller specimens, which were presented to the Museum in 1868, were collected by Dr. Cunningham in “ Peckett Harbour and Gregory Bay,” and off Elizabeth Island, and are cream-white. ASTERIAS SPIRABILIS, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.) This species, which was collected in 1842 off the Falkland Islands, is remarkable for the very great development of the membranous respiratory processes. General formula Laér. Arms five, rather long, thick, tapering regularly, not wide at the base ; disk comparatively small. Adambulacral spines in a single row; madreporic plate small, obscure, about midway between the centre and the edge of the disk. The whole of the abactinal surface and the sides of the rays are quite soft, owing to the great development of the membranous papulz, which completely cover the disk and arms and almost totally obscure the tubercles of the back. The rather closely packed, not specially stout, adambulacral spines are separated from those that lie beyond them by a fringing line of large respiratory processes. The sides of the actinal surface are 514 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3, occupied by short, frequently peg-shaped spines, which are generally set in transverse rows of three. Beyond and above this in the adult there are no indications of any rows of spines. The specimen from which the above description has been drawn up, and which is presumed to be adult, has & equal to 60, and r to 13; the arms are 15 millim. wide at the base, 4°5 near tip of arm; one arm has been lost. General coloration (after 40 years in spirit) light brown. Some much smaller specimens (R=23, r=7°5 ; R=18, r=8) from the same locality and collector, appear to belong to the same species: the development of the respiratory processes, though exceedingly well marked, has not attained to such an extraordinary pitch as in the more adult specimen; and, as a consequence, the tubercular spines on the abactinal surface and at the sides of the arm are more apparent. The processes, owing to some difference in refraction, and not because of the development of pigment, exhibit the most curious similarity to bivalved pedicellarize. Spaces bare of spines are found at the angles of the disk on the actinal surface. Two specimens rather larger (R=34, r=9), which have a very close resemblance to the others in the number and arrangement of the adambulacral spines and the arrangement of the respiratory processes, differ from them in the well-marked development of rounded tubercle-like spines over the whole of the abactinal surface and in the absence of the bare space at the angle of thedisk. They may for the present, at any rate, be regarded as varieties ; they are from the Falkland Islands also, but are of a rather deeper colour. ASTERIAS ROLLESTONI, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. figs. 5, 5a.) General formula 2aéc. Arms five, rather long, tapering gradually ; disk of moderate size ; adambulacral spines in a double row, those of the inner less nume- rous than those in the outer. Madreporic plate placed about half- way between the centre and the edge of the disk, anechinoplacid, very distinct, with a well-marked groove around it. The whole of the abactinal surface rough with irregularly disposed typacanthid spines, of which a rather obscure wavy line can be detected along the middle line of each ray. The adambulacral spines are stouter in the outer than in the inner row, but even there are not at all thick; they are flattened, with broad, not pointed, free ends. The spines in the two rows beyond these are remarkably broad at their free end; and the character is more striking than in A. japonica of Stimpson; they are thickly beset with pedicellariz. ‘Two rows of much smaller spines are placed at the sides of the abactinal surface. The glistening white abactinal tubercles diminish somewhat in size from the centre of the disk towards the apex of the arms; the respiratory processes are not collected into groups, but are distributed over the whole surface. R=34,r=9'5. Breadth of arms at base 11 millim., near tip 2°5. Madreporic plate 3 millim. across. P.Z. 5.1881. Pl. XLVI. oe S § oe) Ce Fk SRSA tas OS wv we v FOR POET PV E Fe 9 ¢ + tN AS AMR SSeS ATT he 4444 Bea Mintern Bros.imp. A, re, Bud nS wm oa | 4 ff as fr ie na << - J. Smit lith Hanhart imp NEW SHELLS FROM SUMATRA AND BORNEO. 1881.] MR. G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SHELLS. 635 16. CerITHIDEA CHARBONNIERI, Petit. Bandjermasin ; not so common as the former. 17. Cues niGRICANS, Bens. Bandjermasin ; common. Only in young shells is the apex perfect ; in the old ones, the spire is broken and eroded. Dr. Brot makes out two varieties—C. maxima, H. Ad., and C. fas- ciata, H. Ad. 18. CLEA BOCKII, sp. nov. [This species will be described by Dr. A. Brot in M. Crosse’s ‘Journal de Conchyliologie.’ | NERITIDE. 19. NERITINA DEPREsSA, Benson. Common in the brackish waters at Bandjermasin. 20. Neritina (CLirHoN) ACULEATA (Gmelin). Bandjermasin ; rather rare. Six specimens found, with the spines only feebly developed. 21. NeERITINA PIPERINA, Chem. Exceedingly abundant at Bandjermasin, and ornamented in great variety. 22. AurRICULA JuD&, Lin. On the Koeti coast, amongst the mangroves and Caguarine. EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV. Fig. 1. Helix granaria, p. 628. Fig. 6. Vitrina hyalea, p. 631. 2. Helix maarseveeni, p. 629. 7. Helix mindaiensis, p. 633. 3. Helix smithi, p. 629. 8, 8a, 8’ Pterocyclos mindaiensis, 4. Helix rufo -filosa, p. 630. p. 684. 5. Bulimus paioensis, p. 630. 2. Description of eight new Species of Shells. By G. B. Sowrrsy, Jun. [Received April 7, 1881.] (Plate LVI.) 1. Conus THomasI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 4.) Testa elongata, solida, albida vel pallide carnea, minute cancellata, epidermide fusca crassa induta ; spira obtusa, viv elevata ; an- Sractus superne declives, spiraliter minutissime striati; anfr. ultimus superne rotunde angulatus, infra angulum aliquanto con- vexus, deinde rectiusculus ; apertura modica, supra et infra sub- e@qualiter lata, fauce pallide carnea. Long. 75, diam. 35 millim, Hab. Red Sea. 41* 636 MR. G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SHELLS. [May 17, Compared with C. terebellum, to which this species is allied, it is a smooth shell with a shorter spire. Having a single specimen of C. thomasi some years ago, I had some thought of describing it as a new species, but hesitated to do so on account of its proximity to C. terebellum. Having now, however, seen several specimens, and compared them with a large series of C. terebellum, I have no difficulty in making the distinction. In the collections of the late Mr. Thomas Lombe Taylor and Mr. Hopeley White there were specimens of the species above described under the name of C. pasti- naica (Lamarck)—an error caused by Lovell Reeve having figured and described under that name in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’ (Conus, fig. 257) a shell of somewhat similar appearance, but which has been shown by Mr. Edgar Smith to have been a worn spe- cimen of C. virgo, now in the British Museum. It is not known what has become of the type of Lamarck’s C. pastinaica; but from his description it would seem to have no affinity whatever with Reeve’s shell so named. The species which I have named in honour of M. Thomas of Breste is represented in his collection by the specimen which I have taken for the type. The other specimens which I have mentioned are smaller, and have rather more of a bluish or faint lilac tinge of colour. 2. Conus PREVOsTI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 3.) Testa elongato-cylindracea, levi, infra suleata, albida, aurantio obscure fasciata, lineis numerosis minutis aurantiacis irregulariter undulatis et angulatis scripta ; sptra elata, gradata; anfractus superne leviter concavi, striis duobus spiraliter sculpti ; anfr. ulti- mus superne angulatus, infra angulum conveaxiusculus ; apertura modiea, basin versus aliquanto latior, fauce lutea. Long. 40, diam. 15 millim. Hab. New Caledonia. A beautiful and remarkable species, of an elongated form, and a style of marking that would bring it just within the confines of the “cylinder” or ‘‘éextile’? group. The orange lines are very fine, mostly running longitudinally, in some places parallel and zigzag, in others leaving triangular white spaces as in C. textile, and others of that group. The specimen forms part of the collec- tion of M. Thomas of Brest; another specimen is in the collection of Dr. Prevost of Alengon. 3. Conus BockI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 7.) Testa turbinata, pallide lutea, luteo-fusco transversim multifasciata, et longitudinaliter strigata, hic illic nigro fusco radiata ; spira breviuscula, albida, promiscue luteo strigata, ad apicem prominula ; anfractus superne planati, cancellati, ad angulum coronati ; anfr. ultimus superne tuberculis grandibus coronatus, infra angulum levigatus, deinde leviter granoso-costatus ; apertura alba, medio- criter lata ; labrum leviter arcuatum. Long. 60, diam. 32 millim. Hab. Amboyna (Carl Bock). 1881.] MR. G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SHELLS. 637 Resembling the Chinese C. s¢riatus in form, but a much smoother shell than any of that species that I have met with (and I have seen some hundreds); and it is more deeply coloured; but the chief difference is in the crown. C. sulcatus is characterized by a sharp undulating keel at the angle, forming a raised ridge round the de- pressed whorls of the spire; while in C. docki the crown is formed of slightly angular nodules, between which the angle is rounded. I have seen only a single specimen of this interesting shell, which was brought by Mr. Carl Bock from the above-named locality, and is now in the collection of Dr. Prevost. 4. Conus GLOYNEI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 5.) Testa abbreviato-turbinata, solida, castanea, brunneo late bifasciata ; spira abbreviata, conica, brunnea; anfractus superne leviter con- cavi, spiraliter profunde trisuleati ; anfr. ultimus ad angulum leviter coronatus, infra angulum levissime convexus, leviusculus, vel minutissime striatus, basin versus valide costatus ; apertura angusta, albida; labrum ad angulum leviter emarginatum. Long. 26, diam. 16 millim. Hab. 2 A short brown Cone of no very striking character, excepting per- haps that the grooves of the spire are unusually deep. Although of ordinary appearance, I cannot identify it with any known species. The shell was given me by Mr. C. P. Gloyne, who had no informa- tion as to its habitat. 5. Conus LomBEI, n.sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 6.) Testa conica, solidiuscula, rufo-fusca; spira acuta, subgradata ; anfractus superne declives, levi, angulati, ad angulum maculis albidis numerosis ornati ; anfr. ultimus superne subacute angu- latus, ad latera prope rectus, levigatus, basin versus oblique sul- catus ; apertura angusta, fauce purpurea ; labrum ad angulum vir emarginatum. Long. 22, diam. 10 millim. Hab. Mauritius ? A small reddish-brown Cone, with a purple interior, and white spots on the angle and spire, giving it a coronated appearance, although the angle is free from nodules. The specimen which is now in the British Museum was in the collection of the late Thomas Lombe Taylor, with a label ‘ Conus, nov. sp., Mauritius.” As the labels of that collection were loose, and many of them got shifted, the habitat assigned to this species is very uncertain. 6. CANCELLARIA WILMERI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 2.) Testa oblonga, acuminata, fusca ; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, superne anguste excavati, costis numerosis noduliferis et liris transversis cancellati ; spira eluta ; apertura oblongo-ovata, fusca ; labrum concavo depressum, arcuatum, superne emarginatum ; columella curta, rectiuscula, minute triplicata. 638 MR. G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SHELLS. [May !7, Long. 11, diam. 5 millim. Hab. Port Blair, Andaman Islands (Major Wilmer). Resembling in texture the Mauritian C. scalata, but of a more acuminated form, the sutural depression being narrow and deep. The colour is light reddish brown within and without, slightly paler on the ribs and nodules. 7. OvULUM VIDLERI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 1.) Testa elongata, utrinque acuminata, transversim striata, cerasina, terminibus vivide aurantiacis, dorso medio gibbosiusculo, levissime angulato, levigato vel obsolete costato ; apertura angusta, antice latior ; labium leve, antice subangulatum; columella callosa, po- stice conspicue uniplicata. Long. 21, diam. 7 millim. Hab. Monterey, west coast of America (Mr. Vidler). An Ovulum of an elongated form, of a cherry-red colour, with bright orange extremities. The back is nearly smooth; and the ends are transversely striated. Several of the specimens brought by Mr. Vidler are smaller, smoother, and more slender than the one I have chosen as type. 8. CyPR2ZA SMITHI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 8.) Testa ovata, crassiuscula, umbilicata, pallidissime cinerea, minute Susco-flavescenti lenticulata, dorsi medio maculis duabus subqua- dratis castaneo-purpureis picta, lateribus albis rufo-fusco pun- ctatis, basi convexa, alba; apertura modica, postice arcuata ; dentes labii circiter 16, breves, obtusi, albi; columelle circiter 19, tenues, rubro-fusci. Long. 19, lat. 10 millim. Hab. North-west coast of Australia. Specimen presented to the British Museum. The chief character of this species is to be found in the teeth, those of the inner lip or columella being more numerous and much thinner than those of the outer, and of a reddish-brown colour. The only other species presenting this character is C. pyriformis, which is much larger, more pear-shaped, and an inhabitant of the Ceylon coast. Looking merely at the back of the shell it would pass for one of the robust Australian forms of C. fimbriata (of which I con- sider C. macula of Adams a variety); but a glance at the mouth at once reveals the difference. I have pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. Edgar Smith, of the Zoological Department, British Museum. P.S.—Since I read this paper, I have seen a shell in the British Museum (labelled “ Port Essington”) which leads me to consider Cyprea smithi a variety of C. pyriformis. The shell is interme- diate in size between the average C. pyriformis and the shell above deserved, and has the shape of the former with the white base of the latter. — o- = ] op) PZ.S Sehr l Oa st —— a » pe ee ee GB. Sowerby hth Hanhart imp NEW SHELLS FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES 1881.] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE JAQANAS, 639 EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI. Fig. 1. Ovulum vidleri, p. 638. . Cancellaria wilmeri, p. 637. . Conus prevosti, p. 636, thomasi, p. 635. —— gloynei, p. 637. lombet, p. 637. bocki, p. 636. . Cyprea pyriformis, yar. smithi, p. 638. GO WID uP Go bo 8. Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Jacanas (Parride). By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received April 8, 1881.] It having lately been my good fortune to dissect two specimens of Parra jacana, from Pernambuco, and an eviscerated specimen of Metopidius africanus, as well as to examine skeletons and skins of some other species of this group, a few notes on their anatomy may be acceptable to the Society, the more so on account of the very con- siderable difference of opinion that has hitherto existed amongst systematic ornithologists as to the true relationships of this group. Two main views on this subject have been put forward, one placing the Jacands near the Rails (Rallide), the other asserting that they are, essentially, modified Plovers. The former of these views has been maintained by Jerdon’, Sundevall*, and Milne-Edwards*, to men- tion only some of the most recent ornithological writers of import- ance, as well as by the illustrious Nitzsch in his classical memoir on the pterylography of birds*. The latter view has been adopted by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin in their ‘ Nomenclator,’ where the Parridze are interpolated between the Cidicnemide and the Charadriidee as members of the order “ Limicole” *. The late Prof. Garrod, 1 Birds of India, iii. p. 707. 2 Tentamen, p. 130 (1872). 3 Oiseaux Fossiles, ii. p. 110 (1869-71). 4 Pterylography, Ray Society’s edition, p. 126. 5 Op. cit. p. 142 (London, 1873). The term “ Limicole” was, T believe, origin- ally used by Nitzsch (Pterylogr. p. 194) to include the birds now included in the ‘families ” Charadriide and Scolopacids, together with some aberrant forms, such as Dromas, Cursorius, Thinocorus, &e. By Messrs. Sclater and Salyin its use is still further extended to include the Gidicnemidx, Parride, and Chionidide in addition. Lastly, Prof. Garrod used it (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 122, &c.) as a term for all the non-columbine “ Charadriiformes,” inclu- ding in it, besides Nitzsch’s groups, the Cranes, Auks, Gulls, and, presumably, the Turnicidz, Rhinochetidx, Plataleide, and Parride as well. In fact, Gar- rod’s restricted “family” Charadriidz corresponds pretty nearly to the whole of Nitzsch’s ‘‘ Limicolz seu Scolopacinx.” To obviate further confusion, the term “ZLimicolx” should be restricted to the group mentioned by Nitzsch ; and I pro- pose to substitute, as a name for the non-columbine Charadriiformes (the “ Limicole” of Garrod) the word “ Pluviales,” tocorrespond with the other diyi- sion, “Columb” (including the Columbide and Pteroclide), of that great group. 640 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 17, in his paper on the nasal bones of birds}, says that ‘ Parra should be removed to the Charadriomorphe ” from the Rallidze, on account of the schizorhinal nature of its skull, as represented in the figure of that of Parra (Hydralector) cristata on p. 34 of his‘paper. In his subsequent paper on the muscles of the thigh in birds’, Porra (i.e. Metopidius) africana is placed amongst the “ Grallz,’”’ with the other Charadriine or Scolopacine forms, and not included in the Rallidee. It will be my object in the present paper to still further strengthen this latter view of the affinities of the Parridz’, Pterylosis. Nitzsch, in his ‘ Pterylography,’ places Rallus, Orex, Porphyrio, and Parra as members of a group of the Fulicarie, characterized by the narrow form of the tracts, by the presence of a distinct outer branch to the inferior tract, and by the dorsal tract being ‘neither interrupted nor strikingly weakened ” between the shoulder-blades. He says (J. c. p. 126) :—“ The first three [genera] have twelve tail- feathers, and exactly the same pterylosis as that figured as occurring in Rallus aquaticus. In Parra, of which I have examined all the four principal species (sinensis [i. e. Hydrophasianus chirurgus], @nea, africana, and jassana), I found only ¢en tail-feathers, and a remarkable narrowing of the bands of the dorsal tract close be- hind the shoulder-blades ; whilst, on the other hand, the hindmost, or pelvic portion of it, was dilated. This genus has also weaker lumbar tracts ; and these are united with the uropygial portion of the dorsal tract by sparse contour-feathers.”” As Nitzsch himself later on says that the pterylosis of the “Limicole’’ closely ap- proaches that of the Rallinz, and is but little modified from that type, the evidence from pterylosis of the Ralline affinities of the Jacanas is not very strong. In their possession of well-marked firm rectrices, in the weakness of the lumbar tracts, and in the tendency to a divi- sion of the dorsal tract into an anterior and a posterior fork, the Parridz differ from the typical Rallidee, and approach the Limico- line type. The same relationship is indicated by the inner, or main, pectoral tract, though very narrow, consisting, at least at its com- mencement, of two or three rows of feathers in the Parridze, as well as in the Charadriidz ; whereas in the typical Rallide, according to Nitzsch, it issues from the branch as only a single row of feathers. Visceral Anatomy, Se. The tongue is long and narrow in shape, thin, and of horny con- sistency. Its apex is slightly notched, and its base spinulose; for the greater part of its length it is strongly concave. The ceso- phagus develops no crop ; and the proventriculus is zonary. There 1 «On the Value in Classification of a Peculiarity in the Anterior Margin of the Nasal Bones of certain Birds,” P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 83-78. 2 P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 626-644. 5 Besides Metopidius africanus, Prof. Garrod dissected a specimen of Hy- drophasianus chirurgus; and some MS. notes of his on that species I have incorporated in what follows. 1881.] ANATOMY OF THE JAGANAS. 641 is a muscular gizzard, lined by a rather thick and hard epithelium. The contents of the stomach, in one of the specimens examined, con- sisted of small seeds mixed with vegetable débris and small frag- ments of stone. The right liver-lobe is elongated, and twice as large as the left; and there is a well-developed gall-bladder. The czeca are lateral in position, and closely approximated to the intestine, which makes them difficult to see. They are mere nipples *2 inch long’. In this respect Parra differs from all the Rallide (except Porzana notata) which have been examined, as in all of these the ceca are long, sometimes very long. Of the Pluvialine birds, only the Plataleide and Rhinochetidee, with Sterna, Larus, and one or two others, have such short ceca. The intestines measure, in these two specimens of Parra jacana—small intestine 12°3 and 13-2 inches, large intestine 11 and 1-0 inch respectively. In Parra jacana and in Hydrophasianus africanus, as also in Metopidius africanus, as already recorded by Garrod *, there are two carotid arteries. This is the number found in all the Rallide, and in most of the Pluviales, excepting the Turnicide and Arctica alle, according to Garrod*, where there is only the left developed. Myology. Parra jacana resembles P. (Metopidius) africana, as recorded by Garrod ‘, in possessing the ambiens, femoro-caudal, accessory femoro- caudal, semitendinosus, and accessory semitendinosus muscles, all well developed®. Their formula is therefore AB. XY°. In both these species the gluteus primus is well developed, covering the biceps superficially towards the median line; the gluteus quintus is also well developed. As in the Rallidee, and the Gruide’ and Eury- pyg% amongst the Pluviales, the area of origin of the obturator internus is triangular, as it is also in Hydrophasianus ; in the Plu- vialine birds generally it is oval. The two deep flexor tendons of the foot are not at all ossified, but completely blend together some way up the leg—in Metopidius, in fact, just below the joint. There is no slip at all to the hallux, as was also found to be the case in Parra africana’ and Hydrophasianus by Prof. Garrod. This is the more remarkable on account of the very large size of the hallux in all these birds. A special tendinous slip to that digit is very frequently present in birds which have a very insignificant hallux indeed ; and I know of no other case of a bird with such a large hallux as that of the Parride lacking the tendon. This fact would seem to indi- cate that the Parride may have been developed from some form with a more normal-sized foot and a small hallux, which had no 1 In Aydrophasianus chirurgus there is a strong gizzard, and the left liyver- lobe is smaller than the right ; the c#ca measure *15 inch, the whole length of the intestines being 12 inches.—Garrod’s MSS. 2 Pp. Z. S. 1873, p. 469. 3 L. c. pp. 469, 470. 4P. Z. S. 1873, p. 641. 5 In Hydrophasianus all these five muscles are also present. 8 Cf. Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 123, 7 Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 199. 8 P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 348. 642 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 17, special long flexor, the great size of their feet having been developed in accordance with their peculiar habits. In the anterior extremity the second pectoral arises from nearly the whole length of the sternum ; in all three genera the third pec- toral is wanting. The expansor secundariorum is strong and T-shaped, as in all Ralline and many Pluvialine birds. In Parra jacana (as in Hydrophasianus, according to Garrod) there is a dis- tinct biceps slip to the patagium, as in all the Rallidw, the Chara- driide, Gruidze, and many other Pluvialine birds. In Metopidius africanus it is apparently absent, the absence being probably corre- lated with the peculiar expanded form of the radius (to be hereafter described). In the wing-membrane the tensor patagii brevis presents a pecu- liar arrangement, the tendon being completely divided into two por- tions—an inner, more slender, and an outer, stronger one. The former runs on to the fibrous tissue near the superficial origin of the extensor metacarpi radialis longior, and there stops; the latter con- tinues over this last muscle to the ulnar side of the arm, where it is lost in the fibrous covering-tissue adjacent. Before crossing, how- ever, it sends off a short, special wristward slip to the superficial tendon of origin of the metacarpal extensor, as in many other groups of birds. There is also a thin fibrous expansion given off just before this to the tendon of the tensor patagii longus, and the tissue of the patagium generally, as in many Pluvialine birds’. This splitting up of the tensor patagii brevis tendon into two distinct slips, the ex- ternal one in turn giving off a special wristward slip, occurs in man Pluvialine birds (e.g. in Numenius arquatus, Totanus calidris, Ma- chetes pugnax, Himantopus nigricollis, Thinocorus, and Attagis), but never in the Rails, where the tendon is always much more simple, not being divided into two separate parts, or giving off a wristward slip. In fact, in most Rallide it runs quite simply, as a narrow straight tendon, onto the origin of the eatensor metacarpi muscle, and there stops. The trachea is provided with the usual pair of sterno-tracheal muscles ; and the lower larynx, which is of simple structure, has also only a single pair of intrinsic muscles. Osteology. From a consideration of the pterylographic, visceral, and myolo- gical features only of the Parridz, perhaps no very definite conclusion as to their affinities could be drawn. But their osteological cha- racters, in this case, leave no doubt as to their real position. All the skulls of Parridze which I have examined, including those of Parre jacana and gymnostoma, Metopidii indicus, africanus and albinucha, and Hydrophasianus chirurgus, like that of Hydralector cristata figured by Garrod *, are strongly schizorhinal, therein dif- fering completely from that of the Rails, and resembling that of the 1 In Hydrophasianus much the same arrangement of the tensor patagii brevis obtains, to judge from a small drawing in Garrod’s MS. 2 P.Z.S8. 1873, p. 34, fig. 5. 1881.] ANATOMY OF THE JAGANAS. 643 Pigeons, Plovers, and their allies (the “‘ Charadriiformes”’ of Garrod ') only amongst Homalogonatous birds. There are well-developed basipterygoid processes, which are always absent in the Rails, though of very frequent occurrence amongst the ** Pluviales,” occurring in all the Charadriine and Scolopacinz I have examined. In Parra jacana and Metopidius albinucha, the long, narrow, slightly decurved vomer is emarginate apically, as in certain Cha- Skull of Parra jacana, from below ; natural size. radriidzx® (see fig. 1). In the Rallidee it is, I believe, always sharp at the point. The maxillo-palatine processes are rather slender and directed backwards ; they have the form of concavo-convex lamellz, are not at all swollen, and do not unite by some way in the middle line, the vomer appearing between and (when the skull is viewed from the palatal aspect) below them. There is no ossified internasal septum, nor any ossification of the narial cartilages. The lacrymal is small, ankylosed with the naso- frontal region of the skull above, and with the ‘‘ pars plana” below. On the posterior aspect of the skull there are no traces of the occipital fontanelles, which are found in so many of the birds re- lated to the Plovers. The supraorbital impressions for the nasal glands, which are so conspicuous in most Plovers, the Gulls, Auks, and many other birds, are absent in the Parride. The combinations depending on the presence or absence of basi- pterygoid processes, of occipital foramina, and of impressions on the top of the skull for the supraorbital glands, coincide, as may be seen from the following table, pretty accurately, with hardly an excep- tion, with the chief groups of the Pluviales (the web-footed Laride and Alcidz being omitted as irrelevant to our present purpose) as determined by other characters. In the Table + and — represent respectively the presence or absence of the structure indicated. In the Plataleidze and Gruidz the nasal glands occupy the truncated edge of the cranium above the orbits, and hardly appear on its upper surface: this condition I have indicated by the use of the double sign (+). 1 P.Z.8. 1874, p. 117. ® Cf. Garrod, P. Z.8. 1877, p. 417, figs. 2-4. 644 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 17, Basiptery- | Supraorbi- goid pro- | tal impres- cesses. sions. Occipital foramina. PLATALEIDE. WIS Tua. ..2o506.sascecaseeessastes Platalea ajaja 7.........s.csoese.+0 leucorodia ....... seavtecaese +++ I I+-14+-14+- GRvUIDz. GriS: CINCLOH.. .ccacadeatuenseewseiee AMETICAV A) (-c:spsccceense tebe australasiana .............6. Aramus scolopaceus............++- ++++ Viena HEHEHE CHARADRIIDE. Numenius arquatus............... pheopus) 2? .siccc,-.sse5s A z= ‘ a oe SS | Homoéomma im FO & OP Cambridge del Tee Nontern Bros 1881.] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. 685 adult (both females), of the same species. One, received from Mr. Carl Hagenbeck, of Hamburg, on the 25th of March 1881, died on the 4th of the following month; the other, received from Mr. W. Cross, of Liverpool, on the 15th of July 1880, lived until the 31st of March 1881. Both these examples are from South America. One of them is rather darker, and the pubescence on the cephalothorax is of a more coppery reddish hue; but in other respects it agrees with the example described, though neither of them is quite so large. EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX. Fig. 1. 9 Homeomma stradlingi (from Dr. Stradling’s specimen). Natural size. 2. The same. Profile of cephalothorax and falces, a little enlarged. 3. The same. yes from above and behind. 4. The same. Eyes from in front, looked at on a level with the Spider. 5. The same. 4 from Brazil, right palpus, of natural size. 6. The same. Portion of right palpus enlarged, from above and behind, on the outer side. 7. The same. Portion of right palpus, from underneath. 4. On the Structure of the Pharynx, Larynx, and Hyoid Bones in the Epomophori; with Remarks on its Relation to the Habits of these Animals. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., &c. [Received May 17, 1881.] In all species of Chiroptera, of which the structure of the pharynx and larynx has hitherto been described, and in all those examined up to the present by the writer, the form of these parts has been found remarkably simple, differing but slightly from that of the Insectivora, all agreeing in possessing a short pharynx, with the small circular or narrow slit-like aperture of the larynx generally guarded by a short acutely-pointed epiglottis, which, in some genera (Harpyia, Vampyrus, e. g.), is almost obsolete, opening close behind the fauces, near to which also the posterior nares enter—and in the small size of the laryngeal cavity and feeble development of the vocal cords, the hyoid bone also being slender and connected by a chain of simple cylindrical bones with the cranium. In the Epomophori, however, we find in the structure of all these parts a remarkable departure from the general type : the pharynx is long and very capacious, the aperture of the larynx far removed from the fauces ; and opposite to it a canal leading from the narial chambers and extending along the back of the pharynx opens; the laryngeal cavity is spacious, and its walls are ossified ; and the vocal cords are well developed; the hyoid bone is quite unconnected, ex- cept by muscle, with the cranium; the ceratohyals and epihyals are cartilaginous and greatly expanded, entering into the formation of the walls of the pharynx, and, in the males of two species at least, 686 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 7, supporting the orifices of the large posterior pair of air-sacs which extend beneath the integument of the sides of the neck’. This peculiar development of the pharynx, larynx, and hyoid bones is well seen in Hpomophorus franqueti. In that species the spacious cavity of the mouth opens into the wide and deep pharynx by a very restricted aperture, the inferior transverse diameter of which is not half the width of the tongue, and scarcely capable of th.dy.- Hyoid bones and muscles of Epomophorus franqueti (enlarged). b.hy. Basihyal bone with which the long thyrohyals, ¢h.hy, are ankylosed (the latter are shown diagrammatically, as in nature they are hooked round the thyroid cartilage); cer.jy, ceratohyal bone; ep.hy, epi- hyal bone rotated forwards, showing its outer surface deeply concave for the neck of the posterior pharyngeal sac, and its prominent arti- cular extremity (x) separating and acting as a pulley for the fleshy tendons (my.hy) of the mylo-hyoid and (hy.g/) hyo-glossus muscles ; to its upper margin is attached the tendon (s¢.iy) of the stylo-hyoid muscle. admitting a hemp-seed, and which can evidently be completely closed by muscular action. In two male specimens the tip of the epiglottis is nearly three quarters of an inch from the fauces. The laryngeal walls are ossified, forming a large projection in the posterior 1 The writer was unable to embody any part of these remarks in the intro- duction to his work on the Chiroptera (Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus. 1878) owing to the want of specimens available for anatomical examination. Lately, however, chiefly owing to the kindness of Drs. T. W. Wright and J. J. Lamprey, of the Army Medical Department, and Dr. Robb, of H.M.’s Indian Army, who for- warded well-preserved specimens of Epomophori from the west and east coasts of Africa, he has succeeded in obtaining most of the material which forms the basis of this paper. 1881.] ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. 687 third of the neck ; and the wide space intervening between the epi- glottis and the base of the tongue is seen, on removal of the integu- ment, to be covered in by the mucous membrane of the pharynx only. The mylo-hyoid muscle arises on each side from the thyro- hyoid bone between the insertion of the sterno-hyoid musele and the origin of the middle constrictor of the pharynx, and, suddenly narrowing, forms a half-round fleshy tendon, which passes forwards across the projecting articular extremity of the epihyal bone (fig. 1, x), which acts as a pulley, and on reaching the under Fig. 2. Fig. 2. Hyoid bones and larynx of Epomophorus franqueti (enlarged), viewed from above. ep.hy, epihyal bone; cer.y, ceratohyal bones; th.hy, extremity of thyrohyal bone; e, epiglottis, posterior surface; s, San- torinian cartilages, Fig. 3. Side view of part of the hyoid bones and the larynx of Epomophorus Sranqueti (enlarged), showing (ph. s) part of the neck of the posterior pharyngeal sac and its communication with the pharynx; «, the pro- minent articular extremity of the epihyal bone; s¢.hy, stylo-hyoid muscle; my.hy, mylo-hyoid, and hy.gl, hyo-glossus muscles, divided and drawn backwards ; th.hy, thyrohyal bone. surface of the tongue spreads out, uniting with its fellow of the opposite side to form a thin muscular expansion extending between the rami of the mandible almost as far forwards as the symphysis menti. Immediately external to the origin of the mylo-hyoid the hyo-glossus arises by a much narrower origin, and, forming a per- fectly similar tendon, accompanies it forwards, but separated from it by the projecting articular extremity of the epihyal bone, and, curving inwards above it, is inserted into the side of the tongue. The genio-hyoid and genio-hyo-glossus muscles are absent, the basi- 688 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 7, hyal and ceratohyal bones being connected with the base of the tongue by the membranous walls of the pharynx alone. The hyoid bone (figs. 1, 2, 3) is remarkably formed: the basi- hyal is ankylosed behind to a pair of long spatulate thyrohyals ; in front it articulates on either side by a synovial joint, permitting very free rotatory motion, with a cartilaginous ceratohyal, which also articulates by its upper extremity with a large, very peculiarly shaped cartilaginous epihyal, which is circular in outline, having its inner side flat or slightly convex, its outer deeply concave from below backwards and upwards, and near its articular extremity a prominent external projection, across which the tendons of the mylo- hyoid and hyo-glossus muscles, above described, glide ; the cerato- hyal muscle extends from its posterior margin to the thyrohyal bone; and the stylo-hyoid muscle is inserted into its upper side. Its outer surface, as above described, is deeply concave in the adult male, and is lined by part of the neck of a sac, which extends out- wards and backwards from the pharynx, under cover of the integu- ment and the sterno-mastoid muscle, across the clavicle to the antero- inferior part of the thorax. Another sac, anterior to this, on each side of the neck, also extends outwards from the pharynx, and will be described further on (vide infra, fig. 4). The walls of the evidently highly extensible pharynx are at- tached anteriorly to the base of the skull and to the hack of the fauces and tongue (which is free between the hyo-glossi and stylo-glossi muscles; for there is no trace of genio-hyoid or genio- hyo-glossi muscles, and the body of the organ appears to be chiefly made up of a few muscular fibres with much interposed fat), extending forwards for some distance between its inferior surface and the mylo-hyoid expansion—posteriorly, to the anterior margins of the basi-, cerato-, and epihyal bones, and laterally, by an oblique ligamentous band, to the sterno-mastoid muscles. Imme- diately behind the mouth, in the adult male, are two large oval apertures (0°4 inch in antero-posterior diameter) in the sides of the pharynx, leading into a pair of large sacs, which extend outwards under cover of the integument beneath and behind the ears. The apertures open opposite each other; so that, if the sacs be cut open from without, the pharynx appears to be transfixed. These, which may be called the anterior pharyngeal sacs, are separated on each side of the neck from the posterior pharyngeal sacs (above described) by the sterno-mastoid muscle, and by a ligamentous septum passing inwards from it to the side of the pharynx, and outwards to the integument. Both pairs of sacs are absent in the female ; their pre- sence therefore indicates a secondary sexual character, of which the nearest analogue in Mammals appears to be the laryngeal sac of the Orang". 1 Tt is an interesting fact that the nearest known analogues of these pharyn- geal sacs are to be found not among Mammals but in Birds, asin certain species of Otis and Tetrao. This might lead us to think that this peculiar secondary sexual character was in some way related to the volant powers of the animals. It must, however, be recollected that these birds are noted for their terrestrial habits. 1881.] ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. 689 The nasal cavities are brought into communication with the larynx by a long canal, which extends backwards along the spine and enters the pharynx directly opposite to the aperture of the larynx ; so that the greater part of what we have called the pharynx would be evidently more correctly termed the isthmus faucium, The walls of the larynx are ossified, enclosing a spacious cavity, Head and neck of Epomophorus franqueti (ad. g, natural size). The anterior (a. ph. s) and posterior (p. ph. s) pharyngeal sacs are opened from without, the dotted lines indicating the points where they commu- nicate with the pharynx; s, thin membranous septum in middle line between the anterior pharyngeal sacs of opposite sides; s.m, sterno- mastoid muscle separating the anterior from the posterior sac. the anterior aperture of which (figs. 2 & 5) is protected by a very large epiglottis (e), which rests against the rounded anterior extre- mities of a pair of large crescent-shaped fibro-cartilaginous cushions (c), which extend forwards from the anterior margins of the trian- gular arytenoid cartilages (a). The true vocal cords are well deve- loped and much longer than the false cords; the ventricles are spacious, and continued backwards between the true vocal cords and the thyroid, forming large sacculi, and forwards between the false vocal cords and the thyroid to its anterior margin, forming narrower but much longer “ sacculi laryngis.” 690 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 7, In £. comptus the structure of all the above-described parts is similar—with this exception only, that the tendons of the mylo-hyoid and hyo-glossus muscles pass forwards together below the epihyal process. No male specimens of H. pusillus are available for exami- nation; but, judging from the anatomy of the female, it agrees in all respects with that of 4. comptus. In H. monstrosus, which differs from all the other species in the absence of the shoulder- pouches, there are no posterior air-sacs; but the anterior sacs are well developed, and separated internally below, not by a thin parti- Vertical and longitudinal section through the centre of the larynx of Epomophorus franqueti (enlarged), é, epiglottis; h.e, hyo-epiglottideus muscle; 4.4, basihyal bone; ¢h. c, thyroid cartilage; f. v. c, false vocal cord ; v, ventricle leading anteriorly into the long sacculus laryngis, extending almost as far as the base of the epiglottis, and posteriorly continued backwards behind v. c, the true vocal cord; ar, arytenoid cartilage; s, apex of Santorinian cartilage ; ¢, erescentic fibro-cartilaginous cushion extending forwards from the arytenoid cartilage; cr, cricoid cartilage. tion as in the above-named species, but by an intermediate inferior sac communicating with the pharynx by an aperture between the mylo-hyoid tendons. In £. macrocephalus, gambianus, labiatus, and minor the thyro- hyals are very long, having their broad extremities bent inwards above so as to nearly meet in the middle line above the laryngeal opening ; the basihyal (fig. 6, 6.4y) is much produced forwards, ter- minating in a straight thin edge, to the outer sides of which the very short ceratohyals are attached by ligament only, and have a 1881. ] ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. 691 very restricted backwards-and-forwards motion ; the epihyals are lozenge-shaped, expanded, as in E. franqueti, but quite flat, and give attachment to the same muscles as in that species; but their infero-external extremities are not produced into prominent cornua as in that species; for there are no mylo-hyoids to support, the place of these muscles being taken by the united anterior bellies of the digastries, which extend across as a thick muscular fold from side to side, and so far back as to cover the body of the hyoid bone, to which, however, it is not attached, being connected only with the superficial fascia extending backwards over the sterno-hyoid muscles. Hyoid bones and muscles of Epomophorus macrocephalus (enlarged). b.hy, basihyal bone; th.hky, thyrohyal bone; cer.hy, ceratohyal bone, small, almost ankylosed with the prominent anterior margin of the basi- hyal; ep.hy, epihyal bone, dislocated forwards, showing its flat, or very slightly concave, outer surface; s¢.hy, stylo-hyoid muscle; g.hy and hy.gl, genio-hyoid and hyo-glossus muscles passing forwards over the prominent anterior margins of the basihyal and ceratohyal bones. On dividing and reflecting the digastrics the genio-hyoid muscles at once come into view, arising from the body of the hyoid bone pos- teriorly, and passing forwards over the prominent flat edge of its produced anterior part, as over a pulley, being there also supported on a pad of dense ligamentous tissue which occupies part of the space in front of the epiglottis, arising from the inner sides of the box-like compartment formed by the expanded hyoid bones, and extending also laterally outwards as a thick ligamentous band on each side across the articulation of the epihyal with the ceratohyal bone, and between the former and the fleshy tendon of the hyo- 692 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. [June 7, glossus muscle. The small genio-hyo-glossi arise on each side from the anterior margins of the epihyals. From the pharynx, thus closed in by osseous and muscular walls, no sacs extend outwards as in E. franqueti; but near the com- mencement of the cesophagus, opposite the opening of the larynx, there is the aperture of a single central sacculus, which lies between the middle constrictor of the pharynx and the spine, its neck passing between the fibres of that muscle, which forms a lozenge-shaped sphincter round it. It is difficult to suggest the office of this sac, the cavity of which in #. macrocephalus is not larger than a small bean, and in LZ. minor would hardly hold a pea. Owing to tlie presence of the large inflected extremities of the thyrohyals, which nearly meet in the middle line across the com- mencement of the cesophagus, the inferior constrictors of the pharynx are much shorter, and do not form a pair of long fleshy tendons carried forwards longitudinally between the extremities of the epi- hyals as in /. franqueti; while the middle constrictors are dis- tinguishable from them, and part of their fibres form a sphincter for the neck of the sacculus above described. The remarkable form of the hyoid bones and great development of the isthmus faucium part of the pharynx, in which (though especially pronounced in the males of certain species) all the species agree, may be understood when we consider the nature of the food of these animals. In the collection of the British Museum are specimens of 2. gam- bianus from the banks of the Zambesi, with the note “ eating figs ”’ on the label attached to them by the donor Dr. Kirk. That figs constitute the food of ZL. franqueti, macrocephalus, labiatus, and minor also I have proved by finding remains of these fruits in the alimentary canals of these species. The fig being a hollow receptacle containing numerous small fruits, is not easily detached from the branch for the purpose of masti- cation; and its outer rind is evidently too tough to be readily torn through by the feeble teeth of the Hyomophori. The easiest method, therefore, of getting at its soft juicy contents is by sucking them out through the aperture at the distal extremity of the fig. Now the whole structure of the mouth and pharynx of these animals is admirably suited for this purpose. The peculiarly volu- minous lips are capable of completely encircling the fig, and their adherence to its smooth surface is evidently securely maintained by the soft pads which spring from their upper margins near the angles of the mouth. While thus encircled by the lips, the fruit is pro- bably slowly chewed by the feeble acutely pointed teeth, and pressed upwards against the prominent palate-ridges so as to cause it to give up more freely its juices and soft contents, which are drawn out by suction through the terminal aperture. The construction of the parts above described is specially suited to the action of suction, accomplished probably by the alternate action of the buccal muscles and the lungs. The spacious pharynx, shut off from the nasal apertures by the constrictors of the pharynx, 1881.] MOLLUSCA OF ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. 693 and from the mouth by the small valvular opening referred to, and having its sides supported behind by the expanded hyoid bones, constitutes a most perfect exhauster; while the broad epiglottis, permanently folded over the larynx in front so that its aperture is directed upwards towards the spine, and the great size of the fibro- cartilaginous masses extending forwards from the arytenoid cartilages to the epiglottis (fig. 5, c, p. 690), effectually guard the glottis, preventing any part of the food, such as the small fig-seeds, from being drawn into the air-passages. In the males of ZL. monstrosus, Sranqueti, comptus, and pusillus, permaneut inflation of the pharyngeal sacs is rendered possible by the manner in which, as above described, the nasal and oral cavities are capable of being completely shut off from the pharynx. Con- sidering the large size and position of the apertures by which these sacs communicate with the pharynx, it would appear at first sight that most of the food entering the pharynx must find its way into them. This difficulty is removed if we allow that suction by means of the inspiratory action of the lungs has any thing to do with drawing the semifluid food into the pharynx; for it is evident that the same action would cause the walls of the sacs to collapse inwards upon the apertures, and so close their communication with the pharynx at the very time when it was most needed. 5. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part III.!) By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. [Received May 20, 1881.] (Plate LXI.) CONCHIFERA (continued). Family VIII. Keiuupx, 1. Pyruina serosa, Dunker. “ Coralliophaga setosa (Dunker), Grube, Die Insel Lussin und ihre Meeresfauna, 1864, p. 48. Scintilla recondita, Fischer, Les Fonds de la Mer, 1872, p- 49, ple i. f'S: ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier Bay ; Med. 50, 50a. Distribution. Arcachon to Mogador, Sicily, and Adriatic. Depths 5 to 86 fathoms. Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario and Ficarazzi. Sportella caillati, Conti, and Kellia macandrewi, Fischer. It be- longs to Pythina in respect of the hinge as well as of the peculiar divaricating sculpture. " For Part I. see P. Z. 8.1878, p. 893; for Part II. see P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 553. 694 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, 2. PyrHina GEOFFROY!, Payraudeau. ° Erycina geoffroyi, Payr. Cat. Corse, p. 30, pl. 1. f. 3-5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B. Distribution. Bay of Biscay and Algiers. Fossil. Pliocene: English and Belgian Crags. Corbula ambigua, Nyst and Westendorff. The internal sculpture of the recent shell is very remarkable, and somewhat resembles that of P. setosa. It consists of numerous microscopic lines arranged lengthwise, but not radiating as in the latter species. Fossil speci- mens are opaque, and therefore do not show the sculpture above- mentioned. 1. Lepron sauamosum, Montagu. Solen squamosus, Mont. Test. Brit. 1. p. 565. L. squamosum, B. C. ii. p. 194, pl. iv. f. 7; v. p. 177, pl. xxxi. f. 2 ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9. 1870: Atl. Vigo B. Distribution. Norway to the Balearic Isles ; S—70 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Monte Mario and Sicily. The late Mr. Searles Wood proposed to unite the genera Lepton, Lasea, Bornia, Scacchia, Scintilla, Kellia, Montacuta, and Sphe- nalia in one family under the name of Fragillide. The only reason given for this family union is that the shells are “ small and tender.” The present species has some obsolete generic and specific synonyms. 2. Lerpron nitTipuM, Turton. L. nitidum, Turt. Conch. Dith. p.63: B.C. il. p. 198; v. p. 177, pl. xxxi. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 26, Tangier B.; and var. levis. Med.: St. 55, Adventure Bank, var. levis. Distribution. Norway to the Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 10- 120 fms. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-Tertiary : Norway, Great Britain, and Italy. Height 0-130 feet. Differs in the degree and even in the absence of sculpture. The variety levis is perfectly smooth ; and I must correct or qualify my remark in the ‘ British Conchology’ that this species is invariably sculptured. 3. Lerpron suLcatTuLuM, Jeffreys. L. suleatulum, Jefir. in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1859, p. 34, pl. 2. fig. 2a-g: B.C. ii. p. 201; v. p. 177, pl. xxxi. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B.; Med. Adventure Bank. Distribution. England to Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries, and Korea; laminarian zone to 130 fms. Belongs to the genus Neolepton of Monterosato, and forms a sectional or subgeneric division of Lepton, as I suggested in ‘ British Conchology.’ 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 695 yw 4, Lepron tacervum’, Jeffreys. L. lacerum, Jeftr., Les Fonds de la Mer, 1872, p. 84, pl. ii. f. 11, lla. SHELL roundish-oval, nearly flat, solid for its size, semitransparent, and glossy : sculpture, numerous close-set and very fine concentric striz, which are stronger towards the front : colour clear white: epi- dermis inconspicuous : margins rounded at the sides and in front, but at the back exhibiting on each side of the beak, and at equal distances, a small spike-like projection, giving that part a jagged appearance : beak small, central, and semioval: Ainge-line tricuspid, occupying about one sixth of the circumference of the shell : cartilage-pit nar- row and perpendicular: hinge-plate broad and strong: teeth (in the only specimen here described), one small and obliquely placed car- dinal, and a rather long ridge-like lateral, which is also placed obliquely on each side of the beak: inside glossy: scars slight. 0:1. B. 021125. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 1. A single valve only. Distribution. Bay of Biscay and Mediterranean ; 35-70 fms. This is a small shell ; but I am at a loss to imagine why, on that account, the Editors of the excellent ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ should have made the remark that as to such shells, “les caractéres n’indiquent pas toujours avec certitude l’age adulte.”’ 4 ScinTILLA RoTuUNDA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 1.) SHELL roundish, with an obliquely triangular outline, nearly flat, solid, opaque but glossy ; sculpture, a few slight concentric lines of growth, which are more distinct towards the front, besides some minute irregular pit-marks as in other species of this genus: colour milk-white: epidermis none: margins gently rounded in front and at the sides, somewhat sloping from the beak on the left hand: beak minute, semiglobular or calyciform: hinge-line very short, obtusely triangular: cartilage-pit narrow and placed obliquely : hinge-plate also narrow : ¢eeth (in the single valve here described) consisting of a minute cardinal, and of a ridge-like lateral on each side of the beak ; the lateral tooth on the left side is much larger than the other, which commences with an angular point: inside polished, but slightly pitted: scars indistinct. L. 071, B. 01. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: St. 27. Distribution. Palermo; 48-70 fms. (Monterosato, as Vasconia rotunda !). The hinge of this species does not quite agree with the description of the genus Scintilla given by Messrs. Adams ; but the remarkable texture of the shell is similar, viz. (to use their own words) “the external appearance of some of the species, which consists of a multitude of very fine punctations, of an opaque white colour, upon the shell, and which deprives them, in such portions, of their transpa- rency.” This peculiarity appears to be owing to the want of homo- geneity in the composition of the shell. 1 Torn, 2 Round. 696 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, Y Scaccuia TeNnERA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 2.) SHELL oval, thin, rather convex, semitransparent, of a dull hue: sculpture, numerous slight concentric strize, besides stronger and irregular lines of growth: colour whitish : epidermis filmy: margins rounded on all sides, except at the back, where it is uneven: beaks small, circular, projecting beyond the dorsal margin, slightly inclined to one side: hinge-line nearly straight: cartilage-pit small and narrow, placed obliquely under the beak ; hinge-plate rather broad but slight: ¢eeth, in the right valve a small cardinal, in the left none except an angular projection below the beak enclosing the cartilage : inside polished: scars imperceptible. LL. 0°175, B. 0°225. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: St. 3a, 6, 16, 17a. A few valves only. An abnormal species of an eccentric genus. Decrpvta’, Jeffreys. SHELL oval, thin, glossy, completely closed : cartilage triangular, clasping and supporting the hinge: teeth, in one valve a minute cardinal, which lies below the beak, and is not easily seen, with a slight lateral on each side; in the other valve none except a small angular projection of the hinge-plate on the right-hand side. Deciputa ovata, Jeffreys. D. ovata (Jeffr.), Friele, Vid. Forh. 1875, p- 57; G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. aret. Norv. p. 341, t. 34. f. la—c (as Tellimya ovalis). ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18. A single valve. Distribution. Lofoten Isles, W. Norway, and Bay of Biscay ; 120-552 fms. It somewhat resembles Montacuta ferruginosa in shape; but the hinge is generically different. Brown’s generic name Zellimya is a synonym of Montacuta, and includes Kellia also. he specific name ovalis, given by Prof. G. O. Sars, means belonging to an ovation or triumphal procession ; ovata means egg-shaped. 1. Monracuta rerruernosa, Montagu. Mya ferruginosa, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 44, t. 26. f. 5. Montacuta ferruginosa, B. C. ii. p- 210; v. p. 178, pl. xxxi. f. 9. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16, 18, 19, 35 (with variety nivea, which is more regularly oval; and a longer monstrous valve, of a somewhat triangular shape, in consequence of the posterior margin sloping from the beak on each side instead of being rounded in that part), and off Belfast. 1870: Atlantic, 6, 9, off Cape Espichel, off C. Sagres, 16 (valve of variety nivea, apparently a very old specimen, ‘ and having close-set and partly anastomosing marks of growth), 17a; Mediterranean, Algesiras Bay, Adventure Bank. - Distribution. Greenland (M. Sars) ?, aretic Norway to the Medi- terranean and Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, New England ; 3-733 fms. 1 Tender. ? A deceiving thing. 1881.] ‘xigurntnG’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 697 Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary: Norway, Great Britain and Ireland, N. France, and Italy ; 0-80 ft. Synonyms several. The variety nivea is the TYellimya nivea of G. O. Sars, and corresponds with the variety radiata (Syndosmya radiata, Lovén) of Scrobicularia alba. Mr. Marshall found this species and M. substriata at Guernsey attached to the spines of the same specimens of Spatangus purpureus —the former at the top, and the latter at the bottom or anal end. Moray Firth: of large size on the shore, smaller in deep water (McAndrew). yv 2. Monracuta PELLUCIDA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 3.) SHELL oval, convex, thin, transparent, and glossy: sculpture, strongly marked concentric lines of growth, and under the micro- scope minute irregular scratches arranged lengthwise : colour whitish, but partially clouded in consequence of the specimen being ‘‘ dead”’ or not fresh: margins somewhat truncate at the posterior or smaller side, gently curved in front, expanded at the anterior side, and sloping from the beak on each side; beaks prominent, calyciform, placed nearly in the middle: Ainge-line obtuse-angled, excavated in the middle, occupying rather more than one fourth of the cireum- ference: cartilage-pit small, lying underneath the beak, with thickened edges: hinge-plate narrow and thin: ¢ee¢h (in the only valve here described) consisting of a laminar lateral, which projects beyond the hinge-plate, on each side of the beak ; that on the an- terior side is twice as long as the other: inside glossy, plain-edged ; sears slight. L. 0°15, B. 0°2. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Mediterranean ; St. Adventure Bank, a single valve. Compare the above description with that of M. ferruginosa given in ‘ British Conchology.’ The present species is oval instead of oblong, the posterior margin is not angulated, the beaks are prominent and placed nearly in the middle, and the cartilage-pit is much smailer. 3. Monracvuta vorinel, Friele. v Montacuta (*) voringi, Friele, N. Mag. f. Naturv. xxii. B., 3. H. (separat-aftryck) p. 1, f. 1, la. * Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. 36. 1870: Atlantic, 9, 24, 26. Distribution. Sognefiord, Norway, 630 fms. (Fviele)!; Palermo, 87 fms. (Monterosato)|! Provisionally named by me M. cuneata. Ihave both valves; and I cannot see any generic difference in the hinge between this shell and M. bidentata, notwithstanding the remark of my friend Herr Friele, who described a single valve only. v4, Monracuta ponacina, 8. V. Wood. Montacuta? donacina, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll. ii. p. 131, t. xi. f. 3, a-c: B.C. ii. p. 216; v. p. 178, pl.c. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Lough Swilly. 1 Transparent. Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1881, No. XLV. 45 698 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June/7, Distribution. Falmouth, and St. Magnus Bay in Shetland ; single valves (J. G. J.); Algiers (Joly), a perfect and living specimen ! Fossil. Piiocene: Coralline Crag, and variety as M. cylindrica (Wood)!; Fiume Oreto, Sicily (Brugnone) ! Allied to M. substriata ; perhaps viviparous and quasi-parasitic or commensal, like that species. Mr. Wood proposed the generic name Sphenalia for these and similar species. - 5. Monracuta susstriata, Montagu. Ligula substriata, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 25, M. substriata, B. C. ii. p. 205; v. p. 177, pl. xxxi. f. 6. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 10, 13, 14, 23a, North Channel. 1870: Mediterranean, off Rinaldo’s Chair. Distribution. Finmark to the Mediterranean and Adriatic; 2— 250 fms. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norway, Coralline Crag, and Italy. Tahahits the ventral spines of many kinds of Echinide. The fry is almost globular, like that of Kellia suborbicularis ; and the beak is placed in the middle of the dorsal area. There are several obsolete synonyms. Y 6. Monracuta BipEeNTATA, Montagu. Mya bidentata, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 44, t. 26. f. 5. Montacuta bidentata, B.C. ii. p. 208, pl. v. f. 1; v. p. 177, pi. xasli8: ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 9, 16, 17, 18, 186, 19, Lough Swilly. 1870: Atlantic, 2, 13, 16, 17a, off Cape Sagres, 26, 30; Mediterranean, Algesiras Bay, 50, 55, G. Bona, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Finmark and Faroe Isles to the Mediterranean, Adriatic and Archipelago, and Madeira; shore—100 fms. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norway, Sweden, Great Britain and Ireland, Belgium, and Italy ; 0-130 ft. Not M bidentata of Gould, which is MW. elevata of Stimpson. Nor is M truncata of 8. V. Wood (as I once supposed) a variety of the present species, although they are closely allied. MW. elliptica, of the last-named author, appears to be a variety. Among the synonyms are Arcinella levis of Philippi and Mesodesma exiguum of Lovén. In some specimens the layers of growth are so strongly marked as to form ridges. 7. Monracuta ovata’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 4.) SHELL triangularly round, with a somewhat oblique outline, rather convex, moderately solid, lustreless: sculpture none, except irregular lines of growth: colour whitish: epidermis inconspicuous: margins abruptly truncate at the smaller or posterior side, distinctly curved in front, elevated and rounded on the anterior side: beaks small, in- flected, with a deep indentation below; they are placed close to the 1 Oval. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 699 anterior side, which is scarcely one fifth the size of the other side: hinge-line rectangular, occupying about one fourth of the circum- ference of the shell: hinge-plate narrow: teeth in the right valve short, leaf-like and V-shaped; in the left valve laminar on each side : inside polished, with slight longitudinal strize towards the front : scars slight but large. L. 0-1, B. 0°1125. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atlantic, St. 24, 27, 30. Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Eap.), 628 fms. ! Algiers (Joly)! M. bidentata is more elliptical and not so round, the beaks are not placed so near the anterior side, and the cardinal teeth are longer and more divergent. ~ 1. Lasaa ruBRA, Montagu. Cardium rubrum, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 83, t. 27. f. 4. Lasea rubra, B.C. i. p. 219, pl. v. f. 23 v. p. 179, pl. xxxii. f.,0 ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atlantic, Vigo B., Gibraltar B. Distribution. Apparently world-wide, from Greenland (coll. Moller in Mus. Copenhagen) to St. Paul and Amsterdam islands (Fischer), in the Atlantic, and the Alaska Isles (Stearns) and Japan to the Strait of Magellan (Philippi), in the Pacific; shore—628 fms. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norway, England and Ireland, and Italy ; 0-50 ft. Several useless synonyms. Not Kellia rubra of Gould, which is Cyamium minutum. M. Crosse, in a review of the second volume of ‘ British Conchology’ (Journal de Conchyliologie, 3° sér. t. iv. no. 2, p. 202), says that, on my own showing, Lase@a ought not to stand as the generic name, because Brown’s diagnosis was insufficient, and Leach afterwards re- pudiated the name. But if a genus or species be described, although incompletely, in such terms as to leave no doubt as to what was meant, the name given to it by the describer takes precedence of another subsequent name, which is accompanied by a fuller descrip- tion. In the present case, however, the subsequent description (that of Récluz) is worse than the first, and is likely to mislead. Brown, not Leach, was the author; and the latter had no right to repudiate or withdraw the original name without the consent of the author, who actually republished it in 1844. 2. Lassa pumiza, 8S. V. Wood. Kellia pumila, 8S. V. Wood, Crag Moll. (Biv.), p. 124, t. xii. f. 15, a, 6. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 15. 1870: Atlantic, 3, 8, 9, 13, 17a, 27, 28, 30. Distribution. Bay of Biscay, Sicily, and Korea; 36-645 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, and Sicily. Monterosato proposed the generic name Zoe for this shell; but I do not consider it to be generically different from Lasea. At all 45* 700 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, events Zoe was established by Philippi in 1840, and is still in use, for a genus of Crustacea. / Kevxia susorsicucaris, Montagu. Mya suborbicularis, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 39, t. 26. f. 6. Kellia suborbicularis, B. C. ii. p. 225, pl. v. f. 3; v. p. 179, pl. xxxn. f. 2. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 25, Lough Foyle. 1870: Atlantic, 3, 3a, Vigo B., 26; Mediterranean, Benzert Road. Distribution. Finmark to the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Cana- ries, Mazatlan, Indian Ocean, New England, and N.W. America ; shore—205 fis. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary: Norway, Great Britain and Treland, and Italy. Several synonyms. ‘The delicate valves of this shell have been used with much success in imitating the petals of the hawthorn. Spanish nuns have long enjoyed a celebrity for shell flower-work ; and there can be no reason why the nimble and artistic fingers of our own countrywomen should not be similarly employed. amily [X. Lucinipz. 1. Loriprs Lactrrevs, Linné. Tellina lactea, L. 8. N. p. 1119. Loripes lacteus, B. C. ii. p. 233, pl. v. f. 43 v. p. 179, pl. xxxii. f. 4, 4a. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atlantic, St. Vigo B. Distribution. Great Britain. and Ireland to the eastern coasts of the Mediterranean, Black Sea, Adriatic, Morocco, Madeira, and Canaries ; shore—628 fms. , Fossil. Pliocene: S. France, Italy, Asiatic Turkey, and Madeira. Post-tertiary : Calabria. A southern form and an inhabitant of the littoral and laminarian zones. Several synonyms, including Lucina leucoma of Turton. 2. LorrpEs FRAGILIS, Philippi. Lucina fragilis, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 34; Chemn. Conch. Cab. vi. t. 13. f. 125 (as Tellina lactea, var.). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Mediterranean, St. Benzert Road, Ad- venture Bank. Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Cape of Good Hope; 10-120 fms. mike Fossil. Pliocene: Italy, Rhodes, and’ Madeira. Post-tertiary: Calabria. There are a few unnecessary synonyms. 3. Loripes pivaricatus, Linné. Tellina divaricata, L. 8. N. p. 1120. Loripes divaricatus, B. C, ii. p. 235; v. p- 179, pl. xxxii. f. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Mediterranean, St. Adventure Bank. ~ 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 701 Distribution. South of England to the Mediterranean, Adriatic, Aigean and eastwards, Madeira, Canaries; ‘‘ Tasmania and South Australia, common”? (Tenison-Woods)? ; 2-120 fms. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norfolk and Suffolk, Killiney near Dublin, Biot, Italy, and Madeira. Cardium discors of Montagu, Lucina commutata of Philippi, aud four other synonyms. v I. Lucina sprnirera, Montagu. Venus spinifera, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 577, t. 17. f. 1. Lucina spinifera, B. C. ii. p. 240; v. p. 179, pl. xxxii. f. 6. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 6, 9, 18, 18, 33, Little Minch, near Belfast. 1870: Atlantic, 9, Vigo B., 16, 17, Setubal B., 22, 25, off C. Sagres, 30; Mediterranean, 45, Cartagena B., 50, 55, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. Distribution. Nordland to the Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Mo- gador, Madeira, Canaries, and Azores; 5-120 fms. Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary: Sweden, Caithness, and throughout Europe to Rhodes. Very variable as to the number and size of the ridges. Eight synonyms. 2. Lucina BOREALIS, Linné. Venus borealis, L. 8. N. p. 1134. Lucina borealis, B. C. ii. p. 242, pl. v. f. 5; v. p. 179, pl. xxxii. f. 7. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13, 14, 18, 25, 33, 35, 68. 1870: Atlantic, 9, 10, 29, 30, Tangier B.; Mediterranean, Capo de Gata, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Vads6 and Faroe Isles to Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Mogador, E. and W. coasts of North America (P. Carpenter & Cooper)’, Philippines (Reeve) ?; low water—-175 fms. Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary : Iceland, Norway and Sweden, Great Britain and Ireland, throughout continental Europe to Mogador and Rhodes, W. coast of N. America? ; 0-150 ft. A small variety inhabits brackish water in the Isle of Arran. Eleven synonyms. +]. Axinus FLExvosus, Montagu. Tellina flecuosa, Mont. Test, Brit. p. 72. Axinus flecuosus, B.C. ii. p. 247, pl. v. f. 65; v. p. 179, pl. xxxiii. Peal plicvs : ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 1, 3 (var. rotunda. More circular and sym- metrical, and not so globose, having the fold or groove very slight and only perceptible on the inside; perhaps a distinct species). ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 14 (var. polygona), 25 (same va- riety), 18, Lough Foyle, 35, 39, 62 (var. rotunda), 40 (var. poly- gona), Loch Torridon. 1870: Atlantic, 3 (var. rotunda), 9 (var. sarsii), 10 (var. polygona), Vigo B. (same variety), 13 (same va- 702 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, riety), 16 (var. rotunda), 17 (same variety), 17a (same variety), 22 (var. rotunda), 24 (var. polygona), off C. Sagres (same variety), 26-28a, 29 and 30 (var. polygona) ; Mediterranean, Cartagena B. (var. polygona), 50, off Jijeli, G. Bona, Rasel Amoush (var. poly- gona), G. Tunis, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Spitzbergen, Siberian coasts, Iceland and Greenland to the Archipelago and Adriatic, Mogador, Canaries, Azores, La- brador to St. Thomas and Gulf of Mexico, Queen-Charlotte Islands, west coast of North America, and Korea; 2-1012 fms. Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary: Smith’s Sound, Norway, Great Britain and Ireland, Belgium, France, Italy, Madeira, and United States; 0-80 ft. Extremely variable in shape, size, and consistency; one of the numerous synonyms is Cryptodon obesus of Verrill. The variety rotunda resembles Axinopsis orbiculata of G. O. Sars, but is desti- tute of a cardinal tooth; that shell appears to be restricted to the arctic zone, and I dredged it at Holsteinborg, on the coast of Green- land, in 10 fathoms. Zwcina sinuosa of Donovan, as described and figured by Hornes, who referred it to the Tellina flecuosa of Mon- tagu, is not the present species. Donovan's shell is Thracia distorta. 2. AXINUS ORBICULATUS, Seguenza. (Plate LXI. fig. 5.) Verticordia orbiculata, Seg. Sulle Verticordie fossili del plioceno Italiano (R. Accad. d. Se. fis. e matem., 1876), p. 9. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23. 1870: Atlantic, 3, 6, 25-30. Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), Naples and Sicily, Canaries ; 49-645 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily. A. granulosus, Jeffr. (MS.). Not A. (Kellia) orbicularis of Searles Wood, nor Awvinopsis orbiculata of G. O. Sars. This species is smaller than 4. fiewuosus, and is more triangular, with prominent beaks ; and it has two ridges in the middle, and a remarkable granular epidermis. 3. Ax1nus TorTUOsUS’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 6.) SHELL oval, obliquely twisted to one side, convex, thin, glossy, and semitransparent ; sculpture, irregular concentric lines of growth: colour pale yellowish-white: epidermis filmy : margins rounded in front and at the sides; below the beak, on the posterior side, that part of the margin is excavated ; there is no fold or furrow on the anterior side: beaks prominent, pointed, and incurved: dunule nar- row, with a thickened edge: ligameut elongated, enclosed in a narrow groove: hinge-line obtusely angular, occupying about one third of the circumference: hinge-plate thick, containing the liga- ment: teeth none: inside glossy, exhibiting faint but numerous lon- gitudinal strie: pallial scar narrow and distinct : muscular scars inconspicuous. L. 0°175, B. 0-2. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: St. off C. Espichel ; a single valve. Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.); 645-1012 fms, ‘ Twisted. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 703 Y4, Axinus mncrassaTus, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 7.) Avinus incrassatus, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p- 492. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 5 (var. succisa), 16, 23a, 25, 61. 1870: Atlantic, 2, 8, 9, 17a, 24, 27-30 (all these stations having also the same variety) ; Mediterranean, Adventure Bank. Distribution. ‘ Valorous’ Exp., ‘Shearwater’ Exp. (var. succisa), ‘Challenger’ Exp., off Culebra I., St. Thomas ; 40-1785 fms. Under the microscope, in certain lights, the hinge-plate appears to be minutely crenellated. v5, AXINUS CROULINENSIS, Jeffreys. Clausina croulinensis, Jefir. in Ann, & Mag. N. H. vol. xx. p. 19; ser. 3, ii. p. 122, pl. v. f. 2, a—c. A. croulinensis, B. C. ii p. 250; v. p. 180, pl. xxxiil. f. 2. ‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 5, 7. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 4,5, 6, 15, 19, 21, 23, 25, 30, 31, 36. 1870: Atlantic, 3, 6, 9, 10, Vigo B., 13, 16, 17a, 24, off C. Sagres, 29, 30. Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Sicily, Madeira, Azores (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 30-1012 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Gedgrave, and Italy. Post-tertiary : Calabria. A, pusillus of M. Sars. vy 6. Axinus EuMyaARtIvusS, M. Sars. Axinus eumyarius, M. Sars, Christianiafjordens Fauna, i. 1870 (posthumous), p. 87, t. 12. f. 7-10. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atlantic, St. 3, 6, 9, 14, 17a, off C. Espichel, 29, 30; Mediterranean, 55. Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., Loffoden Isles to Christiania, Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Ewp.), and Sicily : 40-1100 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. A, intermedius of Monterosato is apparently the younger state of a variety in which the muscular impressions are very slight and scarcely perceptible. _~ 7. AXINUS FERRUGINOSUS, Forbes. Kellia ferruginosa, Forb. Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1844, p. 192. Avinus ferruginosus, B. ©. ii. p. 251; v. p. 180, pl. xxxili. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 6, 13, 14, 17, 18, 25, 39, 47, The Minch. 1870: Atlantic, 2, 3, 9, Vigo B., 13, 16, 17, 17a, 22, off C. Sagres, 25-34; Mediterranean, 45, Cartagena B., 55, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. Distribution. Novaya Zemblia to the Morea and Adriatic, off the Azores (‘ Challenger’ Exp.), Greenland, G, St. Lawrence, and New England: 20-1012 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norway, Great Britain, and Italy. The young is of an oblong shape, and is Kellia transversa of Forbes 704. DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, and A. oblongus of Monterosato. Specimens dredged in the Swedish arctic Expedition of 1868, from 550 fathoms, are of a very large size. This corroborates Mr. Norman’s statement, in his ‘ Notes on the Oceanic Copepoda’ (Nares’s ‘ Arctic Voyage’), viz.:—“ With respect to size, we find here, as in many other instances among the Inver- tebrata, an extraordinary development of the Arctic specimens, which are at least siv times the size of those from the Irish coast.” - 8, Axinus susovatTus’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 8.) Surxtx triangularly oval or wedge-shaped, nearly equilateral, rather convex, extremely thin, glossy, and semitransparent: sculp- ture none: colour whitish: margins sloping from the beak towards each end, somewhat truncate and angular on the anterior side, rounded on the posterior side, and gently curved in front: beaks small, prominent, recurved: Zunule long and narrow, defined by a slightly raised ledge on both its sides: ligament narrow, somewhat projecting: Ainge-line obtuse-angled: hinge-plate very narrow; teeth none, except a small point at the inner edge of the hinge-plate on the anterior side: inside polished: scars inconspicuous. L. 0°05, B. 0:075. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. 16, 30, 58. Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 1300-1408 fms. Differs from A. ferruginosus in its wedge-shaped appearance. 9. Axinus cycuaptus, 8. V. Wood. Kellia cycladia, S. V. Wood, Crag Moll. (Biv.), p. 122, t. xi. f. 4, a, b: B.C. ii. p. 228; v. p. 179, pl. xxxii. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 19. 1870: Atlantic, 30. Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., Norway arctic Exp., Shetland, Falmouth and Lisbon telegraph-cable, Mediterranean, and Aigean : 30-1750 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag. Variety Kellia orbicularis, S. V. Wood, which is certainly not Scacchia ovata of Philippi, as Mr. Wood doubtfully supposes. ¥1. Dirptoponta roTuNDATA, Montagu. Tellina rotundata, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 71, t. 2. f. 3. D. rotundata, B. C. ii. p. 254, pl. v. f. 73 v. p. 180, pl. xxxiii. f. 4, 4a. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres ; Med., Cartagena B., off Jijeli, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adven- ture Bank. Distribution. British coasts to Aigean, Adriatic, Canaries, and Madeira; 0-60 fms. Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag, Belgium, 8.W. France, Vienna Basin, Styria, Switzerland, Portugal, Italy, Greece, Rhodes, Cyprus, and Madeira. Post-tertiary: Ca- labria. * Somewhat oval. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 705 v2. DipLopoNTA TRIGONULA, Bronn. Diplodonta trigonula, Bronn, Ital. Tertiérgeb. (in Leonhard’s Zeitscbr. f. Mineral. p. 485), p. 96, t. 3. f. 2; Philippi, En. Moll. Sic. t. iv. f. 6 (as D. apicalis). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., C. Sagres, Tangier B. (var. intermedia); Med., Adventure Bank. Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Augean, Canaries, and Ma- deira ; 4—120 fms, : Fossil. Miocene: Calabria. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline, Red, and Mammaliferous Crag, Belgium, Austrian Empire, Switzerland, Touraine, Italy, and Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Calabria. Syn. and Vars. D. astartea, Nyst; Tellina trigona, Scacchi; D. apicalis, Philippi; D. intermedia, Biondi. Variable in size and comparative breadth. Family X. Carpirip#. ¥ 1, CarpiTa AcuLEATA, Poli. Chama aculeata, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. ii. t. xxiii. f. 23. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres, 36, Tangier B.; Med. Capo de Gata, 50, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair, Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Hgean; 20-150 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: France, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Several useless synonyms of Lamarck, Risso, Requien, and Reeve. e 2, Carpira cALycuxata, Linné. Chama calyculata, L.S.N. p. 1138; Poli, Test. utr. Sic. ii. t. xxxii. f. 7-9. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Cadiz Harbour; Med., Benzert Road. Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Aigean, Syria, Mogador, Madeira, Senegal, Canaries, Azores ; 0-120 fms. Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: S.W. and 8. France, Austria, Italy, Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira. A few synonyms. ¥ 3. CarpitTa corsis, Philippi. Cardita corbis, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 55, t. iv. f. 19. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St, 26; Med. 50, 55, Adventure Bank. Distribution, Bay of Biscay (De Folin and ‘Travailleur’ Exp.), throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries; 6-552 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline, Red, and Norwich Crags, Belgium, Touraine, Italy. Post-tertiary : Hopton, Calabria. C. minuta of Scacchi, and C. nuculina of Dujardin fide Wein- kauff. 706 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ([June7> Family XI. Carpripz. 1. CARDIUM CILIARE, Linné. Cardium ciliare, L. 8. N. p. 1122. Cardium paucicostatum, G. B. Sowerby, Conch. Ill. f. 20. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. G. Bona (young), Benzert Road, Adventure Bank (valves and young). Distribution. ‘‘La Manche”? (De Gerville)?, N. Spain, Vigo Bay und Lisbon (McAndrew), S.W. France (Fischer), Mediterranean, Adriatic ; 2-45 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: 8. France, Italy. Post-tertiary: Calabria. Differs from the young of C. aculeatum in being thinner, more globose and oblique, having fewer ribs and stronger sculpture. It assuredly is not the young of C. echinatum. Reeve, in his *‘ Concho- logia Iconica’ has figured the present species as C. ciliare and C. paucicostatum. 2. CARDIUM ACULEATUM, Linné. Cardium aculeatum, L. 8. N. p. 1122: B.C. ii. p. 268; v. p. 180, pl. xxxiv. f. 1, la. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17 (fragment), Vigo B. (young); Med., 50 (young). Distribution. British coasts, Bergen (M. Sars), Holland, France, Corufia, Mogador, Mediterranean, Adriatic; 4-20 fms. It is a southern form. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scotland?, Lanca- shire ?, S. France, Italy, Morea. As to the Bergen locality, it appears that there has always been a considerable trade in stock-fish between that and Mediterranean ports; and therefore the occurrence at Bergen of a single dead spe- cimen of C. aculeatum must not be considered positive proof of its inhabiting the Norwegian seas. Mr. Norman also doubts the loca- lity, because Lepralia violacea, a southern Polyzoon, is attached to the Bergen specimen of Cardium. 3. CarpIUM ECHINATUM, Linné. Cardium echinatum, L.S.N. p. 1122: B.C. ii. p. 270; v. p. 181, pl: xxxiv.f'2- ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6 (young), 9, 10, 18, 24, 33, 35, 61. 1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B., C. Sagres (var. deshayest:), Tangier B. (var. rarispina). Distribution. Iceland, Faroe I., and Finmark southwards to the Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Morocco, Madeira, Canaries; 0-100 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Austria, 8. France, Italy, Algeria, Morea, Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Iceland, Scandinavia, British Isles ; 0-600 ft. Mr. Duprey tells me that this and many other bivalves which live between tide-marks, go out of the sand directly the tide begins to flow, especially when the weather is fine; a heavy shower stops their appearance. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 707 Syn. C. mucronatum, Poli; his CO. echinatum, as well as that of Bruguiére, Olivi, Brocchi, and Basterot, is C. erinaceum of Lamarck. The C. echinatum and C. ciliatum of Fabricius are C. islandicum of Chemnitz. CC’. deshayesii, Payraudeau, is a pretty and remarkable variety of the present species. There are several other synonyms. 4, CARDIUM ERINACEUM, Lamarck. Cardium erinaceum, Lam. An. s. vert. vi. (1), p. 8; Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. t. xvii. f. 4, 5 (as C. echinatum). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres (fragment). Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, igean. Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. Post-tertiary; Calabria. The ‘ Porcupine’ fragment indicates an extraordinary size. It is a portion of the posterior side; and the oblong wart-like tubercles resemble those of Venus verrucosa. 5. CARDIUM TUBERCULATUM, Linné. Cardium tuberculatum, L. 8. N. p. 1122: B.C. ii. p. 273; v. p- 181, pl. xxxiv. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50. Distribution. British seas to Egypt, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries ; 0-40 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: S. France, Italy, Rhodes. Post-ter- tiary: British Isles, Calabria; 0—1200 ft. Probably also C. rusticum of Linné, but not of Chemnitz. 6. CarpiuM PAPILLOsuUM, Poli. Cardium papillosum, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. p. 56, t. xvi. f. 2-4: Bet, poos as vap. Lol, pl. xxxv. £1. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Setubal B., 22, 24, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B., 50, 55, Benzert Road, G. Bona, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Channel Isles to the Eastern Mediterranean, Adri- atic, Mogador, Madeira, Canaries, Azores; 2-120 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Raised beach in Barnstaple Bay (Prestwich)!, Belgium?, Austrian Empire, 8.W. and 8. France, Italy, Greece, Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira. Several synonyms: Philippi’s fossil species of this name from N.W. Germany is C. kochi of Semper. 7. CarpDIUM ExIGUUM, Gmelin. C. exiguum, Gmel. 8. N. (ed. xiii.) p. 3255: B.C. ii. p. 278; v. p. 181, pl. xxxv. f. 2. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, Faroe Banks. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870; Med. 50, Ad- venture Bank. Distribution. Finmark to FE, Mediterranean, Adriatic, Black Sea; 0-120 fms. 708 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, 8. France, Italy. Post- tertiary : Scandinavia, England and Ireland, and Calabria. C. pygmeum of Donovan, and other synonyms. According to Mamo, Maltese specimens spin a byssus. /“ 8. Carpium Fasciatum, Montagu. C. fasciatum, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 30: B. C. ii. p. 281; v. p. 181, pl. xxxv. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 68. Distribution. Iceland, Faroe Is., Siberian coasts, Vadsé to E. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Mogador, Canaries, Azores? ; 3-180 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British Isles, Calabria; 0-150 ft. I give a few more particulars of the animal or soft parts. Bopy pale yellowish-white : mantle thick, protruded considerably beyond the valves of the shell, scalloped on the anterior side: fubes very short, clothed with scattered white cirri of different lengths ; orifice of the lower or larger tube encircled by rather short and bluntly pointed stiff, equal-sized cilia ; orifice of the upper or smaller tube plain-edged, mamillar, and furnished with the usual hyaline valve: foot very extensile. Synonyms numerous. I am inclined to regard C. pinnulatum of Conrad, a common North-American shell, as a variety of the present species ; the only difference seems to consist in the rather more oblique contour of C. fasciatum. © 9, Carpium NoposvuM, Turton. QO. nodosum, Turt. Conch. Dith. p. 186, t.13. f. 8: B.C. ii. p- 283; v. p. 181, pl. xxxv. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 2,6, C. Sagres, 30, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B. Distribution. Faroe Is., Hammerfest to Palermo, Adriatic ; 0-145 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Norway, Red and Norwich Crag, Ireland, 8. France, Italy ; 0-130 ft. C. roseum of Lamarck, and a few other more doubtful synonyms. There seems to be no use in trying to unravel the tangled skein of the synonymy of this and some of the foregoing species. ¥ 10. Carpium Epvuts, Linné. C. edule, L. S. N. p. 1124: B.C. ii. p. 286, pl. v. f. 9; v. p. 182, pl. xxxv. fi 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B. (var. rustica), Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.; Med. G. Tunis (var. rustica). Distribution. All the coasts of Europe and N. Africa, from Iceland and Finmark to Egypt and Morocco, Caspian Sea, Canary Is. ; shore-10 fms. Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: throughout Europe, Rhodes, Cyprus, and the Sahara. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British Isles, Calabria ; 0-1360 ft, 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 709 There are at least a score of unnecessary synonyms; and, accor- ding to Graells, this common eatable shell-fish is known by fourteen local names in different parts of Northern Lusitania. The ancients imagined that such shell-fish were most in season if taken when the moon was full. A somewhat similar idea seems to have been enter- tained in our own times—so late indeed as the 17th century ; for in Dryden’s ‘ Wild Gallant’ we find Justice Price boasting that he had in his larder “ cocles, dainty fat cocles, that came in the night.” The shells were then used for making lime. Ray, in his ‘Itinerary,’ 1662, says:—“‘After travelling on two miles further (from Laugharne, in Carmarthenshire) we saw them burning Cockle-shells, thereof to make Lime. The Manner thus. They make an Hole in the Ground, therein they put Furze, upon that Wood, upon the Wood small Stone Coal, and then a Layer of Cockle-shells, and so Shellsand Coals, 8.S.S. [stratum super stratum, as the editor Derham suggests], and then put Fire on them; these burnt make excellent Lime.” // 11. Carpium minrmum, Philippi. C’. minimum, Phil. Moll. Sic. i. p. 51; ii. p. 38, t. xiv. f. 18: B.C. ii. p. 292; v. p. 182, pl. xxxv. f. 6. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 3, 6, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 18, 23, 47, 61, 65, Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 1, 2, 3, 9, Vigo B., 13, 16, 17, 17 a, Setubal B., 24, 25, C. Sagres, 26-30, 36 ; Med. 45, Cartagena B., 50, 51, 55, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. Distribution. Siberian coast, Hammerfest to G. Egina, Adriatic, Ostend (Malzine)?; 5-645 fins. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, Scot- land, Italy, Rhodes ; 0-130 ft. Syn. See ‘British Conchology,’ ii. p. 293. 12, Carpium norvecicum, Spengler. C. norvegicum, Spengl. Skrivt. Selsk. v. pt. 1, p. 42: B.C. ii. p- 294; v. p. 182, pl. xxxv. f. 7. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Setubal B., C. Sagres, Tangier B. (var. rotunda); Med. G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush (var. oblonga). Distribution. Finmark and the Faroe Isles to the Eastern Medi- terranean, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries; 0-50 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, S. France, Italy. Post- tertiary: Scandinavia, England, Calabria: 0-1360 ft. Family XII. Cuamipa. \y CHAMA GRyPHOIDEs, Linné. C. gryphoides, L. 8. N. p. 1139; Poli, Test. Sic. ii. t. xxiii. f. 3, 4, ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Capo de Gata, Jartagena B., Rasel Amoush (var. dissimilis), Adventure Bank. The variety sinis- trorsa or gryphina occurred with the typical or usual form. 710 Dk. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, Distribution. C. Breton (De Folin), throughout the Mediter- ranean to Egypt, Adriatic, Canaries; 0-120 fms. Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag, Austrian Empire, Switzerland, 8.W. and S. France, Algeria, Italy, Greece, Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Syn. C. gryphica and C. bicornis (ex typ.), Linné, C. sinistrorsa, Brocchi (not Bruguiére), C. cavernosa, Risso, C. squamata and several other so-called species of Deshayes, C. circinata, Monte- rosato. Family XIII. Cyprinip2. Isocarp1A cor, Linné. Chama cor, L. 8. N. p. 1137. I. cor, B. C. ii. p. 298, pl. vi. f. 15 v. p. 182, pl. xxxvi. f. 1, 1 a. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 25, 30, 31, 40. 1870: Atl. 2, 3, 8,9, 13, 16, 17, 17a, C. Sagres, 26-30, 36; Med. Capo de Gata, 45, 50, 50 a, off Jijeli, 55, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. N. Atlantic from Loffoden Is. to the Azores, Medi- terranean, Adriatic, ‘ Valorous’ Exp.; 4—-1785 fms. Fossil ; adult and fry. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag, Antwerp Crag, Continental Europe, S. France, Italy, Algeria, Greece, Asia Minor. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, Calabria ; 0-80 ft. The fry or very young is the Kellia abyssicola of Forbes, Venus ? miliaris of Philippi, and Kelliella abyssicola of Sars. I have occa- sionally found it with the adult, and could satisfy any one by showing him a complete and connecting series. The fry is nearly globular, white, smooth and glossy: the shape gradually and in course of growth changes to squarish; the colour becomes streaked with reddish-brown ; and the surface is covered with a fine pilous epi- dermis, which is composed of short sete: arranged lengthwise in close-set rows. The adult is somewhat angular; and the epidermis is very thick and velvety, although still retaining the longitudinal sete. In every state the shell is more or less tumid. The teeth are deve- loped by degrees. In all probability the fry, when protruded from the ovary, swims or floats for a time on the surface of the sea, like the fry of the oyster, and thus occurs at all depths. Hornes has united with this species J. dunulata and I. crassa of Nyst, I. rustica of Conrad (from the American Miocene formation), and I. fraterna of Say. But these identifications require further examination. CyprRINA ISLANDICA, Linné. Venus islandica, L. 8. N. p. 1131. C. islandica, B. C. ii. p. 304, pl. vi. f.25 v. p. 182, pl. xxxvi. f. 2. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869; St. 2 (living), 9, 28, Lough Swilly, 58. Distribution. Iceland to Arcachon, and N.E. America; 0-100 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Europe, Siberia, Baring Land, and N.E. America ; 0-1360 ft. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 711 £1. AsrartTe sutcata, DaCosta. Pectunculus sulcatus, DaCosta, Brit. Conch. p- 192. A. suleata, B.C. ii. p. 311, pl. vi. £35; vy. p. 183, pl. xxxvil. firly. 2. ‘Lightning’ Exp. : St. 1, 2, 5. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 3 (var. minor), 6, 9, 13, 14 (var. minor), 23a, 25, 33,45, 45a, 456, 62, 65, Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 1—3a, 8-10, 13, 22, 24, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 25-30 (and var. /evis, which is squarish, convex, and ribless or smooth), Tangier B. ; Med. Capo de Gata, Cartagena B., 50, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. All these last belong to the varieties minor and fusca or in- crassata. Distribution. Spitzbergen to the Eastern Mediterranean and Adriatic, Siberia, E. Greenland, N.E. America, G. Mexico, Canaries - 3-400 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary : Siberia, Scandinavia, G. Britain, 8S. France, Italy, Rhodes, N.E. America; 0-1360 ft. This is a most polymorphous and puzzling species, as regards shape, size, sculpture, and other characters. Two of the most note- worthy varieties are Yellina fusca of Poli = Venus incrassata, Brocchi, and Orassina elliptica of Brown; the former has a soutb- ern, and the latter a northern habitat. The crenulation of the inner margin is by no means indicative of full growth. Venus gallina and many other species of that genus possess the same character in all states of growth. ‘The late Dr. Mérch referred the variety ellip- zica to Venus compressa of the ‘ Mantissa plantarum ;’ but the de- scription, or rather diagnosis, in that work is much too indefinite for such identification, and no habitat is given. If this were not so, com- pressa would take precedence of sulcata as the specific name. - 2, AsTaARTE acuTicostara, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 9.) A. acuticostata (Jeffr.), Friele, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. 1877, sepa- rate copy, p. l. * Lightning’ Exp. St. 1, 3. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. 65. Distribution. Norwegian arctic Exp., 259-650 fms.; Novaya Zemblia (Leche) ; Osterfiord, W. Norway (young), 200 fms. Although I have proposed to constitute this as a distinct species, I have some misgivings that it may be only another well marked variety of that protean species, 4. sulcata. Its characteristic differ- ences consist not merely in its dwarf size and numerous ribs, but in its rhombic shape, as well as in the ribs being sharp and more or less laminar or imbricated, and in the dorsal margin being: straight. The inner margin is plain. 3. ASTARTE CRENATA, Gray. Nicania crenata, Gray in Suppl. App. Parry’ s lst Voyage (1824), p. cexlii. 712 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, A. crebricostata, B.C. ii. p. 319: v. p. 183 : G.O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct, Norv. t. 5. f. 7, a, 0. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch (semifossil). Distribution. Arctic seas from Tromso northwards, Siberian coast, N.E. America from Maine northwards, ‘Fox’ Exp., ‘ Valorous’ Exp., Norwegian arctic Exp., Dutch arctic Exp. ; 5-500 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Great Britain, Scandinavia, Siberia; 10- 1360 ft. Syn. Crassina depressa, Brown, A. crebricostata, Forbes, A. cre- brilirata, S. Wood (young), A. richardsoni, Reeve, A. lens, Stimpson MS. May be known by its depressed and triangular shape and its numerous ribs; but I have specimens which seem to unite it with A. sulcata. The typical form is smaller, inclined to oblong, and more convex. Variable to-some extent. Of two fossil valves from Brid- lington of the same size one is plain edged, and the other has the inner margin notched. 4, ASTARTE COMPRESSA, Montagu. Venus compressa, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 43, t. 26. f. 1. A. compressa, B. C. ii. p. 315; v. p. 183, pl. xxxvii. f. 3, 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Loch Torridon (var. warhami, semi- fossil). 1870: C. Sagres (var. semistriata, valves). Distribution. N. Atlantic from Spitzbergen and Novaya Zemblia to the Dogger Bank and New England, Vancouver I. (P. Carpenter, as A. compacta)? The typical form is arctic, Scandinavian, Hebri- dean, and N. American ; the variety globosa is also arctic; var. striata is arctic and northern, but reaches the Yorkshire coast. 3—2000 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries, and more especially Post-tertiary : Siberia, Scandinavia, G. Britain and Ireland, N.E. America (mostly var. striata), Nice (Risso, as Cyprina montagui) ? ; 0-1360 tt. Not less variable than A. sulcata, and consequently having many synonyms. ‘The typical or smooth form is NMicania banksii of Leach. My variety globosa is not Moller’s species of that name, but agrees with a specimen from the collection of the late Mr. Albany Hancock, which was named by him A. warhami. The A. sulcata of Gould (fig. 45) represents this last variety. 5. ASTARTE TRIANGULARIS, Montagu. Mactra triangularis, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 90, t. 3. f. 5. A. triangularis, B.C. ii. p. 318; v. p. 183, pl. xxxvii. f. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., C. Sagres, 26, 36; Med. Algesiras B., Cartagena B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank (var. subtrigona.) Distribution. Shetland to G. Egina, Adriatic, Canaries (var. par- vula) ; 0-205 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, Belgium, Vienna Basin, S.W. France, Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway, Calabria. Synonyms several. ‘‘ Gregarious in fine shelly sand at low water ~ 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 713 of spring tides”? (Duprey). Inner margin notched or plain, irre- spectively of size and apparent age. t 6. AsTaARTE PUSILLA, Forbes. (Plate LXI. fig. 10.) A. pusilla, Forb. Br. Assoc. Rep. 1843 (1844), p. 192. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres, 26, 36; Med. Adventure Bank. Distribution. Mgean, 70-112 fms. (Forbes), Palermo (Montero- sato), Tunisian coast, 50-100 fms. (Wares), east of Malta, 310 fms. (Spratt), ‘ Shearwater’ Exp., 40-120 fins. Allied to A. parva (afterwards forbesit) of Searles Wood from the Coralline Crag; but the concentric strie in that species are oblique. 7. AsTarTE pigiTartiA, Linné. Tellina digitaria, L.S.N. p. 1120. Woodia digitaria, B.C. ii. p. 238 ; v. p. 179, pl. e. f. 6. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 22, C. Sagres, 26-284, 36, Tangier B., Gibraltar; Med. Algesiras B., 50, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Cornwall (valves) southwards to E. Mediterranean - and Adriatic; 10-600 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, Belgium, S.W. France, Italy. Post-tertiary: Calabria. I cannot separate the genus Woodia, of which this species is the type, from Astarte by any distinct character. The hinge and teeth are certainly the same; and the pallial and muscular scars agree. The present species varies in the comparative number of striz. Some of my specimens are quite triangular. Single valves occurred in great abundance off Cape Sagres and in Benzert Road. V 8. AsrarTe Brpartita, Philippi. Lucina®? bipartita, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 32, t. iii, f. 21. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres, 26; Med. 50, Ben- zert Road, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 10-120 fms. x Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Cala- ria. An exquisitely sculptured shell. Circe minima, Montagu. Venus minima, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 121, t. 3. f. 3. Circe minima, B. C. ii. p. 322, pl. vi. f. 4; v. p. 183, pl. xxxvii. i. 6: ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Little Minch. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26, 30, 36, Tangier B.; Med. Cartagena B., 50, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. Distribution. Bergen to E. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries ; 4—205 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Transylvania, Switzerland, Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XLVI. 46 714 —- DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, Calabria. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag, Belgium (Nyst, as Cytherea trigona), S. France, Italy, Greece, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Family XIV. VenEeRID&. “ 1, Venus Exoueta, Linné. Venus exoleta, L. S. N. p. 1134: B.C. ii. p. 327; v. p. 184, pl. xxxvili. f. 1. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B. Distribution. Finmark to the Morea and Adriatic ; 0-50 fms. Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: throughout Europe from England to Greece, Rhodes, and Cyprus. Post-tertiary: Norway, Calabria ; 0-50 ft. 2. Venus tinct, Pulteney. V. lincta, Pult. in Hutch. Dors. p. 34: B.C. ii. p. 330; v. p. 184, pl. xxxviil. f. 2. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 9, 10, 14, 18, 35, The Minch. 1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B. (var. upinus), C. Sagres, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank (all these belong to the variety /upinus). Distribution. Iceland, Faroe Is., arctic Norway to the coast of Syria, Adriatic, Morocco ; 0—90 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and Switzerland. Upper Ter- tiaries and Post-tertiary: Norway, British Isles, Belgium, S.W. and S. France, Italy, Greece, Rhodes; 0-130 ft. V. exoleta®B, Linné. Dr. Mérch must have been mistaken in considering the present species V’. spuria of Gmelin, which latter was founded on Lister’s and Chemnitz’s figures of Lucina borealis. There are numerous synonyms, including 7. /upinus of Poli, and Cytherea lunaris of Lamarck. » 3. VENUS RUDIS, Poli. V. rudis, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. ii. p. 94, t. 20. f. 15, 16. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 10, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26, 29, 36, Tangier B., Gibraltar B.; Med. 45, Capo de Gata, Carta- gena B., 50, off Jijeli, G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Ad- venture Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. Distribution, Bay of Biscay to E. Mediterranean and Sea of Marmora, Black Sea, Adriatic, Canaries ; 2-120 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline, Red, and Norwich Crag, Belgium, 8. France, Cos, Italy, Rhodes, Madeira. Post-tertiary : ‘“Middle Glacial ’’ at Hopton, Calabria. Nine synonyms. 4. VENUS EFFoSSsA, Bivona. Venus effossa (Biv. MS.), Philippi, En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 43, t. iii. f. 20. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50 (valve only). 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 715 Distribution. Mediterranean from Marseilles to Sicily ; 50-190 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Sicily. Post-tertiary: Calabria. & 5. VENUS MULTILAMELLA, Lamarck. Cytherea multilamella, Lam. An. s. Vert. v. p. 581. Venus nux, Hidalgo, Moll. mar. Esp. Port. y las Bal., lam. 22. Mid, 23. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Setubal B., C. Sagres (abun- dant); Med. Capo de Gata, 50, 50 a, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Mediterranean from Algiers to Sicily ; 54-120 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Hungary, Switzerland. Upper Tertiaries: Belgium, S. France, Italy, Algeria, Cos, Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira. Syn. V. rugosa, Brocchi and Broun (not Linné), VY. multilamel- losa, Nyst, V. boryi, Deshayes, V. lamellosa, Rayneval, V. cygnus, Weinkauff (not Lamarck). Gmelin cites for his 7. nua Bonanni’s figure of V7. verrucosa. & 6. Venus casina, Linné. Venus casina, L. S. N. p. 1130: B. C. ii. p. 337; v. p. 184, pl. xxxvili. f. 5. ‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch. 1870: Atl. 3 a, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26, Tangier B.; Med. Capo de Gata. Distribution. Vardé to Mediterranean and Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries; 0-145 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Great Britain, 8. France, Italy, Archi- pelago. Post-tertiary: Norway, England, Calabria; 0-1360 ft. v 7. Venus FasciaTA, Da Costa. Pectunculus fasciatus, Da C. Brit. Conch. p. 188, t. xiii. f. 3. Venus fasciata, B. C. ii. p. 334, pl. vi. f.5; v. p. 184, pl. xxxviil. f. 4. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., Setubal B., 22, 26, C. Sagres, 36; Med. 50, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Havésund near N. Cape to G. Egina, Bosphorus, Adriatic, N. Japan; 0-130 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Great Britain, 8. France, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Norway, Calabria; 0-40 fet. One of the numerous varieties is V7. brongniarti, of Payraudeau, which my friend Monterosato prefers considering a distinct species. If he were right, other varieties would be equally entitled to specific distinction, and the word variety might be expunged from the dictionary of Natural History. 46* 716 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, ¥ 8. VENUS GALLINA, Linné. Venus gallina, L. 8. N. p. 1130: B.C. ii. p. 344; v. p. 184, pl. xxxix. f. 2, 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 6,9, 18, 19, Lough Swilly, L. Foyle, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 10, 13, Vigo B., C. Sagres, Tan- gier B. All the above are var. striatula. Med. Algesiras B., 45 (var. striatula), 50, off Rinaldo’s Chair (var. striatula). Distribution. Iceland and Vadso to E. Mediterranean, Port Said, Black Sea, Caspian, Adriatic, Mogador, N. Japan; 0-120 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary : Norway, British Isles, S,W. and 8. France, Italy, Algeria, Morea; 0-1360 ft. Mr. McAndrew says that he found at Algiers the typical form living on the shore, and in 30 fathoms the variety striatula. 9. Venus ovata, Pennant. Venus ovata, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 97, pl. 56. f. 56: B. C. ii. p. 642; yp. 184, pl xxxix. f. 1,1 a. ‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 3, 5, 7. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2, 6, 13, 14, 18, 19, 23 a, 25, 35, 61, 62, Little Minch, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 3, 9, 10, 13, Vigo B., 16, Setubal B., 22, 24, C. Sagres, 25-28, 36, Tangier B.; Med. 45, Capo de Gata, Cartagena B., 50, 50a, 55, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Vadso to E. Mediterranean, Sea of Marmora, Bos- phorus, Adriatic, West coast of Africa (Deshayes)? ; 0-1083 fms. fossil. Miocene: Austrian Empire and Switzerland, Calabria. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Belgium, S.W. and 8. France, Italy, Greece, Rhodes, Algeria, Madeira. Post-tertiary: Scandi- navia, British Isles, Calabria; 0-106 ft. Synonyms. Nearly a dozen, from Walker (1784) to Leach (1852). 10. Venus cHi10nzE, Linné. Venus chione, L. 8. N. p. 11381: B,C. i. p. 332; v. p. 184, pl. xxxviii. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres ; Med. Algesiras B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank. Distribution. 8. and W. England, Wales, and Ireland to Egypt, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries, Azores; 0-120 fms. ‘‘ Carnarvon Bay, with Cyprina islandica, burrowing in the sand at extreme low water, not more than an inch below the surface, leaving a small slit in the sand over the ventral margin of the shell’’ (Robertson). Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Belgium, S. France, Italy, Morea, Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira. Post-tertiary: England, Calabria ; 0-1200 ft. VENERUPIS IRUS, Linné. Donaz irus, L. 8. N. p. 1128. Venerupis irus, B. C. tii. p. 86, pl. ii. f. 45 v. pl. li. f. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch (young). 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 717 Distribution. S. England, Bristol Channel, E., W., and S. Ireland, Atlantic coasts of France and Spain, Mogador, throughout the Mediterranean, Black Sea, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries; 0-20 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin. Pliocene: Coralline and Red Crag, S. France, Italy, Morea. Post-tertiary: Calabria, Rhodes. On consideration I must include this genus in the Venus family, although its position is not quite satisfactory. It is in some respects allied to Tapes, and in others to Sazicava. yY 1. TApEs viRGINEUS, Linné. Venus virginea, L. 8S. N. p. 1136 (according to modern authors). Tapes virgineus, B. C. ii. p. 352, pl. vi. f.5; v. p. 185, pl. xxxix- eee ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B., Lough Swilly, L. Foyle. Atl. Vigo B., C. Sagres, Tangier B. ; Med. Capo de Gata (var. sar- niensis), 55, 58. Distribution. Finmark and Faroe Is. to E. Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 0-180 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Prussia, Vienna Basin, Transylvania, Switzer- land, Turin, Calabria, Lisbon, Bordeaux Basin, Madeira (as 7. hoer- nesi)? Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British Isles, Italy, Greece, Rhodes ; 0-50 ft. I have collated no less than twenty-two synonyms. The very young are not unlike those of Venus chione. vy 2. Tapes GEOGRAPHICUS, Chemnitz. Venus geographica, Chemn. Conch. Cab. vii. p. 45, t. 42. f. 440. Tapes pullastra, B. C. ii. p. 355; v. p. 185, pl. xxxix. f. 6. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Med. 50, 50a. Distribution. Finmark to Alexandria, Adriatic, Mogador, Cape of Good Hope, Japan; 0-45 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British Isles, Mewe near Konigsberg, Italy ; 0-1360 ft. More than a dozen synonyms, including Venus pullastra of Mon- tagu. Since the publication of my last volume of ‘ British Concho- logy,’ I have examined many hundred specimens of the southern form, 7'. geographicus, from the Mediterranean and Adriatic; and my former opinion (vol. ii. p. 359) of its being the same species as the northern form, 7. pullastra, has been most fully and satisfac- torily confirmed. There is not the slightest difference, except in size, between specimens from the north and south of Europe. But inasmuch as Chemnitz’s name geographicus is far older than that of Montagu, I have uo alternative but to substitute the former name for pullastra. It is possible that this species may be partly the Venus literata of Linné, who gave Europe as well as India as the habitat, and citcd the ‘Fauna Suecica’ and Gualter’s figure of 7. geographicus. 718 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June7, Y 3. Tapes AUREUS, Gmelin. Venus aurea, Gmel. 8. N. (ed. xiii.) p. 3288. Tapes aureus, B. C. ii. p. 349; v. p. 185, pl. xxxix. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B., Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Gibraltar B. (var. deta, Poli, =florida, Lamarck); Med. 50 (same variety ). Distribution. Loffoden Isles to Agean, Adriatic, Black Sea ; 0-20 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British Isles, Belgium, Porto Maurizio cavern, Italy. Numerous synonyms. A delicious and favourite shell-fish. LucrInopsis UNDATA, Pennant. Venus undata, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 95, pl. 55. f. 51. Lucinopsis undata, B.C. ii. p. 363, pl. vii. f.1; v. p. 186, pl. xl. f. 1. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18,19. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., Setu- bal B., C. Sagres, Tangier B. Distribution. Loffoden Is. to the Aigean, Adriatic, Mogador ; 3-130 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British Isles, S.W. France ?, Italy, Maine (Lyell)?; 0-130 ft. Syn. Venus inguinata, Lamarck, Lucina gibbosula, Basterot?, Tellina caduca, Scacchi, Venus incompta, Philippi, Luciopsis corru- gata, Brusina. It is difficult to distinguish this species from Diplo- donta rotundata, except by the hinge. Family XV. TEeLuinipz. Y 1. TELLINA BALAUsTINA, Linnd,’ - T. balaustina, L. 8. N.p.1119: B.C. ii. p. 371; v. p. 186, pl. xl. f.3% ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6, 8, 14, 17, 23a, 25, 68, Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 3, 6, 9, 16, 17 a, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26, 29, 30, 36; Med. 45, Capo de Gata, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Shetland to Guernsey, Bay of Biscay, throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Sea of Marmora, Morocco, Madeira, Canaries ; 2-130 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Belgium, S. France, Italy. Post-tertiary : Calabria. T. balaustina is to a certain extent a local species; and I am surprised that it has not yet been noticed as Scandinavian, nor as occurring on the north-western coasts of France. The flower of the pomegranate or Carthaginian rose (from the colour of which the specific name of this Tellina is derived) was used by the ancient Rhodians in dyeing wool, and is a common emblem on their coins. 2. TELLINA CRASSA, Pennant. 7’. crassa, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 87, t. xviii. f. 28: B.C. ii. p- 373; v. p. 186, pl. xl. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870; Atl. St. Vigo B., C. Sagres. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 719 Distribution. Drontheim to Mediterranean, Senegal?, Japan; 0- 55 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Switzerland, S.W. France. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, Belgium, Italy, Rhodes. Post- tertiary : Norway, England and Scotland, Calabria; 0-130 ft. Several obsolete synonyms. ¢~ 3. Tevuina BALTHICA, Linné. T. balthiea, L. 8. N. p. 1120: B.C. ii. p. 375, pl. vii. f. 3; v. p. 186; pl. xl. 5. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9 (valve). Distribution. Circumpolar, Novaya Zemblia, Siberia, Finmark to Mogador, Mediterranean and Adriatic?, Black Sea, Labrador to Massachusetts, Behring Strait to N. Japan?, Madeira; 0-60 fms, Fossil. Post-tertiary : Siberia, Scandinavia, British Isles, Germany, Italy, Canada; 0-1360 ft. 1. solidula, Pulteney, Psammobia fusca, Say, T. grenlandica, Beck, and other synonyms. v 4, Tre,uina cALcARtA, Chemnitz. T. calearea, Chem. Conch, Cab. vi. p. 140, t. 13. f. 136: B. C. ii, p. 389; v. p. 187. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 65 (fragment), Loch Torridon. Both specimens are semifossil, and were apparently derived from glacial deposits. Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, Scandinavia, N.E. and N.W. America southwards to Boston Bay and N. Japan; 0- 128 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Iceland Crag, English Crag, Antwerp Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary : arctic regions, Siberia, Scandinavia, British Isles, and northern sea-beds, New Brunswick, Canada; 0-500 ft. Synonyms. 7’. lata, Gmelin, 7’. sebulosa, Spengler, Venus fragilis, Fabricius, 7. ovata and T. obliqua, J. Sowerby, T. provima, Brown, T. sordida, Couthouy, T. inconspicua, Broderip and Sowerby, T. pretenuis (Leathes), Woodward, and 7’. mesta, Deshayes. Some of these may be considered varieties ; but all pass one into another. .- 5. TELLINA sQuatipA, Pulteney. T. squalida, Pult. in Hutch. Dors. p. 29: B.C. ii. p. 384; v. p- 186, pl. xli. f. 3, 3a. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9 (valve). Distribution. Kullen in 8. Sweden and W. Scotland to Jaffa, Adri- atic, Morocco, Madeira, Canaries, and Azores ; 0-49 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Italy, Madeira. Post-tertiary : Scot- land and Ireland. Synonyms. 7’. depressa, Gmelin, T. incarnata, Poli (not Linné), T. daniliana, Brusina, 720 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, v6, TELLINA TENUIS, Da Costa. T. tenuis, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. p. 210: B. C. ii. p. 3793 v. pedlso; plait. fis ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Med. 50. Distribution. Finmark to the Morea, Adriatic, Mogador, Black Sea; 0-40 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Italy. Post-tertiary: Scotland and Treland. T. exigua, Poli, and perhaps 7. incarnata of Linné. Vv 7. TELLINA FABULA, Gronovius. T. fabula, Gron. Zooph. i. p. 263, t. 18. f. 9: B.C. ii. p. 382 ; v. p- 186, pl. xli. f. 2, 2a. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9, Lough Swilly. Distribution. Loffoden Is. and Faroe Is. to E. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Mogador, Cape of Good Hope; 0—90 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British Isles, S. France, Italy ; 0-130 ft. 8. TeLLtina compressa, Brocchi. T. compressa, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subapp. ii. p. 514, t. xii. f. 9. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 13, C. Sagres, 29, 30; Med. off Rinaldo’s Chair (fragment). Distribution. Bay of Biscay, different parts of the Mediterranean from Algiers to Palermo, Madeira; 60-180 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Austrian dominions, Switzerland, Italy. Upper Tertiaries : Coralline Crag, 8. France, Sicily. Post-tertiary : Ca- labria. Synonyms. 7". oudardii, Payraudeau, 7’. striatula, Calcara, 7. stri- gilata, Philippi, 7’. distorta, Dubois (not Poli), 7. donacilla, S. Wood, Angulus macandrei, G. B. Sowerby. The figures given by Payraudeau (pl. i. f. 16-18) do not show the external sculpture or the internal rib. Not 7. compressa of Deshayes. 9, TELLINA sERRATA (Renieri), Brocchi. fT. serrata (Ren.), Broce. Conch. foss. subapp. ii. p. 510, t. xii. f. 1. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 13, Setubal B., C. Sagres, Tangier B.; Med. Capo de Gata, 55, Benzert Road, Adven- ture Bank. Distribution. Morbihan to the Archipelago and Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Canaries ; 2-70 fms. fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, 8.W. France, N. Italy, and Ca- labria. Upper Tertiaries: S. France, 8. Italy, and Rhodes. Post- tertiary: Calabria. 10. TeLuina puLCHELLA, Lamarck. TL. pulchella, Lam. Anim, s. vert. y. p. 526; Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. t. xv. f. 8 (as T. rostrata). G irene Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B., 50, Adventure ank, 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 721 Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 10-20 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary ; S. France, Italy. T. rostrata of Born and Poli, but not of Linné, & 11. Te.ira pistorta, Poli. T. distorta, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. p. 39, t. xv. f. 11. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 55, G. Bona, Benzert Road, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean, Madeira and Ca- naries; 5-60 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. I still believe this to be a variety of 7’. donacina ; but in defer- ence to other conchologists, I will retain it as a provisional species. The difference seems to consist in the smaller size and greater angu- larity of the posterior side. It may be as distinct as T. pusilla. - 12, Tevuina ponacrna, Linné. T. donacina, L. 8. N. p. 1118: B.C. ii. p. 386; v. p. 187, pl. xli. f. 4. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Ati. St. Vigo B., C. Sagres, Tangier B. Distribution. Scotland to the Archipelago and Sea of Marmora, Black Sea, Adriatic, Madeira ; 0-82 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Austrian Empire, Switzerland, S.W. France. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Coralline Crag and Scotland, Belgium, 8. France, Italy, Algiers, Greece, Rhodes, Madeira. V 13. Tevura pusiL1A, Philippi. T. pusilla, Phil. Moll. Sic.i. p. 29, t. ii. f. 9a,b: B.C. ii. p- 388 ; v. p. 187, pl. xli. f. 5. ‘ Lightning’ Exp.: St. 5. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13, The Minch, 52. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., C. Sagres, 30; Med. Algesiras B., 40, Adventure Bank. Distribution. W. Finmark and Faroe I. to Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 3-205 fms. Fossil. Miocene: N.W. Germany (Philippi). Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary : Italy, Rhodes. T. pygmea (as of Philippi), Lovén. py 14. Tevuina TENELLA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig 11.) SHELL trapezoid-shaped or irregularly oblong, much compressed, rather thin, semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture, irregular con- centric impressed strie, which become ridge-like towards the pesterior side; the umbonal area is covered with close-set delicate strize: colour pinkish, with longitudinal and broken rays of a deeper tint; there is no streak below the beak as in 7’. donacina; the whole surface is crossed lengthwise with very numerous fine whitish radiating lines, which are only observable with a lens and appear to permeate the structure of the shell: epidermis fibrous, yellowish brown, ' Somewhat delicate, 722 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7, covering more especially the angle of the posterior side: margins somewhat rounded in front, with an oblique slope towards the posterior side, curved on the anterior side, and obliquely truncated with an angular and broadish area on the posterior side, where it slightly gapes at the end, dorsal margin gently sloping from the beak on each side, so as to form an obtuse angle: beaks small, slightly incurved, placed at a distance of about two fifths from the posterior end: ligamené short, prominent, light horn-colour: Ainge-line obtusely angular: hinge-plate rather thick and strong, interrupted or discontinued halfway on the posterior side: ¢eeth, in the right valve two short but stout divergent cardinals, that on the posterior side being slightly cloven, besides a short lateral on each side; in the left valve there are also two cardinals, that on the anterior side being larger than the other and also slightly cloven; the tooth on the anterior side is slight and curved; this valve has no lateral tooth: inside highly polished and glossy, exhibiting the longitudinal rays and white lines: pallial and muscular scars conspicuous, the latter large. LL. 0°3, B. 0°55. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres. Two perfect spe- cimens and several valves. This shell is thinner and more delicate than 7’. donacina; and it also differs from that species in the sculpture, colour, and broad posterior angle. It connects Zellina with Psammobia. 1. PSAMMOB1A FERROENSIS, Chemnitz. Tellina ferrdensis, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vi. p. 99, t. 10. f. 91. Psammobia ferréensis, B. C. ii. p. 396; v. p. 187, pl. xlii. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13, 18, 25, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B., Cartagena B., 50, 55, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Iceland and Finmark to Aigean and Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Canaries; 0—90 fms. Fossil. Miocene: S.W. France. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Belgium, S. France, Italy, Cos, Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Norway, N. England and Ireland, Calabria ; 0-600 ft. For synonymy see ‘ British Conchology.’ 2, PsAMMOBIA COSTULATA, Turton. P. costulata, Turt. Conch. Dith. p. 87, t. 6.f.8: B.C. ii. p. 394 ; v. p. 187, pl. xiii. f. 2. ‘ Lightning’ Exp: St. 2. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres, Tangier B. Distribution. Norway to the Archipelago, Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, Canaries ; 0—120 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Italy, Rhodes. Post- tertiary : Calabria. A specimen dredged at Oban by Admiral Bedford is more than an inch wide. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 723 3. PSAMMOBIA TELLINELLA, Lamarck. P. tellinella, Lam. An.s. vert. v. p. 515: B.C. ii. p. 392, pl. vii. f, 43 ¥."p: 187, pl. xli. f. 1. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B. Distribution. Loffoden Is. and Faroe Is. to Sicily ; 0-85 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Madeira? Post- tertiary : Uddevalla. 4, PsamMMosiA VESPERTINA, Chemnitz. Lux vespertina, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vi. p. 72, t. 7. f. 59, 60, a, b. Psammobia vespertina, B.C. ii. p. 398 ; v. p. 187, pl. xlii. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 7 (fragment). ’ Distribution. Bergen to the Aigean, Adriatic, Mogador, Senegal?, Canaries ; 0-40 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary : Belfast and Killiney, Calabria. I am now inclined to think that Dillwyn may have been right in considering this species the Tellina albida of Linné. The hinge is certainly ‘absque dentibus marginalibus ;” and the description agrees also as to colour, which is very variable. P. intermedia of Deshayes (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 319), =P. costata, Hanley, apud McAndrew, is certainly a monstrous variety of P. vespertina, having stronger and more oblique concentric ridges. The types, from Algiers and Faro in Portugal, are now before me. t& 1. Donax virtatus, Da Costa. Cuneus vittatus, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. p. 202, pl. xiv. f. 3. Donax vittatus, B.C. ii. p. 402, pl. vii. f. 5; v. p. 188, pl. xlii. fo aie ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres (valve). Distribution. Norway to Egypt, Adriatic, Mogador ; 0-25 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: British Isles, S.W. France, Italy ; 0-1360 ft. For synonymy see B. C. ii. pp. 405, 406. ~ 2, Donax venustvus, Poli. D. venusta, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. ii. p. 80, t. 19. f. 23, 24, ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med.-St. Algesiras B., 40, 41, 50 51. Distribution. Mediterranean from Gibraltar to the Aigean and Black Sea, Adriatic, Madeira ; 0-8 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: S. France, Italy. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Differs from D. vittatus in being shorter or narrower, and in haying the posterior side obliquely furrowed or striated. 3. Donax TRuUNCcULUS, Linné. D. trunculus, L. 8. N. p. 1127 (partly): B. C. ii. p. 407; v. p- 188, pl. xlii. f. 6. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 51, Benzert Road (young). 724 MOLLUSCA OF ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. [June7, Distribution. “ Norv.’ (Lovén), Danish coasts (Mus. Copen- hagen), S. Devon to Egypt, Black Sea, Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, W. Africa?, Canaries ; 0—45 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Red Crag, S.W. and S. France, Italy. The right valve in this species invariably overlaps the other, so that the shell is strictly inequivalve. The young is triangular, and has prominent beaks; it is the D. bellardii of Canefri, and might easily be taken for a distinet species. SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING MouuvusCa. Families. Genera. No. of species. VIII. KELLIIDZ ........ Pyruina, p. 693...... 2 Lepton, p. 694 ...... 4 Scrntinza, p, 695 .... 1 Scaccuia, 696 ...... 1 DeEcipu.a, p. 696..... 1 MonracutTa, p. 696 7 Lasma, p. 699........ 2 Kei, p. 700 ...... 1 IX. LUCINIDA ........ Loripss, p. 700...... 3 Luctnay ps'701. ©. 5 at 2 Axinus, p. 701 ...... 9 DietoponTa, p. 704 .. 2 X. CARDITIDA ...... Carnimva, p. 705...... 3 Xi. CARDITD AN ccc05. H 03 CarpiuM, p. 706...... 12 XU, CHAMID AI... cas Cuama, p. 709 ...... 1 XIII. CYPRINIDA ...... \socarpra, p. 710 2. 001 Cyprina, ps 7105) 02 3% 1 ABTARTE; pe (LL Sivas 8 GrEOs, Pp. 710.. Seiacoe’ 1 XIV. VENERIDA........ Venus, p. 714........ 10 VENERUPIS, p. 716.... 1 Tasranpasly) .2e0k\hes 3 Lucinopsis, p. 717.... 1 XV. TELLINIDA ...... Tewuina, p.718...... 14 PsAMMOBIA, p. 722.... 4 DOmAx, Be fla. sae 3 Total (44. Sq 98 EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXI. Fig. 1. Scinitilla rotunda, p. 695. 2. Scacchia tenera, p. 696. . Montacuta pellucida, p. 697. ovata, p. 698. Axinus orbiculatus, p. 702. tortuosus, p. 702. inerassatus, p. 703. subovatus, p. 704. . Astarte acuticostata, p. 711, pusilla, p. 713. . Lellina tenella, p. 721. HOODIA MRL! me PZS.1881P1. LX. Hanhart imp MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘LIGHTNING’ AND “PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS. 1881.] MR. SELOUS ON THE SOUTH“AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 725 6. On the South-African Rhinoceroses. By F.C. Srxovs. (Communicated by Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S. &c.) [Received May 21, 1881.] (Plate LXII.) In those portions of Southern and South Central Africa in which I have hunted I have only met with two true species of Rhinoceroses— namely the large, square-mouthed, grass-eating species (Rhinoceros simus), and the smaller prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros, which feeds exclusively upon bush (2. dicornis). In making this statement I am well aware that I express an opinion at variance with that held by many naturalists upon the subject; however, as the conclusions at which I have arrived are the results of eight years devoted entirely to hunting in the most out-of-the-way portions of the interior of South Africa, during the first three of which (that is, in 1872, 1873, and 1874) Rhinoceroses were still very plentiful, and as even since that time I have had many opportunities of personally observing the habits and peculiarities of each and every variety of these animals, and as, moreover, I shall support my views by specimens of horns, I think that I am warranted in expressing an opinion upon the sub- ject. At any rate it is now quite time that the question of how many species of Rhinoceroses do really exist in South Africa should be finally set at rest; and it is only by comparing the statements of men who are really competent to give an opinion upon the subject that this is ever likely to be done. For my part I am fully persuaded that there are only two species in South Africa, or, indeed, in all Africa; for the North-African Rhinoceros in the gardens of this Society I have no hesitation in pronouncing to be specifically identical with the South-African Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros. I will first speak of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros (2. simus). Twenty years ago this animal seems to have been very plentiful in the western half of Southern Africa; now, unless it is still to be found between the Okavango and Cunene rivers, it must be almost extinct in that portion of the country. And this is not to be won- dered at when one reads the accounts in Andersson’s and Chapman’s books of their shooting as many as eight of these animals in one night as they were drinking at a small water-hole ; for it must be remembered that these isolated water-holes, at the end of the dry season, represented all the water to be found over an enormous extent of country, and that therefore all the Rhinoceroses that in happier times were distributed over many hundreds of square miles were in times of drought dependent upon perhaps a single pool for their supply of water. In 1877, during several months’ hunting in the country to the south of Linyanti, on the river Chobe, I only saw the spoor of two Square-mouthed Rhinoceroses, though in 1874 I had found them fairly plentiful in the same district ; whilst in 1879, during 726 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON THE [June 7, eight months spent in hunting on and between the Botletlie, Mababe, Machabe, Sunta, and Upper Chobe rivers, I never even saw the spoor of one of these animals, and all the bushmen that I met with said they were finished. In 1878 and 1880, however, I still found them fairly numerous in a small tract of country in North-eastern Mashuna Land, between the Umniati and Ganyane rivers. Their range, how- ever, is rather limited towards the north, as they only inhabit the country lying to the south of the belt of rough stony hills which in this district extend for more than a hundred miles southwards from the banks of the Zambesi river. Their extermination in this portion of the country may therefore, I am afraid, be expected within a very few years ; and the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros will then only exist in a few small tracts of S.E. Africa in the neighbourhood of the river Sabi. The Square-mouthed Rhinoceros feeds exclusively upon grass, and is therefore more partial to open countries, or districts where there are broad grassy valleys between the tracts of bush, than the Pre- hensile-lipped Rhinoceros, which is fond of thickets or rough hills clothed with short scrub. Both species are a sort of dark slate- colour ; and so far from one being white and the other black, I should be sorry to state upon oath which was the darker of the two. The Square-mouthed Rhinoceros is a huge ungainly-looking beast, with a disproportionately large head, a large male standing 6 feet 6 inches at the shoulder. Like elephants and buffaloes they lie asleep during the heat of the day, and feed during the night and in the cool hours of early morning and evening. Their sight is very bad; but they are quick of hearing, and their scent is very keen ; they are, too, often accompanied by rhinoceros-birds, which, by running about their heads, flapping their wings, and screeching at the same time, fre- quently give them notice of the approach of danger. When disturbed they go off at a swift trot, which soon leaves all pursuit from a man on foot far behind; but if chased by a horseman they break into a gallop, which they can keep up for some distance. However, although they run very swiftly, when their size and heavy build is considered, they are no match for an average good horse. They are, as a rule, very easy to shoot on horseback, as, if one gallops a little in front of and on one side of them, they will hold their course and come sailing past, offering a magnificent broadside shot; whilst under similar circumstances a Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros will usually swerve away in such a manner as only to present his hind quarters fora shot. As with elephants, it is very unsatisfactory work following up wounded rhinoceroses, as they do not stop and lie down, but walk on and on until their strength gives way. They die very quickly when shot through both lungs or the upper part of the heart ; but if the shot strikes them in front, and the bullet only perforates one lung, they will travel astonishing distances, though throwing blood out of their mouth and nostrils by the gallon. With a broken shoulder they will run, first at a gallop and then at a halting trot, for more than a mile ; but if they have a hind leg broken, they do not appear to be able to budge a step. When either walking or running, the 1881. ] SOUTH-AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES, 727 Square-mouthed Rhinoceros holds its head very low, its nose nearly touching the ground. A small calf always runs in front of its mother; and she appears to guide it by holding the point of her horn upon the little animal’s rump ; and it is perfectly wonderful to note how in all sudden changes of pace, from a trot to a gallop or vice versd, the same position is always exactly maintained. During the autumn and winter months (é.e. from March till August) the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros is usually very fat ; and its meat is then most excellent, being something like beef, but yet having a peculiar flavour of its own. The part in greatest favour amongst hunters is the hump, which, if cut off whole and roasted just as it is in the skin in a hole dug in the ground, would, I think, be difficult to match either for juiciness or flavour. In the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros the horns vary much in diffe- rent individuals—so much so, indeed, that it would not be difficult to find two specimens (taking both horns, of course) exhibiting forms of horns as widely divergent one from another as are the typical horns of R. bicornis from those of the so-called R. keitloa. The anterior horn of a full-grown Square-mouthed Rhinoceros measures from 18 inches to over 4 feet in length, a cow having a thinner and usually a longer horn than a bull. Now-a-days, however, owing probably to all those that possessed remarkably long horns having been shot, it is very rarely one sees a horn from a freshly- killed animal measuring over 3 feet in length. This anterior horn usually has a curve backwards, more or less pronounced ; but spe- cimens are by no means uncommon which are perfectly straight, or even bend slightly forwards. When the horn is quite straight and about 3 feet in length, the point touches the ground as the animal walks along feeding ; and thus, in specimens of long straight horns, it may usually be noticed that just at the point the anterior surface of the horn has been rubbed flat by friction against the ground. I never remember to have seen an anterior horn of a Square-mouthed Rhinocexyos that was perfectly round: they always have the front surface partially flattened, and may thus at a glance be distinguished from the invariably rounded anterior horn of the Pre- hensile-lipped Rhinoceros. In different individuals, too, the posterior horn of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros varies from a lump only 3 or 4 inches in height to a horn 2 feet in length. In some speci- mens the anterior horn is long, whilst the posterior is very short ; in others, again, both are well developed; and in some, again, both are short. In fact, the horns of all South-African Rhbinoceroses differ to such an extent in different individuals that if their classification is to be based upon the length and shape of their horns alone, it would be as easy to make twenty species as four. If R. oswelli (a variety of £. simus based entirely upon the shape of the anterior horn) were a true species, I presume that the Square- mouthed Rhinoceros with a straight anterior horn would not in- terbreed with those carrying the commoner form of horn slightly curved backwards : yet in the Mashuna country I have seen Square- mouthed Rhinoceroses consorting together, the anterior horns of 728 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON THE [June 7, which showed the greatest divergence of shape; and as a series of horns could be obtained showing every gradation of form between the extreme form of R. oswelli (which is bent forwards) to one so bent back as to describe half the are of a circle, I do not think there are any adequate grounds for considering FR. oswelli to be a true species. As regards the assertion that the horn of the ordinary Square-mouthed Rhinoceros never attains the length of those of R. oswelli, the longest horn I have ever seen was brought out by a trader named Reader, and is (or was a few years ago) in the possession of a gentleman residing in Hope Town, in the Cape colony. This horn measured 4 feet 6 inches, and had a very strong curve backwards. Upon these grounds I consider R. oswelli to be a false species, and think that in future works upon natural history it ought to be omitted from the list of South-African Rhinoceroses. I now come to the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros (R. bicornis), of which I maintain that there is but one true species, in spite of whatever may be said by old Dutch hunters and natives to the contrary. This animal is still fairly numerous in many districts of South-eastern Africa, although, like its congener, the Square- mouthed Rhinoceros, it has been almost exterminated in the more westerly portions of the country. In 1879 there were still two or three drinking in the Upper Chobe, to the north-west of the Sunta outlet. Between the Chobe and the Zambesi there are none; and according to the natives there never were any there, even when the Makololo first came into the country; but directly the Zambesi has been crossed they are again found, and extend apparently through all Central Africa right up to Abyssinia. The Prehensile- lipped Rhinoceros lives exclusively upon bush and roots, eating not only the young leaves as they sprout from the end of a twig, but also chewing up a good deal of the twig itself. It is owing to the fact that this species lives upon bush that its range is very much more extended than that of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros ; for there are many large districts of country in the neighbourhood of the Zambesi to the eastward of the Victoria Falls covered almost entirely with an endless succession of rugged hills, almost devoid of grass, though well wooded, in all of which districts the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros is numerous, as it thrives well upon the scrubby bush with which the hill-sides and valleys are covered; whereas the square-mouthed species, though common in the forest-clad sandbelts and broad grassy valleys which always skirt the hills, is seldom or never found amongst the hills themselves, which is doubtless because the pasturage is too scanty to enable them to exist. The Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros is usually represented as an animal of so morose and vicious a disposition that it will almost invariably attack unprovoked any man or animal that it happens to meet; and I think that the general impression of people who are in the habit of reading books upon South-African sport, and have had no personal experience of the animals described, must be that this is the most dangerous animal to be met with in the country. 1881.] SOUTH-AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 729 It may be that they differ in disposition in different parts of the coutry ; but wherever I have met with them I have never found them to be by any means dangerous animals. Indeed I only remember to have seen one make any attempt at a charge; and that was in the Mashuna country last year, and under strong provocation ; for I galloped close in front of an old cow, endeavouring to turn her from her course, upon which she came straight at me, snorting loudly, but upon my spurring to one side did not follow me, but resumed her way. Accidents have certainly happened in encounters with the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros; but many cases are also upon record of hunters having been killed or badly injured by the square-mouthed species, which is always represented as the most harmless and inoffensive of beasts. Mr. Oswell had his horse killed by one of the latter animals (vide Livingstone’s ‘ Missionary Travels’); the veteran elephant-hunter Mr. Hartley was also very severely injured by one of these animals inthe Mashuna country—I think, in 1869. David Jacobs, too, a son of the well-known Dutch hunter Petrus Jacobs, and who had been constantly hunting with his father for many years, told me that the only narrow escape he ever had from a Rhinoceros was from asquare-mouthed one, which chased him for over a hundred yards through some nasty bush; and I myself, in November 1874, saw a white Rhinoceros bull, which I had wounded, make a very decided charge at a boy of mine, who threw down his gun and took refuge in a tree. I only mention these facts to show that, although the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros is usually a most inoffensive animal, occasional specimens may be found that are capable of resenting ill- treatment; and, so far as my small experience goes, I have found vicious animals to be equally few and far between amongst the pre- hensile-lipped species. These Rhinoceroses are very quick and restless in their movements, and either very inquisitive or mistrustful of their eyesight; for usually, when disturbed by any one approaching from below the wind, they will jump up with a snort, gaze fixedly at the intruder, then, with another snort, trot quickly a few steps nearer, stand again, move their heads with a quick motion, first to one side, then to the other, advance again perhaps, and finally, when shouted at, whisk quickly round and trot away in grand style, with their tails screwed up over their backs. Whilst hunting in the Mashuna country in 1872, and to the west of the river Gwai in 1873, I encountered almost daily one or more Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses, often seeing five, six, or even eight in one day. When these animals got my wind, they invariably made off at once ; but when they only saw me, they usually acted as I have described above. Upon these latter occasions my Kafirs were in the habit of shouting to me to run away, climb a tree, &c., and often did so themselves ; however, I always stood where I was, throwing sometimes sticks, stones, or assegais at them, sometimes only shouting ; and although some of them advanced from a distance of say forty yards to within about twenty, they always turned and ran off in the end. Upon several occasions I have fired into a Rhino- ceros thus facing me, which, dropping upon its knees to the shot, has Proc. Zoou. Soc.—188], No. XLVII. 47 730 Mk. F. C. SELOUS ON THE [June 7, Sprung up again immediately, and come rushing straight forwards, snorting like a steam-engine, and passing perhaps within a few yards of me. Inthese cases, however, it always appeared to me that the animal had no idea of charging, but was just rushing madly for- wards, half stunned by the shock of the heavy bullet. I have seen the same thing happen to some people, both black and white, who described it afterwards as the most terrific charge ; and many a Black- Rhinoceros story has originated, I feel sure, in this way. That a Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros when in full career, and either wounded or tired, will charge any one or any thing, even to a waggon or span of oxen, that he sees directly in his path and close in front of him, I know well enough; but so will an elephant, buffalo, or lion. What I wish to argue is, not that the Black Rhinoceros is a sweet-tempered animal, but that, at any rate in the great majority of cases, he is by nomeans the surly, morose, and dangerous beast that some travellers would have one believe. Somehow or other he has got an evil reputation, which, however unjust, will outlive the last of his species in South Africa. Kafirs who have never seen a Rhinoceros will tell you that it is a witch, and that it will follow up a man’s spoor, attack him in the night, &c., simply because that is the character tradition has given him. Similarly many Hottentot and white hunters, who have only been hunting since Rhinoceroses became very scarce, and who perhaps have not seen half a dozen of these animals in their lives, will relate endless stories of their unprovoked ferocity ; for it is one of their articles of faith that a Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros is a most ferocious animal, and they therefore invent stories to suit his supposed character. Now there are very few Kafir or Hottentot hunters who will meddle with a lion, unless they meet him under exceptionally favourable cireum- stances ; but, except when on elephant-spoor, or afraid of disturbing those animals, they will seldom pass a Rhinoceros, no matter of what species, without attacking him ; for they know that they have to deal with an animal easy to approach and easy to kill, and one that will give them a great quantity of good meat; yet to hear them talk about the animals you would imagine the Rhinoceros to be the more dangerous of the two. What first gave rise to the very general impression that the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros is such a very dangerous animal I cannot imagine, unless, perhaps, in former years, before the introduction of firearms, there did exist some old and morose individuals of this species that committed a great many atrocities, and which have since been shot, leaving only their evil name to their descendants. However, be that as it may, speaking of the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros of the present day, after an experience of eight years, during which time 1 have encoun- tered over one hundred of these animals, I can conscientiously say that I consider their pursuit to be attended with less danger than that of the lion, elephant, or buffalo. In the end of November 1874, I chased a Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros bull round and round on an open flat (at Thamma Setjie, on the Zambesi road), until he stood still with his mouth 1881.] SOUTH-AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 731 open; and I then dismounted within twenty yards of him; yet he never attempted to charge. Now I doubt if there is a lion, an elephant, or a buffalo which, under similar circumstances, would not have charged. In my experience of hunting, many fatal accidents, and still more narrow escapes, from lions, elephants, and buffaloes have come within my personal knowledge, but not one hunter, black or white, has been injured by a Black Rhinoceros. I will now give my reasons for asserting that 2. bicornis and R. keitloa are not two distinct species, but merely varieties of the same animal. Perhaps the most convincing argument in favour of their being two distinct species is that all the old Dutch hunters and most of the natives declare that such is the case, and have different names for the two animals. This, however, is by no means so strong an argument as it would at first appear. At first sight the typical R. keitloa, with both horns of equal length, is a very different-looking animal from the typical R. dicornis, with a posterior horn of only a few inches length ; and it is only after a careful study of their habits, and the knowledge that every variety of horn between the two extremes may be found, that I have become convinced that R. heitloa and R. bicornis are only varieties of the same animal. Now the greater part of the old Dutch hunters, although they may have shot very many Rhinoceroses in the course of their hunting careers, know nothing whatever about the animals from a scientific point of view. They shot Rhino- ceroses because they wanted meat ; but the only examination they ever made of them was to see if they were fat. When now and again they shot a Rhinoceros with both horns of equal length, or nearly equal length, it struck their eye as being unusual, and so they gave these equal-horned animals the name of Blue Rhino- ceroses, to distinguish them from the White and the Black, as they call R. simus and R. bicornis respectively. Now I have questioned many of these old hunters upon the subject, and find that the only point upon which they all agree is that the Blue Rhinoceros has both horns of equal length, whilst the Black has always a short second horn; beyond this none of them know of any definite distinction ; but many, not liking to appear ignorant, make asser- tions that will not bear investigation, and one will often contradict the statements of other equally experienced men. Now in the same way every Dutch hunter will tell you that there are three, or even four, distinct species of lions in Southern Africa, each species pos- sessing its own distinctive characteristics. ‘These species they determine according to the length and colour of the mane in dif- ferent individuals. Yet I think that naturalists are now agreed that there is but one species of lion in all Africa. Therefore as regards lions the testimony of old Dutch hunters is worthless from a scientific point of view; and I believe it to be equally worthless with regard to the plurality or unity of species of the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros. One famous old Dutch hunter even affirms that there are three species of Square-mouthed Rhinoceros, and four of the Prehensile-lipped, seven in all; and he bases his distinctions almost 47* 732 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON THE [June 7, entirely on the shape and length of the horns in different indi- viduals. Now I have carefully examined and measured many specimens of Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses, and have never been able to dis- cover that they differed in any way the one from the other, except in the length and shape of the posterior horn ; nor could I ever dis- cover the differences between the two mentioned by Mr. C. J. Andersson and other writers upon the subject. Some specimens had long curly hair upon their ears; but some of the most marked forms of 2. bicornis had this peculiarity equally strongly marked as others whose horns showed them to belong to the so-called species R. keitloa. Many writers upon the subject state that whereas 2. dicornis eats nothing but bush, R. keitloa eats both grass and bush indiscriminately. Now, if this were the case, how is it that during eight years, more than three fourths of which I have spent in the wilderness, engaged in a continual search for elephants, and always in countries where Rhinoceroses may still be found in greater or lesser numbers, I have only observed two kinds of dung— the black dung, composed entirely of grass, evacuated by the large Square-mouthed grass-eating Rhinoceros, and the dark red dung (with a greenish tinge when the avimal has been feeding upon sprouting shoots), full of little chips of wood, evacuated by the prehensile-lipped species. It appears to me that, if there were a species which fed indiscriminately upon grass and bushes, one would see a third kind of dung, in which sometimes bush and some- times grass would predominate; but this is most certainly not the ease. Again, every Kafir and Masara in the interior will tell you that there are three kinds of Rhinoceroses, namely :—A&. simus, which the Matabele call “ Umhofo”’ and the Bechuanas *‘ Chukuru;” 2. bicornis, which the former call “ Upeygan ”’ and the latter “ Borele ;” and, lastly, 2. kettloa, which they name respectively ‘‘ Shangainea”’ and “Keitloa.”? But when they are questioned beside a dead Rhinoceros, I have found that they all base their distinction between 2. bicornis and £. keitloa upon the length of the posterior horn alone. Some, indeed, will say that the two varieties differ in size or in the length of hair upon the ears. But I have proved, by actual measurement and personal observation, that the variations in size and the length of the hair upon the ears have nothing to do with the length of the posterior horn, which is the fundamental point upon which all Dutch and native hunters base the distinction between the two species. Again, when one comes upon a Rhinoceros-spoor in the bush, any bushman or Kafir hunter can say whether it is the spoor of a Square- mouthed Rhinoceros or of a Prehensile-lipped one, simply judging from the size of the footprint. But no Kafir or bushman can tell you, when he sees the smaller spoor of a Prehensile-lipped Rhino- ceros, whether it be that of RB. bicornis or R. keitloa, nor even when he sees the dung can he tell you; for, as I have said before, there is no difference in this particular. However, when the animal has been shot they will say to which species it belongs. If the second horn is not over seven or eight inches in length, they will be all 1881.] SOUTH-AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 733 agreed that the animal is 2. bicornis (Upeygan or Borele) ; if the second horn is from twelve inches to two feet long, they will be unanimous that it is 2. keitloa (Shangainea or Keitloa); whereas if the posterior horn be neither short nor long, but just betwixt and between, they will argue for hours amongst themselves as to whether the animal be R, dicornis or R. keitloa; but their main argument is always based upon the length of the horn. Every one who has wandered over country frequented by Rhino- ceroses must have noticed that the square-mouthed species leaves its dung alone, not throwing it about with its horn, nor ploughing up the ground every now and again as it walks along; whereas the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses almost invariably throw their dung all over the place, sometimes ploughing up holes a foot deep with their noses and horns; and they are, too, continually making semi- circular furrows in the ground as they walk along. This is done by every Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros, irrespective of the length of the posterior horn; therefore, if there are two species, it must be con- ceded that their habits are exactly similar in this respect. Again, the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros (R. simus) walks and runs with its nose close to the ground, whilst all Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses walk and run with their heads carried high in the air. A calf of the square-mouthed species always runs when small in front of its mother, whereas the small calves of all Prehensile-lipped Rhinoce- roses always follow their mothers. Therefore whilst there are many and wide differences of form and habit between the Square-mouthed and all Preheusile-lipped Rbinoceroses, the habits of both species of the latter (if there be two species) are exactly similar. In conclusion, I have only to bring to your notice the series of horns which is now upon the table, and ask those gentlemen who believe that there are two distinct species of Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses in Southern Africa to point out where 2, bicornis ceases and R. keitloa commences. List of Horns exhibited, and figured on Plate LXII. (1) Black Rhinoceros, ¢. Shot by J. S. Jameson and myself, near the Umniati river, North-eastern Mashuna land, August 1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 1.) (2) Black Rhinoceros, 3. Shot by myself at Thamma Setjie, on the Zambesi road, November 1874, (Plate LXII. fig. 2.) (3) Black Rhinoceros, 2. Shot by J. S. Jameson on the lower Umfule, North-eastern Mashuna land, August 1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 3. *) ‘tack Rhinoceros, 9. Shot by myself near the junction of the Gwai and Shangani rivers, Matabele country, September 1873. (Plate LXII. fig. 4.) (5) Black Rhinoceros, ¢. Shot by J. S. Jameson near the river Umsengairi, North-eastern Mashuna land, September 1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 5.) (6) Black Rhinoceros, 9. Shot by H. C. Collison near the ee eT Te ee 734 DR. GUNTHER ON SCHEDOPHILUS MEDUSOPHAGUS. [June 21, river Umsengaisi, North-eastern Mashuna land, September 1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 6.) (7) Black Rhinoceros, ¢. Shot by myself on the bank of the river Chobe, August 1874. (Plate LXII. fig. 7.) (8) Black Rhinoceros, Q. Shot by one of my hunters between the Umfule and Umzweswe rivers, North-eastern Mashuna land, August 1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 8.) (9.) Black Rhinoceros, 2. Shot by one of my hunters between the Umfule and Umzweswe rivers, North-eastern Mashuna land, September 1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 9.) June 2], 1881. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1881 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of May was 130, of which 25 were by hirth, 53 by presentation, 35 by purchase, 13 were received on deposit, and 4 by exchange. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 124. The most noticeable additions during the month of May were as follows :— An African Wild Ass (Hquus teniopus) from Upper Nubia, purchased May 26th, being the second example of this form of Wild Ass which we have received. A White-marked Duck (Anas specularis) from Antarctic America, purchased May 26th, being the first specimen of this fine species which has been obtained for the Collection. Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of Podi- lymbus podiceps of North America, stated to have been killed at Radipole near Weymouth in January 1881, and belonging to the collection of Mr. R. W. Monro. Dr. A. Giinther exhibited a specimen of a Mediterranean fish (Schedophilus medusophagus) which had been captured in August 1878 at Portrush in Ireland, and read a description of it. This description, together with a figure coloured from a drawing of the fish taken in a fresh state, will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ The following papers were read ;— Hanhart imp HORNS OF RHINOCEROS BICORNIS Yodaé Size. as nT BV ‘al vy 1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THALASSIDROMA NEREIS. 735 1. On the Petrel called Thalassidroma nereis by Gould, and its Affinities. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S., F.G.S8., Prosector to the Zoological Society. [Received May 17, 1881.] In this Society’s Proceedings for the year 1840, the late Mr. Gould described a “ beautiful fairy-like’’ new species of Stormy Petrel from Bass’s Straits, which he called Thalassidroma nereis (tom. cit. p- 178), under which name it is figured in the last volume of the ‘ Birds of Australia.’ ; Dr. Elliott Coues, in his revision of the family Procellariids’, treating of the species under the name Procellaria nereis, says :—“‘I have had the pleasure of examining Mr. Gould’s types of this species from Bass’s Straits, Australia, now in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy. It is a beautiful little species, quite unlike any other known Stormy Petrel. In form it comes nearer to Pro- cellaria pelagica than to any other species; and it is probably congeneric with it, though it differs somewhat” in the proportion of the tarsus and toes, and very widely in its pattern of coloration.* * * The proportions of the tibia and tarsus differ from those of pelagica in the greater comparative length of the former.” Amongst the Petrels mentioned at various times by the late Prof. Garrod as having been examined by him, a species several times occurs which is doubtfully named “‘Procellaria (or Thalassidroma) fregata?””® The specimens dissected by him are now before me, and have been identified by Mr. Salvin as being really referable to the Procellaria nereis of Gould, an example of which, from the Falkland Islands, is now in the musenm of Messrs. Salvin and Godman. A careful exami- nation of the three spirit-specimens of this bird, as well as of the skin mentioned, have convinced me that this species is not referable to the true genus Procellaria as represented by Procellaria pelagica, and is in fact in no way related to that group of Petrels, but has its nearest allies in the flat-clawed genera Oceanites, Firegeita, and Pelagodroma. - In his paper on the muscles of the thigh in Birds* the late Prof. Garrod divided the Nasutz, or Petrels, into two groups, the ‘* Storm-Petrels’’ and the Fulmaride, the former group differing from the latter in that they possess the accessory semitendinosus muscle (Y), but lack intestinal cca. In the Fulmaridze, on the other hand, the accessory semitendinosus muscle is absent, but caeca are present. The species of Storm-Petrels on which this generali- zation was based are called, with doubt’,‘‘ Procellaria pelagica aud P. fregata,” the latter being the species now identified by Mr. Salvin 1 Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1864, p. 81. 2 The italics are mine.—W. A. F. 3 Of. P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 470 and 641, 1 Pp. Z. 8. 1874, p. 122. > P,Z.S8. 1873, p, 641, 736 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THALASSIDROMA NEREIs. [June 21, as P. nereis. As regards the first-named species, there can be litile or no doubt that the bird really dissected by Prof. Garrod, and called by him ‘“ Procellaria pelagica,”’ was Wilson’s Petrel (Oceanites oceanicus), as in this bird there are no ceca’, at the same time that the accessory semitendinosus muscle is present. The true Procellaria pelagica(of which I have lately dissected two perfectly fresh examples) agrees with the Fulmaride, as defined by Prof. Garrod, in having caeca *, but no accessory head to the semitendinosus ; and Cymochorea leucorrhoa agrees in both these points with Procellaria pelagica. The so-called “ Procedlaria nereis”’ of Gould is therefore obviously not a true Procellaria at all; and this view is confirmed by other characters, such as the shape of its nostrils, the elongated tarsi, which are much longer than the mid toe’ and covered anteriorly with trans- versely arranged scutellze*, the very minute hallux, and the lamellar, concave form of the claws. It belongs, in fact, to the group of Ocea- nites, Fregetia, ard Pelagodroma, but is not exactly congeneric with any of them. I propose therefore to make it the type of anew genus, to be called Garrodia, in memory of my lamented friend A. H. Garrod, not only asa token of my personal esteem for, and indebtedness to him, but also as some slight recognition of the thanks ornithologists generally owe him for the additions he made to our knowledge of the anatomy of birds. The genus Garrodia may be shortly defined as follows :— Garropia. Genus ew ordine Tubinarium Oceanirm mazime affine, tarsis pro digitis longioribus et antice scutellatis, necnon margine sterni posteriore integro distinguendum. Type Procellaria nereis, Gould. Garrodia is perhaps most closely allied to Oceanites, as already stated, but differs from that genus in having the tarso-metatarsi covered anteriorly with a series of transverse scutelle instead of being ‘‘entire,” in their slightly greater proportional length as compared with the third toe’, in the even more minute hallux, and in the more flattened and lamellar form of the claws. The sternum too is posteriorly entire, whereas in Oceanites oceanicus it is slightly notched. The coloration of the two genera is also quite different. From Fregetta Garrodia may be easily distinguished by the very different proportions and forms of the nails and feet in that genus, and from Pelagodroma by its much shorter feet and entire tail. These four genera—Oceanites, Garrodia, Pelagodroma, and * Cf, also Macgillivray, in Audubon’s ‘ Ornithological Biography,’ v. p. 646. ° Cf. Maegillivray, J. c. p. 313; also Wagner in Naumann’s ‘ Vogel Deutsch- lands,’ x. p. 556. 3 In Procellaria pelagica and Cymochorea leucorrhoa the tarso-metatarse is not longer, and may be shorter, than the 3rd toe. As against 21:5 and 21°5, and 23 and 26 millim. in the two first-mentioned genera, in the so-called Procellaria nereis the lengths of the two are respectively 84 and 26 millims. * In Procellaria pelagica the tarsi are pretty uniformly covered with somewhat irregular hexagonal scutes. °* Ina specimen of Oceanites oceanicus (in spirit) the middle toe measures 29 millim.; in one of Garrodia the length is 26 millim. The length of the meta- tarse in both is 34 millim, 1881.] MR. BENNETT ON THE HABITS OF THE ECHIDNA. 737 Fregetta—form a very well-marked family of the Tubinares, which may be called Oceanitide, as distinguished from the remainder of the group, or Fulmaride of Prof. Garrod. Anatomically, these four genera agree together, and differ from the Fulmaride (on nearly all the genera of which, including Diomedea and Puffinuria, I have notes), in the two important characters already mentioned—the absence of caeca and the presence of the accessory semitendinosus muscle. Externally they may be at once recognized by their peculiar elongated tarsi, lamellar nails, and by never having more than 10 secondaries, Procellaria and Pufinuria having 13, and the remaining Fulmaridz more (in Diomedea, according to Nitzsch, as many as 40). My family Oceanitidze, in fact, corresponds to Bona- parte’s section “** Unguibus depressis” of his Procellariez *, and to Coues’s “second group” of the similarly-named section in his ‘Review’ ? with the addition, in each case, of Garrodia, included by both authors in the restricted genus Procellaria. Being now engaged in a report, for the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ on the anatomy of the Petrels collected during that expedition, I propose to reserve further details of the differences and characters of these two groups, and of the genera composing them, till that occasion. 2. Observations on the Habits of the Echidna hystrix of Australia. By Grorcr J. Bennett, C.M.ZS. [Received May 17, 1881.] Having been now engaged for nearly three years in endeavouring to get an Echidna with the young in utero, that it might assist me in ascertaining whether they are oviparous or ovoviparous, I have had the opportunity of observing the habits of this interesting little animal in its native haunts. I hope therefore that a few notes collected during that time may be of interest. Most of my observations have been made at Rosewood, a station below the Range, and the property of Messrs, Kent and Wienholt, from whose manager, Mr. Edmund Lord, I have received much valuable assistance. Their “black boy”’ Johnny has always been at my disposal. Without him I could have got very few specimens, as he is most sagacious in tracking these animals. My first trip with Johnny showed many of the difficulties in my way. Wesaw agreat many tracks, but no animals. The ground was rooted up asif so many pigs had been there tearing up the ground, which the Echidne do with their noses, to uncover the insects lying under the dead leaves. They then go to the fallen rotten trees, quite denuding them of bark, and tearing out the rotten wood and feasting on the insects, which, on examination, I found to be small 1 Consp. Av. ii. p. 197 (1857). 2 Op. cit, p. 74, where characters for it are given. 738 MR, BENNETT ON THE HABITS OF THE ECHIDNA. [June 21, beetles, ants, and a white juicy worm. Many small dead saplings had been knocked down by the Echidnas in their search at the roots for their food. They are particularly partial to the white ants, which erect small mounds of clay about 18 inches in height. These they attack in a most systematic way, by working round the nest, by clearing away the earth and forming a trench where the nest joins the earth, and devouring all before them ; and then they make a hole in the centre and clear out the whole nest, leaving none behind to tell the tale of their visit. The soldier-ant (a large stinging ant) they do not touch; their nests were close to the white-ant mounds, but were untouched. The larger sugar-ants, which raise mounds of sand about 16 inches high and 4 feet in diameter, they attack first, by lying on the mound with their tongue out and drawing in the ants that cross it; there they remain sometimes for hours. This, I have no doubt, is the time that they get the sand found in their stomach. They then make a hole from one side to the other, and devour the most delicate morsels coming in their way. In the daytime they do not move about much, beginning their search about a couple of hours before sundown. They are very quick of hearing; so that one’s movements have to be very cautious and slow, as the least crackle of a leaf anywhere near makes them draw in their snouts and begin at once to burrow their way into the ground, which they do by means of their legs, moving the whole of the body into the burrow and spreading the earth over their backs. The speed with which they do this is almost incredible, very little disturbance of the earth being observable after the animal has disappeared. They do not, as a rule, burrow straight ahead; in only one instance have I known this to happen; this was the case of an Echidna put into a box, which went down into the ground under the box and got away, coming out under a paling fence at a distance of 10 feet. Their muscular strength is enormous ; as I remarked before, they can fell saplings with a good-sized sound root. I have known them force out wire netting, well fastened with large broad tacks; any thing they can once get a purchase against must go before them, if they are attempting to escape ; large stones 30 lb. in weight they move clean out of the way; so that, when they are got, if the dissecting- knife is not used at once the difficulty is to keep them. There is a prevalent idea that Echidnas lie dormant during the winter ; but this is not the case, as I began my observations first in June 1878, which is the Australian midwinter, and I found that they were as keen in their search after food then as at any other part of the year. To arrive at their breeding-season has been my greatest difficulty : I do not think it can be fixed at any certain period, but must in some places begin earlier than in others. In July I got a male specimen which had the testes very much enlarged, fully the size of a hen’s egg, being 12 inch in length and 2% inches in diameter. I continued to collect specimens to August 9th, and transmitted them, through my father, Dr. George Bennett, F.Z.8., to Professor Owen, who decided that none were actually P ZS. 1881. Pl IX. Edwin Wilson del et ith — 7 1. ACANTHODACTYLUS BEDRIAGE. 2 A.SCUTELLATUS. i 3.A.MICROPHOLIS. 4.A,SYRIACUS y 1881.] ON LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS. 739 impregnated, but that a specimen got on the date above mentioned was in preparation to receive the semen. I recommenced my labours the following year on August i2, and completed them on September 29. These specimens I also forwarded, through my father, to Professor Owen, who found two examples impregnated, one killed on the 30th of August and the other on the 14th of September, a report of which cases he read before the Royal Society in April 1880. Unfortunately, a specimen got on September 15th, which I delayed dissecting until next day, produced a young one during the night, but inthe morning was in too decom- posed a state to preserve. It is therefore evident that in this part of Queensland the proper time to get an impregnated specimen of the Echidna with the young in the uterus is in September and October. Iwas under the impres- sion, through my earlier observations, that the males do not go with the females after the copulating season; but this is not the case ; I am sure, however, that after impregnation the females go away by themselves, and do not mix with the males until after the young is born. I am of opinion that neither the young males or females have any sexual intercourse until their second year, as I have many young males with their testes in a dormant state and young females with the ovaries unexcited. Also, from observation, I am led to believe that the females only breed every second year, as many of my older specimens were not impregnated nor in any way prepared to receive the semen. ; 8. On the Lizards of the Genera Lacerta and Acanthodac- tylus. By G. A. BouLenGer. [Received May 31, 1881.] (Plates LXIII., LXIV.) Thirty-five years have elapsed since Gray’s ‘ Catalogue of Lizards’ was published ; and a great number of the species therein described still remain objects of difficulty to herpetologists. This is due chiefly to the shortness and ambiguity of Gray’s diagnoses, which do not allow of the identification of his species, nor give an exact idea of their affinities. With regard to the family Lacertidz, no one has as yet attempted to make out the species enumerated in the ‘ Catalogue of Lizards.’ Whilst engaged in naming some Lacerte and Acanthodactyli, I recognized the necessity of going through all the species of these two genera; and I have the pleasure of laying before the Zoological Society the result of this work. Beside the species contained in Gray’s Catalogue, I have also taken notice of those described since by Dr. Giinther. This paper, therefore, is a critical account of all the species of Lacerta and Acanthodactylus represented in the British Museum. 740 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE SPECIES OF [June 2], I. Genus Lacerta, Linn. As already observed by different authors, this genus has been divided in a most unnatural manner by Gray. It will not be neces- sary to discuss the characters of these so-called genera, the number of which amounts to five, viz. Zootoca, Wagl., Lacerta, L., Thetia, Gray, Teira, Gray, and Nucras, Gray. All these [ consider to belong to one genus. Notopholis, Fitz., which by some is united with Lacerta, _ may, I think, be kept apart, and ought perhaps to be united with Algira, Cuy., as the recently discovered Zerzoumia blanci, Lataste ', is a link connecting the two forms. ZooTocA OXYCEPHALA (Schleg.), Gray, Cat. p. 29. The young specimen referred with doubt to this species proves to be Lacerta muralis. 1 have never seen an example of L. oxycephala ; but Bedriaga, in his important paper *, shows that it is doubtless perfectly distinct from LZ. muralis. ZoOTOCA TAURICA (Pall.), Gray, Cat. p. 29. The British Museum did not possess this Lizard when the Cata- logue was published. This species is now represented in the collec- tion (3 9s, Crimea). It bears great resemblance to L. vivipara. The scutellation of the temple is the same in both. The collar is de- cidedly toothed. The dorsal scales are granular, and perfectly smooth; three transverse series correspond toa ventral plate. The ventral plates are in six longitudinal series. The anal plate is surrounded by two series of small plates. Femoral pores 18. ‘The free edge of the caudal scales is shortly pointed, the shape being thus inter- mediate between that of Z. vivipara and that of Z. muralis, var. Susca. ZOOTOCA DERBIANA, Gray, Cat. p. 29. This species is identical with Lacerta galloti, D. & B., as had been recognized by my late friend Arthur O’Shaughnessy. This identification proves that the locality given with doubt “ Australia? Sydney ’”’ is, as might have been expected, the result of misinfor- mation. It is perhaps hardly necessary to observe that the diagnosis given by Gray is, as usual, quite unreliable. First he states that there are 12 rows of ventral shields in Z. derbiana, 12 or 14 in Z. galloti ; the fact is, that in this respect the forms do not differ from each other, the number of longitudinal series of plates being 12 or 14. Then the “minute granules between the dorsal scales,” mentioned in Z derbiana and not in Z, galloti, occur in both, and seem to be a specific character, which, however, can be ascertained only in specimens which have the skin somewhat dis- tended. Finally it is stated that the middle series of ventral plates are the largest ; it is the reverse. ' ‘Te Nataraliste,’ 1880, p. 299. 2 Arch, f, N aturg. 1880, p. 250, pl, xi. 2b Be Ey ROUEN pects _Edwm Wilson del et lith. Mintern Bros.imp. 1. ACANTHODACTYLUS TRISTRAMI. 2.A.BOSKIANUS. ‘ 3.A-CANTORI. 4 A:VULGARIS . 1881.] LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS. 741 ZOOTOCA DESERTI, Giinther, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 470. As has been supposed by Lataste', this species belongs to the genus Acanthodactylus. ZOOTOCA TRISTRAMI, Giinther, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 491, is likewise an Acanthodactylus. ZooToca DANFoRDI, Giinther, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 818. Doubts having been expressed by Bedriaga * as to the distinctness of Podarcis judaica, Camerano (= Lacerta levis, Gray), from Z, dan- Jordi, I think it useful to give a detailed description of the fine spe- cimens in the British Museum. From this it will appear that the species are, without doubt, perfectly distinct from each other. Shape and general proportions as in L. muralis, var. neopolitana, but the neck a little thicker, as broad as the head (in the adult L. levis the neck is broader than the head). Postnasals 2, regu- larly superposed; upper labials 7 or 8, 5 before, and 2 or 3 behind the infraocular; 6 or 7 lower labials; 5 pairs of chin-shields, the 3 anterior in contact. The woodcut accompanying Giinther’s de- scription represents the mental divided into two ; thisis a mistake, as not one out of the nine specimens shows any thing of the kind. Boettger * is therefore wrong when, judging from this drawing, he assigns 6 chin-shields to Z. danfordi, and mentions this amongst the characters differentiating this Lizard from LZ. judaica. Temple covered with small granular scales, either without or with a very small masseteric plate (in Z. levis this plate is always present, and very large) ; a curved tympanic plate, similar to that of ZL. muralis and L, levis. Occipital plate not broader than interparietal (broader than interparietal in Z. /evis). The collar has its free edge even, and is formed of 9 or 10 plates. Dorsal scales round, granular, perfectly smooth, even on the hinder part of the back (hexagonal and distinctly keeled on the hinder part of the back in ZL. levis) ; three transverse series correspond to a ventral plate. 23 to 27 pec- toral plates. Six longitudinal and 24 to 27 transverse rows of ventral plates, the two central longitudinal rows narrower than the others ; sometimes an additional series of smaller plates on each side (22 to 25 transverse rows in J. levis). Anal plate small, much smaller than in L. levis, surrounded by two rows of small plates. Femoral pores, 21-25 in g, 19-21 in Q (the specimens of ZL. /evis in the British Museum possess 20-21 in g, 16-17 in 9). An important sexual character, which I have not met with in any other Lacerta, is the great dilatation, in the males, of two scales at the base of the tail at a short distance from the vent, similar to the sexual scales of many Iguanide. Scutellation of the tail as in Z. muralis and L. levis. The coloration (in spirits) is also different from that of ZL. muralis, var. fusca and L. levis, to both of which it bears, however, at first sight, great resemblance. Upper surface greenish brown. Head 1 ‘Te Naturaliste, 1881, p. 358. * Arch, f, Naturg. 1879, p. 312. 3 Ber. Senckenb. Ges. 1879-1880, p. 172. 742 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE SPECIES OF [June 21, spotted with black ; a few black spots on the back; sides and limbs closely spotted with black. Females and young with more or less defined light spots, surrounded by a dark network. Lower surface greenish ; throat more or less spotted with black: males with one or two black dots on each ventral shield, as in Z. stirpium ; these dots generally entirely absent in females. The spots on the lower surface and on the head are never met with in LZ. levis. Dimensions. a 9 metre. metre. Toth lohoth 2% ure premtas Gait 0°227 0°147 Benet of Teal”... tates ates in ois on pt 0:019 0013 Breagtn\or, Wead a>) o jevcree nuns chee 0012 | 0°0085 ene th .Gl, MEEK cons, nates oo lk a aires oan 0:011 0:009 Leaeth Of trinakig, ola caters m at, ob 0°048 0-040 Tene th of fore Timah ose d6- amide iad sure 0027, =: 0:022 Bength oF Mand. Lindh os: sos.5 590 55:3 ts 5 0041 0°035 Theta Yar OU GAN Sa aes sear ne Okt elnino apa ate 0:149 0°085 Lacerta Lz&vis, Gray, Ann. N.H. i. (1838), p. 229, and Cat. p. 31; Giinth. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 488. This Lizard has been considered equivalent to Z. agilis (L. stir- pium) by Bedriaga and Boettger; the reason which induced them to take this view, I donot know. The type specimen is a female, bleached ; in proportions and pholidosis it agrees perfectly with the recently described Podarcis judaica, Camerano*. The specimens from Palestine referred to by Giinther are in good state, and the coloration agrees with that of Z. judaica as described by Camerano, Bedriaga*, and Boettger’. Consequently the name judaica, Camer. (1877), must be altered to that of /evis, Gray (1838). Lacerta srricata, Eichw., Gray, Cat. p. 32. L. viridis, L., Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 488. The British Museum possesses fine specimens of this form, which, in general appearance seems quite different from L. viridis. How- ever, no important structural difference being noticeable, I think L. strigata must be considered merely a variety of L. viridis. At present, 17 species of Lacerta appear to be perfectly charac- terized. In the following synopsis, I have endeavoured to facilitate their determination. I have used as a character the number of upper labials in front of the infraocular; but it must be observed that there may be accidentally one labial more or less. These irregularities occur very rarely, and generally only on one side; and as, in this dif- ficult group, several specimens are, as a rule, required to name a lizard properly, I think this character will be of great help in dis- tinguishing the species. 1 Tail injured. ° Atti Ac. Se. Torino, xiii. 1877, p. 92, pl. ii. figs. 2 & 5. * Arch. f. Naturg. 1880, p. 270. * Ber. Senckenb. Ges. 1879-1880, p. 172. ow 1881. ] LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS. 74 Synopsis of the Species of the genus Lacerta. I. A single large plate on the anal region. 1. Lower eyelid opaque. A. Collar distinctly toothed. a. Four anterior upper labials; a single postnasal. Dorsal scales hexagonal elongate, rather large, two series corresponding to a VON itals plabOiaastiassctoesnemecom tec seen 1. vivipara, Jacq. Dorsal scales granular, small, three series corresponding to a ventral plate ...... 2. taurica, Pall. 6, Four anterior upper labials; two post- nasals, Postnasals not regularly superposed ...... 3. stinpium, Daud. Postnasals regularly superposed ; occipital moderate; dorsal scales hexagonal elongate, keeled...... ep riot ee 4. viridis, L. Postnasals regularly superposed ; occipital large ; dorsal scales oval, keeled ...... 5. schreiberi, Bedr. Postnasals regularly superposed ; occipital large; dorsal scales granular ......... 6. ocellata, Daud. B. Collar even. a. Five anterior upper labials; two post- nasals. Dorsal scales perfectly smooth ; masseteric disk none; a single row of small plates surrounding the anal.......... aa tl Dorsal scales perfectly smooth ; masseteric disk very small; 8-10 longitudinal rows of ventral plates ...secsessesseeees 8. brandti, De Fil. Dorsal scales perfectly smooth ; masseteric disk none or very small; 6-8 longi- punctata, Gray. - tudinal rows of ventral plates ......... 9. danfordi, Gthr. Dorsal scales keeled; masseteric disk TAUPE, + ded ve tts seeclivncopes bss cabgnaap seen 10. levis, Gray. 6. Four anterior upper labials; a single OBB Allerton satecence cise robesersyacerictes 11. muralis, Laur. ¢. Five anterior upper labials ; a single post- nasal, Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal series ... 12. oycephala, Fitz. Ventral plates in 12-14 longitudinal series 13. gadloti, D. & B. 2. Lower eyelid transparent ........sseccenssecan ees 14. perspicillata, D. & B. II. Two or more large plates on the anal region ; occipital very small. Two postnasals; 8 longitudinal series of ventral Ra hes ie aceeane te cscencu te casce tes cisees cai saan 15. delalandii, M.-Edw. Two postnasals ; 6 longitudinal series of ventral plates ..........5. Saedeisvecosecest ErpoconnaeGacca 16. ¢essellata, Smith, A single postnasal; 6 longitudinal series of Ventral plates:..cccrcessseressccvsseerescoesevoes 17. teniolata, Smith, Out of these 17 species, 3 are unrepresented in the British Museum, viz. L. schreiberi, L. oxycephala, and L. brandti. II. Genus AcANTHODACTYLUS, Fitz. ACANTHODACTYLUS BELLI, Gray, Cat. p. 56. As has been supposed by Strauch, Schreiber, and myself, this form is the young of A. vulgaris. 744 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE SPECIES OF [June 21, ACANTHODACTYLUS CAPENSIS, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. pl. 39; Gray, Cat. p. 37. Two specimens, presented by Sir A. Smith, are in the British Museum. From these, I see that it is not an Acanthodactylus, but a Scapteira, as has been suspected by Dr. Peters’. I am also con- vinced that Podarces (Scapteira) cuneirostris, Strauch*, is not specifically distinct from A. capensis. ACANTHODACTYLUS SAVIGNYI (Aud.), Gray, Cat. p. 37. This species is not the Lacerta savignyi, of Audouin, which I have not yet succeeded in identifying, but the same as that described as Zootoca deserti by Giinther, and as Acanthodactylus bedriagai by Lataste. The name deserti, Gthr., though prior to that of dedriagae, must be cancelled, as there is a Lacerta deserti, Milne-Edwards, which is also an Acanthodactylus. ACANTHODACTYLUS INORNATUS, Gray, Cat. p. 38. Is identical with A. scutellatus. I am acquainted with ten species of Acanthodactylus. Their synonymy and principal characters are as follows :— 1. ACANTHODACTYLUS sCUTELLATUS. (Plate LXIII. fig. 2.) Lacerta scutellata, Aud. Descr. Egypte, Rept. (Suppl.) i. p. 172, pl. i.f. 7; M.-Edw. Ann. Sc. N. xvi. pp. 74 & 85, pl. vi. f. 3. ? Lacerta olivieri, Aud. 1. c. p. 174, pl. i. fig. 11. Lacerta dumerilii, M.-Edw. 1. c. pp. 76 & 85, pl. vii. f. 9! Scapteira inornata, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. i. p. 280. Acanthodactylus scutellatus, Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. p. 272; Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 37; Strauch, Mém. Ac: Se. St. Pétersb. (7) iv. no. 7, p. 30; Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 185. Photophilus scutellatus, Fitz. Syst. Rept. i. p. 20. Acanthodactylus inornatus, Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 38. Snout acutely pointed. Three palpebral shields. Infraocular not reaching the lip. Front edge of the ear strongly toothed*. Scales granular, smooth on the front part of the back, rhomboidal, keeled on the remaining part. Ventral plates not broader than long, in 14-16 longitudinal series. Preeanal plates subequal. Digital denti- culations very long. Hab. North Africa; Senegal (Paris Mus.); Syria (British Mus. ; Brussels Mus.). 2. ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS. (Plate LXIV. fig. 2.) Lacerta boskianus, Daud. Rept. iii. p. 188, pl. xxxvi. f.2; Aud. loc. cit. p. 174, pl. i. f. 10. Lacerta aspera, Aud. loc. cit. pl. i. f. 9. Acanthodactylus boskianus (Fitz.), Wiegm. Herp. Mex. i. p. 10; 1 Monatsh. Berl. Ac. 1869, p. 61. ? Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii. (1867) p. 318. ° This character, however, in this and other species, is subject to a certain amount of variation, and must be used with caution. 1881.] LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS, 745 Dum. & Bibr. loc. cit. p. 278; Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 38; Strauch, loc. cit. p. 38; Bouleng. loc. cit. p. 182. Three or four palpebral shields. Infraocular not reaching the lip. Front edge of the ear strongly toothed. Dorsal scales very much larger on the hinder part of the back, imbricate, strongly keeled. Ventral plates broader than long, in 10-12 longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations very long. Hab. N. Africa; Abyssinia, Arabia (British Mus.); Syria (British Mus. ; Brussels Mus.). 3. ACANTHODACTYLUs CANTORI. (Plate LXIV. fig. 3). Acanthodactylus cantori, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 23 ; Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. 1872, pt. 2, p. 91; Blanf. E. Persia, Zool. p. 381. This species resembles very much A. boskianus. The shape of the head is different, the snout being here longer and acutely pointed ; the fronto-nasal and preefrontal shields are consequently more elongate. As arule, there is a greater number of longitudinal rows of ventral plates, viz. 12-14. The front edge of the ear is never strongly toothed. Hab. N.W. Hindostan; Baluchistan; Persia. ° 4, ACANTHODACTYLUS MICROPHOLIS. (Plate LXIII. fig. 3.) Acanthodactylus micropholis, Blanf. loc. cit. p. 283, pl. xxvi. f. 2. Three or four palpebral shields, the front one frequently separated from the following by a row of granules. Ivfraocular generally forming part of the lip. Front edge of the ear slightly toothed. Dorsal scales granular on the neck and between the shoulders, larger, semioval, and sharply keeled on the rest of the back. Ventral shields broader than long, in 10-12 longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations not very long. Hab. Baluchistan. 5. ACANTHODACTYLUs SyRiacus. (Plate LXIII. fig. 4.) Acanthodactylus boskiana, var. syriacus, Boettger, Ber. Senck. Ges. 1878-79, p. 69. Acanthodactylus savigny?, part., Boettger, Jahresb. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 178 (specimens from Syria). Four palpebral shields. Infraocular not reaching the lip. Tem- poral scales imbricate, keeled. Front edge of the ear slightly toothed. Dorsal scales slightly keeled on the neck and between the shoulders, larger, semioval and acutely keeled on the rest of the back. Ventral plates broader than long, in 10-12 longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations not very long. This species is very closely allied to A. micropholis, from which it may be distinguished by the larger, imbricate, and keeled scales of the temporal region, and the more acute keel of the dorsal scales. A. syriacus is known to me from the description of Boettger, and from one specimen collected in Palestine by Dr. Anderson. Hab. Syria. Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1881, No. XLVIII. 48 746 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE SPECIES OF [June 21, 6. ACANTHODACTYLUS SCHREIBERI. Acanthodactylus velox, Bonap. Faun. Ital. pl. f. 3. Acanthodactylus savignyt, Schreib. Herp. Eur. p. 387. Acanthodactylus savignyi, var. schreibert, Bouleng. Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1878, p. 188. Acanthodactylus savignyi, sp., Boettg. loc. cit. (specimens from Cyprus). Four palpebral shields. Infraocular not reaching the lip. Tem- poral scales granular. Front edge of the ear slightly toothed. Dorsal scales granular on the neck and between the shoulders, rhom- boidal and bluntly keeled on the rest of the back. Ventral plates broader than long, in 8-10 longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations not very long I have nothing to add to the description I have given three years ago of this form, which I erroneously considered a variety of A. savignyt, a species which is only known from the figure in the * Description de |’ Egypte.’ Hab. I have stated that the specimens described by me came from the Crimea. Dr. Strauch believes this to be very unlikely. Dr. Boettger’s specimens are from Cyprus. 7. ACANTHODACTYLUS BEDRIAGE. (Plate LXIII. fig. 1.) Acanthodactylus savignyi, Dum. and Bibr. loc. cit. p. 273 (part.) ; Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 37 ; Strauch, loc. cit. p. 36. Zootoca deserti, Giinth. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 470, and 1864, p. 488. Lacerta deserti, Strauch, loc. cit. p. 32, Acanthodactylus bedriagai, Lataste, Le Naturaliste, 1881. Three palpebral shields, the anterior frequently divided into two or three smail shields. Infraocular not reaching the lip. Front edge of the ear slightly toothed. Dorsal scales granular, rhomboidal, and swollen or slightly keeled on the hind part of the back. Ven- tral plates broader than long, in 12-14 longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations not very long. Of this species I possess numerous specimens from Egypt and Algiers, kindly given to me by M. Lataste. I have seen many other specimens in the Jardin des Plantes and in the British Museum. I was at first inclined to consider it a variety of vulgaris; but I now fully agree with M. Lataste that it is perfectly distinct. Hab, N. Africa; Syria (British Museum). 8. ACANTHODACTYLUS TRISTRAMI. (Plate LXIV. fig. 1.) Zootoca tristrami, Giinth. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 491. Acanthodactylus-ineznatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1869, p. 62. Two palpebral shields, bordered in front with two or three small ones. Infraocular forming part of the lip. Front edge of the ear not toothed. Dorsal scales rhomboidal, flat, larger on the middle of the back, perfectly smooth. Scales at the base of the tail also perfectly smooth. Ventral plates broader than long, in 8-10 longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations not very long. 1881.] LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS. 747 The type specimen from the Lebanon is a 2, in a bad state. I have seen besides four specimens, collected in Palestine by Dr. Anderson, 9. ACANTHODACTYLUS VULGARIS. (Plate LXIV. fig. 4.) Lacerta velox (non Pallas), M.-Edw. loc. cit. pp. 78 & 85, pl. 6. f.7, and pl. 7. f. 4; Dugés, Ann. Se. N. xvi. p. 383, pl. 1. f. 6. Acanthodactylus vulgaris, Dum. & Bibr. loc. cit. p. 268; Strauch, loc. cit. p. 35; Schreiber, Herp. Eur. p. 390; Bouleng. loc. cit. p. 195; Bedriaga, Arch. Naturg. 1879. Acanthodactylus boschianus (non Daud.), Bonap. Faun. Ital. pl. f. 2. Ctenodactylus vulgaris, Fitz. Syst. Rept. i. p. 20. Acanthodactylus velox, Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 36. Acanthodactylus bellit, Gray, loc. cit. Two palpebral shields. Infraocular generally forming part of the lip. Front edge of the ear not toothed. Dorsal scales small, smooth, sometimes slightly keeled on the hind part of the back. Ventral plates broader than long, in 10 longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations not very long. Hab. S. France ; Spain and Portugal ; Algiers. 10. ACANTHODACTYLUS LINEO-MACULATUS. Acanthodactylus lineo-maculatus, Dum. & Bibr. loc. cit. p. 276; Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 37 ; Strauch, loc. cit. p. 37 ; Boettg. Abh. Senck. Ges. 1874, p. 9; Schreiber, loc. cit. p. 385; Bouleng. loc. cit. p. 191. Chorodromus lineo-maculatus, Fitz. loc. cit. Two palpebral shields. Infraocular, as a rule, not reaching the lip. Front edge of the ear veey slightly toothed. Dorsal scales small, rhomboidal, distinctly keeled. Ventral plates broader than long, in 10 longitudinal series. Digital denticulations not very long. Hab. Morocco; Algiers. Two species are desiderata in the British Museum—A. syriacus and A. schreibert. The following scheme exhibits the affinities of the species of Acanthodactylus;— A. cantoris. A. boskianus, A. micropholis. A. syriacus. A. scutellatus. A. schreiberi. A. lineo-maculatus. A. vulgaris.—A. bedriagze. A. tristrami. 48* 748 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21, 4, Field-notes on the Antelopes of Central South Africa, made during eight years spent in many different districts of the country. By F.C. Sztovs. [Received June 17, 1881.] (Plate LXV.) The observations which I now offer to the Society have been made during the different hunting-expeditions which I enumerate below : they are entirely the results of my own personal experience of the animals themselves, and are not derived from information supplied by native or Dutch hunters. In October 1871 I left the Diamond Fields, and, travelling through Griqualand, struck the Orange River at Keis, and following its northern bank reached Uisip, on the borders of Namaqualand, in the January following, getting back to the Diamond Fields in March. In April 1872 I again left the Diamond Fields, and travelling along the eastern border of the Kalahari desert, through Kuruman, Secheli’s town, and Bamangwato, reached the Matabele country, 300 miles to the north-east of the latter place, in the following August. A few days later I started for the Mashuna country, and reached the river Umnyati in September. Here I remained hunting Elephants (principally in the “fly ’-infested country to the north-east) until the end of the year. From January to June 1873 I was constantly travelling about the outskirts of the Matabele country, trading and shooting. In the beginning of June, I travelled to the country near the junction of the Gwaiand Shangane rivers, and remained hunting Elephants in that district and throughout the mountainous country between the Gwaiand the Victoria Falls until the following November, at the end of which month I returned to the Matabele country, From then until the following March I remained in the Matabele country, making a journey across the open downs to the south-east. of Inyati and reaching the junction of the Ingezi and Lunti rivers. In the beginning of May 1874 I left the Tati gold-mine, and tra- velled with my waggon to Daka, about 60 miles south of the Victoria Falls. In the beginning of June I went on foot to the Falls, and then followed the course of the Zambesi and Chobe rivers to the neighbourhood of Linyanti, where I remained hunting for several months, returning to the waggon in October. I then made another hunting-trip amongst the hills to the east of the Victoria Falls. In the beginning of November (the waggon having started for the Matabele country) I travelled to the junction of the Gwai and Zambesi rivers, and from there cut right across country to the waggon- road, finding the waggon at Thammasetjie. In the end of December I again reached the Matabele country. In February 1875 I travelled down country to Natal and returned to England. ; In March 1876 I again landed at the Cape, and after a five months’ journey, travelling by bullock-waggon through the Cape 1881.] MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES, 749 colony, Orange Free State, and Transvaal, and thence along the Marico and Limpopo rivers to Bamangwato, at last reached Tati, on the south-western frontier of the Matabele country, in August. Here I remained hunting on several tributaries of the Limpopo until the following December, when I trekked down to the Diamond Fields, returning to Tati again in April 1877. I then started at once for the Zambesi, reaching Daka in May. From that date until the end of October I was hunting on the Chobe in the neighbourhood of the Sunta outlet, and in the country between the Chobe and Mababe rivers. In Nov. 1877, after sending my waggons to the Matabele country, I crossed the Zambesi on foot at ‘‘ Wankies”’ town, and, following its northern bank, reached the mouth of the Kafukwe in December. From here I struck to the north-west through the mountains beneath which the Kafukwe runs, and, travelling over the Manica plateau, reached “‘Sitanda’s”’ town, situated near the swampy Lukangariver, in January 1878. In February I again reached the mouth of the Kafukwe river, and in the following month, crossing the Zambesi a little to the west of the mouth of the Sanyati(a tributary from the south), struck due south across country, and reached the Matabele country once more in May 1878. Here I was detained doing nothing through ill-health until August, when [ made a hunting-trip to the north- eastern part of the Mashuna country in the neighbourhood of the Ganyane river, returning to the Matabele country in the end of December. I then went down to the Transvaal, and getting back to Bamangwato in April 1879, started on a hunting-expedition to the upper Chobe. ‘Travelling through the desert to the Botletlie river, I followed its eastern bank for some distance and then struck across to the Mababe river, which [ reached early in June. From this time until December I hunted on the Machabe, Sunta, and Chobe rivers, and then travelling through the great saltpans into which the Botletlie runs, reached Bamangwato again in Janaury 1880. I then went down to the Transvaal and Diamond Fields, and in the end of May got back to the Matabele country again, and at once started on my last hunting-expedition to North-eastern Mashuna land, where I remained hunting until the end of the year. On leaving Mashuna land I travelled down country, and, skirting the western border of the Transvaal, reached the Diamond Fields in February 1881. After this slight sketch of my routes, 1 proceed to give my notes upon the various Antelopes which I met with during these ex- peditions. 1. OrEAS CANNA. (Eland of the Dutch and English ; Pofo of the Bechuanas ; Impofo of the Amandebele ; He-pofo of the Makalakas; Mofo of the Ma- shunas ; Jnsefo of the Masubias and Batongas ; Oo-schefo of the Macubas ; Doo of the Masaras.) The Eland is now extinct in the Cape Colony, Natal, the Orange Free State, Griqualand West, and the Transvaal, and almost so in all the countries watered by the tributaries of the Limpopo, to the west of the Matabele country. In the Kalahari desert to the west of 750 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21, Secheli’s and Bamangwato it is plentiful, but never now comes as far eastwards as the waggon-road between those two places. North of Bamangwato, along the roads leading to the Lake Ngami and to the Victoria Falls of the Zambesi, there are always a few Elands to be found, though they are usually very scarce ; at times, however, large herds wander out of the Kalahari desert, as far eastwards as the waggon-road leading from Bamangwato to the Zambesi. These mi- grations usually happen in the months of February and March; and the Bushmen say that they are to be accounted for by the fact that at that time of year a particular sort of small bush is in leaf, of which Elands are very fond. In all the country between the Botletlie and Chobe rivers, Elands are still to be found in greater or lesser numbers, and I have often seen herds of overa hundred together. In the dry desert country through which the Chobe runs they are particularly plentiful. Again, if we take the country further eastwards, Elands are still to be found in considerable numbers to the north-east, east, and south-east of the district inhabited by the Amandebele, and in many parts with which I am acquainted are very plentiful. In the broken mountainous country extending all along the Zambesi eastwards, from the Victoria Falls to beyond the river Gwai, I never saw any Elands or their spoor; but in the sandy country immediately to the south they are fairly plentiful. Between the Chobe and Zambesi rivers I found Eland splentiful ; and so far as I went to the north of the Zambesi I also found them. The skins of Elands that I have seen from the Kalahari desert have no signs of a stripe upon them, and the dark mark above the knee on the inside of the fore leg is either very faint or altogether wanting. In April 1879 I shot several Eland cows about 60 miles north of Bamangwato, on the road to Lake Ngami. I looked at all of them very carefully, but could not detect the faintest sign of a stripe, though some of them had the patches on the inside of the fore legs of a light grey colour. During the following months I shot many Elands on the eastern bank of the Botletlie river, on the Ma- babe, and on both sides of the Chobe river. Every one of these Elands was more or less striped, some so faintly as to be barely per- ceptible, some very plainly. In the Mashuna country again, to the north-east of the Matabele country, every Eland cow is very plainly striped, many of them having the stripes quite as plain as they are on a Koodoo, and the patches on the inside of the fore legs of a deep black. The one Eland (a cow) which I shot to the north of the Zambesi was beautifully marked, having nine broad white stripes on each side, and a broad black line down the centre of the back. Elands that are much striped often have a whitish mark across the nose, in the same place as in the Koodoo. Old Eland bulls have very little hair on their skins, and look a dark slaty blue colour, owing to the colour of the skin showing through the scanty hair ; and on these old animals, naturally enough, no sign of stripes can be perceived. Old cows also turn to a:slate- colour from the same cause. In every large herd of Elands, cows are to be seen of every shade of colour from pale fawn to bluish grey. 1881.] MR. F, C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 751 Therefore your old hunter, who knows of four species of Lions, and six or seven Rhinoceroses, says that there are two or three distinct species of Elands, the blue, the yellow, and the striped. An Eland bull that I shot last year in the Mashuna country, measured 5 ft. 9 in. at the wither. This measurement was carefully taken with a tape line, between two assegais fixed in the ground parallel to one another, the one at the fore foot, the other at the wither. This was an ordinary bull ; and I feel sure that they attain a greater size in the more desert country further west ; at least that is my impression, judging by the eye. The longest pair of Eland bull-horns I have seen measured 2 ft. 6 in. in length, the longest pair of cow-horns 2 ft. 10 in. The horns of very old bulls are often worn down to little more than a foot inlength. Towards the end of the dry season, when the old grass is nearly all burnt off and the new has not yet sprouted, Elands in some parts of the country (in the Mashuna country, for instance) live entirely upon the leaves of bushes ; and their flesh then becomes utterly tasteless. Their flesh has been very much overestimated in my opinion, and is not to be compared for flavour with that of the Buffalo, Giraffe, Hippopotamus, or White Rhinoceros, supposing, of course, that the animals are all fat and in good con- dition. An Eland bull when fat can be easily run down with an ordinary horse ; but the cows often run with great speed and bottom. The Elands in the Mashuna country run, I think, much harder than those in the more desert countries further west. When pursued, they often bound high into the air, higher than the backs of their fellows. Along the Chobe, the Elands drink regularly in the river, usually during the night or just at daybreak, and then feed away through the forest-clad sandbelts, and are seldom to be met with in the middle of the day within six miles of the river. In other parts of the country, however, where for several months in the year there is absolutely no water, Elands, in common with Gemsbuck and Giraffe, live and thrive ; and these desert Elands appear to me to attain to a greater size than those found in the well-watered parts of the country. In these deserts at some seasons of the year a small kind of wild melon, which contains a considerable quantity of water, is plentiful ; and in September and October, which is the dryest season of the year, a white bulb, looking much like a turnip and full of water, is also very common in some parts of the country; and I have no doubt that these melons and water-containing roots are largely eaten by Elands and other animals. : 2. STREPSICEROS KUDU. (Koodco of the Dutch and English; Tolo of the Bechuanas ; Fe- bala-bala of the Amandebele; EKe-zilarwa of the Makalakas; Noro of the Mashunas ; Unza of the Masubias ; Unzwa of the Makubas ; Muzeeloua of the Batongas; Dwdr of the Masaras.) A few Koodoos still linger in the Cape Colony ; and in parts of Griqualand West this Antelope isnot uncommon. From the Limpopo to the Zambesi, however, and in the Manica country to the north of 752 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21, the Zambesi, it is found in the neighbourhood of every river I have visited except in those places where the natives have exterminated it. It is usually partial to hilly country covered with dense thickets; but hills are by no means necessary to its existence, as it is common in the thick bush along both banks of the river Chobe, where there are no hills whatever, and it is also plentiful in the wait-a-bit thorn-jungles on the lower Molapo just on the edge of the flat and sandy Kalahari desert. The ground-colour of female Koodoos and young males is a reddish or greyish brown, with eight or nine white stripes on each side ; but the old males become a deep blue-grey, which is owing, I think, as in the case of the Eland, to the colour of the skin showing through the scanty hair. The longest pair of Koodoo horns I have ever seen measured 3 ft. 83 in. in a straight line from point to base. A pair the owner of which I shot in the Mashuna country last year measure 3 ft. 5 in. in a straight line from point to base and 5 ft. 4 in. along the curve. 3. TRAGELAPHUS SYLVATICUS. (Boschbok of the Dutch; Bushbuck of the English; Inkonka (male), Imbabala (female) of the Zulus; Serolobutuku of the Bamangwatos ; Imbabala (male and female) of the Amandebele, Batongas, and Masubias; Ungurungu of the Makubas.) In speaking of this Antelope, I include all the Bushbucks that I have met with in different parts of the country; for, although those found on the banks of the Chobe are very different at first sight, both as regards size and colour, from those met with in the Cape Colony, I believe all to be specifically identical. This Antelope is found everywhere in the belt of bush which runs along the coast-line of the Cape Colony and Natal, and which in some places extends to a considerable distance inland. Along the Limpopo and some of its tributaries it is also found, but does not extend its range far up the latter. Then, if we cross the watershed between that river and the Zambesi, we again meet with it on the banks of the latter river and on the lower part of some of its tributaries, such as the Gwai and Sanyati. In certain districts along the southern bank of the Chobe it is more common than anywhere else. It is, however, neyer met with except in places where dense bush comes right down to the water’s edge; and on the Chobe, where I have seen most of these Antelopes, I have never found one at a distance of 100 yards from the river. From the Cape Colony to the Chobe all the Bush- bucks I have seen have a bare place round the neck, as if they had worn a broad collar that had rubbed off all the long hair, leaving nothing but asoft velvety down. It is worthy of remark that the North-African Bushbuck (Zragelaphus scriptus) has not this bare place round the neck. In the Cape Colony the adult Bushbuck rams are of a deep dark brownish-black colour, with only two or three stnall white spots on the haunch and one or two on the shoulder. The adult females are of a light reddish brown, with white spots on the baunches and sometimes a few between the shoulder and the flank. The young rams are of a reddish brown more or less spotted. 1881.] MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 753 On the Limpopo the adult rams are of a brownish grey, often without a sign of any spots, and the adult females of a dark red with a few white spots. The hair of the rams is longer than in the Colony. The young rams, however, are of a red colour and a good deal spotted, with a few faint transverse stripes ; the young females are also more spotted than the old ones. This is the Bushbuck which Gordon Cumming considered to be a new and undescribed species and named the ** Antelopus roualeynei,’’ or * Bushbuck of the Limpopo.”” These Bushbucks are smaller than those found in the Cape Colony. If we now take the Bushbucks found on the tributaries of the Zambesi to the east of the Victoria Falls, the adult rams are in colour like the young rams found on the Limpopo, being of a dark red, thickly spotted on the haunches, shoulders, and sides with small white spots, with three or four faint white stripes down each side. The adult females are of a pale yellowish red, beautifully spotted, and also show a few faint white stripes. If we now take the Bushbucks found on the banks of the Chobe, we find that the adult male is of a very dark red colour, in places merging into a deep brownish black, most beautifully spotted with large white spots, there being as many as fifty on each side in some individuals, and in some cases as many as eight well- defined white stripes besides. There is also a mane of white hair running all down the back from the shoulder to the tail about 3 inches in length, which the animal can erect at pleasure. The young ram is of a pale reddish yellow, with the spots and stripes much more faintly marked than in the adult animal. The adult female is of a rich dark red, beautifully spotted with white, and with three or four faint white stripes on each side. There is also a deep-black line running all down the back. The young female is of a lighter red and not so much spotted. It will thus be seen that whereas in the Cape Colony and on the Limpopo the young Bushbucks are more spotted than the adult animals, and gradually lose their markings as they become older, this order of things is exactly reversed on the Chobe and on the tributaries of the Zambesi, where the adult animals are far more beautifully marked than those that have not come to maturity. In the Cape Colony the average length of Bushbuck horns is about a foot; but they often attain a length of 14 in., and I know of one pair measuring 167 in. in length. On the Limpopo, Zambesi, and Chobe it is very rare to get a pair of Bushbuck horns exceeding a foot in length, 4, TRAGELAPHUS SPEKII. (Nakong of the Batauwani at Lake Ngami; Situtunga, Puvula, Unzuzu, of the tribes on the Chobe and Central Zambesi; N’zo0é of the natives of the Lukanga river, north of the Zambesi.) This Antelope is only met with in the extensive swamps which exist in some parts of the interior of Africa. In the reed-beds of the Mababe, T'amalakan, and Machabe rivers it is to be found; and in the vast marshes through which the Chobe runs it must exist in considerable numbers, although, as it only emerges from the dense 754 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21, reed-beds at night, it is scarcely ever to be seen. In 1879 I tried hard to shoot some of these animals on the Chobe, searching for them in a canoe amongst the reed-beds at early dawn and after sunset ; but though I disturbed several, and heard them splashing away amongst the reeds and papyrus, I only saw one female alive, though one morning I found a fine ram lying dead that had evidently been killed fighting with a rival during the night. The head and feet of this animal I preserved. The female that I saw was standing breast deep in the water, inthe midst of a bed of reeds, feeding on the young shoots that just appeared above the water. When she saw us she at once made off, making a tremendous splashing as she plunged through the water. The natives told me that very often when these Antelopes are met with under similar circumstances they do not attempt to run, but, sinking down in the water, submerge their whole bodies, leaving only their nostrils above the surface, and trusting that their enemies will pass them un- observed ; they (the Kafirs) then paddle close alongside and assegai them from the canoe. As all the Situtungas the skins of which I saw had been killed with assegais, and not shot, I have no doubt that this statement is correct. Another way the natives have of killing them is by setting fire to the reeds when they become quite dry, and then waiting for the Situtungas in their canoes in one of the channels of open water by which the marsh is intersected. Driven forwards by the advancing fire, the Antelopes are at last obliged to swim across the open water to gain the shelter of the reeds on the further side ; and the natives are thus often enabled to cut off and assegai some of them in mid stream. I may here remark that it is a curious zoological fact that the Situtungas found on the Lower Chobe do not possess the power of being able to sleep beneath the surface of the water, or even of diving—such as is stated to be enjoyed by the same Antelopes met with by Major Serpa Pinto only about 200 miles further up the course of the same river. An adult male Situtunga Antelope is just about the size of a male Lee-gwee, with a thick-set heavy body and very powerful neck. The hair is longer and more silky than in any other species. The longest pair of horns I have seen measured 2 ft. 1 in. in a straight line from point to base. The hoofs grow to a great length, and sometimes become white ; and, as in the Lee-gwee, the space between the back of the hoof and the dew-claw is devoid of hair. In 1877 I obtained the skin of a foetus Situtunga. The ground-colour was of a dark blackish brown, something the colour of an English mole’s skin. This skin was very plainly striped and spotted with bands and spots of yellowish white, the stripes and spots being arranged as they are in the adult Bushbucks found along the southern bank of the Chobe. I had another skin of a very young animal, killed shortly after birth. This skin was already of a lighter ground- colour than that of the foetus ; and the stripes and spots had become much fainter. The skin of the adult animal is of a uniform greyish brown and altogether devoid of either spots or stripes. Like its 1881.] MR. F. C, SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 755 congener the Bushbuck, the Situtunga goes in pairs, and is not met with in herds. The females have not horns on the Lower Chobe, as as they are stated to have further north by Major Pinto. 5. Oryx GAZELLA. (Gemsbok of the Dutch ; Gemsbuck of the English ; Kukama of the Bechuanas and Makalakas ; Ko of the Masaras. ) The Gemsbuck is almost entirely confined to the arid deserts of South-western Africa. In the Kalahari desert, to the west of Griqua- land West, it is fairly plentiful; and all along the road leading along the eastern border of the desert from Kuruman to Bamangwato it is occasionally to be met with, becoming plentiful if one penetrates into the waterless country to the westward, but being unknown to the east- ward, of theroad. Along the waggon-road leading from Bamangwato to Tati there are a few Gemsbuck about Pelatsi, Serule, and Goqui; and they are sometimes to be met with on the upper courseof the Mac- loutsi, Shashi, and Tati rivers. A few sometimes even wander as far eastwards as the Ramokwebani river. On the road leading from Tati to the Zambesi Gemsbuck are not often met with; but a few are occa- sionally to be seen in the neighbourhood of Thammasanka and Thammasetjie. A little further westwards, however, in the neigh- bourhood of the great saltpans, they are numerous, as they are also in all the country between the saltpans and the Botletlie river, whilst to the west of that river, right through the desert into Damaraland, they are said to run in large herds. Where I have met with them the country has either been open or covered with stunted bush; and along the waggon-road from Bamangwato to the Mababe their northern range seems to be limited by the heavily timbered sand- belts which run east and west immediately to the south of that river, and into which the Gemsbuck does not penetrate. North of the Mababe, in the direction of the Chobe, although many parts of the country appear well fitted for them, the Gemsbuck is unknown. As far as my experience goes, the Gemsbuck is far from being the fleetest or most enduring Antelope in South Africa, and in these respects connot be compared with the Tsessebe or Hartebeest. I do not think it is either fleeter or more enduring than the Sable or Roan Antelope ; and I have myself run one to a standstill without firing a shot, and know of several other men having done the same thing. The horns of the cow become longer than those of the bull, as a rule; the longest pair of the former I have ever seen measured 3 ft. 103 in., and of the latter 3 ft. 6 in. 6. HippoTRaAGUS LEUCOPHEUS. (Roan Antelope of the English; Bastard Gemsbok of the Colonial and Orange-Free-State Dutch ; Bastard Eland of the Transvaal Dutch ; Qualata of the Northern Bechuanas; Tai-hait-sa of the Southern Bechuanas; Ke-taka of the Amandebele; Ze-pala-pala chena (White Sable Antelope) of the Makalakas ; Impengo eetuba (White Sable Antelope) of the Masubias; Oo-ka-mooh-wee of the Makubas; Awar of the Masaras.) 756 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21, I have twice met with the Roan Antelope to the south of Baman- gwato, once on the Limpopo and once on the Notuani’. In the neighbourhood of the Tati in South-western Matabele land it is not uncommon ; and all along the road from there to the Zambesi it may be met with, though nowhere plentiful; as far as I have been along the Chobe it is to be found sparingly, and also in the Mababe country. Throughout the Mashuna country it is tolerably plentiful ; and in the Manica country north of the Zambesi also I saw a good many. In fact it is to be found over a vast extent of country in central South Africa, but is nowhere to be met with in very large numbers. A herd of twenty together is seldom to be seen. The Roan Antelopes differ very much one from another in colour, some being of a strawberry-roan, others of a deep dark grey or brown, and others again so light in colour as to appear almost white at a distance. The horns of the Roan Antelope bull seldom measure more than 2 ft. 6 in. in length measured over the curve, though I saw one, shot in the Mashuna country in 1878, whose horns measured 2 ft. 9 in. 7. HipPpoTRAGUS NIGER. (Zwart Wit Pens of the Dutch; Sadle Antelope or Harrishuck of the English ; Potoqguane of the Southern Bechuanas ; Qualata inchu of the Bamangwatos and Makalolos; Umtjiele of the Amandebele ; Pala-pala of the Makalakas ; Impengo of the Masubias ; Ookwa of the Makubas; Solupe of the Masaras.) At the present day a few Sable Antelopes are still to be found in South-western Matabele land, in the neighbourhood of the Ramok- webani, Shashani, and Samookwe rivers (tributaries of the Shashe). Along the waggon-road leading from Tati to the Zambesi it may be met with here and there, but is decidedly scarce. All along the Chobe river, as far as I have been, I have met with this Antelope, though sparingly. In the Mababe country and on the road leading from there to Bamangwato I neither saw a Sable Antelope nor the spoor of one, and do not think its range extends so far to the west. In the broken country to the south of the Victoria Falls, in the neighbourhood of the Pendamatenka and Daka rivers, it is not un- common ; but its true home is the higher portions of the Mashuna country to the north-east of the Matabele country. There it is the commonest Antelope, and may still be met with in herds of over fifty individuals, the usual number being from ten to twenty. However large the herd, I have never seen more than one full-grown bull with it, though there may be several half-grown ones, whilst ina large herd of any other kind of Antelopes two or more full-grown males are nearly alwaysto be seen. On the Manica plateau, north of the Zambesi, Sable Antelopes are also to be met with. The longest pair of male Sable Antelope’s horns I ever saw measured 45 inches over the curve, the longest pair of female 33 inches. In the Mashuna country and along the Chobe the average length of the horns of these animals is greater than in South-western Matabeleland. Asa rule the Sable Antelope ! A few Roan Antelopes are still to be found in Griqualand West. 1881. ] MR. F. C, SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 757 runs very swiftly and has good bottom ; but in this respect different individuals differ considerably, as is the case with all animals; and I have run down without much difficulty individual Sable Antelopes, and Roan Antelopes, and one Gemsbuck, whilst others have gone clean away from me. The Sable Antelope is often very savage when wounded, and, like the Roan Antelope and Gemsbuck, will commit terrible havoc amongst a pack of dogs ; indeed I have known one to kill three with three consecutive sweeps of its long scimitar-shaped horns. 8. GAZELLA EUCHORE. (Springbok of the Dutch ; Springbuck of the English; Insaypee of the Bechuamas ; Het-saypee of the Makalakas.) The Springbok is still found in the north-western portions of the Cape Colony, and throughout the Free State, Transvaal, and Griqualand West, where it has not yet been exterminated. Along the borders of the Kalahari desert it is common in many parts ; and on the saltpans between the Botletlie river and the waggon-road leading from Bamangwato to the Zambesi it is also plentiful. In common with the Gemsbuck and Hartebeest, however, its northern range is bounded by the thick forests which run east and west south of the Mababe river. I believe that to the west of Lake Ngami it has a more extensive range northwards. 9, AiSPYCEROS MELAMPUS. (Roode-bok (pronounced Roybok) of the Dutch; Roybuck of the English ; Pala of the Bechuanas ; Impala of the Amandebele ; Ee-pala of the Makalakas ; Inzero of the Masubias ; Umpard of the Makubas; Lubondwee of the Batongas ; Kug-ar (with a click on the first syllable) of the Masaras.) : This Antelope I first met with on the Marico and Notuani rivers, two tributaries of the Limpopo; and from there northwards it is to be found along the banks of every river and stream wherever I have been, except in those places where the natives have exterminated or driven them away. They are nowhere more plentiful than along the Chobe, and may often be seen in herds of from twenty to a hundred together. ‘There are very few males in comparison with the number of females, though I have sometimes seen a herd composed entirely of rams, ten or fifteen in number. They like thick cover along the river’s bank, and are seldom seen at a distance of more than a mile from water, of the proximity of which there is no more certain sign than the presence of Impala Antelopes. In the rainy season they will often wander from pool to pool until they get to a consider- able distance from their usual resort along ariver, and thus are often found at some of the larger and more permanent vleys, such as Selinya and Boatlanarma, on the road between Secheles and Bamangwato. The Impalas found on the banks of the Limpopo are, I think, larger than those found on the Chobe, and their horns usually wider set. The largest horns I have ever seen were from the Limpopo, and measured 1 ft. 9 in. in a straight line from point to 758 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. (June 21, base, with a spread of 18 inches. The largest pair I shot on the Chobe measured 1 ft. 8 in. in a straight line from point to base, with a spread of 1 ft. 4 in.; but the generality measure under 1 ft. 6 in. in length. 10. CERVICAPRA ARUNDINACEA. (Rietbok of the Dutch ; Reedbuck of the English; Imzee-gee of the Amandebele; Ee-bee-pa of the Makalakas ; Im-vwee of the Masubias ; Um-vwee of the Makubas; Bemba of the Masaras.) The first place I met with this Antelope was on the banks of the Marico river, though I believe a few are still to be found here and there in the Transvaal. On the upper portions of the Tati, Shashi, Ramokwebani, and other tributaries of the Limpopo it is to be met with; and inthe Matabele and Mashuna countries on both slopes of the watershed it is very common along the banks of every river, except, of course, in the inhabited parts, where it has been exterminated. During a journey along the eastern bank of the Botletlie river in 1879, I did not see any Reedbucks; but on the Mababe, Tamalakan, Machabe, Sunta, and Chobe rivers I found them very numerous. On the tributaries of the Zambesi east of the Victoria Falls, such as the Pandamatenka, Daka, and Gwai, it is common, as also along the Nata, a river running from the Matabele country westwards into the great saltpan. In fact throughout central South Africa it is to be found wherever there are open grassy or reedy valleys intersected by a stream of water, or large reed vleys, On the Manica plateau, north of the Zambesi, Reedbucks were particularly common, and I have there seen as many as eight feeding in close proximity to one another. As arule one seldom sees more than three or four together ; and of these two are usually young. They are animals that go in pairs, and in this particular differ altogether from the Waterbuck, Leechwee, or Pookoo Antelopes, which consort together in herds, and amongst which thereis not morethanone male for every ten females. Although the Reedbuck is never found far from water, it always keeps on dry ground; and when chased I have never seen one take to boggy ground, but have noticed that rather than cross a narrow stream of shallow water they will make a long detour, often running the risk of being cut off thereby. When alarmed they give a shrill whistle, very similar to that emitted by the Chamois. The longest pair of Reed- buck horns that I have ever seen measured 16 inches along the curve ; and I have shot two specimens myself whose horns measured 15 inches, The ordinary Jength is from 12 to 13 inches. 11. Cosus ELLIPSIPRYMNUS. (Kring: gat of the Dutch ; Waterbuck of the English ; Twmoga of the Bechuanas; Sidumuga of the Amandebele; He-tumuha of the Makalakas; e-kulo of the Masubias; Umkulamdumbo of the Makubas; Mukulo of the Batongas; Gwelung-gwelee of the Masa- ras.) The Waterbuck is still found on the upper Limpopo and its tribu- taries, such as the Shashi, Tati, and Ramokwebani, in herds of from 1881. MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 759 ten to twenty individuals. On the Zambesi and all its tributaries eastward of the Victoria Falls it is very plentiful, but is never found in herds of more than about twenty together. On the Chobe and its outlet the Sunta it is to be met with sparingly; but on the Mababe and Botletlie rivers I did not meet with any at all during my visit there in 1879. It is most partial to steep stony hills, and is often found at a distance of more than a mile from the nearest river, for which, however, it always makes when pursued. Though a heavy- looking beast, it can clamber with wonderful speed and sureness of foot up and down the steepest hillsides. It appears to me that the Waterbucks found on the Upper Zambesi and its tributaries do not attain to the same size as those found on the Limpopo. On the latter river the horns often attain to a length of over 30 inches, whilst on the Zambesi and its tributaries, such as the Omniati and Ganyane rivers, which take their rise in the high plateau of the Mashuna country, it is exceptional to obtain a pair measuring over 28 inches ; and the longest I have met with were a pair the bearer of which I shot myself last year (1880) on the banks of the Ganyane river. These horns measured 31 inches along the curve. The flesh of the Waterbuck is very coarse and rather strong-tasted ; and when they become fat the fat sticks to the mouth and clogs on the teeth, unless eaten when very hot. Wherever I have seen them Waterbucks vary much in colour, some being reddish brown, others a very dark grey. 12. Cosus varpont. (Plate LXV.) Heleotragus vardoni, Kirk, P. Z. 8. 1864, p- 657. (Impookoo of the Masubias.) The only place where I myself met with this Antelope was in a small tract of country extending along the southern bank of the Chobe for about sixty miles westwards from its junction with the Zambesi. They are never found at more than 200 or 300 yards from the river, and are usually to be seen cropping the short grass along the water’s edge, or lying in the shade of the trees and bushes scattered over the alluvial flats which have been formed here and there by the shifting of the river’s bed. Now and then a few must wander east- wards along the southern bank of the Zambesi as far as the Victoria Falls, as I saw my friend Mr. J. L. Garden shoot one in 1874 which was standing on the very brink of the precipice. This, however, is the only one I have ever seen to the east of Umparira, though I have been several times backwards and forwards along the river’s bank between that place and the Victoria Falls since. Along the Upper Zambesi from Sesheke to the Baroutse valley the natives report them common. Why the Pookoo does not extend its range further west- wards along the southern bank of the Chobe I am ata loss to under- stand, as there does not appear to be any change in the character of the country or vegetation to account for it. In size this Antelope stands about the same height at the shoulder as the Impala, but, being stouter built, must weigh considerably more. The colour is a uniform foxy red, the hair along the back 760 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21, about the loins being often long and curly. The tips of the ears are black. The males alone bear horns, which are ringed to within three inches of the point, and curve slightly forwards. A fine pair will measure 16 inches along the curve. These Antelopes are usually met with in herds of from three or four to a dozen in number ; but in 1874, on one of the alluvial flats near the mouth of the Chobe, I observed as many as fifty in one herd, and once I saw twelve old rams together. During the period of anarchy, however, which ensued after Sepopo was murdered in 1876, a great many of the natives fled from Sesheke to the southern bank of the Chobe, and during their sojourn there committed great havoc amongst b Horns of Cobus vardoni. a. Side view; 5. front view. the numerous herds of Pookoo; so that on my visit to the Chobe in 1877 I never saw more than ten or a dozen in a herd, and not one for every ten I had seen there in 1874. They are usually found on dry ground close to the water’s edge, but when pursued do not hesitate to cross marshes or swim deep rivers. I have often seen Pookoo and Impala Antelopes feeding together, but have never seen the former Antelopes in company with Leechwee, for the reason that on the southern bank of the Chobe near its junction with the Zam- besi, where the Pookoo are found, there are no Leechwee, whilst in the swamps on the other bank, where Leechwee abound, there are no Pookoo. 13. Cous LECHE. (Leché, Lee-gwee of the Makalolo ; Inya of the Masubias ; Oonya of the Makuhas.) This Antelope is first met with in the marshes of the Botletlie river, Hanhart ump JSmnut lith COBUS VARDONI. = 1881.] MR. F, C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES, 761 and is very numerous in the open grassy plains which are always more or less inundated by the Tamalakan, Mababe, Machabe, Sunta, and Chobe rivers. It is also common along the upper Zambesi. In the swamps of the Lukanga river, about 150 miles to the south- west of Lake Bengweolo, which I visited in 1878, I found the Lee- gwee Antelope in large herds. After Speke’s Antelope, the Lechee is the most water-loving Antelope with which I am acquainted, and is usually to be seen stand- ing knee deep, or even up to its belly, in water, cropping the tops of the grass that appear above the surface, or else lying just at the water’s edge. As is the case with Tragelaphus spekii, the backs of the feet are devoid of hair between the hoof and the dew-claws, whilst in the Pookoo, as with all other Antelopes, this part is covered with hair. In some parts of the country Lee-gwee Antelopes are very tame; in others, where they are much persecuted by the natives, excessively wild. When they first make up their minds to run they stretch out their noses, the males laying their horns flat along their sides, and trot ; but on being pressed they break into a springing gallop, now and then bounding high into the air. Even when in water up to their necks, they do not swim, but get along by a succession of bounds, making atremendous splashing. Of course, when the water becomes too deep for them to bottom, they are forced to swim, which they do well and strongly, though not as fast as the natives can paddle ; and when the country is flooded, great numbers are driven into deep water and speared. In the adult Lee-gwee the ears are of a uniform fawn-colour ; but in the young animal they are tipped with black as in the adult Pookoo. In the flooded grassy plains in the neighbour- hood of Linyanti on the Chobe, this beautiful Antelope may be seen in almost countless numbers, and I have counted as many as fifty-two rams consorting together. Some of these were quite young, with horns only a few inches in length; but there was not a single ewe amongst them. The longest pair of Lee-gwee horns that I have ever seen measured 2 feet 3 inches in length; but it is rare to get them over 2 feet long measured along the curve. In common with the Pookoo, they appear to me to be more tenacious of life than other Autelopes. 14. Nanorracus. scoparius (Schreb.): Brooke, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 642. (Oribi or Oribiki of the Dutch ; Oribi of the English.) North of the Limpopo, this Antelope is only to be met with in the following districts, viz. in North-eastern Mashuna land from the river Umzweswe to beyond the river Hanyine, in the open valleys which occur between the forest belts near the watershed but to the north of the Machabe hills; on the exposed open downs nearer the watershed, and lying between the Machabe hills and Intaba Insimbi, I never saw any. On a large flat about fifty miles to the south of the junction of the Umfule and Umniati rivers, I saw a good many Oribi in 1880. Except in this district of the Mashuna Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XLIX. 49 762 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21, country, the only place south of the Zambesi where this An- telope exists is in the valley of Gazuma, an open boggy flat only a few hundred acres in extent, which is situated at a distance of about 30 miles to the south-west of the Victoria Falls. Then againa few are to be seen on the northern bank of the Chobe, on the open ground bordering the marsh, in the neighbourhood of Linyanti. North of the Zambesi they are reported by the natives to be very common on the Shesheke flat ; and on the open downs of the Manica plateau I found them very numerous. One never sees more than two or three of these Antelopes together. The horns of the male attain to a length of about 5 inches, and are ringed at the base. 15. NANOTRAGUS TRAGULUs (Licht.). (Steinbok of the Dutch; Steinbuck of the English ; Ingnweena of the Amandebele; Puruhuru of the Bechuanas ; Le-pen-nee of the Makalakas ; Kahu of the Masubias; Kimba of the Batongas ; Gai-ee of the Masaras.) This little Antelope is found all over South Africa, from the Cape to the Zambesi, except in the mountainous districts and tracts of very thick bush ; it is fond of rather open country or open forest. Its horns attain sometimes a length of 5 inches, though from 3 to 4 inches is the usual size. North of the Zambesi I did not see any Steinbucks. 16. NanoTraGus MELANOTIs (Thunb.). (Grys Steinbuck, Sash-lungwan of the Amandebele ; Teemba of the Makalakas.) This little animal is only met with, north of the Limpopo, in cer- tain hilly districts of the more easterly portions of the interior. In the country inhabited by the Amandebele it exists, but is very scarce; but to the north and east, in all the hilly country in the neighbourhood of the Victoria Falls, and throughout the Mashuna country from the watershed to the Zambesi, it is fairly numerous. North of the Zambesi, as far as I penetrated, I met with the Grysbuck. 17. NANOTRAGUS OREOTRAGUS (Schreb.): Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 642. (Klipbok or Klipspringer of the Dutch and English ; e-go-go of the Amandebele; IJngululu of the Makalakas; Gereree of the Batongas; Kululu of the Masaras.) This little Antelope is found from the Cape to the Zambesi wherever there are stony hills. North of the Zambesi I did not see any. Itis particularly plentiful in the curious detached stony hills of the Matabele and Mashuna countries. The horns of the males attain to about 4 inches in length, the females being hornless. The hoofs of this Antelope are very much like those of the European Chamois, being very short and small, and the hollows in them being very deep. All four hoofs could easily be placed on a penny piece. This enables them to obtain a foothold on little projecting pieces ~ 1881.] MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 763 of rock, as they bound up the sides of rocks that appear as steep as the side of a house. The coat of the Klipspringer is very peculiar, each separate hair being hollow. It makes excellent padding for saddles, being very light and elastic. 18. CePpHALOPHUS MERGENS. (Duiker of the Dutch and English; Puéi of the Bechuanas ; Impunzi of the Amandebele ; Pemb-gee of the Makalakas ; Unsa of the Masubias and Makubas ; Insea of the Batongas; Goo-wah of the Masaras.) Wherever I have been, both north and south of the Zambesi, except in districts devoid of bush or covered with steep rocky hills, I have met with this Antelope. I have, however, only met with one species, though different individuals vary very much in colour, even though shot in the same district. Some skins are of a greenish colour, others of a reddish brown; and some that I shot on the bor- ders of the Kalahari had less white about the belly than those I obtained further to the north-east. The longest pair of Duiker horns I have seen measured 5 inches in length, the usual length being 3 or 4 inches. They are ringed at the base. Although the females are almost always hornless, I have met with three examples bearing horns. One I shot-myself on the Shashiin September 1876 ; another was shot by Mr. Thomas Ayres in May 1880, near the junction of the Marico and Limpopo rivers, anda third by Mr. Edward Sefton near Zeerust in the Transvaal. 19. ALCELAPHUS CAAMA. (Hartebeest of the Dutch and English ; Kiama of the Bechuanas ; Ingama of the Makalakas ; Khama (with a click) of the Masaras.) The range of this Antelope is very similar to that of the Gemsbuck. It is still found in Griqualand West, in some parts being fairly plentiful. All along the eastern border of the Kalahari desert it is also to be found, and extends as far east as the river Serule on the road from Bamangwato to Tati. In the neighbourhood of the salt- pans lying between the Botletlie river and the road from Bamangwato to the Zambesi it is very plentiful and may be met with in large herds. It does not, however, extend its range to the north of these saltpans, and is unknown in all the country between the Chobe and Mababe rivers, as it is also in the Matabele and Mashuna countries. It is very fleet and enduring, and only second in these particulars to the Tsessebe. 20. ALCELAPHUS LICHTENSTEINI. (Konze of the Masubias ; Inku/anondo of the Mashunas.) This Antelope I only met with on the open downs of the Manica plateau, north of the Zambesi. As I have only seen the horns of the Inkulanondo (which exists in the neighbourhood of the river Sabi, in South-eastern Mashuna land, and in Unzeilas country), it may not turn out to be identical with the Konze, though Sir 49* 764 MR. F.C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES, [June 2], Victor Brooke, to whom I sent an example of the horns, thinks it will probably prove to be the same animal. The Konze very closely resembles the Hartebeest of South Africa ; the horns, however, are shorter and flatter at the base, and the fore- head is not nearly so elongated. The black mark down the front of the face of the Hartebeest is also wanting in the Konze, where the colour is of a uniform light red. The general colour of the animal is a little lighter than that of the Ilartebeest, the tail, knees, and front of all four legs being black. As in the Hartebeest, there is a patch of pale yellow on the rump; and the insides of thighs and belly are also of a very pale yellow. One old bull that I shot was of a very rich dark red colour all along the back and the upper part of the ‘sides. About a hand’s breadth behind each shoulder was a patch of dark grey about six inches in diameter. A female that I shot also had these grey patches behind the shoulders. In two other full- -grown males these patches were wanting. 21. ALCELAPHUS LUNATUS. (Bastard Hartebeest of the Dutch and English; T'sessebe of the Bechuanas ; Incolomo and Incomazan of the Amandebele ; Inkweko of the Masubias; Unchuru of the Makubas ; Inyundo of the Maka- lakas ; Luchu of the Masaras.) In travelling up the centre of South Africa the first place in which this Antelope is to be met with now-a-days is in the neighbourhood of the Marico river, a tributary of the Limpopo ; and from there it is found throughout central South Africa wherever I have been, south of the Zambesi, in all those parts of the country that are suitable to its habits. I say south of the Zambesi, because during my journey through the Manica country to the north of that river in 1877-78, although the terrain appeared well suited to its habits and require- ‘ments, I saw none of these Antelopes. I have heard, however, from the natives that they are very common in the neighbourhood of Sesheke. _ This Antelope is never found in hilly country or in thick jungle, but frequents the open downs that are quite free from bush, or else open forest country in which treeless glades are to be met with. On the Mababe flat at the end of the dry season large herds of these animals congregate together, and I have often seen, I am sure, several hundreds of them at once. They are without exception the fleetest and most enduring Antelope in South Africa. In 1879 all the Tsessebe and Blue Wildebeest cows calved on the northern bank of the Chobe during the first week in September, whilst on the Mababe flat, only about one degree further south, the same animals did not calve before the first week in November. 22. CATOBLEPAS GORGON. (Blau Wildebeest of the Dutch ; Blue Wildebeest of the English ; Kok6n of the Bechuanas ; Inkdne-kOne of the Amandebele; He-vumba of the Makalakas ; Numéo of the Masubias ; Minyumbwe of the Ba- tongas; Unzozo of the Makubas.) 1881. | REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 765 This animal is met with on the western borders of Griqualand West, and all along the eastern edge of the Kalahari desert, and all over south Central Africa wherever I have travelled from the Limpopo to the Zambesi; and from the Mashuna country to Lake Ngami it is to be found in those districts that are suitable to its habits. Like the Tsessebe it is partial to open downs devoid of bush, or open glades in the forest, and is never met with in hilly countries. On the Mababe flat it congregates in immense herds during the dry season. In the Manica country, north of the Zambesi, I did not see any Blue Wildebeest ; but the natives told me that to the west of the river Kafukwe, in the country of the Mashukulumbwe, they were plentiful. The horns of the males attain a spread of from 2 feet 2 inches to 2 feet 5inches. It is very common to see one Blue Wilde- beest feeding in company with a herd of other Antelopes, such as the Tsessebe, or with a herd of Zebras or Ostriches. The Blue Wilde- beest is very swift and enduring. 5. On some new Genera and Species of Araneidea. By the Rev. O. P. Campripen, M.A. &e. [Received June 7, 1881.] (Plate LXVI.) Six Spiders only are described in the present short paper—four of them from the Amazons, one from Ceylon, and one from Ma- dagascar. They have not been designedly selected for the pur- pose ; but, as it happens, two of them represent, perhaps, the most extreme known instances of eccentric development—one of the caput, the other of the abdomen. It is difficult to imagine any pos- sible utility to the Spider in such developments, while it is not so difficult to conjecture some disadvantages. This, however, in the absence of information as to the life and habits of the Spiders, is, of course, mere conjecture. The development of abdomen referred to is in Ariamnes attenuata, sp. n- In this Spider the posterior ex- tremity of the abdomen of the male is produced to an extent of very nearly (if not quite) eight ¢imes its normal length. That of the female is also much produced, but not to so great an extent. Inthe other instance, the caput of Eriauchenus workmanni (gen. et sp. nn.) is not only elevated to an almost unprecedented height, but it fur- nishes the only instance known to me in which the elevation of the ocular area (of itself not an unusual occurrence in the Araneidea) has, as it were, carried up with it the lower margin of the caput, and so necessitated a corresponding development in the length of the falces. Of the remaining Spiders, Thwaitesia margaritifera (gen. et sp. nn.) is one of exceedingly delicate beauty, the silvery pearl-like scales on its abdomen forming a most beautiful object for the microscope ; and Bucranium taurifrons (gen. et sp. nn.) has enabled me to fix (I think, without doubt) the hitherto doubtful systematic position of 7 66 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 21, Aphantochilus, Cambr. (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 744). This latter genus was conjectured to belong to the Myrmecidee; but I have now no hesi- tation in forming for it and the genus Bucranium a separate family (Aphantochilidee), near to the Thomisidee. More extended remarks on all these points will be found in the subjoined descriptions. Order ARANEIDEA. Fam. THERIDIID&. Gen. nov. THWAITESIA. This genus is nearly allied to Theridion, but may be easily distin- guished by the conically elevated abdomen, the shorter, stronger maxille, the more prominent ocular area, the larger eyes, which, although preserving a similar general arrangement, are divided into two well separated groups of four each, each group formed by one of the lateral pairs and the hind and fore lateral eye next to it, all four being almost, or quite contiguous to each other; the fore central pair are smallest, and form a shorter line than the hind cen- trals. The legs also are armed with distinct spines on the genual and tibial joints of all four pairs ; while the metatarsi and tarsi of the fourth pair are armed with numerous spine-like bristles, a_row near the inner side of the tarsi being curved and serrated. This latter armature, however, is much less strong in the male than in the female; indeed in the male I could not distinguish any serrations. The relative length of the /egs, which are rather long and slender, is, as far as I could judge from the damaged condition of some portions, 4, 1, 2, 3, the difference between those of the first and fourth pairs being but slight. The falces are weak, straight, and subconical, and the fang likewise small and weak. The sternum is heart- shaped. THWAITESIA MARGARITIFERA, sp. n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 1.) Length of the adult male 13 line, that of the female being rather more than 2 lines. The cephalothorax is pale yellow, some examples having an indis- tinct reddish-brown central line from the occiput backwards; and two (females) had a broad brown central band from and including the eyes to the hinder extremity of the thorax. The thorax is gibbous above, with the thoracic indentation strong ; the ocular area of the caput projects forwards, the eyes (disposed as above men- tioned) occupying the whole of the upper extremity of the caput; the height of the clypeus considerably exceeds half that of the facial space, and projects well forwards. The legs are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, the articula- tion of the tibiz and metatarsi of the first and fourth pairs having a tinge of reddish brown, and a portion at the extremities of the meta- tarsi of these pairs being also dark reddish brown. On the upper side of each of the genual joints is a distinct black spine ; and on each of the tibize are two others, one near the middle and one near the anterior extremity. 1881. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 767 The palpi of the male are rather long, and similar to the legs in colour ; the cubital joint is slightly curved, clavate, anda little longer than the radial joint, with a strongish, dark, curved, tapering bristle directed forwards from its anterior extremity, and a similar one at the extremity of the humeral joint. The digital joints are rather large, oval, with a strong cleft lobe on the inner side, and of a yellow-brown colour ; their convex sides are directed towards each other. The palpal organs are rather complex ; a black, filiform, closely adhering spine issues from the middle of their outer or (as they stand in the position in which the palpus is held) upper side, and passing backwards round their margin, terminates near their fore extremity on the inner, or lower, side. The falees, maxille, labium, and sternum are similar in colour to the cephalothorax. The abdomen looked at in profile is somewhat quadrate, one corner (the upper one) being considerably produced, or elevated ; in the male its height is distinctly less than the length of the Spider, but in the female it is nearly, and sometimes quite, equal to the length of the Spider. It is of a dull luteous yellowish colour (possibly brighter in the living Spider), its upper and lateral sur- face more or less thickly covered with scale-like plates of a brilliant silvery pearly nature and of an irregular form. In some examples these plates show very little space between them ; in others there is a considerable interval. ‘The genital aperture of the female has a small but characteristic and prominent process connected with it. Of all the Spiders I am yet acquainted with this is perhaps the most delicately beautiful in the abdominal adornment, to which it would be impossible for any pencil to do adequate justice. Eight females and one male were included in collections received several years ago from Ceylon, from Mr, G. H. K. ‘Thwaites, to whom I have dedicated the new genus considered necessary for the recep- tion of this pretty Spider. Gen. nov. ErrAuCHENUS. Caput elevated, with a long neck, carrying with it not only the eyes but the falces also, which are abnormally produced so as to meet the maxille. Eyes unequal in size, in four pairs; two pairs on each side of the - caput, near the insertion of the falces; those of the lower pair on each side represent the ordinary lateral pair, and are contiguous to each other, while those of the upper pair, on each side, represent the fore and hind central pairs, the eyes of each of the two latter pairs being abnormally separated. Legs long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3; furnished with hairs only. Ter- minal tarsal claws three, articulated to a small supernumerary claw- ioint. Mazille strong, slightly curved, and inclined towards the labium, which is large, somewhat pointed at its apex, where it is slightly notched, and broader across the middle than at the base or apex. 768 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 21, Sternum elongate, strongly dentated or notched on its sides, at the insertion of the legs. Abdomen of a subtriangular form, the upper side being consider- ably and conically elevated. ERIAUCHENUS WORKMANNI, sp. n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 2.) Immature male, length from the spinners to the extremity of the maxillee 22 lines ; height from the sternum to the highest point of the caput 23 lines. The cephalothorar converges gradually upwards to the anterior portion, which is produced perpendicularly into a longish cylindrical neck, terminating with a large massive caput, the occipital region of which is rounded, and the upper side somewhat flattened and sloping gradually to the insertion of the falces ; at the summit of the caput are four small, pointed, tnbercular eminences in the form of a quadr- angle whose posterior side is narrower than the rest. The colour of the cephalothorax, neck, and caput is yellow-brown, marked in parts with a darker hue, and thinly elethed with short grey hairs; just beneath the caput the neck is paler, giving the appearance of a broad pale neck-collar. The whole height of this extraordinarily developed cephalothorax to the top of the caput equals the length of the Spider. The eyes are in two groups, one on each side of the fore extre- mity of the caput close to the margin. Each group consists of two pairs, an upper and lower one; the anterior eye of the upper pair is much the largest of the group, and is seated in front and rather at the side of a strong bluntish-pointed tubercular prominence, and close to the margin of the caput ; behind this eye is seated the other eye of the pair; this posterior eye is much smaller and very difficult to discern: taking the two posterior eyes, of the upper pair on each side, as representing the ordinary hind central pair, they are nearer together than those of the fore central pair, 7. e. the anterior eyes of the two upper pairs. ‘The lower pair is considerably removed from the upper one ; its eyes are contiguous to each other, and of a pale whitish yellow-brown colour, so like that of the surrounding surface as to be almost imperceptible ; their position is very close to the base of the falces on the outer side, about an eye’s diameter from the margin of the clypeus, at the middle of which is a prominent point. The legs of the first pair are upwards of five times the length of the Spider, and are considerably longer than any of the rest. All are of a yellowish-brown hue, the femora clouded in parts with a deeper colour ; those of the fourth pair are mostly of a paler yellowish hue with a distinct broadish black-brown annulus about the middle ; a broader but less distinct annulus is also placed near the hinder extremity of the tibiz of the third pair; some indistinct annuli, of a darker yellow-brown thanthe rest of the surface, are also visible on the more or less mutilated portions of the tibize and of the metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs. The three terminal tarsal claws, placed at the extremity of a small supernumerary claw-joint, are small and strongly bent ; the superior claws appeared to have only one or two denti- 1881. ] REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 769 culations. The legs are furnished thinly with hairs, some of which are short and grey. The palpi are short; the digital joint tumid and longer than the radial, which is also longer than the cubital. They are similar in colour to the legs. The falces are of great length, slender, and rather divergent at the extremities, which have also a backward bend; their length is about equal to that of the Spider itself; towards the base, on the upper side, is a strongish conical point or prominence. Their colour is similar to that of the cephalothorax, indistinctly but broadly banded with a deeper hue, furnished thinly with grey hairs, and armed on the inner sides throughout with a longitudinal series of denticula- tions increasing in strength from the base to the extremity, being exceedingly minute at the base, but rather long and strong at the beginning of the divergent portion, whence to the fang is a series of another kind with a more direct transverse or lateral direction, and giving acomb-like appearance. The fang is strong and much curved at its point. The mazille are similar in colour to the falces, and the dabium and sternum are of a darker hue ; the form of these parts is described in the generic characters given above. The abdomen, whose height is greater than its length, is yellow- brown above, much darker on the sides, the one being separated from the other by a bluntly dentated or zigzag line of short white hairs. Some indistinct markings formed by lines of white hairs are also visible on the upper side. The underside is dark brownish, varie- gated with bars and blotches of white hairs. The spinners are com- pactly grouped ; those of the inferior pair are two-jointed, and are the longest and much the strongest of the six. A single immature example of this most remarkable Spider, found in Madagascar, was kindly sent tome by Mr. T. Workman of Belfast, who has also permitted me to describe and figure it. It is of great interest, not only on account of its singularly elevated caput, but because the elevation is of a type quite distinct from any thing I have ever before met with. Some species of Walckenaera have the upper part of the caput elevated to a great height, and the eyes are (some or all) carried up with it; but in the present Spider not only the eyes but the falces also are carried up, necessitating the extraordinary development of the latter to enable them to meet and cooperate with the other parts of the mouth. These would otherwise have been left open and exposed, and the Spider itself would have been in danger of starvation; since the anterior extremities of the falces, with their fangs and teeth, are the main instruments for holding and com- pressing the Spider’s prey, the juices of which flow thence into the mouth itself. I have no hesitation in founding a new genus on this Spider ; and very probably the future discovery of other, allied, species will neces- sitate the formation of a new family for them. At present I would place it in the family Theridiidz, in a separate group, near the genera Argyrodes, Latr., and Ariamnes, Thor. 770 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 21, In the absence of spines on the legs there is a close approach to Theridion, Walck., while in their relative length they are like Liny- phia, Latr. Although the development of the caput is so strong, yet in the adult it would be probably found to be of a still stronger and more extraordinary nature. Gen. ArtaMnes, Thor. (Ariadne, Dol.). ARIAMNES ATTENUATA, sp-n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 3.) Adult male, length 8 lines; length of cephalothorax ? line ; length of spinners 12 line; length of abdomen 63 lines. The whole of the fore part of this Spider, including the legs and palpi, is of a dull yellow-brown colour. The abdomen is of a still duller hue, thinly mottled (chiefly on the sides) with small yellowish silvery spots. The cephalothoraz is of a rather flattened oblong form, the caput being a little drawn out and elevated at its fore extremity, ending in a short, somewhat conical point in the middle of the ocular area, which is furnished with strong hairs; some of these form a some- what horn-like tuft and are curved forwards, meeting others curved in an opposite direction. The eyes are unequal in size ; those of the fore and hind central pairs (the first being the largest) form a large square surrounding the conical eminence of the caput ; the lateral pairs are rather close to the others on either side; those of each lateral pair being con- tiguous to each other. The /egs are long, very unequal in length, 1, 4, 2, 3, slender, furnished with very short fine hairs only. The palpi are long; the cubital joint curved, clavate, and longer than the radial, which is also curved, and enlarged gradually to its fore extremity ; the digital joint is large, of au oblong-oval form, somewhat split or bifid at itsfore extremity. The palpal organs are complex, composed of variously formed corneous processes, but all tolerably compact. The falces are rather small and weak, straight, and nearly vertical. The mawille are strong, especially at their base, inclined towards the labium, and obliquely truncated at the extremity on their outer sides. Labium short, of a somewhat subtriangular form, and its junc- tion with the sternum scarcely perceptible. Sternum large, of an elongate triangular shape, strongly hollowed or indented between the insertions of the legs. Abdomen narrow, and drawn out at its hinder extremity in an exceedingly long tapering cylindrical form, terminating gradually ina fine sharp point. The spinners are compact, and placed beneath the abdomen at a distance from the cephalothorax rather exceeding the length of the latter ; the produced portion of the abdomen is more than seven times the length of the rest, 7. e. from the spinners to the cephalothorax. The abdomen is furnished with hairs, which become longer, coarser, and more abundant towards the hinder extremity. 1881.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 771 The female differs from the male chiefly in the abdomen being not quite so long, and the caput waating the elevation of the fore part. This curious Spider is nearly allied to Ariamnes (Ariadne) flagellum, Dol., but is, I think, quite distinct. The extraordinary development of the posterior part of the abdomen is perhaps one of the eccentrici- ties in the Spider world least easy to be accounted for. Both sexes were contained in the collection of South-American Spiders sent to me by Prof. Traill, and were found on the Amazons. Fam. GASTERACANTHID2. Gen. Murtrna, Cambr. MovrTIna FURCIFERA, sp.n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 4.) Length of the adult male 12 line; breadth of the abdomen at its widest part 13. This Gaacls formed Spider is nearly allied to Mutina prospiciens, Cambr. (Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, vol. xiv. p. 175, pl. xvii. fig. 3, 1874), described under the generic name of Calydna, which, having been found to be preoccupied, was changed to Mutina (vide Zool. Rec. xi. p. 231). The present Spider, however, may be at once distinguished by the simpler and more cylindrical form of the remarkable processes at the extremity of which the lateral pairs of eyes are seated, and especially by the equally long corneous nose-like process issuing from the clypeus immediately beneath the four central eyes; this process, which is of a cylindrical form, is a little bent, and points rather down- wards; it is smallest in the middle, gradually lessening from the base, and enlarging again towards its extremity, where it is strongly and very distinctly bifid or forked. The cephalothorax is somewhat elongated quadrate, strongly con- stricted on the margins and sides at the caput. The four central eyes are placed at the fore extremity of a slightly prominent portion of the caput ; they are rather large, and describe very nearly a square whose fore side is rather the shortest. The colour of the cephalo- thorax is a deep reddish yellow-brown, the fore part being the palest. The legs are rather short, moderately strong, 1, 2, 4, 3, furnished with hairs and a very few long bristles; a short strongish spine issues from a tubercle in front of the femora of the second pair, and some very short, somewhat tuberculiform spines in a single row along the underside of the tibize of the same pair. The colour of the legs is yellow-brown ; the femora and fore part of the tibize of the first and second pairs strongly suffused with dark brown, as also are the femora of the fourth pair. The palpi are very short ; the digital joint is large, and the palpal organs complex and enormously developed. The abdomen is of a short heart-shape and of a dull brownish yellow hue. The upper surface is rather flat, corneous, and presents traces more or less distinct of the various sigilliform markings cha- racteristic of the Gasteracanthide. A kind of corneous point ter- minates the underside of the connecting pedicle, and projects 742 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 2], beneath the posterior extremity of the sternum; but it does not appear (as was suggested, Ann. N. H. loc. cit.) to be articulated or fixed to it. - A single example received from the Amazons was in Mr. Traill’s collection. Fam. APHANTOCHILID&. Gen. nov. Bucranium. This genus is allied to Aphantochilus, Cambr., but may be readily distinguished by its shorter form and the absence of constriction on the posterior part of the cephalothorax.. The dabiwm also, though very attenuated, is perfectly visible ; and the sternum, instead of being very narrow and duplex, is of an ordinary and rather broad heart- shape. ’ The generic characters may be stated as follows :— Cephalothorax oval, broad, and truncated before, with a strong marginal lateral constriction at the caput. A strong, curved, tapering pointed horn-like projection issues laterally and forwards from each side of the anterior portion of the upper part. The eyes are unequal in size and placed in two transverse rows ; the anterior row straight, the posterior strongly curved, the convexity of the curve directed forward ; those of each lateral pair, which are the largest of the eight, are widely separated from each other, and issue from close to the base (before and behind) of the horns. The four central eyes form a square whose anterior side is shortest. Legs not very long, slender, subequal in length, 4, 1, 2, 3, or 1, 4, 2, 3; furnished with hairs and a few short spines, the latter on the femora only. Each tarsus ends with three claws and a very small claw-tuft. Mawille long, very strong at their base; the upper parts much less strong and just meeting over the Jabium, which is long, very narrow, and pointed at its apex, being in fact of a lanceolate form. The sternum is short, broad, heart-shaped; the anterior margin slightly hollowed. The abdomen is short, somewhat oval, and separated from the cephalothorax by a distinct though not very long pedicle. BUCRANIUM TAURIFRONS, sp. n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 5.) Length of an immature female, 17 line. The cephalothorax is yellow-brown, palest on the upper part of the caput ; its surface is covered with small tubercles or granulosities, among which are ten or twelve stronger ones, armed with long, strong spines; the two strongest of these tubercles are placed in a short transverse line close to the thoracic indentation, and each is armed with two spines, the rest having but one each. The clypeus is very broad, projecting, and quadrate,with a strong subconical prominence at each of its lower corners, terminating with a prominent spine ; the height of the clypeus is equal to nearly half that of the facial space. Besides the spines already noted, each of 1881.1 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 773 the horns is continued by a strong one; and there are others also, less strong, issuing from the ocular area and clypeus. The eyes of the lateral pairs are considerably larger than the rest, the fore laterals being, apparently, rather the largest; the interval between those of the fore central pair is distinctly greater than that between each and the fore lateral next to it, while that between the hind centrals is considerably less than that between each and the hind lateral next to it. The legs are yellow-brown, somewhat suffused with a more dusky hue ; the genual, tibial, and metatarsal joints marked longitudinally with a white stripe. The ¢arsi are equal in length and strength to the metatarsi, and cylindrical in form. The palpi are similar in colour to the legs, short, strong; radial joint short, digital tapering, and furnished with short strong spines. _ The falces are short, strong, straight, vertical, subconical ; similar in colour to the cephalothorax, and furnished with a few prominent spine-like bristles in front. The maxille, labium, and sternum are similar to the legs in ‘colour. The abdomen is of a dull yellowish hue tinged with brown; two tubercles form a transverse row towards the anterior margin; from each issues a strong dark vertical spine, two finer spines also form another transverse row in front below the anterior margin; and “the surface of the upper side generally is furnished with short and still finer pale spines. The spinners are small and short. An example of the female, which had not attained maturity, was contained in the collection received from the Amazons. The cephalo- thorax of a considerably larger specimen (wanting the abdomen and some of the legs) differed in the larger size of the tubercles and granu- losities, and was of a much deeper hue. This was probably an adult example. The genus Aphantochilus, Cambr. (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 744, pl xliv. fig. 10), was placed provisionally in the family Myrmecidze. Sub- sequent examination and consideration, however, led me to conclude without any doubt that its true position was, if not among, at least near the Thomiside. The examination of the present genus, which much resembles, and is closely allied to dphantochilus, induces me to include the two in a separate family next to the one before men- tioned. Fam. PerRIssoOoBLEMMID&, Gen. nov. PERISSOBLEMMA. Characters of the Genus. Cephalothorax rather oblong, oval, with a broad ocular area; very convex above ; lateral marginal constriction at the caput very slight, as also are the normal indentations ; thoracic junction prominent and elevated, and, when looked at in profile, considerably higher than the ocular area, which occupies the whole width of the fore part of the caput. 774 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 21, Eyes considerably unequal in size; the four smallest form a slightly curved transverse line a little way above the falces ; in con- tinuation of the curve, at each end of the line, is a much larger eye, with another beyond it, behind, and lower down, seated on a strong tubercular prominence, The eight eyes may thus be said to form only one long transverse sinuous line, a position very unusual, and, in fact, almost (so far as I know) unique among the eight-eyed Spiders, approaching, however, somewhat near to that of Selenops, Dup. Legs rather short, laterigrade, not very strong, but tapering, not very unequal in length, (so far as I could ascertain) 1, 2, 4, 3—1, 2 and 4 being very nearly equal, and 3 being not much shorter. They are furnished with hairs and also with long spines beneath the tibize and metatarsi, arranged in two (parallel) rows, and terminate with three tarsal claws, the two superior ones curved and pectinated, the inferior one very small and most strongly curved. Palpi moderately long, and terminating with a curved pectinated claw. Falces short, conical, strong, and vertical. Mavxille moderate in length and strength ; enlarged and rather di- vergent at their extremities, where they are rounded on the outer sides, Labium somewhat oblong, (apparently) a little rounded at the apex, and about half the length of the maxille. Sternum small, oval, pointed at its posterior extremity. Abdomen short-oval, fitting well up to the base of the cephalo- thorax. Spinners small, two-jointed. The anal tubercle is apparently two-jointed, and follows several rather conspicuously marked trans- verse folds in the epidermis, denoting no doubt obsolete segments of the abdomen. PERISSOBLEMMA THOMISIFORME, sp.n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 6.) Length of an immature female, 1+ line. The cephalothorax, falces, maxilla, labium, and sternum are darkish dull brown, slightly tinged with yellow, and with traces of a paler ill-defined longitudinal central band. The legs and palpi are yellow, and the abdomen a little paler than the cephalothorax, with a short, narrow, central, longitudinal stripe of a darker hue on the fore part. The two central eyes of the long row in which the eight are dis- posed are larger than the one next to each, and are further from each other than each is from the next one to it; the eyes seated on each of the large tubercles at the extremities of the row are rather smaller than that next to each. A single example was contained in the Amazons collection sent to me by Prof. Traill. It is impossible to conjecture what size the adult form of this remarkable Spider may attain. Had it not been for the possession of three terminal tarsal claws, I should have concluded it to belong to the Thomisidze. It seems to me impossible to include it in any at present recognized family. Wherever, however, it may be eventually placed, the genus is a very distinct one. J Pl New Araneidea. 1881.] ON THE GENERIC DIVISIONS OF THE BUCCONIDZ, 7 SI o EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVI. Fig. 1. Thwaitesia margaritifera, sp. n., p. 766. a, Spider in profile, enlarged, without legs or palpi; 2, eyes, from in front; ¢, maxille and labium; d, left palpus, from outer side ; e, right palpus, from outer side ; f, genital opening and process, from in front ; g, ditto in profile; , natural length of Spider. 2. Eriauchenus workmanni, sp. n., p. 768. a, Spider in profile, enlarged, without legs or palpi; }, caput in profile, more enlarged ; c, caput and falces, from in front ; d, maxille, labium, and sternum, é, perspective view of caput and falces ; f, Spider, of natural size. 8. Ariamnes attenuata, sp. u., p. 770. a, Spider, enlarged, in profile, with legs and palpus on one side only; 4, right palpus, from outer side; ¢, caput in profile. 4, Mutina furcifera, sp. n., p. 771. a, Spider enlarged ; 4, caput and falces, from in front; ¢, natural length and breadth of Spider. 5. Bueranium taurifrons, sp. n., p. 772. a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, caput, still more enlarged, from above and behind ; ¢, outline of Spider in profile, enlarged ; d, caput and falces, from in front ; ¢, maxill, labium, and sternum; /, natural length of Spider. . : 6. Perissoblemma thomisiforme, sp. n., p. 774. a, Spider, enlarged ; }, ditto, outline in profile ; c, caput, falces, and eyes, from in front; d, caput and eyes, from above and behind; e, maxillx and labium; /, posterior extremity of abdomen, from above, looking backwards, and showing the anal tubercle and trans- verse folds; g, natural length of Spider. 6. On the Generic Divisions of the Bucconide, together with the Description of a new Species of the Genus Nonnula. By P. L. Sctater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. [Received June 17, 1881.] As I now shortly hope to complete my Monograph of the Jacamars and Puff-birds by the issue of the sixth and seventh parts of that work, I beg leave to lay before the Society a summary of the generic divisions which I have adopted in the latter family. It will be no- ticed that I have made as few changes as possible in the nomenclature generally used, although I have now found it necessary to distinguish two aberrant and little-known species by new generic names. In my ‘Synopsis of the Bucconidz,’ published twenty-seven years ago, I divided the family into four genera, as follows :— 1. Bucco, Linn., with 15 species. 2. Malacoptila, G. R. Gray, with iene 3. Monasa, Vieill., with An wars 4, Chelidoptera, Gould, with 2° Ws Total 33 species. In the new illustrated Monograph of the group, which I am now bringing to a completion, the following arrangement of the family into genera has been adopted :— 776 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW GENERA [June 21, Bierce! Mite eet. sss siete 20 species. 2. Malacoptila, G. R. Gray .....- Fie eg 3. Micromonacha, gen. nov. ...... ae a ST IVONTUILG TSC)» «os oie eclem eeie e An is 5. Hapaloptila, gen. nov. .......- 1 ey: 6, Monacha, Vieill. 1...5 05 Asses aes 7. Chelidoptera, Gould .......... 2s Total 42 species. It will thus be seen that in the present work the genera have been increased from 4 to 7, and the species from 33 to 42’. 1 append short distinctive characters of the two new genera, and of a new species of the genus Nonnula, from an example in the British Museum, which Dr. Gunther kindly allows me to make known. Micromonachalanceolata. a. Bill, from side; 6. Bill, from above ; ¢. Wing-end, from within; d. Tail-end, from above; e. Foot. 1 Tt may be noted that Messrs. Cabanis and Heine, who published a revision ofthe Bucconide in the 4th part of the ‘Museum Heineanum’ in 1862, have divided the family into 11 genera and recognized 50 species, namely :— 1. Chelidoptera .. 3 species. 7. Chaunornis .. 2 species. 2. Monasa .....;6 45 8. Nothriscus .. 3 -,, 3. Nonnula...... ae 9) Argtcus 2.2 > 4. Malacoptila ..15_,, 10. Bueco ...... 1 A 5.. Nystalus*.3,.5 6" 4, 1l. Notharchus .. 8 rr 6. Hypnelus ...... Fe A Thavetherefore been able to make a slight consolidation both of genera and species 1881.] AND A NEW SPECIES OF BUCCONIDZ. 777 MrcromMonacua', gen. nov. Genus generi Malacoptile affine, sed cauda breviore ; necnon a genere Nonnula rostro breviore, ad basin magis incrassato, et _ digitis longioribus distinguendum. Sp. typ. WZ. lanceolata (Bucco lanceolatus, Deville). HAPALOPTILA”, gen. nov. Genus generi Monache * affine, sed rostro latiore, fortiter uncinato, selis omnino obsito, necnon cauda breviore distinguendum,. Sp. typ. H. castanea (Malacoptila castanea, Verreaux). I propose to give further comparative characters of these two new forms in the “ Introduction” to my Monograph now in preparation a Fig. 2. Hapaloptila castanea. a. Bill, from side; }, Bill, from above; e. Wing-end, from within; d. Tail-end, from lower surface ; ¢. Foot. 1 miKpds, parvus, et povayn, monacha, 2 amaXos, tener, et rritorv, penna. 3 Monasa Vieilloti, sed melius Mozxacha seribenda. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. L. 50 778 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21, NONNULA CINERACEA, Sp. nov. Supra cineracea, dorso alis extus et cauda obscurioribus ; loris et ciliis oculorum albis : subtus pallide fulva, ventre crissoque albis ; subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis pallide cinnamomeis ; rostro obscure plumbeo, ad basin flavicante ; pedibus plumbeis. long tota 5:0, ale 2°6, caude 2°1, rostro a rictu 1:0. Hab, Amazonia superior. Mus. Brit. Obs. Species N. rubecule proxima, sed colore dorsi cineraceo et pectoris valde dilutiore distinguenda. The single specimen of this species is in the British Museum, where it is marked Nonnula frontalis in the handwriting of the late Mr. G. R. Gray. Ido not, however, think that it can in any case be referred to that species. The skin in question was received from Mr. Bates through Mr. S. Stevens in 1853, and, as Mr. Bates kindly informs me, was one of a series obtained by him at Ega from a French collector who had been up the Rio Javari. It is labelled “iris chatain, bec bleu.”’ ‘My specimen of Brachygalba albigularis (see Mon. Galb. et Buce. p. 45) was procured by the same collector ; and examples of Bucco col- laris and Malacoptila rufa in Brit. Mus. are from the same source. 7. On the Conformation of the Thoracic End of the Trachea in the “Ratite” Birds. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S., Prosector to the Society. [Received June 21, 1881.] In the present communication I propose to follow out the line of work developed by the late Prof. Garrod in his paper on the trachea of the Gallinze’, by describing in detail the structure of the bifur- cating trachea in the “ Ratite”’ birds. So far as I am aware, no proper description of this structure in the birds in question has ever been given, though the statement, apparently originally due to Meckel*, that in them “there is no lower larynx,” has been very generally followed and copied, even in the latest text-books on the subject *. Prof. Owen has briefly de- scribed the bifurcating trachea in the Ostrich * and Apteryx°*; and his accounts, as far as they go, are accurate enough. More recently E. Alix has very briefly mentioned some peculiarities of this part in the Rhea; and his account will be found quoted below. 1 «On the Conformation of the Thoracic Extremity of the Trachea in the Class Aves. Part I. The Galline,” P. Z. S. 1879, pp. 354-380, 2 «Traité général d’Anatomie comparée,’ x. p. 571, 1838. 3 Of. Husley’s ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ p. 313; Macalister, ‘Morphology of Vertebrates,’ p. 161. : 4 Catalogue of the Physiological Series of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,’ ii. p. 103, prep. 1159 (1834). 5 Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. p. 279. 1881. ] TRACHEA IN THE “ RATITE”’ BIRDS. 779 Struthio camelus (figs. 1, 2), on account of its size and simple structure, may be described here first. The trachea, inferior to the Fig. 1. Bifureating trachea of Struthio camelus, from before. &. Section of wall of trachea, from behind, to show the vocal cord formed by the thickening of the mucous membrane of the interior. I. II., first two bronchial semirings. 1, 2, &c., last tracheal rings. _ Here, and elsewhere in these figures, 0 indicates the last, 00 the penultimate, 000 the antepenultimate tracheal rings. Fig. 2. oo? The same, from behind. About natural size, insertion of the sterno-tracheales, slightly narrows, having above the | antepenultimate ring a diameter of about one inch. ‘The tracheal 50* 780 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21, rings are here, as elsewhere, entire simple rings, of an average depth of about °15 inch, and are separated only by very slight interannular intervals. The trachea is slightly compressed and _ posteriorly earinated for about the last 7 rings. The last ring but four is somewhat produced downwards in the middle line, both anteriorly and posteriorly ; it is, in consequence, narrower laterally than elsewhere. The antepenultimate ring presents the same features more strongly developed. In two of the four specimens examined it sends down a small pessuliform process of cartilage in the middle line behind, filling the chink left between the posterior extremities of the two next (incomplete) rings. The penultimate ring is narrower and more cylindrical than its predecessors ; it is also wider transversely, and incomplete behind in the middle line, its extremities, however, being closely approximated to each other. The last tracheal ring is still wider transversely, and more cylindrical; and it too is incom- plete posteriorly, to a greater extent than its predecessor; viewed from the side it is convex upwards, as are its few immediate pre- decessors in a less degree. The interannular intervals between all these rings are, when undisturbed, mere chinks filled up by dense fibrous and elastic tissues. There is no trace of a pessulus, though the last tracheal ring is slightly produced downwards in front. The first bronchial semiring, on each side, is narrow and cylindrical, strongest anteriorly, and somewhat attenuated posteriorly. It is separated only by a narrow interval from the last tracheal ring.» The second and third rings are similar, but are more slender and lengthy ; they are convex downwards, but very slightly so; hence the inter- annular intervals are small here also, Their anterior ends are very slightly inturned, impinging but to a small extent on the membrana tympaniformis, which completes the bronchial tubes internally, and, in consequence of the absence of any three-way piece, passes con- tinuously from one bronchus to the other, so closing the tracheal tube inferiorly. The fourth, fifth, and succeeding bronchial rings are similar in character ; but their ends, which tend to be dilated pos- teriorly, are successively more and more incurved to about the tenth. Nowhere are the bronchial rings complete. There is, at most, only a trace of a membrana semilunaris, in the form of a very feeble, scarcely raised, antero-posteriorly directed fold of mucous membrane. Internally, the mucous membrane of the interior is greatly thickened, forming a vocal cord, in the region of the last three tracheal rings and first two bronchial semirings (vide fig. 1, 6). There is no trace of any intrinsic voice-muscle ; and the lateral tra- cheal muscles stop at the point of insertion of the sterno-tracheales. The genus Apteryx, in the simplicity of the structure of its lower larynx, stands on the same level as Struthio. In Apterya mantelli (figs. 3, 4) about the last dozen tracheal rings are quite simple in form, with narrow interannular intervals, and no anterior and posterior notching. The penultimate ring is produced slightly downwards, in a triangular way, both anteriorly and posteriorly, ° The last ring is also produced downwards anteriorly, but is incom- 1881. } TRACHEA IN THE “ RATITE”’ BIRDS. 781 Fig. 3. Bifurcating trachea of Apteryx mantelli, from before. Fig. 4. The same, from behind. About twice the natural size. plete in the middle line behind; it is slightly wider and stronger than the preceding rings. ‘The first two bronchial semirings on each side closely resemble it in form; the first semirings of opposite sides are almost in contact at both extremities, the next pair being more widely separated at those joints. There is only a narrow space between the last tracheal and the first bronchial ring. The suc- ceeding bronchial semirings are perfectly simple, rather deep and stout pieces of cartilage, separated by narrow interannular spaces, and completed internally by a broad membrana tympanifornis ; no- where do they become complete circles. As in Struthio, there is no pessulus, and no intrinsic muscle. There is a slight antero-pos~ teriorly directed vertical fold of mucous membrane between the two bronchial apertures internally, and also a feebly developed vocal cord on the external wall of the bronchi, where they diverge from the trachea. The lateral muscles stop some way before the end of the trachea, at the place where the sterno-tracheales are inserted. Apteryx australis, A. haasti, and A. oweni have all been 782 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21, examined by me, and all agree closely in their tracheal structure with A. mantelli, My pecimens of 4. australis and A. owent (two) agree together in having the last three tracheal rings incomplete posteriorly ; whilst in A. mantelli and A. haasti, of which I have seen only single specimens, the /as¢ ring alone is incomplete. In the Cusuariide we meet with peculiarities in the structure of the bifurcating trachea not existing in the other “ Ratite.” In Casuarius galeatus (figs. 5, 6, p. 783) the trachea is somewhat di- lated for the terminal inch or so of its extent, tranversely and also posteriorly. The last tracheal rings (for a number varying in dif- ferent specimens, in the specimen in question 12, in another 23) are incomplete in the middle line behind, though the posterior ends are closely approximated together *. These rings are tolerably uniform in breadth posteriorly, tapering only somewhat at their extremities; the interannular intervals are mere chinks. Anteriorly, however, the rings being dilated in the median line and attenuated laterally, theintervals are better developed. The last 5 or 6 rings are rore and more curved downwards anteriorly, whilst their posterior moieties are somewhat dilated, their ends gradually receding more and more from each other in the middle line. There is no trace of a pessulus. The first bronchial semirings much resemble tie last tracheal rings, their anterior extremities being closely approximated together, and their posterior ones dilated, and somewhat pointed, terminally. The second, third, and fourth bronchial semirings are simple cartilaginous hoops, tolerably deep, separated only by narrow in- tervals, and, as usual, completed internally by a membrana tympani- formis. The fifth, sixth, and seventh are similar but longer semi- rings, the sixth and seventh being dilated anteriorly. ‘The suc- ceeding rings are’ similar’ but quite simple hoops, never forming anywhere complete circles. There is no trace of any. intrinsic muscles. The sterno-tra- cheales are inserted on the trachea at about the twelfth ring from the last. Anteriorly they expand on the tracheal wall, and are in contact with each other over the middle line, as is also the case in Dromeus, though not in the other three genera. A small part of each muscle runs to be inserted into the posterior wall of the trachea near the margin. The lateral muscle of the trachea passes between these two portions of the sterno-trachealis of its side, but does not pass down further than the commencement of the tracheal tympanum. 1 Between the extremities of each imperfect tracheal ring runs a short band of connective and elastic tissue, with the fibres running transversely. These extend the whole length of the trachea, and when well developed have the ap- pearance of a longitudinal band running along the middle line of the tube posteriorly. By the contraction of these fibres, the ends of the tracheal rings, where these are incomplete, or their more slender middle portions where per- fect, are drawn together, and pressed into the interior of the tube, so forming what at first sight looks very much like a longitudinal, though incomplete, tra- cheal septum, such as is found in some Procellariidee and other birds. In con- sequence of this structure, a transverse section of the tracheal tympanum poste- riorly presents two strong conyexities separated by a median concayity. ’ 1881.] TRACHEA IN THE “ RATITE”” BIRDS. 783 Fig. 6. The same, from behind. About natural size. The portion of the sterno-trache- ales muscles at their insertion is represented im each figure. 784 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21, As compared with Séruthio and Apteryz, all the tracheal and bronchial rings are much less firm and more cartilaginous in Caswarius, as also in Dromeus. The membrana tympaniformis completing the trachea below is a simple membrane, passing continuously from one bronchus to the other, with no intervening pessulus. Internally, a very slight thickening of this membrane in an antero- posterior direction, at the bifureation of the tube, may be seen ; but there is nothing that can be properly called a membrana semilunaris present. The external vocal cord, on the other hand, situated over the first two bronchial semirings, is very well-developed, with a sharply-defined margin. On the internal wall of the bronchus there is, in addition, a second, much slighter and less prominent fold, slightly concave forwards, run- ning somewhat obliquely backwards and downwards, and supported by the anterior ends of the third and sixth bronchial semi-rings. Besides Casuarius galeatus, | have examined trachea of CC. bec- carii, bennetti, uni-appendiculatus (2 specimens), and westermani ; and in none of these species can I detect any difference of importance from the arrangement I have described above. In the last-named species (an adult specimen) there is a considerable amount of ossifica- tion in the last tracheal and first bronchial rings. The mucous fold on the internal walls of the bronchi varies much in develop- ment in different specimens. In adults there is a great accumu- lation of the fibrous and elastic tissures of the mucous membrane in the region of the tracheal tympanum. Of Dromeus nove-hollandie I have only, as yet, been able to examine one trachea, and that too from a young specimen. This closely resembles that of Casuarius; but the number of im- perfect tracheal rings seems to be considerably smaller, in the Specimen in question only the last three being incomplete behind. The third and fourth bronchial semirings are considerably stronger than the first two and the immediately preceding tracheal rings. There is no pessulus ; but the membrana semilunaris, especially pos- teriorly, seems to be better developed. The insertion of the sterno-tracheales is as in Casuarius. The lateral tracheal muscles extend down to within about 1°5 inch of the end of the trachea. N In the genus Ithea (as represented by F. americana and R. ma- erorhyncha) a very different condition of things occurs, there being a highly-specialized and peculiar syrinx, provided with a pair of in- trinsic muscles}. * I had observed the peculiar syrinx of Rhea some months before I met with M. Alix’s short paper on this bird in the “ Bulletin” of the Société Philoma- tique for 1874 (p. 38), in which he points out. for the first time, the fact that Rhea possesses a true syrinx. His account, which I here reproduce, runs as follows :— Il] y a chez le Nandou un larynx inférieur. Les cordes vocales sont placées 4 Vorigine des bronches, dont les premiers anneaux sont incomplets, en sort que la paroi interne qui leur correspond a l’aspect d’une membrane tym- pauiforme.: Le reste des bronches est formé par des anneaux complets.” This description is, as will be seen, very incomplete, and, in the last statement, in- correct, 1881.] TRACHEA IN THE “ RATITE’’ BIRDS. 785 In Rhea americana (figs. 7, 8) the average diameter of the trachea inferiorly is about 1 inch, and it is somewhat compressed from before backwards. The cartilaginous tracheal rings are complete behind. Bifureating trachea of Rhea americana, from betore. Fig. 8. The same, from behind. About the natural size. The intrinsic muscle has been removed on the right side. In fig. 8 the fibrous band running down the middle of the trachea posteriorly, as described above in Caswarius, is also represented. and closely approximated to each other. The last four tracheal rings are soldered together to form a cartilaginous box, the con- stituents of which are marked out by the interannular sutures, which are only interrupted in the middle line anteriorly and posteriorly. 786 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21, The exact number of tracheal rings which are fused to form this box varies in different specimens from four to six ; in some cases it is, apparently, formed by four rings on one side and five on another. The lowest tracheal ring is strongly concave downwards, but in front in the middle line is transversely truncated. Posteriorly the tympanic box is deeply and widely notched. There is a distinct, narrow, cartilaginous pesswdus, which runs from behind forwards, connecting the anterior and posterior walls of this box, and interrupting, in the mid line, the continuity of the membrana tympanifornis, which completes the bronchial walls internally. The first bronchial semiring is nearly straight, and of cylindrical form. It is closely connected at its extremities with the last tracheal ring ; but between these points is a pretty wide, lunate, interannular interval. The anterior ends of these first semirings are inturned con- siderably, but do not meet each other, or the pessulus ; posteriorly they do not extend inwards, by some way, as far as the preceding or succeeding rings. The second bronchial semiring is similar in form, but dilated slightly behind ; it is closely approximated to the pre- ceding ring in the greater part of its extent, but is anteriorly strongly curved downwards (in a somewhat sinuous way), so that here a con- siderable space is left between the two semirings in question. The third and fourth rings are considerably dilated, and produced in- wards, posteriorly ; anteriorly, in the particular specimen figured, they are fused into a comparatively narrow ring. The fifth, sixth, and succeeding semirings are quite simple incomplete hoops of cartilage, which become smaller and less complete internally as they approach the lungs. Between the pessulus in the middle line and the tracheal box and first four bronchial semirings, is spread a membrane, completing the tracheal and bronchial walls at the bifurcation of the tube. This membrana tympaniformis is thinnest posteriorly; but in the middle part of its extent, over a triangular area—the base of the triangle resting on the pessulus, whilst the apex is at the posterior end of the fourth bronchial semiring—it is thickened and of a fibro-cartilaginous consistency. From the sides of about the last ten tracheal rings a single thin but broad band of muscle arises, the fibres of which, running down- wards and forwards, are inserted into the anterior halves of the first five bronchial semirings and the membranes between them, extending, in some specimens, almest to the anterior tips of the first two semi- rings. This muscle is therefore in all respects a true intrinsic syringeal one. The lateral tracheal muscle stops anteriorly to the origin of the intrinsic one. Internally, there is a well-marked, sharp-bordered membrana semilunaris, resting on the pessulus, developed between the bronchi. In the space corresponding to the interval between the last tracheal and first bronchial rings, an accumulation of the fibrous and elastic tissues of the living membrane of the bronchus gives rise to a well- developed vocal cord. Rhea macrorhyncha closely resembles, in all respects, R. americana 1881.] TRACHEA IN THE “RATITE”’ BIRDS. 787 in the structure of its syrinx. In the single specimen I have by me, the tympanic box is anteriorly marked by four sutures on one side, and by three only on the other, as sometimes happens in 2. ameri- cana (as, e. g., in the specimen described and figured above). Reviewing the facts herein detailed, the most striking fact that comes out is the great difference exhibited by hea when compared with the four other genera described. In the possession of a tracheal box formed by the fusion of the few last tracheal rings, in the greater amount of specialization of the first two bronchial semirings of each side, in the presence of distinet interannular membrane-covered fenestre, in the development of a well-marked cartilaginous pessulus, and in the possession of a pair of true intrinsic syringeal muscles run- ning from the trachea to the bronchial semirings /hea stands out by itself as sharply opposed to all the remaining “‘Ratite”’ birds. Of the latter, Struthio and Apterya, as far as regards tracheal structure, form one group, the Casuariide another, the difference between the two being, however, comparatively slight as compared with those between them generally and Rhea. Struthio and Apteryx, in the tendency of the trachea to narrow before its bifurcation, in the greater amount of solidity of the cartilaginous structures, in the more sharply-defined junction be- between the two constituent parts of the bifurcating trachea, owing to the better development of the few last tracheal rings, differ from the Casuariide, where the terminal part of the trachea tends to develop into an expanded tympanum, the cartilaginous structures are softer and more pliant, the terminal tracheal rings are narrower and tend, especially in Casuarius, to become imperfect posteriorly, and the junction of trachea and bronchi is less marked. In the Casuariidze, too, the insertion of the sterno-trucheales is different from that of the other genera. As regards the alleged absence of a lower larynx (or “ syrinx ”’) in these “‘ Ratite”’ birds, it is obviously untrue as regards the genus Phea. In the other genera, an answer is less easy, and its nature must depend upon what is meant by the term “ lower larynx.” The presence of intrinsic voice-muscles cannot be regarded as essential in the definition of that term, any more than the develop- ment of a pessulus ; indeed either or both (e. g. Conopophaga) may be absent in birds with well-developed vocal organs. If the presence of semirings externally, and of a membrana tympaniformis internally, forming the walls of the bronchi, and of vocal cords developed in the interior of those tubes, be held to be sufficient to characterize a “‘syrinx,”’ then it will be incorrect to say that the Ratite birds have no voice-organs’. AsI have here shown, all these three structuresare 1 Tt is sometimes, though most erroneously, supposed that because a bird has no intrinsic yoice-muscles, it is, therefore, mute. Were such the case, all the Gallinz, Ducks, Chawna, and many other noisy birds should be voiceless. As regards the Ratite, the statement made by Meckel that they are mute or nearly so (/.¢. p. 571), is, I believe, equally groundless. J am assured by Mr. Bartlett that all, except perhaps the Apteryx, have the power of making con- siderable noises. As regards the Ostrich, indeed, Livingstone states that it is frequently difficult to distinguish its bellowing from the roaring of the Lion. 788 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON NEW FLYCATCHERS. [June 2], present, variously developed, in the genera in question, together with at least a rudiment of a membrana semilunaris. If a bird existed with its tracheal rings in no way modified at the bifurcation, with the bronchi, in their course thence forward to the lungs, com- pletely encircled by tracheiform rings of simple form, and with no vocal cords or semilunar membrane, it might be said with truth that in such a form “there is no lower larynx.” But, so far as I know, no existing bird possesses so simple an arrangement, though some of the Cathartide approach such a type very nearly. 8. On some Flycatchers lately added to the Collection of the British Museum. By R. Bowpier Suarprz, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum. [Received June 17, 1881.] (Plate LX VII.) The acquisition of the Gould collection has naturally added a large number of skins to the national collection ; and it has increased our series of Flycatchers considerably, so that I am enabled to correct some errors which have crept into the Catalogue of Birds. Genus Zrocrpnus, Bp. (Cf. Sharpe, Cat. B. vol. iv. p. 343.) I have now for the first time seen the adult male of Zeocephus rufus; and I find it to be a long-tailed bird, resembling a Terpsi- phone ; and it is doubtful now whether Zeocephus can be separated as a genus from the above-named one. ‘The male of Zeocephus rufus is similar to the bird described by me (/.c.), which must have been a female, but differs in its richer chestnut plumage and in its elongated central tail-feathers, which measure 7 inches in length. TERPSIPHONE SMITHII (Fraser). Muscipeta smithii, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 34; Allen and Thomps. Exped. Niger, il. p. 492. Tchitrea smithii, Hart]. Orn. West-Afr. p. 91 ; Cass. Pr. Philad. Acad. 1859, p. 42; Hartl. J. f. O. 1861, p. 168; Gray, Hand-l. B, i. p. 333, no. 5018. Terpsiphone smithii, Finsch and Hart]. Vég. Ostafr. p. 312, note. The type of this species is in the Gould collection; and I was surprised to find what a good species it really is, and how different from 7’. rufiventris, with which I had united it. In fact it comes nearest to 7’. tricolor, from which it differs in its rufous back, MALURUS CYANOCHLAMYS, Sp. 0. Malurus cyaneus, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 286 (nec Ellis). Adult male. Similar to M. cyaneus of New South Wales, ana, like that species, having the head, ear-coverts, and mantle of the same EO a J@Keulemans lth P Z.S 1881. Pl. LXVII Hanhart imp RHIPIDURA MACGILLIVRAY] 1881.] MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON NEW FLYCATCHERS. 789 tint, but the blue much lighter, pale, and of a silvery cobalt, instead of the deep cobalt-blue of MJ. cyaneus. The mantle is also smaller and more circumscribed. Hab. Moreton Bay (F. Strange). Gould Coll. RuIPIDURA MACGILLIVRAYI, sp. n. (Plate LXVILI.) Adult male. General colour above brown, the head dull ashy grey ; least wing-coverts like the back ; median and greater coverts dusky brown, tipped with white, forming a double band across the wing ; primary-coverts and quills dusky brown, the secondaries externally margined with fulvous, the innermost with white; upper tail-coverts blackish ; tail-feathers blackish, all but the centre ones with white shafts and very narrowly tipped with ashy whitish, which extends a little way down the end of the inner webs in the outermost feathers, the last tail-feather being whitish on the outer web, brown towards the end; lores dusky blackish ; ear-coverts and feathers below the eye ashy brown; above the lores a spot of dull white, and changing to ochreous buff above the eye ; chin and fore part of cheeks dull white, the hinder cheeks ochraceous’ buff like the under surface of the body, becoming deeper on the thighs and lighter on the under tail-coverts ; under wing-coverts and axillaries ochraceous buff; quills dusky brown below, light ashy along the edge of the inner web. ‘Total length 6-2 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°9, tail 3°5, tarsus 0°7. Adult female. Similar to the male in colour, Total length 6°2 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°7, tail 3-4, tarsus 0°7. Hab. Lord Howe’s Island, Sept. 13, 1853 (J. Macgillivray). Gould collection. Examples of this Flycatcher were found in a box of birds collected during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Herald’ which contained several other rarities from Lord Howe’s Island. The present species (which I dedicate to the memory of John Macgillivray, who collected the specimens) is a very distinct one, differing at once from &. albiscapa and the other allied species by the conspicuous ochreous-buff spot above the eye, this being white in the other RAipidure enumerated by me (J. ¢.). SrpHIA OBSCURA, Sp. 0. - Adult. General colour above olive greenish, inclining to lighter olive on the rump and upper tail-coverts ; quills light olive-brown, edged with the same brighter olive as the rump; wing-coverts dark olive-green like the back ; quills dusky brown, externally olive-green, the primaries edged with brighter olive ; crown dark slaty grey, with a slight wash of olive-green ; lores dusky blackish, surmounted by a white streak from above the ear-coverts to the base of the bill; ear-coverts dusky ash-brown with whitish shaft-lines ; cheeks and under surface of body isabelline-brown, a little whiter on the throat and centre of the breast ; thighs deeper and more tawny ; under wing- coverts and axillaries olive, the latter with a tinge of brighter olive- yellow ; quills dusky brown below, fulvescent along the edge of the 790 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE [June 21, inner web. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°4, tail 2°25, tarsus 0°9. Hab. Borneo. Gould collection. After comparing this dull-coloured Flyeatcher with examples of several genera of Muscicapidee, I have come to the conclusion that it is a Siphia belonging to the olive section (cf. Sharpe, Cat. B, iv. p. 443), but differing from all the species by its olive tail, grey cap, and white eyebrow. 9. On the Birds of Sandakan, North-east Borneo. By R. Bowoxer Suarre, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Department of Zoology, British Museum. [Received June 21, 1881.] My friend Mr. W. B. Pryer some time ago forwarded to me three large collections which he had made in the new district of Sandakan in North-eastern Borneo ; and a list of the species repre- sented in them is here given. Unfortunately only one species appears to be actually new to science; but several birds unknown to the avifauna of Borneo are recorded, and a few remarks on some of the rarer species are added. Owing to many calls upon my time, I have had no opportunity before of describing Mr. Pryer’s collections, for which I owe him an apology. In the present paper, I have quoted Count Salvadori’s ‘ Uccelli di Borneo,’ both as regards nomenclature and classification, departing therefrom in only a very few instances. 1. Fatco communts, Gm. Falco communis, Sharpe, Cat. B.i. p. 376; Salvad. Uce. Born. p.1. A young male. I also saw, a few years ago, a fine adult Peregrine in the Marquis of Tweeddale’s collection, which had been sold to him by a dealer as from North-eastern Borneo. Hitherto the occur- rence of the Peregrine Falcon in Borneo has rested upon a specimen procured by the late Mr. Motley at Banjermassing. 2. MicrRoHIERAX LATIFRONS. Microhierax latifrons, Sharpe, Ibis, 1879, p. 237, pl. vii. One specimen with the broad white forehead characteristic of the species. Without in the least doubting Mr. Whitely’s good faith in his correspondent who sent him two specimens of this spe- cies said to be from the Nicobars (cf. Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 274), I greatly doubt the possibility of such a bird having escaped all the researches of such naturalists as Mr. Davison and Capt. Wimberley, who have resided for a long time in these islands and thoroughly worked their ornithology. As is well known, the members of the genus Microhierax are very restricted in their range ; andit is scarcely possible that M. latifrons should inhabit N.W. Borneo and the Nicobars, with the Malayan peninsula and its species M. fringillarius interposed. ; 1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 791 3. Sprtornis PALLIDUS, Walden. Spilornis pallidus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i, p. 290. Spilornis bacha (Daud.), Salvad. ¢. ¢. p. 7. In the first collection was a female with remains of the young plumage about the head; in the third collection an adult male. 4. PerNis pTILONORHYNCHUS (Temm.) Pernis ptilonorhynchus, Salvad. ¢. ¢. p.9; Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p- 347. This species of Honey-Buzzard was discovered by Doria and Beccari near Sarawak, and at the time of writing my Catalogue was not known as an inhabitant of Borneo. Three specimens have been sent by Mr. Pryer from Sandakan ; and I am by no means certain that the Honey-Kite from the Indo-Malayan islands is not a different species from the bird inhabiting the Indian Peninsula ; but no doubt a large series would be required for comparison. 5. HaLtastuR INTERMEDIUS, Gurney. Haliastur intermedius, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 314. H. indus (Bodd.), Salvad. é.¢. p. 12. An adult specimen. 6. SprzAETUS LIMNAETUS (Horsf.). Spizaetus limnaetus, Salvad. t.c. p. 15. An adult bird in the uniform dark-brown stage usually met with in Borneo. 7. Kerupa ketupa (Horsf.) Ketupa javanensis, Less.; Salvad. Uce. Born. p. 20; Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 8. Two specimens, both adult. 8. Ninox scuTuLata (Rafil.). Ninox scutulata, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 156. | Ninox borneensis, Bp., Salvad. t. c. p. 18. A single adult specimen. 9. Scops Lemprs1 (Horsf.). Scops lempiji, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 91; Salvad. ¢.c. p. 19. 10. Loricutus gaLeutus (L.). Loriculus galgulus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 26. An adult bird. 11. Harpacres prarpi (Temm.) Pyrotrogon diardi, Salvad. t. ec. p. 28. 12. Harpactes KasuMBa (Raffl.). Pyrotrogon kasumba, Salvad. t. ec. p. 29. 792 MR, R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE (June 21, a” 13. HARPACTES DUVAUCELI (Temm.), Pyrotrogon duvauceli, Salvad. t.c. p. 29. 14, XANTHOLAHMA DUVAUCELI (Less.). Xantholema duvauceli, Salvad. t. c. p. 38. 15. CALORHAMPHUS FULIGINOSUS (Temm.). Calorhamphus fuliginosus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 39. 16. IyNGOPICUS AURANTIIVENTRIS, Salvad. Jyngipicus aurantiiventris, Salvad. t. ec. p. 11, tav. iv. fig. 2. 17. XyLoLePes vaLipus (Temm.). Xylolepes validus, Salvad, ¢.c. p. 43. 18. CALLOLOPHUS PUNICEUS (Horsf.). Callolophus puniceus, Salvad. t. c. p. 49. 19. ALOPHONERPES PULVERULENTUs (Temm.), Alophonerpes pulverulentus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 51. 20. THRIPONAX JAVENSIS (Horsf.). Thriponax javensis, Salvad. t.c. p. 52. 21. Tiga JAVANENS!Is (Ljung.). Tiga javanensis, Salvad. t.c. p. 54. 22. Mrietypres Tristis (Horsf.). Meiglyptes tristis, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 56. 23. MriGLiypTes TUKKI (Less.). Meiglyptes tukki, Salvad. t. c, p. 57. 24. MicROPTERNUS BADIOosus (Temm.). Micropternus badiosus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 58. 25. Curysococcyx XANTHORHYNCHUS (Horsf.). Chrysococcyx xanthorhynchus, Salvad. t. c. p. 62. A young specimen in a very interesting stage of plumage, being white banded with brown below, the head uniform light rufous, the back also pale rufous with green bands, here and there a purple feather appearing and distinguishing the species. 26. SurNicuLus LuGusRis (Horsf.). Surniculus lugubris, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 63. 27. CACOMANTIS MERULINUS (Scop.). Cacomantis merulinus, Salvad. t.c. p. 64. 28. RuyNorTHA CHLOROPH A (Raffl.). Rhynortha chlorophea, Salvad. t. c. p. 69. 29. RHOPODYTES BORNEENSIS. Rhopodytes borneensis, Salvad. t.c. p. 72. 1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 793 30. RHopopyTES ERYTHROGNATHUS (Hartl.), Rhopodytes erythrognathus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 604. 31. ZANCLosroMus JAVANICcUuS (Horsf.). Zanclostomus javanicus, Salvad. t.c.p.75. 32. CENTROCOCCYX EURYCERCUS (Hay). Centrococcyx eurycercus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 78. 33. ANORRHINUS GALERITUS (Temm.). Anorrhinus galeritus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 70. 34. MERopPs sUMATRANUS, Rafil. Merops bicolor, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 90 (nec Bodd.). 35. NycTIorNIs amicra (Temm.). Nyctiornis amicta, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 91. Among the specimens sent is a young one in the green stage of plumage, with a slight indication of the lilac frontal plumes appearing, and on the breast some red feathers, which, however, appear to be more orange-red than scarlet, as in the fully adult birds. 36. PELARGOPSIS LEUCOCEPHALA (Bodd.). Pelargopsis leucocephala, Salvad. t¢.c. p. 95. 37. CEYX DILLWYNNI, Sharpe. Ceyzx dillwynni, Salvad. t.c. p. 99. Three perfectly adult specimens with the characteristic scapulars of the species. 38. Hatcyon coromAnDa (Lath.). Callialcyon coromanda (Lath.) ; Salvad. ¢.c. p. 101. 39. Hatcyon concreTta (Temm.). Caridagrus concretus (Temm.), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 102. Two adult specimens. 40. Haucyon cutoris (Bodd.). Sauropatis chloris (Bodd.), Salvad. t. ¢. p. 103. 41. CARCINEUTES MELANOPS (Temm.). Lacedo melanops (Temm.), Salvad. ¢. ec. p. 104. A beautiful adult specimen, with the black collar round the hind neck perfectly developed. 42. EuRYSTOMUS ORIENTALIS, L. Eurystomus orientalis, Salvad. t.c. p. 105. 43. CoLLocALiA LiINncHI, Horsf. & Moore. Collocalia linchi, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 121. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LI. 51 794 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE [June 21, 44, GERYGONE SULFUREA, Wall. Gerygone sulfurea, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 214. T have compared the single specimen sent by Mr. Pryer with the type of G. sulfurea, and find that it agrees better with this species than with G. flaveola, though the latter bird is also said to inhabit Borneo. In the Gould collection also was a specimen of the present bird, marked as being from the ‘ Philippines.” 45. Sipura BANyuMAS (Horsf.). Siphia banyumas, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 449. Cyornis banyumas (Horsf.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 130. Adult male, female, and young. 46. Hyproruymis occrpitauis (Vig.). Hypothymis oceipitalis, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 275. Hypothymis azurea, Salvad. t. e. p. 133 (nec Bodd.). 47. RurprpurRa JAvVANIcA (Sparrm.). Rhipidura javanica, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 332. Leucocerca javanica (Sparrm.), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 135. 48. Rurpipura PERLATA (Mill.). Rhipidura perlata, Sharpe, ¢.c. p. 328. Leucocerca perlata (Miill.), Salvad. ¢. c. p, 136. 49. TeERPSIPHONE AFFINIS (Hay). Terpsiphone affinis, Salvad. t. c. p. 137. 50. PHILENTOMA VELATUM (Temm.). Philentoma velatum, Salvad. t.c. p.132; Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p.365. 51. PHILENTOMA PYRRHOPTERUM (Temm.). Philentoma pyrrhopterum, Salvad. t. c. p. 138; Sharpe, ¢.c. p. 366. 52. RuINoMyIAS PECTORALIS (Salvad.). Rhinomyias pectoralis, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 368. Setaria pectoralis, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 233, tay. iv. fig. 1. 53. ARTAMUS LEUCORHYNCHUs (L.). Artamus leucorhynchus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 140. 54. PERICROCOTUS IGNEUS, Blyth. Pericrocotus igneus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 144. 55. LaLaGE TERAT (Bodd.). Lalage terat, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 145. 56. Lauace cutminata (A. Hay). Lalage culminata, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 104. Volvocivora schierbrandit, Pelz., Salvad. t.c. p. 149. 1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 795 57. Hemipus oxzscurvus (Horsf.), Hemipus obscurus, Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 305. Myjiolestes obscurus (Horsf.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 156. 58. IRENA CRINIGERA. Irena crinigera, Sharpe, Cat. B. iii, p. 267; Gould, B. Asia, pt. xxxii, Irena cyanea, Salvad. t.c. p. 151 (nec Begbie). Adult males and females. 59. DissEMURUS BRACHYPHORUs (Temm.). Dissemurus brachyphorus, Salvad. t.c. p. 154. 60. TEPHRODORNIS GuLARIs (Raf_l.), Tephrodornis gularis, Salvad. t.c. p. 156. 61. Lanrus cEPHALOMELAS, Bp. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p- 436 ; Walden, Ibis, 1868, p. 70. Lanius bentet, Horsf., Salvad. ¢. c. p. 158. L. similis L. bentet, sed capite nuchaque nigris pileum formanti- bus, interscapulio et dorso superiore clare cineraceis distinguendus. Long. tot. 9, culm. 0°8, ale 3°52, caude@ 5:1, tarsi 1°05. Mr. Pryer has sent a specimen of this Shrike, which agrees with one from Sandakan already in the British Museum. These in turn agree with Philippe examples, and seem to belong to a distinct race of L. bentet. 62. PiTyRIAsIS GYMNOCEPHALA (Rafil.). Pityriasis gymnocephala, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 159. 63. DenpRopuita rrontaLis (Horsf.), Dendrophila frontalis, Salvad. t.c. p. 161. 64. PrionocHILus xanTHOPYGIUS, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 162, 65. PrionocuiLus THORACICUS (Temm.). Prionochilus thoracicus, Salvad. ¢. ¢. p. 163, A large series. 66. PrionocHILus MACULATUs (Temm.). Prionochilus maculatus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 164. 67. DiczuM PRYERI, sp. n. D. simile D. nigrimento, Salvad., sed gutture toto, colli et corporis lateribus nigris distinguendum. Long. tot. 2°9, culm. 0:4, ale 1°85, caude 1:0, tarsi 0°45. The first collection sent by Mr. Pryer contained a single spe- cimen of this Diceum: it appeared to be quite different from D. nigrimentum, which is in the collection of the British Museum. Subsequently Mr. Pryer forwarded some more adult males in his second and third consignments ; and as all of these agree in having the whole of the throat black, I have no doubt that it is a good species. ol* 796 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE [June 21, 68. Dicawum TRIGoNostiGMa (Scop.). Diceum trigonostigma, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 166. 69. ANTHREPTES HYPOGRAMMICA (S. Miill.). Anthreptes hypogrammica, Shelley, Monogr. Nect. p.305, pl. xcviii. Hypogramma nuchalis (Blyth), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 172. 70. ASTHOPYGA sIPARAJA (Raffl.). Aithopyga siparaja, Shelley, t.c. p. 57, pl. xix. Abthopyga eupogon, Cab., Salvad. t.c. p. 173. 71. CINNYRIS HASSELTI (Temm.). Cinnyris hasselti, Shelley, ¢.c. p. 127, pl. xlii. Nectarophila hasseltii (Temm.), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 177. 72. CHALCOSTETHA INSIGNIS (Jard.). Chalcostetha insignis, Salvad. t. c. p. 177; Shelley, ¢.c. p. 87, pl. xxx. 73. ANTHREPTES MALACCENSIs (Scop.). Anthreptes malaccensis, Salvad. t.c. p.178; Shelley, ¢.c. p. 315, pl. ci. fig. 2, and_pl. cii. p- 74, ANTHREPTES PH@NICOTIs (Temm.). Anthreptes phenicotis, Shelley, ¢. c. p. 325, pl. ev. Chalcoparia singalensis (Gm.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 180. 75. ARACHNORAPHIS FLAVIGASTRA (Blyth). Arachnoraphis flavigastra, Shelley, t. c. p. 373, pl. exx. Arachnothera eytonii, Salvad. t. c. p. 182. 76. ARACHNOTHERA LONGIROSTRA (Lath.). Arachnothera longirostra, Salvad. t. c. p. 186; Shelley, ¢.c. . 357, pl. exiv. 77. ASGITHINA VIRIDIS (Bp.). Tora scapularis, Horsf., Salvad. ¢.c. p. 190. 78. CHLOROPSIS ZOSTEROPS, Vig. Phyllornis sonneratii (J. & S.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 193. 79. Pycnonortus anatis (Horsf.). Pycnonotus analis, Salvad. t.c. p. 197. 80. Pycnonortus stmpLex (Less.). Pycnonotus brunneus and P. modestus, Blyth, J. A. S. Beng. xiv. 568. Microtarsus olivaceus, Moore in Horsf. & Moore’s Cat. B. E.I. Co. Mus. i. p. 249. Four specimens sent by Mr. Pryer. Mr. Hume (Str. F. 1878, p- 309) has pointed out the differences between this species and P. plumosus of Blyth. He calls it Ivos brunneus (Blyth) ; but, 1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 797 after a thorough study of the genus, I have no hesitation in consi- dering it to be the true P. simplex of Lesson ; and this name should be restored to it. 81. Micropus MELANOCEPHALUs (Gm.). Brachypodius melanocephalus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 201. By comparing the type of the genus Micropus, Swains. (Classif. B. ii. p. 226), which is Micropus chalcocephalus, with Brachypodius melanocephalus, which is the type of the genus Brachypodius, it will be found that they are generically the same ; and hence Brachypo- dius of Blyth (1845) is asynonym of Micropus of Swainson (1837). 82. Hemixus MALACCENSIS (Blyth). Hypsipetes malaccensis (Blyth), Salvad. t.c. p. 202. This species is not a true Hypsipetes, but a Hemixus with well- developed rictal bristles. 83. TRICHOLESTES CRINIGER (Blyth). Tricholestes minutus (Hartl.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 205, tav. v. fig. 1. 84. CriniceR GuTrurRaLis (S. Miill.). Criniger gutturalis, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 206. 85. CrINIGER PHZOCEPHALUs (Hartl.). Criniger pheocephalus, Salvad. t. c. p. 207. 86. IoLe otrvacea, Blyth. Tole olivacea, Salvad. t. c. p. 210. Two adult specimens. 87. CYANODERMA BICOLOR (Blyth). Cyanoderma erythropterum (Blyth), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 213. 88. HerrorNIs BRUNNESCENS, Sharpe, Ibis, 1879, p. 257. 89. Macronus ptizosus, J. & S. Macronus ptilosus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 216. 90. DRyMOCATAPHUS CAPISTRATOIDES (Temm.). Drymocataphus capistratoides, Salvad. t. ce. p. 218. 91. BRACHYPTERYX UMBRATILIS (Temm.). Brachypteryx umbratilis, Salvad. t.c. p. 220. 92. BRACHYPTERYX MALACCENSIs, Hartl. Brachypteryx malaccensis, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 222. 93. Kenopra striata (Blyth). Kenopia striata, Salvad. t.c. p. 224, tay. v. fig. 2. 798 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE [June 21, 94, MatacorTeron masvus, Blyth. Malacopteron majus, Salvad, t.c. p. 225. 95. Pirra ussHERI, Sharpe. Pitta ussheri, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 94; Gould, B. Asia, pt. xxix. A beautiful specimen of this rare Pitta. 96. Prrra CH@RuLEA (Rafil.). Pitta cerulea, Gould, B. of Asia, pt. xxx. New to Borneo. Four specimens. One male is marked by Mr. Pryer ‘‘ Obtained at Upak, March 13, 1878. Eyes brown, black pupil ; beak black ; legs brown.” 97. Prrra BAvunt, Mill. & Schl. Pitta baudi, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 243; Gould, B. Austr. pt. xxix. 98. PirrA MUELLERI (Bp.). Pitta muelleri, Salvad. t. c. p. 240. 99. CaLyPTOMENA VirRInDIs, Raffi. Calyptomena viridis, Salvad. t. ce. p. 106. 100. EuryLamvus ocHROMELAS, Rafi. Eurylemus ochromelas, Salvad. ¢.¢. p. 108. 101. CymMBORHYNCHUS MACRORHYNCHUS (Gm.). Cymborhynchus macrorhynchus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 109. 102. OrTHOTOMUS CINERACEUS, Blyth. 103. OrTHOTOMUS RUFICEPS, Less. Orthotomus ruficeps, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 248. 104. Henicurvs rrontatis, Blyth. Henicurus frontalis, Elwes, Ibis, 1872, p. 259, pl. ix.; Salvad. t.c. p. 258. 105. CrrrocincLa sTRICKLANDI (Motl. & Dillw.). Cittocincla stricklandi, Salvad. t.c. p. 253. 106. Corsycuus Amanus (Horsf.). Copsychus ameenus, Salvad. ¢. ¢. p. 255. 107. AnrHus GusTAvI, Swinh. Anthus gustavi, Sharpe, Ibis, 1879, p. 262. 108. MuniA ATRICAPILLA (V.). Munia atricapilla, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 265. 1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 799 109. Munta tevcocastra (Blyth). Munia leucogastra, Salvad. t.c. p. 267. 110. Catornis cHALyB2Zus (Horsf.). Calornis chalybeus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 271. 111. OrtoLus xANTHONOTUs, Horsf. Oriolus zanthonotus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 277. 112. PrarysmuRus ATERRIMUS (Temm.). Platysmurus aterrimus, Salvad. t.c. p. 279. 113. Coroner Enca (Horsf.). Corone enca, Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 43. Corone validus, Temm., Salvad. ¢.c. p. 281. 114. PLaryLoruus coronatus (Rafil.). Platylophus coronatus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 280. Two specimens agreeing with the Sumatran type. 115. TrRERON VERNANS (L.). Treron vernans, Salvad. t.c. p. 286. 116. TRERON FULVICOLLIs (Wagl.). Treron fulvicollis, Salvad. t. c. p. 288. 117. Prinopus samBu (Gm.). Ptilopus jambu, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 289. 118. CarpopHaGaA 4 NEA (L.). Carpophuga enea, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 290. 119. Myristicrvora BICOLOR (Scop.). Myristicivora bicolor, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civic. Genoy. ix. p- 276. An adult specimen. 120. SprLoPeLia TIGRINA (Temm.). Spilopelia tigrina, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 297. 121. Turrur pussumreRi (Temm.). Turtur dussumieri, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 65; Wall. Ibis, 1865, p. 392. Count Salvadori includes in his work on the birds of Borneo only Streptopelia bitorquata (=Turtur bitorquata) with a query, the species being included in the Bornean list only on the authority of Gray. The specimens now sent by Mr. Pryer agree with Bonaparte’s diagnosis of 7. dussumiert, which must be added 800. MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BORNEAN BIRDS. [June 2], to the avifauna of Borneo; and therefore Mr. Wallace’s sugges- tion (J. ec.) that Bonaparte had made an error in locality, is not borne out. 122. Mrecaropivus cumINGI, Dillw. Megapodius cumingi, Salvad. t¢. ce. p. 302. 123. Evptocamus 1enttus (Lath.). Euplocamus nobilis, Sclater, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 306. 124, RoLLuLus rovLovt (Scop.). Rollulus rouloul, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 308. 125. SQUATAROLA HELVETICA (L.). Squatarola helvetica, Salvad. t.c. p. 313. 126. ANGIALITIS GEOFFROYI (Wagl.). Ai gialitis geoffroyi, Salvad. t.c. p. 318. 127. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (L.). Tringoides hypoleucus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 326. 128. NuMENIUS UROPYGIALIs, Gould. Numenius pheopus (1.), Salvad. ¢.¢. p. 333. 129. ERyTHRA PHENICURA (Penn.). Erythra phenicura, Salvad. t.c. p. 340. 130. ARDEA SUMATRANA, Raffi. Ardea sumatrana, Salvad. t.c. p. 344. 131. Buroripes savanica (Horsf.). Butorides javanica, Salvad. t. c. p. 351. 132. Busutcus cornomanovs (Bodd.). Bubulcus coromandus, Salvad. t.c. p. 340. 133. SuLa FIBER (L.). Sula fiber, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 369. A young and a fully adult bird. This species has never been before recorded from Borneo, though Count Salvadori (/. ¢.) foretold its occurrence. I fully suspect that the young birds recorded by me (‘ Ibis,’ 1879, p. 272) from the Lawas river and Sandakan really belonged to this species, and not to S. piscatrix, to which I re- ferred them. 134. Purrinus LEUCOMELAS, T. & S. 1881. } ON SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 801 10. On the Land-Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Avusten, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.—Part II. Heli- cacex’. (Plates LXVIII., LXIX.) The most abundant Pulmoniferous shells on the island of Socotra are those of a subgenus of Buliminus, which Mr. Geoffrey Nevill separated and distinguished under the title Achatinelloides, upon the then only known species B. socotrensis of Pfeiffer, one of the most distinct forms of the group. Achatinelloides (which I propose for the present to restrict to species of this island until we possess a larger series of the land-shells of the adjacent mainland, almost unknown at present) may be divided into two well-marked divisions :—a, with well costulated sculpture; 4, smooth and polished. A broad, rather flat columellar margin, more or less plicate, is characteristic of the subgenus, and is well shown in the type (vide fig. 1 a, Plate LX VIII.). There is a third group of Bulimini peculiar to Socotra, c, charac- terized by their thin fragile shells, while the columellar margin still assimilates to that of the more solid shells of the first group (compare fig. 5 a, Plate LXVIII., with fig. 9 a, Plate LXIX.). As yet we know nothing of their anatomy ; but as they approach in form and coloration B. velutinus, Pfr., which is the type of Albers’s subgenus Pachnodus, 1 have placed them in that subgenus for the present. Groups @ and 6 show, in a very interesting manner, how gradually species have been modified, and yet how close they remain as a whole. Take, for instance, the markings in 4. socotrensis and socotrensis var. elongatus, and observe how the spiral markings in the former have become longitudinal on the sides of the longer whorls of the latter, and how these last again have been modified in A. tigris into still more pronounced longitudinal rays of colour, while the shell has changed into the more elongate form and lost its ribbed sculpture. Again, in 4. zebrinus we have another modification of the same spiral bands seen in A. socotrensis, but in a still more solid glossy shell. In A. balfouri, in the first 4 or 5 whorls only do we find any coloured bands retained; these, as the shell becomes mature, are lost altogether. Plain unmarked varieties occur in many of the species. A. hadibuensis has the coloured patches very irre- gularly arranged, but still oblique to the costulation ; while in A. gollonsirensis, the most ornamented of all, this type of coloration is crossed by a well-marked almost continuous spiral band of colour, A, semicastaneus presents in its form and coloration quite another sort of variation in another direction. In bringing the list of Socotran Land-shells to a conclusion in this paper, I think it due (as a member of the Committee for the explora- tion of the island) to express to Prof. Bayley Balfour how much we are » For Part I. vide supra p. 251 et seqq. Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1881, No. LII. 52 802 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 21, indebted to him for the fine collection he has succeeded in bringing together ina few weeks. Having collected myselfin the East, 1 know he must have worked hard and well to do it, pressed as he was for time, and that time primarily occupied with his own particular branch of science, botany. When we consider also the birds, reptiles, and insects &c. which he brought home, it is seen how very valuable the results have been, considering the small outlay of money. Far greater are they, and far more valuable, than those of many better known and more costly expeditions, subscribed for and sent out by scientific societies from this country. Genus BuLIMINUs. ; Subgenus ACHATINELLOLDES, G. Neville, Dec. 1878 (Handl. Moll. Ind. Mus. p. 131), as represented in Socotra (= Ovella, Pfr. Nomen. (ed. Clessin), May 1879). Group a. With more or less costulated sculpture. 1. socotrensis, Pfr., type. 2. , var. elongatus. 3. hadibuensis. 4, , var. alba. 5. balfouri. 6. gollonsirensis. S Group 4, Smooth and polished. . tigris. . cebrinus. . longiformis. . semicastaneus. te Go bo Subgenus Pacunopus, Albers. Group ec. Smooth, with epidermis, very thin and fragile. Very abnormal. 1. heliciformis. 2. fragilis. 3. adonensis. 1. Burrminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) socoTRENsIs, Pfr. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 1.) (Figured in Conch. Icon. pl. lxiv. fig. 440.) Shell dextral, rotundately oval, very closely and narrowly rimate ; sculpture close regular ribbing ; colour white, the last whorl orna- mented with very oblique regular bands of madder-brown crossing the costulation at right angles, becoming broader and more irregular on the apical whorls but still very oblique; spire conical, apex sub- acuminate; suture shallow ; whorls5,rounded; aperture suboblique, oval, angular above, with a strong callus on the body-whorl ; peri- stome thin ; the columellar margin flat, with a strong plication. Largest specimens, size :— Major diam. 0°27, alt. axis 0°40, alt. apert. 0°24 inch. o Se AiO: fe 10°1 a 6°2 millim. 1881.] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 803 Var. alba. Among 98 specimens nine were quite plain, but did not differ in any other respect. Animal. Many specimens were found to be still alive, and survived some time, but died off gradually. Eye-tentacles moderately long, the oral tentacles long and dark ; animal pale-coloured, foot pointed. The odontophore will be figured hereafter with those of other species. [This species is very common on trees (Croton, sp. ind.) on the plain of the valley at the mouth of which is the village of Gollonsir. —B. B.] 2. BuLiminus (ACHATINELLOIES) SOCOTRENSIS, var. ELON- GaTus. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 2.) Shell rimate, ovately fusiform, very solid; sculpture regular shallow oblique costulation; colour buffy white, the last whorl below obliquely and spirally ornamented with regular umber-brown bands, which on the upper whorls become transverse splashes of colour slightly oblique to the costulation ; spire elongately pyramidal, sides flatly convex ; suture shallow ; whorls 6, sides flat ; aperture ovate ; peristome sharp, only very slightly reflected near the rimation ; colu- mellar margin with a sharp internal fold. Size :— Major diam. 0°25, alt. axis 0°45, alt. apert. 0°22 inch. ”» ” > ” 1] 0, ” G5) millim. Animal. One alive, pale greenish grey ; eye-tentacles short, dark ; a white granular short patch on the fore margin of the foot. [On the stems of Dracena growing on limestone at over 2000 feet. —B. B.| This shell is very close to A. socotrensis ; but the form is more elongate, and the distribution of the bands of colour is very different : and it might be mistaken for the young of 4. dalfourc; but the whorls are flatter. 3. BuLIMINUS (ACHATINELLOIDES) HADIBUENSIS, 0. sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 3.) Shell elongately fusiform, rather broadly rimate in well-grown shells, closer in the younger specimens, coarse but regular costula- tion ; colour ochraceous brown with streaks of madder-brown running parallel to the costulation, these again overlaid with minute specks of black, apex nearly black; spire elongately pyramidal, slightly convex, subacuminate; suture shallow, adpressed; whorls 6, body- whorl the largest, sides very flatly convex; aperture ovate, more than half the length of the axis; peristome with sharp edge, slightly reflected over the rimation, regularly curved on the outer margin; columellar margin straight, with a slight sinuation within the aperture. Longest specimen :— Major diam. 04, alt. axis 0°85, alt. apert. 0°5 inch. fe ey 1) © pear - 12°5 millim. 52* 804 LIEUT.-COL. H..H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 21, Shortest specimen :— Major diam. 0°36, alt. axis 0°77, alt. apert. 0:44 inch. FP ag A Up & 1937; 9 11:2 millim. [Most abundant on the trees upon the plain in the vicinity of Hadibu, on a Croton, which was the commonest undershrub.—B. B. | This shell is closely allied to 4. balfourt ; but it may be known at once by its more elongate form, coarser sculpture, and elaborate ornamentation. 4. Butiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) HADIBUENSIS, var, ALBA. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 4.) Pure white. I give a figure of the base, right side, showing the rimation; but its narrowness is, I think, due to immaturity, and not of much value. Major diam. 0°36, alt. axis 0°82, alt. apert. 0°42 inch. ” » 9°0, oy) 21:0, ” 10°5 millim. This shell is very close to A. hadibuensis ; but the sculpture is not 80 coarse. Var. minor has splashes of pale brown upon the whorls, and measures :—-- Major diam. 0°48, alt. axis 0°13 inch. 2 ” 12:0, ” ue millim. 5. BuLiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) BALFOURI, n. sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 5.) Shell narrowly and deeply rimate, ovately fusiform, solid ; sculp- ture regular close oblique costulation ; colour generally white, with a few dark distant longitudinal splashes on the four apical whorls ; spire elongately conoid, sides convex, apex moderately sharp, suture shallow ; whorls 7, last the largest, sides convex ; aperture elongately ovate, nearly half the length of the shell, with a strong callus on the body-whorl in many specimens ; peristome sharp, straight on the outer margin; columellar margin straight, reflected over the rima- tion, with a well-marked internal fold. Longest specimen :— Major diam. 0°39, alt. axis 0°83, alt. apert. 0°39 inch. 33 >» 10°0, eo: ae oy “A 10°0 millim. Shortest specimen :— Major diam. 0°38, alt. axis 0°68, alt. apert. 0°38 inch. ” ” 9°5, ” 17°8, ” 9°5 millim., Animal pale ochraceous, with minute speckling of brown ; tentacles pale, elongate, attenuate, pointed. In some the head is mottled dark clivaceous ; no pallial line. Locality. General all over the island. 1881.] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 805 6. Butrminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) BALFOURI, var. Three specimens are mottled spirally below with pale umber and white, above transversely ; and the apical whorls have dark dashes near the suture at regular intervals. Longest specimen :— Major diam. 0°44, alt. axis 0°87, alt. apert. 0°47 inch. ab Aye) uals rr 22°5, 99 12°4 millim. Most tumid specimen :— Major diam, 0°37, alt, axis 0°65, alt. apert. 0°34 inca. iby Sabor, 2° Gs in ane HAO; s 9-0 milum. [From the plain in the vicinity of Kadhoop village on the north side of the island.—B. B. | 7. Butrminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) GOLLONSIRENSIS, nl. sp. (Plate LXIX. fig. 10.) Shell ovately fusiform, narrowly rimate, solid; sculpture regular rather pronounced costulation ; colour white or pale buff, minutely mottled with brown, with very irregular jaggy, transverse, short streaks or patches of darker brown, slightly oblique to the costulation, which do not reach to the suture above; spire elongately pyramidal, sides fiatly convex, apex subacuminate, suture shallow; whorls 7, sides flat ; aperture ovate, considerably more than one third the length of the axis; peristome sharp, flatly convex on the outer margin and rounded below; columellar margin reflected, nearly covering the rima- tion, an internal fold. Longest specimen :— Major diam. ()°28, alt. axis 0°66, alt. apert. 0°32 inch. : 16°8, c 8°0 millim, EB) ” 2 3) Shortest specimen :— Major diam. 0°21, alt. axis 0°50, alt. apert. 0°26 inch. ” ” 5°5, ” 13:0, ” 6°8 millim. {On trees, not uncommon on hill-slopes; these are from those bounding the Gollonsir valley —B. B.] The older specimens lose much of their coloration; but the fine mottling can generally be made out. s 8. Buriminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) TIGRIS, n. sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 6.) Shell rimate, ovately fusiform, solid, smooth and polished ; seulp- ture lines of strize discernible underlens; colour white and buff-brown, streaked diagonally below with narrow bands of brown; above, each whorl ornamented with jagged regularly disposed transverse bands of the same colour ; spire elongately pyramidal, sides slightly con- vex; suture shallow; whorls 6, sides slightly convex ; aperture oval, subvertical ; peristome thick, regularly convex on the outer margin ; columellar margin with a strong plication, very little reflected. 806 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 2], Longest specimen :— Major diam. 0-24, alt. axis 0°50, alt. apert. 0°22 inch. » 3” 6° 0, ” 12: 5, ” a 7 millim. Shortest specimen :— Major diam. 0°22, alt. axis 0°42, alt. apert. 0°17 inch. » ” “0, ” 10°8, ” 4:5 millim. [Taken on stems of Dracena, on limestone at an altitude of over 2000 feet.—B. B. | This shell might at first sight be taken for A. gollonsirensis ; but the much more open rimation and more polished surface distinguish it. It is again very similar to A. longiformis, but is more attenuate in form. 9. BuLiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) ZEBRINUS, u. sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 7.) Shell rimate, elongately fusiform, polished, solid; sculpture indis- tinct transverse striee under lens ; colour milky white, with fine well- defined spiral bands of madder-brown on the last whorl, which near the suture turn sharply and change toa dark ochre tint; the dark bands are more irregular and jagged towards the apex; spire elongately pyramidal, very slightly convex; suture shallow ; whorls 63, sides somewhat flattened; aperture subvertical; peristome thickened ; columellar margin with a slight fold. Longest specimen :— Major diam. 0°19, alt. axis 0°43, alt. apert. 0°20 inch. ” ” 5: 0, ” 10: 8, ” 5° 2 millim. Shortest specimen :— Major diam. 0°14, alt. axis 0°37, alt. apert. 0°14 inch. ” ” as 0, ” he 4, ” 4:0 millim. Locality. On the stems of Dracena on limestone at over 2000 feet, along with A. tigris. 10. Butiminvus (ACHATINELLOIDES) LONGIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 8.) Shell very narrowly rimate, polished, solid, very elongately fusi- form ; sculpture indistinct transverse striee ; colour white, with elon- gate more or less dark-brown streaks of colour extending to apex, less defined on basal end; spire elongately pyramidal, sides flatly convex ; suture shallow; whorls 7, sides flat ; aperture ovate, rather more than half the length of axis; peristome sharp on the outer mar- gin, which is slightly convex; columellar margin rather thickened, almost concealing the rimation, with an internal fold. Longest specimen :— Major diam. 0°28, alt. axis 0°76, alt. apert. 0°30 inch. ” » 72, Pee Bat + 8°0 millim, 1881.] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLs. 807 Medium specimen :— Major diam. 0°26, alt. axis 0°67, alt. apert. 0°28 inch. 33 33 6:9, ” ] 70, ” “Lo millim. Locality. Eastern end of the island, on limestone. 11, Buntiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) SEMICASTANEUS, n. sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 9.) Shell rimate, solid, fusiform ; sculpture fine oblique striation, to the naked eye polished ; colour milky white on last two whorls, chest- nut or sienna-brown on the five apical ; spire elongately pyramidal, be- coming rapidly attenuate at the apex, sides convex ; suture rather shallow ; whorls 7, body-whorl tumid, side convex ; aperture ovate, suboblique ; peristome continuous as a strong callus on the body- whorl, rather flattened on the outer margin ; columellar margin with well-marked fold, oblique, somewhat thickened and angulate near the upper inner margin. Longest specimen :— Major diam. 0°22, alt. apert. 0°22, alt. axis 0°39 inch. 4 aft) 2D) te 5:5, ae 10:0 millim. Shortest specimen :— Major diam. 0°22, alt. apert. 0°22, alt. axis 0°37 inch. ” ” 5°5, ” 5°), ” 9°5 millim. Locality. [South side of island on limestone rocks, nearly 1000 feet ; nine specimens were found.—B, B.] 12. Butiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) SEMICASTANEUS, Var. ALBA (Plate LXVIII. fig. 10.) Shell fusiform, narrowly rimate, smooth; sculpture fine oblique somewhat irregular striation; colour all white ; spireelongate, sides flatly convex, apex subacuminate, suture very shallow; whorls 6-7, sides very flat; aperture ovoid, subvertical ; peristome sharp, continued as a thin callus on the body-whorl ; columellar margin straight, with an internal plication, slightly reflected over the rimation. Size :— Major diam. 0°14, alt. axis 0°36, alt. apert. 0°18 inch. ” ” 3°7, ” 9°3, ” 4°7 millim. Locality. [S.W. of Gollonsir on the limestone ridge, over 1000 feet ; only 3 specimens were obtained.—B. B. | This shell is very close to B. semicastaneus ; but it is much flatter on the sides and not so tumid in form, and is no doubt a local variety. There are only three specimens in the collection, 13. Buniminus (PACHNODUS) HELICIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate LXIX. figs. 7, 7a.) Ovately fusiform, tumid, thin, diaphanous ; sculpture thin, a few transverse lines of growth; colour olive-brown ; spire pyramidal, suture 808 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 21, rather deep; whorls 4, all rounded and the last much swollen ; aperture broadly ovate ; peristome very thin, as well as the colu- mellar margin, where there i is a slight reflexion. Size :— Major diam.0°20, alt. axis 0°38, diam. apert. 0°20, alt. apert. 0°25inch, oy) oy 6 705 pre EDs ” is 4 Ob ” 6°5 millim. Locality. [Only found in one locality, at the base of granite cliffs above Hadibu.—B. B.] Only one specimen found. This shell might be taken for a Helix at first sight ; but its columellar margin shows it to be a close ally of the two next species, as well as the general coloration and appearance of the epidermis. Living specimens of this species and its allies would he very desirable. 14, Butiminus (PACHNODUS) FRAGILIS, n. sp. (Plate LXIX. fig. 8.) Shell dextral, narrowly rimate, obtusely pyriform, very thin; sculp- ture fine irregular transverse lines of growth; colour olive-green; spire pyramidal, sides flat, apex sharp, tapering rapidly, suture moderate ; whorls 5, sides flat, last whorl large; aperture oblique, ovate; peri- stome thin ; columellar margin straight, thin and reflected. Size :— Major diam. 0°19, alt. axis 0°30, alt. apert. 0°13 inch. ” Pre a ” 75 2” 3°2 millim. Locality. [From under granite boulders, hills above Adona, over 2000 feet.—B. B.] 15. Buniminus (PACHNODUS) ADONENSIS, n.sp. (Plate LXIX. figs. 9, 9 a.) Shell dextral, ovately fusiform, thin, semitransparent ; sculpture, under high power, epidermis rough with a few irregular transverse ridges ; colour olive-brown ; spire elongate, sides flatly convex ; apex blunt, suture well marked; whorls 6, sides rather flat; aperture oval, oblique ; peristome thin; columellar margin flat, triangular, with a slight curve or twist. Size :— Major diam. 0°38, alt, axis 0°27 inch. 3? ” 9; d, ” 8°5 millim. Locality. |From under granite boulders, hills above Adona, over 2000 feet.—B. B.] 16. ENN&ZA pAssaMaana, Petit, Journ. Conch. 1853, p. 366, pl. xiii. figs. 7, 8. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 11.) Shell dextral, tumidly fusiform, moderately solid, with deep hollow rimation ; sculpture distinct well raised costulation ; colour dull grey- white; spire acutely pyramidal, slightly convex ; suture well impressed, whorls 6, all well rounded, the last with a deep dentation just behind 1881. ] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 809 the aperture on the outer margin ; aperture ear-shaped, contracted ; peristome thin, reflected, continuous, a small double tooth on the outer margin, with another strong tooth on the columellar margin. Largest specimen, size :— Major diam. 0°27, alt. apert. 0°22, alt. axis 0°48 inch. " 3 COR bs 5°7, es 12 millim. Locality. South side of the island, on limestone rocks at nearly 1000 feet. [This shell was first discovered by a French officer of marines, Monsieur Passama. | 17. ENN4A BALFOURI, un. sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 12.) Shell elongately fusiform, rather solid; sculpture very regular shallow ribbing ; colour wax-white or dull pale umber ; spire elon- gate, sides convex, apex blunt; suture shallow; whorls 6, flatly convex ; aperture subvertical, oval, one flat-shaped tooth on body- whorl ; peristome continuous, with a narrow notch on the upper outer margin of the aperture; columellar margin strong, with a single tooth, and one largely developed triangular tooth on the outer margin. Bie Major diam. 0°24, alt. axis 0°58, alt. apert. 0°24 inch. ” ” 61, ” 14°5, ” 6°2 millim. Locality. On the slopes of the ridge bounding the Gollonsir valley. [The ridge is capped with limestone resting on a granite basis. This shell I did not find abundantly, and only on the slope of the hill below the limestone cap ; altitude over 500 feet. —B. B, | 18. Pura socorraNa, n.sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 13.) Shell fusiform, oblate; sculpture smooth, covered with pale umber epidermis; spire with slightly convex sides ; suture shallow ; whorls 6; aperture elongately oval, subvertical; peristome mode- rately thickened, slightly rimate on the middle of the outer margin, where there is a single rounded solid tooth ; columellar margin strong, perpendicular, with a well-developed tooth. Size :— Major diam. 0°15, alt. axis 0°32, alt. apert. 0°13 inch. + een 40; UT Sr0; 9 3°5 millim. Locality. [Found under granite boulders over 2000 feet.— B. B.| 19. STENOGYRA GOLLONSIRENSIS, n.sp. (Plate LXIX. fig. 1.) Shell dextral, elongately turreted; sculpture smooth, with shal- low lines of growth ; colour dull white ; spire turreted, apex rounded, solid ; suture moderately impressed; whorls 12, sides very slightly convex ; aperture fusiform ; peristome thin ; columellar margin solid, straight, and scarcely reflected. 810 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 21, Size :— Major diam. 0°74, alt. axis 2°45, diam. apert. 0°35, ” ” 18-2, ” 61°8, ” 9-2, alt. apert. 0°57 inch. Bi 14:3 millim. [On limestone at an altitude of over 1000 feet on the top of the ridge overlooking Gollonsir village, and on the S.W. of it (Gollonsir is at the west end of the island); not abundant in this locality.— B. B.) In the form of its aperture this shell approaches the subgenus Bacillum of Theobald, from Eastern India. 20. SreNoGyRA FUMIFICATA, n. sp. (Plate LXIX. figs. 2, 2a.) Shell dextral, elongately turreted, solid, not rimate; sculpture irregular-sized fine transverse lines of growth crossed by spiral lines, giving a cloth-like appearance ; cclour ruddy ochre; spire elongate, sides convex ; apex contracting rather rapidly at the sixth whorl, rounded ; suture shallow, but well marked ; whorls 11, regular, flat- sided; aperture semiovate, angular above, rounded below, nearly vertical ; peristome thin, columellar margin strong, simple, slightly curved inwards at base. Size -— Major diam. 0°73, alt. apert. 0°70, alt. axis 2°35 inch. ” ” 18°5, ” 17°5, ” 59°0 millim. [Common on limestone at east end of island. This shell is used often by the natives for a pipe-bowl.—B. B.] This is a remarkable form, also with characters somewhat like those of Bacillum, and may eventually be placed in a subgenus of its own next to Bacillum and Prosopeas. 21. STENOGYRA JESSICA, n. sp. (Plate LXIX. fig. 3.) Shell elongately turreted, dextral, decollate in the three specimens obtained, scarcely rimate; sculpture very fine longitudinal ribbing ; colour white ; spire long, with sides flatly convex; suture very shal- low; whorls 8+; sides very flat ; aperture oval, oblique, angulate above ; peristome thin; columellar margin weak and but slightly reflected. Size :— Major diam. 0°22, alt. axis 0°76, alt. apert. 0°20 inch. = ia bh Le, PA 50 millim. Locality. [Not very common. On limestone-ridge 8.W. of Gol- lonsir, at high altitude; at 1000 feet on south side of the island.— B. B.] 22. STENOGYRA ADONENSIs, n.sp. (Plate LXIX. figs. 4, 4a). Shell not rimate, dextral, elongately turreted, glassy, polished ; a few faint longitudinal shallow lines of growth; colour very pale ochraceous ; spire high, sides slightly convex ; apex blunt, rounded, 1881. ] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 811 and rather rapidly tapering at the fifth whorl; suture shallow, ad- pressed ; whorls 10,somewhat convex; aperture elongately oval, subvertical ; peristome thin ; columellar margin thin, straight. Size :— Major diam. 0°34, alt. axis 0°97, alt. apert. 0°27 inch. ss pp HS a3) 248, 9 70 millim. Locality. (This shell I only found in one locality, east of Hadibu, near a place called Adona, altitude over 1500 feet, rock granite.— BB. This shell approaches somewhat in its general form to B. magi- lensis, Craven, from Magila, East Africa. 23. StrnoGyRA (SuBULINA?) ENODIS, n. sp. (Plate LXIX. fig. 5.) Shell dextral, elongately turreted, not rimate, very thin, glassy, diaphanous ; no sculpture; colour milky white; spire long, apex blunt and rounded, suture moderately deep; whorls 9, sides convex, ~ regularly increasing ; aperture quadrate, subvertical (not fully formed) ; peristome thin; columellar margin straight, vertical. Size :— Major diam. 0°17, alt. axis 0°54, alt. apert. 0°12 inch. ss ae es rape osOs a 2°8 millim. Locality. [South side of the island, from limestone rocks, altitude 1000 feet.— B. B.] Only one specimen was found. 24. Stenocyra (OpeEss?) HIRSUTUS, n. sp. (Plate LXIX. figs. 6, 6 a.) Shell dextral, elongately turreted, scarcely rimate, covered with a thick epidermis; sculpture a rough surface with regularly disposed longitudinal lines of fine hairs; colour dull ochre; spire elongate, sides flat, apex blunt, suture well impressed; whorls 11, sides slightly convex ; aperture oval, oblique; peristome thin; columellar margin thin, slightly reflected. Size :— Major diam. 0°12, alt. axis 0°45, alt. apert. 0°8 inch. a aie bo Oy a LO, PP 2°0 millim. Locality. [Found underneath granite boulders on hills above Adona, altitude over 2000 feet.—B. B.] Only one specimen of this beautiful hairy shell was found. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate LXVIL. Fig. 1, La. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) socotrensis, Pfr., p. 802. 2. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) socotrensis, var. elongatus, p. 803. 3, 3a, Buliminus (Achatinelloides) hadibuensis, n. ap., p. 803. 3, right side of base, showing rimation. 812 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ANATOMY [June 21, Fig. 4. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) hadibuensis, vay. alba, p. 804. 5, 5a. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) balfouri, n. sp., p. 804. 6. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) tigris, n. sp., p. 805. 7, —— (——) cebrinus, nu. sp., p. 806. 8. —— (—) longiformis, n. sp., p. 806. 9, —— (——) semicastaneus, n. sp., p. 807. 10. , var. alba, p. 807. 11. Ennea passamaana, Petit, p.808. 114 and 11 4, views of basal portion, from right side and below. 12. —— balfouri, n. sp., p. 809. 12a and 12d, right side of base, and as seen from below vertically to columella. 13. Pupa socotrana, n. sp., nat. size, p. 809. Puate LXIX, Fig. 1. Stenogyra gollonsirensis, n. sp., nat. size, p. 809. 2,2a. Stenogyra fumificata, n. sp., nat, size, p. 810. 3. Stenogyra jessica, n. sp., p. 810. 4. adonensis, n. sp.,p. 810. 4a, right side of base. 5. Stenogyra (Subulina?) enodis, n. sp., p. 811. 6. ( ig ?) hirsutus, n. sp., p. 811. 6a, epidermal hairs, mag- unified. 7, 7a. Buliminus (Pachnodus) heliciformis, n. sp., p. 807. 8. Buliminus (Pachnodus) fragilis, n. sp., p. 808. 9. ( ) adonensis, n. sp., p. 808. 9a, the columellar margin, enlarged. 10. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) gollonsirensis, n. sp., p. 805. 11. Notes on the Muscular Anatomy of Cercopithecus callitrichus. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., &c. [Received April 5, 1881.] Having lately had occasion, while working at a question on general comparative anatomy, to dissect partially a fine male specimen of Cercopithecus callitrichus*, I offer the following notes, then made, to the Society for publication, as they contain some points of con- siderable morphological interest. Anterior bellies of the digastrics greatly expanded and partially double, occupying the whole intermandibular space, but united by their fascial margins only, connected posteriorly by an aponeurotic expansion with the body of the hyoid bone, the greater cornu of which is also connected laterally by a tendinous band with the well- developed intermediate tendon above, and behind by a small tendon with the lower margin of the muscular fibres forming the posterior part. of the muscle, which are inserted obliquely into the intermediate tendon, the infero-internal margin of which is seen to be directly * The following are the measurements of this specimen :—Length of head and body (along back) 3’ 7'"25; tail 2' 1'-25; ear 1-21"; elbow to end of middle finger 9”, knee to end of middle toe 11'°75, manus 3'"4, pollex 15, middle digit 1-5, pes 5’"3, hallux 1'"2, middle digit 2”, P.Z.S. 188]. Pl. LXVI ; SOCOTRAN LAND SHELLS. E.G, Oo. 100). Fl LALA SOCOTRAN LAND SHELLS. 1881.] OF CERCOPITHECUS CALLITRICHUS. 813 continuous with the postero-internal margin of the anterior belly of the muscle’. Sterno-mastoid united above with cleido-mastoid ; cleido-occipital inserted close to, but not united with, trapezius ; omo-hyoid small, without tendinous intersection. Trapezius inserted into the whole length of the spine of the scapula, also into the outer extremity of the clavicle. Pectoralis major arises from almost the whole length of the clavicle and from the sternum as far as the xiphoid cartilage. Pectoralis minor consists of two separate parts: the anterior, from the cartilages of the third to the sixth rib, is inserted into the capsular ligament of the shoulder- joint ; the posterior, from the aponeurosis of the external oblique, is Inserted by an aponeurosis into the outer margin of the bicipital groove, being connected with the insertion of the anterior part into the capsular ligament. These divisions do not touch each other, but pass separately and parallel to their insertions. Levator clavicule double, from the atlas, forms two large muscles which are inserted, one behind the other, under cover of the ¢rape- zius, into the acromion and anterior third of the spine of the scapula ; from the inferior margin of the anterior muscle a small slip of mus- cular fibres is detached and inserted into the outer extremity of the clavicle. Levator anguli scapule and serratus magnus are so intimately connected at their insertions, that it is difficult to say where the origin of one begins or the other ends. The former appears to be represented by two perfectly separate muscles, of which one arises from the transverse process of the atlas, and is inserted into the posterior border of the scapula near its angle; the other, from the axis, is inserted immediately in front of the preceding; then follow two other muscular slips arising respectively from the third and fifth cervical vertebrae, which are continuous at their insertions with the serratus magnus. The three scalent are well developed: the posterior is very large, and inserted by two divisions as far backwards as the fifth mb; the inferior division passing under cover of the external oblique to its insertion, the superior is inserted into, and becomes directly con- tinuous with the fibres of that muscle, which may thus be said to extend from the neck to the pelvis. Rectus abdominis et sternalis is very broad ; its fibres end abruptly anteriorly along an oblique line extending from the sternum behind the articulation of the fifth rib to the commencement of the osseous part of the third rib, where it is inserted into a fibrous aponeurosis, attached internally to the sternum and anteriorly to the first rib. From the outer margin of this aponeurosis (which equals the rectus in width, and looks like its continuation forwards, but its fibres are directed obliquely forwards and outwards) a thin flat muscle, the sterno-costalis, arises. The deltoid is well developed; its inferior margin is connected * See my paper, “ On the Tendinous Intersection of the Digastric,” Prov Roy. Soe. 3lst March 1881. 814 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ANATOMY [June 21, with that of the pectoralis major; some of the fibres of its scapular portion are inserted into the superficial fascia of the arm. Rhom- boideus consists of two parts of nearly equal extent: the first arises from the occipital bone under cover of part of the cleido-occipital and the ¢rapezius, the second from the ligamentum nuche (as far forwards as the second dorsal spine) and from two or three dorsal spines, and is inserted into the inner side of the posterior margin of the scapula external to the insertion of the occipital part. Latissimus dorsi divides near the axilla into two parts; the smaller is united to and inserted with the teres major ; the other part, many times larger, after giving off the dorso-epitrochlearis, suddenly nar- rows into a small tendon which is inserted into the bicipital groove. The dorso-epitrochlearis is enormous, covering the greater part of the posterior and inner side of the arm; it is inserted by a tendinous expansion. The coraco-brachialis is closely united with the short head of the biceps ; it is inserted into the humerus above the middle; but a fasciculus of muscular fibres continuous with it passes on with the biceps, and is inserted with the latter into the radius. Covered by this muscle at its origin, a short but broad muscle, the coraco-bra- chialis brevis (rotator humeri, Wood) arises, and is inserted into the neck of the humerus below the lesser tuberosity. The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is very large, and has but a single tendon, inserted into the proximal extremity of the first metacarpal bone. Extensor secundi internodii pollicis is feeble, and has a single long tendon. Ewtensor communis digitorum sends three tendons to the three middle digits. Extensor minimi digiti forms two long tendons in the arm, which are inserted into the outer and inner sides of the fifth digit. Extensor indicis has also two tendons ; one goes to the second digit, the other to the third, gives off alsoa tendon to the fourth digit. There is no trace of an extensor primi inter- nodii pollicis. : Palmaris longus, arising with the flexor carpi radialis, is inserted as usual into the palmar fascia, from which a muscular bundle of fibres arises on the radial side, and is inserted into the integument of the palm ; the corresponding integumentary muscle on the ulnar side is the palmaris brevis, which arises wholly from the pisiform bone and annular ligament. Flexor digitorum profundus arises by three heads, which, how- ever, are closely connected together, the only approximately distinct one being that arising from the outer side of the ulna, which gives origin to the tendon for the fifth digit. The tendon for the pollex arises from the superficial surface of the common tendon; it is very much smaller than the other tendons. From the annular ligament near the insertion of the tendon of the flewor carpi radialis arises a small muscle, the fibres of which occupy a space scarcely exceeding that which would be taken by a split pea; this muscle forms a very slender tendon, which, passing superficially across the large abductor pollicis, gets to the ulnar 1881.] OF CERCOPITHECUS CALLITRICHUS. 815 side of the tendon of the fexor profundus for the pollex, and is in- serted into the base of the terminal phalanx of that digit. The ab- ductor, adductor,and opponens pollicis are well developed ; the flexor pollicis brevis smaller, and quite concealed by the abductor pollicis. These last four muscles are quite distinct from the small muscle above described, which arises much higher up, and the tendon of which passes forwards superficial to all. It is difficult to trace the homology of this muscle, which corresponds in its insertion to that of the jlewor pollicis longus of human anatomy, but differs altogether in its origin. Is it peoparated part of the abductor pollicis or of the flewor pollicis brevis ? The abductor minimi digiti is very large, arising by two heads, one from the pisiform bone, the other from the annular ligament in common with the fewor minimi digiti ; both unite to form a round tendon, which has the usual insertion. Flexor minimi digiti is also well developed, and larger than the flewor ossis metacarpi minimi digiti. The four /umbricales are well developed ; they arise together from the palmar surface of the yet united four inner tendons of the Jlexor digitorum profundus. Hl.tony. dig. > pl. Cercopithecus callitrichus. Flexor muscles of right foot, ad, ¢. ji.br. Flexor digitorum brevis; jl. acc. flexor accessorius; J, /, 1. lumbricales ; jl. long. dag. flexor longus digitorum (distr. to second and fifth toes) ; fl. long. hall. flexor longus hallucis (distr. to first, third, and fourth toes) ; pl. tendon of plantaris. In the foot the flexor digitorum brevis tendon for the second digit arises from a bundle of muscular fibres having their origin wholly from the expanded plantaris tendon ; lower down it is joined by a few muscular fibres arising from the tendon of the flexor digitorum longus (fig. 1.), the other flewor brevis tendons having their origin from muscular fibres arising from the conjoined tendons of the flexor ° digitorum longus and flewor hallucis longus. The three lumbricales are well developed and have the same mode of origin in both feet, arising from the inner sides of the flexor tendons for the three outer toes, into which they are inserted. The transversus pedis is present, but instead of arising, as in the human foot, from the extremity of the fifth metatarsal bone, arises from that of the second and by a fascial aponeurosis from the shaft of the third (fig. 2). 816 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ANATOMY [June 21, Fig. 2. Cercopithecus callitrichus. Adductor muscles and flexores breves vel interossei of right foot, imm. 9. a. Adductor hallucis; a’. adductor indicis; @''. adductor annularis; @’’. ad- ductor minimi digiti; 2", 2’, av, 2v. plantar interossei (second to fifth toes); ¢. p. transyersus pedis; fl. %. tendon of flexor longus hallucis. The adductors of the second, fourth, and fifth digits arise together in close connection, partially under cover of the origin of the adduc- tor hallucis; that for the second digit is much smaller than the others. The plantar flewores breves vel interossei are well developed, a pair for each digit inserted into the sides of the base of each first phalanx ; the innermost of the pair for the middle digit is strength- ened by receiving near its insertion an additional strong muscular fasciculus arising from the scaphoid bone. The specimen from which the above notes have been taken, was sent from Barbadoes (into which island it was no doubt imported from the west coast of Africa), and corresponds in all respects to specimens in the British Museum labelled ‘* Cercopithecus sabeus ;”’ but this name is restricted by Schlegel! to a closely allied species from Eastern Africa. In the ‘Proceedings’ of this Society for Jan. 1865, pp. 43-46, Mr. Mivart has published ‘ Notes on the Myo- logy of a specimen of Cercopithecus sabeus ; but my specimen (if belonging to the same species) presents many important differences in its anatomy, which may be briefly exhibited as follows :— * Monographie des Singes, 1876, p. 75. 1881.] C. callitrichus (Dobson). 1. Omo-hyoid present. 2. Trapezius partially inserted iuto the clavicle. 3. Pectoralis major arose from al- most the whole length of the clavicle, 4. Pectoralis minor consisted of two very distinct portions, one of which was inserted into the capsular ligament, the other into the edge of the bicipital groove. 5. Levator clavicule partially in- serted into the clavicle. 6. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis had but a single tendon. 7. Extensor indicis gave off (in addi- tion to those for the second and third digits)a tendon for the fourth digit also. 8. Lumbricales had similar origins in both feet. 9. Plantar interossei inserted by pairs into the sides of the proximal OF CERCOPITHECUS CALLITRICHUS, C. sabeus (Mivart). 1. No omo-hyoid. 2. Trapezius had no insertion into the clavicle. 3. Peetoralis major without the cla vicular origin. 4. Pectoralis minor consisted of two very distinct portions, which were together inserted into the capsular ligament. 5. Levator clavicule not at all in- serted into the clavicle. 6. Extensor ossis metacarpt pollicis gaye rise to two tendons. 7. Extensor indicis gave off tendons to the second and third digits only. 8. Lumbricales had different origins in both feet. 9. Plantar interossez inserted like the palmar interossei of the human extremities of the phalangeal bones. hand. Other less important differences might also be noted in the con- nections of other muscles as described; but these might be found between any two specimens of the same species. If Mr. Mivart’s specimen really belonged to the same species as mine does, the mus~ cular differences above noted are exceedingly remarkable. Since writing the above, I have been enabled, through the kind- ness of Mr. W. A. Forbes, Prosector to the Society, to dissect another specimen of this species, a yeung female which had lately died in the Society’s Gardens. The general conformity in its mus- cular structure with that of the robust male above-described was remarkable, the slight differences observable being almost confined to the extremities. The omo-hyoid was even better developed, and was united, at about an inch from its insertion, with. the outer margin of the sterno-hyoid ; the trapezius had not only a clavicular insertion but occupied fully one third of that bone; although the levator clavicule arose by a single head from the atlas, it soon divided into two large muscles as above described. In the right forearm a remarkable individual peculiarity was found: the tendon of the extensor secundi internodit pollicis ended abruptly above the carpus by being inserted into the interosseous ligament, and the tendon for the pollex was derived from the extensor indicis, which, as in Mr. Mivart’s specimen, sent a tendon to the third but none to the fourth digit. The small anomalous muscle described above as arising from the annular ligament near the insertion of the tendon of the flewor carpi radialis, and inserted into the terminal phalanx of the pollex was notfound. Inthe foot the only differences noticeable were found in the short flexor tendon for the second digit, which was not con- nected by muscular fibres with the tendon of the flexor digitorum langus, and in the presence of a separate muscular slip which arose Proc. Zoot, Soc,—1881, No. LIII. 53 818 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. 15, with the ¢ransversus pedis from the extremity of the second meta- tarsal bone, and became united with the fibres of the adductor hallucis (fig. 2). November 15, 1881. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August, September, and October, 1881:— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of June was 153, of which 46 were by birth, 69 by presentation, 31 by purchase, and 7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 120. The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of July were 94 in number; of these 31 were acquired by presentation, 20 by purchase, 14 by exchange, 18 by birth, and 11 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 97. The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 1. Eight Menobranchs (Menobranchus lateralis) from North America, examples of this singular Amphibian with external gills not having been previously received. 2. A Surucucu Snake (Lachesis mutus) from Pernambuco, Brazil, presented by C. A. Craven, Esq., July 27th. This deadly Serpent forms a new and most interesting addition to the series of Venomous Snakes in the Snake-house. The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mane- gerie during the month of August was 111; of these 66 were ac- quired by presentation, 30 by purchase, 3 by birth, 10 were received on deposit, and 2 in exchange. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 72. The total number of registered additions to the Scciety’s Mena- gerie during the month of September was 112; of these 53 were acquired by presentation, 38 by purchase, 4 were bred in the Gardens, and 17 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by devth and removals was 68. The most interesting acquisition of the month was a specimen of the Rubiginous Cat (Felis rubiginosa) from Ceylon, presented by Charles E, Pole Carew, the species being new to the Society's collection. 1881.] REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 819 The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of October was 114, of which 4 were by birth, 71 by presentation, 27 by purchase, and 12 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 101. The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 1, An example of the little-known Bornean Carnivore Hemigalea hardwickii', new to the Society’s collection. The specimen mea- sures about 2 feet long in the body, the tail 18 inches. It is very shy and fierce, and nocturnal in its habits. When handled it ejects a highly acrid and skunk-like secretion from its anal glands. 2. Two female Beatrix Antelopes (Oryx beatrix), obtained from the great desert behind the mountainous district of Oman, Muscat, by Lieut.-Col. S. B. Miles, British Consul at Muscat, and presented to the Society by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S. This rare Antelope has, so far as I know, been only three times previously bronght alive to this country. (Cf. P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 603, and 1878, p. 789.) One of the present examples is in good con- dition ; the other is unfortunately much injured about the head. The following Reports on the Insect-house, by Mr. W. Watkins, were also read :— Report of the Insect-house for July 1881. Cage No. 1. This cage has been tenanted with cocoons of Samia gloveri ; two cocoons still appear likely to emerge. i No. 2. Samia cecropia.—The eggs obtained from this species, like the preceding, hatched ; and the larvee fed rapidly, attaining over an inch in length ; but in three days the whole brood died, being attacked with diarrhoea. An entomological friend of mine had a large number of im- ported cocoons from the same source as those belonging to the Society ; and the progeny, to the number of some thirteen hundred, all died soon after moulting for the first time, from the same cause, which I attribute to degeneration, the cocoons imported having been obtained in confinement. A further small supply of larvee was obtained from Madame Simon of Brussels ; and these larve are doing quite well at present, only one having died, and that from some injury received en route. No further imagos have emerged during July ; the case, however, has been kept furnished with cocoons until larve are of sufficient size to transfer to it from bell-glasses. No. 3. Aétacus cynthia.—Imagos of this species emerged at inter- vals during the greater part of the month, and eggs for succession were obtained; these have hatched and are feeding inside a muslin bag attached to a lilac tree near the Insect-house, and growing slowly, as desired, for late exhibition. Another and earlier brood are exhibited 1 Viverra hardwickii, Gray, Spicil. Zool. ii, p. 9 (1880); Viverra boiei, Mill. & Schl. Verh, Zool. p. 120, t. 18; Hemigalea hardwickii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 524. : 53 820 REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Noy. 15, in the case, and are now a nice size, doing quite well; they will pro- bably spin during August. No. 4. Attacus pernyi.—The eggs obtained of this hardy species hatched and fed up well, and a fine group of larve were exhibited throughout the month; there are now about 40 full-sized cocoons in the case, which will produce imagos during August for second brood. This species thriving well upon evergreen oak, can be fed far into the autumn. No. 5. Aétacus atlus—Imagos of this species were: exhibited alive in the case throughout the month. A fine group of 11 perfect insects emerged on Sunday, 24th instant. This is an extremely difficult species to induce to copulate. I have tried honey sponge and other methods unavailingly, so that only about 10 per cent. of the imagos have copulated, which, however, have given a nice let of eggs. The first brood of larve died after first moulting. The second brood, hatched June 20, have done very well, and have been exclu- sively fed upon a shrub (evergreen) common in the gardens; so that this, like the preceding species, can be fed into the late autumn. No. 6. Attacus mylitta.—Fine imagos of this species appeared on the 3rd, 10th, 12th, 20th, and 24th, unfortunately at too wide in- tervals to obtain eggs. There appear to be ten more cocoons still likely to emerge. [The insect bred on the 3rd unfortunately escaped, flying with great rapidity out of the cage when it was opened, and through the narrow window at the end out into the open. A good search was made ; but it was not found. Some very fine specimens of unusually bright colour have been preserved. | No. 7. Actias selene.— Perfect specimens appeared on the 7th, 10th, and 23rd instant, and, being in very fine condition, were preserved. Unless the sexes emerge same day, there is little likeli- hood of procuring fertile eggs; and the species will not retain its beauty after one night; invariably on the following morning the insect is in a very battered condition. No. 8. Actias luna.—One specimen of this species emerged on the 6th instant ; there appear to be others yet likely to come out. No. 9. Telea promethea.—Small larvee of this species have been exhibited from eggs obtained in June; but the little brood of 17 larvee died on the 10th instant. I hope for more later on. No. 10. Anther@a yama-mai.—A fine female of this. species emerged on the 22nd instant from eggs hatched April 16th, being 3 months and 6 days reaching maturity. I expect others to emerge, and so to get second brood. No. 11. Hybrids between Attacus pernyi and Attacus roylei.— Five larve, reputed to be these, were kindly deposited by Lord Walsingham on the 4th instant. One died the following day ; three have formed cocoons ; and the fifth is still feeding, but growing very slowly, if at all. I have been unable to detect any difference between these larvee and those of Attacus pernyi. No. 12, dAglia tau.—Five fine larve of this species were deposited 1881.] REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 82] by Lord Walsingham on the 4th instant. Four have spun up ia the moss and, I hope, changed to pupz ; but it is best not to disturb them at present. One has died. This cage now contains the larve of Atétacus atlas. No. 13. Papilio machaon.—Small larvee were obtained from the Cambridge fens on the first day of the month and placed in the cage. They grew rapidly, feeding upon carrot-top, and spun up in 10 days ; they are now (August) emerging perfect and of full size. This is the second brood of this species. All the pups obtained changed on the top of the cage, and were not, as usual, of a pale yellow-green deepening to a fine dark green along the back, but were dirty white, changing to a dark amber-colour along the back. I have seen pupz of this species of the same colour from Germany and France (reared in confinement), but only very rarely in England. No. 14. Deilephila euphorbie.—Pupzx of this species emerged during the month in fine condition; and the imagos were much admired. ‘Two of these were observed hovering over the flowers in a most natural manner. No. 15. Hrebia medea.—The larvee of this species placed in the cage in June produced fine imagos almost every day during July. No. 16. Lycena corydon.—Larve of this pretty little Butterfly were obtained from Canterbury and fed up, changing to healthy pup, and producing many imagos during the early part of the month. The cage is now tenanted with Smerinthus ocellatus. No. 17. Polyommatus phleas.—Larvee of this little Butterfly were obtained and placed in the cage, and fed upon Rumev ; they pro- duced perfect specimens about the middle of the month for some days. After this species was over, the cage was stocked with Sphinw ligustri. No. 18. Saturnia carpini.—Larve obtained from eggs spun up on the 17th instant; a further supply of larvae which was obtained produced cocoons about the same time, a nice lot of which are reserved for next spring. No. 19. Vanessa antiopa.—Larve of various growths and pupe of this species were obtained from Germany; and imagos appeared from the 21st instant, the three stages being exhibited alive. The imagos feasted upon over-ripe plums placed in the cage for them. No. 20. Zygena filipendula—Larve and pupe of this species were obtained from the South coast, and the imagos emerging in a few days made a yery pretty exhibition during most of the month in this cage, No. 21. Cherocampa elpenor.—A full-fed larva of this species was presented by Mis. Frances Smith on the 16th instant, having been found in her garden devouring the fuchsias ; it spun up under the moss the following day. A further supply of the larvee was obtained a few days later ; some of them have spun up; others are still feeding upon Virginian Creeper, an excellent substitute for Galium, their usual food-plant. No. 22. Lasiocampa quercifolia.—Imagos of this species have been exhibited throughout the month; many fertile eggs were also 822 REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Nov. 15, obtained, some of which have hatched, and are kept in the studio in a proper vessel for hibernation. An experiment is being tried with some few of these larvee in order to force them to become imagos before winter; they are growing slowly at present. No. 23. Cerura vinula.—A nice lot of small larve of this species was presented by Mrs. Blandford. A part of these placed at once in this cage fed up quickly, and are now in cocoons, having spun up in a piece of cork placed in the cage for them; the other half are now in the cage as larvee of different growths. No. 24. Cossus ligniperda.—Almost every day a larva of this species has come out of the piece of willow exhibited in the cage ; after crawling about, it has reentered the branch. There are two growths in the wood—those of last year’s hatching and of the pre- vious year. No. 25. Lasiocampa quercus.—Larvee of this species have been exhibited, but at present no cocoons formed; it is a difficult larva to breed. No. 26. Orgyia antiqua.—A plentiful supply of the larve of this abundant species has been obtained from the gardens; and when a female has freshly emerged in this cage, it has attracted from the outside a number of males. One morning the cage was quite beset with those amorous little creatures, which refused to be driven away, and could easily be picked up by the fingers; at other times this is not an easy species to capture. In the small cages at the end of the house, and on the tables, have been exhibited in succession such insects as appear at this season. Pupe of Lithosia quadra were obtained from the New Forest, but a small percentage of imagos appeared, the majority being infested with Ichneumon flies. Liparis monacha, also received from the same locality in the same condition. Larve of Biston hirtaria, Acronycta psi and A. megace- phala, and other common species occurring about London, have been gathered and exhibited ; also larvee of the Ladybirds (Coceinellide), Lacewing flies (Hemerobiide), the larvee of which are named Aphis- lions, from feeding upon Aphides. Perfect specimens of the Ant-lions (Myrmeleon) commenced to emerge this month, and some fine ones have been preserved. Selenia illustraria.—Some eggs of this pretty species were pre- sented to the Society during the month by Miss Golding Bird, and hatched the following day, the 20th instant. A part of these are now exhibited in a tube; the others are retained for future exhibition. HHeterogynis pennella,—These little larvee, presented by Lord Wal- singham, grew to about half size and died; their proper food may perhaps be obtained in a future season. Orgyia, sp. inc.—Lord Walsingham deposited two larvze of an unnamed Orgyia from North America. I was able to breed a fine specimen on the 26th instant, which has been preserved. Some mangolds infested with the larva of the Dipteron Anthomyia bete were sent in reply to a request of mine, and exhibited with a short notice. 1881.] REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 823 Aretia parasita.—Larvee of this species were deposited by Lord Walsingham, and all are now in pupa, kept in the cool studio. General Remarks.—During the past month I have communicated with many entomologists throughout the world; and I hope by this means that the Society will in due course receive many nice specimens from abroad for the Insect-house. A correspondent in Rio (Mr. Bonninghausen) has already expressed his willingness to assist, and is for that purpose feeding up Atéacus auratus and other Saturniidee for exhibition later on. I have also asked for cocoons of the giant Cetonias Goliathus torquatus &c., from a correspondent, Mr. Fuller, of Camaroons, West Africa. Report of the Insect-house from August si to September 17th, 1881. Case No. 1. Samia gloveri.—No alteration has occurred in this rase since preceding report. No. 2. Samia cecropia.—The larvee of this species have not done well in the house—those obtained from Brussels growing very slowly, and diminishing by death till the last one died Sept. 8, having only attained about half-growth. No.3. Attacus cynthia.—Four cocoons were obtained from the larvee hatched in July ; and a perfect insect appeared from one of these on Sept. 4. ws pi a eS 80 Belonging to genera characteristic of the Indian region, or cosmopolitan in Old World ........ eee evenness ] Common to Amurland and Japan, 78. 175 862 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, CHINA. Species common to and characteristic of the Palearctic EUAN aja le Ws ois ete ge oan oh ee 22 Peculiar to the Eastern part of this region, but mostly belong- ing to genera of Palzearctic affinity .......... gene Belonging to genera characteristic of the Indian region, or cosmopolitan in Old World . 2 ae ee yi ashe a Common to China and Japan, 67. 136 JAPAN. Species common to and characteristic of the Palearctic Besant 2)! Ue/ null Series et ee tees han eae ee Peculiar to the Eastern part of this region, but mostly belong- ing to genera of Palearctic affinity ............ sor Common to Indian region, or ‘atria in Old World.. 44 Common to Amurland, China, and Japan, 33. 147 The genera peculiar to the Eastern Palearctic region are :-—— Sericinus. Allied to Thais?, containing 2 or 3 species peculiar to North China. Liihdorfia. Allied to Thais, containing 1 species found in the coast- region of South Amurland, China, and ?Japan. Paraplesia. A monotypic genus of Nymphalide, peculiar to the Ningpo hills. Genus novum!?, allied to Argynnis and Melitea, peculiar to North China, 1 species (A. maculata). Paleonympha. A monotypic genus of Satyride, peculiar to the Ningpo hills. Satsuma. A section of Thecla, containing 1 species in Amurland and Japan, allied to N.-American insects. Niphanda. A genus of uncertain affinity ; 1 species in Amurland, China, and Japan. Genera common to and characteristic of the Palearctic Region :— Parnassius. 7 species, of which only one occurs in Japan, and none are as yet known in North China, though it doubtless occurs there. Colias. 4 or 5 species, in Amurland and Japan. Anthocharis. 3 species, of which one, allied to a Californian species, occurs in Japan and China, one in Amurland, and one in China. Aporia. 1 species in Japan, and 1 peculiar to Amurland. Leucophasia. 1 or 2 species in Amurland, J apan, and China. Only one other known species of the genus exists, which is local in Europe. Gonepteryx. | or 2 species in Amurland, Japan, and China. Polyommatus. 4 species, of which 3 are confined to Amurland, one also in Japan and China. 1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 863 Arge. 1 species confined to Amurland and China. Argynnis. Many species in Amurland, Japan, and China. Melitea, Several species in Amurland, 2 of which extend to Japan, but only 1 to China. Erebia. Several species in Amurland, of which one extends to Japan, but none are known in China. Satyrus. Only 1 species in Amurland and Japan. Epinephele. 1 species only in Amurland and Japan. Cenonympha. 4 species, of which one or two extend to Japan and China. eae nk 1, or perhaps 2, species in Amurland, and probably apan. Cineis. 4 species in Amurland and China. Genera common to and characteristic of the Himalayan subregion :-— A section of Thecla represented by 7’. smaragdina. 4 species in Amurland and Japan. Lethe. 5 or 6 species in Amurland, Japan, and China. Neope. 2 or 3 species in Japan and China. With regard to the Hesperide, I think it better to omit the genera when considering questions of geographical distribution. Many of of them are so obscure and apparently so much more cosmopolitan than other. families, that itis difficult to base sound ideas upon them. Speaking generally, however, I may say that Ismene, represented by three species in China, Japan, and Amurland, is of Indian affinity. Nisoniades is represented by one species only, common to Amur- land, China, and Japan, which comes closest to N.-American species. In the southern part of our limits the largest proportion of the Hesperidx are tropical, whilst in Amurland they nearly resemble European species or are of more or less peculiar forms. Generally the family is well represented in all parts of the region. GroGrapHicaL DistRIBUTION OF BuTTERFLIES IN N.E. AsIA. Species, Amurland. China. Japan. General. PariLionip#, Papilio machaon ...... * * « (var. | Palearctic & Nearctic (var. asiatica,)| hippocrates.)| regions. (var. asiatica.) RGAE (s)s ovinl-aian nie * * * LIrEnN ay oe epee reba Hen Emrcncer aceon * TWAGCKL ..cccasacess * * * Aghaanlicn-cetieaml) | ceaceccisersem | fle onesies * PUGUENON Pcenscyeae | di enneas tones See! HG rene India, South China. HOMPLEEBkapencactle Mircea | * * TIACIIGNUUS, scurecoal) . coosisarscsyas * * ICINGUAcescacewasecli® ocaeswateseseae | lie) © eastie * NCHCLUS.cecasceceve| an gacnaneeed * 864 Species, PAPILIONIDE (con- tinued). Papilio aristoluchiz... | pammon ......... helenus ......... = MeMNon ......6+- sarpedon agamemmnon ...... erithonius ......... | | alebion: -..cesee. A WAALIOSUN es scat eet a Sericinus telamon telmona.........+. .| | Lithdorfia puziloi...... Parnassius nomion ... tenedius..........++ eversmanni ...... | Terias hecabe .......... leeta, var. jaegeri... | bethesba | ONCMONHE —siccss ses mandarina ......' MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES Geographical Table (co Amurland. (Coast-region only.) * * * (North-east only.) bremeri...... wee * felderi ...... iaichielat * stubbendorffi ...... * | glacialis............ meshieais | » PIERIDs#, | | Aporia crateegi.........{ * | hippia .........6.. * | Pieris brassiesx, var. | CYUCIVONA ....60...! % melete ...... seuceat * napi ...... Deastsnce * daplidice ...... aa * Bliciria’ .<.5.<0.. vee SSR | Anthocharis scolymus. chnbonace bambusarum ...... | Be OCC : cardamines ...... * | Leucophasia sinapis...| % var. amurenslis.| * | Rhodocera rhamni ... * var. aspasia ...| * Colias paleno ......... * yale sccsserss sete * melinos .. * BULOLA etetsnaee ae x \2Colias erate ...... Susser #? eeeeseeeeeee China. [Noy. 15, ntinued). Japan. | General. Scot India &e. * India, 8. China, &c. * do, * do. | * | India &e. x? _ do. Bande do. *? Peete Siberia. Neve | Alaska. * Europe; N. Asia. oe | | * * | Palearctic & Nearctic.| ane. Palxarctic. ete. India, 8. China. > sada Palxarctic, * do. * * Palzarctic. * * Arctic regions generally. * Palearctic. *? * | Indian region, &e. * | India, &e. * : | * 1881.] Species. Lycxnip2z. . Miletus hamada ......, Lampides?, sp. ......... Lycexna?, sp. nova ... Curetis acuta ......... truncata............ Amblypodia japonica .| turbata Niphanda fusca ...... | Dipsas lutea ............ | ORGS sa. ocesveeness raphaelis michaelis .,....... | Thecla smaragdina ... japonica ......... orientalis ......... saphirina ......... cerulea ..........0. avidiena............ micans arata eet e we eeeee eee eeeenes w-album ? grandis spini ? Seer enree prunoides ......... phyllodendri...... rubi Satsuma? fridvalskyi . Polyommatus phleas. virgaures ......... amphidamas...... | hippothoé ...... co Lycena beetica......... argiades..........4. fischeri ...:........ AE PIG Ricadadusns css a lysimon .........++- cleobis eee eneeenes tee eeeeee NOR stetece sease eas amanda...... Bisead eumedon sepistriata ......) % J Geographical Table (continued). OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 865 * * Amurland. ee eeeeeesnce | * Found only | in the lit- | toral pro- vinces. seer eeeeeeee weet e ee eeeee Proc. Zoou. Seca Tee, Wa LVI. } China. | Japan. | * * * aes * * | * * | eeeeee ) * Nesass | % * * Boos * oR: * eeccee * | * * Pesce * arcite * * * * * * wees * oreicar * oe ee eee * *? *?P ee * Siwave *? sates * (ferrea) * * edie | anaeee A Poee or * * * * aa, bo ly haa aees * * x *? * * ae * * enene | General. Sikkim ? Palearctic region. Palearctic region. Palearctic & Nearctic. Palearctic & Nearctic. Palzarctic. do. do. Palearctic & Indian regions. Palearctic & Nearctic. Siberia. India, §. China, &e. India, 8, Europe, | Palearctic & Nearctic. Palzarctic region, do. 56 [Nov. 15, 866 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES Geogr iiiaaia Table keanemyee?: a ee Species. ae pegekland. China. Japan. Lycxnipx (continued). rae Lycena biton ......... * argiolus.......++++. * * * AMIUMTVTNG, siecle soo * | See seas Semiargus .........! * one meee cyllarus...,........ | * eecmes Seas lycormas % Sense * arionides H * aha | * BIO ersacac mes 2 ia] * fone Peecier POY OL aecckercessee * Reeds * euphemus ......... | * Rowan * Lemonup. Thibythea lepita.........| sessesserese eles % Zemeros flegyas ...... ailiweces * wont NyMPHALID&. Charaxes narceus..... SLO ORaCO0: * Dichorragia nesima- GUUS Bota seeees aaieoc nope aon x Apatura iris ............ * Sees “een MBs cssvesasss Lesecateseees *? Nisomades tages ...... HET Ahem eased” WIS Meee Palearctic region. montanus ......+.. * | % * | waneee do. | t PAPILIo MACHAON, Linn. S. N. x. p. 462. Var. astatica, Mén. Enum. i. p. 70 (1855). P. asiatica, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 133. Var. urippocrarteEs, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xiv. p. 314. P. hippocrates, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 133. Bureiga (Radde); Ussuri(Maack) ; Askold (Jankowsky) ; Japan (Maries); Ningpo, Shanghai (Pryer); Pekin (Bremer); Japan (Maries, Pryer); Hakodadi (Wihitely). The forms of P. machaon found in-N.E. Asia seem to be similar to the European ones, though usually larger. In Kam- tschatka, according to Ménétriés, the variety which he calls asiatica (also found in Japan, the Himalaya, and China) occurs. It differs generally in the broader black band and markings, which, however, vary extremely, and gradually increase until in the var. hippocrates (which | have only seen from China and Japan) the yellow is half obliterated by the black markings. After comparing numerous specimens, I am unable to see where a line can be drawn to separate these three forms, which, taken singly, are distinct enough. P, xutuus, Linn. S. N. xii. p. 751. Var. wuthulus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 4, t. i. fig. 2. Bureija (Radde); Ussuri (Maack); Askold (Jankowshky) ; Shanghai (Pryer); Japan (Pryer, Maries); Pekin (Bremer) ; Ningpo (Pryer). . Very variable in size and in the amount of black on the upper- side, some specimens from Japan having the yellow much filled up in the same way as in P. machaon, var. hippocrates. The small form P. xuthulus is now shown to be only a seasonal form of P. cuthus. The green-tailed Papilios found in China and Japan are very puzzling, and so variable that it is not easy to say where one species 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 871 begins and another ends. Indeed, I think it very probable that they are all forms of one species from a broad point of view. : In the Himalayas this is not so; for out of hundreds of specimens which I have seen, I have found none which could not be easily distinguished ; and in Sikkim no less than four species—viz. P. paris, arcturus, ganeesa, and krishna—are all found together. In the south of China P. paris occurs, but, as far as I know, not within my present limits. In Central China we find Papiito BrANOoR, Cr. Pap. Ex. ii. t. 103. f. C (1779). I have seen specimens from N. China (? Shanghai, Fortune), Ningpo? (Pryer), and Mongolia? (Mus. Godman and Salvin). Both sexes are of a less brilliant green than the Japanese and Amur forms. The male is distinguished by a black velvety patch on the fore wing. Further north we have :— P. maackI, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 10, t.i., which occurs in the Bureija mountains (Radde), on the Ussuri (Maack), in Askold (Jankowsky), and in Central Japan (Fenton, Pryer). In Amurland it has a small and very different-looking seasonal form, P. raddei, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 3, t. i., which has been, I believe, proved by breeding to be the spring brood. From Newchwang, in N. China, I find a specimen in Pryer’s coll. which is rather larger than the average of those from the Amur, and has the blackish band on the hind wing less distinct. In Japan it seems to vary little from the Amur type; but there are three other forms which may be varieties or species, namely :-— P, peHAanu, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xiv. p. 323 (1864). P. alliacmon, De Orza (ex Boisd.), Lep. Jap. p. 9 (1869). This is common in Central Japan (Maries, Pryer), and occurs at Hakodadi(Whitely). What is perhaps a dwarted form, or seasonal variety of it is P. BIANOR, var. JAPONICA, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix, p- 50 (1866). P. japonica, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133, in which I can see no characters by which it can be certainly known. A new species lately described, or to be described, is P. tuTanus, Fenton’, At first sight easily distinguished by the broad yellowish band on underside of hind wing. This character, however, is variable, and in some specimens is almost absent, when the insect nearly resembles P. maacki. Specimens of P. maacki in Dr. Staudinger’s collection have this band as strongly marked as in P. tutanus. The next group of Papilios is that represented in the south and centre of China by the Indian species 1 Vide antet, p. 855, 872 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, Parinio PROTENOR, Cr. Pap. Ex. i. t. 49. f. A, B (1779), which I have seen from Formosa, Hongkong, and is recorded by Felder from Ningpo. It is quoted, probably by mistake, by Mot- schulsky from Japan, where it is represented by P. pemetrivs, Cr. Pap. Ex. iv. t. 385 (1782). Common in Central Japan (Pryer, Jonas), N. China (Sommer), and occurring in the Fungwhan hills near Ningpo, whence speci- mens collected by Pryer are in Godman’s and my own collection, which agree very well with Japanese specimens. The larva, ac- cording to De l’Orza, feeds on orange-trees. P. macrtentvs, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 158, t. v. fig. 1 (1877). The male of this resembles generally that of the next species in colour, but is easily distinguished by the long narrow wings and long tails. The female is larger, and seems rare. It occurs at Oyama (Jonas), and elsewhere in Japan. Forms of this or of the last species, probably not worthy of sepa- ration, are P. tractipennis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vil. p. 139, from Nikko (Maries), and P. scevola, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. iv. p. 37 (1879), from China, which is identified with P. maci- lentus by Mr. Butler. P. atcinous, Klug, Neue Schmett. t. i. (1836). P. spathatus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p, 139. Japan (Pryer, Jonas) ; Yesso (Maries). This species has the male black, with brown spots on the hind wings and tails beneath ; whilst the female is of a pale fawn, or light brown colour. It is common in Japan; but I cannot see any good reason for distinguishing from it the species lately described by Mr. Butler, and I believe that a good series of specimens in this, as in other cases, would break down the characters on which he relies. The larva of P. alcinous, according to De l’Orza, feeds on Aristo- lochia. Another form which Felder, as I think, rightly says is probably a local variety of P. alcinous, is P. mencrus, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 22 (1862). ? P. plutonius, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 16, t. iii. fig. 2 (1876). Described by Felder from Ningpo. I have specimens from Shanghai (Pryer), and have seen it from Kiukiang (Maries). If P. plutonius, Ober., is the same, as I suspect, its range extends to North China, probably near Pekin (David). It differs from P. alcinous principally in having the spots pink instead of fawn, and in other characters which seem variable. The sexes, however, are much less distinct in colour than in P. alcinous, the males being paler and the females darker. P. aRISTOLOCHI&, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 443 (1775). Specimens from the Ningpo hills (Pryer) are smaller than usual, 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 873 Pariiio pamMoN, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 189 (1764). P. pammon, var. borealis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 22 (1862). Japan (De TOrza), Yokohama (Pryer); Shanghai (Pryer), Ningpo (Zelder). I cannot follow in Shanghai specimens the characters by which Felder separates the variety dorealis; the female, however, differs from any I have seen in the absence of the white spots on the hind wing above, which are replaced by pinkish. P. neLENvs, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 185 (1764). P. nicconicolens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 139. The Japanese insect, which seems rare, differs, according to Butler, in the form of the spots on the hind wing. I have, however, compared the type of P. nicconicolens (a name which should be re- jected, as barbarous) with Indian and Chinese specimens, and think that it can at most be considered as a variety of helenus, some spe- cimens of which from Hongkong and Darjeeling are very near it. P. memnon, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 193 (1764). P. thunbergii, Siebold, Hist. Nat. Jap. p. 16 (1824). P. thunbergii, Sieb., Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p- 133. If this species presented a constant variation in Japan, there might have been some reason for separating it; but the few specimens I have seen from Japan are not all alike, and vary as they do elsewhere. The females seem to be tailless in Japan. I have not seen it from Central or North China. P. sarpepon, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 202. P. teredon, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. i. p. 61 (1865). Not rare in Central Japan. The form described by Felder as P. teredon is from Ceylon ; and I cannot see why the Japanese insect, which appears identical with Himalayan specimens, should be referred to it, as has been done b Mr. Butler in his list of the Butterflies of Nikko (Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133). P, AGAMEMNON, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 202. Recorded by De l’Orza from Japan ; but I have seen no specimens from there, though it occurs in Pryer’s collection from Shanghai, P, rritHontivus, Cram. Pap. Ex. iii. t. 232 (1782), I have only seen specimens from Foochow (Pryer). P. aesion, Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M. i. p. 30, t. xii. fig. 6. North China, ? Shanghai (Fortune) ; Kiukiang (Maries). The Chinese representative of P. glycirion. P. tamerlanus, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 13, t. ii. fig. 1 (1876), from Moupin, which I have seen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, seems the same as P, alebion. 874 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, Papintio MARrEsII, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p- 23, t. iv. fig. 4. Described from a single specimen collected by Maries at Kiu- kiang. Very near the last, but distinguished by the absence of the submarginal band on fore wings and narrower discal belt of hind wings. I notice that in a series of P. glycerion these bands are variable in breadth and distinctness. SERICINUS TELAMON. $ Pap. telamon, Don. Ins. China, t. xxvii. fig. 1 (1798) ; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 3. S. montela, Gray, P. Z.S. 1852, p.71; Cat. Lep. B. M. i. p. 78, t, xili. figs. 1, 2. 2 S. fortunei, Gray, P.Z.S. 1852, p. 72; Cat. Lep. B. M. i. p- 79, t. xiii. fig, 5. 2 S. fasciatus, Brem. Grey, Schm. nordl. China, p. 5; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 1. Q S. eressoni, Reak. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iii. p. 499 (1864). S. retmona, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 72; Cat. Lep. B. M.i. p. 78, t. xiii. fig. 3. 2 S. greyi, Brem. Grey, Schm. nérdl. China, p. 6, t. i. fig. 2. There is considerable difficulty in deciding as to the species of this genus, unless one has a series from various parts of China. The specimens which I have seen vary extremely among themselves, especially as regards the presence or absence of red spots; and these can no more be considered as specific characters than in Parnassius. IT should suppose, however, that there are two distinct forms :—one, S. ¢elamon, Don. 3, S. fasciatus, Brem. & Grey 2, inhabiting the neighbourhood of Pekin; and the other, §. ¢elmona, Gray, which appears to be found in the same part of China. Neither of them, as far as I know, occurs in Central China. Lureuporria puzixot, Ersch. L. puziloi, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 12, ¢. v. fig. 2 (1880). This is one of the most interesting and beautiful additions to our knowledge of the Palearctic fauna which have been recently made. It appears to be common in spring on the coast-region of Amurland at Nikolaiefsk, Vladivostock, and Askold, and is reported to oceur also in Japan. The female has a sort of pouch on the abdomen, analogous to that of the female Parnassius; but, according to M. Oberthiir, this is probably not developed till after copulation has taken place. ‘The species is also said to occur in North China. PARNASSIUS NOMION, Fisch. de Waldh. Ent. ii. p. 242, t. vi. This species seems to be the eastern representative of P. apollo, to which indeed it comes very close. In all the specimens I have seen from the Amur, and, according to Bremer, in the numerous varieties which he has examined, it may be distinguished from the Siberian forms of P. apollo by the dark borders of the wings. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 875 PARNASSUS BREMERI, Feld. MSS., Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 6, t.i. figs. 3, 4. Found in many parts of the Amur region flying in thick woods, as I am informed by Dr. Staudinger. It is variable in the amount of red spots, like other members of the genus, the common form having no red spots on the fore wing like Bremer’s fig. 3. His plate is wrongly numbered and does not agree with the text. P. renepivus, Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1851, ii. p. 621; Meén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 14, t. 1. fig. 3, 2. Of this very rare species I have seen specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection from the Schilka. It appears to be rather an inhabitant of Central Siberia than of Amurland. P. evERSMANNI, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. p. 73, t. i. fig. 2. ? P. wosnesenskii, Mén. loe. cit. p. 74, t. i. fig. 3. Of this extremely rare species I have only seen specimens in Mr. Godman’s, Dr. Staudinger’s, and the Hewitson collection. It appears to inhabit the north-eastern parts of Asia and N.W. America, but has not been found by any recent collectors. P. exacrauis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 50 (1866). Discovered by Whitely at Hakodadi, and found also in Central Japan’. It is nearly allied to P. stubbendorfi, which varies con- siderably ; but all the Japanese specimens I have seen may be readily distinguished by the different shade of white, blacker veins, and deeper-black border on inner margin of hind wings. I think there seems little doubt that this insect was described as P. citrinarius by Motschulsky (Bull. Mosc. 1866, i. p. 189), as his description seems to apply very well; but as this cannot be proved without seeing the type, I refrain from changing the name, especially as the priority of date is doubtful. P. strusBenporrt, Mén. Desc. Ins. Lehm. p. 57, t. vi. fig. 2. Seems to be common in the Amur region and at Askold. P. reLpERI, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 6, t. i. fig. 5. Discovered in the Bureija by Radde, and taken at Raddefskaia on the Amur by Christoph, whence numerous specimens are in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. It is allied to the P. mnemosyne group ; but is readily distinguished by the bright yellow hair on the body, not shown in Bremer’s plate. The variety with red spots as figured by him is rare. AportA H1ppiA, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 7, t. ui. fig. 1 (1864). Found in the Amur region generally, sometimes flying in the 1 T have since received from Mr. H. Strecker a note on Butterflies from Corea, among which was a female of P. glacialis. 876 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES _ [Noy. 13, same place and at the same time as 4. crategi. It may, however, be certainly distinguished from that species not only by the shape of the wings, which are longer, especially behind, but by the yellow spot at the base of the hind wing below, a character which only failed in one specimen of a long series which I examined in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, Aporta CrATHGI, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 467. Found in various parts of the Amur region and in Japan, but not in China as far as I know at present. Agrees perfectly with European specimens. Pieris Brassic#, Linn., var. cructvora, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i. p. 522 (1830). The form of P. brassice found in Japan, which is not mentioned by Bremer, differs from the European form in the male having the spots on fore wing showing on the upper surface more or less dis- tinctly, and in the colour of the hind wings below, which are paler and less covered with black specks ; the female is of a more shining white, the fore wings clouded over the greater part of their surface with blackish, and the cell and costa of fore wings beneath greenish, which character is also observable in the male. In fact the Japanese specimens seem to me more nearly allied to P. rape than to P. brassice. I have males from Shanghai and Amurland which agree with Japanese males. The latter is considered by Dr. Staudinger a form of P. rape, which is said by Bremer to be found in the Bureija Mountains. It is, however, rare in Amurland. The form described by M. Oberthiir as P. rape, var. orientalis, Ober. Et, Ent. v. p. 13 (1880), from Askold, Japan, and North China, is probably the same as what I have mentioned above. P. meLetE, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 113, t. x. figs. 1-2 (1855). The summer form of this is well figured by Ménétriés, and is easily distinguished; but the spring brood is much nearer to P. napi. One male sent me by Dr. Staudinger, from Amurland, is almost devoid of the heavy markings on the upperside, and, except in tint, which is less yellow, resembles the male summer form P. castoria from California. I have from Askold and from Yokohama female specimens which are intermediate between P. me/ete and P. napi on the upper surface, and resemble P. dryonie beneath. According to Boisduval P. melete is found in the Himalaya; and I have specimens from the Khasia hills and Sikkim quite undistinguishable from Japa- nese and Askold specimens. Pieris ajaka, Moore, from the N.W. Himalaya, seems very nearly allied; and P. davidis, Oberthiir, from Moupin, must be studied in connexion with this group. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 877 Pieris nari, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 468. P. aglaope, Motsch. Et. Ent. 1860, p. 28. P. megamera, But). Cist. Ent. i. p. 173 (1873). P. napi, var. orientis, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 13 (1880). The difficulty which exists in understanding the forms of P. napi found in America has not been overcome, though for many years many good observers were working on the spot. Mr. Edwards’s admirable monograph in ‘ Papilio’ for June 1881 has made clear one thing to my mind; and that is, that there can be no greater mistake than to decide hastily in such intricate questions as these. The East-Asiatic forms of P. api are puzzling in the extreme; and as we at present know little or nothing of their distribution, seasons, and larval states, I can only say that I believe the synonyms quoted above apply to what I should consider a form of P. napi common in Japan and Amurland, but not hitherto seen from China. P. aglaope seems analogous to the European form P. bryonie, considered, as I think justly, by Mr. Edwards as the parent stock of this species. P. guicrria, Cram. Pap. Ex. ii. t. 171. P. claripennis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 96. P. sordida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 96. I have examined the types of P. claripennis and P. sordida, both of which are in Pryer’s Chinese collection. In P. claripennis from Shanghai the spots do not show through the upperside of fore wing, but I see no characters of note by which to separate it. P. sordida, from the Snowy Valley near Ningpo, seems intermediate between P. rape and P. gliciria, having the spots on outer margin of hind wing partly obsolete, and those on fore wing smaller than in Shanghai specimens of P. gliciria, which nearly corre- spond with Himalayan ones, though not quite so heavily marked. I have not seen P. gliciria from Japan or Amurland. P. papuipice, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 468. I have two specimens of this from China, locality uncertain, but probably Shanghai. Ihave not seen it from Japan, though Del’Orza includes it in his list. Bremer mentions it as found at Pekin and on the Amur. He also includes the spring form P. bellidice, Ochs., under the name of Anthocharis belemida, var. orientalis, Br. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 8, which was found on the Onon by Radde, though not seen by Dr. Staudinger from Amurland. ANTHOCHARIs SCOLYMUS, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 52 (1866). A, thunbergii, De VOrza, Lep. Jap. p. 14 (1869). This distinct species, which seems most nearly allied to the Cali- fornian A. lanceolata, Bdl., is found in Northern and Central Japan and at Shanghai, the latter specimens agreeing perfectly with 878 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, those from Japan. The male has the point of the fore wing marked with orange. ANTHOCHARIS BAMBUSARUM, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 20, t. iti. fig. 4 (1880). Of this rare species, described from a single specimen taken in April in the province of Tchekiang by Abbé David, I have seen one in Pryer’s collection from the Ningpo hills. It seems quite distinct, though allied to A. cardamines. A. CARDAMINES, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 468. According to Bremer this was found by Schrenk at Nikolaiefsk, and at Bureija by Radde. Oberthiir says that David found it in East Tibet at 9000 feet elevation. I have seen no specimens from any part of Asia. Levucopuasta sinapis, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 468. Var. amurensis, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 15, t. i. figs. 4, 5. L. sinensis, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 173 (1877). L. vilibia, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272 (1878). According to Bremer there are intermediate forms of Leucophasia in Amurland which connect the type form with Z. amurensis; and this is borne out by specimens from Amurland in Mr. Godman’s collection and by others in my own from Japan. I have specimens from Amurland and Japan, which, though rather larger, agree in shape with Z. sinapis ; others from Shanghai (LZ. sinensis, Butl.) and Tokio have the longer and differently shaped fore wings which distin- guish LZ. amurensis. The type of L. vilibia, which I have examined, is not in sufficiently good condition to be sure what it is; but I have little doubt that all the forms of Leucophasia found in Eastern Asia may be referred to one species. RHODOCERA RHAMNI, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 470. Var. aspasia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 17, t. i. fig. 8. Var. nipalensis, Doubl. Gen. D. Lep. p. 71 (1847); Gray, Lep. Nep. t. v. fig. 1 (1831). Var. acuminata, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 23 (1862). Found in Amurland, Japan, and China under various forms} to which I am unable, as far as my present knowledge extends, to allow specific rank. The European form &. shamni was found in the Bureija Mountains by Radde, and, according to Bremer, at Pekin. The form called 2. aspasia occurs in various parts of the Amur region, and is usually known by its rather smaller size and paler colour, and, according to Ménétrids, may be certainly distinguished by the shape and venation of the wings, though I am unable to follow the distinctions he draws in the specimens beforeme. The Japanese form is like the one described by Felder as 2. acuminata, which he says differs in its larger size, brighter colour, more distinct discal spots, and in having the apex of fore wing more produced. ‘These 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 879 characters I can perceive in a Shanghai specimen before me, but do not consider them of much importance. Chinese specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection are more like R. aspasia ; and Bremer states that a Chinese specimen he examined agrees with R. rhamni; so that the differences are evidently not constant. The Himalayan form distinguished as 2. nipalensis is known by its bright colour, and by the wings having the marginal spots more conspicuous than usual in R. rhamni, which, however, it resembles more in colour and shape than it does 2. aspasia. Butler includes both R. nipalensis and R. aspasia as distinct species in his list of Maries’s Nikko collection (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133); so that the result of a comparison of authorities is clearly to show that not one of these forms is constant in any one locality, though no one has been able to bring together a sufficient series to prove this. Blanchard, in Comptes Rendus de ’Académie des Sciences, vol. Ixxii. p. 810, mentions, though he does not fully describe, two species of Rhodocera from Moupin, one of which, 2. amintha, is a third larger than 2. rhamni; and the other, 2. alvinda, is said to be very near Jt. aspasia and R. rhamni. CoxiAs PALENO, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 272. ? C. pallens, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 50. Found in various parts of the Amur countries, and in the moun- tains of Central Japan at 7000 feet elevation. Both sexes agree perfectly with European specimens. The type of C. pallens, Butl., from Hakodadi, which I have ex- amined, is a miserably worn faded specimen, of no value for scientific purposes, and may be either a female of this or a small pale C. hyale. CoxtAs HYALE, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 469. ? C. poliographus, Motsch. Et. Ent. p. 29 (1860). C. simoda, De Y Orza, Lep. Jap- p. 16 (1869). 1 C. nereine, Fisch., Motsch. Et. Ent. p. 29. C. erate, Esp., Murray, Ent. M. Mag. 1876, p. 34. C. erate ab helictha, Led., Brem. Ost-Sib., Nachtrag, p. 93. C. subaurata, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 138. C. elwesii, Butl. loc. cit. p. 135, The number of names under which the forms of this type found in Japan have been mentioned by various authors show the difficulty in dealing with them. I have already given my opinion on the question in the Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1880, p. 144, and further in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p.464. I will say no more, except that the form of C. hyale which is usually known as C. simoda occurs’abundantly in Japan, at Askold, though apparently not generally in Amurland, and also at Pekin and Shanghai, the specimens agreeing well with the ordinary Japanese type. 880 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERELIES _[Nov. 15, I have never seen C. erate from N.E. Asia, though it is recorded by Bremer from Possiet Bay and by Murray from Japan. The yellow form of C. hyale, which is so like the female of C. erate, that I could not tell them apart, has probably been mistaken for it. I would here take the opportunity of saying, in answer to Mr. Butler’s repeated assertion (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 137) that C. helictha, Led., cannot be a hybrid, that Iam assured by Dr. Staudinger that the two species C. edusa and C. erate which produce it do fly together in abundance at Sarepta on the Volga, and that Kinderman, Becker, and Christoph have not once, but repeatedly, taken them in copuld. Mr. Strecker also tells me that hybrids between Colias philodice and C. eurytheme are not uncommon in both sexes in the United States, and that they look much like the Russian hybrid C. helictha. . P.S. Mr. Strecker writes me that he has true erate from Japan smaller than the Russian ones, the female darker on upperside of hind wings, but the male has the unspotted border just like the Russian examples, In a second letter he writes that ‘“ the Japanese male C. erate is undoubted ; what I take to be the female, and which I got along with it, is like the female Russian C. erate suffused with dark scales on the upperside of hind wing, whilst in C. simoda (C. hyale, var.) the clear lemon-yellow prevails.” CoxiAs MELINOS, Evers. Bull. Mosc. 1847, iii. p. 72. Found on the Schilka and the Amur by Radde, but appears very rare in collections. It is nearly allied to C. phicomone. C. aurora, Esp. t. 83. f. 3. Found at Raddefskaia, Blagovestchensk on the Ussuri, and other places in Amurland ; but the females seem rare. ‘There are two forms of this sex, as in other species of this section of the genus—C. chloé, Evers. Bull. Mosc. 1847, t. iv. figs. 3, 4, being the pale-coloured one ; the other is extremely bright reddish orange. This species represents C. edusa in North-eastern Asia; no species of that section is known to me in Japan or China at present. TreRIAS LaHTA, Boisd. Sp. Gén.i. p. 674; var. sacErt, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 84, t. ii. fig. 1 (1855). The variety found in China and Japan differs from the majority of Indian specimens in having a narrower black border to the fore wings, which is sharply interrupted near the hind margin in the way shown in Ménétriés’s figure. Some Himalayan and Khasia specimens have the band interrupted in the same way; but the Japanese examples can, as far as I have seen, be distinguished. Ménétriés, by mistake, says that 7. jaegert came from Hayti, where, of course, no such insect exists. It seems common in Japan, and is found at Shanghai. 1881. } OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 881 TeRIAS BETHESBA, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272 (1878). As far as I can judge, this is a good species, intermediate between T. leta and T. hecabe. The females are easily known, being of a pale dull lemon-colour, more or less clouded with dusky scales. It seems very like the figure and description of 7’. venata, Moore. T. HEecABE, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 249 (1764). T. hecabeoides, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 85, t. ii. fig. 2. ? T. sinensis, Luc. Rev. Zool. 1852, p. 429. T. mariesi, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 198, t. vi. figs. 1-7. This wide-ranging and variable species is common in China and Japan. Mr. Butler’s paper on the Japanese species of Terias gives full details of the variations and supposed hybrids between this species and the next. I can see no reason for separating J’, mariesi, the difference in the shade of yellow which Mr. Butler relies on being variable in my spe- cimens from Yokohama. T. anemone, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 23 (1862); Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 199, t. vi. figs. 8-11. Found in Japan, where, according to Mr. Butler, it connects ZT. hecabe with T. mandarina by almost insensible gradations. With regard to this species Mr. Butler says (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p- 200) :—* So far as I have been able to judge, the 7’. hecabe and T. mandarina of China are constant; the intermediate 7’. anemone does not come from that country, in which case hybridization caunot modify the typical forms.” Mr. Butler appears to have entirely overlooked the fact that the type of 7. anemone is expressly stated to have come from Ningpo. It is also quoted in Pryer’s list of Rhopalocera of Chekiang and Kiangsoo provinces, in Ent. Mo. Mag. 1877, p. 52; and there are specimens in Pryer’s collection marked ‘Snowy Valley, Ningpo.” T. MANDARINA, De l’Orza, Lép. Jap. p. 18 (1869); Butl. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 199, t. vi. figs. 13-18. Common in Japan, and occurs also in Formosa, whence two speci- mens are in Pryer’s collection. I have, however, seen none from China, though Mr. Butler says it occurs there. With regard to the supposed hybrids named and figured by Butler in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 197 et seg., I would call attention to the utter want of evidence of the hybrid origin of the specimens which he names 7’. hybrida (No. 7) and T. connexiva (No. 12). Judging from the plates, the differences between Nos. 6, 7, 8, and 10 are extremely trifling, and equally so are the differences between Nos. 12, 13, 14,and 15. Weare informed that the absence of 6 specimens out of 150, which are presumably represented by figs. 7 and 12, will leave the three species as sharply defined as any in the genus, and we are asked to believe without further evidence that on this account the six specimens are hybrids. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LVII. 57 382 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [ Nov. 15, Mivetus HAMADA, Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 361 (1875). A distinct species, unlike any thing I have seen fromChina or Japan, but nearly allied to a specimen in my collection from Darjiling, which differs in having an indistinct whitish patch on the fore wing, which may be sexual. I have seen a specimen from Shanghai collected by Christoph, which comes very close to, if itis not identical with, those from Sikkim in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. There is a single specimen in Pryer’s collection, without indication of locality, which differs considerably from M. hamada beneath, but agrees with it above. Lampipes? sp. An apparently new species, which will no doubt be described by Mr. Butler, is in the British-Museum collection from Kiukiang (Maries). Lyczna? sp. nov. A very distinct species, from Mr. Fenton’s collection, of which I have only seen one specimen at Mr. Janson’s. It is of a deep shining blue, with black border above and pale green beneath. Curetis acuta, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 50. Nearest to Curetis (Anops) bulis, Hew., but differs in both sexes in the prolongation of the apical angle of fore wing. The specimens from Shanghai (Pryer) and Japan (Pryer, Jonas), which I have seen, agree fairly. The female, which is of a blue-grey colour, seems much rarer than the male. C. rruncata, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 50. From Shanghai (Holdsworth). I have not seen this species, and can say nothing as to its specific difference. AmBLyrop1A jApvonica, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 170. Allied to A. rama, Koll., from the Himalaya; the fore wings more produced at the apex, and the hind wings without a tail. Found at Yokohama, but seemingly not common in Japan. This species has been referred by Mr. Butler to A. asinarus, Feld. Reise Nov. ii. p. 235, 1865 ; but as this species comes from Cochin and 3s not figured, I am doubtful as to the identification. A. TURBATA, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133. This species is named but not described by Mr. Butler, though the specimens in the British Museum appear to be fully distinct from A. japonica, being larger, differently shaped, and with con- spicuous tails to the hind wings, which A. japonica never has. A, turbata is from Nikko. ‘There is a specimen resembling this in i collection, without indication of locality, but probably from Ina. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 883 NIPHANDA FUSCA. Thecla fusca, Brem. & Grey, Schm. nérdl. China, p: 9 (1853). Thecla fusca, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. t. iv. (1855). 2 Amblypodia dispar, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 24, t. iil. (1864). Polyommatus fuscus, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 20, t. iv. This species is recorded from the Amur and Pekin (Bremer). I have specimens from Ningpe (Pryer) and Japan (Pryer) which agree very well with Bremer’s and Oberthiir’s figures. ‘The female differs considerably from the male. There are specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection from Raddefskaia and Baranfsky. This species is referred by Butler to Moore’s genus Niphanda, of which the type is WV. tessellata, Moore, P.Z.S. 1874, p. 572, t. Ixvi. fig. 6. It does not, however, seem to resemble the figure of this insect in form or colour. Diesas sapestriata, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 67, t. xxvi. (1865). This species seems common in Japan, and occurs also at Vla- divostoek, where it was taken by Dorries. D. tutes, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 67, t. xxvi. (1865). This species also occurs in the same localities as the last, but does not seem so common. D. sonast, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157. Taken at the Yokawa river in Japan by Jonas. A single specimen from Askold, collected by Dérries, is in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. D. RaPHAELIs, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 20, t. v. fig. 1 (1880). This species, which is allied to the last, is from Askold, where it appears to be not common. D. micwae.is, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 19, t. v. fig. 2 (1880). This species, which is also from Askold, appears to belong to the same group as the four preceding, though the yellow of the upper surface is much overlaid with brown. THECLA SMARAGDINA, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 25, t. ili. fig. 5. T. taxila, Brem. loc. cit. p. 26, t. iii. fig. 7. The group of Thecle with green males and brown or purplish ‘females is very well represented in Amurland and Japan, as also in the Himalayas. ‘There is, however, much difficulty in making out some of the forms, and it was only after I had consulted Dr, Stau- dinger that I came to any conclusion on the subject. Bremer figures 7’. ¢axila twice over, what he considers as the female being I believe the female of 7’. smaragdina, and what he calls the male being probably the female of a form of 7. japonica occurring in Amurland. No male insect of that colour is yet known among the various species of this group. of Thecla; and if 7. tawvila is a distinct species, we 57* 884 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, have no male for it or female for 7’. smaragdina, M. Oberthiir having made a mistake when he said that he had males of 7’. tazila. The species is common in the littoral region of Amurland, and as far up the river as Raddefskaia. I think it also occurs in Yesso ; but the specimens from thence are smaller, and do not perfectly agree with those from the mainland. T. smaragdina is easily distinguished in the male sex by the short bar across the underside of fore wing; but this bar does not seem to be constantly present in the female, which, however, may be known by the colour of the underside. Turcua sapontca, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 169 (1874). ? Dipsas taxila, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Supp. p. 16, t. vi. figs. 16, 17. Var. a.?.T. fasciata, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272, t. v. fig. 4 (1878). LT. smaragdoides, Staudinger in litt. T. taxila, Oberthir, Et. Ent. v. p. 18; ? Bremer, t. viii. fig. 2. Ab 6. aurorina, Oberthiir, loc. cit. (flavo-maculata), This species is easily distinguished from 7. smaragdina by the darker colour of the underside. The variation of the female has given rise to much confusion in the nomenclature of this insect ; but I believe the synonymy above is correct. The females appear to be dimorphic, as, until it can be shown that there is a male different from 7’. japonica which can be assigned with certainty to 7’. fas- ciatu, I fail to see the propriety of separating that form, which corresponds very fairly with similar female aberrations in Amurland. M. Oberthiir has females from Askold which, he says, are a perfect transition between the types of 7. aurorina and J’. fasciata. There is also a form, of which Dr. Staudinger has three males and one female from Vladivostock and Askold, which comes very near 7’. japonica from Amurland, but which is perhaps only a variety or hybrid between it and 7’, orientalis, both of which occur in the same localities. Lastly, we have a form separated by Dr. Staudinger as T. SAPHIRINA, Stdgr. MSS., which differs from any of the others in the colour and markings of the underside, in which it is nearest to 7’. attilia. Of this only one male and two females are known, from the coast-region of Amur- land. T. orteNTALIS, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. ser. 4, x. p. 169 (1875). ? 7. diamantina, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 18, t. i. fig. 1 (1880). This species, which is easily distinguished by its larger size and paler colour, occurs not uncommonly in both Japan and the coast- region of Amurland. Specimens from Askold agree perfectly with Japanese examples. T. diamantina is considered by Dr. Staudinger a synonym of this species ; but the figure of it agrees, I think, more closely with the true 7’. smaragdina, which I have from Amutland. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 885 Taxcxa arata, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 25, t. iii. fig. 6 (1864). ? 1. tyrianthina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p- 34, t. iv. fig. 5. I have seen specimens of this from the Amur, Japan, Yesso (Mus. Hew.), Kiukiang, China (Maries). It is also found at Pekin (Bremer). The Yesso specimen is smaller than the others; but the one described as 7’. tyrianthina from Kiukiang appears to be nearly the same as 7’. arata, though the specimens are too much worn to be relied on. T. micans, Br. & Grey, p. 9; Mén. Cat. Lep. Mus. Petr. t. iv. fig. 4 ? 2. betuloides, Blanch., Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, Vi p- 34, t. iv. fig. 2. Of this species the male only is described by Bremer, from Pekin ; but a female specimen is in Pryer’s collection from Shanghai which, I think, must belong to it. What I think is probably the same insect is also mentioned by Butler as 7’. betuloides, from Kiukiang (Maries). It is allied to Z. se¢ira, Moore, from the north-west Himalaya. Three specimens, two males and one female, from Chefoo, in Dr. Staudinger’s collection differ slightly in being of a yellower ground- colour below than in my specimen; and the male has the red on disk of fore wing more distinct than in Bremer’s figure. T. Aviprena, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1877, p- 108. A very distinct species, which I have seen from Shanghai (Pryer) and Kiukiang (Maries). ‘The disks of both wings above are bluish ; beneath it is of a reddish brown, with a broad silvery Y-shaped bar on the hind wings. T. carutescens, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, i. p. 191. I am unable to identify this species, which is described as like the next but without yellow spots. T. c#ruueEa, Brem. & Grey, p. 8 (1853); Mén. Cat. Lep. Mus. Petr. t. iv. fig. 4. I have never seen this species, which has hitherto only been found at Pekin. It is unknown in any of the collections I have seen. T, arritia, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 24, t. ii. fig. 3. Found in the Bureija Mountains by Radde ; also in Japan. It seems allied to Z. odata, Moore, trom the N.W. Himalaya. It does net seem to occur generally in the Amur region, as Dr. Stau- dinger has never seen it in collections from there. YT. Grannis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 24 (1862). T. eretria, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 114, t. 42 (1869). Felder’s description, which was taken from a single bad specimen from Foochow, agrees very well with Hewitson’s figure, and with a specimen in Pryer’s collection from Ningpo. It is a large insect, resembling 7’. w-alwm in markings, but with the costa of fore wings more curved, 886 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, ? Tuecia w-aLsum, Knoch, Beitriige, ii. p. 85 (1781). Found at Pekin (Bremer); a specimen from there is in the British Museum. Also at Shanghai (Pryer). Differs from the European insect in having usually a larger blue spot at the anal apex, and a double line of pale lunular markings on the fore part of the hind wing below. No specimen in Dr. Stau- dinger’s collection quite agrees with this, which may be a distinct species. T. mera, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157 (1877). This species, found at Matzabaro, Japan, by Mr. Jonas, is allied to T. pruni of Europe; but the few specimens I have seen differ sufficiently from that species. TL’. stygiana, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 35, t. iv., fig. 6, from Nikko, seems very near it ; but the type specimen is not fresh enough to be described with accuracy. T. prunoipEs, Stdgr. MSS. This was taken at Vladivostock by Christoph ; but though very near 7’. w-album, the markings of the hind wing beneath are, as Dr. Staudinger thinks, sufficiently different to separate it from that species. He has also a specimen from the Altai. T. pruni, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 482. Occurs at Vladivostock and on the Lower Ussuri. T, PHYLLODENDRI, Stdgr. MSS. A distinct species allied to 7’. pruni, but distinguished by a double line of black spots on the underside of both wings. It was taken at Vladivostock by Christoph, and at Baranofsky by Dorries. ?T. sprint, Schiff. 8. V. p. 186. Recorded by Bremer from Pekin, and by De l’Orza from Japan ; but I have seen no specimens from Asia, and Dr. Staudinger has none from any locality east of the Caspian. T. rust, Linn, Syst. Nat. x. p. 483. Recorded by Bremer from Onon (Radde), and by De V’Orza from Japan; but I have seen no specimens from Eastern Asia. T. ENTHEA, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157 (1877). A very distinct species, easily known by the coloration and spots of the under surface. It was described from the Yokawa river, J apan, collected by Jonas, but is rare in collections. I have seen a specimen in Dr. Stau- dinger’s collection from Vladivostock (Christoph). which agrees perfectly with it. 1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 887 THECLA FRIVALDSZKYI, Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855, p- 100, t. i. fig. 1. ? Lycena ferrea, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 57 (1866). Satsuma ferrea, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 168 (1874). I was disposed to consider the Japanese and Amur form of this species distinct till I saw the series of 7’. frivaldszkyiin Dr. Staudinger’s collection. He, however, judging from a typical Japanese specimen I showed him, thinks them identical. As a rule the Japanese in- sect is deeper in colour on the underside; but a specimen in Hewit- son’s collection from Yesso, where I believe the type of T. ferrea was taken, is nearer to the Amur form. Mr. Murray considers this species to form a distinct genus; and it is certainly very unlike any other European or Asiatic Thecla, though apparently very nearly allied to Theela irus, God., and other North-American species. PoLYOMMATUS VIRGAURE, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 484. Found at Pekin (Bremer) and in the Apfelgebirge by Radde, also on the Upper Amur by Hedemann. P. AMPHIDAMAS, Esp. t. 58. fig. 4 (1779). Found at Schilka by Hedemann, and Onon by Radde. P. nrpporHod, Linn. Faun. Suec. ii. p. 274 (1761). Found at Pekin and on the Amur at Raddefskaia and the Ussuri by Christoph. P. poumas, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 285. Var. eleus, Fab. Suppl. Syst. Ent. 430. P. phleas, var. chinensis, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p- 488 (1862). Found in Amurland, Japan, and China. Dr. Staudinger says the Amur variety resembles the American one, having the red line on underside of hind wings more conspicuous than in European specimens. I see nothing remarkable in the Chinese insect, of which I have three from Ningpo; one of these is much larger than European specimens. All the Japanese and one of the Chinese specimens are of the dark summer brood (e/eus, Fab.). Lycana sarica, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. p. 789. Found in Japan and at Shanghai, but not known in Amutland, L. arGIADES, Pall. Reise, xii. p. 472. L. hellotia, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. 124, t. x. (1857). ? L. praxiteles, Feld. Reise Nov. p. 281, t. xxxv. This species seems to be widely distributed through Northern and Eastern Asia, China, and Japan. I have compared many specimens from Amurland, Shanghai, and Japan, and find them so very variable, both in size, colour, and the spots of the hind wing, that [ am unable 888 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES — [Nov. 15, to see how the larger and brighter specimens described as Z. hellotia and ZL. praxiteles can be separated from LZ. argiades. As a rule the Oriental and Japanese specimens are larger and more richly spotted, especially at Tokio, Japan; but some of those from Askold (Jankowsky) and Shanghai (Pryer) are quite as small as German specimens of L. polysperchon, Berg. This variety also occurs on the Ussuri at Raddefskaia and Askold. ~ Lycana FISCHERI, Evers. Bull. Mosc. 1843, p. 537, t. ii. Found at Vladivostock and Askold, also at Shanghai, but not, so far as I know, in Japan. Chinese specimens do not agree per- fectly with Siberian ones. ‘They are smaller, and the blue eyes do not show through the hind wing of female ; but I do not think they can be separated. There is in Pryer’s collection a species marked “ flicaudis, Pryer, type,” of which I can find no published descrip- tion, and which I think belongs to this species. L. arora, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. 125, t. x. (1857). ? ZL. japonica, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 167 (1874). This species is a very puzzling one, and, without seeing the type specimens, impossible to decide upon. I have specimens which agree perfectly with Ménétriés’s descrip- tion, and others from the same localities agreeing with Murray’s description of L. japonica, of which he only knew the female. Méné- triés’s plate, however, represents an insect which might well be a faded male of ZL. egon; and in his description he compares the species with LZ. optilete. From Shanghai are other specimens, referred by Moore to L. ous, Fab. ; and in various collections I find specimens of the same or a nearly allied species referred to ZL. maha, Koll., from Kashmir, L. chandala, Moore, from Shanghai, Hongkong, LZ. diluta, Feld., from Swatow. There are also specimens in my own and Hewitson’s collection from Sikkim, Caleutta, and N.W. Himalaya coming very close. I am quite unable to say what are the limits and distinctive characters of these various species, if they are distinct. L. tystmon, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. t. 535. f. 5. Of this wide-ranging species I have specimens from Shanghai, and one doubtfully from Japan which comes very close to it. There are specimens referred to this species in Dr. Staudinger’s collection from Amoy, Foochow, and Macao. L. cirosts, Brem. Bull. Acad. Petr, iii. p. 472 (1861). L. egonides, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 28, t. iii. fig. 8 (1864). From Raddefskaia, Baranofsky, and other parts of the Amur region. Some specimens of the Japanese L. argus 2 come very near this; but L. cleobis may be distinguished by its broad white fringe and darker tint, especially in the male sex. 1881. | OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 889 Lycana Arcus, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 483. This species occurs at Askold, Vladivostock, and in Japan, where the specimens are very large and dark, and the females have con- spicuous ocelli showing through the upperside of the hind wing. I have also specimens from Pryer’s collection from Shanghai, which I should be disposed to refer to this species, though they are pro- bably what Murray has described, in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 523, t. x., as L. chinensis from North China. His figure, however, shows a more distinct brown band, as in LZ. pylaon, and no blue ocelli, as in L. argus, which my specimens certainly have. It is probable that L. chinensis, whatever it is, refers to the species which Bremer calls L. pylaon in his Pekin list. Dr. Staudinger, however, has never seen L. pylaon from any part of Eastern Siberia. L. xeon, Schiff. 8. V. p. 185 (1776). L. micrargus, Butl. Cist. Ent. 1878, p. 283. Found in various parts of the Amur region, and less commonly in Japan. I have a pair, collected by Fenton near Tokio, which I believe to be the same as Mr. Butler’s L. micrargus, of which I have seen the type in the British Museum. L. orton, Pallas, Reise, t.i. p. 471 (1771). Found in various parts of the Amur region and at Pekin, but not as yet in Japan. L. Baton, Berg. Nom. t. 60. 6-8 (1779). Only seen from Askold and Vladivostock. L. AsTRARCHE, Berg. Nom. iii. p. 4, t. 49. I have seen one specimen from Askold in Dr. Staudinger’s col- lection, and others of the variety al/ous, Hiibn., from various parts of Amutrland. L. rcarvs, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 21 (1775). A single, very large and well-marked specimen is recorded by Bremer from the Lower Ussuri ; but I have seen none from Eastern Asia. L. ERos, Ochs. i. 2, p. 42 (1808). Recorded by Bremer from the Bureija Mountains, but I have seen no Amur specimens. L. amanpaA, Schn. N. Mag. iv. p. 428 (1792). A variety of this species from the Amur has the red spots on margin of hind wing beneath larger and brighter than in European = It is recorded by Bremer from the Bureija and Lower ssuri. 890 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, LyczZNA EUMEDON, Esp. 52, 2 (1780). Of this species I have only seen a single Amur specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. L. stron, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 30, t. iii. fig. 9. Of this species, found by Maack between the mouth of the Ussuri and the Amur, I know nothing beyond Bremer’s figure. It seems allied to ZL. donzelit, Boisd. L, arcrouvs, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 483. L. ladonides, De Y Orza, Lép. Jap. p. 20. Common in the Amur region, Japan, and found by Pryer at Shanghai. L. mrnma, Fuessl. Verz. p. 31 (1775) (alsus, Schiff.). Only found in the Bureija by Radde. L. semrareus, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 20 (1775) (acis, Schiff.). I have one specimen from the Amur; it is recorded from the Bureija and Lower Ussuri by Bremer. L. cyLLARuS, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 20 (1775). Found in the Bureija and on the Ussuri, whence I have seen one specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. L. arronrpes, Stdgr. MSS. . Of this species, which Dr. Staudinger considers distinct, I have one specimen from Japan, collected by Fenton, agreeing with those from the Amur in his collection. It may be only a form of LZ. arion, and resembles the var. eyanecula, Evers., on the upper surface, but has not so much green below. It is best distinguished by the large confluent black spots on under- side of fore wings. L. tycormas, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 57 (1866). L. scylla, Stdgr. MSS. I have examined the type of L. lycormas from North Japan in the British Museum, and believe that L. seylla, of which I have speci- mens from Askold (Jankowsky) and the Amur, are identical with it. It is allied to Z. cyllarus, but differs in the conspicuous black spots on the underside of hind wing, and has much less blue on the underside, and the white fringe more conspicuous. L. pryeri, Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 126 (1873). A large and distinct species, which seems abundant in Japan, and of which I have seen specimens from Vladivostock, Raddefskaia, and the Ussuri in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 891 Lyczna Arron, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 483. Of this I have only seen one specimen, from Raddefskaia; and Radde took a single very large one in the Bureija Mountains. L. rvupuemus, Hb. 254-256. ? L. kazamoto, Druce, Cist. Ent. 1875, p. 361. The type of Z. #azamoto, which I have examined in Godman and Salvin’s collection, is very dark, the spots hardly showing ; but T think it is only a variety of LZ. euphemus, which seems extremely variable in Japan, It is marked as taken at 6000 feet elevation. Japanese specimens vary much in the expanse of the wings; and most of them have a black spot at the base of the fore wing below, which does not appear in European specimens. This species seems common in certain parts of Central Japan, and occurs also at Yesso (Whitely) and at Raddefskaia in Amurland. LisyTHEA, sp. L. lepita, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. Mus. p. 240. The Japanese species of Libythea has been referred by authors to L. lepita, Moore, from the Himalayas, which is described as differing from L. myrrha, Godt., in the ferruginous streak from base of fore wing being divided into two portions—the first within the discoidal cell, the second a round terminal spot beyond its extremity. Six specimens from Sikkim and Nepal in my collection all belong to Z. myrrha; and a specimen from Japan is intermediate between that and the European L. celtis, to some specimens of which it comes near in the arrangement of the markings. The band on the hind wing is narrower than in either Z. myrrha or L. celtis; and the colour of the underside different. ZEMEROS FLEGYAS, Cr. Pap. Ex. iii. t. 280. A single specimen was in Pryer’s Shanghai collection; and it is included in his list of Chinese Butterflies in Ent. Month. Mag. 1877, p. 52. CHARAXES NARCEUs, Hew. Ex. Butt. 1. Nymph. t. 1. Var. mandarinus, Feld. Reise Nov. p. 437. Found at Shanghai by Pryer. DicHoRRAGIA NESIMACHUs, Boisd., Cuv. Régne An. Ins. ii. t. 139 bis (1836). Not uncommon in Japan, and probably found in China, though I have seen no specimens from there. It agrees with Sikkim speci- mens, though the white markings at the apex of the fore wing are shorter. Apatura iris, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 476. Found in the Bureija Mountains by Radde, and at Raddefskaia and Askold. It is reported to exist in Japan; but I have never seen specimens from there. 892 MR. H. J, ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, The Amur specimens are somewhat larger than European examples. Apatura 111A, Schiff. S. V. p. 172. Var. elytie, Schiff. S. V. p. 321. A. here, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 27 (1862). A, substituta, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 159 (1873). Found in Amurland, at Pekin, Shanghai, and in South and Cen- tral Japan. The form described as A. here, from Ningpo, is said by Felder to differ constantly in the termination of the interior band of the hind wing, less easily seen in the male than the female; but Dr. Staudinger agrees with me in uniting it with A. elytie. Oberthir says Askold specimens do not differ from the French type; and the Japanese form, though varying somewhat, is probably the same as the Chinese insect. Some specimens come very close in colour to the var. metis from Sarepta, but have the anal ocellus as large as in A. ilia. Hestina Assim1uis, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 300 (1764). Found in Central China and in Japan, though I have no speci- mens from the latter country. Evurirus cuaronpa, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. t. 1. fig. 1 (1863). Not rare in Japan, but extremely difficult to take in good condi- tion, on account of its strong and high flight. Perfect specimens of this splendid insect are very rare in collec- tions. E. syapontca, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 27 (1862). Common in Central Japan. Apo.ias SCHRENKI, Mén. Bull. Acad. Péters. xvii. p. 215 (1859); Schrenk’s Reise, ii. p. 31, t. iii. fig. 2. Taken at Raddefskaia, on the Ussuri, and elsewhere in Amurland. PARAPLESIA ADELMA, Feld. Wien, ent. Mon. vi. p. 20 (1862). Isodema adelma, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vii. p- 109; Reise Nov., Lep. iii. t. 54. figs. 1, 2. Of this fine species I have seen two specimens from the Ningpo hills in Pryer’s collection. In this genus the discal cell is completely closed by a vein, which, though not very apparent on the upper surface, is strongly deve- loped below. AtTuyMa sutpitti4, Cr. Pap. Ex. iii. t. 214 (1782). A, sulpitia, var. ningpoana, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. yi. p. 26. The variety described by Felder from the Ningpo hills is said to differ from the form found in South China in having the spots of the cell confluent, forming a stripe, and in other characters. There is a specimen from the Snowy Valley which is probably this, as it does not agree well with Cramer’s plate. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 893 ATuyMA pryert, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 47. From the Snowy Valley, near Ningpo (Pryer). This species seems very near the last, but has the second white band on the hind wings reduced to a line of spots margined with white. LimENITIS HELMANNI, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1853, p. 356, t. i. fig. 4. Found at Askold, Blagovetschensk, Onon, the Ussuri, and also, according to De l’Orza, in Japan, though I have seen no specimens from there. Specimens from the Altai have the bands and spots narrower than Amur specimens. ?L. nomeyent, Taneré, Ent. Nach. 1881, p. 120. Seems to me but a variety of L. he/manni, though some specimens have a distinct marginal white line on upper surface of hind wings, which is faint or absent in L. helmanni. Found at Raddefskaia, Blagovetschensk, and the Ussuri. L. ampnyssa, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 21, t. in. fig. 1. Found in many parts of the Amur region, and, according to De VOrza, in Japan ; but I have never seen specimens from the latter. L. sypyr, Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, 1853, p. 357, t. i. fig. 3. Var. latifasciata, Mén. Schreuk’s Reise, p. 30, t. iii. fig. 1. De l’Orza says that Japanese specimens (which, however, I have never seen) hardly differ from Altai specimens. This is probably an error, as ZL. sydyi has not been found on the Amur, and the variety L. latifasciata is very distinct in all the specimens I have seen, having the white bands on both wings nearly twice as broad as in typical L. sydyi. Indeed, if no intermediate foris occur, I think it might fairly be separated. L. vorutt, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 476. Found at Raddefskaia, on the Ussuri, and in the Bureija Mountains. The males from Amurland have the white bands as broad as in females from Europe, and differ remarkably from European males, which are, in some localities at least, usually of the form known as L. tremule, Esp. 114. L. nycrers, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 28, t. ii. fig. 11. Athyma cassiope, Mén., loc. cit. p. 27, t. ii. fig. 10. Found at Raddefskaia and on the Ussuri. A distinct species. The insect described as Z. cassiope, from a single female taken by Maack, does not seem to have been discovered by later collectors, and is thought by Dr. Staudinger to be an aberration of L. nycteis. L. stpyLuA, Linn. Syst, Nat. x. p. 781. Common in Japan, where it agrees very well with European specimens ; but in Amurland Dr. Stauding@r finds that the white bands are always narrower. 894 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [ Nov. 15, LimENITIS sINENsIuM, Oberthir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 25, t. iv. fig. 8. A very distinct species, only found by Abbé David in the Chinese province of Kiangsi. Neptis ? RAppEI, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 18, t. 1. fig. 9. This is so unlike any other species of Nepéis that I doubt the propriety of including it in the genus; the female is very rare, and agrees with the male in colour. It is found at Blagovetschensk, Raddefskaia, and at Askold. N. Tutspe, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 26, t. ii. fig. 9. A distinct species, resembling some of the Himalayan species in coloration. The female, which is very rare, is rather paler in colour. Bremer says that in a variety from the Ussuri the bands and spots are almost white. N. puityra, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 25, t. ii. f. 8. Found at Raddefskaia, on the Ussuri, and elsewhere. It is pro- bable that some of the specimens in collections under this name belong to the following. N. puityrorpes, Stdgr. MSS. From Raddefskaia and the Ussuri. Seems commoner than the last, from which it is distinguished by two white spots on the costa, and by the paler colour of the underside. The female, which is rare, has the same chatacteristics. N. speyert, Stdgr. MSS. Of this species, which is intermediate between N. aceris and N. philyra, Dr. Staudinger has only two specimens from the Ussuri. N. Luciia, Schiff. 8S. V. p. 173; Fab. Mant. 55. Var. ludmilla, Herr.-Schaff. vi. p. 6, t..546. Found in many parts of the Amur region. I have two varieties from Japan, one of which agrees with the European JN, lucilla, and one with N. ludmilla. The two forms, however, seem to run into each other. N. aceris, Lepechin, Reise, i. p. 203, t. xvii. figs. 5, 6 (1768-70). Var. intermedia, Pryer. Found in most localities in Amurland, Japan, and at Ningpo. I can find no published description of NV. intermedia ; but the type, which was in Mr. Pryer’s collection from the Snowy Valley, near Ningpo, appears to be a form of N. aceris. The same form also occurs in Japan. It differs from European specimens of N. aceris in being darker underneath and having narrower bands; the Japanese specimens T have seen are variable in this respect, and appear to connect the Chinese with the European form; but I doubt the propriety of separating them. Those from North Japan are closest to European specimens. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 895 Neptis pryert, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 561; Lep. Ex. t. 63; Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 155. Limenitis arboretorum, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 24, t. ui. (1876). Yound in Japan by Jonas and Maries, at Ningpo by Pryer, Kiangsi by David, and at Vladivostock by Christoph. I have no Japanese specimens ; but Mr. Janson says that several taken at the foot of Oyama by Jonas, agree perfectly with Ober- thiir’s figure of N. arboretorum. I may say the same of those from Vladivostock in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. N. sanearca, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 47. Said to be most nearly allied to N. alompra from Assam ; but the type specimens from Ningpo in Pryer’s collection seem to me very near NV. eurynome, Westw., thovgh distinguished by the absence on both sides of hind wing of the marginal lunules. The intermediate white band is almost obsolete. N. euryNoME, Westw. in 2nd edit. Donov. Ins. China, p. 66 (1842). Papilio leucothoe, Donov. Ins. China, t. 35, fig. 3 (1798), nec Cram. From the Ningpo hills (Pryer). N. atwina, Brem. & Grey, Schm. nordl. China, p. 7, t. i. fig. 4 (1853). ? Limenitis kempferi, De VOrza, Lép. Jap. p. 40 (1869). ?.N. evcellens, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 282 (1878). Three specimens from Japan in my collection differ but very little from Bremer’s tigure of N. alwina, which comes from Pekin, though the spots on upperside of fore wing are not quite so large or well formed. ‘Two specimens from Chefoo in Dr. Staudinger’s col- lection also come very close to N. alwina. L. kempferi is probably the same ; but the description is obscure. As regards N. ewcellens, Butler, I find that the type of this insect in the British Museum isa paper figure stuck on a pin, the ‘ excel- lent drawing’’ from which the species was described (see Cist. Ent. ii. p. 282). I believe specimens have since been received cor- responding with this figure; but it seems to me that the practice of describing from figures in such a ease as this can only lead to confusion, and that there can be no excuse for it when the specimens from which the figures are taken are believed to exist. The excellence of a drawing for scientific purposes consists in its likeness to the original, which cannot be known without comparison ‘with the specimen. JUNONIA LEMONIAS, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 277. Recorded by De l’Orza from Japan. 896 MR. H.J.ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES — [Nov. 15, JUNONIA ALMANA, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 272. In Pryer’s collection, from Shanghai. J. asTerta, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 769. In Pryer’s collection from Shanghai. J. ornrraya, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 278. Recorded from Japan by Murray. VANESSA LEVANA, Linn. Syst. x. p.480. Var. prorsa, Linn, Syst. Nat. x. p. 480. Ab. porima, Ochs. i. 1, p. 134. Araschnia fallax, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 271 (1878). This species occurs in both its spring and summer forms in various parts of the Amur region, V. evana having been taken in June, and both forms at Raddefskaia by Christoph. I have also seen what I believe to be a form of the same species in Dr. Staudinger’s collec- tion from some part of North China; and, if I am correct in refer- ring V. fallax to this species, it is also found in Japan. Mr. Janson says that Mr. Jonas finds VY. durejana and V. fallaw in Japan at the same season and in different localities, and infers from this that it cannot be a form of V. durejana, to which he considers it most nearly allied. In fact it is hardly distinguished from some European spe- cimens of the form known as V. porima, which is believed to be the produce of pupz of VY. /evana which from some cause have been checked in their development; and Dr. Staudinger tells me that this variety can be bred by exposing the pupze to cold. V fallax differs from V. porima only in having the transverse band rather more yellow in colour ; and it may possibly be a single-brooded Japanese form of V.levana. The Chinese specimens, though much larger, come nearer to the Japanese than to the Amur form. Blanchard, in ‘Comptes Rendus Acad. Sciences,’ 1871, p. 810, mentions Vanessa prorsaas being found by Abbé David in E. Thibet, and also names Vanessa prorsoides and a variety levanoides, which he says differ from V’. prorsa and V. levana in being larger. V. BUREJANA, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 15, t. i. fig. 8. Araschnia strigosa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 54 (1866). This species is found in most parts of the Amur region, and less commonly in Japan. I think there is little doubt of the identity of V. strigosa, though I have seen but few specimens of the Japanese insect. V. L-ALBUM. Only seen from the Ussuri and from Japan, where it seems rare. The Japanese insect seems intermediate between the European and the American form known as j-alwm; but probably the latter is not really separable. Mr. Strecker says (in his Catalogue, p. 133) that the European and American forms cannot be separated. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 897 VANESSA C-ALBUM, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 477. V. fentoni, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 281 (1878). V. hamigera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 92. V. c-album, Strecker, Cat. Amer. Lep. p. 130. I have little doubt that the supposed species described as above are only varieties of V. c-album; at least it will require much better evidence than we have to prove the contrary. The Japanese speci- mens which I have seen are variable in the colour of the underside, but not more so than European and American specimens. Butler says that V. fentoni is nearest to V. satyrus. 1 have a series of specimens from Washington Territory supposed to belong to four or five distinct species, but which seem to me to be all forms of one, which, until the confusion which exists in this difficult group is cleared up, I prefer to call V. c-album. Some of them with greenish underside agree with a Japanese specimen ; and I have a specimen of V, c-album from Norway very black below, agreeing with others, which are called by American coilectors V. satyrus. A specimen from Zurich agrees with what I had from Mr. Janson as V. fentoni in all important characters. ‘The species seems not common, but occurs in Central Japan and Amurland. V. c-aurrum, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 778. V. angelica, Cr. t. 388; Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 271. I need not go into the much-argued question as to the correct name of this, but am disposed to think that as Linnzus’s descrip- tion is applicable, and he distinctly says it is from Asia, we may take his name in preference to that of V. angelica, Cr. The species is common in Japan and China, but has not yet been found in the Amur region. V. pryert, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 269 (1878). This, though allied to the last species, is, I think, clearly distinct. It is brownish or chocolate below, with the L-shaped mark on the hind wings large and distinct, whilst /. c-awreum is always of a paler yellowish colour below. V. urtica#, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 477. Occurs uncommonly in Amurland and Japan, if, as I believe, the variety which Mr. Fenton calls V. dutleri, MSS., is the same. Those I have seen from Raddefskaia have the hind part of fore wing and basal two thirds of hind wing much suffused with black. V. catuiruok, Fab. 8. E. 473 (1775). Papilio atalanta indica, Herbst, t. 180. fig. 12 (1794). Occurs in Japan, China, and Amurland. V. carput, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 475. Occurs in Amurland and Japan, doubtless also in China, Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1881, No. LVIII. 58 898 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES _[Nov. 15, Vanessa 10, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 472. Seen from Raddefskaia, Askoid, and Japan. V. cuarontA, Drury, Ex. Ent. i. t. 15 (1773). Var. glauconia, Motsch. Et. Ent. ix. p. 28 (1860). I have not seen this ; nor is it Fh from the Amur ; but it is common in Japan and China. The form described as V’. glauconia by Motschulsky has the spot on the fore wing pale or whitish in colour; but I have Sikkim specimens almost as pale, though, as a rule, the Japanese can be distinguished from Indian specimens. V. XANTHOMELAS, Schiff. S. V. p. 175, n. Cat. Common in Japan, and in all localities where collections have been made in Amurland. V. antiopa, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 476. Occurs in Japan and Amurland, but apparently not common. Me.ir#A MATURNA, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 480. M. maturna, var. intermedia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 22, t. i. M. intermedia, Bremer, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 12. Found at Khotoum by Maack, and at Schilka by Radde. I have seen two specimens from the Ussuri in’ Dr. Staudinger’s collection, which he considers the same as the European M. maturna, though larger. M. auriniA, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 5 (1775). Found at Blagovestchensk by Hedemann, and at Schilka aa Radde. It is, however, rare in Amurland. Var. stprrica, Stdgr. Cat. p. 17 (1871). This variety, found on the Upper Amur by Hedemann, somewhat resembles the variety defontainesii of Godart. Judging from the specimens I have seen, it can hardly be called ‘ pallidissima.” M. pipyma, Ochs. Schm. Eur. i. 1, 30 (1807). Var. didymoides, Ev. Bull. Mosc. 1847, iii. p. 67, t. figs. 3, 4. Ab. 2 latonigena, Kv. loc. cit. p. 66, figs. 1, 2. I have seen specimens of M. didyma from Raddefskaia and Baranofsky ; also of the form M. didymoides, which Dr, Staudinger considers identical with M. latonigena from the Amur. De l’Orza includes this species in his list of Japanese Lepidoptera; but I have seen nothing which could be mistaken for it from Japan as yet. M. picrynna, Esp. t. 48. fig. 2 a, b (1779). Var. protomedia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 23, t. it, figs. 6, 7. Dr. Staudinger considers M. protomedia to be only the Eastern form of M. dictynna. It seems common at most places in the Amur region and variable, some of the specimens being hardly distin- guishable from the European M. dietynna. . 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 899 Meira arcersi, Br. Lep. Ost-Sib, p. 15, t. i. fig. 7. Of this form, which Dr. Staudinger considers a good species, I have seen specimens from Raddefskaia (Christoph). It appears to be more common in Dahuria, where it was discovered by Radde. M. pua@re, Schiff. 8. V. p. 179. Var. sibirica, Stdgr. MSS. Var. etheria, Ev. Lep. Ross. p. 73, t. ix. MM. scotosia, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 282 (1878). The forms of M. phebe found in Amutland are variable, but agree in being larger and darker than European specimens. It occurs at Pekin (Bremer) in the forms figured by Ménétriés as M. melanina, also in North China (Lhrenkéuig), whence I have seen specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, also in Japan under the name of M. scotosia, agreeing with Amur specimens very fairly. Bremer does not distinguish it from M. phebe; but all the oriental specimens I have seen are large and brightly coloured. M. trivia, Schiff. S. V. p. 179. According to Ménétriés and Bremer this species was found on the Amur by Schrenk, and at Bureija by Radde; but Dr. Staudinger has seen none from the Amur region. M. arnatia, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 5 (1775). Var. dubia, Stdgr. MSS. Var. orientalis, Stdgr. MSS. M. niphona, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 281 (1878). The forms of M. athalia found in Eastern Asia are somewhat different from the European ones; but the Japanese M. niphona is like those from Askold. The variety M. orientalis from the Ussuri differs, in the female sex, in having whitish instead of yellowish spots beneath. The variations, however, in the Melitee, as in many insects, are hardly to be described in words, and can only be understood when seen. Even then the genus is an extremely puzzling one, and requires au immense series of specimens to illus trate it’. M. aurettA, Nick. Syn. Lep. Bohm. p. 12 (1850), Dr. Staudinger has specimens of this from Ussuriand Raddefskaia, and considers them distinct from the following. M. PLorina. M. britomartis, var. plotina, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 14, t. iii. fig. 2 bod ae Found at Raddefskaia and on the Ussuri, with the last, to which it comes nearest, though constantly differing in the pattern of the upper surface. It seems to me, however, to be very close to M., aurelia. ' Mr. Strecker has received a variety of M, athalia from Corea, * 900 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, Meuirx#a macuxata, Br. & Grey, Schmett. nordl. China, p. 7, t. i. fig. 3 (1853). Argynnis leopardina, Lucas, Aun. Soc. Ent. France, 1866, p. 221, t. iil. This curious insect seems to be the type of a new genus. Lucas says it forms a transition between Argynnis and Melitea; but I have not seen specimens good enough to enable me to form an opinion. It has been found at Pekin only by Bremer and David. One specimen is in Pryer’s Chinese collection, without indication of locality. Lucas figures both sexes, and says that the female differs in having the wings more rounded, the spots lighter, and the colour less brilliant. It is extremely rare in collections. ARGYNNIS NIPHE, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. p. 785. Seems rare in Japan, but commoner at Shanghai (Pryer). A. CHILDRENI, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 33 (1831). Never seen by me; but Felder says that he received one female, larger and brighter than Indian specimens, from Ningpo. A. seLents, Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1837, i. p. 10. Specimens from Raddefskaia do not quite agree with those from South Russia in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, It has not been found in China, though recorded by Motschulsky from Japan. A. SELENE, Schiff. 8. V. p. 371 (1776). Specimens from the Amur and Ussuri agree perfectly with Euro- pean ones, though usually somewhat larger. A. oscarvus, Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1844, iil. p. 588, t. xiv. From Raddefskaia and Vladivostock. This appears to be most nearly allied to 4. ewphrosyne; but differs constantly from it in the absence of the silver spot on the middle band of the hind wing beneath. It is very rare at present in collections’. A. ANGARENSIs, Ersch, Bull. Mose. 1870, i. p. 1. Of this species I have only seen a single specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection from Raddefskaia. The species, described as Melitea am- philochus, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 21, t. ii., has never been seen by Dr. Staudinger, who thinks it may probably be a variety of the last. A specimen in Mr. Janson’s collection from Japan is also nearly allied, but may belong to a new species. A. rreia, Thunb. Diss. Ent. ii. p. 34, fig. 14 (1791). Found at Schilka and Raddefskaia. The Amur specimens are more like the Labrador than the Lapland form. A. THORE, var. BOREALIS, Stdgr. Cat. i. p. 9 (1861). From the Ussuri and Raddefskaia. Much paler than European specimens. * Mr. Strecker has a species from Corea which is near A. selene and nearer to 4. myrina, but which is neither A. oscars nor A. selene, The black marks are all yery large, but with no tendency to confluence. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 901 ARGYNNIS DAPHNE, Schiff. S. V. p. 177 (1776). A. daphne, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. 1866 ; Lucas, Aun. Ent. Soe. France, 1866, p. 220. A, rabdia, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 93. Found at Pekin (David), Raddefskaia, Hakodadi, and Central Japan. It differs from the European 4. daphne in being usually larger, darker, and, according to Mr. Butler, in having the outer margin of the fore wings concave rather than convex. He says that the palpi are also longer; but it appears to me that there is no reason for separating it as a species; and Dr. Staudinger concurs in this opinion. It appears to vary in the Kast as it does in Europe; and Mr. Butler himself says that the Hakodadi specimens are closer to A. daphne than those from Central Japan. A. no, Esp. t. Ixxvi. fig. 1 a, 5 (1782). Common in most localities where collections have been made in Amurland, and varies remarkably in size, some specimens being one half larger than others. De lOrza quotes it from Japan; but I have seen nothing resembling it as yet from there. A. aguata, Linn. S. N. x. p. 481. 2A. fortuna, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 154 (1877). Common at Askold, Vladivostock, and Baranofsky, and also found in Japan if I am right in uniting A. fortuna with it. I was -disposed to consider this as a distinct species ; but the characters on which Mr. Janson relies are broken down on comparison with the fine seriesin Dr. Staudinger’s collection. I have also seen A. aglaia in the Atkinson collection from Kashmir. The Amur specimens are larger than the average of European ones; but this does not seem to be the case in the few Japanese specimens I have seen’. A. appre, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. p. 786. Var. chlorodippe, Herr.-Schiiff. vi. p. 5. A. pallescens, But]. Cist. Ent. i. p. 164 (1873). A, vorax, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 403; Lep. Ex. t. liv. Var. nerippe, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 24 (1862). A. locuples, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 134, Var. cleodoxa, Ochs. iv. p. 118. This very variable species has been described under a number of different names, one of which, I think (A. nerippe, Feld.), may be considered a well-marked variety or species. It occurs commonly in every part of this region where collections have been made. In China and Japan the variety 4. nerippe, which is larger and brighter, most distinctly spotted with chocolate on the hind wings beneath, is found with it. Specimens from Japan (A. pallescens, Butl.) agree 1 Mr. Strecker has received an A. aglaia from Corea which does not quite agree with Amur or European specimens. From the same place he has an exact transition form between A. adippe and A. nerippe, belonging as much to one as the other; two male specimens look at first like females, from the very broad round wings, 902 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, well with those from the Amur. The larger and brighter varieties agree with those from the Taurus (var. ¢aurica, Stdgr.). The type of A. vorax from Shanghai which I have examined is undistinguishable from some Askold specimens ; but other specimens from Askold are without silver spots beneath, like the European var. cleodoxa. Felder says that 4. nerippe may be distinguished from A. chlorodippe by the wings being less dentate and by the marginal markings ; but [ should find it impossible at present to define any of these forms in such a way as to include all the intermediate ones. The females of A. nerippe differ more from the males than in the other varieties, and have a whitish mark on the costa near the apex of the fore wing. ARGYNNIS ANADYOMENE, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 25 (1862). A, ella, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 94, t. viii. fig. 1 (1864). Seems to be common in Amurland and Japan, and occurs at Ningpo. A. paputa, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 481. A, paphioides, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 134. Except that it is generally larger and the females rather darker in colour, there is no difference between the Japanese form described by Mr. Butler as A. paphioides and European specimens. It is common also in Amurland ; but I have seen no specimens from China. A. saGana, Doubl. Gen. t. xxiv. fig. 1, ¢ (1850). A. paulina, Nordm. Bull. Mose. 1851, iv. p. 440, t. xii. figs. 1,2, 2. Found in Amurland, Japan, and China, and does not vary as far as I have seen. The female, as is now well known, is very different in colour from the male, and quite unlike any other species of Argynnis. A. taonicer, Pall. Reise, i. p. 470 (1771). Var. japonica, Mén. Cat. p. 152, t. x. Common in Amurland, Japan, and China. Usually larger than Russian specimens, and, if the form figured by Ménétriés were con- stant in Japan, easily distinguished from it by the colour of the underside. It varies, however, too much, I think, in this respect to be looked upon as more than a local variety. A. rustANA, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, iii. A. lysippe, Janson, Cist. Ent. 1877, p. 164. This species comes very near the last ; but may be distinguished by the shape of the fore wings, which are longer and less rounded than in A. laodice. There is also a good structural character shown me by Dr. Staudinger—namely, that three of the median veins of the fore wing in the male are dilated as in A. paphia, whilst in A, laodice only two are similarly developed. It is found at Raddef- skaia, Askold, and Japan, the specimens agreeing perfectly together. Danais TyT1A, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nep. p. 9, t. ix. fig. 2. Found at Askold by Jankowsky, at Shanghai by Pryer, and in Japan, 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN, 903 Danats curysippus, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 263 (1764). Found in China and Japan, but not, as far as I know, in Amur- land. Danais limniace is found at Foochow, and may extend further north; but I have seen no specimens from Shanghai or Ningpo. THAUMANTIS HOwaQUA, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1851, p- 174. Stichophthalma howqua, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. \p. 27 (1862). This splendid species is found at Shanghai and Ningpo, and also in Formosa. It is the only representative of the Morphidze occurring within my limits, though Clerome eumcus occurs in South China. Desis rvropa, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775). Occurs at Kiukiang (Maries), and possibly elsewhere. A spe- cimen in the Hewitson collection from Amoy resembles the variety nilgherriensis, Guér. MEeLANITIs LEDA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 773 (1767). Found in Nikko, Japan, by Maries, and in Formosa; but I have seen no specimens from Central or North China. MeELANARGIA (ARGE) HALIMEDE, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 37, t. iii. figs. 6, 7. Var. meridionalis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29 (1862). The type form of this distinct species is found commonly at Askold and elsewhere in Amurland. It occurs also at Moupin in East Tibet, according to Oberthiir, in a paler form. At Shanghai and Ningpo is found the curious melanism described by Felder as M. meridionalis, four specimens of which, in Pryer’s collection, though varying in the intensity of their blackness, are all remarkably different from the northern form. Mycatesis corama, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C.i. p. 232 (1857). Sadarga gotama, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 158. Found in Japan and China, where it seems common at Shanghai. Specimens from Silhet in the British Museum, marked “ostrea, Westw.,” agree nearly with this, but are rather larger. M. verpiccas, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Mye. t. iii. fig. 15 (1862). Gareris perdiccas, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 157. ? M. sangaica, Butl. Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 95. Martanda sangaica, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 169. This species is distinguished from the last by the band on under- side of wings having a blue-grey instead of a yellowish tinge. It seems common at Shanghai and in Japan. Specimens in the British Museum from Nankow Pass, between China and Mongolia, seem to belong to this species; and I am doubtful as to separating M. sangaica, the type of which from Shanghai I have seen. This species, however, is considered distinct, 904 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES’ [Noy. 15, and placed in a different genus by Moore in his recent paper on the genus. YruTHIMA BALDUS, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 323 (1793). ? Y. argus, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 56 (1866). I follow Dr. Staudinger in considering the common Amur species as Y. baldus, Fab., though in such a genus it is difficult to be sure. I think there is little doubt that the Japanese Y. argus is identical with the Amur insect, though the underside, as a rule, is paler. It appears to be common in Japan. Y. morscuutsky1, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China, p. 8 (1853). Satyrus motschulskyi, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 5. Distinguished from the last by having one ocellus on the upper- side of hind wing instead of two or three, and three on the under- side, of which that at the anal angle is double. It is extremely near to, if not identical with, Y. nareda, Moore, from the N.W. Himalaya. Specimens referred to this latter species are in Dr, Staudinger’s collection from Japan; and a Himalayan specimen referred to Y. motschulskyi is in the British Museum. It occurs also at Pekin ; and a very similar, though smaller form, is in Pryer’s collection from Shanghai. ?Y. ampuiruea, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 41, t. iii. fig. 10. Nothing is known of this species except Ménétriés’s figure and description, based on a single specimen from the Amur. I very much doubt whether it can be recognized in life. Y. zop14, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 402. A small species with the underside of the hind wings very pale, and the ocelli reduced to mere points. It comes very near Y. methora from India, and is perhaps hardly separable. It is found in the Snowy Valley, hills of Ningpo, whence I have three specimens col- lected by Pryer. YL. evanescens, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 134, from Nikko, Central Japan, seems to be a mere synonym of this—though, as it is described from a single specimen, it is impossible to say with certainty. It is described as resembling “‘ Y. Lisandra, Cr., above, _ and Y. zedia beneath ; the ocelli arranged as in Y. stellera.’” Y. mEGALomMaA, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 236 (1874). This really does seem to be a good and distinct species, easily known from any I have seen by its shape and large ocelli. Discovered by Pryer on the Ningpo hills. PALEZONYMPHA OPALINA, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p- 404 ; Lep. Ex. p. 86, t. xxxiii. fig. 3, This genus appears to be peculiar to Central China. It was dis- covered by Pryer at the same time and place as the last (see Ent. Month. Mag. 1877, p. 53). 1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 905 Eresia MEpDusA, Schiff. S. V. p. 167; Fab. Mant. 40 (1787). A single specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection is all I have seen of this species, which was not found by Radde or Schrenk in Amur- land. This one was collected by Hedemann, probably between Schilka and Blagovetschensk, and agrees with European examples. E. parmEnrto, Bob. Nouv. Mém. Mose. ii. p. 306 (1809). This species somewhat resembles FZ. afra, Esp., beneath, but has very differently shaped wings. It was found on the Amur by Maack, and at Schilka by Radde. E. sepaxovit (Ev.), Bull. Mose. 1847, ii. p. 70, t. i. figs. 5, 6. E. niphonica, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 153, t. v. fig. 5 (1877). I have compared Japanese specimens from Mr. Janson with some of E. sedakovii in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, and find that they are the same. It occurs on Mount Assamayama at 7000 feet, and in Nikko. Radde found it on the Apfelgebirge, and Hedemann at Habarofka. It is more nearly allied to 2. ethiops, Esp. (Medea), than to #. stygne, with which Janson compares it. E. piscorpauis, Kirby, Faun. Bor.-Amer. p. 298, t. iil. figs. 2, 3. This species, though hardly coming within the limits of my present work, is recorded by Ménétriés as having been found by Maack at Oujan, on the Sea of Ochotsk. I have specimens of it from Mr. H. Strecker, taken at Fort York, British Columbia, and also from Hudson Bay, through Herr Moschler. ‘They agree very well together, and appear ost nearly allied to Hrebia glacialis, Esp., though very dif- ferent on the underside. E. cyctortus, Ey. Bull. Mose. 1844, iii. p. 590, t. xiv. fig. 3 a, 6. E. cyclopides (laps. cal.), Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 19. Found at Raddefskaia, Blagovestchensk, Schilka, and elsewhere in Amurland. This, with the next three or four species, form a group of large dark-coloured Lredie¢ peculiar to North-eastern Asia, E. rristis, Brem. Bull. Acad. 1861, iii. E. wanga, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 20, t. i. fig. 1. Bremer changes the name L. ¢ristis, which he had first given to this insect, as it had previously been applied by Herrich-Schaffer ; but as his Z. tristis (t. 387-390) is a synonym of ZL. eriphyle, Freyer, it can be retained for the present species. It seems to be common on the Amur, and is found in the Bureija Mountains. E. saxicoxa, Oberthir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 32, t. iv. fig. 1. Found by Abbé David on the Ourato Mountains, Mongolia. Seems to be allied to HZ. tristis, but distinct. E. ero, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 20, t. xi. fig. 2. Found by Radde on the Apfelgebirge. Allied to 2, disa, but differs in having the underside spotted with white. 906 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, Eresia eppA, Mén. Midd. Reise, t. iii. f. 2 (1851). Found at Schilka by Radde. Of the same group as ¥, ¢ristis, to which it is allied; but the ocelli differ in colour. BE. asAnensis, Mén. E. ligea, var. ajanensis, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. 104. E. eumonia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 34, t. iii. fig. 4. Of this species, which was taken at Hadshi, on the coast of Mantchuria, in lat. 49°, and at Nikolaiefsk, I have seen no specimens ; but, from the plate, it is evidently nearly allied to ZH. ligea. E. emsua, Thunb. Diss. Ent. ii. p. 38, t. viii. fig. 8 (1791). Does not occur in Amurland, but was found on the Sea of Ochotsk by Maack. (nets (= Curonosas) scuLDA (Ey.), Bull. Mose. 1851, 1. p. 612. Found by Hedemann on the Upper Amur, but not included in Ménttriés’s or Bremer’s works. A species, or perhaps a variety of this, is in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, collected by Hedemann. C. sutra, Hb. t. 914-5. Found by Maack, according to Bremer, on the south side of the Amur, but not seen by Dr. Staudinger. CE. urpA (Ev.). Hipparchia urda, Ev. Bull. Mose. 1847, ii. p. 69, t. ii. figs. 1-4. Chionobas nanna, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 38, t. iil. fig. 5. Seems not uncommon at Blagovestchensk, Raddefskaia, and else- where in Amurland. CE. Moncoxica, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 31, t. iv. fig. 6 (1876). Found in the mountains of Eastern Mongolia by Abbé David. Seems very nearly allied to @, ¢arpeva. Saryrus DRyAs, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 153 (1763). S. bipunctatus, Motsch. Et. Ent. ix. p. 29. Var. sibirica, Stdgr. Cat. p. 29. Found in the Bureija Mountains, and common on the coast-region of Amurland; also common in Japan. The Japanese form agrees very fairly with European examples, though generally larger and more strongly marked. The form found at Askold is the var. sidirica, Stdgr., and differs, as a rule, in having the markings of the underside almost obsolete. The form described as 8. bipunctatus by Motschulsky I presume to be merely an aberration of 8S. dryas, with two spots on the hind wings. I have seen one or two specimens which have them. PARARGE ACHINE, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 156 (1763). P. achinoides, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 283 (1877). Found at Baranofsky, Raddefskaia, and Askold, also in Japan, 1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 907 The Japanese form P. achinoides, Butl. (though this name should perhaps be ignored, as having been given to a drawing), is not materially different from Amur or European specimens, though it usually has larger ocelli. PARARGE DEIDAMIA (Ev.), Bull. Mose. 1851, 1. p. 617. P. ménétriésii, Brem., Mots. Et. 1852, p. 59; Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nordl. China, p. 8 ; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 4. Found in Amurland at Raddefskaia, also in North and Central Japan, and at Chefoo by Pryer. A female specimen from Japan agrees very well with Ménétriés’s figure. P. maacxit, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 22, t. iii. fig. 2. Lasiommata marginalis, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, i. p. 190. From Ussuri and Baranofsky in Amurland ; found also at Tokio, Japan, by Fenton. EPINEPHELE HYPERANTHUS, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 471. Common in Amurland, where the type is larger, with larger spots than in Europe. At Askold, however, it agrees very well with the French type, according to Oberthiir. It is included by Murray in his list of Japanese insects ; but I do not know on what authority. LASIOMMATA BREMERI, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 28 (1862). Described from Ningpo. I have never seen a specimen of this species. Lerue syrcis, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Ded. t. iii. figs. 13, 14; Ober- thiir, Et. Ent. vi. t. vii. fig. 3. This species appears not uncommon in Central China. I have specimens from Ningpo; and it occurs at Shanghai (Swinhoe) and at Kouytcheou (Largeteau). L, uanaris, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 95. The type of this species, which I have seen, is from the Ningpo hills, and what I believe is the same species is in the Hewitson collection from Amoy. L. saryrina, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 402. The male of this species is in Mr. Godman’s collection from Chekiang ; and the female is inthe British Museum. It seems to be a form intermediate between Lethe and M/ycalesis. L. eprmenipes, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 39, t. iii. figs. 8, 9. Neope fentoni, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 91. Not uncommon in various parts of the Amur region, and also found in Central Japan. I see no difference of importance between them. A variety of this species is distinguished as var. epaminondas, Stdgr. MSS., from Raddefskaia, Baranofsky, and Blagovestchensk, It differs in its smaller size and more yellowish tint, 908 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Noy. 15, Butler says “there can be no question that whereas the male of L. epimenides figured by Ménétriés is a Perarge, the female is a Neope near NV. gaschhevitschii, and is nearer to Neope callipteris than to the male associated with it.” I can only say that the figures in question are very faithful ones of the two sexes as sent me by Dr. Staudinger; and if there can be no question that they belong to different genera, as Mr. Butler thinks, the sooner the two genera are united the better. LeruHe sicevis, Hew. Ex. Butt. iil. Ded. t. i. Found in the Ningpo hills by Pryer and in Japan, though seem- ingly not common. L. (PRONOPHILA) SCHRENKI, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 33, t. iii. fig. 3. Of this fine species I have specimens agreeing very well from Raddefskaia and other parts of Amurland, and from Central Japan. It was found also in Yesso by Maries. It seems to belong to the same genus as L. epimenides. L. pana, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 55 (1866). Common in Central Japan. L. waITeEyt, Butl. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xix. p. 403, ear. a Tae From various parts of Japan. The markings are similar to the last; but the whole insect is darker. ?L. consaneuts, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133. I think that this, of which I have seen the type, is only a variety of the last. It differs in the brighter zones of the ocelli. NEOPE GASCHKEVITSCHII, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr p. 121, t. x. fig. 4 (1855). Common in Japan, but not found in Amurland to my knowledge. Felder says it occurs at Ningpo. A variety or species is described as N. niphonica, Butl. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133. From Tokio. I am very doubtful whether this can be considered distinct ; but if it is, it must bear the name of N. gaschkevitschii instead of the commoner form generally known as such; for it agrees exactly with Ménétriés’s excellent figure in the points in which N. niphonica is said to differ from the common form. N. cauutrrertis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 4, xix. p. 92. 370 miles from Tokio (Fenton), Nikko (Maries). This species seems to me more nearly allied to Lethe than to Neope, and, like the next species, is very similar in form and markings to some of the Himalayan Satyridee. 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 909 Nrore? mvuIRHEADI, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 28 (Jan. 1862). ? Debis segonaa, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Dedis, t. i. (June 1862). ? N. segonacia, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. vii. fig. 4. Kiangsi. These names all appear to refer to one species, of which three spe- cimens from Ningpo are in Pryer’s collection, Tripuysa NERVOSA, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 189. I know nothing of this species, and have seen no specimens of the genus from Japan. T. ALBovENosA, Ersch, Horze Ent. 1877, p. 336. I have seen typical specimens in Dr, Staudinger’s collection from Schilka and Blagovetscheusk. There are also two specimens, col- lected by Hedemann in Amurland, which are intermediate between this species and 7’. phryne, of which perhaps 7’. albovenosa is an extreme development. Ca@NoNyMPHA c&p1PUus, Fab. Mant. 31 (1787). C. annulifer, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p, 91. This species occurs generally in Amurland and also locally in Japan. The only difference worth noticing between Japanese and European specimens is the larger size of the ocelli, which in such a variable species is a character of very slight importance. C. amaryLuts, Cram. Pap. Ex. t. 391. Found generally in Amurland and also at Chefoo by Pryer, and at Pekin (fide Bremer). I found no specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection quite agreeing with the figure of C. rinda, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 42, t. iv. fig. 1, which is probably taken from a faded specimen. A single one only was taken on the Amur by Maack. C. nero, Linn. Faun. Suec. 271. Found at Raddefskaia and on the Ussuri’. Var. persEts, Led. Ver. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. 1853, p. 360. Of this larger paler form I have specimens from Amurland. It is found also at Askold. C. reuis, Schiff. 8. V. p. 321. Included by Bremer, who says it was found at the Bureija and Apfelgebirge by Radde; but Dr. Staudinger has never seen speci- mens from Amurland. Casyapa THRAX, L. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 794 (1767); Don. Ins. Ind. t. 49. One specimen from Foochow (Pryer). ‘ Mr. Strecker has specimens from Corea larger, darker below, and with much larger ocelli than European specimens. 910 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [ Nov. 15, TAGIADES NYMPHALIs, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 348. This fine large species is described from three specimens taken at Vladivostock. Speyer states that it differs slightly from Chinese speci- mens. The species resembles Satarupa gopala, Moore, from Sikkim, in the size, shape, and marking of the fore wings; but the hind wings are very different. I have seen it from N. China in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. IsMENE BENJAMINI, Guér. Deless. Sonn. Inde, ii. p. 79, t. 22. I. benjamini, var. japonica, Murr. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 4. Specimens from Japan (Pryer) and Ningpo (Pryer) agree with each other and hardly vary from the Himalayan insect, though the yellow and black markings on the anal angle below are not usually so bright or conspicuous. I. sEPTENTRIONALIS, Feld. Reise, Nov. p. 525, t. 73. fig. 3 (? 1866). I. striata, Hew. Ex. Butt. v. t. 43. figs. 6, 7 (? 1867). This species, described from Shanghai (Muirhead) and from China (Hewitson), I have not seen; but the figures quoted seem :to agree very well. The species is easily distinguished from I. benjamini by the absence of the anal markings and the banded body. The colora- tion of its upper surface (not figured by Felder) is nearer that of the following. I. AquizinA, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 346. I. jankowshkii, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 23, t. i. fig. 2 (1880). Vladivostock, Askold (Jankowsky); Japan (Mus. Brit. § Hew.). The species is plain brown in colour, with pale indistinct patch on the fore wing. It is allied to I. harisa, Moore, from Sikkim, though quite distinct. Hesperia? Auexis, Fab., Butler, Fab. Ins. p. 269, t. iii. A specimen which agrees very fairly with Butler’s plate is in Pryer’s collection from Shanghai. The whitish band of hind wing below is very faint, except where it joins the dark spot at anal apex ; and the insect closely resembles a specimen from Queensland (MacLean) in Mus. Godman and Salvin, PLESIONEURA CURVIFASCIA, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29 (1862). From Ningpo (Muirhead), Said to be near P. feisthamelii, Boisd., from the Moluccas. P. prrascrata, Brem. Eudamus bifasciatus, Br. & Grey, p. 10 (1858). Gonoloba bifasciata, Mén. Enum. t. v. fig. 3 (1855). A species I know only from the plate. It was found near Pekin (Bremer). 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 911 PLESIONEURA PHODICUS, Hew.? I cannot find any reference to the description of this species, which was so named in Pryer’s collection. From China, without any locality indicated ; other specimens are in Godman and Salvin’s collection, marked Mongolia. It is nearly allied to Satarupa sambara, Moore, P.Z.S. 1865, p- 781, which has very similar markings, though larger and other- wise distinct. PreRYGOSPIDEA MACULOSA, Feld. Reise Nov. p. 528, t. 73. no. 7 (1867). Described from Shanghai. In Hewitson’s collection this species has been identified with Plesioneura pulomaya, Moore, from Sikkim ; but Chinese specimens of what I believe is Felder’s species differ con- siderably from P. pulomaya in the marking of the hind wings beneath. P. sintca, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 39 (1862). Ningpo. ? Daimio felderi, Buti. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vii. p. 140. Japan (Maries). I do not know whether I am right in uniting these, but the Japanese insect, which I have seen, appears to agree fairly with Felder’s description and agrees with an insect from Ningpo in Pryer’s collection. Daimio TetHys, Murr. Pyrgus tethys, Mén. Enum. p. 126, t. x. fig. 8 ( Daimio tethys, Murr. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 1 Pyrgus tethys, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 24. Japan (Pryer), Askold (Jankowsky), N. China (David). Murray creates the genus Daimio for this insect, on account of the formation of the antenne and palpi. It is common in Japan; and I have also specimens from Askold and N. China. It is very variable in size and in the markings of the hind wings, which in some specimens have an ill-defined trans- verse white band. M. Oberthiir says he has varieties from North China and Amur- land, which 1 should imagine from the description may be inter- mediate between this species and the last. ANTIGONUS vaSsAvA, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 786. Described from Darjiling. A single specimen is in Pryer’s col- lection from Shanghai; and it is reported to occur in Japan. PampPHILA MENCTA, Moore, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p- 92. Of this obscure species I have only seen one specimen, from Shanghai, collected by Pryer. Moore says the wings are much broader than in P. sinensis, Mabille, and the hind wing not lobed. Of this P. sinensis I know nothing, and can find no published de- scription of it. 912 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, PAMPHILA MATHIAS, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798) ; Butl. Cat. Fabr. t. iii. fig. 6. It is difficult to understand the group of species of which I take this as the type. They are numerous and variable, and their syno- nymy and distribution most puzzling. A number of supposed species are included in Hewitson’s and other collections under the name of P. mathias, which, if I have rightly identified it, has a group of transparent spots on fore wing and on the hind wing a group of small ones which do not show on the upper surface. I have seen it from Shanghai (Pryer) and from Japan. P. LAMPROSPILUS. Isoteinon lamprospilus, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 38 (1862). Pamphila vitrea, Murr. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 171. I believe this identification is correct, though I have not seen Chinese specimens. It is described by Felder from Ningpo, and seems common in Japan. It is distinguished by a group of large transparent spots showing through the fore wing, and by nine small ones showing only on the underside of the hind wing. ? P. ocnra, Hew. Desc. Hesp. p. 31 (1868). An insect so named in Pryer’s collection from Shanghai does not - agree with Hewitson’s description. It is of the size and shape of P. mathias, with eight transparent spots on the fore wing anda black tuft of hairs on the ceatre of hind wing, but no spots. P. oceia is described from the Philippines. P. varra, Murr. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p, 172. This species is known by the colour of the underside, which is ochraceous with darker veins. It seems common in Japan; but I have seen no specimens from elsewhere. P. GUTTATA, Eudamus guttatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nordl. China, p. 10 (1855). Gonoloba guttata, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. v. fig. 4 (1857). Common in Japan. Found also at Shanghai (Pryer) and Pekin (Bremer). It belongs to the group of olive-coloured Pamphile having trans- parent spots on the fore and hind wings. P. rorTuNEI, Feld. Reise Nov. t. 72. fig. 11. From Shanghai. I have not seen this; but, judging from the figure, itis very near P. guttata. P. pettucipa, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 172. Very near the last; but distinguished by the spots of the hind wing being arranged in an alternate line instead of a straight row 1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 913 asin P. gutéata. All the specimens I have seen are from Japan, where it seems common. PaMpHILA JANSONIS, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 284 (1878). Mr. Butler says this insect is widely distinct from the last; but the type in the British Museum seems very similar to it, though in some specimens the spots on the hind wings are partly obsolete. P. conructvus, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29. From Ningpo (Muirhead). I have not seen this species, which is said to be near P. augias, Linn. HESPERIA SYLVANWS, Esp. t. xxxvi. fig. 4. ? Pamphila herculea, But). Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. - 140. ; ? Hesperia subhyalina, Br. & Grey, p.10; Mén. Cat. Mus, Petr. t. v. no. 7, ? Hesperia venata, Br. & Grey, p. 11; Mén. loc. cit. no. 8. The forms of H. sylvanus found in China, Japan, and Amurland are usually larger than the European ones; but in Dr. Staudinger’s opinion we are not justified by our present knowledge in keeping them separate. Specimens of H. sylvanus from Astrabad in his collection agree with Ménétriés’s figure of H. subhyalina aud with specimens I possess from Japan and China, also with forms of HI. sylvanus from Baranofsky and Raddefskaia. H. venata, Brem., as figured, seems to be an aberration of H. syl- vanus; but may be a distinct species. Dr. Staudinger has a speci- men quite like the figure but smaller, collected by Hedemann in Amurland. I have seen the type of H. herculea, which is, I think, a Japanese form of H. sylvanus. H. sytvatica, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 34, t. iii. fig. 10. Found in various parts of Amurland and at Tokio. It is a small species allied to H. acteon of Europe, but with paler disks margined with brown and the underside marked with con- spicuous dark veins. Very near it is H. teonina, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 286 (1878). According to Mr. Butier, this is ‘‘ markedly distinct ;” but, except that it is brighter in colour and less overlaid with brown, I do not see much to distinguish it. H. ocuracea, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, t. i. fig. 11. Allied to the last two, but distinct. I have it from Japan, Askold, and Raddefskaia. Near it is H. rikucuina, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 285 (1878). According to Mr. Butler, “‘a very distinet species; but I can Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1881, No. LIX. a 59 914 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15, see nothing in his description, or in the specimen which I have of it, to justify this remark. Hesperia LINEOLA, Ochsen. i. p. 230. From Ema (Maack), and Baranofsky (Dérries). Those seen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection agree with European examples. H. comma, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 484. ?Pamphila florinda, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 285 (1878). From Japan. As far as I can judge from the type specimen, this is only a variety of H. comma, larger and with the spots indistinct. Two specimens from Baranofsky and the Amur appear to resem- ble the Japanese insect, though I have not been able to compare them. H. ruava, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xii. p. 4 (1875). Nearly allied to a species from Sikkim. I have it from Shanghai and Japan. A specimen in Mr. Janson’s collection from Japan, named P. sunias, Feld., by Moore, is very near this, and only differs slightly in the markings of the hind wings. H. mAro, Fab, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 432. Cyclopides maro, Butl. Cat. Fabr. t. ii. fig. 12. Specimens from Shanghai in Pryer’s collection which are named Pamphila dara, Koll., agree fairly with the figure of what Butler considers to be P. maro, Fab., from Ceylon. It is allied to P. dara, Koll., from the Himalayas, to P. camertes, Hew., from Singapore, and P. mesa, Moore. There is a single specimen, not fresh enough for identification, of a species allied to this, in Mr. Pryer’s Shanghai collection. It has the yellow spots on the wings very much smaller. CARTEROCEPHALUS PAL&MON, Pally Reise, i. p. 471 (1771). Found by Radde at Bureija, and on the upper Amur by Hede- mann. C. syivius, Knoch, Btr. t. 5. figs. 1, 2 (1781). Found at Schilka and Bureija by Radde, and at Raddefskaia by Christoph. C. arcyrostiema, Evers. Bull. Mose. 1851, ii. p. 624. Found at Onon by Radde, and on the upper Amur by Hedemann. CycLopipEs MorPHEUS, Pall. Reise, i. p. 471 (1771). From Baranofsky and the Ussuri. C. ornatus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, t. ii. fig. 5. Seems rare in Amurland, but found by Radde at Bureija, and at 1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 915 Raddefskaia by Christoph. It is easily distinguished by two silver longitudinal bands on the underside of the hind wing. CaRTEROCEPHALUS UNICOLOR, Br. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China, p. 10; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. v. fig. 6. This species, found at Pekin, differs from the last in the pale ochreous colour of the underside of the hind wings, on which the silver bands are absent. I have seen several specimens from Japan which appear to me to agree very well with this species, though there is some indication of the silver stripes. ‘They come nearer to C. unicolor than to C. ornatus. Pyreus rnacuvus, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 46, t. iv. fig. 2. Rare in Amurland, whence I have only seen two or three spe- cimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. Specimens from Japan col- lected by Jonas agree with it; but two from Shanghai in Pryer’s collection differ in the size, shape, and markings. They are not, however, fresh enough to describe. P. gigas, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib., Nachtrag, p. 96, t. viii. fig. 3. Of this species, the largest of all the Palzearctic species, I have seen specimens from Askold and Vladivostock. Dr. Staudinger thinks it may possibly be a variety of P. tesselium; but it is much larger and darker, and seems sufficiently distinct. P. spryERI, Stdgr. MSS. This species, found at Baranofsky by Dérries, belongs to the group of P. alveus. Dr. Staudinger thinks it may be a variety of it, near P. fritillum, Hb. P. criBELLUM, Evy. Bull. Mosc. 1841, p. 25. Specimens in the Hewitson collection from Amurland, and in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, vary very slightly from the European form. P. auvrus, Hb. t. 401-3. One specimen from Blagovetschensk in Dr. Staudinger’s collection is considered by him to be the same as P. alveus. P, serRATULA&, Ramb. Fn. And. t. vili. fig. 9. Found at Bureija by Radde; and one specimen from Amurland is in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. P. maLv, Linn. Syst. Nat, x. p. 485. Found at Bureija by Radde; and two specimens are in Dr. Stau- dinger’s collection from Schilka. P. orpirer, Hb. t. 803-6, Bremer says it was taken at Bureija by Radde; but Dr. Stau- dinger has seen no specimens from Amurland, 59* 916 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES. [Nov. 15, Pyreus cynar#, Ramb. Fn. And. t. viii. figs. 4, 5. Found by Radde on the Onon according to Bremer; but Dr. Staudinger has never seen Amur specimens. SyricutHus macuLatus, Br. & Grey, Schmett. nordl. China, p. 11. Pyrgus maculatus, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. y. no. 5. P. sinicus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 96. The specimens from Shanghai, described by Mr. Butler as P. sini- cus, differ somewhat from Amur specimens in having the outer band of spots on the hind wing indistinct or absent. A Japanese specimen is intermediate in these respects. I should have been inclined to look on it as a good local variety or species; but Dr. Staudinger thinks it only an aberration of S. maculatus. The latter is common in Amurland. ScELOTHRIX ZONA, Mab. Bull. Ent. Soc. Fr. 1875, p. cexiv. Described from specimens collected by David at Pekin, which seem from the description very near S. maculatus. I have never seen this insect. Nisonrapes TAGES, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 485. Found at Schilka and on the Amur by Radde (fide Bremer), and mentioned by Bremer from Pekin, but never seen from the Amur by Dr. Staudinger. N. montanvus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 31, t. xi. fig. 4. N. rusticanus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 58 (1866). Specimens of this species from Askold, Japan, and Shanghai agree very well with each other. The female is distinguished by a pale band across the fore wing. ; November 29, 1881. Dr. A, Ginther, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary by Dr. A. Frenzel, of Freiberg, Saxony :-— “ Being informed by my friend Dr. Meyer, of Dresden, that he has mentioned in his communication on Eclectus riedeli that I have been endeavouring for some time to induce birds of this genus to breed in my aviary, but without success until recently, I beg to state that. since the 3lst of October a young Eelectus (or young Eclecti) have been living in my aviary. I cannot decide whether there is only one or two, because the breeding-box is fastened in such a way that I cannot get to it without disturbing the birds. “The parents are a green Lclectus polychlorus and a red Eclectus grandis. 'The green one, the father, feeds the red one, the mother ; and she, again, feeds the young. 1881.] DR. Av B. MEYER ON A NEW ECLECTUS, 917 “T hope to be able to send you soon a detailed account of this experiment, which is, so far as I am aware, the first successful one, and which will put Dr. Meyer’s discovery as to the sexual differences of Eclectus beyond any doubt.” The following papers were read :—~ 1. On a new Species of Eclectus from the Timorlaut Islands. By A. B, Mryer, M.D., C.M.Z.S., Director Royal Zoo- logical Museum, Dresden. [Received October 18, 1881.] In a collection of birdskins which Mr. Riedel, the well-known Dutch Resident formerly at Gorontalo and Timor Kupang, and now at Amboina, has recently sent to the Dresden Museum from the islands of Sumba, Timor, and the smaller ones to the east as far as Aru, and on which I hope to be able soon to publish some notes, I immediately perceived, when unpacking them, the skin of a red Eclectus which differs from all others known to me. It may be described thus :— EcLecrus RIEDELI, sp. nov. Foem. Capite et collo coccineis ; dorso, uropygio, supracaudali- bus, tectricibus alarum, remigibus secundariis externe, subalari- bus minoribus, pectore et abdomine rubro-puniceis ; margine alarum et pogonio externo remigum primariorum cyaneis ; sub- caudalibus caudeque apice pulchre flavis; cauda supra rubro- punicea, subtus flava, busin versus aurorescente; rostro pedibusque nigris. Long. tot. cirea 360 millim., al. 220, caud. cirea 130, rostri 30 (culmin. 40), tarsi 20. Hab. in ins. Timorlaut: Cera. Although no sex has been assigned to the specimen by the hunter, I nevertheless, judging from analogy, do not doubt the least that it is the female of a green Zclectus which still remains to be dis- covered ; besides, on raising the red feathers, green spots and greenish tints come into appearance here and there. Eclectus riedeli resembles E. cornelia, Bp. (P. Z.8. 1849, pl. xi.), with the exception of the tail and under tail-coverts, which are rather those of EH. roratus (P. L. S. Mil.) female (2. grandis auct.), with the difference only that the underparts of the tail are more yellowish than reddish. Its specific difference from the last- named bird is obvious at a glance, there being no viclet at all on the back and belly in HZ. riedeli ; and the same character distinguishes it from EF, cardinalis (Bodd.) female, as well as from L. pectoralis (P. L. S. Mill.) female (Z. linnei auct.), from which last species it stands furthest apart. The red hue of the head differs somewhat from that in all three species named. I cannot compare this hue with that of £. cornelia, of which no specimen is within my reach ; and ag to the 918 DR. A, B. MEYER ON A NEW ECLECTUS. [Nov. 29, hue of a colour the consultation of a plate is not satisfactory. The red colour of the back agrees rather well with that of H. cardinals. The bill of Z. riedeli is weaker than those of EZ. pectoralis fem. and E. roratus fem., even smaller than that of H. cardinalis. EE. riedeli, therefore, proves to be a well-defined species, in the same sense as the other species of the genus, viz. an insular variation from one and the same stock. Good luck having put into my hands a new species from a locality ‘which has been suspected to be the habitat of E. cornelia, 1 am obliged to give way concerning my doubts as to the specific value of the last-named bird (see ‘ Verhandlungen der k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellschaft zu Wien, 1874, p. 184), and now suppose that its habitat will be somewhere in these eastern parts of the Malay Archi- pelago. Unfortunately, only one specimen of Z. riedeli has been sent by Mr. Riedel, and no other £clectus at. all from any of the dozen or more islands from which he forwarded specimens. I do not suppose that LZ. westermanni, Bp., is the male of Z. riedeli, as the size of these two birds appears to differ; but this question can only be decided when actually green specimens arrive from Cera or its close neighbourhood. After this discovery of a red Eclectus without blue or violet on the breast, belly, and back, not in captivity, but directly from the forest, I am rather inclined now to look on E. westermanni also as a good species (see l. 8. ¢.). The island of Cera, or Cerra, or Sejrah, belongs to the Tenimber or Timorlaut group, and is situated on {the west of the larger island of Timorlaut, only separated from it by a small sea-arm. The small islands to the west of Timorlaut are celebrated for their tortoise- shell; and therefore dealers from Amboina and Banda go there every year ; Cera has about 2500 inhabitants. I mention these data, which are not generally known to ornitholcgists, in the hope that Some one, travelling in the far east, may profit by them and make a trip to Cera from Amboina or Banda. The species of Eclectus which occurs on the nearest island is Z. pectoralis, on Kei (about 150 miles distant from Cera, the shortest distance between the Timorlaut islands and Kei being only about 90 miles), the female of which (Z. linnei auct.) differs most considerably from E. riedeli. We now know five forms of red Eelecti, which differ from another much more than do the green males—a very interesting fact, showing that, if variation occurs at all in conse- quence of insular isolation, both sexes are not always liable to it in the same degree. It is to be hoped that we may soon learn more about EL. westermanni, EF. cornelia, and FE. riedeli, and about other links of the chain, if such still exist. The more forms known the more instructive appears the insular variation and the extra- ordinary sexual diversity of this genus. Thanks to the researches of Dr. Krukenberg of Heidelberg, we now know that the yellow pig- ment (zoofulvin) which produces the green colour of the male Lclecti is chemically the same as that which gives the yellow colour to the under tail-coverts and the apical parts of the tail of Z. roratus female (Z. grandis auct.), and that the red colour of the female 1881.] MR, R. B, SHARPE ON SCH@NICOLA AND CATRISCUS. 919 Eclecti is produced by the same pigment (ara-red) as the red which adorns the breast of the male Zelecti (see Dr. C. Vr. W. Kruken- berg, ‘Vergl. physiologische Studien,’ ii. p. 161 seq., Heidelberg, 1881; and A. B. Meyer, ‘ Mitth. d. ornith. Vereins zu Wien,’ p. 83 seq., 1881)—facts which not only do not contradict the statement that the green and red Eclecti sexually belong together, but directly support it. They, besides, give a clue to the occurrence of yellow in the females and of red in the males: in the first case the male influence comes into appearance in the female dress, in the second the female influence in the male dress. Only a partial mixture of colour takes place in Eclectus, whereas in the majority of birds the mixture of male and female characters is a more complete one. But, however this may be, the doubts which some ornithologists still entertain as to the “theory”’ promulgated by myself in 1874, will finally vanish only after successful breeding-experiments in captivity. Our hopes that this may be soon accomplished are founded on the fact that Dr. Frenzel, of Freiberg in Saxony, has already succeeded twice so far that two couples of young Eelecti have been developed in the eggs, ready to emerge, when they died from unknown causes. These four specimens are now preserved in spirit in the Dresden Museum. But Dr. Frenzel informs me that now again his pair (green and red) of /. pectoralis are sitting vigorously on fertilized eggs. If he succeeds in rearing up the young ones, we shall have the pleasure of observing the change of plumage from red into green, or of stating that the sexual difference of colour exists from the beginning—a question which is, as far as I see, not yet finally settled. 9. A Note on the Genera Schenicola and Catriscus. By R, Bowptzr Suarrer, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum. [Received October 21, 1880. ] During the last two years a great deal of interest has been shown in India with respect to Jerdon’s Schenicola platyura, a little Reed- bird, which was described by him as Timalia platyura (Madr. Journ. xiii. p. 170), and was afterwards made the type of the genus Sche- nicola by Blyth (J. A. S. Beng. xxxili. p.374). The typical speci- men was lost; and the bird remained unidentified for years, merely receiving a short notice, in 1863, from Jerdon in his ‘ Birds of India’ (ii. p. 73). In_1878, however, Mr. Frani Bourdillon met with the species in Southern Travancore, as recorded by Mr. Hume in the 7th volume of ‘Stray Feathers’ (p.37). Again, in Capt. Legge’s ‘ Birds of Ceylon,’ reference is made to a specimen which had been since 1854 lying undetermined in a box in the British Museum ; but Capt. Legge (somewhat inconsistently, in my opinion) only gave it a place in his work in a foot-note. There is not the slightest reason for believing that the specimen in question is not a genuine Ceylonese skin, 1 See Dr, Frenzel’s letter above, p. 916, 920 MR. SHARPE ON SCH@NICOLA AND CaTriscus. [Noy. 29, as it was purchased by the Museum from Mr. Cuming, who received it doubtless from one of his correspondents, perhaps Mr. Thwaites or Mr. Layard. Anyhow, I have no doubt that the bird occurs in Ceylon, and has escaped observation there, just as it did for so long in India. Tn the ninth volume of ‘Stray Feathers’ several notices of this bird are published. At p. 209 Mr. W. Edwin Brooks, who has made the Warblers of India his especial study, gives a minute ac- count of the generic features of Schwnicola, based on the Travancore specimen procured by Mr. Bourdillon (Mus. A. O. Hume); and at p- 211, Mr. Hume gives an editorial note, with additional informa- tion from Mr. Bourdillon, recording the capture of three more spe- cimens. ‘Two of these have since passed into the collection of the British Museum, and are marked by the collector as “‘ breeding,” a statement on which Capt. Butler afterwards comments. At p. 234, Mr. Hume records the capture of a specimen by Captain Butler at Belgaum, and suggests the possibility of Schenicola being identical with the African genus Catriscus. Lastly, at p. 260 of the same volume of ‘Stray Feathers,’ Mr. Hume gives an excellent résumé of the history of Schenicola platyura as far as known, and Capt. Butler adds some most interesting notes on the nesting of the species at Belgaum. In the space of two years, therefore, this interesting bird has been rescued from the oblivion into which it had fallen, and we now know a good deal about its habits and general economy. It is with the object of answering Mr. Hume’s question as to the possibility of the Indian bird being identical with the African Catriscus apicalis, that I write these few lines. A perception of affinities has been one of Mr. Hume’s most noticeable qualities as an ornithologist ; and his association of Schenicola with Catriscus turns out to be perfectly correct ; but the Indian species is not exactly the same as the African one. The following I believe to be the literary history of the genus, with its two species :— SCHGNICOLA. Schenicola, Blyth, J. A. 8. Beng. xiii. p. 374 (1844, vateicgl 200s (SEL) Re ERe Rae ERR noe A Satine S. platyura, Catriscus, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 43 (1850) .. S. apicalis. Type. Clavis specierum. a. Saturate rufescenti-brunneus, regione parotica pileo concolori; hypochondriis saturate rufescenti-brunneis ; subcaudalibus ful- vescentibus vel rufescenti-brunneis .,....csscsssesesseccescevenscwesaes platyura. 6, Pallide rufescenti-brunneus, regione parotica pallide brunnea ; hypochondriis fulvescentibus; subcaudalibus nigricantibus pal- INGO AAEM alts easesese see neneesnasennscersceeeepeancnsaasnence ts censhere apicalis. 1. SCH@NICOLA PLATYURA. Timalia platyura, Jerdon, Madr. Journ. xiii. p. 170 (1844) ; Gray, Hand-l. B. i. p. 315, no. 4706. Schenicola platyura, Blyth, J. A. S. Beng. xiii. p. 874 (1844); Jerd. B. Ind. il. p. 73 (1863); Hume, Str. F. 1878, vol. vil. p. 37; id. Str. F. 1879, p. 97; Brooks, Str. F. 1880, p. 209; Hume, t. cit. 1881.] MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW ANOLIS. 921 p- 211; Legge, B. Ceylon, p. 532, note (1880); Hume, Str. F. 1880, pp. 234, 260; Butler, Cat. B. of South Bombay Pres. p. 43 (1880). The Indian Broad-tailed Reed-bird inhabits Southern India, and has been procured by Capt. Butler at Belgaum in 16° N. lat. ; also by Jerdon in the Goodalore Ghat, Wynaad, 11° 80' N. lat.; again, in Southern Travancore, in 8°30! N. lat. (Bourdillon) ; and extends into Ceylon (spec. in Mus. Brit.), the exact locality being unknown, though Mr. Hume suggests about 7° N, lat. 2. SCH@NICOLA APICALIS. Sylvia apicalis, Licht. MS. in Mus. Berol., undé Catriscus apicalis, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 43 (note); Gurney, Ibis, 1863, p. 323; id. Ibis, 1866, p. 140; Heugl. Ibis, 1869, p. 81; id. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 273, tab. ix. (1869); Shelley, Ibis, 1875, p- 71; Sharpe, ed. Layard B. 8. Afr. p. 283 (1876). Bradypterus brevirostris, Sundev. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh, Stockh. 1850, p. 483. Cettia apicalis, Licht. Nomencl. Av. Berol. p. 29. Spheneacus alewine, Heugl. J. f. O. 1863, p. 166. Drymoica apicalis, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 96, no. 173 (1867); Gray, Hand-l. B. i. p. 201, no. 2833 (1869). Calamodyta brevirostris, Gray, Hand-l. B. i. p, 209, no. 2958 (1869). In North-eastern Africa the African Broad-tailed Reed-bird was met with by Heuglin in the vast grass-lands on the affluents of the Gazelle river. In South Africa it appears to be found only in Natal. 3. Description of a new Species of Anolis from Yucatan. By G. A. BouLencrr. [Received October 28, 1881.] ANOLIS BECKER], Sp. 0. Head moderate, much longer than the tibia, its width contained once and three fourths in its length. Snout convex, rounded, as broad as long, with rather indistinct canthus rostralis. No facial ruge. Prefrontal concavity slightly marked. Nostril lateral, sepa- rated from rostral by a granule and a small scale. Front halt of snout covered with granular, the remainder with moderate-sized hexagonal smooth scales. Canthal scales four. Superciliary semi- circles formed of seven or eight large scales, in contact in the middle, or separated by only one row of narrow scales. Supraorbital disk with moderate-sized smooth scales, separated from superciliaries by two rows of granules. Occipital twice the diameter of ear-opening, surrounded with small irregular scales, and separated from super- ciliaries by two rows of scales. Three rows of loreal scales. 8-10 922 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noy. 29, supralabials, separated from orbital by a single row of infraorbitals. 10 infralabials. Temporal region covered with minute granules. Gular fan small (@ ). Body scarcely compressed, covered with small smooth granular scales, those on the belly a little larger. Tail cylindric, not much longer than head and body, covered with elongate, slightly keeled scales. Limbs short, extended forwards, the extremity of longest finger reaches the nostril, and the extremity of longest toe the shoulder. Tibia two thirds the length of the head. Fingers and toes short, with well-developed dilatations. Light grey above (not bleached), with pure white spots and a dark-brown network ; tail encircled by complete dark-brown annuli. Beneath white, with a few dark spots. (tail ssaereds Half-grown. Length from tip of snout to extremity of tail.. 0°113 0-089 Length of head to ear-opening ............ 0°014 0-011 Length of body from ear-opening to vent .... 0°041 0028 Lenptia of tal Fit. ai aig edn chdnct caps here Oe 0:058 0°050 Leneth of fore limbiw. 2. 222. Gale tcitas ice MOTORS SOG Length of hind limb.” ..0'70,6 6 tise Jeeta. - 0029 0°0215 Two specimens of this very distinct species have been recently obtained by the Royal Belgian Museum from M. A. Boucard, together with other Reptiles and Batrachians from Yucatan. Among these were several specimens of the highly interesting T'riprion petasatus, Cope (Proc. Acad. N.S. Phil. 1866, p. 127), a Frog which does not appear to have reached European collections before. This Anolis is named in honour of my friend M. Léon Becker, the distinguished Belgian Arachnologist. 4, On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Poreupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part IV.'!) By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. [Received November 4, 1881.] (Plates LXX., LXXI.) CONCHIFERA (concluded). Family XVI. Macrrip#. 1, AMPHIDESMA CASTANEUM, Montagu. Donax castanea, Mont. Test. Brit. App. p. 578, t. 17. f. 2. A, castaneum, B. C. ii. p. 413, pl. vili. f. 1; v. p. 188, pl. xliii. fae ‘ For Part I. see P. Z.8. 1878, p. 893; for Part II. see P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 553; for Part IIT. see P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 693. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 23 ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26, 30, 36; Med. Algesiras B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. Distribution. W. Ireland and 8. England to the Archipelago, Madeira, Canaries, and Azores; 12-162 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Hungary, S.W. France, Calabria, Madeira. Upper Tertiaries: S. France, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Erycina pusilla of Philippi. v 2, AMPHIDESMA CORNEUM, Poli. Mactra cornea, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. p. 73, t. 19. f. 8-11. A, corneum, B.C. ii. p. 414; v. p. 188. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26 (valve). Distribution. Carnac in Brittany (J. G. J.) to Syria, Adriatic, Black Sea; 0-2 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Touraine Basins, Hungary. Upper Tertiaries : S. Frarice, Italy. Post-tertiary ; Calabria. Donax plebeia, Pennant, Amphidesma donacilla, Lamarck, Dona- cilla lamarcki, Philippi. 1. Macrra souipa, Linné. M. solida, L. S. N. p. 1126: B. C.-ii. p. 415, pl. viii. f. 2; y. p. 188, pl. xliii. f. 2, 2a. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5 (typical); 4, 5, 7, Faroe Isles (var. elliptica). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 13, 15, Lough Foyle, 68, The Minch. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., Setubal B., C. Sagres (var. intermedia); Med. Capo de Gata (valve, var. elliptica). Distribution. Iceland and Finmark to N.W. Spain, Adriatic (on several authorities), Mediterranean? ; 0-205 fms. The typical form is littoral, the variety edliptica from deeper water. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Iceland, Norway, British Isles, Belgium ?, Germany ?, Biot, Italy ; 0-130 ft. M. vulgaris, Chemnitz, M. truncata, Montagu, M. castanea and M. crassatellu, Lamarck, M. elliptica, Brown, and other synonyms for recent and fossil varieties. Not M. solidu of Payraudeau, which is M. stultorum, var. corallina. 2. MacTRA SUBTRUNCATA, DaCosta. Trigonella subtruncata, DaCosta, Brit. Conch. p. 198. M. subtruncata, B. C. ii. p. 419; v. p. 188, pl. xii. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9, 19 (valve). 1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B., 13, C. Sagres, 30, 36, Tangier B. ; Med. Algesiras B., 50, G. Bona, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Finmark to the Morea and Black Sea, Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira ?, Canaries? ; 0-60 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, Switzerland, Germany, Transylvania, Calabria. Pliocene: Coralline and Red 924 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noy, 29, Crag, Belgium, 8.W. & S. France, Italy, Greece, Algeria. Post- tertiary: Scandinavia, British Isles, Calabria, Rhodes; 0-50 ft. M. triangula (Renier), Brocchi, and many other synonyms. M. lateralis of Say is closely allied, if it be not a variety of the present species. < subjoin a description of the animal of a small variety from 5 to 7 fathoms in Balta Sound, Shetland :—Bopy pale yellowish-white : mantle having its edges fringed with numerous short cirri, which are slightly tubercular at their tips: tubes conical, rather short, covered for the greater part with a leathery sheath, separate at their extremities, minutely speckled with bistre; orifices encircled by two rows of cirri, the outer cirri being longer and thicker than those forming the inner row, which latter are usually bent back on the margin of the sheath; all these cirri are more or less tubercular at the tips ; valve of upper tube large and hyaline : foot white, tongue- shaped, long, and finely pointed. 3. Macrra STULTORUM, Linné. ; M. stultorum, L. 8. N. p. 1126: B. C. ii. p. 422; v. p. 188, pl. xlii. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, Lough Swilly, L. Foyle. 1870: Med. Adventure Bank (fragment). Distribution. 8. Norway to Egypt and Black Sea, Adriatic, Mogador, Canaries; 0-35 fms. Not Red Sea, as given by Ehren- berg. Poeail: Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, Italy. 1. Lurraria RuGosA, Chemnitz. Mactra rugosa, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vi. p. 236, t. 24. f. 236. ‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B. Valves rather abundant on the shore, as well as at Cadiz, whence Chemnitz received it. Distribution. Lusitanian coasts, Gibraltar, various parts of the Mediterranean on the European and African shores, Mogador, Canaries ; 0-4 fms. According to Messrs. Adams the only habitat for this shell is the coast of Guinea ! Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, Switzerland. Upper Tertiaries: Bracklesham, Biot, Italy, Greece, Rhodes. Post- tertiary : Selsea. It is the type of Gray’s genus Hastonia ; but there is no sufficient character to separate it from Lutraria. y 2. LuTRARIA ELLIPTICA, Linné. Mactra lutraria, L. 8. N. p. 1126. L. elliptica, B.C. ii. p. 428, pl. viii. f. 3; v. p. 188, pl. xliv. f. 1. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50. Distribution. Norway to Malta and the Morea, Adriatic ; 0-22 fms. Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag, Belgium, S.W. France, Italy, Morea. Post-tertiary : Lancashire, Scotland, Calabria, Rhodes. t 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 925 Another short account of the animal, from my own observation, may not be useless. It was taken from a specimen which connected the typical form with the variety alterutra=L. gracilis, Conti. Bony yellowish-white : mantle very thick ; margin protruded beyond the front edges of the shell: woes united throughout, and encased in a membranous sheath, which extends far beyond the tubes when the latter are not in action ; both tubes are mottled with reddish-brown ; they are nearly equal in size, and are studded with tubercles (which are occasionally branched) at their orifices: foot yellowish-brown, tongue-shaped, very large and fleshy. Mr. Duprey says he has seen a specimen extend its tubes 5 inches beyond the shell. Both he and Mr. McAndrew have found this species living in company with the next. 3. Lurraria oBLONGA, Chemnitz. Mya oblonga, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vi. p. 27, t. 2. f. 12. L. oblonga, B. C. ii. p. 430; v. p. 189, pl. xliv. f. 2. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50. Distribution. 8. England and W. Ireland to the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Mogador, Senegal, Cape Verd Is. ; 0-20 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Austro-Hungarian Empire, Switzerland, Bor- deaux Basin, S. France. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy. Post- tertiary: Belfast, Selsea, Rhodes. The terminal cirri are cream-colour with a purplish base. It is difficult to distinguish some specimens of this species from L. elliptica. y» 1. ScposrcuLAria PIreRata (Belon), Gmelin. Mactra piperata, L. 8. N. ed. Gmel. p. 3261. S. piperata, B. C. ii. p. 444, pl. viii. f. 4; v. p. 189, pl. xlv. f. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B. Distribution. Bergen to Sicily, Adriatic, Mogador, Senegal ?, Japan ; 0-4 fms. . Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Red? and Mammalian Crag, Sicily. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British Isles, N.W. Germany ; 0-50 ft. Chama piperata of Belon and Aldrovandi, with 15 synonyms, Sold in the markets of Venice and Trieste (Senoner). \, 2. ScropicuLaRIA CoTrarpI, Payraudeau. Lutraria cottardii, Payr. Cat. Moll. Corse, p. 28, t. 1. f. 1, 2. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B. (hinge-fragment). Distribution. Gibraltar to the Algean and Adriatic; 0-20 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Morea. Syn. Rounded off. 940 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29, right valve, that on the posterior side extending through the middle of the rostrum; inside polished: scars strongly marked on the pos- terior side. lL. 0:275, B. 0°35. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16,17, 17a, 22, 31-34. Several valves and a small living specimen. Distribution. Off Josephine Bank and the Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.), G. Mexico; 138-790 fms. “10. Nema pepressa’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 3.) SuExx oval, wedge-shaped on the posterior side, depressed or somewhat flattened, thin, semitransparent, rather glossy : sculpture, fine and close-set minute concentric striz in front and on the rostrum, besides occasional lines of growth: colour whitish: epidermis filmy, apparent only on the front edge and rostrum: margins rounded on the anterior side and more gently curved in front; rostrum wedge- shaped, not defined by any indentation, somewhat truncated at the extremity ; dorsal margin raised and parallel with the beak on the anterior side, sloping and slightly incurved on the other side: beaks blunt, scarcely incuryed ; umbones small and not very prominent : cartilage-pit small, obliquely projecting inwards, and resembling a tooth : hinge-line curved on the anterior and sloping on the other side: hinge-plate thickened near the beak on each side: teeth, a single laminar lateral on the posterior side of the right valve, nearly parallel with the hinge-plate: inside glossy: scar of the posterior adductor muscle acutangular, defined beneath by a ridge. L. 0-2, B. 0:3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Numerous valves. Differs from N. exigua in not being globose, having close-set con- centric strize in front and on the posterior side, and in the rostrum being angulated and straight. The lateral tooth also is quite differ- ent; and the ridge which defines the posterior adductor muscle in the present species is characteristic. B. Striated concentrically. AULACOPHORA. 11. Ne#ra LAMELtoss, M. Sars. N. lamellosa, M. Sars, Arct. Molluskf. vy. Norges nordlige Kyst (1858), p. 62. N. jugosa, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 88, t. 6. f. 9, a-c. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23, 23a, 25, 61. And var. koreni: more or less smooth or wanting the concentric ridges, and having a broader rostrum. 1870: Atl. 3, 9, 12. Distribution. Finmark to Bergen coast, Bay of Biscay, Palermo, New England ; 50-552 fms. Fossil. Pliocene; Calabria and Messina. Iam now inclined to consider the recent species distinct from N. jugosa of the Coralline Crag. The fossil species is regularly tri- Depressed. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 941 angular and has no distinct rostrum; but it may have been the ancestor of the recent species. 12. Neara conrracta’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 4.) Sue transversely oblong, convex, thin, opaque, lustreless : sculpture, 25-30 riblets or raised strize in the line of growth, those on the rostrum being at a right angle to the rest: the rostrum is sometimes angulated and keeled: colour whitish: margins rounded on the anterior side, contracted and gently curved in front, whence there is a gradual slope tothe snout-like rostrum ; posterior side having a truncated extremity ; dorsal margin somewhat incurved: beaks small, blunt, intorted and sunken ; umbones prominent : cartilage-pit narrow, oblique: hinge-line slightly curved on the anterior and nearly straight. on the posterior side: enge-plate reflected anteriorly, and somewhat thickened posteriorly: ¢eeth, a single slight laminar lateral on the posterior side of the right valve, parallel with the hinge-plate, and extending to the upper end of the rostrum: inside glossy : muscular scars large and distinct. L. 0°2, B. 0°35. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Several valves. Kasily distinguishable from N. lamedlosa, not merely by its greater size, but by its narrow or contracted shape and proportionally large rostrum; the lateral tooth also, in N. lamedlosa, is triangular and short, not laminar and elongated as in the present species. Another species, from the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, has been named coarctata (coartata) by Mr. Watson. 13. Nemra semistricosa”, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 5.) SuHE.z oval-oblong, convex, thin, semitransparent, and rather glossy : sculpture, 12-15 delicate concentric riblets on the posterior side only ; the rostrum is closely wrinkled across ; and the rest of the shell is smooth: colour clear white: margins rounded, somewhat wedge-shaped on the anterior side, gently conyex in front, and sloping upwards to the posterior side; rostrum slightly upturned, short and broad, defined by a shallow indentation, with a truncated extremity ; dorsal margin interrupted by the umbo, raised on the anterior, and nearly straight on the other side: deais sunken, small, and mamillar; umbones prominent: cartilage-pit pear-shaped, lying obliquely under the beak: Ainge-line corresponding with the dorsal margin: hinge-plate thin, reflected on the anterior side: teeth, along laminar lateral on each side of the right valve, that on the posterior side being triangular in the middle: inside polished: mus- cular sears triangular and large. L. 0°25, B. 0°4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Allied to N. notabilis; but the shape of the present species is more oval or oblong, the concentric ridges are less numerous and are confined to the posterior side, the rostrum is broader and not keeled and is separated by a shallow indentation, and the lateral teeth are much larger. 1 Contracted. 2 Half-wrinkled, 942 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29, 14, Nera crecinata, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 6.) N. circinata, Jeffr. in Aun. & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 497. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23 (a fragment). 1870: Atl. 16 (a small valve). Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), N. Atlantic (‘ Valorous’ Exp.), W. of Azores (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 600-1450 fms. N. imbricata, Jeffr. MS., is a synonym. 15. Neara RvuGINosA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 7.) Suez roundish-oval, somewhat depressed, thin, semitransparent, and rather glossy: sculpture, numerous fine and concentric minute strie, which become wrinkly towards and on the posterior side: colour white: margins rounded equally on the anterior side and in front ; rostrum very short and obliquely truncated; dorsal margin lying beneath the umbo, short and scarcely curved on the anterior side, half as long again and straight on the other side: beaks mi- nute, circular, and sunken ; umbo small and prominent: cartilage- pit minute, narrow, and placed obliquely: hinge-line nearly straight : hinge-plate thin, slightly reflected on the anterior side: teeth, none in the left valve, the right valve not having been found: inside polished : scars inconspicuous. L, 0:1, B. 0°15. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17, 17a. Three left valves only. This small species might be mistaken for the young of WM. circi- nata ; but the sculpture is very different, and the rostrum is much shorter. VY 16. Neara tnriata’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 8.) SHELL equivalve, roundish-oval, with an oblique outline, gaping posteriorly, globose, rather solid, semitransparent, and glossy: scwlp- ture, very numerous, fine, and close-set concentric striae, which are observable with the naked eye ; they are more irregular and some- times wanting, or become wrinkly, on the rostrum: colour pale yellowish-white: epidermis filmy: margins rounded on the anterior side and in front ; rostrum short and bluntly pointed, appearing as if pinched up, and separated or defined by a shallow indentation ; it is occasionally somewhat angulated and marked by a slight keel or ridge, which is more distinct in the young; dorsal margin upraised on the anterior and down-sloping on the posterior side: beaks tri- angular, incurved towards the anterior side; umbones very prominent : cartilage-pit oblong, narrow, and obliquely projecting inwards: hinge-line obtuse-angled : hinge-plate thin, a little reflected ante- riorly : ¢eeth, a small upright triangular cardinal and a long laminar lateral on each side in the right valve, besides a long laminar lateral on the posterior side, and parallel with the hinge-plate in the left valve : znside polished, furnished on the posterior side in each valye with a strong and curved laminar process or ridge, which apparently ? Wrinkled. 2 Swollen. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 943 supports the adductor muscle on that side: sears otherwise incon- spicuous. L. 0-4, B. 0°65. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 39. 1870: Atl. 16, 17a. Distribution. Off Gomera, Azores (‘Challenger’ Exp.) ; 620 fms. C. Keeled. TrRoprporHora. 7 17. NewRA ABBREVIATA, Forbes. N. abbreviata, Forb. in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843, p. 75: B. C. iii. p- 48; v. p. 191, pl. xlix. f. 2. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 10, 13, 18. 1870: Atl. 9, 36; Med. 55, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. Distribution. Finmark to W. Scotland, W. France and Bay of Bis- cay, N. Spain, Mediterranean from Naples to the Mgean ; 4-552 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium, S. France, Sicily, N. vitrea of Loyén, and Corbula reflexa of O. G. Costa according to Aradas and Benoit. The shell frequently wants the concentric plaits or folds. 18. Neawra aneutaris, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 9.) N. angularis, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 498. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16,17, 17a. A living speci- men and a few valves. Distribution. G. Mexico (Pourtales), N. Atlantic (‘ Valorous ’ Exp.) ; 290-1785 fms. A lovely shell. D. Ribbed lengthwise. Sparnopnora. v 19. Newra curta’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 10.) N. curta, Jeffr.in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 495. SHELL roundish-oval, with an oblique outline, globose, thin, opaque, and lustreless, but semitransparent and glossy when young : sculpture, numerous longitudinal sharp ribs on the posterior side, and strize in the same direction on the other side, as well as usually on the rostrum; the sculpture of the rostrum, however, is irregular, sometimes consisting of a single transverse riblet, and in other specimens of more than a dozen striz, and occasionally the rostrum is quite smooth; there are also close-set and wavy concentric lines of growth, which are crossed by the longitudinal sculpture: colour white: margins rounded on the anterior side, with an oblique trun- cature above, gently curved in front; rostrum short, abruptly pinched up and rounded at the point; dorsal margin on a level with the umbo on the anterior side and incurved on the other side: deaks minute, inflected, and sunk; umbones prominent: cartilage-pit small, triangular, placed immediately below the beaks: hinge-line flexuous : Atnge-plate thin and reflected on the anterior side, thick- ened on the posterior side: ¢eeth, a short strong triangular lateral 1 Short. 944 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29, on the posterior side of the right valve, which becomes laminar to- wards the upper part of the rostrum ; it commences below the beak, and is connected on the side with the outer ridge or wall of the cartilage-pit: inside glossy ; edges notched by the ribs: muscular scars triangular, large, and well marked on the posterior side, and strengthened by a short upright plate. L. 0°4, B. 0°55. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl St. 16, 17, 24-284. Distribution. Off Bermuda (‘ Challenger’ Exp.), Azores (‘ Jose- phine’ Exp.) ; 200-600 fms. May be distinguished at all ages from J. costellata by its more globular shape and much shorter rostrum, and by the greater con- tinuity of the ribs on the posterior side. See also my remarks in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for December 1876 in comparison of the present species with N. striata. 20. Ne@RaA COsTELLATA, Deshayes. Corbula costellata, Desh. Expl. Scient. Mor. (Géol.), p. 86, t. vil. f. 1-3. N. costellata, B.C. iii. p. 49; v. p. 191, pl. xlix. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 6, 10, 13,14, 25, 35,61. 1870: Atl. 1, 2, 3, 3a, 9, 10, 13, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26-29; Med. Cartagena B., 55, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Bergen to G. Egina, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries, Jamaica?, G. Mexico? (‘ Blake’ Exp.), New England; 10-250 fms. Fossil. Miocene: W. Indies? Pliocene: Belgium, N. France, Italy, Morea. Anatina radiata and A. ruggeri of Maravigna, according to Aradas and Benoit, besides other synonyms given in ‘ British Con- chology.’ 21. Nemra striata, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 11.) N. striata, Jeffr. in Ann, & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 495. ‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 4, 6 (living). : ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23 (living), 23a (fragment). Distribution. N. Atlantic (‘ Valorous’ Exp.), between Norway and Novaya Semblia (‘ Voringen’ Exp.), between the Butt of Lewis and the Faroe Isles (‘ Knight Errant’ cruise), Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur ? Exp.), New England? ; 85-1450 fms. Probably N. multicostata of Verrill and Smith; but I have not yet been favoured with the promised opportunity of comparing specimens. 1, CorBULA GIBB, Olivi. Tellina gibba, Olivi, Zool. Adr. p. 101. C. gibba, B. C. iii. p. 56, pl. ii. f. 5; v. p. 192, pl. xlix. £.6. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2 (and var. rosea), 6, 9, 16, 18 (fry), Donegal B. (var.), 19 (fry), 21 (fry), 23a, 25. The Minch, Loch Torridon, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B., 13, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26, Tangier B.; Med. Cartagena B., 50, 55 (fry), G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Tunis B., Adventure Bank. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 945 Distribution. Hammerfest to the Aigean ; coast of Syria and Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Mogador, Canaries ; 0-130 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and the greater part of the Kuro- pean continent, Calabria, ‘“‘ America’? (Lyell)? Pliocene: Coral- line and Red Crag, Belgium, 8.W. and S. France, Lisbon, Italy, Algeria, Greece, Kos, Crete, Rhodes, and Cyprus. Post-tertiary : Norway, Sweden, British Isles, Calabria; 0-1360 ft. Not C. gibba of Philippi, from N.W. Germany, nor C. striata of Lamarck, which is an Eocene fossil from Grignon. Mr. Searles Wood adopted as a specific name striata of Walker and Boys; but that was a sentence, and not a name in accordance with the binomial method. There are many other obsolete synonyms. ¥ 2. CoRBULA MEDITERRANEA, Costa. C. mediterranea, O. G. Costa, Descr. Test. Sic. 1828, p. 182; Cat. Sist. 1829, p. xxvi, t. 1. f. 6: B.C. iii. p.58; v. p. 192, pl.c. f. 8. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 26, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B. Distribution. Cork and Guernsey (valves only), Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 20-120 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. Post-tertiary : Isle of Bute, Calabria. Syn. Tellina parthenopea of D. Chiaje (Philippi), and C. phy- soides of Deshayes. (. ovata of Forbes, which is closely allied to the present species, is the same species as C. amurensis of Schrenck, and perhaps C. /evis of Hinds. The late Dr. Mérch informed me that Prof. Kroyer had found two specimens of the last-mentioned species at Christiansund, and that specimens (kindly sent me by Mérch) were from the collection of Fabricius, who might have taken them either in Greenland or Norway. Fabricius was a clergyman, and had the charge of a parish in Norway after he had been a missionary in Greenland. Forbes’s specimen may have come from one of the glacial deposits in the Isle of Man, which have been de- scribed by the Rev. J. Clifton Ward in the ‘Geological Magazine’ for January 1880. Family XXI. Myr. & 1. Mya truncata, Linné. M. truncata, L. S. N. p. 1112: B. C. iii. p. 66, pl. ili. £15 v. p- 192, pl. 1. f. 2. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B., 70 (var. uddevallensis, a semifossil valve). Distribution. Circumpolar in the northern hemisphere, ranging southwards in the N. Atlantic to S.W. France on the east and to Cape Cod on the west, and in the N. Pacific to N. Japan on the east and Vancouver I. on the west, Tuscany ?, Adriatic?, Black Sea?; 0-1333 fms. Living down to 80 fms.; at the greatest depths valves only from the walrus or cod. Fossil. Pliocene: English Crag. Post-tertiary : from Spitzber- gen and Siberia to Sicily on the east, aud from N. lat. 82° 35! to Canada on the west; 0-1360 ft. Proc. Zoou,. Soc.—1881, No, LXI. 6i 946 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE | Nov. 29, Synonyms numerous. The shell referred to by Gmelin for his Mya membranacea from the figure in Olafsen and Povelsen’s ‘ Voyage to Iceland’ (t. xi. f. 10) is apparently the young of Mya truncata. That which Miiller described and Gmelin named also Mya membra- nacea was probably Lyonsia norvegica. 2. Mya BINGHAM], Turton. Sphenia binghami, Turt. Dith. p. 36, t. 3. f. 4, 5, and t.19. f. 3. M., binghami, B. C. iii. p. 70; v. p- 192, pl. 1. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B. Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Bay of Naples and Tunis ; 43-40 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Lapugy in Transylvania. Pliocene: Coral- line and Red Crag. Post-tertiary: Larne, co, Antrim. The genus Sphenia of Turton is a mere synonym of Mya. All the characters given by him to distinguish it from Mya are the same in both. His S. swainsoni is the young of MW. truncata. Family XXII. Saxrcavyipz. Panopra piicaTa, Montagu. Mytilus plicatus, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 70. P. plicata, B. C. iii. p. 75, pl. iii. f. 2; v. p. 192, pl. li. f. 1. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9,18, Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., 24; Med. Adventure Bank. Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Algiers and Sicily, Canaries, Korea ; 5-628 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Cassel. Pliocene: Coralline and Red Crag, Belgium, Italy. Post-tertiary: Belfast. There are several generic and specific synonyms. SaxIcAva ruGosA, Linné. Mytilus rugosus, L. 8. N. p. 1156. S. rugosa, B. C, iii. p. 81, pl. iii. f. 3; v. p. 192, pl. li. f. 3, 4. ‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 1, 2, 4, 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2, 6. 9, 10, 14, 17, 23a, 35, 62, 65 (and semifossil valve of arctic or glacial type). 1870: Atl. 3, 3a, 9, 10, 12, Vigo B., 13, Setubal B., 26-28, 36; Med. G. Bona, Rasel Amoush, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Type and variety arctica, apparently everywhere in every sea throughout the world, at every depth from low water to 1622 fms. Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary : nearly every part of Europe, northern Asia, and North America; 0-1360 ft. This ubiquitous and variable shell has received more than twenty names in respect of its genus and species. Linné placed the type and some of the varieties in Mytilus, Solen, and Mya. The date of publication is the same for Mytilus rugosus and Mya arctica; but the former specific name is more generally used. I have therefore treated the latter name as varietal. 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 947 Family XXIII. Poorapip#. ’ PHoLAs CANDIDA, Linné. P. candidus, L. 8. N. p. 1111. P. candida, B. C. iii. p. 107; v. p. 193, pl. lil. f. 2. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50 (fragment). Distribution. Coasts of Scotland to Sicily, Adriatic, Black Sea, Mogador ; low water’. Fossil. Pliocene: S. Miniato, Tuscany. Post-tertiary: Norway, England, and Belfast ; 0-600 ft. XYLOPHAGA DORSALIS, Turton. Teredo dorsalis, Turt. Conch. Dict. p. 185. X. dorsalis, B. C. iii. p. 120, pl. iv. f. 3; v. p. 193, pl. liii. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 5 (valves). 1870: Cartagena B. (in floating wood), Adventure Bank (valves). Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Sicily, Adriatic, G. St. Lawrence to Cape Cod ; 0-650 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Calabria. Pliocene and Post- tertiary : Calabria. SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING List. Families. Genera. No. of species, XVI. MACTRIDA ...... AMPHIDESMA ..... Pe. MacTRA ....... EOS LuTrRaRIA ....... aoe ce SCROBICULARIA ....2. 6 XVII. SOLENIDA........ SOLECURTUS .....0.. 2 CERATISOLEN,..... pies | SOLEMN aiken See ass 3 XVIII. PANDORIDZ ...... PANDORA LKyD kiss Seco 1 TLV GNSTAI SG wire cote 60s aw PECCHIOLIA ........ 7 PHOLADOMYA........ 1 XIX. ANATINIDZ ...... THRACIA..... eae 5 XX. CORBULIDA ...... POROMYAEGR SooeGned.., 2 Nirmars JStnrccdsevnd. 21 CoRBULAs ss 0% es aitebe de SE MYIDA 6. CE canal. Secehe euslosonebews 2 XXII. SAXICAVIDA...... IPANGOPEAT cb eie Grebe 4 1 HAKICAVART pea Wetec s 1 XXIII. PHOLADIDA...... PHOLAS*’...<- BAST as 3 1 : XYLOPHAGA ge 1 Totale way cane 6. 68 ! Professor Lovén gave Norway as a habitat on Spengler’s authority; but P. papyraceus of Solander, referred to by Spengler in the ‘Skrivter af Natur- historie-Selskabet’ (ii, i. 92), is there stated to be ‘medio sulco notata,” which character belongs to P. crispata, and not to P. candida; and the habitat given by Spengler was Schleswig or South Jutland in the North Sea. Spengler’s figure, however, represents P. candida. is 61 948 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noyv. 29, In concluding the lists of the Brachiopoda and Conchifera pro- cured during the Expeditions of H.MLS. ‘Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ from 1868 to 1870, I may explain that the delay of publication, although considerable, was unavoidable ; but it has not been without some compensation. Since that period several important and exten- sive deep-sea explorations have been made from Germany, Norway, Holland, France, Italy, the United States, Canada, and Great Britain, the results of which have greatly tended to increase and improve our knowledge of the geographical and hydrographical distribution of the Mollusca in the North Atlantic. Moreover the careful investigation of the Tertiary and Post-tertiary shells by Professor Seguenza and a host of other able paleontologists has enabled us to ascertain more exactly the range of their geological position. I should be inclined to regard as last in the order of scientific value the discovery of what are called ‘‘new species.” We know very little—too little—of the abyssal fauna ; but it is evident that every exploration of the oceanic bed must produce an endless number of hitherto unpublished forms, to say nothing of those forms which some naturalists, anxious for that kind of fame, continually contrive to manufacture out of the varieties of recorded species. SuprLeMENT TO Parts I., II., IIL. Part I., P. Z.S. 1878 :— Page 398. With respect to the so-called genus Waldheimia, my friend Mr. Davidson, in his Report on the Brachiopoda from the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, says that “there exists in the dorsal valve of Waldheimia a median septum, which is not present in Terebratula.’ But some of those species of Terebratula which he there places in Waldheimia (e.g. T. cranium and T. tenera) have no such septum. hynchonella psittacea has no septum, while R&. sicula has one. That character, therefore, will not serve for generic distinction. P. 399. Argiope cistellula. Fossil. Calabria. » Platydia anomioides. Fossil, Calabria. P. 400. Rhynchonella sicula. Fossil. Calabria. 3 Crania anomala. Fossil. Monte Mario and Calabria. P. 401. Terebratula caput-serpentis. The range of depth for other localities, besides those given for the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, should be 400 fms. The variety mediterranea is T. emarginata of Risso. P. 402. Terebratula tuberata. North of Spain (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881). » Lerebratula subquadrata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur? Exp.), very young specimens; 645 fms. P. 404. Terebratula vitrea, var. sphenoidea. N. Spain (‘ Travail- leur’ Exp., 1881). P. 405. Terebratula cranium. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.) 1011 fms. 3 EP Aary. . 413. » 415. rod ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 949 . Terebratula septata. N. Spain and off Marseilles (‘ Tra- vailleur’ Exp., 1881); 295 fms. . Terebratella spitebergensis. Barentz Sea; 128 fms. . Argiope capsula. Jersey, at low water; specimens nearly twice the recorded size. See ‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History,’ December 1880, fora further account of the skeleton. There is no septum. . Platydia anomioides. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), North of Stornoway (‘ Knight Errant’ cruise), off Cuba and West Indies (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 88-645 fms. Megerlia truncata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.) ; 236 fms. Thecidea mediterranea. G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.); 163 fms. Rhynchonella sicula. N. Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881). Discina atlantica. Off the coasts of N. Australia (‘ Chal- lenger’ Exp.) ; 200, 360, and 1400 fms. Part II., P. Z.S. 1879 :— P. 554. P. 555. P. 556. Anomia ephippium. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria (Seguenza). Anomia patelliformis. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria (Seg.). Ostrea cochlear. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Spondylus gussoni. Gulf of Mexico, Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.) ; 270-645 fms. Fossil. Post- tertiary : Calabria. . Pecten pes-felis. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Calabria. Pecten pes-lutra. 'The depth ranges from 5 instead of 10 fms. Pecten sulcatus. Fossil. Add Calabria. Pecten philippii. Cap Breton. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Pecten flecuosus. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Sussex. Pecten striatus. ‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. Pecten teste. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary: Calabria. Pecten similis. Range of depth to 645 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria (Seg.). For synonymy of this and other species see ‘ British Conchology.’ Pecten groenlandicus. Barentz Sea, Bay of Biscay (‘'Tra- vailleur’ Exp.) ; 128-645 fms. Pecten fragilis. Azores and Marion I. (‘Challenger’ Exp.), Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.); 146-1375 fms. Pecten vitreus. North Sea, Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.); 186-733 fms. Fossil. Add Calabria. P. abys- sorum is not even a well-marked variety. Amussium fenestratum. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), New England?; 86-1011 fms. ossi/. Add Calabria. This specific name has the priority of eleven years over inequisculptus. Names cannot be arbitrarily changed because they are not so appropriate as those of later date. In the present instance the newer name is applicable to all the species of the genus. Peclen hyalinus ig also a species of Amussium. 950 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noyv. 29, P. 562. Amussium hoskynsi. North Sea; 106 fms. N. Spain and off Marseilles (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881), 295 fms. ; New England (Verrill), 86 fms. Syn. Pecten mammil- latus, M. Sars, Pleuronectia dissimilis, Seguenza. Amussium lucidum. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 600-733 fms.; Caribbean Sea and G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.), 13-805 fms. » Lima sarsii. North Sea; 135-217 fms. Fossil. Mio- cene and Pliocene: Calabria. P. 563. Lima elliptica. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 536- 600 fms.; G. Mexico, 169 fms. » Lima subovata. New England, 255-500 fms. P. 564, Lima hians. Fossil. Add Calabria. », Lima excavata. Fossil. Add Calabria. P. 565. Avicula hirundo, var.? New England, 65-192 fms. » Mytilus edulis. Black Sea. Fossil (var. ungulata). Post-tertiary : Calabria. P. 566. Mytilus adriaticus. Black Sea; Jersey, living between tide-marks. P. 567. Mytilus barbatus. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Calabria. », Mytilus phaseolinus. For 3000 read 300 fms. P. 568. Modiolaria marmorata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 591 fms.; Firth of Forth, living at low water. »» Modiolaria discors. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Calabria. » Modiolaria subclavata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.); 591 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria. P. 569. Orenella decussata. Barbadoes (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 100 fms. Specimen from Queen-Charlotte Islands measuring nearly twice the usual size. », Dacrydium vitreum. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 1011 fms. P. 570. Arca barbata. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. » Arca lactea. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 628 fms.; Bermuda. P. 571. Arca noe. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. » Arca antiquata. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. P. 572. Area obliqua. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Calabria. » Area glacialis. Barentz Sea, 128 fms.; New England, southern coast, 85-500 fms. Professor Verrill con- siders A. pectunculoides a variety of the present species, » Arca pectunculoides. New England, southern coast, 85- 225 fms. ; G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.), 400-1568 fms. P. 573. Var. septentrionalis. Novaya Semblia, 210 fms.; Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 552-733 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria (Seg.). P. 574. Leda pernula. Barentz Sea, 128 fms. » Leda minuta. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. P. 575. Leda fragilis. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. » Leda pella. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria, 1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 951 P. 576. Leda messanensis. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), thd Pp. 9 367-1011 fms.; G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.), 100-1002 fms. Leda pustulosa. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 1011 fms. Leda frigida. New England, 365 fms. Fossil. Mio- cene: Calabria (Seg.). Post-tertiary: Glasgow. Leda tenuis. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 645 fms. Leda striolata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 733 fms. Leda intermedia. Barentz Sea, 128 fms. Leda lucida. North Sea, 100-320 fms. ; Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’’ Exp.), 552-1011 fms. Leda pusio, var. latior. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 552-1011 fms.; G. Mexico, 638 fms. . Ledasericea. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 1011 fms. Leda jefreyst. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 367— 1011 fms; Palermo; off Ascension (‘Challenger’ Exp.). Var. quadrangularis, Dall. G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.), 1568 fms. . Leda micrometrica. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria. Leda expansa. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 645 fms.; New England ?, southern coast. Leda pusilla. Off Malta; 310 fms. Nucula tenuis. Barentz Sea, 128 fms.; G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.), 175-450 fms. Nucula egeensis. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 367-645 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Calabria. . Nucula corbuloides. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 367-1011 fms. Nucuila delphinodonta. New England, southern coast. Fos- sil. Add Calabria. Nucula tumidula. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 552-733 fms.; North Sea, 100-365 fms. . Nucula reticulata. I find that this specific name had been preoccupied by Mr. Hinds for another species from the Philippine Isles (P. Z.S. 1843, p. 100); and I would therefore substitute that of cancellata for my species. Nueula striatissima. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 645 fms. Nueula sulcata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 183- 236 fms.; off Marseilles (‘ Trayailleur’ Exp., 1881), 295 fms. Nucula nucleus. ‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 5. Jersey, living between tide-marks. Var. radiata. Coast of Jutland. P. 584. Pectunculus nummarius. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. P. 585. Limopsis aurita. G. Mexico, 30-447 fins. ; off Cuba, 450 fms. N. Spain and off Marseilles (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881), 295 fms. ossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Syn. Pectunculus corrugatus, Caleara, 952 MOLLUSCA OF ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. [Noyv. 29, P. 585. Limopsis cristata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 586 fms.; New England, 65-155 fms.? G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.), 640 fms. »» Limopsis minuta. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 536-733 fms.; off Marseilles (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881), 295 fms. New England, 115-500 fms. G@. Mexico (‘Blake’ Exp.), 30-805 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. P. 586. Malletia obtusa. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 536- 733 fms.; North Sea, 135 fms. »» Malletia cuneata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 600-733 fms. N. Spain and off Marseilles (‘ Travail- leur’ Exp., 1881), 295 fms. Part III., P. Z. 8. 1881 :— P. 693. Pythina setosa. The Marquis de Monterosato has satisfied me that Dunker’s species is only the young of Cypri- cardia lithophagella ; and I must therefore substitute for setosa the specific name given by Conti, viz. caillati, which is several years older than either of the names proposed by Dr. Fischer. I take this opportunity of offering to the Marquis the best thanks of myself and other conchologists for his extremely careful and conscientious labour on the Mediterranean Mollusca, in respect not only of his critical examination of all the literature which has been pub- lished on the subject, but also of his exact comparison of typical specimens described by many authors in col- lections widely dispersed throughout Europe. P. 711. Astarte. I regret that I cannot agree with Mr. Edgar Smith (see ‘Journal of Conchology’ for 1881) as to the crenulation of the front margin in certain species being a sign of maturity, which involves the question of specific distinction. P. 715. Venus multilamella. Off Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 295 fms. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate LXX. Fig. 1. Lyonsia formosa, p. 930. | Fig. 7. Pholadomya loveni, p. 934. 2. argentea, p. 980. 8. Poromya neeroides, p. 936. 3. Pecchiolia subquadrata, p.932. 9. Neera truncata, p. 936. 4. inseulpta, p. 932. 10, —— sulcifera, p. 937. 5, -—— sinwosa, p. 932. il. gracilis, p. 938. 6. —— angulata, p. 933. j Prats LXXI. Fig. 1. Neera bicarinata, p. 939, Fig. 4 Neera ruginosa, p. 942. 2. teres, p. 939. 8. —— inflata, p. 942. 3. depressa, p. 940. 9. —— angularis, p. 943. 4. contracta, p. 941. 10. curta, p. 943. 5. —— semistrigosa, p. 941. 11. —— striata, p. 944. 6. —— circinata, p. 942, SS [88].P1.LXX PL © Berjean del eblith Hanhart.imp MOLLUSCAOF THE LIGHTNING AND ‘PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS PZ. Tool. PLR. CBeryeu del et lith Hanhart imp. MOLLUSCA OF THE LIGHTNING AND EXPEDITIONS 1881. ] ON BIRDS FROM SOCOTRA AND S. ARABIA. 953 5. On the Birds collected in Socotra and Southern Arabia by Dr. Emil Riebeck. By Dr. G. Harruavs, F.M.Z.S. [Received November 4, 1881.] (Plate LX XII.) The birds to which I invite attention were collected during excur- sions to the island of Socotra and to Southern Arabia in April last. In the former place Dr. Riebeck was accompanied by the celebrated African traveller Dr. Schweinfurth. The Socotran collection contains 42 specimens, referable to 20 species :— Passerts:+ 365... 0h WOvepdeies: IRICATIReke. sraieierercoue once. less Hierodio €8:.4 sen ae Log AMSeYeS.. «2.002 sores sce al > M5 @olumbzexiiccnlec seme Bess Limicole ............ Rieter Gavice iy Marin, ala ote shel s ss oe 1 ” In it there are 7 species not obtained by Prof. Balfour, including a fine novelty. These species are :— . Rhynchostruthus riebecki, n. sp. . Ena capensis. ' . Ardea purpurea. . Totanus glareola, . Fuligula nyroca. . Phalacrocoraz lucidus. . Gallinula chloropus. NOOB WN Dr. Schweinfurth writes me the following notes on the Socotran localities mentioned by Dr. Riebeck on his labels :— “In Socotra we were only on the north coast; and besides the immediate environs of Golonsir and a short excursion made by Dr. Riebeck to the west of Tamarida, we explored only the country about this latter place and. the central granite mountains. “ Our longest stay we made in a mountain-valley ‘ Wadi Dilal ’ (or Digal), and at a place called ‘ Keregnigi,’ which abounds with boulders of grey granite and caverns. ‘‘ Gebel Firi is the name of one of the numerous granitic peaks of the Haygier. “The uppermost part of Wadi Dilal is named Rischen. The country to the south of this place (above 900 metres) is situated on the northern slope of the central granitic mountains to the S.E. of Tamarida. “ Dr. Riebeck collected many birds in the plains to the east and S.E. of Tamarida, upon the rivulet conducting to the Belled el Schech, and others on the rivulet which opens near Tamarida.”’ 954 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS [Nov. 29, Dr. Riebeck being still in India, the scientific compilation of the ornithological portion of his collection has been confided to me by Prof. H. Welcker, of the Anatomical Institution at Halle. It con- tains the following species :— I, SOCOTRA. a. PASSERES. 1. CisticoLa 1ncANA, Sclat. & Hartl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p- 166, pl. xv. fig. 1. One adult male, agreeing in every respect with the specimen col- lected by Prof. Balfour. * Tris black.” Gebel Firi. 2. Lantus uncrinatus, Scl. & Hartl. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1881, p- 168, ¢. fig. cap. One adult specimen. ** Tris dark brown.” Karegnigi. 3. ZOSTEROPS HABESSINICA, Gueér. Zosterops habyssinica, Weugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 413; Hartl. Monogr. in Cab. J. f. O. 1865, p. 9; Scl. et Hartl. P. Z. S. 1881, p- 168. One adult specimen. “ Tris greyish brown.” Tamarida, 4, NECTARINIA BALFOURI, Scl. & Hartl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p- 169, pl. xv. fig. 2. ; Two adult males and one female are in the collection. “ Tris brownish red.’”’ Karegnigi and Wadi Sjahi. 5. RHYNCHOSTRUTHUS RIEBECKI, n. sp. (Plate LXXII.) Supra fusco-cinerascens, pileo fuscescenti-nigro, frontem versus nigriore, gula fusco-nigricante ; macula majore regionem paro- ticam occupante circumscripte sericeo-alba, nonnihil fulvescenti adumbrata ; remigibus primariis fuscis ; tectricibus majoribus remigumque tert. marginibus externis lete et dilute flavis, vit- tam longitudinalem valde conspicuam formantibus ; scapula- ribus et tectricibus alarum minoribus dorso concoloribus ; sub- alaribus albido flavidoque variis ; rectrice extima tota obsolete Susca, duabus intermediis fuscis, vix distincte flavido fimbriatis, reliquis fusco-nigricantibus, marginibus externis lete flavis ; subcaudalibus albidis ; pectore et abdomine griseo-fulvescenti- bus; rostro nigro. Long. tot. cirea 152 millim., culm. 14, al. 85, caud. 27, tars. 19. Foem. Non diversa, exceptis pectore et abdomine purius griseis. Of this second species of the Socotran genus Rhynchostruthus there is a fine adult pair in the collection. The species is quite typical in its structure, but very different in colour, and easily recog- nizable by the dark hue of the crown, the silky white spot on the << e 1 NY 4 10 deo 1 Yd SNAINULSOHOINAHY WAY aug "Pp 1881.] FROM SOCOTRA AND S. ARABIA. 955 sides of the head, the uniform colour of the underparts, the distri- bution of the yellow on the wing, &c. ** Tris brown, feet flesh-coloured.”’ Karegnigi, April 28. 6. EmperizA sepremsrriata, Rupp. E. tahapisi, Heugl. (nec A. Smith) Orn. N.O,-Afr. p. 665. One adult male. ‘Tris dark brown, feet flesh-coloured.” Wadi Dilal. Compared with a pair of the same species from the Kir station, on the Bahr el Gebel, the only difference consists in the more rufous ground-colour of the Socotran bird, this colour_being dark brown in the continental specimens. 7. PyRRHULAUDA MELANAUCHEN, Cab. Coraphites melanauchen, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 672; Sclat. & Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 172. A fine pair in the collection. “ Tris dark brown, feet reddish white.’ Tamarida. 8. Amyprus BLYTHI, Hartl. Amydrus blythi, Hartl. Cab. Journ. 1859, p. 31. A, riippelli, Blyth, J. As. Soc. Beng. 1856, p. 301; Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ostafr. p. 867; Sclat. & Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 171. Specimens of both sexes from Gollonsir, Karegnigi, and Gebel Firi. Tris dark brown.” 9. AMYDRUS FRATER, Scl. & Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 171. There are two adult males in the series from Tamarida, and a third one from Gebel Firi. * Tris greyish brown, feet brown.” It is much to be regretted that the female of this fine new species continnes unknown to us. ‘What may be the colour of its head? One of the three specimens obtained was kindiy presented to me, and now enriches the complete collection of Lamprotornithidz in the Bremen Museum. 10. Corvus umBrinus, Hedenb. Corvus umbrinus, Sundev. Act. Stockh. 1838, p. 199; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 505. C. infumatus, Wagn. Minchn. Gel. Anz, 1839. Male and female from Tamarida. Tris dark brown.” 6. P1IcaARI£. 11, CenTrropus supERCILIOsus, Hempr. & Ehr. Centropus superciliosus, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 791. Male and female from “ Beled Shak.’ “Tris blood-red and black.” 956 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS [Nov. 29, ce. HERODIONES. 12, ARDEA PURPUREA, L. Ardea purpurea, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1051. One specimen, a female. Not obtained by Prof. Balfour. d. ANSERES. 13. FurieuLa nyroca (Giild.). Aythia nyroca, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 1343. A female from Gollonsir. The occurrence of this Duck on the island of Socotra is rather curious, no specimen of it being known as yet from Eastern Africa or the shores of the Red Sea. Not obtained by Prof. Balfour. e. COLUMB&. 14. TRERON wAAtia (Gm.). Treron waalia, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 117; Sclat. & Hartl. P. Z. S. 1881, p. 175. Four examples from Gebel Firintz. ** Tris red and blue.” 15. TurTUR SENEGALENSIS (L.). Turtur senegalensis, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 817; Sclat. & Hartl. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 173. Two males from Karegnigi. ‘* Tris dark brown, feet red.” 16. Gina capensis (L.). Gna capensis, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 848. An adult male from Gollonsir. © Tris black.”’ Not in the Balfour collection. J. Limico.a. 17. ToTANuUS GLAREOLA, L, Totanus glareola, Heug). loc. cit. p. 1163; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr. p- 750. An adult female from Gollonsir. “ Tris pale brown, feet yellowish green.” Not in the Balfour collection. 18. TRINGoIDEs HyPoLEvcus (L.). Tringoides hypoleucus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1172; Finsch & Hartl. Ostatr. p. 745. A male from Gollonsir. 1881.] FROM SOCOTRA AND S, ARABIA. 957 19. GALLINULA cHLOROPUs (L.). Gallinula chloropus, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 1224; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 787. Five adult specimens. Not obtained by Prof. Balfour. g. STEGANOPODES. 20. PHALACROCORAX LucipDUus, Licht. Phalacrocorax lucidus, Heug). loc. cit. p. 1490; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 846. Halieus lucidus, Licht. Doubl. p. 86; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p- 1490; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 846. An adult female from Tamarida. “Tris yellowish white.” Not in the Balfour collection. Il. SOUTHERN ARABIA. 1, DryM@CA TENELLA (?). Drymeca tenella, Cab. in v. d. Deck. Reise in Ostafr. iii. p. 29, t. li. fig. 1; Reich. Cab. Journ. 1877, p. 30. One mile from Bolhaf. “Iris red, with a yellow ring.” In colour very much like C. tenella, from Lado, but with the beak smaller and slenderer. Long. culm. 8 mm., al. 46, caud. 60, tars. 18. 2. NECTARINIA METALLICA, Licht. Nectarinia metallica, Licht. Doubl. p. 15; Hempr. & Ehr. Symb. Physic. Av. t. 1; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 224. Five adult specimens. Shagra and Bolhaf. There are Arabian specimens of this bird inthe Berlin Museum. 3. Merors cyAnopurys, Cab. Merops cyanophrys, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 203, pl. vi.; Cab. Mus. Hein. iii. p. 137. Male and female from Hami. “Tris brick-red.”” April. This fine and little-known species was discovered by Hemprich and Ehrenberg near Qonfudah. It seems strictly confined to Arabia. I add a short description of the birds before me, as that in Heug- lin’s work has evidently been taken from a much livelier-coloured specimen :— Supra obsolete et pallide eruginoso-virens, subcerulescenti lavatus, subtus magis in cerulescentem vergens ; gula, fronte et super- ciliis lete cyaneis ; torque latiusculo gutturali striolaque per oculum ducta nigris ; remigibus prim. in pogonio externo obsolete virentibus, in pogonio interno pallide fulvescentibus ; tertiartis 958 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS [Nov. 29, dilute cinnamomeis, extus virescenti limbatis lateque nigro termi- natis, supra- et subcaudalibus pallide beryllino-cerulescentibus ; rectricibus duabus intermediis in mare modice elongatis, parte apicali angustata et acuminata ; ala interna fere tota cinnamo- meo-fulva. 4. Pycnonotus nigricans, Vieill. Pycnonotus nigricans, Heug). loc. cit. p. 397; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 297. A pale-coloured male specimen from Shugra. This bird was already known from Wadi Firan, in Arabia Petreea. 5. LANrus ISABELLINUS, Hempr. et Ehr. Lanius isabellinus, Hempr. & Ehren. Symb. Phys. Av. fol. ce. ; Heug!. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p.475; Walden, Ibis, 1867, p. 224, t. v. fig. 1. “Tris black.” Two fine males from Shugra and Bolhaf. Discovered by Hemprich and Ehrenberg in the mountains near Qonfudah. The late Dr. John Gould collected it in Scinde; and there are specimens from Lado (Dr. Emin Bey) in the Bremen Museum. 6. TcHITREA MELANOGASTRA, Sw. Techitrea melanogastra, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 441; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 300. A young male from Hami. This is the first time, I believe, that this well known and widely distributed African species has been found in Arabia. 7. UrRoLoncHA CANTANS (Gm.). Uroloncha cantans, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 594. Spermestes cantans, Finch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 435. Two males from Shugra. Arabia is a new locality for this common African species. 8. CHRYSOSPIZA EUCHLORA (Licht.), Chrysospiza euchlora, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 639; Heugl. Cab. Journ. 1868, p. 89. Auripasser euchlorus, Bonap. Consp. p. 519; Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p» 157, note. One of the most interesting discoveries of Hemprich and Ehren- berg in the mountains of Qonfudah, and in Abyssinia. Examples from both localities are in the Berlin Museum. Recent collectors have not met with this bird in Abyssinia. Is it really to be found there? The descriptions of Heuglin and Bonaparte being incomplete and 1881.] FROM SOCOTRA AND S. ARABIA. 959 not very good, I add a few remarks upon the birds (five specimens) before me :— Ad. lete citrino-flava, rectricibus, remigibus et scapularibus Susco-nigricantibus, pallide ochroleuco marginatis ; tectricibus alarum minoribus et subalaribus lete flavis; subcaudalibus pallide flavidis; rostro nigricante. Jun. minus lete tincta, supra sordide adumbrata, capite et pectore purius flavis ; man- dibula pallida, apice nigricante. Juv. flavedine viv ulla; no- t@o toto sordide et obsolete ex flavido fulvescente; subtus pal- lidior ; rostro pallescente. The colour of the young bird is very curious and indistinct. In the adult the dark blackish-brown tertials and scapulars, broadly margined with pale isabelline, form a most prominent feature. A second species of the genus Chrysospiza is Fringilla lutea of Licht. (Temm. Pl. Col. 365), from Sennaar (ef. Heugl. loc. cit. p- 637). 9. HyPHANTORNIS GALBULA, Riipp. Hyphantornis galbula, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 557, t. xviii. fig. d (fig. med.); Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 92, t. 32. Two adult males from Hami. ‘Iris orange-red.’’ From Qonfudah, in the Berlin Museum, by Hempr. & Ehrenb. 10. Garertpa cristata (L.). Galerida cristata, Heugl. Orn, N.O.-Afr. p. 680; Hartl. & Finsch, Ostafr. p. 460. One specimen. Shugra. Well known from the Gulf of Aden. 11, ARDEA BREVIPES, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Ardea brevipes, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. Av. fol. M; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1082. An adult male from Bolhaf. It remains doubtful to me whether this bird is really to be con- sidered distinct from A, atricapilla, or merely a local variety of this species, confined, as Heuglin maintains, to the coasts of the Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden. 12. Larus LEUCcoPHTHALMoOs, Licht. Larus leucophthalmos, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 1396; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 821. Two specimens, an adult and a younger male, from Hami. “Tris grey; beak of a uniform greyish black.” 960 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE INCUBATION _[Nov. 29, 6. Observations on the Incubation of the Indian Python (Python molurus), with special regard to the alleged Increase of Temperature during that process. By W.A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received September 27, 1881.] The first exact observations of the incubation of their eggs by the females of the constricting Serpents included in the genus Python were made, forty years ago, by M. Valenciennes in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, his account having been published in the 13th volume of the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for 1841’. In this case the species observed was Python bivittatus: a female, about 10 feet long, which had been in company with a male of the same species of rather smaller size, and with which she had been seen several times in copuld, laid at the beginning of May fifteen eggs, round which she coiled herself up, and so remained for fifty-six days, when eight of the eges hatched, producing young snakes about half a metre in length. During the period of incubation Valenciennes observed a marked increase of temperature in the female, highest at the commencement of incubation and gradually diminishing thence till its close. His observations on the temperature are recorded in a table appended to the memoir already cited; and to them I shall have further occasion to refer in the sequel. In the year 1862, a large female Python sebe laid a number of eggs, and also incubated on them, in this Society’s Gardens, as described by Mr. Sclater at length’. The period of incubation lasted 82 days; at the end of that time the eggs were removed, as none had hatched, and they were evidently decomposing. On exa- mination five or six were found with embryos inside, one of these being eleven inches in length. A few observations on the tempera- ture of the female were taken, that of the male in the same com- partment being taken at the same time. In every ease, the female was found to be several degrees warmer than the male, the difference ranging between 2°°8 F. and 12°:4 F. when the surface temperature was recorded, and between 6°8 F. and 20°:0 F. when that between the folds of the animals was measured. During the past summer we have again had an opportunity of observing the incubation of a Python in the Society’s Gardens. A female Python molurus, about 12 feet long, which had been living in company with two somewhat smaller males (one of this species, the other being a Python bivittatus), deposited during the night of June 5th-6th a number of eggs, about twenty. Round these she coiled herself up, in the same way as already observed by Valenciennes and Mr. Sclater, the eggs being nearly entirely con- cealed from view by her folds. In this position she remained for six weeks, without once eating, and with only one break in her 1 Tom. cit. pp. 126-133. 2 P.Z.8, 1862, pp. 365-868. 1881.] OF THE INDIAN PYTHON. 961 incubation, in the early part of July, when she left her eggs for a few hours, returning to them again however and coiling herself up as before, though now the regularity of her folds was not so great as it had been previously. On July 18th (that is, after a period of forty-three days from the date of laying), as the eggs were evidently decomposing, they were removed; and their state on examination was found to be very similar to that observed by Mr. Sclater on the previous occasion. Several of those examined showed no traces of haying been impregnated ; at least, no signs of any develop- ment inside remained ; one or two, however, contained embryos, one of which was about 11 inches long, and had its scales well developed. From the discrepancies existing between the observations of Valen- ciennes and those made here previously on the temperature of the incubating Pythoness, it seemed highly desirable to utilize the opportunity afforded by this last instance for a further and more extensive series of observations on the phenomenon in question. Mr. Zambra, of the well-known firm of Negretti and Zambra, who had himself taken part in the observations made in 1862, was kind enough to give me his most valuable aid and assistance in this inves- tigation. He not only supplied us with excellent self-registering thermometers of the newest pattern and most delicate make, but was also kind enough to attend regularly—often, I fear, at consider- able inconvenience to himself—to superintend and take the ne- cessary readings. With the assistance of Mr. Bartlett, Mr. Clarence Bartlett, and the keeper of the reptiles, J. Tyrrell, Mr. Zambra and I were thus enabled to take a very considerable number of observa- tions on the point in question, with instruments of a more accurate kind than had been available for our predecessors. Our first obser- vations were taken on June 14th, about nine days after the eggs were laid; and they were continued thence without intermission, at intervals of two or three days, till the eggs were removed on July 18th. The readings were always taken about the same time of day, from 12 to 2 o’clock, in order to avoid any differences that might be due to the diurnal variation of temperature. Following Mr. Sclater’s example, we took a double series of observations, one set on the incubating female, another on the male of the same species, which, after it had been removed from the female when the eggs were laid, was kept in the cage next to that of the female under conditions practically identical. The temperature of the Snakes was ascertained, first by placing the thermometer on the surface of their bodies, and then by placing it between the folds of their coils. In each case their bodies were covered by the blankets under which they usually rest ; and, as far as possible, the different readings, of which we usually took three in each set, were obtained in as many different places in the coils, one towards the centre, the others more towards the outside. The temperature of the air was taken by suspending a thermometer a little way above the floor of the cages; that of the gravel in the cages by burying the bulb of the thermometer in the gravel, in the same position in each cage, and over the hot-water pipes which run beneath the floors of the cages. Proc. Zoou. Sec.—1881, No. LXII. 62 962 ON THE INCUBATION OF THE INDIAN PYTHON. [Nov. 29, The observations are given iz ewtenso, as we took them, in Table I. (p.964). In Table II. (p. 967) I have given the average temperatures of the two Snakes, as deduced from these observations, as well as the difference for each set of readings in the temperature in the two sexes. In the disgrams (figs. 1 and 2, p. 963) I have recorded these averages in a graphic form, the upper line marking the average temperature be- tween the folds and the middle line the average on the folds, whilst the lowest one indicates the temperature of the air in the respective cages. This last curve is nearly identical in the two cases, that in the male’s cage averaging, however, a trifle higher. Although this is the case, it will nevertheless be observed that doth the temperature-curves of the female are higher than the corresponding ones for the male, especially the upper one. All four are clearly influenced by the variations in the external medium, the maxima temperatures of the snakes’ bodies being attained when the air is hottest or nearly so. Not only are the temperature-curves of the female higher, but, as shown by their less amount of angularity, the temperature of the female continues more constant throughout the time observed. This, no doubt, may in part be due to the fact of the female being in a condition of repose throughout, with no variations produced by exercise, the assimilation of food, or other causes. Taking the averages of the first four columns of Table II., we get respectively 82°98 F. and 86°°03 F. as the temperature of the male, and 84°38 F, and 89°07 F. as that of the female, according to whether the temperature is taken on the surface or between the folds. These figures give a difference of 1°4 F. and a little over 3°0 F., the difference being in each case in favour of the female. The maaima readings obtained were, as may be seen from Table I., 89°°6 F. (July 4) and 89°°8 (July 15) for the male (surface and folds), and 89°-8 F. (July 15) and 92°:8 F. (July 1) for the female. The maximum observed by Valenciennes was 41°5 C. (106°-7 F.), or nearly 14° higher than the highest I observed. The greatest difference between the temperature of the air and that of the surface of the two Snakes was &°'3 F. (on June 16th) in the case of the male, and 9°°6 F. (on June 18th) in the case of the female. The greatest differences between the air and the coils were also observed on the same days, and amounted to 11°°6 F. in the case of the male, 16°°7 F. in the female. Valenciennes found on one occasion the difference, as measured between the coils, as much as 21°5 C. (between 18°:0 C. and 39°°5 C.) or 38°:7 F., a difference enormously greater than any we observed. It would seem therefore that, if bis observations are to be relied on, throughout the case recorded by Valenciennes the female deve- loped a far greater amount of heat than ours did, though she was kept in a cage that was apparently considerably colder'. As in this ? The extreme temperatures of the air recorded by Valenciennes—who took his observations when the cages were coldest, 7. e. before the fresh hot water was put in—are 17° C. and 28° C. (62°°6 F. and 78°°4 F.) respectively. The temperature of the two cages in which our animals were kept was only on three occasions less than the highest in Valenciennes’ series. q = on 8) =| 3 ry o) 2 ° ro) =| u =) =) =| D ro u YY 40 ae Eee Funai} —\\ | | \ | : \ | yi SEE ANG ee ae = = waa - = | £ ae _ =~ ' ae 4. “= = | ] | ZOvIMNS | Vv ” \__f Sa10s__ | | | ae 5 3 —~ | coed : \ g -—| i + N7IMILFG | : | 964 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE INCUBATION [Noy. 29, case more than half the eggs hatched out, it may be that the failure of our animal to do the same was due to the lack of heat. There is also in our case none of that steady fall in temperature, from the commencement to the close of incubation, observed by Valenciennes. In his case, at the commencement of incubation the female had a temperature of 41°°5 C. (106°°7 F.) between the folds (the highest observed at all), falling at the end to 28° C. (82%4 F.). In our case, the maximum temperature was very nearly obtained on three different occasions. The second set of observations, those made here in 1862, are hardly complete enough to allow of much comparison ; but through-’ out that series the differences between the sexes are greater, though the absolute temperatures are considerably lower! than the average ones I obtained. Renewed observations will be required to satisfactorily settle the amount of the increase of temperature—a fact of which there can now, I think, be no doubt—which is produced in these reptiles by the process of incubation. The average difference of 3° F. which I have obtained is, it may be observed, very nearly identical with that which occurs in the case of the temperature of fever-patients as compared with the normal. And as the increase of heat in an incubating bird is essentially of the same nature as that produced by an inflammation of a tissue, and such is also presumably the case in an incubating reptile, the nearness of the results thus arrived at is, in itself, an argument in favour of the correctness of my observations. Tape I, Record of Observations on the Temperature of the incubating (Female) and non-incubating (Male) Pythons. j a | 3 | od fe) Ls) =| Fo] ~ al cs a = a I 2 Date. a ra} a = 8 = E Remarks. S| oe ohcesullia at alese alle vee tees 5 ae} = is 3) oS 5 q q a io) Ee) — a “A =) =< o o = a w s = ral | q q -— 7a | uy here (3) o 4/3/36 == | elles | | & _ | — a — ee — eal —_ ° ° ° ° Xe) fe} ° June 14...) fo | | 84:8 | 86'9 | 89:5 | 86°7 88:5 2 ge 87-6 88-9 75:0 | 77-2 | 825 | | | 88:7 { Re | | | | 1 Except in the case of one reading of 96° F., taken on the female, which was on that day 20° F. warmer than the male. This observation, however, is, I think, open to doubt. 1881.] OF THE INDIAN PYTHON. 965 TABLE I, (continued). etait } wn | a | | P fet ./ 8) | | é Ms + | a= 8 | Date. ~ | Sa bee Soke at edo Remarks. &p a = | B = o Se iS) Q 8 < i a | @ Io o pn fa nga |e ad ee | i - = o o His |@igeisi2|é aq/4a/so/a/83 |e] & June 16... “fs ‘ e | 86-7 88-1 36 J0'8 | An observation ta- 766 83:5 | 87-1 || 86°99 |88:8 | ken on the tail of 2 84:6 | 87:5 | 83:5 |90'3 | the rea gave 7 | mo. : 86-7 82°°3. Two on TOT | 78-7 | 833 another male on the tree in cage gave 76°°7 (each time). +3) ASuadly ce 82-6 | 86:3 | 84:4 |91°3 | Themalehad fed the 75°5 |'79°6 | 84:5 || 83°5 | 83°8 | 85:4*/ 90-0 | previous night, Q 83°6 | 86:5 || 84:0 | 91°7 | * Tail, 75:0 | 81:3 | 83:8 | rel eel aires 84:0 | 87-9 || 85:0 | 88°6*) * The blanket over 78:0 | 77:2 | 86:3 || 84:5 | 88:0 | 82°9 |92-7t) here was wet. Q 84:5 | 89°6 || 82-7 oh tT Tail. ; i 88:4 || 2° sl 7-e ers g 773 | 845 || 809 | 88:9 | The temperature of 77-4 |79:1 | 847 ||'79°8 | 82:8 || 83:4 |89-7 | an egg, on the ex- 2 Ba 83:8 || 85:9 | 89-9 | posed surface, was pe ae : 8-6 88°°3 (two obser- 77°8 | 82°3 | 84-0 | vations). : 597s avalon 79:2 | 84-4 | 78°3 | 88:7 | Temperature of an 76:3 |'73°7 | 83:5 ||'78'6 | 84-4 || 80°6 |89°3 | egg 88°. 9 '80°'7 | 84:3 || 818 | 88:0 74-4 |73°9 |79'5 sate | oat | 746 |'75:4 |83°8 || 81:0 | 85°6 || 82:4 | 87-9 ete, Rue ae Fs ’ 86° ‘6 734 | 76:2 | 82:0 87-2 ee 3 78°6 |'79°3 | 83:0 | 85:0 76°6 |'79°8 | 83:0 || 76:9 | 80-4 || 83°6 | 89-0 Q 77-0 | 82:2 | 81-0 87:5 74-0 |782 \a22 |) 777) 828 thas 966 ON THE INCUBATION OF THE INDIAN PYTHON. [Noyv. 29, TaB_e I. (continued). | 3 2-1 | a . | || ed a. aU fo. |. Sa ee oe Date. ee | Nee S x 8 = | & Remarks, 0) mH a & = 5 o Biss fo a ee aes q = ra rs) 2 = & a5 | S e a 5 a 3 CBE oes coe Cee 4/4 /o] a} a) em] es | if July 1...) ¢ }° |° 1187-0 [880 || 88-4 |908 | 81:5 | 85-4 || 85°2 | 85°5 || 85°8 | 91°5 Ce) 87:0 | 89°6 || 87-6 | 92°8 yn 4d oS " |/ 88:2 | 89-2 || 86-2 | 90-0 87-0 | 86°6 | 90-6 || 88:6 | 89°6 || 85:6. | 90-0 Q 89°6 | 89°8 || 888 | 90°8 866 |82-4 | 89-0 ste FOS 110 fof 81-4 | 82°6 || 80:2 | 90:0 | 788 |82°6 | 89-2 || 81-0 | 87-0 || 83°7 | 90-0 Ce) 80-4 | 84-0 || 85-2 | 83-8t) tT On neck. Bp tebed! rss 79-8 | 83-0 ||'78°6 | 85:0 | 728 | 77:2 | 84:0 || 79°3 | 83-2 ||'79°6 | 86-2 fc) 79:0 | 804 || 79-4 | 85°4 | 723 |762 |s20} | 884 so peees|ie. ses ... ||848 |86°6 || 80:8 | 86:8 | Two observationson 3 | 83:0 | 85-2 || 84-4 | 85-8 || 81-7 |85°5 | a male that had 803 || 85:6 | 86'8 || 83:3 |87:1 | been in the water 86'6 | gave 80° 4 and g 79:0 | 79°°8, between the 80:2 80-3 | 8+8 | folds. rma Fee lee 83:4 | 85:5 || 85-4 |88°7 | The eggs are all ex- 79°3 | 80°7 | 85'1 || 83:3 | 85-9 || 86-2 |89°6 | posed. ° S49 /85'1 | 871 | 89 .| {A male that had 79'2 |83:3 | 83:8 ‘ | been in the water | gaye82°1 between the folds. 9 LD og 87-7 | 89°8§|| 86°8 | 90-9 | § Only one obser- 87:1 | 87-7 | 90-3t!| 88-7 87:8 |91:2 | vation, the male Ce) || 88°6 89'8 | 92-2 pen teee 5 ; 91-7 oa (¢') in the 87-1 | 86-0 | 89-4 same cage gave pn 18ic\ eG || 85:1 | 88:0 || 86:2 | 88:0 | also 89°°8 as its 82:2 | 86-0 | 89-2 || 84-5 | 87-4 || 85°7 |86°6 | temperature be- Q 85:4 | 86:2 ||84:3 | 88:8 | tween the folds, 1881.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 967 Taste II, Showing the Averages of the Observations recorded in Table I., and the Differences in Temperature between the two sexes. ! Male. Female. Difference. Date, aM aula an jas S Sa =) = 9S S a S$) 22 | S8 | 2S | 68 | eS a | ao a | 3 a}ao ° Oo Fane TA. ccssick. cp Tal taac) bee leavas ds bes ar tG a. le 84:9 | 87-4 || 846} 90-0 3 | 26 oN Sis c tee 83:2 | 85:5 || 846] 91:0 || 14 |] 55 ey. peer Zp. 84:3 | 885 |} 835] 904 || -8] 1:9 et ee 790 | 83-7 || 834] 895] 44 ] 58 aS 7 Peon sie es 795 | 844 || 802] 887 | -7 | 43 Se ee 794 | 855 || 804] 879 | 10 | 24 Pa eae ay 776 | 806 | 826} 882'| 50 | 7-6 July ice. ane 86:0 | 87-9 | 86-9 | 91:5 9 | 36 peg A Oa eve. 888 | 89:9 | 869 | 904 | 1:9 5 ABO goat ® Sf 809 | 84-7 || 827] 881] 18] 34 At TSA (2088 794 | 82:5 || 7921 855 | °2 | 30 RA eT © 848 | 865 || 81:9] 86:5 | 2:9 ae eae ene 837 | 855 | 862] 893 | 25 | 38 Fan faba 88:3 | 89:8 || 882! 91-5 ce inh ey rabeetress DATE Si 85:0 | 871 || 854] 878 | 4 ‘7 | | Average...... 82:98] 86:03} 84:38] 89-07 _ N.B. The figures in black type point out when the difference of temperature is in favour of the male. Such cases, it is to be observed, only occur when the surface-temperature is observed. December 13, 1881. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1881 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of November was 136, of which 46 were by birth, 36 by presentation, 33 by purchase, 15 were received on deposit, and 6 in exchange. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 101. The most remarkable additions during the month of November were as follows :— 1, Forty-six young Nose-horned Vipers (Vipera nasicornis), pro- ced ali ve by a large female of this Serpent acquired on the lst of 968 MR. H. SEEBOHM ON THE RUSTY GRACKLE. [Dec. 13, October last. But few of them long survived their birth; but the large number of young produced on one occasion by this venomous Snake is remarkable, and worthy of record. 2. A Vinaceous Amazon (Chrysotis vinacea), purchased Novem- ber 30, being of a species new to the Society’s collection. Mr. Sclater exhibited two skins of a Rail obtained from Macquarie Island, south of New Zealand, and transmitted to him by Sir George Grey, K.C.B., F.Z.S. The skins were in bad condition and hardly suitable for exact determination, but appeared to belong to the species lately described by Captain Hutton as Rallus macquariensis (Ibis, 1879, p. 454). Mr. Sclater proposed to deposit these specimens in the British Museum. Mr. Henry Seebohm, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the Rusty Grackle (Scolecophagus ferrugineus), which had been shot on the 4th of October last, by a workman engaged as a wheelwright, within a mile of Cardiff, on the grassy flats between the sea and the moun- tains which are known there as “ moors.”’ It had been brought a few hours after being killed to Mr. Robert Drane, F.L.S., by the man who shot it, and who was in the habit of bringing to that gentleman any rare bird that he happened to meet with. It had been shot on the wing; and the plumage was in such a perfect condition, that the idea of its haying escaped from a cage seemed untenable. Mr. Drane had known the man some time as an intelligent though uninformed workman, fond of birds, and believed perfectly in his bona fides. This bird had never before been recorded as a British one. It was said to breed in the arctic regions of the American continent up to the limit of forest-growth from Labrador to Alaska. The example obtained at Cardiff appeared to be an adult male in autumn plumage. Mr. Seebohm also exhibited a specimen of Pallas’s Great Grey Shrike (Lanius major), which had been shot in the April of the present year, by a gamekeeper, twenty miles west of Cardiff, and sent in the flesh to a bird-preserver in that town, who had shown it to Mr. Drane before skinning it, and in whose possession it had remained. ‘This species was known to breed from North Scandi- navia eastwards throughout Siberia, but had not been recorded before from the British Islands, The following papers were read ;— 1881.] THE WHALE-FISHERY OF THE BASQUE PROVINCES. 969 1. On the Whale-Fishery of the Basque Provinces of Spain. By Cuements R. Marxnam, F.R.S. (Communicated by Professor FLower.) {Received November 14, 1881.] My attention was originally drawn to the Basque Whale-Fishery by observing, during my study of Arctic literature, and especially while editing the voyages of William Baffin, that the first English whaling vessels were in the habit of shipping a boat’s crew of Basques to harpoon the whales. I was informed that a whale, the Balena biscayensis, had frequented the coasts of the Basque provinces from time immemorial; but that it had become nearly extinct in the 17th century, when the Basques began to extend their voyages further north and across the Arctic Circle. Hence the Basques had become dexterous whale-fishers long before any other European people had entered upon that perilous occupation. I found that several naturalists had investigated the history of the Biscayan whale, notably Eschricht and Reinhardt in Denmark, M. Fischer in France, and Professor Flower in this country. Full in- formation respecting these investigations is contained in Eschricht and Reinhardt’s memoir published by the Ray Society in 1866 ; and many interesting particulars have sinee been brought to light re- specting the whale-fishery so far as it relates to the French Basques, and to the ports of Bayonne, Biarritz, Guétary, St Jean de Luz, and Ciboure. But in looking through the books and papers on the subject, a list of which was kindly furnished to me by Professor Flower last June, I did not find any particulars respecting the Spanish ports, where the Basque sailors are more numerous than in France, and inhabit a more extensive line of coast. I therefore thought it possible that, by visiting those ports and making inquiries respecting the literature of the provinces in which they are situated, and the local traditions, I might be able to collect some further information touching the whale-fishery of the Basques. It has now been sug- gested to me that such particulars as [ have succeeded in bringing together, from their bearing on the history of the Balena bis- cayensis, a nearly extinct animal, would be interesting to the Zoolo- gical Society. I therefore have pleasure in communicating the following notes on the subject. The coast which I personally visited this summer extends from the French frontier to the Cabo de Pefias, including the Basque provinces of Guipuzcoa and Vizcaya, and the purely Spanish provinces of Santander and the Asturias. It is for the most part bold and rocky, with lofty cliffs of cretaceous limestone, haying strata hove up at great angles. Occasionally there is a stretch of sand, generally at the mouths of rivers, and here and there a rocky little boat-harbour. Forests of oak and chestnut clothe the mountains, with occasionally open spaces of fern and heather and bushes of arbutus and myrtle. 970 MR, C. R. MARKHAM ON THE WHALE-FISHERY OF [Dec. 13, In some places the chestnut-groves come down almost to the water’s edge. site this coast there are many small fishing-towns. Fuenter- rabia, on its picturesque hill, overlooks the French frontier. Fol- lowing the coast to the westward the next port is Pasajés ; and then comes the city of San Sebastian, which was the centre of the old whale-fishery. Zarauz is a town stretching along the shores of a sandy bay. Guetaria is built in a cleft of rocks which are shel- tered behind the island of San Anton. Zumaya and Deva are at the mouths of rivers; and Motrico is a picturesque little town built on steep slopes like Clovelly, overlooking a rocky bay. These are the ports of Guipuzcoa. Ondarroa, at the mouth of its river, where small schooners are still built, is the first port of Vizcaya, coming from the east. Le- queitio is a large and more important place, sending out about a hundred fishing-boats. Next come Mundaca, at the mouth of the river Guernica, Bermeo, another populous fishing-town with as many boats as Lequeitio, Plencia, and Portugalete and Santurce in the bay of Bilbao. These are the principal Vizcayan ports. The province of Santander has Castro-Urdiales, Laredo and San- tofia on the shores of a large harbour, Santander itself, and San Vicente de la Barquera. In the Asturias are the ancient ports of Llanes, Rivadesella, Villaviciosa, the important town of Gijon, Candas, and Luanco, From the little village of Luanco to the end of the Cabo de las Peftas is a walk of eight miles; and this was the most western point I reached. The Basque fishermen are a handsome race. They go away on their fishing-voyages for many days, and are brave, honest, and industrious; while both men and women are always cheerful and light- hearted. They belong to a people who, for centuries, have repelled foreign invasion, have enjoyed free institutions, and made their own laws. The Basque fishermen are the descendants of the old whalers, and retain their traditions. They have, from time to time, produced naval worthies whose names are historical. Among them are Se- bastian del Cano, a native of the little fishing-town of Guetaria, who was the first cireumnavigator of the globe; Legaspi, the conqueror of the Philippine Islands; Machin de Munguia, the Spanish Gren- ville ; and Churruca, whose gallantry at the battle of Trafalgar won for him the admiration of his English foes. Such men were the product of the whale-fishery, which was for the Basques, as it has since been for the British, an admirable nursery for seamen. My first inquiries had reference to the antiquity of the Basque whale-fishery. The following facts show that it was a well estab- lished trade in the 12th century; so that it probably existed at least two centuries earlier. King Sancho (the Wise) of Navarre granted privileges to the city of San Sebastian in the year 1150. In this grant there is a list of articles of merchandise, with the duties that must he paid for warehousing them; and whalebone has a prominent 1881.] THE BASQUE PROVINCES OF SPAIN. 971 place in the list: “ Carga de boquinas-barbas de ballenas.....2 dineros.” The same privileges were extended by Alfonso VIII. of Castille to Fuenterrabia in 1203, and to Motrico and Guetaria in 1204. Ferdinand III., in a royal order dated at Burgos the 28th September 1237, gave similar priviliges to Zarauz. And this docu- ment contains further proof of the antiquity of the whale-fishery ; for a claim is made that, in accordance with custom (“ sicut forum est’’), the King should have a slice of each whale, along the back- bone, from the head to the tail. The custom here referred to in- dicates the antiquity of the fishery. At Guetaria it was the custom to give the first fish of the season to the King, who usually returned half. Another proof of the importance of the whale-fishery on the northern coast of Spain, and probably also of its antiquity, is the fact that no less than six of the towns have a whale for their coat of arms. This charge is in the arms of Fuenterrabia. Over the portal of the first house in the steep old street of Guetaria there is a shield of arms consisting of a whale amidst waves of thesea. At Motrico the town arms consist of a whale in the sea, harpooned, and a boat with men holding the line. The same device is carved on the wall of the Town Hall of Lequeitio. The arms of Bermeo and Castro-Urdiales also contain a whale. I was assured that vigias or look-out posts were established on the headlands, and high up the mountains overlooking the fishing-towns, whence notice was given directly a whale was seen spouting in the offing ; and soon the boats were in pursuit. On the mountain of Talaya-mendi (‘‘ Look-out mountain”) above Zarauz, there are some ruined walls, which, according to Madoz, are the remains of one of these watch-towers, whence warnings were sent down the moment a whale was in sight. In some of the towns there are records which throw light on the whale-fishery ; but (chiefly during the French occupation) most of the ancient archives have been destroyed or are lost. Fortunately this is not universally the case. In the town of Lequeitio eight of the “libros de fabrica”’ or fabric rolls of the church, commencing from the year 1510, have been preserved, which contain much interesting information. The most ancient document relating to whales in the Lequeitio archives is dated September 11th, 1381. It is there ordered and agreed by the Cadildo that the whalebone taken shall be divided into three parts, two for repairing the boat-harbour, and the third for the fabric of the church. The same order is repeated in another document dated 1608. In the “libros de fabrica de la iglesia de Lequeitio’’ there is a list of the whales killed, in various years, by the boats of Lequeitio, from 1517 to 1661. 1517, Two whales killed. 1525, Returns in money value. 1531, January and February, two large and one small whale killed. 1532, None killed, 972 MR.C,R. MARKHAM ON THE WHALE-FISHERY OF ([Dec. 13, 1586. Two large whales and one small. 1538. Six whales killed. 1542. Two whales killed. 1543. One whale wounded by the Lequeitio people, but captured at Motrico. Divided between the two towns. 1543. Two whales killed, mother and young. The Mayor-domo working all day at the whalebone, and received 2 rials. 1546, February 24 a whale killed in front of St. Nicholas Island. The bones yielded 93 ducados. 1550. Two whales killed. 1570. One whale killed. 1576. One whale killed. 1578. One whale killed. 1580. Three and a young one. 1608. One whale killed. 1609, Three whales killed. 1611. Two small whales killed, in concert with the men of Andarroa, which led to a law suit, 1617. One whale killed, 1618. One whale killed. 1619. One whale killed, 1622. One whale killed with its young. 1649. Two whales killed. 1650. Two whales killed. 1657. Two whales killed and two young. 1661. One whale killed. In the “‘libro de fabricu”’ including the years from 1731 to 1781 there is no mention of a whale, nor in the two succeeding books. The sailors went long voyages in search of them. But in 1712, fifty years after the last entry in the books, there were boats and apparatus for catching whales. In 1740 it was said that there were no sailors in Lequeitio, all having gone on long whaling voyages. In a record of a marriage at Lequeitio on July 15th, 1712, among the goods of the bride are mentioned a whale-boat with sails, lines, harpoons, and apparatus complete. Of the bridegroom it is said that “he was clothed decently, having four coats of London cloth, a good chest to keep his clothes in and another for travelling, a mattrass, pillow, and blanket, and needful clothes for going to sea.”’ So that between them they were well prepared for a whaling expe- dition. . These entries at Lequeitio indicate that during the sixteenth cen- tury the whales were abundant; for if this was the eatch of only one village out of at least twenty along the coast, we may fairly multiply it by at least ten for the average yield of the fishery. In the books of the “‘ Cofradia de Marchantes” of Zarauz there are similar records, from which it appears that between the years 1637 and 1801 as many as 55 whales were killed by the Zarauz people, whose prowess was known throughout the Cantabrian coast. There is one noteworthy tradition at Zarauz, to the effect that two young sailors, without any help, chased, harpooned, and killed a large whale, and brought it safely to the beach. This deed is immortalized on im- perishable stone. Over the portal of a house in Zarauz, no. 13 Calle de Azara, there is an inscription, now in the greater part rendered illegible by time, but with letters of the shape and style used in the 1881.] THE BASQUE PROVINCES OF SPAIN. 973 sixteenth century. To the left of the inscription there is carved a harpooned whale, with the line fastened to a boat, in which are two men. Don Nicolas de Soraluce, the learned historian of Guipuzcoa, told me that an old resident in Zarauz, named Belaunzardn, had often spoken to him of the feat recorded on this stone slab, adding that he used to hear his grandmother explain that the carving represented the harpooning and killing of a whale by two young sailors in a single boat. This deed was considered worthy of being handed down to posterity ; and the stone was therefore placed over the door of the house of these two brothers, or, as some say, a father and son. There are some other records as to the disposition of the whalebone. By an order dated Nov. 20th, 1474, the town of Guetaria gave half the value of each whale towards the repair of the church and of the boat-harbour. In San Sebastian, according to an ancient custom, the whalebone was given to the ‘‘ Cofradia’’ (brotherhood) “ of San Pedro.” It is clear that the whales, close along the coast, became very scarce in the middle of the seventeenth century, when the entries at Lequeitio cease, and that the Basque sailors then began to seek the means of exercising their special craft by making long voyages, even to the Arctic regions. Such voyages were occasionally made at a still earlier period. It is stated by Madoz that a pilot of Zarauz named Matias de Echeveste was the first Spaniard who visited the banks of Newfoundland, and that, according to a memoir written by his son, he made 28 voyages from 1545 to 1599, the year of his death. In the accounts of the first English whaling voyages to Spitzbergen, in the collection of Purchas, we read of Basque ships from San Sebastian frequenting those Arctic seas in search of whales, and of the overbearing way in which their captains were often treated by the English. Nevertheless the English were glad to obtain the help of the Basque sailors to do for them the most perilous and difficult part of the work, namely the harpooning and killing of the whales. I gather from Eschricht and Reinhardt’s memoir that this Biscayan whale was known to the French Basques as the “Sarde,” and was the same as the “‘ Nordkaper”’ of the Dutch and North Germans, and the “ Sletéag”’ of Iceland, a whalebone whale, but smaller and more active than the great "Greenland Whale. The Konge-speil (an ancient Norwegian record) has a passage to the effect that ‘* those who travel on the sea fear it much; for its nature is to play much with vessels.’’ Belonging to the temperate North Atlantic, it is described as much more active than the Greenland Whale, much quicker and more violent in its movements, more difficult and dangerous to catch. It is smaller and has less blubber than the B. mysticetus, the head shorter, and the whalebone much thicker but scarcely more than halfas long. For centuries the Basques had attacked and captured this for- - midable Cetacean ; and they, in fact, monopolized all the experience and skill which then existed in connexion with the craft and mys- 974 MR.C. R. MARKHAM ON THE WHALE-FISHERY OF [Deec. 13, tery of whale-fishing. To the sailors of all other nations it was an unknown business, appearing all the more perilous from their lack of knowledge. So it was natural that the hardy and in- trepid fishermen from the Cantabrian coast should be in requisition as harponeers as soon as the English and Dutch entered upon the Arctic whale-fishery, early in the seventeenth century. Along with their services, we also borrowed their words. Harpoon is derived from the Basque word Arpoi, the root being ar, ‘to take quickly.” The Basque Harpoinari is a “‘ harponeer.”’ There is a letter still extant at Alcala de Henares, from James I. of England to the king of Spain, dated 1612, in which permission is asked to engage the services, on board English vessels engaged in the Arctic whaling-trade, of Basque sailors skilled in the use of the harpoon. The fact that Basque boats’ crews were frequently shipped seems to show that this request was granted. In the whaling fleet fitted out for Spitzbergen in 1613, under the command of Benjamin Joseph, with Baftin on board the general’s ship as pilot, 24 Basques were shipped. Orders were given that “ they were to be used very kindly and friendly, being strangers and leaving their own country to do us service.” The English seem to have adopted the fishing- rules of the Basques, as well as to have benefited by their skill and prowess. Thus we read of an order being given because “the order of the Biscaines is that whoso doth strike the first harping-iron into him, it is his whale, if his iron hold.” The Basques went out to attack the whales in the offing, while the English got ready for boiling-down. We read :—‘ News was brought to us this morning that the Basks had killed a whale; therefore we hasted to set up our furnaces and coppers, and presently began work; which we con- tinued, without any want of whales, till our voyage was made”— thanks to the Basques. In another place Baffin calls the Basques *‘our whale strikers.” Of course the English, in due time, learnt to strike the whales themselves ; but the Basques were their instructors ; and it is there- fore to this noble race that we owe the foundation of our whaling trade. In travelling along the coast, I found a universal tradition of the whale-fishery ; and often the families of fishermen had the harpoons hanging in their houses, which had been there for generations. They still have occasion to use them when porpoises come within range; and on board one of the Gijon steamers there was a man with unerring aim. But many harpoons hang on the walls as relics of the old whaling days. At Laredo the fishermen brought me a harpoon of peculiar construction. The point was narrow and very slightly barbed ; but there was a hinge halfway up the point, which was kept in line with the shaft by a ring. When the harpoon entered a whale, the ring slipped, the hinge turned, and the point came at right angles to the shaft, making it impossible for the har- poon to come out again. Baron Nordenskidld informs me that this kind of harpoon is used by the Norwegians to kill the white whales. At Llanes, in Asturias, I found a large palatial house which was 1881.] THE BASQUE PROVINCES OF SPAIN. 975 formerly the ‘ Casa de Ballenas,” or house where business connected with the whale-fishery was transacted. At Gijon there is aiso a * Casa de Ballenas,” and a street called Whale-lane. These names, with the coats of arms and traditions, are all relies of the old whaling days. At San Sebastian, too, there are enormous tinajas, or earthenware jars, in which the oil was stored. It was at one time supposed that the Balena biscayensis had become quite extinct ; but this is certainly not the case. Whales are seen on the Cantabrian coast at intervals of about ten years. In 1844 a whale was seen off Zarauz. Boats went out, and it was hit ; but it broke the lines, and got away with two harpoons and three lances in its body, after having towed the boats for six hours. On the 25th of July 1850, early in the morning, a whale appeared off Guetaria. Boats quickly pursued it; but the harponeer missed his aim, and the whale went off, heading N.W. In January 1854 a whale and her two young entered the bay of San Sebastian. One of the young whales was singled out for attack; but the mother made desperate efforts to defend it, and once broke the line. Eventually the mother and one calf escaped, while the other was secured. Of course, with proper boats and apparatus, and if the fishermen had had a little of their ancestor’s experience, all three would have been caught. It was the skeleton of this young whale that Professor Eschricht purchased at Pampluna. It is now at Copenhagen. While I was at Gijon, in the Asturias, I was told by an old fisherman that a whale had been caught, about twenty years ago, by the villagers near the lighthouse on Punta de Peftas. “The story was not believed by merchants and otliers of whom I made inquiries ; so I thought it best to investigate the matter myself. I therefore went westward to the little fishing-village of Luanco, and next day proceeded on foot across a wild mountainous country to the light- house of Punta de Pefias—a distance of 16 miles there and back. There, in the courtyard of the lighthouse was a whale’s jaw-bone ; and the man in charge corroborated the story. But he added the curious statement that the whale was dead and half flensed, drifting in under the land, when the villagers first saw it and went out in their boats to tow it on shore. I also found parts of the rib-bones in the granary of a farm-house at Viodo, a hamlet near the light- house. The last whale of which I obtained intelligence was sighted be- tween Guetaria and Zarauz on the 11th of February 1878. Many boats went out from those two places, and one boat from Orio. The first harpoon that kept fast was thrown by a smart young sailor of Guetaria, the countryman of Sebastian del Cano, the first circum- navigator of the globe. He is now in the Spanish navy. Even- tually the whale was killed and towed on shore. No one derived any benefit, because there was a law-suit tried at Azpeitia. It appears that the harpoon was of Guetaria, but that the line belonged to Zarauz. Meanwhile the whale became unpleasant and had to be blown up. The authorities of San Sebastian, however, through the intervention of Don Nicolas Soraluce, secured the bones ; and the 976 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE [ Dec. 13, skeleton is now carefully set up in the small museum in that city. It is 48 feet long; and part of the whalebone remains in the jaw. There are also bones of a whale found in the sands at Deva, in the same museum. I was given part of a whale’s rib dug up on the Lequeitio beach ; and a jawbone, which was long in the courtyard of the palace of the Marques de San Estevan at Gijon, is now pre- served in the Jovellanos Institute of the same town. Of course there must be any number of bones buried in the sand of the beaches where so many hundreds of whales have been flensed in former centuries. In 1878 the accomplished historian of Guipuzcoa, Don Nicolas Soraluce, printed a pamphlet at Vitoria on “the origin and history of the whale and cod fisheries,” which contains much interesting information. I may add that Seftor Soraluce is preparing some additional chapters on the whale-fishery, and that he expects to obtain copies of interesting documents relating to the same subject from the archives of the Ministry of Marine at Madrid. 2. On the Condition of the Median Portion of the Vaginal Apparatus in the Macropodide. By J. J. Lisrmr, B.A., F.Z.8., St. John’s College, Cambridge, Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam- bridge, and J. J. Fuercuer, M.A. (Syd.), B.Sc. (Lond.). [Received November 8, 1881.] In the Marsupialia, as is now well known, the female reproductive organs consist of two ovaries, two oviducts, two uteri, two vaginee, a urogenital sinus, and a clitoris. The vagine are variously compli- cated in the various families comprising the order ; but in the Kan- garoos the vaginal apparatus may be described in general terms as consisting of a median portion (formed by the union and more or less complete coalescence of the portions of the Miillerian ducts which succeed the uteri), and of the two lateral portions (which curve outward and backward somewhat like the handles of a vase, and open distally, but without making any projection, into the uro- genital chamber). They are what are usually known as the two vaginee. The median portion is usually described as approaching the urogenital chamber more or less closely, but as ending blindly, thus forming a cul-de-sac, and as being connected with it simply by connective tissue. A considerable number of observers have met with the median vaginal portion in a condition very different from that just described, inasmuch as its tissue was found to be continuous with that of the urogenital passage, and, what is still more interesting, the two chambers communicated with one another by an aperture situated immediately above that of the meatus urinarius. 1881. ] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODID%. 977 Though several anatomists have met with uterine foetuses in situ, no one as yet seems to have had the good fortune to find an embryo in any part of the vaginze ; consequently there has been much con- troversy as to the route taken by the embryo in passing to the uro- genital passage. Some writers maintain that it comes down one of the lateral canals ; while others aflirm that these serve only for the conveyance of the semen, and that the embryo passes directly from the median vaginal canal into the urogenital chamber. We have ventured to bring the subject under the notice of the Society for several reasons. First, because we have found the open condition in some species in which it has not hitherto been recorded ; secondly, because the text-books ased by students in this country either refer to the subject only very briefly, as in Prof. Owen’s ‘ Com- parative Anatomy,’ vol. iii., or nor at all, as in the manuals of Profs. Gegenbauer, Huxley, and Macalister; thirdly, because, with the exception of Home and Owen, no English observers seem to have noticed the open condition of the median cul-de-sac, while it has, as we shall show presently, attracted the attention of a considerable number of continental investigators. As will be pointed out later on, many of the observations already recorded are almost valueless, because the observers have not referred their specimens to any genera or species, or because they have been unable or have neglected to offer any evidence as to whether the animals they are dealing with had certainly produced young or not. Before giving the details in connection with our specimen, it will be interesting to state briefly the results already obtained. As far as we ean learn, the observers who have investigated the condition of the median vaginal canal, and have published the results arrived at, are the following— Home, Cuvier, Seiler, G. St.-Hilaire, Owen, Carus, Vrolik, Poelman, Alix, Luci, Pagenstecher, Garrod, and Brass. Sir E, Home’, who published an account in 1785, seems to have been the first to give a description of the female reproductive organs of the Kangaroo. This writer says that impregnated uteri had reached John Hunter before his death, but that from want of leisure the illustrious anatomist was prevented from giving them the attention they deserved. Home does not say how many specimens came under his own observation, nor to what species they belonged. In one of his specimens he found the median vaginal portion (uterus of Home) a veritable cul-de-sac. In another specimen he found the median vaginal portion (uterus of Home) in communication, by a small aperture, with the urogenital chamber (vagina of Home). Finding what he took to be an embryo in the median vaginal canal (uterus of Home), he supposed that he was dealing in this case with an im- pregnated uterus, aud in the previous case with one in the virgin condition; and he came to the conclusion that the median vaginal portion was impervious in the virgin state, that during pregnancy 1 Phil. Trans. lxxxv. 1785, pp. 222-230; also Lect. on Comp. Anat. vol. iii. pp. 341-370. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LXIII. 63 978 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE _ [Dec. 13, an orifice large enough to admit a hog’s bristle was to be met with, and that “immediately after parturition, the parts are nearly brought back into their original state ; the only circumstance deserving note is, that the opening leading directly from the uterus (that is the median vaginal canal) to the vagina (urogenital sinus), which is not met with in the virgin state, after being enlarged by the passage of the foetus, forms a projecting orifice and almost wholly conceals the meatus urinarius.”” Concerning the views of Cuvier and of Geoffroy St.-Hilaire we are not able to say much. From allusions in several of the papers shortly to be mentioned, it would appear that Cuvier was opposed to the view that a direct communication existed between the median vaginal and the urogenital chambers, while G. St.-Hilaire was in favour of such a view. Owing to the want of satisfactory references, we have been unable not only to meet with the original papers in which these two distinguished authors enunciated their views, but also to find any descriptions of actual dissection. In the English edition of the ‘Régne Animal,’ however, the following passage occurs :—‘The matrix of the animals of this order (Marsupialia) does not open by a single orifice into the extremity of the vagina, but communicates with the canal by two bent lateral tubes.” In 1828 Seiler’ published his observations on a ‘ Kangaroo” which had a mammary foetus in the pouch. He says :—‘‘ Noch immer findet man in mehreren neuern Schriften die alte Meinung wiederholt, es entstehe zur Zeit der ersten Geburt des Fotus eine Oeffnung in dem Gebiarmutterhalse, gleich hinter der Harnrohren- miindung, durch welche der Embryo geboren werde. So unwahr- scheinlich mir auch immer diese Ansicht erschien, so sprechen doch Home’s Beobachtungen dafiir, und ich untersuchte daher nicht nur die Gebiirmutter ganz genau, sondern fiillte sie auch von einer Mut- tertrompete aus mit Quecksilber so stark an, dass sie ganz gespannt ausegedehnt wurde: allein es zeigte sich keine Spur einer Oeffnung, und est ist mir nun gar nicht mehr zweifelhaft, dass der Embryo dureh die seitenkanale der Gebiirmutter geboren werde, deren Ueber- gangsbildung zu den Eyergiingen Geoffroy St. Hilaire sehr richtig nachweist.” In 1834 Prof. Owen? published his paper ‘‘On the Generation of the Marsupial Animals, with a Description of the impregnated Uterus of the Kangaroo,” from which we quote the following passage :— “The foetus has been conjectured to pass into the urethro-sexual cavity by a direct aperture formed after impregnation at the lower blind end of the cul-de-sac; but I have not been able to discover any trace cf such a foramen in two Kangaroos which had born young, and besides I find that this part of the vagina is not continuous by means of its proper tissue with the urethro-sexual canal, but is connected to it by cellular membrane only; and the structure is agreeable to what is presented in the simpler forms of the marsupial uterus, as in Didelphys dorsigera and the Petauri, in which the culs-de-sac do not even come 1 Tsis, 1828, pp. 475-477. 2 Phil. Trans. exxiv. 1834, pp. 333-364. 1881. | VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACRGPODID. 979 into contact with the urethro-sexual passage.” Almost identically the same statement is repeated on page 316 of the same writer’s article on “ Marsupialia”’ in vol. iii. of Todd’s ‘Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology’ (1839-1847). On page 319 of the same article, moreover, the following words occur :—*“ I have already shown that one of the chief grounds of the theory of marsupial generation there proposed (that is Home Joc. cit.) is untenable, the supposed remains of the foetus, described as being situated in the corpus uteri (vaginal cul-de-sac) being nothing more than a portion of the inspissated secretion commonly present both in this sae and the lateral canals. The temporary orifice by which the foetus is stated to pass immedi- ately from the so-called corpus uteri into the vagina (urogenital pas- sage) does not exist.” We do not understand why Prof. Owen uses the term “ temporary orifice.’ The passage of Home’s already quoted seems to show that after parturition he regarded the orifice as being permanently established. Apart from this, however, it would seem that Prof. Owen did not accept either the conclusions or the facts of Home. As we shall point out further on, in 1868 Prof. Owen made the very important admission that in I. bennetti the aperture of communication between the median cul-de-sac and the urogenital canal is doubtless normal, at least, after parturition. Carus in his Manual? (1834) speaks of having dissected a Kan- garoo which had a young one about 8 inches long inthe pouch. He found a means of communication between the two chambers. It is true that in this, as in other cases, the aperture was glued up, or plugged with mucus; but this is a matter which has nothing to do with the question whether the median vaginal portion is always and under all circumstances a blind sac, or whether during and after parturition there is not a possible means of communication between the median vaginal portion and the urogenital sinus. In the same year Prof. Owen® published an account of the female organs of a specimen of Macropus parryi; and alluding to the mesial cul-de-sac of the vagina, the author says that it ‘did not extend quite so far down in M. parryi as it does in the better-known species.” No allusion is made to the breeding of the animal; but its history is well known and has been recorded both by Bennett’ and by Water- house’. If this female, whose history is so minutely recorded, had ever produced young, no doubt such an event would not have been passed over in silence. As it is we think it extremely probable that the animal died a virgin. In Vrolik’s paper’, “Ontleed en naturkundige aanteekeningen over den grooten Kangaroo (JZ. major),”’ published in 1836, the female organs are described and figured. With the aid of a friend we have been able to make out that he found the mesial cul-de-sac The italics are our own. Lehrbuch der vergl. Zootomie, 2nd ed., 1854. P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 152. Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. i. 1833-1835, pp. 295-800. Nat. Hist. of Mammalia, vol. i. pp. 113-114. Hoeven en Vriese, Tijdschr. iii. pp. 291-356. auf © 63* 980 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE [ Dec. 13, closed; but we do not know if he had any evidence whether the animal had ever had young. In 1851 Prof. Poelman', of Gand, published an account of his observations on a female specimen of Halmaturus bennetti, in which he found ‘‘que la méme partie (median vaginal canal) communique librement avec le vestibule genito-urinaire.’” Prof. Owen was the first who met with this condition in this species. We subjoin his account of his discovery, which was published in 1852°;:—‘“In a specimen of Macropus (Halmaturus) bennetti which I dissected in 1845, I detected a natural apertnre of communication between the median cul-de-sac and the urogenital canal. I had the pleasure of showing the specimen to Dr. Poelman during a recent visit of that eminent comparative anatomist to the Hunterian Museum, and of thus confirming the observation which he had, independently, made of a similar modification of the female generative organs in a speci- men of the M. ennetti dissected by him at the University of Gand.” Prof. Owen, in his “ Notes on the Anatomy of Dendrolagusinustus,” published in 1852%, says:—‘* The lateral bent vaginal canals are shorter in proportion than in M. major; but the median vaginal cul-de-sac was closed, as in that species.” This specimen was the first living representative of the species exhibited in Europe. It lived in the Society’s Gardens for four years. Of its early history there is no record, as far as we know; but it was probably captured when young. If this rare animal had bred during its sojourn in the Menagerie, such an interesting event would naturally have been mentioned in Prof. Owen’s paper. Thereis no allusion to any such event ; and it would seem very probable that the female in question was a virgin. In a paper published in 1857*, Vrolik described the anatomy of a female specimen of Dendrolagus inustus. From this we gather that he found the median canal closed. In 1866 Alix® met with the open condition in a female of Halma- turus bennetit, and, being unaware of the papers of Owen and Poel- man, published his discovery as a newone. ‘Tothis Profs. Poelman® and Owen? promptly replied. From the former’s reply we subjoin the following extract (p. 399) :—“ J’ajouterai que, depuis la publi- cation de ce travail [that is, bis paper already referred to] j’ai eu Poccasion de vérifier cette disposition anatomique [that is, the open condition} chez d’autres individus appartenant a la méme espéce (H. bennetii), et en ce moment je ne conserve plus aucun doute sur son existence constante.” From Prof. Owen’s reply we quote as ’ Bull. de l’Acad. Roy. de Belgique, xviii. 1851, p. 599. * P. Z. 8.1852, p. 106. 3 bid. 4 W. Vrolik, “Ontleed kundige nasporingen omtrent Dendrolagus inustus,” Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wettenschappen, &c. &c. Amster- dam, vol. y. of series iy., 1857. ° Compt. Rend. Paris, Ixii, 1866, pp. 146-148. ® Ibid. pp. 399-400. 7 Ibid. pp. 592-596, 1881.] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODID. $81 follows :—‘‘ Dans le Macropus, les culs-de-sac vaginaux communi- quent entre eux, et la cavité commune s’étend jusqu’au vestibule urétro-génital, mais sans y déboucher. CO’ est ce que j’ ai constaté chez des femelles de l’ espéece M. major, qui avaient fait les petits au moins deux fois. Dans ! Halmaturus, le cul-de-sac non seulement atteint le fond du vestibule urétro-génital, mais il y débouche, comme on I’a montré depuis longtemps.” In 1867 Prof. Luci published the result of his investigations made upon three females, two of which belonged to H. éennetti, and the third to H. billardiert. The latter and one of the former were adult ; and in both cases Luci found a direct communication between the median vaginal portion and the urogenital sinus. In the third speci- men, which was a not full-grown female, he found the median vaginal cul-de-sac closed. In 1868 Prof. Owen’s Comp. Anat, vol. iii. was published, in which the only reference to the subject is as follows (p. 683):—*“ In H. ben- netti I found an aperture of communication between the median cul- de-sac and the urogenital canal; and, as the same structure has been observed in two other specimens, it is doubtless normal, at least after parturition. The fact, however, does not justify the conclusion that the lateral vaginal canals convey exclusively the semen for impregna- tion, and that the median canals, which, as a rule, are closed and distinct from each other, serve only to transmit the foetus to the urogenital passage.” In 1869 Luca? published an account of his examination of a second adult specimen of H. dennetti, which had a mammary feetus 2-23 inches long in the pouch. In this case also the median vaginal canal communicated with the urogenital sinus. In 1871 Prof. Pagenstecher*, of Heidelberg, published an article “ Ueber den Embryo von M. major.” This observer found a foetus in the left uterus ; and he says :—‘ dass Owen ganz Recht hat, indem er sagt dass bei M. major tberhaupt eine Communikation des mit- tleren Scheidenblindsacks mit dem von ihm als Vorhof bezeichneten Abschnitt nicht besteht, wogegen H. rujicollis (bennetii) die voll- stiindig offene Verbindung zeigt.” In 1875, Prof. Garrod*, in speaking of H. luctuosus (Dorcopsis luctuosa) writes :—‘ The uterus is perfectly Macropine, as are the vagine. No direct communication could be found between the uterine pouch of the vaginz and the common vaginal canal.” In a paper by Brass* published in 1880, examples of three genera of Macropodide are described and figured. In no instance is it stated whether young had been born or not.